Arabic Grammar Vol.2

A
GRAMMAR
ARABIC LANGUAGE
C. J. CLAY and SONS, 3Lonfcon: CAMBEIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS WAREHOUSE, AVE MARIA LANE,
(BInaaoto:
263,
ARGYLE STREET.
ILtipMs:
iJlcta
F.
A.
BROCKHAUS.
gorfe:
THE MACMILLAN COMPANY. Bombaji: E. SEYMOUR HALE.
GRAMMAR
OF THE
ARABIC LANGUAGE,
TRANSLATED
FROM THE GERMAN OF CASPAR!

AND EDITED
WITH NUMEROUS ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS
BY
W. WRIGHT,
LL.D.,
LATE PROFESSOR OF ARABIC IN THE CNTVEBSrTY OF CAMBRIDGE.
THIRD EDITION
REVISED BY
W.
ROBERTSON SMITH,
AND
LATE PROFESSOR OF ARABIC IN THE UNIVERSITY OF CAMBBIDGE
M.
J.
de GOEJE,
PROFESSOR OF ARABIC IN THE UNTVEBSITY OF LEYDEX.
VOLUME
II.
CAMBRIDGE
1898
AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS.
[All Rights reserved.]
Cambrfoge
PKINTED BY
J.
AND
C.
F.
CLAY,
AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS.
/v
ADDENDA ET CORRIGENDA.
VOL.
PAGE
6 c after ilLi^JI lUsJl
11,
1.
I.
J J
- J
add
The
fl
is
then called
a^b^l
jUJt.
1,
read: haufun.
:
14 D read
In combination with _.
J^jJl*
15b add:
from
Jjjk-o,
iJ>.
19, last line, read .Jl.
20,
Rem.
c,
read
my
21,
1.
reply to
Dr
as [perhaps] in the article ; comp. 345. See Howell, in the Asiat. Qtiart. Rev. 1897, Vol. iii.
n. 5, p.
126
seq.
3 from below, read ih&Ti.
30 c add
'fin yai
it*
Hence the use

how
of
y*j, excellent
is
he in his shooting,
" * '
' J "
excellent, or
excellent is he in his judging, *}, %*Jo, *c.
yA.
32 b add 33 after
:
Comp.
183, rem.
w^j-ej Âl>H
(c)
^9 jjuo
he tvent
up
unci clown the valley.
add
The third form construed with the preposition

a causative of
y^+j has not unfrequently the signification of

i
he
the sixth form, as j*i ^^.\ he united by brotherhood, ^ô w>j^ made to be near together, etc. (Nbldeke, Zur Grammatik,
p. 26).
34,
Rem. Rem.
a.
b.
Comp. j+, and j-^t.

Comp.
is ojJJJI.
'*
36
A.
.jw1
properly
to
listen,
to
give attention to a complaint,
as îct, îi>t, etc. (Nbldeke, Z. Gr. p. 28).
W.
II.
VI
PAGE
37 c add
jJJu.
41c
after
narrow; add J^Jtil.

:
47 D add
AqIUt
:
{jJ**)-
48, 70,
59,
add
a.
Oj**5
(sZ*jj*c).
i.
Rem.
Fleischer, Kl. Schr.
368 considers the root as a con-
crete noun.
67, 117*.
Vollers, Zeitschr. f. Assyriologie,

ch. xiii. 12
xii.
134 footnote quotes

i.
Kor'an
OLA**
for
oL&*
(Beid.
477,
1.
17) as
a proof that this form is not restricted to those verbs that have a dental as second radical.
,
, ,
87,
Rem.
:
a,
read
cIJaIwI.
91a add
-
The
J
tribe of Taiyi' said
Uu
for
.Jb Loj
,
for
*-ej OUj
,
for
C-w-O, so
Hamdsa
yy
and comp. De Saey,

i.
Chrest.
ii.
445.
<Lr~j*$\
96,
Rem.
a.
Gahiz,
Bayan
i, 6
and 3 from below has
opp.
}r
' ) *
98,
Rem.
c.
On
such forms as *j, jjz, ya$, see above, note to
p. 30.
98,
Rem.
a,
delete the remark in square brackets.
108 A read: jlis

110, 195.
CvJ
(Seybold).
called also i>jka*JI 2l-J opp. to j>**M
They are
\-).
iU-J
(Hamdsa
181 A add
:
j&' (Tabarl 3
i.
3158,
1.
5).
182 read: j\<Ly

O
' s
183 add
195
((/).
^^=>j-
a ship (Seybold).
*s
The ending Oyi~
j o
often shortened to
0>-
>
as usually
in
,
^jj/Jtw^l for ^j^*w'

J
&#;**$)
Other instances are
^j-^JI,
- 0,
PAGE
> tc
Vll
210, footnote.
The
plur. pauc.
'
at
of fem.
words
is
ordinarily J*il, of
masc. words
SJbtil.
230 c read
233 c:
252,
ko/mt^ (Seybold).
HBW t
*
belongs to *iot, comp. Aram. tffiflX (Seybold). t

:
Rem.
etc.
a, read
The
suffix of the 1st p. sing.
^ -, when attached
253,
Rem.
b,
read
[Comp. Vol.
o
ii.
38, a, rem. b.]

3 *.~ ,
*Z*
271, 296,
Rem.
a.
Likewise ,>j JJ1 instead of ,>jJJUI Kor'an

.-
xli. v.
29.
.-..--.-.. i
Rem.
c.
poet allows himself to say
Jjj c^j'i"
J>*$
(Ilamasa
iv).
VOL.
19,
II.
Rem.
b.
Hence
it
may
be followed by a jussive in the apodosis,

1.
for instance Gahiz, Ifahdsin, p. 18,
14 .Jt i*5j t^-o (J~>J
bring thou a
letter
from me
to the
Prince of Believers, written
by
21, 9.
thyself, so
tcill be
thy debtor for two benefits.
An
example of the use of the simple imperfect instead of

is
J^s
an
with imperf.
Tabari
*9j
i.
2225,
,**
1.
jJL)
#\
^>-*il>
j3j+i ^tf.^^)\ iJlc
SijJI
'Abu Bakr did not employ
apostate either in the tear against the apostates, or in that against the barbarians.
3
* *
}*
<*J
3 1 ,
30
d.
The jussive
in the verse (Sibaweih \Jj-\ O-*

2
* * 3
i.
402,
1.
8) *->yo
*s
w-Ui
jy^j
elision
SllaiJI
^-^
-
^-H-**"-5 *$3
of
*n),
for
^>JU>J ^j
dU-Jju
'2'
3 1
*^j,
explained by the 3 13, as in Lk^juoJ *$
3)3**
3
' ,
38, second footnote.

*}
Another example
')
1
is
Tabari
i.
1713,
1.
6 ^>i
3*
'
62
Vlll
D.
PAGE
44
The imperative
is also
often used by poets in the apodosis of

jjiCs
a conditional clause, as
IjlJL^
^yvJtj >yJJI
O*
SUje. CXife
lil
jamcJI t^-jb
</iOM ar ^>- j/&~ ?y
indifferent to play
cliff,
and
ii.
love,
then thou art a hard stone of the dry

1.
and Tab.
1574, last
^cjl*.
^j\
L>LiJL& \y^s^
to be beguiled.
ye shall be like
whores if ye suffer yourselves

121
A.
We
sometimes find a nominative where we should expect an

5
- ' ' J -
"
accusative, as Tab.
i.
2009,
his
1.
15 J^&zj J***^
uJU iy-^3 an d
he forgot to put
less,
down
own name
being hurried
and
heed-
where we must supply Âj.
219,
1.
7,
for
^&\
read
Jd>\.
e.g. *^.j j**1.
237, 99.
Also the ordinal numbers,
îlaJ
15JI
/ am
the eleventh
man
(Tab.
i.
3307,
1).
272 c read
^Jby
j^*c
*s)|
298c add:
ii.
C.JL&
Lî they were only passing clouds (Tab.
1197,1.3).
Prof.
350
seq. footnote.
Hartmann
1.
has just published "
Das Arabische
Strophengedicht,
Das Muwassah."
CONTENTS.
PART THIRD.
SYNTAX.
THE SEVERAL COMPONENT PARTS OF A

SENTENCE.
A.
THE VERB.
1.
The States
or Tenses
The Perfect

as
....
an Optative
jj>
.
preceded by
3
4
as the Pluperf. Indie as the Pluperf. Subjunct., in
two
correlative
hypothetical clauses, after î, etc

,,
6 9
after
lil
after ^jt
14
clauses, after
in
two correlative conditional

^t,
etc.
.
15
after
io^jjjl
U
j * a ,
17
The Imperfect Indicative

*
18
21
The Latin and Greek Imperfect, J*aj ^^=>

The Future-Perfect, Jjii (jj)
Oî-
22
CONTENTS.
The Imperfect Subjunctive

Ox
J/
The
Jussive, after jjt and L>)

,,
in

,jt, etc.
The Energetic
2.
The Moods The Subjunctive
.... ...... ......

i-
clauses, after
3
N)
O
x
it
Ox
The Subjunctive
after &), after J, after

after after
jjl
or
*n)I,
and
,^J
^^s,
etc.
o
j
.
after
^
Oe
lit
after jt
after
or (j}1
The Jussive
,,
after after
in
J
^
etc.
Ox

jjl,
...... ......
clauses,
fix
after
after
î and
l*J
The Energetic
,,
of the Imperfect
after ^j
.
in
prohibitions
questions
,,
.....
(with
*$), *$
wishes,
and
in the apodosis of
ditional clauses
,,
in the protasis of a sentence, after Let

X
JO
after LJL*. etc.

,,
.... ....
.
two correlative con
as a negative imperative, with of the Imperative

.
The Energetic
CONTENTS.
XI page
3.
The Government
(a)
(a)
of the
Verb
The Accusative
.......
.
44 45 45
The Objective Complement
in the Accusative
.
Two
Objective Complements in the Accusative

s
-
47
e ^
The Accusative
of the jJlcuo, etc., as the absolute
object, JiXJa-oJI Jyta^Jt
....
Construction of the Objective Complement and of the Subject with the Nomen Actionis
Use
of
with the Genitive to express the Objec
tive Complement of the Nomen Actionis Government of the Nomina Agentis or Participles
Use
of jj with the Genitive to express the Objec
tive
Complement
of the Participles
Construction of Verbal Adjectives

Construction of Comparatives and Superlatives of
the form ^*i\
.....
Verb which
is
'
The Accusative
l\jS^\}
after a
understood
^jjo^t
The Accusative
after ,jt, ,jt, ^>), ,jl>,
O"^
after C*J, after
Jx, JjO
jt_j)
The Vocative
,,
......
j (ilx^t
-
after
I,
b,
etc.,
Nominative
after
1,
L,
etc.,
Accusative
,,
.... ....
b
.
expressed by the
expressed by the
after
lyjl
or
.
lyjt
,,
after 1j after
The Accusative
^),
used ^~*a.)
JlJ
Xll
CONTENTS.
CONTENTS.
Xlll
A*
, a*
The Compound Preposit

4 -
tXrf C>"*> etC
O*
*
v>*> e *-
Prepositions in connection with a following Clause
9,
redundant after
(j-o,
to
^fc,
and w>
,jt
Omission of the Preposition before ^1 and
193
XIV
CONTENTS.
B.
THE NOUN.
PAGE
1.
The Nomina Verbi
or Actionis, Agentis,
and Patientis
193
2.
The Government
of the
Noun.
The Status Constructus and the Genitive

3'y
-to, etc.
r,
il
0'
UOJU
0'
***
00
00
0s
0-0
jjj, j\jJLc
*'J
Si
VJ
'
Si
-j
>
3 (Vj 3^)
j
{
> O*
.
-oi
Jj&\ Superlative
3
oSA
oi-
Clause, introduced by ^j\ or
Lo,
as a
Gen it i
after
The Genitive of Restriction or Limitation, ticiples and Adjectives
Par-
the Status Constr uctus Interposition of a Word between and the Genitive
CONTENTS.
Genitive in Apposition to a Relative Adjective

s
[JDefinite and
in
Indefinite
Annexation
Construction of Jjiil as a Superlative The Genitive of the Material
Apposition of the Material. The Genitive Construction in place of Apposition

3.
XVI
CONTENTS.
The **&U)t jo+to
or
Emphatic Pronoun
i
Use
of
0^*> OÂj> n
a Nominal Sentence
The Subject not

Personal form
.
specified
Impersonal form
The Complements
of the Subject
and Predicate
Reflexive pronominal Suffixes

u"*jj
0^>
e ^ c - as reflexive objects
Appositives, %j\>\
The Adjective
Substantives
.... ....
Demonstrative Pronouns
iJ
i * O i
*,
J'
^ oe
jÔe
SO'
a,
juUM, the Corroboration
w**JI or
^JjuJI,
AA-flJI,
the Qualificative or Adjective
the Permutative
OW
2.
tJUkc, the Explicative Apposition
Apposition of Verbs
.... ....
Concord in Gender and Number between the Parts of a Sentence

In Verbal Sentences
In Nominal Sentences
CONTENTS.
XV11
B.
THE DIFFERENT KINDS OF SENTENCES

PAGE
Negative and Prohibitive Sentences
299
V
e -
299
o>
Or
fix
300 300 300
300
- e^
Jj after
^
U, ^j, 3,
J>J,
or
^
fear,
*\)
302
303
with the Perfect, as a Future
304
30^
etc.
as an Optative
*9
redundant after verbs meaning to forbid,

followed by l with the Subjunctive
($
<j\,
304
Omission of
*$
in Denial
by
oath,
and
its
Insertion in
Asseveration
*$
305
in Prohibitions, with the Jussive
and Energetic
306 306
2.
Interrogative Sentences
306
of
ot
306
a -
J*.
Nl,
SA
308 309
U1
Z
*
* a,
o*
N,
**, ^V,
,
Or
Uy
310
311
315
Relative Sentences
Definite
317
and Indefinite
or
317
The Connecting Pronoun, juUJJ
%oS^\
319
l^jS
320
XV111
CONTENTS.
4.
Copulative Sentences
i ^
N)j after
a preceding negative
j j
*\* *
The
Conflict in
Government, ^âJI ^J cjLUt
^JlaJI jlj, the

5.
Waw
of the State or Circumstance
Adversative, Restrictive, and Exceptive Sentences

<)
J*.
*p
G.
Conditional and Hypothetical Sentences
O introducing the Apodosis of a Conditional Sentence
^J
introducing the Apodosis of a Hypothetical Sentence
CONTENTS.
XIX
PART FOURTH.
PROSODY.
I.
THE FORM OF ARABIC POETRY.

PAGE
A.
B.
The Rhyme The Metres

Ragez
Sari'
350
358 362
362
362
.
Kamil
Wafir
363 363 363
Hazeg
Mutekarib
Tawll
Mudari'
.
364 364
365
Mutedarik
Besit
365
366
366
Munsarih
Muktadab Ramel
Medid
Haflf
.
366
367
367
Mugtett
II.
368
THE FORMS OF WORDS IN PAUSE AND
RHYME
III.
c
368
.
POETIC LICENSES
I
. .
373 374
377
Affections of the letter
Irregularities in the use of the Tesdid
....
.
Uncontracted Forms for Contracted ones

Suppression of
final ^j in
378
379
some Nominal and Verbal forms
Other Letters, and even Syllables, dropped Lengthening of a Short Vowel in the middle of a word
Shortening of a Long Vowel
380
382
383
......
XX
Suppression of a Short
Particles
CONTENTS.
Vowel
Addition of a Final Short Vowel to some Verbal Forms and
Irregular
Use
Suppression of the
,jj_ for
of (J-> in the Genitive Plural
Irregularities in Verbs tertise j vel ^
.......... ....... ........

of the
......
.
PAGE
384 385
387
Tenwln and other Case-endings
Tenwln
388
388
Nouns
and
Nouns derived from Radicals

389
Pausal Forms out of Pause
.390
PART THIRD.
SYNTAX.
THE SEVERAL COMPONENT PARTS OF A SENTENCE.
A.
1.
I.
THE VERB.
The States or Tenses.

77, 79), indicates
1.
The
Perfect,
^-iO'l (Vol
i.,
A
sU.
(a)
An
act completed at some past time (the historic tense, the
Greek
then
aorist,
German
imperfect,
and English past)
as juj
^j
came Zeid ;
w>W
^^
'3
they s<*t
down at
the door.
(b)
An
act which, at the
moment
of speaking, has been already-
completed and remains
in a state of completion (the Greek,
German
mindful
and English perfect); as^*Xc c-**JI

of my favour,
(c)
^t
îâJ 'i/ô'
be
ichich
I have
bestowed upon you.

it
or
still
takes place a use of the perfect which
past act, of which
can be said that

is
it
often took place

in proverbial Slj^l
common
has
;
expressions,
relaters say
,
and which the Greek

(hare handed
J
aorist
also
as
Ojj
to
it
down by oral
tradition
from one
J
J s iO-o
, ,Zi
another); ^^...AqJI Jii3l commentators are agreed (have agreed

still agree).
7/7
J ana
(d)
An
act which
is
just completed at the moment, and by the

aJJt
very act, of speaking; as

tjuk
^JjiJt
conjure thee by
God ;
/
w.
sell thee this.

11.
Part Third. Syntax.

(e)
An
act, the
occurrence of which
is
so certain, that it may-
be described as having already taken place.

promises, treaties, bargains,
in oaths or asseverations
;
This use prevails in

*$ not,
&c, and
after the particle

^X3l
especially
as
cJi
Ul o-*^*-
^^
O^*^'
Ulatli
<^'w
m-s,
therefore,
an assurance of
(lit.
safety on one of two conditions,
either that thou wilt accept

(lit.
hast accepted)
what we propose
to thee
(it)
that wherewith
we are come
hast kept
to thee), or that
thou wilt keep
secret
and
refrain
till
(lit.
it secret
and
;
refrained)
from doing us
by God,
*})
any harm,
we
get out of thy country
**J
C**.St *$ aJJIj
shall certainly not

J
.. .
remain
x
in
Mekka ;
j^-aJl ,jÛi.
C~Jt
^<
a.-;
4ip
5--3>)
CwLU
my
/ swear
(that)
wine shall not make me
intoxicated, as long as
soul remains in
my
body.
Rem.
a.
When
a clause commencing with
*9 is
connected with
a previous clause beginning with
followed by the perfect,
or^J
followed by the jussive, in that case *9 does not give to the following verb in the perfect the sense of the future, because it merely
supplies the place of these particles
Ijhs-c;
as *$j l^yw
.iJLjl
C-JL:5
.jAJl
,Ju-J
<x!Ia C-A.q,
^3
tjc^c
Aat>e wo< killed thy
son either
inadvertently or designedly, nor have
I made
ji
his skull
a sheath for
^J-*
my
svjord ; OLSÎP
'
l3j
*^3
OjjlP'
wolaâJI
OjJb
/ /*aw experienced such wonderful
things as neither seers have seen,
nor narrators have narrated.

[Rem.
b.
Instances of the perfect retaining

*n)
its original
meaning
after a single
are extremely rare.
In later prose, however, we
often find
just as Jlj
^Jlj
*$
he did not cease, he continued (to do) employed
or ^)}j
(Fleischer, Kl. Schr.
i.
446
seq.)]
(f)
Hence the
as
Something which we hope may be done or may happen. perfect is constantly used in wishes, prayers, and curses
a*.j
Ûj
aJJI
may God (who
is
exalted above all) have mercy on
2]
The Verb.\.
jJOJ
/ /

*
*
J Q
him
aJU vb
!
may
his reign be long
^)\jj
cJU> may I
be
made
^y ransom
^ydi\ C~o1 mayest thou avoid execration (a formula used
in addressing the ancient
Arab kings)
aXJI
*lixJ
GW
is,
cwrsg thee
it
The proper signification of the perfect in this " &c. wish, God has already had mercy on him
;
case
"if
be as
The
perfect has this
sense also after
as tj-o
live
!
^**j
3)$9
U Î*aJ
â9
i)li
*)
may you
thy teeth
never meet with
harm, as long as you

be broken
!
*$
may
(lit.
mouth) not
[neg. of the phrase
4JJI
âfi].
When
A
a conditional
to the
clause precedes the optative, the particle vJ
must be prefixed
latter, in order that the influence of the conditional particle in the
former
may
not extend to it; as^stj^b
c â
jA+M
^jj\
c~i^
<j1
if thou art 'Ibn
Hammdm
!
(lit.
the son
of
Hammam),
mayest thou be
saluted with honour
Rem.
.JIjuj
After the name of God, such perfects as ,JUj, ^JjUj
J^-j j&, *^3
J***)
aQ d the
like,
are
<*"
.
n t optative but
J^*
declarative or assertory ; as J'Ju^ ^jW-* blessed and exalted above all) hath said
God (who
i.
is
[Comp. Vol.
50,
rem.
a.]
2.
The
z).
perfect
is
is
often preceded
if
by the
particle
jJ>
(Vol.
i.,
362,
When this
1,
the case,
d, it
the perfect has either of the meanings

implies that the act
is
mentioned in
and
now
really finished
and completed just at the moment of speaking. Its completeness may consist either (a) in the removal of all doubt regarding it, in its perfect
certainty as opposed to uncertainty
in agreement or disagreement with
;
or (6) in its having taken place
what preceded
it,
in accordance
or non-accordance with
little
what was, or might
be, expected, or just

Sjtjj
before the time of speaking.

Sjljj
For example jt^j^.

âljl
U^j
j3
^>*5UI
LaIa
j^JJj jyol+)\
and we
î
/iere
*&-*j->
C>i
^^ we
have
already spoken of the vizirate of their grandfather Halid 'ibn

in the reign of M-Mansihr,
the rest (in this
Barm^k
will
example the just completed act
of speak of is contrasted with the
the vizirates
Part Third.
Sy-aJI C-^15
is,
Syntax.
future one)
jcs ^<?
(time of) prayer is come;
&*>\ oi
sioU
**3
thy daughter
as
was
j*a3
expected, dead, or thy daughter is
just dead ; j*a*

governor,
&jj\ c*Jj
aj^Î Ut as regards
( 1,
the post
<*J
of
appoint thy son governor of Egypt
d)
Oj^j
J15
>3*>oJI o**s$ J^5
JUi
(/
IJjb
he said to him,
Thou didst promise
this,
and
he replied,
I now
a.
really fulfil
what
I promised.
jJ immediately precedes the verb, as in the above and can be separated from it only by an oath or asseverexamples,
ation
*
;
Rem.
as C*U.al aAJIj jJ> by God, thou hast done well; ^j^xi jJi
&
\j.&\~>
Co
by
b.
my
j3
life,
I have passed
called
the
whole night awake.

%S*î\
the
Rem.
is
by the grammarians
is
\J>j&.
to
particle of expectation,
and
said to be used JjJiafcJLU
indicate
perfect certainty, or .JtaJI y* ,<.oUJt %^jjJu} to approximate the
past
to the present.
3.
(a)
The Pluperfect
is
expressed
the simple perfect, in relative and conjunctive clauses*, that depend upon clauses in which the verbs are in the perfect as
By
jyol*}\ aj
j*o\
Uôv-Xfc u&j* he laid before them what el-Ma
mun had
ordered; 6$j\
u-^- ***
Kj~^*r he sat
where his father had sat;

the bull
,
j
U)U ^Jjb
->oJl
^1
jjZM J-03 U-^ and after

0,
j
had come
-
to
Oi
&*
"0
the place, he turned his back in flight
a~o JaI J^S UJ J*}-^ he fled
after his kinsmen
had been
killed.
[Rem. Whether the perfect in these clauses has the meaning of the pluperfect, must in every single case be decided by the context, It may indicate a time identical with, or by the nature of things. and even posterior to, that indicated by the perfect in the clause
By a relative or conjunctive clause we mean a clause that is a conjoined to a preceding one by means of a relative pronoun or nective particle.
3]
The Verb. I.
it
The States or
,.... o
Tenses.
* a
a
5
* j * *
2s
upon which
<ul)t
depends.
dJL*.j
the
E.g. J^jI^wI ^y-J j*ol*
^c
tf>y
j\~>
UJ
.-5
ax*
uu^
Benu
^L*3 4*31 jJI when Moses went forth
from Egypt with

and
?
'Isrd'U to the desert, he disinterred Joseph
carried his remains with

a j*
--
him through
)$'*'
dJyîfv.
i
the desert ;
s - - *
â^>\
Ae
l^J
'
'
e-
j j +
* * a*o
L~*5j
^yJ Jjia^j o'

i.e.
*V
Sli^Jt
dUa-etj
to give
m;A/i
became
unbound,
(b)
it,
was dying, they asked him
them a chief]
By
the perfect with the particle

is
provided the preceding clause

at
jJ>, preceded by ^ or without one which has its verb in the
*+
J *+
t
1
perfect
as ir* J^j *>/ juwjJt jlj

to
/^
&d him
out blinded
(lit.
aW
he
had
iwn$
fo^n blinded)
ear/y
^1
jXj
jJ> tJUk.^3 J-aiJI
^Jl jij
/fo
morning
el-Fadl,
earlier to the palace
of 'ar-Rasid
and found that he had gone still (lit. and found him, he had already
j*ij are clauses expressing
gone early).
The
clauses with
j3 and
state or condition (Jl-).
(c)
By
the verb
*5tj
O^
oe
>
prefixed to
the perfect ; as
OU
w-JJt
Ajjle'-J
Tits,
^jCtji.
^1
set
,-j-i.
0^3
and
wH>^
he
ju-_wjjt
set out)
'ar-Rasld died at
for
after he
had
out
(lit.
had
Horasan
to
combat Raft
'ibn el-Leit.
These clauses also express
the state (Jujf).

(d)
a
By
'O'O
*
O^9
, jt *
an(i the perfect, with the particle jJ> interposed

ai
*j OS **
*+
il-
a -
as J-aiJI
^1
lyijjbl^j lylÛj *4jW- ^rfj
J^5
CUb
j>
/ &w?
brought
up and educated a female slave;

a *
then presented her to el-Fadl-
Sometimes the particle jJ

between them; as
w
-
is
placed before both verbs, instead of

i5l*)
jJ>j Ly.j
s a*
J 15 ^xLo
;
aJUI
Jyj
is
o' L&LH
id
* ,
? ;
jJI J-Xo-jt jJj ^j-o

that the Apostle of
U^5 Jiiu ^1 OjJu Oolb

bless
a,*
^re
a tradition
him and grant him peace !) said to 'A'isa {God have mercy on her I), after she had vowed (lit. and she already had vowed) to set free some persons of the children of Ishmael,
God {God
&c.
Part Third.
Rem.
a.
Syntax.
as
'
A
jj>,
"When one
of
the rest in point of time,
it is
two or more pluperfects is anterior to indicated by means of the particle

;
the others having merely ^Ja

s s
\
O^J
'
'
J
\j*3î Ju^yJI
'
OU
' ' -
- - *
'
id
to
' ' J
'
jj.ij^î
'ar-Rasid died at ^JLc wJLiJj AtlkJt *J^j

out for
Tits,
after he
Horasan to combat Raff 'ibn el-Leit, who had rebelled and this Raff had already rebelled), and cast off his allegiance, (lit. and taken forcible possession of Samarkand.
had
set
[Rem.
b.
Between (jl^ and the perfect a conjunctive clause

;*-
may
be interposed, as
jX*JI j+tlie
CM^
9~*$~o Tî
UJ
O^
t\jA^\
ed-dln, he
when the information about had assembled the emlrs.~\

If
enemy had reached Salah
4.
(a)
Cft
two correlative clauses follow the hypothetical particles
if,
if that, <)%,
[Up] and
^3 / not
:
(Vol.
i.,
367, o)*, the
verbs in both clauses have usually the signification of our pluperfect
subjunctive or potential, though occasionally too of our imperfect
subjunctive or potential.
For instance
in them (heaven
to
aJJI
*$\
a^\
\-o-\-**
O^
*U>
DjuJU
tliey
^y /^r# Aae?
fo^rc
and earth) gods
besides God,
<^->j
would surely have gone
ruin
3x.bj it
^Wt J*J
(all)
if thy
Lord had
chosen,
He would
surely have
made
mankind one
u-ts^Jj
people ; ôvs^
b>*^
lil*-=>
ajp ôv**^ l>* IsîP
O-i^
let those fear (God), who, if they should leave (or were to leave) behind them weak offspring, would have fears for them (or would be
and
afraid on their account) jÂs. UaîaJ b>*jlj Sy*o\ i^>*JI J^t

;
,jt
3J3
u^j'i'b
believed
blessings
1<-JI
^>
Ol^j
(Us),
a/ic?
/ the people of those towns
had
and feared
We
would have surely bestowed upon them

p-f*--" vo^ OJ^*
****
from heaven and earth; [^j^\
*~~^
3}
*
it
The
may
protasis of a sentence, when introduced by "^J, although not have a verb actually expressed, yet includes a verbal idea,
viz.
that of the verb (jli.
4]
The Verb.l.
if
I had been
one of {the tribe of) Mazin, they (the enemies) would not
;
have carried off my camels
^y>'
Sy>
^
tjl
,jt
aXJIj
Ul jaw JISj
fj+Zo
verily,
j+e.
UjUô^-3 C*fe>aytj îUiaJ^

left
<*JJIj
Ul
;?</
Sa'd said:
by God, if I had some strength wouldst hear from me a roaring in

streets, that
that
I were
able to rise, thou
its (* El- Medina 's)
quarters
and
would drive
,*
thee
and
a,a-o
God,
would remove
thee to ** *
thy comrades into your holes, and by a tribe where thou wouldst be a follower,
j
not followed ; js-\î

^*i*>\j->.\
^.
c**JI
Bit*
a j
a*
j>y.
a*
jsSj
^Sjj**.
state
Ûji
^
* a, *
*a*
had
not thy people ceased recently to be in
of
infidelity,
6 i ;
I would surely
5
A
raise the house on the foundations of 'Ibrahim
^j\
^Jj
2JsS
^ and were
it
not that all
mankind would have become a

ii
single
people (of unbelievers),

believe not in the
We
would certainly have given
to those
who
*a ,
Merciful roofs of silver

<
to their houses;] <UJI

*
jo* J-oi
^)î
"^.JLS *^t
o/"
,jUa*iJI
^juj^) CLg*-jj j-t^ &^

j - j
wo fo^w for the goodness
God towards you and His

(all)
mercy, ye would surely have followed

- - ,*
'
Satan,
save a
few ;
j^s- .iUyJ
^s*
^
-
a^
had
5 j*
it
a}
not been for 'All,

ai
1
% j
* a ,
'Omar would
6ee ,/ar
1
surely have perished ;
(j-^-o^-o
UiJ ^15
,
'^J
*
,
^W
,
1
i*
;w
, 0^
?/om, w?#
?Y
would surely have been
believers
AC
j\jti\
IjJk
^)"^J
ôw?
7w^ been for thee,
would not have gone on pilgrimage
this
year (*-**.! in rhyme for

*
-*-a^>.l).
t
[With j3 inserted
in both
)&**
C^*jU
"
c ja'O j
clauses 0*î
jlaJ
jJ-mU^JI j~o\
OU
j3
î if the
to
Prince of
~,
the
J)
faithful were dead,

f
I would
swear allegiance
j* * ate*
1 j
So-and-so; or only
a s
in the protasis
j'<-jj^^^j^ j^j t>^=>j3^ <uc

Munis had
him
s *
a *
a *
l^-cu'i)
^3-6 ^
O-*
J^
i"j
x5
zy
a^ ^^
are with
seen thee, they
would surely turn away

is
from him and

a,
leave
alone.]
(b)
Occasionally >j\s
placed
between
and the perfect
in
the protasis of the sentence, and
Part Third.
Syntax.
-
sometimes
this
be the
If *s repeated before the perfect in the apodosis. the signification of the verbs in both clauses is always case,
>Ss <<
*
I
O^
JO
<
6 -
and necessarily that of the pluperfect

if
as
&JjJs& &'*
thee
;
C-Û
c-^S>
I had known
6
-"0-a
this,
J
would have beaten

{/"
UJ Uî^c \y[&
) ' *
xa..oJI
w>j
I3-X0
lyl^
&??/
^ a ^ known
it,
they would not have
crucified the
Lord of
glory.
(c)
If the verb of the protasis
be an
imperfect, and that
of the apodosis a perfect, both

;
must be translated
B by
if
the imperfect subjunctive or potential
as ^jyj*>
^Lôl
l\j
we
pleased,
if we pleased,
we could smite them for their sins ; ^W-' oUk*. l\j ^ we could make it salt water. [If the verb of the protasis
"
be an imperfect preceded by
o^*
an(^ tnat 0I the apodosis a perfect,
both
may
be rendered
by the
pluperfect
5 '
subjunctive
or
by the
S^>\Ss }
imperfect subjunctive, as
aJI Jj-
^3
i^^S
^^
03**5i
in gUjI ÂjJia^JI if they had believed in God and His prophet and
what has been revealed
to
him, they would not have taken them for
C friends;
jJ^JI
A>U?t lô Jl^J jj*- ^>jJI ,>
^^
j *
0^=*
>
?/ caution could save
from
death, surely the caution (of thy friends)

'
would have saved

-
thee
from what has
befallen thee (jx- in
rhyme
for jJ^-).]
Rem.
or
a.
The apodosis
of lau)
is
of
(^
jl
w>'^-
</*e
correlative
frequently
omitted,
answer, complement, when the context

-in**'
readily suggests it; as aj

^* j ,o,o -ja^Jt aj ôJ^
o
_jt
C- ttJni
#
JW **-"
4
*^
,
ÎjJ tjl ^)j

be
jafo<
c^j^' aw* V
ê
mountains could
in pieces by
it,
made
to
move by a Kor'dn, or
addressed by
it,
the earth be cleft

.
or the dead be
;
...
I
(scil.
it
would
be by this Kor'dn)
,jl
^
in
juji>
,ji=>j
.J
^jT j
3^3
J^L
if
I were a match for you

to
strength, or could have recourse to
a powerful clan or party, or

resist
mighty
'<Ju>
chieftain,
....
(scil.
/ would
you)
^^ w*S$3 U^l
endtirance ;
Lukl^J
U&
^j~*>3
Wj*-
_;'**-
^jJ / have delayed only
until thou couldst see the extent of our forces
and of our
5]
The Verb. I.

hearts (heart
*
;
and if we had been with him with our

(scil.
j
and
**
soul),
6
j *
....
cs
:
s *
we should have defeated you long ago)

j
^yo
Z
10
lyJ
^Xj î
*
:-
*>0x
* i , *
je<e
o^
- j;*a
3J5 Z*
f*~>\j*
.-$ ?'!/* ttft^JI ^*iJ3t <
i/" i^
(Seville) possessed
no other
it,
glory but the place, called Axarafe, opposite to
and overhanging
stretching
famous for
leagues,
its
numerous
(scil.
olive-trees,
(and)
leagues
libliiJ).
by
....
b.
this
would
be
enough for
it,
iJ&J or
[Rem.
The verb expressed or understood

if,
in a clause pre-
**
ceded by ^Jj even

the clause to which
though, has the
same
signification as that of
sU-
it is
annexed, as ^tj ^jkc
^j ^pLJI
;
IjJact
"^
give to the beggar, though he should come on horseback

-J
C-*
^jA
/**.;'
* *
* *
j-olji i-1j
tection,
* 3
j
jU ^Jj t<Ui /
?i/
no retract
my
promise of pro-
even if
my
head should fly before me; jJuJkj 3J3 lîjuaJ

:
* s
<
\j>ja**
give alms, though
it
be only
a burnt hoof ; 3J5 ajIju
,*<jt
tjl.
( 41,
bring
rem.
me a
b)
;
beast to ride upon, even if (it should be) an ass ' 1*01 * * * ** ei * j* *iio a 6* * Oil
djJj ,> * * *
the
complaints of the
UUgi (^Ûa^JI j^^- aJt %m *ip * 9 * , were brought before him, and he wronged
^j
**
:*-
obtained justice for them, even from his own son; Ul^> woJt ^jl it* * ot* *t sti ** (j^jtLe wJli^H 1*0 _jJj if thou causest an animal pain, however
1
little,
thou art cursed.~\
5.
After
lit
when, as often as (Vol.
i.,
367,
b),
the perfect
a ?
is
usually said to take
the meaning of the imperfect, the future act

; ,
* i
being represented as having already taken place

1 a io-o
as j-*-l
lit
â^l D
1 * o
jJ I
I
will
*
come
6
to thee
when
li
*
the unripe dates become red;

it
y+*
* Z
i\
1***
til
^SLfAji UJ j^s\s.y
Jy-yJJj
*lU
respond
to
God and
life.
to the Apostle,
if
when he
calls
you
to that
which can give you
Consequently,
the particle til or of which extends
U
its
lit
be followed by two correlative clauses, the first conversive influence to the verb of the second,
the verbs have in both clauses either a present or a future significaw.

11.
10
Part Third.
For example:
liL*J
Syntax.
comes (or
is
tion.
jj*> t&*. 5>."^t jctj sU. ti^ aw/ wforc

life
the promised
term of the future
come, or shall have

;
cowe), w?0 will bring you all together (to judgment) aj ôûf
$3
131
ô-m
it
w&m
it (the punishment) /a//s (*po you), will ye believe
then
aj\jus
cJi
j*o*$\
^j**^ uî)
'i}
when Yahyd
takes the matter
In such cases the Latin in hand, its difficulties are easily overcome. the future-perfect in the first clause, and the future in the requires
second.
The imperfect
;
is
sometimes used instead of the perfect in the

j
j ***
6-
protasis or apodosis
as Li~>
to
j tyis
U3U
^t-wU ^JJ3
have heard ;
titj
lit
and
when our
i
a *
verses are
>
read
them, they say,

5
We
Ûl
the
i i
9j
j9^=>
'
L5^-j ôir^l)
^V' ^
is
1
J!P
^5^**"*
^ e/
whom, when
shout of
tall)
Alight for the fray'
raised,
*
you
see
on foot (looking as Ol*Oi* * * 0*

;
oii*ot*ioi
^^L-ft.1
marvel.
as if (they were) riding

JL..a..nJ
(v^j
in
rhyme
for w*>j)
,
jtr^}^
'i'
awe/
w;^w &<
seestf
^w,
#^r bodies make

;
thee
(J
as Occasionally too the imperfect occurs in both clauses 6J **> 1 0* *** * 11 1*' **0l0>a t'*f * *f '' 9 wul ôv*^ i^-*-3 'ijj -^*J jJCioJI tjj*> O^-^ *>^J L5
^^
"t
and when our
verses are
read
to
them as clear proofs, thou discernest

* 1
l*
J *
displeasure in the faces of those

* * * oio*> n ** 0\t*y v^* *J>^
wlw
disbelieve ;
^>c JjjJ JjlP
'^
*oi*t**i
8*"'' L5***
**
** awrf
www
*
it (ill
fortune) departs,
it
departs from a proud

1 *
hero, whose sudden

*
iM* 1
fits
of passion are dreaded

*
*
* * Ovi*
by his rivals ; i3 J-iS ^)t ip

desiring much, if you give her
j\
tilj
[V~*)
W ***!; l^~*^'j ^<? sow/

and when
she
is
JOW &*
/s
what she
wishes,]
reduced,
15 1 is
or restricted, to
little,
she is content.
If a clause
j\*o,
dependent on
<
introduced by such a perfect as <jUb or

,
_
the verb governed in the

*0i
*Z
Oi.
* *
perfect
by
tit
is
likewise a historical perfect; e.g.

*
J *
when he
spoke, he spoke eloquently;

* + * * j *
[<Jyj
+
* *
bl^> lit ,jlib 16***,, it O'^*" c^*' u&*4 j-îj

OtO
*o
a wjI*w jJI
9.j. 5*iLsJI
Oj-a.
til
^l
& *> <UJt some
learned
men say
that the Apostle of God,
when the time of prayer had come, went to the Here also the imperfect is sometimes mountain-roads of Mikka.
5]
The Verb. I.

<suU
11
used
in
the protasis or apodosis, as J-eu
*$
C*L<
tit
c~ij
to his
oî*. ,JI jj-lj ac?
wA#w
/ saluted
lit
him,
aw<^
my
head did not reach
waist ;
U^tj
a
jU.1 >~>
(J^J
w^^w fo bestowed raiment, he

Z *
c.
*t
ut
*Q*o
did
it in
liberal
and generous manner ;
\jj*-\ j+b-
lit
-*}LoJt
'
C^3
yij
other
tit
o-* b'>~' ^jf^
J^y
******
^' w^W-
o- A*-*<*-
^ aw ^
by
skipper,
when he had conveyed a person in side, got for pay a bracelet of gold.]
his vessel
from
the one to the
If the clause introduced
stands in the middle of a narrative of past events, the perfect has

of the historical
lili
also the sense
perfect, [as,
^J-^JI
j
w-^-lo J*i
-a
jjg
jgi^fES jjhjm+m.
4jUm0| 9-Ujj
l^cji\
yrô
* ' jc ^. .
and
the captain
of
his
the cavalry began to drive together parties
of them by the spears of

them;
.
men; and when
they
had
collected them, they killed

ij
0^3
1
J*j Uj Ji5
o^
yj^si
>*~*f
** JpU-^M
v^ ^ ^
W
^
,0, 1
*El-
Mu'tasim was good-tempered, but when he was angry, he cared not
whom
he killed, nor ichat he did ; J-JJI fU.
tit
O-tjj*
^ J^Jj J^^
?*?!"
ufj*$l **-3
**' LJSi
^5^ &J2 *h
whilst
4;>>
\S
***>}** C5*
^t^"
/ remember
we were
in
Kazwln, when night came, we
brought all our things in the cellars of our houses
and did
not leave
anything on the floor.']
Rem.
its
a.
The use of
meaning
as
lit
as a conjunction arises in reality out of

i.,
original
b).
a temporal demonstrative (see Vol.

,
367,
Lake
,>*., wJ>j, j*y>
etc. (see 78), lit is
an accusative
vir-
in the construct state,
and governs a following verbal clause
tually in the genitive*.
Under
these circumstances, the actions
both of the defining clause, introduced by tit, and of the clause defined by it, are such as would be appropriately expressed by the
imperfect indicative. These two clauses being in correlation, and that which is logically primary (the defined clause) becoming
syntactically secondary (the apodosis), either action
may
without
[Comp. however Fleischer, Kl. Schr.
i.
113, note 1.]
12
Part Third.
Syntax.
reference to their temporal relation to one another or to other be regarded either (a) as beginning or in progress, or actions In the one case the imperfect will be as completed and done. (/3)
As a rule, however, the language used, in the other the perfect. has preferred either to represent the action of the defining clause
(or protasis) alone by the perfect ; or else, which is more common, the actions of both the correlative clauses by the perfect, that of
the apodosis being, as

of the protasis.
it
were, conditioned
and postulated by that
the perfects are to be translated by our past, or future, depends entirely upon the considerations stated present in Vol. i., 77, rem. a.
belong,
whether
b.
But
to
what period
of time these correlated actions
Rem.
The temporal
clause introduced by
til is
often almost
^j\
identical in
(see
meaning with a conditional clause introduced by

it is
6)*; but
very rare [in prose] to find
lit
construed with
oJL-oj I3I3
the jussive like
,jt
(13 and 17,
c),
as JâÎi
({
ioLai.
and when poverty

<J!*~)
',
befalls thee, bear it patiently

tit
J^L^3 in rhyme
for
[and [-UjJwi \^}j3
when you
visit
me, you will honour
me].
Rem.
c.
It has been said that
when
lit
or to
til is
immediately
preceded by ( until, and followed by two correlative clauses, the verbs of which are in the perfect, these perfects take the sense of historical past tenses, expressing a state which closes the action
of a previous perfect.
This exception to the so-called conversive

til
influence of
til
or to
does not, however, hold good.
15^
is
construed with the perfect to indicate a simple temporal limit, or the effect or result of an act or series of acts ; with the imperfect
this effect or result is regarded not as something but as yet in progress, as a historical present (see actually past, This view it is which the Arabic language has chosen 15> c /?)
indicative,
when
>
to adopt in the case of

*
two correlative
clauses, introduced
by
lit,
[The difference
is
that
q\ denotes what
is possible,
tit
what
eU.
is
ascertained, so that one says juj U.
^l if Zeid come, but
J!tJ
lit
jy*A\
when
the beginning
of the month shall come.]
5]
The Verb. I.
For example:

,i*>,
13
**>*>
after
^Z*-
î^ ja^J\^
' '
jJ\
î ^^b^*^ ^JJI yb A
3 } ~ - 3
- i
j / /
.<
~Z
m* *
* 3
a st*>
1 1
* *
dJJI
\î j^fi
a)
)a*a.\
jr^. 'yis_5
i<
O'"*-*
J^
O-*
a-.***'
^**WJ wi-o'^-
^j^l
^ôJLa^-o //e
is
wAo
letteth
you
travel
by land and by
when ye are on board of ships, and they sail away with them (abrupt change of person, instead of vnth you) with a fair wind, and they rejoice in it, there overtakes them (the ships) a tempestuous gale, and the waves come on them from every side, and
sea, until,
they think that they are encompassed, (and) call

3 -
upOn God, professing

33
3 3 -
!-
< '
OiO'
jO
- J J
sincere religion
' 2 *
s *
j^ j-J*JIj u^^3
, , s
$
*.
O-4**"" O"* Â^*1** qU-j^
)fc
jL^.$
iO
3*3
unto Solomon
aA*J cJl5
^^-o-JI
^J*\j i*J^ t^JI
li]
5**
O^Jî an d
were gathered his hosts, of jinn and of men and of birds, and they were marched on in order, until, when they arrive at the Valley of In this second example the meaning would Ants, an ant says
be substantially the same,
if
we rendered
it
by
until,
when
they
arrived at the Valley of Ants, an ant said, but the translation would be less close*. In the next two examples, on the contrary, the
[Trumpp, Der Bedingungssaz im Arabischen, Sitz. Ber. d. phil. der K. B. Akad. d. "Wissensch. zu Miinchen, 1881, p. 432 seqq., rejects the theory expounded in rem. c, which is also that of Fleischer
hist. CI.
i. 116 seqq.). a preposition, has no ^j^-, being properly influence on the signification of the perfect in the following clause. This depends on that of the clause to which it is subordinated. The
(Kl. Schr.
same remark applies to the perfects of two correlative clauses

duced by
Ijt
introj)
^^-
For example
-
w**ylit
3 * o$o*o
Ijl
,
^.
2+
jj>.l
o
/ run until
3 t * *
a*io
, , ,
o *
*,
attain the end ;
C~JI J^.j
y
jJ>
jj-^t
S
i
til
.J^.
%^J O^xi
entered the
J
3 3
Ui
but before
i
I was aware of
3*
3
anything, *El-Aswad
3
had
m
J/
*~
'.
LT**
O^jy-i
030 2
*
J*c*
* *
^VW
*
*
*->J**L
*
0-9-^
^y
0*
Si
**
J**
O^
room ; 0' ,0s, J^*^> J**i3

together
revela-
l^WWô-^**^' J15
tions,
!iW
'3'
and on
that
day when we bring
out of every nation a

kept
company of
those
(before will say : Did ye treat my revelations as impostures ? comparison of this verse from Kor'an xxvii. with that cited above
marching in ranks,
until,
who have gainsaid our when they have arrived
God),
He
14
Part Third.
Syntax.
ULÎ
repetition of the act justifies us in the use of the past.

lit
*i a
^
* 6 3 -
Loj
...
^jJUl Jdbt O-f

>
o
-
WJ
..
^-^
^W-J ^1
^>
i>
j2p
3-
j jui x>
A-6* Sio
\3j*aJ ôAgl*.
tjJJ^ jJJ^Jl
....
* j
.
bj-Jaj ^J-^JI
^LlHwl awe?
JFe Aai?e not
sent before thee (any) but men, to

the people
j *
whom
when
a revelation was made, of

were despairing,
* j
j *
of the
w -
cities,
until,
oc
o
the apostles
- d -j
and were thinking

e
that they were deluded,
Our aid came unto them ;
o- -
Sy*~j*
^
j
lit
I***" *L5^
tj
*
* t* a *
J^9 vl^'^W^
o j
lo
AJ
hj^>
^* !>**^
^*
a* '
tj
* a s t
SIxjâUJÎ I3J9I LoJ am/ when they had forgotten Âeir warnings, We set open to them the gates of all things, until, when they were rejoicing over what they had got, We laid hold on
^jj-JL^ôA
lili
them suddenly, and

6.
after
Jj*uJI
lo,
they were in despair.
(a)
After the conditional particle (jl if (Vol.
i.,
367,/), and
many words which imply

or ijl
the conditional meaning of

is also
Oi
((^5**^
^m*),
the perfect
said to take a future sense,
In English it the condition being represented as already fulfilled. Such words, for instance, usually be rendered by the present. may
what, UjI whatwhosoever, JOem t soever, 0"ir* whoever, 1*^-* whatever, \*Xs as often as, %** where,
are
:
^1 and
-
^>o who, whoever,

s a *
O-o-jl
Ui*. wlierever,
oL^
U
s s
Û
s
when,
UU
at
whenever,
^1
where, U-^l wherever,

*
ii
/ww, U-a*^ however, ^yl
whatever way, however, {jb\ and
O^j'j wAe??, whenever,
Uil whenever.
Examples
(lit.
^)t
k_jl.l
^1
ô-Jac^^j w>tjcc
^j
c*~qg I fear,
if I rebel
(i.e.
&u'# rebelled) against
m#
Zorc?, the
punishment of a great
terrible)
day ;
<***. ^tb^X+sS}
;
D â^-oâaj
o 30 j
wc? $/?/
a 3 * -
^m wherever you find them

awe? he is with
(lit.
Aar^ found them)

are.
- - i
-j-
^îâ
Lo^jl
^Jt ykj
you wherever you
The same
remark applies to the perfects before and after jl
or, in
such phrases
oJI
^jl^JLJ j-.^ shows clearly the influence of the preceding verb

signification of those in the subordinate clauses.
on the
latter
For in the
Valley of
we ought
an ant
to render until,
when
they arrived at the
Ants,
said.
D. G.]
6]
The Verb. I.
15
as ^j-hr- jl \yt\k
%\}~t
it is all
the
same whether they are absent or

it is
present; Ojoii j\ c-î

standest or sittest;
Jj*i
^J**-
%\y*
all one to
me whether thou
3J
O^*
V***
ou-cJt ^9^l honour a guest,

jjt, <^l,
,j-o,
whether he be rich or poor. followed by two clauses, the

[Jj-i)t],
(b) If
first
the words
&c, be
of which expresses the condition
and the second the
result
depending upon
is
it [Jj-Jt
w>l>^
or
hjh\
i\jef.\
then the verb in both clauses
put in the perfect*, both
the condition and the result being represented as having already taken
place.
For example
lit.
C-XJUb dUi
cJUi
,jl if
you do
this,
you wiU
perish,
( 1, e)
if you shall hate done

<>
this,
you hate perished or will perish

(
o|>> fJW
j-'vo^9 O-*
;
M7ô
=v
ow^) keeps (has kept) #?s
owra secret, attains his object
UJ^.1 Ujl.j U*ol ^>>Jl i)L i^XaJI

;
wisdom
is
the strayed camel of the believer
shall have
(c)
found
it
anywhere), he lays hold of

^\,
^j*t>,
wherever he finds it (= if he it (will lay hold of it).
If the perfect after ^>t,
&c,
is
to retain its original

sisters
meanmg, then 0^*>

kana (such
g.;.<ot
or one of the
O^*
to be
Otî.1 the
of the verb
by night,
as
jUe
to become,
J&
by day,
Ob
to be
to be in the
serted between those words
inmorning, \j~*\ and the perfect in the protasis, and the
to be in the evening),
must be
apodosis
*
must be indicated by the
particle
o.
For example
O^9
Oi
z *3 j*eJ> JJi v^ jj
<uo*i if his shirt is (has been) torn in front, she
*
verb,
SO
[The verb in the protasis
may never be a
ju>U*. jJas
an
aplastic
-
* 0*
such as have but one tense and no infinitive, as ,^-J, 15*

187, b.
Comp.
(
In negative clauses the jussive with^J

ii.
is
employed
12) with very rare exceptions as Kor'an

5-jt
140 ^>jJJI w*Jt (j^Jj
<llL5 IjaJ l<
^J^j wjU^JI l^5jt erew though thou shouldest bring
every kind of sign to those

kebla
tliey
who have
been given the Scriptures, yet thy
will not follow, for 1^-wj _^J.]
16
has spoken the truth;
Part Third.
Syntax.
^&
~LJ
Ji
i/"
\^sy
<*~Ui aJJu j^J^>\
#e have
believed in God, place your trust in
Him;
,jl
jl jJuJl Jh-o-*
C^Mftt ^t
Cvja.I
c^>
accept
my
excuse readily or
indulgent, if
have committed a crime or

is
a fault.
(at
least)
if
be
(d)
But
the
perfect after these words
to have the historical sense (English past
tense, 1, a), the verb ?*, or
one of
its
"sisters,"
must be prefixed
to the correlative clauses
e.g.
\y&i J>*)W Oi [$* if they exerted

attained
it
themselves to attain
an
object, they
\l^>
l3t
U^
0^3 O^J
;
<tw^st >yt} lA^-jJ' O-*

to visit
an d whenever one of
the wild
animals came
him, he
made
it his
prey ; <UjJI <ô <ud.
atjt
^1*
and as
though
often as he
it
is
would throw off his

sufficient
allegiance, he entered the desert]
also
that the correlative clauses should be

;
dependent upon others that are historical
as .^JUH
c*&>j>t
U-Jl
*M
jua.Jl
sisXI
CUoî {+X&
jLa>JL>
attained knowledge only by
C praising
(God), for, whenever

[(e) If,
understood (anything),
said,
Praise
belongs to God.
however, the verb
0^*>
-
or one f its sisters,

participle,
A5
after these words, is followed
by an imperfect or a
J S/Or
it
we must
tJt
J
Jj
render
it
by the present
131), as
aJJI
k>_
5JytJli
aJJI
,j^*a*J
û
Ja*->
,jt
if ye love God, then follow

Jj
me;
* Of
JU.
(>*& ^1
^J
^
<
io
St
ii
St
St
<UJb 0-*>J
O^9
Oi Ov*l*y'
^5*
wor
^ ^
lawful for them

they believe in
to conceal
w&z 6W AaA created in

j)
.,.;la*a.* x*J L>iU
their
wombs if
jti)
liest,
God;
o^
c&
^)]^
(>
yJLL3
U>jL*
c^
//*
&w
speakest
the truth, thou hast killed
me;
if thou
thou hast disgraced me.]

in
Rem.
is also
a.
What
has-been said of the temporal

o
Ii) e
5,
rem.
a,
applicable to the conditional

|FI,
jjt,
for
*
q\
is
also originally a
>
demonstrative (compare
language always
is
^-!)-
I*1
ms
case
however, the
in-
employs the perfect, never
the imperfect
dicative, after the conditional
invariably represented, in
to say, the condition reference to the conditioned, as a

;
word
that
is
7]
The Verb. I.
17
the alternative
completed action, and not as one in progress. use of the Jussive, see 13 and 17, c.
J * *
On
Rem.
b.
The apodosis
of
^1
(,jl w>l^.), like
that of
( 4,
rem.), is frequently omitted,
when
the context readily suggests it;
honest
men
oft/ie
Muslims bear witness in thy favour, {good and well);

the oath; *}Mj jAJî
6w if not,
s
demand of him
^j* s.%ftjj
^-*J
oi
Aa. I ...... ju-jOI wôl i/"
ZAow repeniest
and
;
recantest wliat tltou hast
said, (good
tlie
and
well,
or
will forgive thee)
but if not,
c,
tcill
order
slaves to
fay
thee alive.
[Comp.
186, rem.
footnote.
By
this omission
^j\j tlwugh
( 17, c,
rem. a) acquires the meaning of

o
- a -
nevertlieless, as in the saying of the Prophet ^j\ ^
\-^j^
ride her
(the camel) nevertheless
(though she be destined for
sacrifice),
Lisdn
xvi. 179.]
Rem.
c.
Where
{
^g\,
,^0 and I* are inter rogatives or simple
relatives, îc, ^y\, Jj>\, ^jbl and *Ju=> interrogatives, and sL~a. C a simple relative adverb, without any admixture of the conditional
signification
of
,jl,
perfects
dependent upon them retain their
original sense.
After the particle U, as long as, whilst, as often as (Vol. i., 367, p), the perfect takes the meaning of the imperfect (present or
7.
2
j o > ;
future)
( lj
as
\j*o
^~Jb
U ^-i)
live
!
e t
*$
may you
*i*zJ^
never meet with
harm
/)> as long as you

careless,
O^^-
*&r-^\
l^-ob
U ÛJt D
in the
men are
life
as long as they
;
lice in this
*)
world
(lit.
remain
of
this world)
Jjjli f*
JL-JI
will not forget thee, as long
as a sun rises ; w>U**'

whenever) you call
laid
is
it.
<su$.c.>
^yJI care answers, as often as (or
If this imperfect is to be liistorical, the rule
down
in 6, d,
must be observed.
The negative as long as
not
always expressed by
^ U with the
jussive (see 12).

-
Rem.
w.
ii.
The Arab grammarians regard
**.* *
fi
this
l<o
as Suijh Sujjôlc
18
Part Third.
or i*3L}j,
i.e.,
Syntax.
noun or
as equivalent to a verbal
infinitive in the
accusative of time.
They say that Lo-
C~o
Co,
as long as thou
3jt*o.
remainest alive,
is
equivalent to L*. JiLelji or Co. ^LeUi
This cannot, however, be the case, for whence then would come the
conversive force of this L>?
It
is
in fact only a variety, in its
application to time, of the dlJaûJI Lo or conditional

J&
* A3
J
ma
( 6, a).
8.
itself
The Imperfect Indicative

express any idea of time;
it
(e$_9j~oJ1
cj
LiuoJt)
does not in
merely indicates a begun, incomplete,
enduring existence, either in present, past, or future time.

signifies
(a)
:
Hence
it
An
act which does not take place at
any one particular time,

all
to the exclusion of
any other time, but which takes place at

is
times,
or rather, in speaking of which no notice
taken of time, but only of

<*JJIj
duration (the indefinite present}
as jj^su
jj^j (jl-J^t
man
;
Q forms
plans and God directs tJiem {man proposes,

j
God
disposes)
jaJ\ j*xZ~
j-Jb
the free
man
is
enslaved by benefits {conferred
upon him).
is
An act which, though commenced at the time of speaking, (b) not yet completed, which continues during the present time (the
) * a *
j * o -
jii
definite present)
as
^Â^ju
\^>
^bu
aJJI
God knows what ye are
doing.
J)
Hence
;
its
use as a historical present in lively descriptions of

â*-j Jw*.bj
7~J^^3
past events
\S)***
e.g.
^j> Ta Kia
>
^^J\s ^js-\ r~j-^ ia*JJs
J 15
my
L5*
^h*
and
sai d
S ou t I run, and put on

cast
coat of mail,
(c)
seize
is
my
sword,
and
my
shield on
my
breast.
;
An
act which
to take place hereafter (the simple future)

,
as
^*w
v~*->
O*- u~*J lJ ^not
**yi
I>aj'j
and fear a day

all,
* j y o
(in
which) a soul shall

shall not
a^îJI
je,yi
make
satisfaction for a soul at
or
give
anything as a satisfaction for a soul ;
^î
3 lt*> *
*^b
the
jtrî but
God
will
judge between them on

still
the
day of
resurrection.
To
render the futurity of the act
more
distinct,
8]
The Verb.l.

or its abbreviated form
i *
t
19
the adverb o^-; (Vol.

381, b), in the end,
1 -
i.
364,
e),
(Vol.
o
i.
o - o*
- -
is
prefixed to the verb
as lJljxc
<iX)j
J**i 0-J
sir*
} *
tjU
uLa.
>
u^mJ
UAJj /w? whoever does
this maliciously
and wrong*# w//Z
/m%, w^
explain
it
w/// &wr fo'm w/A hell-fire;

in its (proper) place;
aa-j^ .J
a^w
ju
J^
Jjj^
,>* ^**-'
ô
s&z/ be protected (through God's grace) from every machination of thine
enemy.
Rem.
"A-^
if&jZfi
.
.-3..
o>$-
x
may have
+
the asseverative
a?w7 verily thy
<&>j
J jJ-la*j
t*s*
prefixed to
will give
it,
as
i^5^~Jj
Lord
thee
its
*
(abundance) and thou wilt be content ; and it may be separated from verb by a verb which is void of government, as in the verse
*
OP
<J
Z s'i
Oi
'
'
* *
Oi
' '
not know, but
sludl (I think)
a band of men or women.

[Rem.
b.
0*0' Rare forms are oL/,
know, whetlier the family of Hisn are

-
$~>,
and ,-w.
of a polite
,
* ,
The simple future has sometimes the sense

///
*** j
o*
o*
j*
order or request
as lu*j
\^
7);
\^$jj^ ^^SjôJ-j
(jUJ^
C
J
oj
JUi
tlien
Suleiman said: Depart now, and we will consider between ourJ

..
(Tabari
- *
ii.
544,
1.
j-^)l
o '
aJUt
cme? A said to Itah:

j't*c-'
Have
*
j j
the kindness to cj
j*
-JU1 Ji-ju -Lj^ J15j enter, God bless the Emir ;

*' *
t j OfO
I
s.
<sU*li
^j-UôJ
j-ôl
L xi^yj jJW.
D. G.]
dJ
JUi
rt?^/
Hal id said
to
him :
Grant him indemnity,

(!Ag. xvii. 164,
1.
Prince of the faithfd, and he did so
14).
(d)
An
act which was future in relation to the past time of which
we
When this is the case, the imperfect is simply appended to the preceding perfect without the intervention of any particle, and forms, with its complement*, a secondary, subordinate clause, expressing the
speak.
state
(JUJt)
in
which the subject of the previous perfect found

act expressed
himself,
when he completed the

is
by that
perfect
Jl
* That
to say,
it.
auy word or words governed
by, or otherwise
connected with,
20
-
Part Third.Syntax.
;
j*i^J
as i>*J aJt sla.
//
c?we fa
him
to
to visit
him
j>*c ,JI
i*-
5 '
w^-2o
?U
/^ cw20 fa
a spring of water
drink; ^jjJI ^jAc
^^LJ^j
j-^l jjju then
He
;
seated Himself on the throne to administer the ride

iUjo a^Xsu J-jjI
to
/>g
(of the Universe)
sew* fa inform
him of
this;
[i^yJU^-oJ <> he determined

1
circumvent the Jews,
'Ag. xix. 96,
1.
6.
R.
S.].
(e)
An
act which continues during the past time.

is
In this case
too the imperfect
of any connective particle,
appended to the perfect without the interposition and forms, with its complement, a second(Jla*JI)
ary, subordinate clause, expressing the state
in
which the
subject of the previous perfect found himself,

perfect
when he did what that
expresses
[jj^LS-o
*-..'
JL.]
as
<^*~û juj eU. Zid came
laughing ; lj**o
(lit.
U&l
he returned, congratulating himself cm

aZcjI)
praising)
it
Ms morning-walk;
were)
wJUI
;
>Uaj (j*I he
<LU>t
set out,
leading (as
awe?
my
heart by
its bridle
aLc^l
a*3j <usjj
ULJi
we remained watching for him as one watches for

%\*ja ZiS
the
new-moons of
tJiem
the festivals;
^s- ^*o3 UaIjÎ

;
<sJAs>^9
and one of
came
to
him, walking bashfully
0>**rf *'*"* -**W'
b'Wj aw ^
^^
by
6Y<w<? fa tf/^'r
father in the evening, weeping.

is
As the above examples
show, the imperfect

the participle.
in this case generally rendered in English
Rem.
a.
After the negative particle
*j),
the imperfect retains
its
general idea of incompleteness and duration; as

he went out, not
^J-jiwJI
Â yA ^Jbtj
*)
K-f*-
knowing,
*$
or without knowing, where he
was ;
.-aV^J
jbj$i>
the liberal (mart) does not respect the stingy.

it
After the negative particle L>

as
takes the meaning of the present;

is
Aio
jjjkl
Sily-^J
O^***^
'
i_s%j^ ^* a wia/i
no declared rightt*
eous by the evidence of his
own household ;
ô
'j/*^ C>i-*" iyi
9]
The
Verb I.
those

possess
*
21
unbelievers
among
who
-
a
~
**
(revealed) book,
- * oi
and among
*
*
the polytheists,
do not wish that any good should be sent down unto

0*0
j
j j
no
you from your Lord; w>U)t ^>*
<JJI JjjJl
to ^j^-oJXj CH**^'
0\
io-JU t >bjj
<*JJ
^y+XSL) they who hide the book which

it
God hath
sent
down, and buy with

the
into their bellies nothing but fire,
something of small price, these swallow doivn and God will not speak to them on
day of judgment. Rem.

b.
According to the Arab grammarians, the imperfect B

J - b*o
j
^ ,
indicative
- a
is
used JlaJU,
to
to indicate
present time (j-ala*JI ^>Lpl),

j - : , 3 j
to
3-
and ^JLLZ./jU,
indicate future
time (J*,JlL..^J\, less correctly
9.
To
is
express the imperfect of the Greek and Latin languages,

;
O^*
frequently prefixed to the imperfect
as j*JI wa-j
,jl>
AjxJLiS} he
was fond of poetry and poets ;

day
5j^c jy>
J^s ^y
julS
lyj
w>jj
^j^SJ
O^
0^*i C
city)
j\ja he used to ride out every
several times
to
J*-j
JU1
î
awe?
?for
zô*
be
(stationed)
*~t>
in
it
(the
a general with a thousand men; î^JI

jw#w
<j^jj
\y>\^ JV-j
who used
to
live
with the princes.
If this signification is to
be attached to several imperfects, it is sufficient to prefix (J^* If one or more perfects precede the imperfect, to the first alone. or if the context clearly shows that the verb in the imperfect
has the sense of the Latin imperfect,

as jjlo-J- Û-
^kc
(j-JL<Jt ^JJ3
D O^3 need not be prefixed to U IûjI^ and they followed what

it
;
the evil spirits read (or recited, or followed) in the reign

JJ>
of Solomon
yj^
ddl\
gUJt sj^kju ^X*
Ji
3 0-
Say,
/
Why
JJt/
-
then did ye kill the

40/
> /
prophets of
and
^yjJu
God before ? -330-0303

ô^^3
-
Here ^Sj and Oj^**^ stand

poetry after j3
;
for
^Jj oJl>
i.
[So in
see
Vol.
362, r,
footnote.
R. S.]
22
Part Third. Syntax.

"
*
[
J
10
Is
A
is
10.
To
express the future-perfect, the imperfect of
O^3
\OSri)
frequently prefixed to the perfect, the particle *5 being sometimes
interposed.
For example,
AXaiJ
.jJjXi
O^h
JJuL>
t^J-** L5î
A*5â^
>
l*!>*i
j^wwj
>0 /.I
O^'j
aUjj
fÂ ^tjj ÂJ
^,jX>
'N)j
Ut
awd / sAa//
last
/Ve so?0 people to carry
it to
my
house,
and I shall
be the
of them {to depart), and there shall not have been left (shall not mind with the doing or left) behind me anything to occupy my and by the trifling pay I give them, I shall have removing of it,
be
provided help for myself (so as)
to
spare
my own
body all the labour.

o
[Rem.
In dependent clauses introduced by

e. g.
)\
*
the future-perfect
*
j
* s
becomes the perfect of the subjunctive,

it
^Jk} C)3î
* j
*
O' *t-^J
* s * 6
* ' i bio
cannot be but that he has gone (abierit);

(aJJ
I
î ^j^XS^L^\
J&a.I
..I
,j jJLj
jjl
=)
<*JU
(J3^
the
theologians
disagree abont
God's having ordered (jusserit).]
11.
The Subjunctive
of the imperfect (*r>yeu*ti\

,jJ not (Vol.
*
i.
cjUa^l) has
always a future sense after the adverb
the conjunctions o' that,

s s
'
fit ^ o'
3'
362, hh), and

o
fie
'
or *^ that not,
until,
and ^^J
^ J
that,
^
'
0^
*jL> and *}LJ that not, ^jZ*.
till,
and
/; as J*>>->
O*
^<jLaJ j
bj>
O^3
O-*
*î
*->""
none shall enter Paradise except

\jL*.*>3
those
who are Jews or Christians; ii&JI

?
^\ ^,Z~~. j>\ do ye
think that ye shall enter Paradise
See
15.
12.
The Jussive
of
the
imperfect
(ôjj^ôJI
cjLa^JI),
when
i. 362, dependent upon the adverbs _î not, and UJ w# ?/<? (Vol. has invariably the meaning of the perfect. For example jjy, ##),
u^j*^3 Olô-JI dl*

dost thou not
the earth
1
o , ,
,
aJ
aXJI
,jl
is
J^XjO Jjl hast t/iou not learned (or

the sovereignty over the heavens and , ^ fi - fie ijg u^-^ i)6t
hu>w) that God's

fi/o
j * *
t^JU-
CH jj| J^
^^
e j -
UJj *^-JI
i>^-^
*j'
^" ^
>'
13]
The Verb.1.
23
îXi
Aafltf
^>
efo
ye ^//* that ye shall enter Paradise, be/ore there shall

an<2
come
(lit.
^r#
&is not yet come) upon you the like of what

aa
0'
-'
cw^
m/w/i those
who passed away

l>l
before
you
,>*-JJ
â+j UJ}
Iâ'
is
j^yjj <*JLc
0^
(lit.
wiJ3 iclw m
f^/s
(ê mse), before our parting

?
an hour old
then,
and an hour has
not yet gone by since parting)

it ?
How
oj'
when months
LJ
shall hate passed over
UjI^j
yj\ j~e-
^-^
Ul*^j Jjj
om/*
departure
is close
at hand, save that our camels

(i.e.
have not yet moved off with our saddles
we have
you
all
but started)
oJCJU
w*+ 3
ja*
UJi Jjtij
^J
^>l
J*
if you do not do
!*
this,
will perish ( 6, b)
****&
JO
iSjxJJSj jjtiJI w*a>-j
y^jî
he
was
not fond of poetry
and poets
( 9).
Rem.
2+
LoJ
The grammarians put the

oêt,
distinction between
* * *
^J and
a * a >
2,
in this way, that Jjiaj

..
^J
is
the negation of J**, but ^)juu UJ
- ,
the negation of ,Jji jJ, [meaning /*e /as not yet done it, but he will R. S.] certainly do it aftenvards ; see Beid. on Kor'an iii. 136.
o
13.
After
&\ and the various words that have the sense of

same meaning as the
jj
perfect
(
,jt
.
the jussive has the

-i
6)
as
J.
: - : -
: i
<JJI
A^Jjtj djjLJ jl
^Ssj^jô î
it,
a >
\yuiî ,jl whether ye hide

a * a
what
i - a
is
in
your
breasts, or disclose
God knoweth
it ;
y
j~. ,j- IjJjuu

a
a , a -
U
a
.'-:--
U/)/
whatever good ye do,
(/j
aJJI <slJju
God knoweth
it; >iLo%.A ^ji J-o-*J
O]
a
4-^c w~^-5 UteJ'-d *jLc

doest
a j a,
now
that thou hast become
a Muslim, thou
*
* "O
*3
a j
a good work,
a -a* * a *
thou wilt be rewarded for it;
\jyuauJ ,jt
^LJt
-jjZsu vj'jJ-* If
j
Ve do
so
us justice,
a j
family of Merwdn, we will

* *
a r
jZ
lis
a>o
ai
draw near
to
you
O^-JI ^X^jju tyyu

* ,
Lo^j! wherever
ye are, death
lay aside the
* a
will overtake
you;
^jyyu
-
*UUji3I
a
k
a-il
a *
^Z* when I
* a *
* *
, ,
* a*
* *
turban, ye recognize
me;
//t?
^)
>-e.j
bjJLc jju quj^j
*9
4>a>^->. to
O-o^
v5^
^^?*
Ow
UaJLcu
;
k?Ao seeks
our protection has nothing
fear
after our covenant
but he who does not come to terms with us will pass
24
Part Third.
See
17,
Syntax.
c.
[14
the
first of two correand the second in
if
his nights without sleep.
When
lative clauses contains a verb in the imperative,
the jussive, then the jussive has the same meaning as

clause
isOs
the
'>
first
had contained a verb

s s s
in the jussive preceded
by ^j\*
e -.
oi
-s
is
tjj^j ^jtaj
jl by>>
^3^
IV
they said,
Become Jews or Chnsis
tians, {and) ye will be
guided aright.
Here '>>>>
equivalent to
aright.
t^jyu
jjf,
If ye become Jews or Christians, ye will be guided
See
17,
c.
B
s s
[Rem.
s
a.
Ju* and, according to the school of Basra, also
be \~oJu=> form an exception to the rule that the jussive may employed in the two correlative clauses. Many grammarians allow no other correlative clauses after these particles, but those that conJ/{( J s s s s tain the imperfect indicative of the same verb, as %X>a\ %~a3 ^-i*^"*
as thou doest, so will
do.
See, however,
an example
of the jussive
in both clauses, 17, c]
[Rem.
b.
After
*j)l
both the jussive and the indicative

j
may
an(^
si
*i)t
is
OOs
Jj"*-*
si
*^'
is
be used in the two correlative clauses, as

t }
^MbU
s
is
si
*i)t
s I
A>\j J>i3
wilt thou not
wilt thou not alight

to
and eat?
tell thee
?]
^Xjj^.I
^Îj
come
me, (then) I will
14.
sense;
The Energetic forms

as ,jjj>UJI
of the imperfect have always a future

l
^>o yjjî oJ& o-f
a ->
O^
if thou deof) the
Uverest us from this (danger), verily we will be of
(tlie
number
grateful;
Jliic 0->j-&$ *-^h
God! I
will cut thy head
of
(lit.
strike thy neck).
See
19.
2.
The Moods.
The Subjunctive mood occurs only in subordinate clauses. an act which is dependent upon that mentioned in the it in point of time (see 11); and previous clause, and future to
15.
It indicates
369 seq., rejects this view of [Trumpp, Der Bedingungssaz, p. the matter, making a distinction between the jussive in the apodosis of an imperative and that of a conditional protasis.]
15]
it
The Verb. 2.
The Moods.
ut.
25
It
hence
is
mostly corresponds to the Latin subjunctive after governed by the following particles.
e i
(a)
a.
By O'
that, after verbs
which express inclination or
dis-
inclination, order or prohibition,
duty, effect, effort, fear, necessity,

(for
yj\
*),
permission, etc.;
^ O'
or
^' that not; and ,jJ
i.e.
O'
0&
*$
it
will not be or
happen that) certainly
not, not
i"
at
all.
For example
desired to
, j
^*3I
J^j-k j*J
to
O^
O' C*e**b Oijl

Be-
wished
*
,
and
make plain
them the path of learning ;

re/itse fo
,j\
*
^Jl> w>W
B*
^ B
'B*
5
Be
w."iX->
aJUI
&?;
no ong wfo can tw/te,

'
wr/fe
^>ij u' l^** *
Lij^JbOl wJJsu ^l***"

i^J j^-^
behoves the learner to strive by his

it
seeking after knowledge to please

be the accusative
;
God ; w~cuM (Jî O' j^tî

O'
may
^ O&
it
** V*-
-k^î
it is
J^5 #<?
not for
(God) said, Get thee down then from

thee to behave with
(Paradise), for
pride in
it ;
[\J& Jjwj ^jb 3^6 I commanded
thee to do such
a thing;] ^j^>jî ^' ^JU.1
^1 I am
...
afraid he will
not leave me,

[
or, in
accordance with a particular idiom of the language
162],
I am
afraid he will leave me;
j^
2*
1
*
}).
bu
U
.'
what hath
~?
& Si
* *
'
6 *
hindered thee
from worshipping (him)? ojjot* Ubt y\

a certain number of days ;
i
jUJI
...^ - >
O*
the fire (of hell) shall certainly not touch us save
for (shall certainly
touch us only for)
**,Bei*''B'
I
*}M
iiaJ
J^-^xj \J$
j^jLcu j
byb
O^
O-* none shall enter Paradise save those who

- ^J-
are Jews or Christians;
^1
^ O^
Z *
- 3ii*o
+ *Be P"J^*'
* *
C5**"
u*jN'
Cj*^
-^
"^
D
therefore not quit the land (of Egypt) M/?fr7
my father
gives
me
leave.
[Rem.
If
we wish
to indicate that the thing ordered or resolved
upon has actually been done, the verb

the perfect, as Ljtf IÎjsLj o' j**5
ot/"fer
may
be followed by
^>l
with
Ail
*^>'
l*L-, ,jl
life
jj3
^bJ
God had
decreed to call them to
for
the first time (as
He
did),
He
decreed to call them to life a second time (see Fleischer,

i.
Kl. Schr.
525
seq.,
ii.
356).
In later times
,jl
with the indicative

of ,jl with the
of the imperfect is often
employed as the equivalent
w.
ii.
26
Part Third. Syntax.

j
o j -
[ 11
.-
* s
#e
't.
o j
subjunctive, as in the verse C~ojj ^.slx^J lj*. >ejw5l
,jl
w*oj UJM
w^l
seq.).]
<<Jl as o/i!ew as
life
intend
to
send onward some good deed for
my
526
future
and
to
repent toward
God
(see Fleischer, Kl. Schr.
i.
(/?)
But
if
any wish,
effect,
governed by &\ has the meaning of the perfect or present,

indicative of the perfect or imperfect
is
Of.
me
j* &
the verb to which
(j' is
subordinate, does not indicate
expectation, or the like,
and
the verb which
is
the
"
used after &\

;
as
O'
i5**^
v2ô.3 it
j
pleased
ss
a t
that thou stoodest up Aa Ag
JU>
,jl
^s-\ I know that he

St
i
7
,
said; j>\î
O'ô^' ^ Awow
etc.), is
tjt,
es asleep.
As
,jl
awoo on, with a
pronoun
(<ul,
more usual
such clauses, the native gram-
marians designate
when
it
has the same meaning as o' ano
governs the indicative, by the

'an that
is
name
of
L*3I sj*
or,
AAAsôJt ^j\ the

<UUui^)l
lightened
;
from
the
heavy form,
more
shortly,
o'
the lightened 'an
but when
it is
equivalent to the Latin ut, they call
it
*uoU3l
jjl
/jg
' that governs the subjunctive (^ cJ>^\
cjUa^JI).
refer to
After verbs of thinking, supposing, and doubting, when they

the future,
^>l
may govern
the indicative of the imperfect, as JUAa^t,

->
or the subjunctive, as
i*oLM
e.g.
jyu o'
*2*iJ9
think he will
get up.
Rem.
a.
^1
is
in these cases 4jjjuo*o, that

is
is
to say, ^jl with
the following verb
equivalent
e.g.
in
meaning
to the
masdar or
that ye fast
infinitive of that
is better
verb;
î j+,
*-*
\^^c3 ^lj and

;
for you (\yoy*a3

(i|j>jt
^jl
==^XLm)
>
>l)j3j\
^jl
Ji-jl
/ wish
to
visit thee
O' = ^jki)
O'
1^5^**^'
= ****V
; -:*- g l-
Rem.
rare; as
J.
The omission
of
,j!
before the subjunctive
is
very
Lfc
ia y
0j-
or<i(sr
/m?i ô
iwy
;
i<; d)JkU
^3
j,>aJUt
JA
*$\
ue
the thief before he
can
seize thee
and
in the verses
li
[yj\
15]
The Verb. 2.
vjl
The Moods.
27
thou
^jJliJ
J*
OljJjT j^wl \^tj
^^1
j-a.l iJ>^lpl
</ia< hinderest me from being present in battle, and from taking part in amusements, canst thou make me live for ever?* The grain-
marians
tell
us that some of the Arabs construed

J
jjt
always with
to
the imperfect indicative, as jb^Ju
ic
* g
'
^j\
JJj'
/ wish
tliee
stand
ii.
up ; and, according
it La J ^Jj
I
to the reading of
Ibn Muheisin, Kor'an
233
^jl
_>ljl
^jî for
him who
it
desires to complete the time of

half-
suckling; whilst others let

verse
govern the jussive, as in the
y>h>
'
ju-oJI UjLj ^j\ .Jl I^JUJ come, until the

let
game comes
(or is brought) to us,
us gather firewood.

[Rem.
c.
Sometimes
^jt
seems to have the meaning of
lest,
for fear
that, as in the verse j>j\j
u5^*
O^*
>
**
*"-*>?**
O!>o*
C&
J-**
tj*ct
^1 / have given
j jm
Amr
beast unable to rise,
for fear
ibn 'Imran a hundred camels for a young lest I should be blamed (Hamasa, p. 256,
Co*fcl
-f
L 3)
A*i^li
V5*!-i
O' r-*^^'
year that an enemy should come, in which

LoJblj^l jsj U-fcljL-< J-iJ
^"^ prepared arms for Q case I may repel him ;
O'
/or /ear
ê one f them
shoidd make a mistake, hi which case the other may remind her (Kor'an ii. 282). In these and similar phrases (Kor. iv. 175,
vi 157,
2jb\j&.
xlix. 2,
Lane
p.
106, b) the interpreters supply iiiU*-* or
it may be explained by the preceding words a prohibition, as Kor. xxxv. 39, Tab. i. 657, 1. 8, 3026, implying
In others
1.
2.
In the verse (Hariri, Dorrat, 88) L>j\3^\ lij^L]
vjl
iL-ojt
w-jl^.
^j x * & r J) * ' 2
>*j
^>*C..^JI
s.a.^j^.
JJL-ojl
may have
the meaning of
t/iee,
2)jjka>.\ ^ljjk.l
I warn / MYirH.
<Aee fes thy thee lest
relations shoidd praise near r
but
ilie
poor return disappointed.
D. G.]
[Beidawl on Kor'an ii. 77 reads j<\n\, adding that, if ^j\ is Comp. Hamasa, omitted, the verb is put in the indicative. R. S. 438, 1. 6 seq. and see also Lane p. 104 c, on Kor'an xxxix. 64 p.
Jit
Jjt/
*?
' s * -i
28
Part Third. Syntax.

(b)
.
.
[15
a
;
A
s
By
that,
i.
in
order that ([called

t>
^^
i
v*i)]
originally
preposition, Vol.
s
st> s
366,
c)
Si
^=>, L5#, and <j^,
that, in order that
is
*}UJ,
*$**,
%*&, and
j
it
that not,
in order that not;
particles
act.
which For
;
indicate the intention of the agent

>o
and the object of the

that
J 0>O
s s
as
example
s s s^tO
<tUl
s
J s
>zX)
J s
jS>aJ
s s
yj
,*
repent,
s
vi
God may
SS
y
forgive thee
sOs
sbfO
s9
b*}LJI
^js-
ou$*aJ
to
2us\jti\
%j
aAJI is
^-^1
iJL~j ^j\
all)
^Jî
it
behoves
the
-B
Muslim
ask
God (who
exalted above
for health, that
He may
%Z*>
preserve him
s s
6s
from misfortunes ; ^ aaXas
Lw
it
c-Jxto.
lit
3 s
jloUJI
,-U
you
them
s
may
J
aJ! ijju when you learn anything, write sis j J i I -^=> that constantly refer to it ; j^Js-S
down,
so that
* s
jCi s s
IôJjCJ
jd"?
\
î
lj-o-kJ
learn that ye
may
teach
O^3
sjiiijuls
'
I may prepare
)*$ "*->*l3
\j^tX
first
#
..
^
-
sCii-
Jjt and
sa s
I am
ordered
(this)
in order that
I may
be the
;
of the Muslims (of those who surrender themselves to Him)

s o ,
Uilo ^ôXxJ
*
.-
U-j)
that thou mayest

s s s s
J
know me
to
be speaking the
truth
IjJI-j
^jj^âj
t-o-
J
CH^J-*
s
0*
^w
desirest to take
s
I
me
as thy
+ s
sis
s 6 s
fowr together with Halid ; w>UJI J>J*u
*i^j
î
as
J^î
ts
i s
,J*i*Lj
ts
w Aaw
i
wo occupied ourselves with giving an account of

*>s
this,
in order
is
s a s
tit>ss
that the book might not become too long
sX+^y
(J-o aJji C>3î
ê^9
the
ja
that
it
(the spoil)
Is s
may
s s
not be a thing taken by turns

sis
s
s
among
rich of
you ; j&JKs
Oss
^keut
\$~j\3
1
uJs
%Si
s
1
that ye
s s
svi
may
not grieve over
what
escapes you
;^JjJb
obijL>
*Û3 ^Xi'^
J 13
l*Jl
he said this only in order
that learning might not be disparaged.

t
Rem.
a.
After
^J
the grammarians assume the ellipse of

*}ID.
jjl,
which always appears before the negative,

is 0e
f
The
a??i
J t
insertion of
to thee to
J
^j\
is
allowable, as
1^5*^
<Jj.,
s
or
I^St
}0-o
^^, /
sit
s
come
t
Is
read (whence some translate ^^Ju^JI Jjl

anc/
0>^'
;
O*^ *->*l3 ty
am
ordered
to be the first
of the Muslims)
except
when
it is
15]
...-.-.'
The Verb. 2.
The Moods.
i.e.
29
the predicate of
#<*?
3
the )a*^hJ\ j*$ or lam of denial,

^j\>
when
it
is
or
^Xj
^J, as
j^
a
OJlj ^yjjJtJ
<*JJl
0^ ^
it<
;
J -
3,
not one to chastise them whilst thou wast

,
among them
joj
^jiLj
^J
-^
H t_^v
J Zeid
teas not
man
J
to Z
-
drink nine.
3 ,3*>
-
Rem.
b.
The addition
of
Sljj jk*a+}\ S ,
I* appears
sometimes to
3'
3 ' 3'
3t
interrupt the government of î), as in the verse sjUj^J

JUj then
*
wJI
lit
Aj
LiKj^"*
i<iJI
L3^H
is
a i
U->^ j-a*
*/*Ae?i
fôii cans* no benefit,
harm; for nothing
expected of a
is
man
but that he should
harm B
;
or
benefit.
Sometimes ^1
^jl
3 i
added to strengthen the regimen
as
Igjkaajfj
* 3 s
<
^*j
*
U-^
<A< fAou
mayest
fly to
deceive
and
beguile ;
U-j&
that thou ^.Zjjii j-^so ^j\

a.
mayest
my
village.
(c)
By ^~
(also originally a preposition, Vol.
i.
366, k),
when expresses the intention of the agent and the object of the act, or the result of the act, as taking place not without the will of the agent or, at least, according to
until, until that, that, in
order that,
it
his expectation.
For example
^j
i^j^ l>**^^ *s*^

it
?~J**
<>*
L*~>fe UJI ice
icill
not cease to stand by
(worshipping
it), till
Moses
must
;
return to us;
btô
ire
0&. ^^-v *^' cM

Uvl-cl-i
J-^' u-
<*4
*$
ire
meditate before
speak, in order that our words
may
be appropriate
ÛxM ^c
a KiUj
i<^- u-^J'
is
^jl
^r^
;
he must not weaken

sli ,jt <U tyî
the spirit so that he

* 3J
hindered from acting

J ' * 3 J3 *
u ..\s*A,i
3%
J *
'
^yjjju
/*</
jt
<*-*5l
^5*-
d *i
jiht.lj
te// yfo'w, //'
eho<j$es, to sit
down
to sit
^H-^
w^
Ais ^w^, that
I may force him
to rise or he force
me
down.
/?.
But
if
^^^
expresses only a simple temporal limit, or the
mere
effect
or result of an act, without

it is
any implied design
or ex-
pectation on the part of the agent,

indicative of the imperfect.
followed by the perfect or the

:
For example
* * 3i
^ ..^.tJ
)))^
is
c~Jlb
i/
^f- hj^*
they journeyed
till
the sun rose; juul 13, , z , },
^,
,
*->^ and
he
so
ill
so he fled till he
got a great way
off;
4jj*^j
^)
i*i-
vj*
that they have no
30
Part Third.Syntax.
.
[15
110,1,
;
,0,1
,,,
Aojoe
o/
A*s
living
ju*>
aJ
io-ui
î ii*w
a
5J/ 5 a> Jjwj ^J-dl
jsj->i.
Oj-oJt a^jU j^j^-
<*AJI
#A# &es o/" wz^w is
roa?i ore
hill-top,
amid a
small flock of his own, who serves
God
until death comes to him.
Rem.
o
a.
After
i^
^j\,
and say that

^
it is
Î- the grammarians assume the ellipse of o i , a , equivalent in meaning to ^jl .J or ^Ja,
I
Sjio as w>3^j i*- c*3*"^' >^l ^ e<^

, ,
J^
'
îe
f/tie/"
until (^j\ .Jl) Ae repents
or that
(\ Sm
y^
6.
or
,j))
Ae
may
repent.
Rem.
aJJI
In some cases the regimen may be doubtful;
as
they
j-oj ^yL* djto Ij-Ut i^JJIj Jj-.>ji\ jjJu iya- \^Pj_$

J
and
"
were agitated until the apostle said (Jîb), or so that the apostle , j, said (,J^su), and those who believed ivith him, When (will) the help
of God (come)
/In
fact, after
^J*. four constructions are

,,
i o
Zi
possible,
which may be exemplified thus

journeyed
^ j j o
(]
Ct
lyUiol i*ît
jo iijiJl .Jl 0^-<

,
jo
..
to
,
el-Kufa that I might enter
(= LjAi.il [)
it
O^w
lyAi.il
, ,
^_5*,
I journeyed
.>
-*
to
it
till
^
entered
^ j j o
;
<L*sUi
^JLsfc.
<ul.)
lyA^,sl
it
jo / have journeyed (*I> Oj-j

5
, i*bto , j j o
(hist,
imperfect,
to it till
,t
5 ^
w^jo
;
a/re
(now) entering
(= ^^)l lyXi.il
bl
i<*^)
it.
and
i<X.
O^w
lyjjlî
I journeyed
v-i,
till
(actually) entered
(d)
By
0*
i*
when
this particle introduces a clause that expresses
the result or effect of a preceding clause (w~~JI

,
&,
A.
WJ
..
2'i,
or
w><3
a>.
iLi).
The preceding
clause
must contain an imperative
(affirmative or negative), or
words equivalent in meaning to an imor hope, or ask a question

;
perative
or else
it
must express a wish
or, finally,
be a negative clause*.
The
is
signification of ^ in all these
[In some cases the indicative
employed where at
first
sight
we should expect
,1,0,,
the subjunctive, as in Kor'an lxxvii. 36
^J
jji>i
^
, ,
^jjux**
it
shall not be
permitted
-
to
them
to
allege
excuses
(they
cannot excuse themselves) ; Hamasa p. 407, CUi.1 *$$ a*xXj j\ *% 1,0,, D. G.] 6jjuJl no mother will weep over him, no sister will miss him.
vol,,
0,,%l
15]
The Verb. 2.
The Moods.
For example
so that
31
cases is equivalent to that of î-.
w>j
^ ^*tt
;
UaJI
JJk.l
Jôli pardon me,
my
?ray
Lord,
I may
enter Paradise
be not forsaken
^->flJl wj
Zorc?, fo(p tw^, so *^

to
aJt^&jJu order him

,jUJ
sew
it;
^)l
U *....*
lii*
viLf**"'
<3^
camel, go at a far-stretching gallop to Suleiman,

rest (U*--i
that ice
may
;
find
and U^j^L-J
in
rhyme
for
la> t
>
and
f-tjZ-J)
iU*l$
(^jjjk*.!^)
*j)
do not punish me, so that (or
lest)
I B
perish
--f^ ujSl
î
S)j
j^-*^
^-^ ^1 Lbo
<j
J^Jbl
6W,
and
to
Aand ms
wo* over to ourselves, lest ice be too feeble {for the charge), nor
to (other)
men,
lest
we perish; ^^Âe.^SLis. J*~J

lest
a*3 lytfcu
*n)j
do not exceed therein,

you)
;
my
wrath alight upon you (or become due

ôtf
4i* Jjjuojli *i)U

it
^j)
C~J ?w/d
I had money,
that
give part oj
away
*t"
in
alms! Wj,k&
Ijî jyii^^ys-o c*i
would
^j^
I had
j
^
to
I might b
been with them, that
might have won gnat gain; C

to visit thee
;
&j3y& ?-'
a*M
(=
^f&-*\*
^j***)
perhaps
I may
J-*
is
go on pilgrimage so as
that
jl>J'
<*ij
is
Zeid at home,
?
can go
him
tell
me whether Z.
we then any
at home, so that ete.)
\jxsJ~3 sl*i
^*
U)
J^j
UJ Aare
intercessors to intercede
for us?
*$\
j\j&\
^j\ U
near,
>>>* **
U j*A~Zi yj3
son of the noble, wilt thou not

I
draw
*%*
that thou mayest see what they have told thee
iaia.J5
!
^^
^JU
why
dost thou not study, that thou mayest learn by heart

Jj*-ti
i*3j&~\ *^J w>j
<~*4j*
J"*-'
^] wy
Zorrf,
why
hast
Thou not granted me a

^-aij
*)
respite for
a bnej term, that
I might
give alms? t^j^-i
sentence
is
not passed upon them,

tell
that
they die;
tojo*^
S
'
UJU
Lo
*Aom /i^r^r comest to us to
us something.
(^^xaô), not
The imperative must be pure or real interjection like do. nor a verbal noun in the
say
>y-JI y^y~^.\i 4*0
Rem.
an
accusative.
You
fold your peace
and I
will treat
you kindly ;
32
Part Third.
1
Syntax.
[15
The negative
WX>
ÛJI
>oU*3 U>jw AwsA,
areo? the
people will go to sleep.
clause
must
also be pure,
not restricted by ^1, nor followed by

e.g.
tell
another implied negative;

nothing but come
Âom.
to
Lo,>o^9 UoUJ
;
*^l
C-Jl I* Âom
efos
us and
us something
\jjm*2&
U*3D Jlp
Uo
never ceasest coming
to
us and (never ceasest)

6
telling
us some-
thing.
Consequently we may say LojuwJ^ t-^ti
to, if
we understand
tell
the words to
mean thou
LSjia*.!*
dost not
come
to
us and (dost not)
us
something (=
l*).
[The poets allow themselves to use

O *
1 i at r
O
*
..
with the subjunctive after a single future,

*
e.g.
.Jj--*
j)j->\~t
bis
.*
0*0
j * at *
U*-jjJiilJ
jla^JL âJt^
ô-j^J
i^J I will leave

to the
my
abode
to the
rest.
BeniL Teniim, and betake myself
Higaz, that I
p. 53.)
may
have
(Comp. Jahn, Erklarungen zu Sibaweih,
D. G.]
(e)
By j, under
the same circumstances as

to,
\-fi,
when the governed
verb expresses an act subordinate
but simultaneous with, the act

(j'^**?*** *>*'
expressed by the previous clause; as UJj UJI IjAa.jJ
s s
>
1 x
Z*0
jit
*0
* b *
ijjjjLsJI ^ J.*jj^ .u 1jjjl. ,j>jjJt xUI ôA*j
efo
ye think that ye shall
enter Paradise without God's
knowing
1* a
Him), and knowing

restrain (others)
-
the patient
of you who have fought (for ji $ , ,b, , ^Xtc ^jUj JU^. O* a-o ^) cfo not
those
,
%*,
from any
o *
habit, whilst
, ai
Zi
you yourself practise one

si,
j
i a i
like it ;
si
, i
OW^'i i^-*^ O'

her), Call,
^->^>i
j^jut
^jl
>citj ^^^1
time),
;
C~Ui
it
awe?
sairf (to
and I will
call (at the
same
for
makes
the
sound go
farther, if two persons call out together

m>
^^j 03^3 **=** ^'^'

, ,
b*0 *
s s0*O
J/0/
Û^bj
between
<o^JI
^XUjj was I
love
not your neighbour, there being (all along)

i
*>
11%,
me and you
and
brotherly affection
<^Lo_^Jt
JÛ
Jjk
^JJI w^-uJj do you

oyuiJI
yj~.J
eat fish
^.y-fc-l
and drink milk

^.Ut âj^
SsLfr
at the same time? v~**3
^>
^t
and
the
wearing of a
coarse cloak, whilst
my
the
eye is cool (not heated with tears), is
more
pleasant
to
me than
wearing of fine garments.
The Arab gram-
15]
The Verb. 2.
call ^,
o/"
The Moods.
o * **
l
33
j
marians
ta
thus used, <u*JI jtj, or * aJ
^,
of
or ^..^.La^Jl jl^,
wm>
simultaneousness,
and explain
*
it
by o' *
the subjunctive
m
* '
[Rem.
also after
lyj
The
school of
Kufa allow the use

of
^
si
Sj
in the
manner
o
887,
a -
J
I
and
^, e.g. j^s
,-Xt
j^ju
tJL+JU ôJ *^Lo*1 do not upbraid people for actions, whilst

ii.
1.
you
practise them yourselves (Tab.
1 seq.).
D. G.]
2
*î
at
it is
(f)
By y, when
or
(fc
equivalent either to
o'
unless that, or to
ivill
O'
AiY/
L5*!
1*'
Mw
^ that;
as^JL-j
_jl
jitfJl
,>L3^ /
certainly
**a*
I
^ at,,
unbeliever, unless he becomes
>)}****
a Muslim; SU5
Oî
'Jft*"?
lit
C~^j
tribe,
LgfcLJ j) lyj^*D 0^~^>ft^3

broke
its knots, unless it
??</
?r^
/ squeezed the
;
spear of a
stood straight
^j*^-
^
I
i*
ilijJ'^
wi/Z sw& fo
u- Jt
Vfc5
3/o?^
?7/
##m gr?w me
my
due;
J)j)\ jl
wJusJI (j^XjI-^
attain
i a i,
/
.-
mu7/
i *
deem everything
at
i a i t
difficult easy, until
my
Irishes;
to
/t
j/
**
*i
lJl
* ta *
a*
Ijjuus
OôJ
^1 UCJU
JjU*J
JJU-^
siJLJ
<d
cJLii and
I said
him, Let not thy eye weep, toe seek nothing short of a kingdom, unless
we
die
and
so are excused (for

till
not attaining
it)
ijjUJI ->J>J 3^
>i
^'
*^
will not go to thee

(i.e.
the gatherer
of acacia berries
(or leaves)
returns
act
/ will
never go to thee).
In the former case, the preceding

;
is to be conceived as taking place but once and as momentary the latter, as repeated and continued.
in
(9)
By
(jil
or
lit
in that
case,
well then,
result
when
this
particle
commences a clause expressing the

tf>
or effect
of a previous
statement, provided that the verb in tln3_sjibj3rdinate clause refers a really future time, and that it is in immediate juxtaposition to
iji\, or, at least, separated from
it
j)
only by the negative

vocative.
oath, or, according to some,
by a
*$, by an For example, one may
or
say \j .iLJI Ul
*
ivill
come
to thee
tomorrow ; and the reply may be

s
c-
<&*j^\
jjil well then,
ivill treat thee

*
with respect, or lU*Al

i
~ *e,
,j3l
a s
well then,
w.
I will
not insult thee, or *zLoj=>\ aJJIj jj}l well then, by God,
11.
34
Part Third. Syntax.

2l^l <UJI juc
s
_j
[16
prefer in this case
s
A I will etc., or
*
J
t>
,jil
(though
many
.iLaj^l).
If the particle
or
J
3s'
be prefixed to îl, the verb

e.g.
*^
may
lilj
be put in the indicative as well as the subjunctive,

f
-
a
*9I
j s ,
%JJ>
ÛJa.
(var.
j t^JLL ) (j^LL;
and
in that case they

;
would not
have remained after thee but a

,
little
while
but
s j
if
any of the other

<
conditions specified above be violated, the indicative alone can be

3
I f -
&j f
e +
used
e.g.
iL^.l
/ am fond
its
J
of
thee, ISjiLo (or *X)l.l)
^LU3t
jjit, well,
B /
think thou speakest the truth (where the verb refers to present, and
ji
;
not to future time)

then,
Ijuj jjjl
0)
06s
vnll visit
ZUd,
<&-*)>
j^j
(jil w#//
Zeid
will treat thee with respect (where juj separates (jit from
- J li J s
ss
il
s3s
the verb);
i)jjjt
will visit thee,j>jJ3 aJJtj

'
^31
tffow,
&# God, thou

'
j
sAa/ assuredly repent it (where
is
interposed), or (j>t ^Lo^st

s
j
a
will
si
treat thee with respect in that case, or *iL^st îl Ul

m
m
in that case
1 s
e s
''
>os
will treat thee with respect ; JajI

s
.
jjl
aJJtj 63/
to
GW, ^, I will not

I
will come
is
do
it ;
^3\
{Ji\
^^b
Oi
/ thou contest
6 s
me, in that case
to thee (in
is
which four examples
(jit
does not commence the clause, or
dependent upon a preceding condition).
Rem.
Owing
to the
Hebrew having
it
lost the final
vowels of the
imperfect, the form which

"lE^tf
employs after such particles as *5

etc.,
\Vu?
*lJ^
\W
|3
can no longer be distinguished
from that which expresses the indicative. The same remark applies to the Syriac ; but the j92thiopic has introduced another distinction, using, for example, the form gY^C, : yendger (root Y\d, : nagdra,
'
to speak
')
for the indicative,
and ^""J
C.
yenger for the sub-
junctive.
16.
Since, in Arabic, the subjunctive
is
governed only by the
conjunction &S, that, and other conjunctions that have the meaning
* *
of 0'>
^ ie
indicative
must be used
in all other subordinate clauses,
whether they be dependent upon a conjunctive or relative word, or
17]
The Verb. 2.
The Moods.
as J^'
"^
35
simply annexed to an undefined substantive

grave wra wâtf
Ûafcl fo
n t ^now
teas to
*
m;
*
w-*xj O-i' l5j j^

*
'
o j j
^ ^^
j j o *
*
oj *
where he
is to
go;
1^*3
yjjjla*.
oU. vvJ*.juw
ever.
he will bring them
into gardens, to dwell in
them for
In such sentences the Arabic
language does not distinguish the intention from the effect. Hence the first example may also be translated he gave me what I ate (at
that time), or
what
I am
is
(noic) eating, or
what I shall (hereafter) eat ;

shrill
the second, where he
going or will go; the third, in which they
dwell for ever.
B
Jussive,
17.
The
and
signification,
implies an order.
particle
;
connected
J
(
with the imperative both in form

It is
used
(a)
With the
j**$\ j**$ the
lam of command)
let the
prefixed,
instead of the imperative
as <C*~> jj-
Sxw ^j iS*~l
let
owner of
abundance spend of his abundance ; &ij UJLt cA*^
thy
Lord make
an end of
case,
us.
If the particle
or *J be prefixed to J, as is often the as <j^j*JI

...i.:)j
then
usually loses its vowel
J^yiJi
aJJI
^jJLcj
GW,
fon, fe
^
(/"
believers trust
*~lli i\>l. ,-j *1>j^. ^jl
tjib
J-j*--
îfc
anything happens
to
me,
IjJb
let
it
be sold
and
(the
proceeds) divided in such

9
and such a way ;
L*At ^Ju
^jl jljl ,j-o
JJr).
icLJI d&jlAs itL whoever wishes to give up (the study of) this science of ours for a time, let him do so now. It is the third person of
the jussive that
rare
;
is
chiefly
used in this way, while the second

person are
e
o 'S*
is
very
let
examples of the
i
j
first
-
j&
let
J-o*$i '>*y> rise and
me pray for you ; ^^bbUa*.

second aj>&)
Jâ>.;Jj
and
us bear your sins; [of the
make
it
(the tray
of palmleaves) large, said to a woman,
Ag.
xvii. 90, last line.
D. G.].
is
*
Rem.
a.
The
particle ^J
*} t
rarely omitted in classical Arabic,

*i
except in poetry;
e.g.
U^.
iJ^
O^
A^c^
...
6 ,*
i-
**)'>
*i^
v'^ cJJ
36
Part Third. Syntax.

lftjUk.3
17
/ said
to
a porter in whose charge was her house, Admit (me),
for I am
her father-in-law
and her neighbour (an instance

jJu
'
of the
2nd
be
pers.); ^-Jii
,J&
>kJu
jca>.^
Muhammad,
let
every soul
let
a ransom for thine ;
a.
&~t>
j^.U y& t>&3
but
.-
there be
> s
jst
^Jjkl
//
(granted to me)
from Thee a
share in good (deeds) ; SuiXi

''_
^Xsu
- ,
tUstoJI jj-iijl^
let
the feeble people
of the fortress of Maridin know
Some passages
way;
of the Kor'an, however,

\
admit of being viewed in
this
as^jfeLSjj Iq~o IjJiioj S^XcJt

servants
yo^Jj
\yU\ ^>jJJI ^.>LjO ^Ji
them observe prayer and say my of that which we have bestowed upon them ; but the spend (in alms) jussive may here be explained in accordance with what follows
to
who have
believed, let
under
c, (3.
Rem.
as ôv**-*
b.
The vowel
of
let
is
also
sometimes dropped after ^j
j^gJLJ
then
them do away with
their dirtiness, or
(b)
After the particle

it
*>)
not
(^^^
*$
tlie
la of prohibition), in
connection with which
expresses
;
a prohibition or a wish that
something for God

not if
is
may
not be done
as Uato aJJI ,jt
Cli*^
*$
be not grieved,
with us ;
U*~J
^J\
UJui.1^3
*n)
Ljj
our Lord, punish us

not believers take
*
*
we forget; fUjt O-i/*^'

J s * *
Oj-*-*.*-^' ***j *$ let

*
*
* b * s
unbelievers as friends;
juu
let
*$j
JmLo
&*
^*^-
'3'
wêw we
<7y
forth
from Damascus,
a.
us not return.
D
O'
(c)
In the protasis and apodosis of correlative conditional
clauses,
(
which depend upon ^1 or any particle having the sense of

6,
b,
and
13).
It stands in
the protasis, when the verb
is
neither a perfect, nor an imperfect preceded by
0^>
is
Du ^ a simple
imperfect
imperfect,
(for
if
and
in the apodosis,
when the verb
likewise a simple
and not separated from the protasis by the conjunction \J this latter be the case, the indicative must be used). For
s
0,0,
.!*
example jj^j J**.*
&\
if
Mwu
art hasty, thou wilt repent it;
17]
The Verb. 2.
J-* >* he who doth
jiaJ ojU
The Moods.
shall be recompensed for
37
aj
jî
\%y~>
evil,
it ;
j3yo j^. Ubjuc jU j^

comest to him,
fires, beside
_w
m
^J]
^'ju
jit
dJ'J
^-s wAin Mom

*
making for
is
the light
of his
fire,
thou findest the best of

,* 0**3
-iU
'
/J/
which
the best
of kindlers ;
<*JJI
jjuu
^,JLL..
J U-Ld.
a
O^j^
-
yi^
-
^
God
J
l.UJ wherever (or whenever) thou shalt pursue

will decree thee success in the time to
*,oi
right course,
>
*
come;
to-ijt
**
*
,'
yj^j
Ij-oi.
lyJ-ôJ
-jjJI
ttt
whithersoever the
lj
* )
wind bends
settest
'0
it,
it
bends; t**^
with
*
^jlcJ
however thou
*
out, it
thou wilt meet

' *
t-s
* J
o J
good fortune; Jjla*-
*^
UC.^;
U ^-i
to
* is
w*
U.1
LJU
^LJU
a
,c+
.^31
,JUU.
I>
*
m^
two friends, however ye come
me, ye come to
* *
- ,0 ,
brother
/
who will
Si
wwr
<
oo anything but what pleases you;

.-.-,
2
*
1}!^ Ij/* ^>Ij
Ûy
,jbl
oi o-o
o 3
o*
\jS^- JjJ
j^ U*
jj-o^t
J) ju j^ when we grant
but us;
thee security, thou art
secure
from
us,
(all) others
and when thou
dost not obtain security
from
aj thou ceasest not to be afraid; Jjî p-ij)\

the
Jjuu
,jW^
O-*
and whenever
<yj-
wind turns
it
asida,
it
descends; but ju^j
O^
^
*
aJ ,jp S^.'Njt *t^.
whosoever chooses the tillage of the

* <
life to
co?ra, fo n7w %>''

.f
we
grj're
an ample increase
in his tillage;
j*
Jjj.j
^1
..
3*
%i
** *
^3
2**
^yt> a) -.1
^w
3 *
(/" *
fo steals, (why,)
**
*t*
fr
brother of his has stolen before;

*
**
Uaj ^j l^j
olai-j *ib 4j^ ^><^j 4,>i
ana whosoever
believes in his
jussive also stands in the apodosis,
Lord, shall not fear a diminution (of his reward) nor wrong. /?. The when the protasis contains a verb
in the imperative [or one of the expressions that have the
meaning of
live
J)
an imperative
(Vol.
i.
368, rem. d)]
as
lU ,>& t*^ c*
vijl
contented (and) thou wilt be a king ;
^=>j^su
^j^ju
I^JjIj be
faithful to (your) covenant with me, (and)
will be faithful to (my)

let
covenant with you.
[J^>^> ^>3jj* therefore
her eat; Ji3t ^j^f*
t^yo
let
me
kill
Miisa; <uiaj
j-*^'
l^***
me
his
belly;
38
Part Third. Syntax.

jl ^juoJfc-3
17
â*jjIJ
to
ÛU ^âJ OU. WA^

it
i^^^j
??e?
mi/ saying
my
soul,
as often as
rest.]
was
stirred,
praised or find
In this
Keep thy place {and) thou wilt be way may be explained the passage from
viz.
the Kor'an quoted under a, rem. a,
by supplying after lûl the
words \5Aiu\3
SjJ-cJ!
I^**5I,
and regarding \^SJJJ^ S^loJI

jussive
is
\^Ju
as
is
the apodosis to Ji".
y.
The
used in a protasis that
dependent upon \j\, e tc., because, when anything is supposed or assumed, an order is, as it were, made that it be given or take place.
B That
this is the correct
account of the matter,
is
evident from the fact
of the jussive being employed in the apodosis as well of an imperative
The use of the jussive in the apodosis, again, has for its reason, that, when a thing takes place or is assumed, whatever depends upon it takes place or is assumed at the same time and, consequently, when the one thing is ordered, the other too seems to be ordered at the same time.
as of a conditional protasis.
;
Rem.
a.
It appears, then, that in
two
correlative conditional
;
clauses several
modes
of expression are possible

^j\
viz. (a)
(/?)
perfect x
perfect, as
C.3 C**i
a
!
if thou standest,
I stand ;
jussive x
jussive, as j
^Sî
^jt if
thou art slothful, thou wilt suffer loss\ ;
*
[It
is
sometimes
difficult
to
say whether the second clause

(<Lk*o),
contains an apodosis, or a qualificative sentence

stantial definition (Jl^).
or a circum-
In the
last
two
J *
cases, of course, the indicative / 4j/ vJ * toss
must be used.
E.g. in the
words
^^
LJ3 ibjJ ,j-

choice,
^ w*y9 (Kor'an
who
shall be
xix. 5) <jive me, then,

heir, i*3j->
is
a successor of Thine own
my
a asuo, but some readers pronounce ^<^j-j as an apodosis;

IJuk
in the passage *1JI
vj-^J
J-kJ'
IJ^>>
^j
u~**j
iJttle
Ut>
OôJI U-Jb
under
this
if***
JjW
leave us
(may God grant
thee health!) abiding
shade
and drinking
are a JU.].
this cool water, until
death comes
to us,
JL;j6 and
t
i.
op
388,
[Very rarely poets have the imperfect indicative; see Slbaweih Kamil p. 78. D. G.]
17]
The Verb. 2.
o
*
The Moods.
39
oo.
^j\
(y) jussive x perfect, as
Cîii j~a3
if thou art patient, thou wilt

^jl,
0*3**0**0
prevail
;
(8)
perfect x jussive, as jjJaJ Oj--e

is
-
in
which case the
imperfect indicative
3
*
also
3
admissible,
**
,
with or without
9
* 3
o,
as
'*
"
3*
,0,
*i
friend comes
J
i'
to
him on a day {when h# has need) of

3'
,JJL>),
asking, he says
(jjjyu instead of
is
My
camels are neither absent (or
5**3***3**
my
property
3*
neither hidden) nor withheld

*})
(from
thee): iXSUh.
w>jaM C-Jl^
^jli
-t>
j)j~ Jâ-"*
^Jj-t
,<* aj^Jsucu* a?i^ t/"<A
Arabs go about in agitation

thee.
on thy
of
track, they will not
find any other but
The
third form
expression is rarer than the others. [The following remarks may here be added (1) If an oath precedes, the verb in the protasis is invariably a perfect, whilst as a rule the indicative or
:
it
*>**
the energetic
'
0*-
(
*
19,
*
e)
3
is
used in the apodosis,

by
it ;
e.g.
^JL'
<*JJIî
+ +
lyJt
%af-y
*$
li
Csft^tt. for,
God !
if thou go forth
i
from
the
3:3*03***3
town, thou wilt never return to
m
m
Ml*
%f Zeid
rises,
3'0c*
rise also
;
O-o-iU J*ij J&* 90* ***o
O' *^'3 by God !

*i
*c*
&*~cjs*$
j^j
eL*.
,jt
aJUIj
by God ! if
3
Zeid come, I will honour him.
There
are, however, exceptions not

* * *
only in poetry, but also in prose, as

3 M *0
**
,<oUi
^^ O^
3 3 3
J|<0
*^'
^3
3 Oi *
3* *
it
tO
3*
it
*0
^1 S^ly^JI jâj *^ j-odl by the oaths of God! if I meet them and victory escapes me, martyrdom will not escape me, so God will (Tab. ii. 644, 1. 15). (2) The jussive in the protasis is
aJJI
glw
necessary
d
*$\
*
:
if
the verb be preceded by the negative
9*0***
jlij
*^,
thus after
3*3*
'-
Oi 0*0
0*3
(=
^)
oi) if not
3
'
as
j^^
u^j^
L<*
*-->
0&
33*3
o
j-UaJ ^1
great J)
unless ye do the same, there
tvill be
discord in the land
and
corruption;
* tO 3* * aJJI
oj*cu
0**3 3 30* jSi oj^-cUj
H
*^)1
if ye tvill not aid him, certainly
The imperfect indicative is used in the apodosis, if the verb is meant to express expectation or order, e.g. * Oi 0*0 * * 3* 3 Oi * 3 3 3%*** 333* 030* 3 * Oi 3 (Jt^WÎ ^S dJjXJ U^LjJuL ,JjJk.U5 ^J^Cf.yim3 J^S- O-rfh^l )\
(3)
*
God did aid him.
Oi *
^Li^tj O^H o-o
if I
let
you
go, ye
must go and take what of
implements and timber you find in the bazaars (comp. 8, c, rem. b). (4) If the protasis be a nominal sentence, only the perfect may be
40
Part Third. Syntax.

used, as 6yaM> .iJjlaJiwt yj^sjJiî] ,j*o j*a~\ ^j\j if
polytheists
[17
any one of
a
the
ask protection of
thee,
grant
it
him.
o-
(5)
After ^j\$
-
9o *
though only the perfect, or the jussive with ^J,

,J~OteO
is
used, as (jt j j>jj

2>jii\
aJU j2&
Zeid, though he be rich,
is
stingy;
w~J&M
^j\^
v ^*a>J
<ul^ O'i
lV' L5
*a*^'
^-^W-
O-"
a?w^ verily a solitary hill
from of tl-Hima is dear to me, though I have not been to it. In nominal sentences the conditional phrase is often placed (6)
the side
between the subject and the predicate, as (J^j^-oJ <*JJI slw <jl Ut truly, if God please, we shall be guided rightly ; comp. the quotations under (5).]
Rem.
taming
187.
b.
On
the cases in which the apodosis of a clause con-
^jt,
or any of its "sisters,"
must be introduced by o,
see
Rem. c. (1) "When we have in an apodosis a verb in the jussive, and there follows another verb in the imperfect, connected with the
or j, the former by a conjunction, then (a) if the conjunction be second verb may be put in the jussive or in the indicative, more
j
j
o j
oi
e j
jii
\
rarely in the subjunctive, as o^sl^J jl

llLj
^SLJu ^3
and
jtj
<
IjjlJ
^lj
yô w>Juuj 2lw ,jî

is
jAkJ
<JJI
aj^Xj-jU*-;
if ye disclose
what
in your soids or conceal
it,
and
will forgive
whom He
pleases,
God will reckon with you for it, and punish whom He pleases ; and
;
or jijuj
and w> Jjuj, and He
will forgive
will punish
(^j^
\j\ZJ*\ as beginning a - j ! *
-/
new
proposition)
;
or finally jJuui and

if
J)
^Jjtjj, governed by ^1 understood

J^5,
but
(/3)
the conjunction be
we have
or
the subjunctive is not allowed [comp. 15, e, rem.]. (2) When in a protasis a verb in the jussive, and there follows
another verb in the imperfect,

i
,
connected with
the former by
the second verb should be put in the jussive, although the

is
subjunctive
',
allowable
as
*~au
*)
4-Ul
jjli j-~ajj Jilj
^-o
<su|
11
j4*S verily whosoever feareth

let the
God and hath

W
patience,
^
God
Q
s s
indeed will not
reward of the righteous perish ;
U-o w>/iJ
0-*5
19]
j
,
.
The Verb. 2.
: * ,
The Moods.
v<s
41
3^3 XmosLj^
and whosoever approaches
and humbles
himself, toe
grant him protection.
Rem.
d.
The Hebrew cannot, owing
to the loss of the final
vowels, distinguish in every case the jussive from the indicative and subjunctive ; but the shortened form of the imperfect, wherever it
exists, is
the proper one to be used in most of the above cases.

jj,
It
has,
however, no particle corresponding to
and uses 7J$ in
certain cases instead of
X7
(*9):
form of the imperfect,
f^VlC^
The .Êthiopic employs the shorter y$ng&r * express the jussive as B

i
well as the subjunctive (see 15, rem.),

particle
and often
prefixes to it the
Id
^J,
of
which
,J
is
a dialectic form.
18.
The jussive
is also O*
used after the particles î

*
not,
* *
and
\+i
not
0**
-o
to* *i
yet (compounded of î and the a*^,jJI

i * **
t>
U,
7)
e.g.
O^*
^yi
j'
^*
W^b
ys\ but
hate not seen a day in which there were more
weepers; w>!J^ 'V-3-^

(for
they have not yet tasted

after
my
punishment C
ÎJlc).
See
12.
The verb
^ and
i+i has,
however, only
the form, not the signification, of the jussive, and their effect upon the following imperfect seems to be similar to that which the Hebrew
wdw
conseciitivum
())
exercises
upon the imperfect annexed
to
it.
Rem.
If the
of which the second depends upon the second, and so on, then, of course, the
J y -
particle^ be followed by two or more imperfects, first, the third upon the
first
alone
is
10'
put in the
to
J '
Oy
jussive
e.g.
^--j wi/au ^jSJ

8, d, e.
î
he did not
knmv (how)
swim.
See
12,
and
19.
(a)
The Energetic
of the imperfect (see 14)
is
used
it,
With the
particle
truly, verily, surely, prefixed to
both
;
in simple asseverations
and
l
in those that are strengthened
by an oath
as UL-w ^yijjkyj
UJ
jJkU*.
v>J*^b an ^
in
those
who have
*
;
striven in
* Ota
our (holy) cause, we will surely guide

w.
11.
our paths
^-a*^*Jt ^}jZi
6
42
Part Third. Syntax.
19
ye shall surely see hell-fire;
O^
^^ p-8*-*^ cM>*
U*
verily within
short time they will repent it;
w^l
la*
^^ ^-^Jj^)
<*JJ'j
GW/
will teach you

1
manners
different
from
these; ôô^-i^)
jXjjjus
^j-gptfc
/^w,
by Thy glory,
or
I will surely
prohibitions,
lead them all astray.

wishes,
(b)
In commands
..o
and
questions
as
(j3
^L
ô^'j
*9t
CP^-o-5
50 ^
n t die unless ye have become (or

UlJ would that thou wouldst
c
-
without having become) Muslims

s * o*
at
^jjl.j3
CMW0 &C# /
C-wJ a*-aaJ!
v>|j-^
^'
w%
<fo^
^w
i i
wo ^ C07W0
&WH ?
[jjAh.jJ
Jjkj
Oî
&m caw
\s
"would that" bring bach
the thing that has

x.t
passed awayV\j>\+a*$
fe
^z
^k.^\ j*$j jXs^jb^S

the
^M
o-*%H ^
;
wo
o??e
incline to
hang back on
day of
battle,
fearing death
5jU.
j. *}15U ^ji*cja*,j *}U
do not then refuse

I
me a
gift, after
have
come from such a distance; [La a &*>j\
*$
let
me
not see you here;
C ^XxJu
L>)
^LX& C-^-JM /
The
beseech
you
to
do
it].
[Rem.
rare construction of
will rise,
L>Jj
with the energetic, as in
iôyu
as
LoJj
perhaps you
due to
its
is explained by native grammarians meaning perhaps or sometimes which approximates to
a prohibition.
In contrast to
D. G.]
it,
they say also
.^JUi
O^"*-*
'*
J*^>
you
(c)
say that often.
In the apodosis of correlative conditional clauses, in which

is
case
*)
prefixed to the protasis as well as to the apodosis
as
AAJt ^jJ^JLJ
j^*)\j _^ûJl ^ giii.ij t/*)*^'j

t
Ol ^ ^.Jl
iP>a ^j-o^ê^JJL/ \^yi^
and
if thou ashest them,
Who
to
created the heavens
and
the earth,
and
God;
obliged sun
and moon
J
<&*iô)
serve
Iliml
verily
they
will say,
iwoUb
UA....
>y verily, if he does not desist,
we
shall seize
and drag (him) by

[Rem.
If
the forelock.
jj
does not immediately precede the verb of the

ii
m>
bj
ai
oZj
,,
apodosis, the indicative
is
used, as aJUl î*)
^XnS
jl
^Lc jj^j
20]
-
The Verb. 2.
* *
The Moods.
43
(Jjît.aJ
gat/iered.]
and
certainly, if ye die or are slain, to
God
shall ye be
(e?)
t
In the protasis of a sentence after Ul (=

juj
* a *
yj\
if)*;
;
as
>zkj*o\
^
; - -
o-ir^
*+
*-*!
* i
(/"
^ 0M
*
i
beatest Zeid,
- -
will beat thee

is
t^k-Jbl
.-
#j
z i z.-
^y-Xc Jî.
*}U
^
o j - i
ÎjkA *3 O-"^ L^*** L5?9

it
-o^"**5 ^
^
a
i -
>*-*
V^
a
*
ye down from
(Paradise),
all
together;
and
if there shall
}*'
- s-
(hereafter)
come unto you guidance from me, then whosoever shall

guidance, on them no fear shall come;
a
o
follow
-
my
a '
î
^yijJuj Uli
- '
'
a<o
ôv"^*- O-* J*fl >j*-* Ti^**-"
an d
thou capture them in battle, then
put
to flight,
by {making an example of) them, those who are behind

t
la*
them;
Lo^-o
j*
ri
* sa>o
S>
^jâ-jXi
-OjJJ
^1
^j
^J^**
t*-l
j-*~JI
O-* CHj-'
^*^
and
if thou shouldst see
any one of mankind,

îu.
say,
Verily
have vowed
^-*^
a fast
unto the
God of mercy ;
away
y ^ sty**
we
^ ^ O-?*^
- 1 a *
an d
if we take thee
(by death),
will surely
avenge ourselves
on them.
[(e)
G
The
energetic
5XjI
may
be
used
(a)
after
UA>*be,
and similar
will
compounds, as
0->j> U~j- wherever you

(Vol.
i.
may
come
to
you;
(/?)
after
i^l^f U
353*) as oiili
-4*^
with
D-***
1
&?m painstaking you will certainly accomplish it; &*>j\

*tvYA sowtf
e^ / ivill
assuredly see thee.]
2o. article can be placed before the imperative. Consequently, Awieu a prohibition is uttered, the jussive must be s * i-a>o a * a * a & to * , a* a * i as a used as 4*5^1 ^1 remain two J^5 *$3 CHjiA
Ct
;
^k^^l
^'
months,
and
be not in a
haste to run
from one 'imam
to
another
*
[This
conditional
S
Lol is
u?'dl
,<* ju>U Lc to meaning, Beidawi on Koran vii. 33. R.

Uo
is
called
hjJJ\
*
strengthen
S.
the
Sometimes
to
e-s
followed by a jussive, as ^JLe^dt Ut if thou come .j^jIj

tliee
me,
treat
with honour.
See an example
152, d, rem.]
44
Part Third. Syntax.

l>*^3
[21
>6*
(^5^ ^J**-*
*^
is
<&>
w<# Â^w place
me on a
level
with
of
{compare me with) one who
inexperienced.
its force
;
The energetic forms

as
the imperative serve to increase
O-i^'
^W
strike,
life is
by
God I wjoj
c**JI
J>b O'
0-o^*5 learn that length of

in
punishment or torment (^^Juu

Ji3l^
rhyme
for
w*jJuu)
iijj)
2bj*M
lyâJ^ A~oyAa*~o
<xi
asuo glory belongs to
God
(alone), as
an
attribute peculiar to
Him;
therefore keep thyself afar
from
it,
and
fear (Him).
[Rem.
si
s s -
a.
s s
In verbs that signify

s s
to go,
to
move
(,-ct*, _Âj,
,Jt, %ef.y 9-\j, jb\.i, etc.)
the dual and the plural of the first person
of our imperative are often replaced in Arabic by an imperative s Z Cl & ~ s s with ajjuCJI ll) ( 56, rem. d), as Uj au\ to a man, Uj ,<-fitl to a
woman, Uj
us go.
U-iuol to
two persons, Lo \^m\ or Uj ^jâA

thing
3 a
t>
to more,
to
let
A modern manner of expressing the same

to let, as
s 3 s s s
is
employ
the imperative of a verb signifying

3 s
or p-jjj (UjJli.) UJL.
.jjj (Uj*,>, U*.>)
Ufr.>
(comp. Fleischer,
if7. aS'cAt*. ii.
636
se^.).
Rem.
person
6.
The imperative
is
of the verb ^j\^s with the
name
of a
person in the accusative
whom
used to express one's guessing that the one sees coming, or whom one meets with, is that
individual, as ji bt |J>
/ presume
that the person
approaching
is
Abu Darr;
j^jj Ll
^>^
/ guess that you are
Abu
Zeid.
(See the
Gloss,
on Tabarl.)
D. G.]
3.
The Government of
the
Verb.
21. The verb may govern either (a) the accusative of a noun, or a preposition with the genitive of a noun, which takes the place of (b) the accusative and gives greater precision and accuracy to the expression.
This
government
is
not restricted to the
finite tenses
of
the verb, but extends to the

agentis and
patientis,
nomen
verbi or actionis, the
nomina
and other verbal substantives and
adjectives,
23]
The Verb.3. Government of

far as
the
Verb. (a,) The Accus.

verb. The
45
whenever and in so
these different kinds of nouns contain

verb, too,
it
somewhat of the conception or nature of the

;
need not necessarily be expressed it may be understood, or lie concealed, as it were, in a particle that has a verbal force.
may
(a)
The Accusative.
accusative of the
22.
call
The verb governs the
noun
which we may
i.
the determinative case of the verb or the adverbial case (see Vol.
364) either
(a)
B
objective
as
an
by assigning
(b)
its object, limits
complement (determinans), and restricts the act
i.e.
;
as that which,
or
an adverbial complement in a stricter sense, indicating various limitations of the verb, which are expressed in non-Semitic languages by adverbs, prepositions with their respective cases, conas
junctive clauses, or (as in the Slavonic languages) by the instrumental

case.
23.
Most
transitive verbs take the objective
complement
in the
accusative, though a considerable
number
of
them
are connected with

in
the object by means of a preposition.
Not a few are construed
both ways with a variety of significations, and different prepositions may sometimes be joined to the same verb with a difference of
meaning;
e.g. *\*)
he called him, \jSL>
<xi
Uj
he
prayed that he might
receive something as
_<JI
S<
blessing,
<suXc
b,> he
cursed him*;
it].
[^
w*tj
he coveted the thing, &+ w*cj he shunned
In other cases a
transitive verb
may
be construed indifferently with the accusative or
with a preposition and the genitive, the former being the older and more vigorous, the latter the younger and feebler construction e.g.
;
j>JLc to
adhere
to, to
attach oneself to, and <>aJ to adhere
to, to
overtake,
are construed indifferently with the accusative of the person or with
*
aJUI
[In
d) lc,>
he blessed
him and aJLs
lt,>
he cursed him, the object
has been omitted.
The proper
D. G.]
signification is he
prayed
to
God
Jar him and against him.
46
Part Third.Syntax.
and the
genitive.
23
More
rarely
the converse
is
the ease, the

;
accusative being the later and less correct construction
e.g.
ij* to
have finished,
to
hive done with,

in
is
construed with
^c, and
in
*-U-t to
ham
need
of,
to be
want
of,
with
^1, whereas
modern Arabic
both take the accusative.
Rem.
J f
J
a.
J
Transitive verbs are called by the

f
Arab grammarians
those
f f i'iiO
OeOf
ZjjjCL<i)\ vJUi^l,
and they designate by
this
name not only
verbs which govern their object in the accusative, but also those which connect themselves with it by means of a preposition. The Hi if *i"J0'O i sCsi'. former are distinguished as ly~JuL> tbj ZpJI jJUi*})l the verbs that
pass on
(to
an
object) through themselves (and not by help of a

*
Of
if vissJOs
fOiOf
preposition)
and the
latter as lA/**J
ajjuu^M JUi^l
else
**
the verbs that

(viz.
pass on
vi
{to
f
*
an
object)
through something
##
than themselves
f
j^.
y_jt.
through a preposition).
is
For example, %Xj

Of
to reach,
to
*ffi
>
arrive (of a message, etc.),
a a,...a^,
juu*
f f f
(J*9,
because
we say
iff
OtO
fff
>aJ! L-S**^
is
^m news OfvlffiQO
j^jCLo
reached
me ; but
it is
j jj>
to
have power,
' f
to be able,
dj-j*J
^si, because
io
construed with ,Ap, and
we say
'is**
L5^ J"** ^ e was a ê

b.
^ sonie thing.
Rem.
Only careful study and the use of the dictionary can
is construed with the accusative, or with a preposition, or with both ; and, if more than one construction be admissible, what are the different meanings that the
teach the learner whether a verb
Here we merely remark that verbs signifying to which are construed in Latin and English with prepositions, come,
verb assumes.
admit in Arabic also the accusative

Ot 0f3
f
as j^[c
Off UsW.
ff
fffiOiO
'Amir came
to
Oi
us; u^j^l jUail

tJie
t/ie
sons of (compare in Hebrew

ii.
11 and ^yjy>k s!/^ >^bl* zWj-* u' strangers come to me from (all) quarters of the earth great
1
itf
rfffiOfOffOtf
X3 T
with the accusative,
e.g.
Ps.
c.
4,
Prov.
19,
Lament,
i.
10).
Hence
these verbs have in Arabic a personal

f
f
passive, so that
we may say %^Jî
,Jt he
was come
to
with a thing,
24]
The Verb.S. Government of
the
Verb.(a)
Tlie Accus.
47
was brought to him, the active construction being t^yLt he came to him icith a thing, i.e. he brought it to him.
e. it
otfl
The place of the objective complement may lie * j a y <t/ it supplied by an entire sentence, as w-jl- 'jJj O' ^-o-^ J know
[Rem.
c.
that
Zeid
is
going forth.
Comp.
g 35, b,
/3,
78, 88, 114.
It
may
or a
not be superfluous to note here that the verb Jli

derivative thereof,
is
to say,
followed by ,jl
if
the saying to which that
verb relates
saying,
^ a^ ^ a
is
repeated (>b.), as .*^JI UXl5 UtôyJ^Sj and their
Verily
j^
we have
{/"
slain the Messiah

/* ice
^Xi L*JJ? Ul^lXS

is) ice
,jjli
U^JJs ^^Xi a?w/
ye say
;
did wrong, (pur anstcer
did
no tvrong (ffa?nasa 55) ^513

standing.
5
juj
^t oJJ /
sata
7
,
Verily Zeid is
is J
But when the following words explain what $ / // j( $/ /

used, as in the saying ^jt U..,a.
s
..
tj
said, t/
^1 must be
_
^ - 5^
U'^s
3
-iJU
wJIS jJ
:
Ji.
jjj'c ^JUlj
ubp
and
^ ^ ,*)bl
/ Aare saw?
to
/ie<?
cooc?
j
saying
*c
I
that thy
*
j*
father î o
is
noble
that thou art intelligent ; jâ-\

is that
.J J^St
t-
^jj'
-
aJJI the first

is
word I speak
I praise God.
The conjunction
to
^j\
e)
used also when J15 has the meaning of ^jj

<*JI
think
24, rem.
is
as JULlaô
jJâj iji* ?M
<ikt ^J>*J i***
?]
t/ostf
thou think that he
going]
that
whereas wJkli
tliou art
would mean when dost thou say
going
24.
Many
verbs take two objective complements in the accusative,
either both of the person, or both of the thing, or the one of the
person and the other of the
thing.
These
verbs form tiro classes,

first
according to the relation of their objects to one another; the

class consisting of those
whose objects are different from, and
in
no
way connected
with, one another, the second of those whose objects
stand to one another in the relation of subject and predicate. () To the first class belong all causatives of the second and fourth verbal
forms (Vol.
i.
41 and 45), whose ground-form

;
is
transitive
and
governs au accusative
as also verbs that signify to fill or satisfy, give,
deprive, forbid, ask, entreat,
and the
like,
the most of which have
48
Part Third. Syntax.

For example
:
24
likewise a causative meaning.
*jyM
^c
he
aÂc he taught
him
the science
of astronomy; ^^.1
3jj\ tjuj
C-^jj I gave Zeid my

informed me of
brother's
the thing
daughter in marriage;
(lit.,
j-^)t
îo^cl
he
lj-*
made me know
<uuwl
Ae
&tf
it)
|U ^jJt
*jJ-
he filled the bucket
muYA water
(!>*.
/aim # as
much bread as
;
he could
let
*w he ate
as
much bread as he
could)
it)
JL-JI
*
) b s
a+mJ\ he
4 $ * 2
him
*
0*
taste the
sword (ran him through with
2uy*m*
!/*. Ijuj
\yut
they gave
Zeid poisoned wine

aAJI
to
drink; w>U)l aUacl he gave him the

his life; sJî\
book
j**l\
asjj
God gave him

ft
* * de
Uj he gave him
tit *>
* * * s
milk in abundance; lj*w ^juLil he recited a poem

ajju*n)I
to
me;
<UJI
U^xcj
<l^.
3^*a*JI
6W
as promised us everlasting life; a=>^j

;
aJJI
^JL*)l
God has
deprived him of the blessing of learning

the
jUJt w>t*xc 1^5
preserve us
Vol.
i.
from
;
punishment of Mil-fire
<*JUt
(J>
imperative of ^5j,
aJJI j*2~>\
178)
yUJl
Jl
asjfc
pardon of God ; [LJi

sins that
-yn~,
C~J /
beg forgiveness of
70, rem.
e)
<su
;
God for
I am
not able to
count (comp.
O>ol
J*ili j*" >iXj^l / have

to do].
enjoined thee {to do) the best

(b)
do what thou hast been ordered
To the
second class belong (a) verbs which

;
mean
to
make, appoint,
call,
name, and the like
and
(/3)
those verbs which are called by the

i.e.
Arab grammarians w^-UJI JUit
verbs oftJis heart,
which signify an
act that takes place in the mind, or ,jU~.jJI

verbs of certainty
iUJtj ,>*iJI
JU3I
and doubt
know,
[ Jjjt
or preponderance (of probability), such as

(pass. IV. of \j\j) to think, believe], J^s.
^(j
to
to see, think,
know, j^.j
to
to find, perceive,
^jj* to
know ; JU.
to think,
imagine,
to
^fio
think, believe, s^-.*- to think, reckon, suppose, ^c-j

to count, reckon, IjL- to think, opine,
think,
deem,
S*
to
J*.
to
to believe, think,
^*yi
imagine, fancy, J13 in the sense of
think,
and the im-
24]
The Verb.
o
3.
Government of the Verb.

o
,
(a)
The Accus.
49
Z, ,
tit tot*
peratives ôJ*j learn, know,

*
and w*a suppose,

&*
think. the earth
For example
J J*
* * *
(a) Lwlji
uaj^\ j$ J*- l^jJ' who hath made
a bed for you ;

*JJt
Uuj^l O-jlaJt
"iLJU.
jaiJlj O^c I have made the clay (into) a jug ^t^j-i\ W 6W took Abraham (for) a friend )\jJ ^^-a? w?/
;
<*IJI
God make me a ransom for
thee
Liuj jj-JI yjAj^xZ )ji and
it
(Fate
f2,iH0,,
or Fortune) turned their black hair white; \j>+a*~e <su>a
vi
called
it
him
Si
to
*t
, ,
10*
J JO
* *
Muhammad ; ^jC^S
'
îjio
^XaôJI^Jjo a^j*-^ and I named

the
(my B
j
y. *
book)
2
The Instruction of
*
j s o * s
Learner in
it
the
Pa&
a *
-
of Learning';
-
o Jvt
t>fO
Zt
(/?) Ijljij
*t, 10*>
Ajjjl j*c>\ they indeed think
far
off; Jt- JiaJI JJ.t
Ootj
;
^JjtoJI
**+
, 1
f/w
,
ê
j
e?ty
(
we owe
i
fo
a teacher
the greatest of duties

is
^/t
/Ji 
in
J^ >*^'
t-
<*JJ1
wolj / /how â God

, 1 , oi
the greatest
of all
is
power of will ; [LJW. J^w jjjp

?]
;
^>j|
where thinkest thou that Bisr
sitting
J>j^xJt
JiM
,
îZ+Xe, , o
I know
i,
, a i
that thou art liberd in the

, o , , o
exercise
of bounty ;
,^>JL>liJ
^j^s\
f ,
Uju.j ^\j and

4
verily
we C
0,
l 1
, ,
found most of them
evil-doers;
-
l+J^. b.w ajj^j

'
/ found him
is
tO,
'
mild, or gentle, old

3-^15
is
man;
^^fcl
i)l.l
ljuj
J^-l / tf#m i^'d

do
//o^
thy
brother;
<UtJI
Uj
#?*<
think the hour {of
judgment)
piety
Ul^-al
at hand; W-bj 2)lwJ /** 5>J'j j,^**^ o^...*.
/ deemed
;
and
aJJI
generosity the best merchandise in respect of profit

J-j*->
^j
î
I^Xii i>i*^'
Q-
-'
a>.'
>
and do not deem those dead

fighting for their religion)
;
who have been

,
0*>
slain on God's , ,0,0* jOs
path
,, *jU
(i.e.
jiiJI
^3
i
^y^jjii
^J>JI iJ5
do not then reckon the mauld (or

J
L
10
client)
_,
,
a sharer with
o ,
thee in (his time of) affluence

f
$^r*.\
w~ j3
i , , ,
,1
iij U.I jj-6* bt

I
supposed 'Abu
^>->JJI
Amr
to be
trusty friend
l>bt.j
1 ,
UU! j*a-j}\ ^Lc jô

s
aU-oJI c?
#^
believe the angels,
who
are the servants of the Merciful, (to be) females

AV.
II.
iio,, aZ+ZJJt )j^c <uXaa

to,
no,,,
50
Part TumD.Syntacc.
was a
s
24
A I
,
thought he
* * j
be-
slave,
j o
.
and
so
I abused him
life,
mtj'JJsflijt
;
^$î ^^>
J>^ ^V^'
UJ-fclswX* j\ <iol j^sti by thy father 's
dost thou think the sons

to be
of Lu' ay are ignorant, or {only) pretending

jAit\aJZ*t>)
;
so? (in
rhyme
for
\ajj&
j^.5
~&ii\ i\*Jj
^ju
know
Z
*
that the healing of the

-
0* ,
*i
a i *
soul
is
the conquering
of
its
enemy; ^~-v*
*$\s
iUU Ul
^jj-*-'
not,
oJ-ii
l)U
\*j*\
and I
(in
said, Protect me,

for IflU)
'Abu Malik,
^tXi
and if
deem me
lost
man
rhyme
\su jlo
^.Ufc suppose
me a friend
of thine.
Rem.
subject
a.
Of the two objective complements, that which

called
vi
is
the
is
Jj*^)l
j
J^Jti^JI
*9*
the first object,
and the other, or
to
JO
predicate, (<JU)t JjjuLpJt the second object.

% ,
s , s
my OiO
j^-a^Jt
, ti
Rem.
b.
When
or ver&s of sense,
organs of sense,
express they may

i.e.
verbs like ^j\j and jl.j are mere
JUil
still
nothing but acts of the external be connected with two accusatives,
but the second accusative

-
is
no longer a
Û
J^*a*
or second object,
jjl*. or circumstantial accusative, i.e. an accusative expressing a state or condition of the object in actual connection with those
but a
acts;
e.g.
LjU ^^j'j I saw thee sleeping, Uojj-*

* * *
huj^j I found him

same words,
sick (in a state of sleep, of sickness*).

i*
In these and similar phrases

* b/o
j , di
;
^\j and
jkA-j
may
often be translated by the very

o
*o*
si
vi
whether they are w~U)l JU3I or ^âJt JUil

case, the object is
but, in the latter
X)
merely the individual, apart from any predicate, whereas, in the former, it is the logical proposition you were asleep, he was sick, that is to say, the individual as the possessor of this
quality.
Rem. c. The above construction of ^JIS is usually restricted to the 2nd pers. sing, imperf. indie, in an interrogation, provided that
*
[Instead of the predicative accusative the imperfect indicative
used, as
may be
^Jmu
*Zj\j
I saw him do.
Comp.
that
8, e, 74,
and
also
the perfect, as IJt C~lx? jXjj**.j /
found
you had done such
and such a
thing.]
24]
The Verb.
3.
Government of
is
the Verb.
(a)
The Accus.
51
the interrogative particle
but a preposition with

in the example cited.
its
not separated from the verb by anything complement or an object of the verb, as
i i-
We
etc-
must not say UXku-o

[Comp.
of
o j
tj-^c
J>*^ wJIt, but
JU-L-U
j^c
d.
in the nominative.
23,
b *i*a
rem. c]
j
* Qt
Rem.
The fourth form

t o }* , o e.g. 3.t>.A >9i[+e.\
the wJUUI Jl**t governs three

j
accusatives;
actions
jJLjjj he will
f
-
make you think your

-;---to be to
^
**
03 ** o*
ii
bad ; Uujlo oh[ ^y^JLctj \jjLo

patient
->*!'
trW *^'
4ij'
^^
^
B
made men think Job

similarly
and know him

Ljl,
most veracious.
or inform.
Oj^., ^-^ or ^kl, and Lj or

o *o*o
j
,
tell
it
Rem.
exercise
e.
The ^JUUI
^jbiit
may
also
be construed so as to
no grammatical influence upon the clause which is imThis happens (1) when the verb mediately dependent upon them. is inserted in which case, however, the accusative parenthetically,
t *
j
a* -
is
preferable, as *}ljbU.
think,
O-Ub
it is
*eljuj, or
0**
is,
JJbU- v2~ub juj. Zeid
a fool ;
(2)
when
put at the end of the sentence, in

preferable, as Q~ul?
Jf.>l-
it is
which case the nominative

C^^Jg \3}La juj, êi</
I
is
juj. or
is truth/id,
think
(3)
when
placed at
the beginning of the sentence, but the dependent clause is either negative, or interrogative, or else an affirmative clause introduced
by the particle
90'
truthful,
is
^j truly, as
ot
-
JoLo juj
U C~Ub
I do
not
/ think Zeid
is
not
'0
Sê
I
36^
w-Xc
O
$}+
j\
.JjUfc juj
l
L*
know whether Zeid

is
3t
MC
in thy house or
9
Amr,
^)yt\ ^y->l
CoXz I
knoiv ichich of them
-"
0"
9
10"
/
At7&& -Zeio? is
thy father,
last
^\s
9
jujJ OvUjg
"
standing up.
, *
In the
i.
0"
is
05tf
example ^515 jujJ
virtually [jjjJuJI
if
,Xc,
comp. Vol.
310] in the accusative, for
another object be added, without the

it,
particle
*-0J
UJ.Jfl,:<>
J
f
* s
being prefixed to 9 ~* 90 *, J0*s

jujJ w-UJg
\
first
it
is
put in the accusative, ais
l^tj^jli
/ think Zeid
*
standing up and
I
-
Amr
going away.
In the
two
cases the infinitive
ô
may
be used
in the accusative instead of the finite verb, as wJhli <iUi? juj Zeid
52
Part Third. Syntax.

is,
25
as thou ihiukest, going away, ^^JLo

particle
^jl
i*^
is
J^jj,
^
;
,)$*.
juj.
In modern Arabic the

w-AiJI ^Jjti
CV i
interposed
between the
and a dependent interrogative clause
as ^>l C-^Jlt to
wm#
be first explained
what
the
noun
is.
in
24 are put the passive voice, one of the two accusatives becomes the nominaIf the verbs of the
classes
25.
two
mentioned
in
tive.
In the case of the

made
~
fr
first class, it is
the accusative of the person
e.g.
aL^S j^st j^st he was taught

to taste
the science
of astronomy
it)
o^-J I^^jum
j-J$M
he was
the
sword (was stabbed with
^*~
fr ~..o
Âe
vmr
el
was given poisoned water

drink;
j-o.*M
to drink, or
life
poisoned
water was given

o*
dj^Jti
a f
j
to the vizir to
t
Jjj
was granted him ;
Ijjti
* * * ,
OjJLM a poem by
-
another (autlwr) was recited to me;

the blessing
a*s
ÂjtJI ^sjj j>j&. he

it
was deprived of
of learning.
Should
happen that both accusatives are accusatives of the person, that

is
which
i
next to the verb becomes the nominative

in
as <Uj1
j*-j
p-jj
i**-'
Zeid was given my brothers daughter
marriage or
my
brother s
daughter was given in marriage to Zeid. If both are accusatives of the thing, that one becomes the nominative which designates the
thing that
is
affected by, or receives or passes into the other, or the

the bucket
reverse; as
;U ^jJI cJU
was
filled with water.

is
In
the
case of the second class, that accusative which
the subject of the

the earth
other becomes the nominative
e.g.
Iwjji
uj^ j*& CuXkî
has been made a bed for you

into
UjÎ O-s^' j~o

is
the clay has been
made
a jug ; Uls^w
^^ Ja
.
.*
juj Zeid
thought brave; \3\yo\ l^w..

*Z~ij* thou art
they are
deemed dead ; jj& b
J^'
^j\
known as
tlie
faithful keeper of thy promise,
'Orwa
(for l$j- b).
26]
The Verb.
Rem.
a.
3.

the verb
,-3t,
to
(a)
The Accus.
53
As
come,
is
construed with the
( 23, rem. b), its fourth form (i3i) becomes doubly transitive, and takes an accusative both of the
accusative of the person
person and of the thing

brought the
them).
.yjt,
(Itoly)
e.g.
w>Ufll J-Jl^wl
JJ
{
^^yo
made
,^31
it
Moses
to
book
to the
children of Israel
is
(lit.
come
Now,
as this accusative of the thing

it
the nearer object of
we should expect
to
become the nominative when the verb

;
passes into the passive (.-Jjl)
but the reverse
is
the case, because
the person
is
of
greater importance
J>*>\j~>1
than the thing.
"We say
therefore w>UJI
the children
y^> ^Jf^ the (holy) book icas brought to

s
of Israel, and not

If the verb should
( 24,
JJ>\j~>\
.-o w>UXM
..jjI.
Rem.
b.
happen to govern three accusatives

is
in the active voice
rem. d), that which

e.g.
next to the verb

jj-o-c
becomes the nominative to the passive;

Zeid teas informed that
tXw
^J-jS
l<. ^>
l
LolS
J-ij ^-^'
Amr
to
was approaching; ljuj ^j' C-J^j

think Zeid, as was (commonly) said,
and I used
^jJ-J
a lord; icuô Jj'jJdb

in
el1
C-JLJ
t/;os
foW
(</<)
ZeiYtf tsas sic
Irak ;
Uo
^yjj+.\
ljt
when thou art
told (that)
I am
sick.
26.
may
take their
All verbs, whether transitive or intransitive, active or passive, own abstract nouns (nomina verbi or infinitives, Vol. i.
195), as also the deverbal

speciei (Vol.
i.
nouns of the classes nomina
viv.
>nd
.
nomina
219, 220), as objective complements in
accusative.
may be the case either when they have no other objective complement or complements, or when they have one or more and the verbal noun may either stand alone, or it may be
This
;
connected with, an adjective or demonstrative pronoun, a noun or pronoun in the genitive, or a descriptive or relative clause. For
example
\j~-i
bj-o ->-*
lit-
he struck a striking,
;
Ujj
lit.
j>\j he slept
sleep,
jL he journeyed a journey
bj-e
>->j~e
he was struck (with)
striking;
Obî
jl
^j^Jj-a ^j^j-^3 *4j~e
<>^>j*o
struck him one

!juj
stroke,
and
he struck
me two or more
strokes;
bjô
<slwIj
w>j-^
54
Part Third. Syntax.

struck
26
lit. lie
Zeid
(as to) his Jiead {with)

verbi,
a striking ; ljujcw
aL>j~o
b^-j> <&>ja
or,
omitting the nomen
ljujtw
gave him a violent
beating*;
WJac Uyi
Uj^xo
9-ji he rejoiced (with)
a great joy ;
^t
i****-
\jjij U-<
she clasped
me
;
tightly to lier breast; û~.e.
<Lwe i****
this
he walked (with)
a graceful gait
As
vj-^'
lo
'**
\^^J-^ ne b eai n in
<j^lAa*-;
;
manner,
lit.
(Â)
beating;
uJ
IJub Âjl^wl
^y
<J>o
fe;p /^V secrets (with) this keeping

5
rf
(i.e.
so
carefully)
w
*
w*^
*
O
D*tf
^JllaJI
/&?
&ea
Am as a c/w/ oppressor
does,
or
wOj*JI
w>o
<w
teacher does; ^jLaJI

w^-a*JI Spsu aJI
^$. JU.
looked at
lie
jeared
as
a coward fears; Opsu

of an angry {man)
;
him {with)
the look
VlPj u^j^ *^pj
'î
when
beat
the earth shall
quake (with) her quaking;
j^x^jl Uô !^}j~s

(with)
lie
me
so as to
hurt
me much,
*j)
lit.
he beat
me
a beating which pained me ; *&<Xz
Âij
lit.
t^JJI
^ <jraw m# a gwc? beating, as you

beating which
is
know
well,
not concealed
from
you.
This
is
A 6ea
Vj-^' l^J-"* me (with) the
objective complement,
J.j*a*JI, the absolute
which
U
is
called
by the Arab grammarians jyJxJI

i.
"
object t, orj ju^veJI (see Vol.
195, rem.),
used in the two following

6/tJ
ways.
(a)
When
it
stands alone and undefined Coy**),
it
is
employed
to
jwÛXJ /or
I)
strengthening, or ^-JialX) ybr

;
magnifying,
i.e.
add
greater force to the verb

(ivith)
e.g.
Ixe >**
/w*/*
numbered them
a numbering
(i.e.
wi/*
a &rac numbering)
t^j^'
^--j 'i|
* The undetermined object in such phrases as ljujui a^jô may, where the sense allows or requires it, assume a more definite however,
meaning, and be viewed as an accusative of time;
e.g.
*%iê bjjL
may
be translated they travelled a long lime,
scil.
*^*iô Litoj.
does not, like the object in a narrower sense, depend t a verb that governs one, two, or three accusatives in the only upon active voice, or one or two accusatives in the passive.
Because
it
26]
The Yerb.Z. Government of
the
Verb. (a) The Accus.
55
CLj
(i.e.
JLaJt
Cjj
(L.j
ichen the earth shall be shaken (with) a shaking
shaken violently), and the mountains be crumbled (with) a crumbling

*
- 2
2 -5
J * tr
a*'
a??<7
(i.e.
crumbled
to dust)
ljLwl l^îiwlj
;
ffoy disdain (irith) a
disdaining
his
(i.e.
are haughtily disdainful)

(i.e.
'-j
aÛ*p
^j
he crushed
bones (with) a crushing
crushed them to pieces).
This sig-
nification lies in the indefiniteness of the verbal noun,
which leaves
the verbal idea quite unlimited in
its force
and
effect.
Rem.
J
/
a.
Zt
For
+
J
still
0>&
greater emphasis the masdar

yd
may
be repeated,
as
l,>
lj uj*$\
w-a
lit
W?n
iAe earth shall be
crushed (with)
crushing, crushing.
[Rem. b. For the same purpose sometimes the masdar accompanied by a suffix referring to the logical subject is put in the ji a nominative, as oj**. x. he exerted himself strenuously (properly
jj / / a
-
his energy exerted itself,
became real exertion)

y j
j j
4J*}Lo
â
;
he
was
* j ,
j j a j
profoundly in error (prop, his error became error indeed)

a
J
A<?
jjj
jju q
m*i.s
^
j
iwy far
/
off ;
Lî^*.
^j^**.
sAe
became thoroughly
mad ;
of
;
ut
d^^ft.
clifc, /<
AaJ a vehement hunger.
We
have a similar figure
speech in the phrases wjLw

j-\i
w~w
intense whiteness of the hair

cfarA*
jjti excellent poetry;

*
.
Jj^
J*J a very
night
CU Oj-o
SB
a violent death
^Jj\j J*^ a great woe.
D. G.]
Rem.
c.
A masdar
{
of this kind cannot, of course,

its
form a dual
or plural, for the mere fact of

different head.
different
doing so brings
it
at once
under a
J)
j^>jô iy^>j-o can only
mean
e a
he beat
me on two
is
occasiotis ;
and
in
general
the
dual or plural
only
admissible in the case of a masdar used

section),
*
gyî
(see the end of the

a * e * a *
\
when
*
there
is
a difference of kinds, as joj

the
kt
j-t-'
<0^w
*a*o*
* * a*o
-*JUIj
|^>...aJi
/ went
two paces (or courses) of Zeid, the good

CL'^ jbyi !**
O-i-t*-
and
the
bad; lislJJ Jjkl

because
JU^
^t^
I love
Thee (with) two kinds of

another
love,
love, (with) the love
Thou
of affection, and (with) art entitled thereto (or worthy thereof).
56
Part Third. Syntax.

(b)
26
When
it
is
connected with an adjective or demonstrative

or
it
pronoun,
a genitive,
descriptive
or
relative
clause
(see
the
examples given above), addition which is commonly expressed in our family of languages by means of an adverb or a relative clause.
> ,
t>
defines
and limits the verbal idea by an
ja*>
j a
sBs
a*
If the
jyJa>JI
JyiAJt be
if it
it
nomen
a
vicis,
it
is
used
jIjjuJJ
for enumeration ; and

etc.,
be a
is
nomen
speciei, or
have an adjective,
the
connected with
it,
used
fy&
to
indicate
kind, for
specification, or
^**lJJ or j-wjîw for
distinction.
Rem. a. Instead of the nomen verbi of a particular finite verb, that of another form of the same verb, or of another verb of the same meaning, or else a concrete substantive, is sometimes employed
;
as LojJLo
I^JlIXlt
^yojJu
(]icy
*nJ
ye do not advance boldly (IV. and II.);
Ijujui *})U3
i
fought with one another (VIII.) a hard fight

to
Os
e^
ail***
(III.),
*}LlJ
<*JI
J^-Jj and devote thyself (V.)

z a * s * * a
Him
;
(with)
* *
an
*
j/
u//
jj
(exclusive)
.1;
devotion
(II.),
*%~ A^-^\,
H^3
Usjj
bj*3 v-h*.,
Ijujlw bljccô-^jj^l
will chastise them (with) a sore
chastisement, Aau^w
-
Z+jJ*
\ycj^j\ they
a
fed a shameful
*
flight,
%of.j
* *a*
^j-iySJI
he retired backivardn, ^>-*. iL^.I (see above, a, rem.

*
;
c),
tail*LoJu *w
* *
* a
at
j *
J.J3 3Lp
hwU.* ^>
*J**v>
ls**"^'
1
^"*
ôw
'ias<
recourse to Nahsal for protection
Jrom Mogdsi
at
as a weak
man ;
dJL*JLiaJ
A
&
i
* \*
"
Ae
was cm intruder
the feast,
uninvited.
j
* *
Sometimes a
a
y
specificative
term may be interposed, as !^JL*J
%i
a*o
\s-*l\
A^
do not incline wholly away (from one of them),

*
iij-*-JI ua*.
AJLij-z
kneio
it
j
in part,
j
OljtW. /^5
-
4JjJL.
a-
)l
I gave him
three whippings,
^^J*
a..
ai
a
...
*
A.
<^m-\
its
raosJ comfortably ;
or the masdar
may
<xj
be omitted, and
place
supplied by another word, as lib

LL^-j / Je
jdc*. (for C>ljJl.
wJj), a!jj-
/am
(tvith)
a whip
(for
J^w w/-o).
27]
The Verb. 3. Government of the Verb. (a) The Accvs.

Rem.
b.
57
have seen,
The accusative of the nomen verbi remains, as we unchanged, when the active voice, on which it depends,
be changed into the nomipasses into the passive. It may, however, when there is no other subject, provided that it is qualified native, or specialised by some other word (an adjective or a substantive in
the genitive), as jujlw w^-
->^ J^>^
59
*
1 J*** Jtr
*0*^
J****
J***
and not merely
^c
'
*->
j-e~>
ftr1
27.
It
derived from
accusative,
has been mentioned above (21), that the nomina verbi verbs which govern an objective complement in the
be construed in the same way as the
shall
finite
may
verbs
themselves.
point.
(a)
its
We
here enter into some further details on this
If only the objective

it
complement of the act (and not likewise

is
subject) be expressed,
it
genitive*; unless
put after the nomen actionis in the be separated from the nomen actionis by one or
it is put in the accusative, beer use the can never be divided from the word that governs it. For C genitive
more words,
in
which case
example
JUJI Jy> > ôv*^

k
he hindered them
dfS
from saying what

is
J
->6
was
right
j-Jl
Mi
v>*
O^'^'
î
*$
a human being
never
weary of praying for weal;
U-JL> 2uiu.~c
\& J*yt
i -*!' j' or to
feed in a day of famine an orphan; j^ u*3b ^s-^W
*->^
V
i
In like manner, the cutting off with swords the heads of some people. is put in the accusative, when the nomen actionis is defined object by
the article, because a noun,
after
it;
when
so defined, cannot take a genitive X)

in
as
o
*i\js-\
--?
ajXJI Uux~s feeble

o
harming
his
enemies;
xo->"< *r>^' O*
Rem.
usually
all
z*o
jot
o *
-*
J*-51 jj* and I did not desist from striking
Misma'.
If there be
put in the genitive
two or more objective complements, they are but sometimes only the first is put
;
is called the objective genitive, to distinguish it from the subjective genitive or that which designates the subject of the act.
* This
w.
ii.
58
Part Third. Syntax.

J
27
in the genitive
jj-*.
and the others in the accusative, as

ai stc& o/ eating bread
lyj
J^l
C*Aji
;
Ulj J-*^JI
and
jk3
meat, for ^â^JJtj
ULJJIj ^'ili^H SilaJô UL.
C~ob
in
CvA
Aae? ta&ew /*er
Kew
o/"
my
o?e&
/rom Hassan,
for fear of (his) becoming poor

is
and
delaying payment, where IJLXJtj
rhyme
for ^LJU^j, instead of
and the objective complement of the act be expressed, three constructions are permitted, (a) The subj ect may B be put in the genitive, and the objective complement in the accusative;
(b)
If both the subject
as
i^JI
ajdfc
,i
j/Ate.
iAJoJt JlS <jl^ in
this
year the chalif put

;
Ga'far
to
death
(lit.
the chalif 's killing G.

<UJI
was
in this year)
S^js'î
jff^sA^S j^j*jr>
then
remember God as ye remember your

crying because of the tutors having
a , , *
fathers
dUI
w>,s$oJI
^
w/-cJ
/
W^W
o j
^ a
// lino
S-oJiJI
beaten him
^JjUc
ji=> ,j-
^^b
U
;
what
is
apparent of thy
J^jjaJI JIa*
;
ingratitude for favours bestowed upon thee

bl Jia.*i)l el-Farazdak said, mentioning
J~eJujsjo
how el-Ahtal preferred him
^^-^
ft
,oj ô-y-jJL^s
<_5!^_.|^
because of Koteiba
'ibn
Muslim
el-
their writers, and massacring their priests, and burning their books and writings, (/?) The objective complement may be put in the genitive and the subject in the nominative
Bdhilis killing
as
j^-jjJI
jl_
JLo^JI
^j-i
'
X-LiJI
tlie
~~jj
^-y-JLa-w
the
I
the
wind wind
^jkXi
of annihilation swept
sweeps
them away, as
hand of
west
away
the
sands;
^ju SÎa
)&
î ô^J
Ulju
t^jjU-fiJI
>U^J ^ÂljjJI her fore-feet scatter the gravel every midday, as

'
J-
the money-cliangers scatter the
dirhams whilst selecting them; U>j}jJ
>wf5pi w>ta*-ol Ul^X}\ jsjji ^Jj\y w^'-j

house, as long as
c-oJ* fixed at
the dooi'
of
my
know, as the Companions of ar-Ratiim (the Seven
27]
The Verb.
3.

;
(a)
The Accus.
59
Sleepers) kept to the cave
Ujuj
j*-\ AlJpla*-* ^> 5il
^LJI %x*
he gave orders to the entire people against any ones addressing him by " the title of our Lord." (y) The subject may be put in the nominative
and the objective complement

Sj+s-
in the accusative
as *->j*o ^> c~j.&

l
joj, or juj
jf
lj-c
*->^
0->
I wonder
at Zeid's beating
Amr;
l.l
ypaô
<jj)l
<<i*Aj
have heard that
Mahmud
has murdered
that
his brother ; Ijua juj >o^JI Ji*AJaj (^5**^
^ ^*^ foard
Zeid has
today divorced
surprised at
Hind ;
Sj+z
jâ^
is
**JI ^^j jUawl ^.^.cl
I am B
of
is
Muhammad" s
expecting
'Amr on
Friday.
these three constructions
the most usual.

objective
actionis
The The second

is
first
not
uncommon, especially when the The third, in which the nomen

article, or
complement
may
a pronoun. be accompanied by the
by a
specification of the time or place of the act in the
genitive, is of comparatively rare occurrence.
Rem.
a.
If
genitive, it is also
is
an adjective be annexed to the subject in the C usually put in the genitive, but the nominative
admissible
as objJsJI juj >oL5
^*
C*? a.s,
or objJsJI
lyj^lkj
vo^JLta^JI
aa. y^JutaJI
is
w~U and pressed
her, as the seeker after his
due,
who
defrauded, presses (his debtor), instead of ^Jbt-eJl
wJU
Rem.
6.
If
be pronouns, they
Jl
(
both the subject and the objective complement may both be suffixed to the nomen actionis ; e.g.
love
_A9Jlc
 my
of him
person
lias
taught
me
to be religious.
Here the
suffix of the first
is
the subject, and that of the
third person the accusative*.
* w*.
(see 26)
;
e *
J O
9 e *
is,
strictly speaking,
it is
an j^â^^l, and not an actual jjueuo
but
used, instead of w>L.1, as the

[as
masdar
of ^*.t
(IV. of >^*r*-) See rem. c.
to lorn,
jv
f r \jo ju\^
masdar
of t/ai^t to A#te].
(30
Part Third. Syntax.
27
Rem. c. Not only the nomina actionis, but also those nouns which are of similar force and signification, and which consequently can supply the place of the former, may be construed with the For genitive of the subject and the accusative of the object.
example
verily
%s j J #5 , , Ci *> * a :ô-U <LatoJô*jLJI ^jdfcl
..
f i *
6 ) ,
* j
J6
* j i
^JU-jôJoLx*
the
a j a
;
,j! ^^JLwt
SuUim,
*
your
afflicting
a man, who has given

o
^
j
<i,
salam as a salutation,
&
<
, j
'
(an act of) tyranny (w>La-o = ajLoI)
J"
'.
j&f*t>
juu j\Jj\ ^Ju^ju * , * *
through thy associating with the noble, thou wilt be reckoned one of
them
(SfLc.
ojJ^\su>)
;
Ij-ejJI
Ai.jj
(J.ft-jJ'
4-M ,ô
ablution
is
{rendered necessary) by a man's kissing his wife (aJL5

,-wjiUt ^jj^xJI A^JaJ IjjâJâ
the Koreishite
to
= J-^Ju)
and remember how

vicis)
;
the Bekrite slapped
(a*.U the nomen

is
[Lj
lJ
*liw
l^c^Js
<j\J>
for
speak with her

ajL^JI
a remedy for
my
suffering]
^XjUac juuj
\.e.\jji\
and
after thy
giving the hundred grazing (camels)

for
clSJjt)
;
= (|lkfc
flkft|;
IftUpt
in
rhyme
ijJb
4*0*
^JJ JiaJf
aJJI
^1
jJjJt observe this child's obedience to the
command of God
(it Us - AfiLbt)
^JuaJl ^jLa^JI Juftj

j
^/te
bustard's threatening the

itfAa
falcon (*x*3 - i^|)

j
i-
lyiwt
*
a
^-^'
*
;
w-j.>l.t
the
* ,
hywna
jj //
tells
to
1.I
//w
oUj>Xa*.3)
the
Ia^JjI jjui\ t^-a-^Lo-i <&sj3 I have

cattle lick their
left
him
,ai
(or it)
where
spot,
wild
young
(i.e.
in
some
lonely or desert
, ,
know not
where), =jJL)l ^.o>JLi
dwaJ
Rem. r/. What has been said of the nomina actionis of singly transitive verbs, applies equally to those of doubly transitive verbs. The only difference is, that the latter take an accusative after the
objective genitive, or even add a second accusative to the
first.
For example
^Xjui\
J^s^ ^Xjl^JI Âju

. .-
the
,.
instruction of the
a
o-'
,*
a s
a*
learner in the path of learning

</*
(3!^*JI
t;l
*~Jy> O"* A^'
' ai * j 1ju*1 L
favour which he conferred upon him by his appointing him * * Z to j z a * j * + S * j _ governor of el-'Irdk ; \j+. \j^t j*+~* >oUl?j 'y^3 ^H^l O'
Zi
29] The Verb. 3. Government of
J ^
1?
the
Verb.<a) The Accus.

l
61
Uja-r-
the people
condemned Muhamma/fs giving
Amr
poisoned
bread
to eat.
Rem.
e.
The complement
in the genitive
may
also be expressed,
:
when
it
represents the subject of the act, by
â
it
when
it
repre-
sents the object, by

place,
(see 29)
and when
b,
indicates time or
by
.ji
e.g.
<u*..
in rem.
by
<*J
,-U
3
St
(,JÛ*JI) wjJI
3 '
*0
'
iO
a *
the love
(which accrues)
(3,
from me
to
him
5
jyi^
;
J*
^JLo^JI
L5*~'.
in 27,6,
ibid., y,
by JlojXi j^> jJI ju ^> i^*
'
and Aâ.JI
ôjj jUa&t,
13
by ixâJI >o^j
jUsl^Î.
28.
In the case of verbs which govern their objective complement

of a preposition, the
r * **
3
'
by means
r
I
nomen
actionis retains that preposition

- ,
#
e.g. iX)3
^.ft SjjcS
U I have no power to do
it,
a *
3 S - ;
this,
from
;
aAc 0>jJ
Jj.l.
Aîj ui
îv no wish for

it I
from
-
<su*
a
C~*>
aJI
what need hast thou of
from aJt
w**-: The
a -
a.l.
same thing holds
good in the case of mixed government, the nearer object or accusative being converted into the genitive, and the more remote retaining its C
preposition
to obey
;
e.g.
icUxU (jUJ^t JUiy> man's
ta/wjr
helped (by God)
(Him).
Occasionally, however, the closer connection by

is
means
of the genitive
preposition
'
substituted for the looser construction

J~
inclination
with a
e.g.
vOLî
(of the mind) towards U-
Islam,
ioxjfi-f ^J\
The nomen
JI^JI.
29.
in
actionis ofteu takes its objective
complement not
the accusative but in the genitive with J, in which case this

is
preposition
used as an outward exponent of the relation that subsists

,a-o
, a *
between the nomen verbi and

rightly call it
its object. j *
Hence the Arab grammarians

the regent
;
JÛJt ijyuJ
ji*$J\ the
lam that strengthens

it
(the
nomen
actionis or the verbal
power which
possesses)
is less
for,
since
the verbal force which dwells in the

in
nomen
actionis
than that
its
the finite verb, the language helps the former to exercise
02
Part Third.Syntax.
upon
its
29
influence
object by annexing to
it
the direction of the action towards the object. with J is used in the following cases.
(a)
a preposition expressing This construction
When
the
nomen
actionis immediately precedes the object
and
is
undefined (see
27,
a)
as
ajIôj
<t$ Uaj>J
J-oU j*
it,
j*
without considering what was false
and what
true in
instead of
actionis
i
&j\yo$
deUai..
This
is
especially the case
when the nomen

* a l
t
a ,
it
is in
the adverbial accusative (see
44); as
to
îl^^
U-J**3
<d^3t
I stand
a)
*
(
up
in his presence to
/#
shew respect
to
my
teacher ; iX)i J13 UJI

iLol
Ul^b]
* *
.
said this only

Ag
aX)
do him honour ; IjUilil j^s{attacking)
t>
j->jâ.L1r
JJ
refrained
from
l^-ol
them,
/wse
awaiting
believe
the
Muhdgirun ;
La. juil
i>;>JJtj
&m
wAo
are
stronger in love of God.

(b)
When
the
nomen
actionis immediately precedes the object,
and
is
defined by the article (see
27, a)
as
^hUU aJUxJI
(JIa *^
1
j)j3
L>)
giving up pursuing the people;

Aa^jX'jJ after
(t/ie
aajUxoJI
â
C^fcola.1
tribe of)
Gatafdn had agreed
to
take the part of
Toleiha.
(c)
When
actionis
the genitive of the subject
is
interposed between the

;
nomen
and the object

L>3I
(see 27, b)
/
as ,j->si~j
,j1
^M
Sjli^l J--j (-Xc yb
uij*il) ^^Jl
only by the
results, therefore, that the
sun warms the earth in no other way than by his
light
(lit.
that the
',
suns warming
the earth
is
way of
his light), for vj*$l
J
aX)
lyljkd AjUaJ because of

djjjj
my
enemies persecuting me, for
ûl
Aw
.*W/i#
GW;
<i)L*
^1
*iX)
î-XJ wy
SjJiyt
enabling you to
ojjk
attain your wishes;

aXJI j***) observe this
to the
l^&lbl^
A.o->a.yi
aLjAAJI
^1
jJaJ\
mother, affectionate
and
loving,
and her
obedience
command of God.
30]
It
The Verb. 3. Government of the Verb. (a.) The
Acciis.
63
may
also be extended to other verbal

b,
signification (see 27,

'
rem.
c)
nouns of similar force and * * ~^ , ai as J^*-3 ajU' Pj^-* ^5 J i

a , -
^
**
t>^
O'**-**
cM'
*
he went
down
to the
places where his comrades
had fallen, and

sisters son;
to the spot
* + *
where the people of

Q
*
Hamadan had
JC-*b*0
*
killed his
*
*">*0
* *
JJ
[jg3
^>J
c-Jl>
î-LJI
***j
03*WM ^>^ u'
î
CyXU ^1
frw fo victories
of Sl-Ma'mun and 'Abd el-Malik were
gained over those who aimed at their sovereignty].

In such clauses the choice between the older and closer construction
with the accusative, and the later and looser with the preposition, left in most cases to the taste and judgment of the writer.
is
Rem.
a.
In more modern Arabic .Jl
is
often used ^J-oUJI ajjJu)
instead of
,
,
as aJt
^f^^\ my
an answer.
^J to
bearing
him in mind; ^Jl îj
a*
w>lâJI viy returning
Rem.
b.
This use of
designate the objective complement
of the verb is
common
in Aramaic, rare in
Hebrew and Êthiopic
(see Dillmann's Gr., 179).
See
31, rem.
30.
The nomina
agentis
or participles,
which hold a middle
position between the verb and the noun, and partake of the force of
both, may, like the
nomina
verbi, follow the
government either of the
verb or the noun, or of both.

regarding them.
(a)
The
following rules are to be observed
If the
nomen
agentis has but one objective complement, this

;
may
be put either in the accusative or in the genitive
as
^t
l^cjL j)
ixdUt (j-^^bbOlj
to
^JlL^
Cjjs-\ dU*. vie with one another in hastening

is
a garden {Paradise), which

who
restrain their wrath
,
prepared for the God-fearing and
those
Sîbpl
*
0>*>"j
*
an<^
*a*
t^ l0se
-
w^ P a
j
lf
ao
-i
&
aâ-o
ss*
the poor-rate;
i^-**-"
Jjj O* a*
***
^b' j*i^
m
j**
*^^' oUbUUt
- - a*
the slate-coloured pigeons (^jâJI
by poetic
license
for>WaJI) which
it
inhabit the sacred House
(i.e.
the Ka'ba), never quitting
(and)
64
Part Third. Syntax-.

Mekka
(UJIÎ
*>
30
domiciled in
for
tâJljt) *
<u*)t
*>
^.s
iJU Ljdk aw offering

seekers after
(tastes
coming, or (actually) brought,
to the
Ka'ba ; ^Xxl\ ^)%io

is
knowledge;
O^JI
513
âj
J,> gwr^/ soul

<lJI
taster
of death
or shall taste death)
^LJt **U-
CGj
aw Lord !
Thou
wilt be
an
assembler of (wilt assemble) mankind; ^r^j >**^-^v^'
0>*^! CH>M
Lord;
w&? ^m#
j<LS%<> dJls
/*
<suu
/^?/
s/?a//
60
meeters of (shall meet) their
C>3J** {j^\ ^>oJ'
Oi
'Writy the death
from which ye
,/fetf,
mtc7/
surely be your meeter (will surely meet you).
The
nomina
agentis of directly transitive verbs admit of being construed, in so far

as they have verbal power, either with the accusative or with the
genitive, provided they
have the meaning of the imperfect (e)l<*JI,
historical imperfect, present, future).
As
the genitive connection
is in
this case <ua*s*JI j*&, improper or representative (see 75, rem.),
the governing word

^
li
may
kills
be defined by the article

&
*0
^tdl
ul
JjIS, or
he
<&
'
*t+
'
JO
sty
^LM
kills
^plS, one
who
people
as,
ÛJI ^pUJI,
or
^LJt JJUJI,
who
people
= Jâj ^JJl
s
according to another reading, î-aj

*$UJI w*At>M 0/ him
^^-ji^JI^ wg? ôse
Jib
a
OôJI
asu\$
(see above)
oW-v"
;
who
gives
hundred fine white (camels)

the
S^J-oJI
wô perform
(prescribed) prayers;
O^J-*-*
jW
L5*^'
^'
^'
^hou
that
desirest single combat,
draw
nigh.
When, on the
contrary, the
nomina
agentis of directly transitive verbs have the

(perfect,
pluperfect, aorist,
meaning of the perfect and future-perfect), they approach more
nearly to the nature of the noun that springs from them (as
writing, a
genitive
writer),
wol^,
and hence are construed,

since
this
like this latter, with the
only.
Further,
genitive
connection
is
*t**i*
proper or real (see 75, rem.), the governing word cannot be defined
by the
article
Ût
JjU> (and not
Ûl
JJtiJI or
^LJI JjUJI)
one
who
killed,
has
killed,
had
killed,
or shall
have killed people, =
30]
The Verb. 3. Government of the Verb. (a) The Accus.

J^5
,jl> ^j31, or
65
j&
i^JJI, or
Jis ^yL> ^JJI
as
OlÎJI
and
Jjti
^J^'j *^
Creator of (or
He who
has created) the heavens
the earth.
The same remarks naturally
apply,
when the
:
genitive
is
a pronominal
*' one
suffix instead of a separate substantive
L5-*5'i)
^-î
who
reproaches me, and

j^JLi*
^jW = ^j^î
lyjt
i^JJ' he
who reproaches me, as

order that thou
wô^JJ
^ôJLuJI
thou
who
revilest me, in
mayest be thought
me,
my
equal ; but he icho reproached or has reproached
^y*y
c5-m> is ^y^*^, not L5*5'}Ut.

it
If
the
nomen
agentis be
undefined,
(a)
When
it is
governs the accusative only in the following cases. the attribute or the predicate of a (usually preceding)
*o
-
subject, or stands in the accusative to express a state or condition of

sa
^
t a *
* a ^
that subject (see 44);
e.g.
\j+* ->j^ *<;> or !/*
Vj^
'*>
Ol
^/c?
father
/s
beating (or w/// foa)

(lit.
'Amr;
is
l.t
>jI
iot7/
w*;*-^ *ij ZeicTs
i^'rf,
a
A/s father)
t^-jl*J
beating (or
beat)
a brother of
mine
*ujt
jU wJlb
*^j^ I passed by a horseman (who was) C

a, i ,
e ,
a ,
seeking revenge for (the

a -
murder of)
one
his father ; ^j-c
*~~P
^^ ô^>
a fo$
;
oj+t
to
^J* how many a = others, ,>t>. *
fills (or sates) his eyes
with what belongs

//#
Û
^fe
ty-Aj-J
to
U^j
3ja*-o
*,JU^
w;focA
was awe day butting a rock

'^4w?-
break it,- *-lU
J^^
((3)
^ ^f
>i
bit
UU j^c
cw
to
we
seeking instruction.
After an
interrogative or negative particle,
when
it
is
the attribute of a pretjuj OJI j*j* J-a 20* jJOi 5 0J> tj^-j^^' j^.*..ol will ye
ceding or
w7 &>?*
(less usually) following

/*
subject
J 6
e.g.
*
Zeid with
respect
? <*j
cJuj
fulfil
a promise on which I
relied ?
^^5
fir>^>
jl.I
w-
5 '
U
U
^>
/?
dost not
follow (or adopt) their kibla

protection
to
ajL*.! ^jlc
j**-*
og grcWs
the
enemy of
his friends,
(y)
After an interjection
;
(see 38), as the predicate of a suppressed subject
e.g. *iC^.
UJU
9
Ij
w.
ii.
66
Part Third.Syntax.
(thou
(thou
30
who who
art) climbing art) turning
hill
= U)U ^-j b
Sj^JI
^.^
U>jt.o
away from me
(thy) love!
The nomen agentis in the singular number, when Rem. a. followed by a substantive in the genitive, can take the article only when that substantive is itself defined by the article or governs
o sO*o
j
5 *
another substantive that

o
is
j
so defined
i
,
e.g.
j^*J
w>jla)l
he
the
j
who
head
Z *
,o*>
t,
beats the slave
jlojJI
^\j
w>jLaJI he
;
who
beats the slave
on
a *
(lit.,
beats the
head of
the slave)
but we cannot say
j>+ w>jLiJI
nor joj wJjLaJI, nor even juj
jlc
w>jLoM or ajut w^LoJI.
The
reason of this seems to be that a certain equipoise

J
may
be preserved
- 3
between the governing word, oLa^JI, and the governed word,

aJI
yiLiuoJI.
On
the other hand, the article
may
be prefixed to
the dual or the pluralis sanus masc, even when the following genitive is not defined in either of the above ways ; because, after the
J^
, JO,
rejection of the terminations ^j

0*
and
^j (Vol.
i.
315,
b, c),
oLaJI
it
* J c*
and aJI
î\*A+}\
become more
closely connected,
and grow, as
were, into one word, like the nomen agentis article and followed by a pronominal suffix.
o*
*
Zi
when defined by the Hence we may say

o *
St
Ct
o *
o *
Zi
juc bjLsJI, juj ^jjLaJI, ^ i^ t * to * y

* +
*>
jkJj
Ct
juc
' s
as well ^JjLoJI, djL^c ,-jjt-a)l,

'
'
Ct
sO
& '
as \j~s- ^jbjLoJI, ljuj ^t-jjLaJI, juj j^s- )jfj\*ai\, dju* Osij^^^'y ' ' * ' t s * *
b s o j 0*0
* vt*
//O/
the
^xc \ihyUmî\ L-ic Luib ^1 if
two who reside at 'Aden can

, J
of.
C,
5 -
dispense with
the
me
i
(or do without
me); b^y^wl
^qJj i*-*!/*
ii<""H
two who revile

-
my
J 0*
character, without
those
is
my
having reviled them;

the great (sums) they
J * -
I^Jkj bj
Jt*^
j}Xj&*+i\
who deem small
have given away.

sible,
to *
There
even a third form of expression admist o *

<
arising out of a combination of these two,

it
viz.
Iju
bjl,*x)t,
St
J *
ljuj LjjjLaJI, juj ju* _jjjbixM, ojuc ^-jjLoJI, in which the rejection of the terminations ^j and jj serves only to indicate the close j * * t '0*0 j toio ** * 6 * j logical connection, as in the phrase tjipiw.* a\y*.\ *}UUUI j+a*$\ Am.
the
'amir came, whose two brothers killed
Muhammad,
in
which
30]
The Verb. 3. Government of the Verb.(a) The Accus.

j *
s
67
another substantive (o\^.\)

i * j
is
actually inserted, as
the subject,
its
between the nomen agentis in the dual (^JLSJt) and

*
object
(tjLa.).
When
;
pluralis sanus masc. of

article,
a pronoun is annexed as object to the dual or a nomen agentis which is defined by the
s
j^S'JjS*
flLjLoM, ojjjLaJI
1*
*
three forms of expression are likewise admissible; viz. (1)

A
*
(2) oLjt
ai
4>
ÛjLaJI or si* 1*1
i* di
*,)*,}
In the
St*
jjbjLaJI, obi ^jjjLaJI

last case, the
is
or
a)
^j^jjLsJt
and
(3) AJbjLoJI, AJjjjLaJt.
pronoun, though apparently a nominal suffix in the genitive, is in reality a verbal suffix in the accusative ; and even in the first case, the Arabs regard the pronominal object as an accusative, and not
as a genitive,
e.g. L5L*.
is
using .-J instead of

^-i-il^^JI
;
(_>-)
^~
for the 1st pers. sing.

to
jJjA
he
* a**
who comes
an d
ii
**
me
to obtain
gift
a i
not disappointed
i*
i
^ywJt
*a
* jo
,.
,i
u~-^3
i
^ ^ nt too heavy a burden

**
,z-?s
mOie
for
me ;
ajjJLcUJIj ^*sJt OiL/'O" ^**

it
^V w^
orc^ r what is
right,
and who do
b.
themselves*.
Rem.
When
the
nomen
at
agentis
is
followed by two or more
objects connected
by $ or jl, it not rarely happens that the first put in the genitive, and the others in the accusative, the nominal force of the nomen agentis passing, because of the distance
alone
is
of the complements, into the verbal; as

LiL...a-
^-âJ Ij Liw
for
rest,
jJ-JJt
(J^^
j+i)\}
He
wlio appoints the night
ami
the
sun and
of
a *
moon for
the reckoning (of time);
Iajl^cj ^jla^yJI SjLjJI w*aI^JI
him who
*
gives a hundred fine white (camels) and

,*
,*
,
a * *
(either
Ujucj
or
Uju^J;
*, w>j j~z jt
(to
*a*ai**'
their attendant
i *
*
ai
UZ^laJ jloi c.t'j OJ1

l
J-fc
wilt thou send

(b)
Dinar for our need
our help) or Abd-Eabb?
D
first
If the
nomen
agentis be derived from a verb which governs

(
two or three objective complements

either in the accusative (which
genitive,
is
24, 25),
it
takes the
by
far the
;
more usual)
or in the
lit
and the others
in the accusative
as
\jM b^j
ljuj ^>\*
as spurious,
[El-Mubarrad, Kamil, 205, 1. 16206, 1. 9 speaks of this verse and says that such an annexion is not allowed even by
poetical license.
R.
S.]
68
Part Third.Syntax.
Zeid
in
31
A I
will dress
a splendid robe; Uaj.> juj (J**
Ul, or
c-*Jt
tJ*x*
Ja,
or
'^j
^**>j>,
will give
Zeid a dirham ;
'
^SU t^c
^jU?
>*U
j^-o-c (jlb, rfo^ /#>> /'#&
J.?rer intelligent ?
\j*+e.
joj ^ku>
IjJb
UAJai*
tfîs
(m) informs Zeid that 'Amr

a.
is
going away.
of
it
Rem.
If the objective
complements of the nomen agentis
a doubly transitive verb be pronouns, both

as suffixes
;
may
you ;
be appended to
\
e.g.
aSLLx* he
who
i.
gives
it to
vt *<r vx.<> he
who
gives
me
it to eat.
[Comp. Vol.
187.]
Rem. b. The second of the two complements of a nomen agentis, or that which is in the accusative, is very rarely inserted between the nomen agentis and the first complement, or that in the genitive
;
e.g. -j-Ua-oJI aSJai
*JU
^)I^wj
whilst others than thou withhold

d
their benefits
from
the
needy ; aIwj
j^cj sJJvL*
<UJ
ypmmm3 *$J
think not then that
His promise to His apostles. In the former of these examples, which is a half-verse of poetry, this construction has been followed in order to bring the word
will fail to keep
God
-La^l
into the
rhyme;
in the latter,
is
which
1 - J J
is
taken from the

J
4^
Kor'an, xiv. 48, the preferable reading
aJLwj oj^tj <JX,^.
31.
position
(a)
What
has been said in
29 regarding the use of the pre-
after
nomina verbi
is
equally applicable to nomina agentis.
J
is
is
used when the nomen agentis immediately precedes the object

;
and
undefined
site
as
^J v^^ju making
(in
time
wonder ;
a)
JW~ â^
whilst
was avoiding him
which example the undefined nomen
agentis
[
is
the predicate of a aJI. aX*. or circumstantial clause
183]
JaJU UU*
*N)
UUju* ô-cuiJI
J^s
13]
N)l
jya^
*n)
aJLoJIj
and
artifice is
not allowable (in argument), except

sophist,
when
the opponent is
truth.
a disputatious
and
not
seeker
after the
is
This
is
especially the case when
the
nomen
agentis
in
the adverbial
c? believe
accusative
in
44, c]
as^ju* UJ
ISj^cuo cJjJI
Uj '>^bj
is
what I have
sent down, confirming that
which
with you (the
32]

1>-U*- 3-ojuoJI
69
Scriptures which ye have already received)
^c Jp A
V he halted before the

J-SlxJU
the
city to besiege
it ;
UcIjj
^h^*M
>.b L5*j
sweetness of knowledge
(b)
is
sufficient
inducement and
incentive to the intelligent,
is
also
used when the nornen agentis

defined by the article
;
immediately precedes the object, aud

dJJt
is
as
ijjcaJ (j^JaiUJI those who keep the ordinances of

djiyj
God ;
cl3j***"
^_$il
oLjÎ
^Jajuii}
is
expounders of these
Jfj^J
to
verses ;
UlJI
w*L-*j)l
S^JLaJI <Ul5t
perform
one's devotions with reverence
the surest
means of procuring
s^-iJI
one's daily
bread ;
iJJ3
î j*^j 15*^
ju^JU
(.J^-fl-oJI
/k fo continued meditating about that thing

(c)
which governs the body,

interposed between the
Finally,
is
used whea a genitive

;
is
nomen
agentis and the object
as
^J y*lx
^ who gave
Rem.
of the
it to
me
to eat.
must be used instead of the accusative, when the object

agentis
is
nomen
rhetorically transposed
and placed before
it
as ^>Jjulft UJ \y\s^
and t/iey ivorshipped us ; ^^Jail*. w~*JU

(in the future); ^jJaila*J
-iU
U^ U
aJ
Lit
we did not know what was hidden

verily
we
will take care of
him ; jj*
..
tjjj
j^
r% i
U
a
ljî\
a man,
a
as long as thou dost not unjustly disparage him, treats thee with
respect.
So also with the

i.
11 a,
ja
finite verb,
^j*ju LjjJUÛ
instead of
to
,jt if
ye
J)
can explain a dream.

LI (Vol.
i *
If the transposed object be a pronominal suffix,
188, 189)
Z
*
may be employed
we worship and
as juxj i)b!
help
;
a*
^>
eJriLwJ
i a -
^JLjIj
a j
,
thee
thee
we cry for
Compare
32.
Ijôu obi êylla. lie thinks tliey mean him (in rhyme for ^jyiaj). 29, rem. b, and Vol. i. 189, b.
If the verb,
from which a nomen patientis

voice, its
is
derived, governs
patientis retains
;
two or three accusatives in the active
nomen
one or two of them, the other having passed into the nominative
as
70
Part Third. Syntax.

<>J* (^jJa** Ojj, Zeid's servant
#
33
U>>>
is
(lit.
i^/rf, fos servant [ 120])

is
^,
JS
J 8
^/w a dirham; Uj15
o^tl (jîli-o
j^j Zeid's father
thought to be
is
standing up;
that
UllsuU tê
going away.
d^>l
^.ju> juj Zeid's father

24,
informed
'Amr
is
See
25.
33.
Verbal adjectives of those forms which

intensive,
differ
in
meaning
Since,
is
from the nomina agentis only in being
may
govern, like the
nomina
agentis, either the accusative or the preposition J.

is
however, their verbal force

far
very slight, the latter construction
by
the more usual, the former being chiefly poetic.
This rule applies
principally to the forms
JUi and Jj*
(Vol.
i.
232, and rem. d,

(
233)
more rarely
(
to other forms, such as
J***
232),
J*s
:
(id.),
, i
and
JUa*
lyJI
233,
rem.
b).
Examples with the accusative

to (lit.
U.I
lyj'iltt.
LU
w>>*J' inured
brother of) warfare, constantly
wearing
the
garments suited for

death,
it ;
LjUxJI aJI Lolî. OôJt .Jl IcjJLe
C rushing upon
in
wading
;
in search
of
it
through the ranks (L5U3JI
rhyme
<
for w*)Ux)l)
.>
l>o ->"*
*$3
ôt^ O-* C>^

is
tJj-k
5 *^~
l*p
u i
adorned with a ring, which
not an amulet, nor
manu-
factured by a moulder of a dirham with his hands; J-o^j
Vi/^
of
JU^JI
oUIa
ou-Jt smiting with

0'>**i Ji>J'
the edge
of
the
sword
the heads
men;
->* s!>*Jl
to
j^^ Mi
verily she stirs
up
the patient
(or continent)
desire {excites desire

j<tv*>'*
in tliem, ?->** in
rhyme
for
fry**)
^^9
>**
j*& ready
;
to
forgive
U-v***
their sin, not boastful
(yi** in
{one)
rhyme
for }*>*)
*$"$**>
^wî
Ul <jUUi
;
tfwo
maidens,
of them resembling a new moon
(in
beauty)
calls
U.> **<-* dJJI ^>l
ettj <j>*
^^ ^*r5
on his
prayer of him who
upon
Him
\jy*\ jj>-
a)
S)
guard against things that cannot injure {him)
(JÎ
34]

j*y>\
71
Lf&jz Os*j*
defaming
is
(lit.
&
has come
to
me
(to
my
hearing) that they are

\^>\y>.
tearing in pieces)
my
character ;
j^~^
<*Jt
he
a slaughterer of the fat ones among them (the she-camels)
j^
jjjafJS
O lj^'
O-i^v* haughty, looking with disdain on
the limbs
of the
slaughtered camel.
Examples with
C-a*JJ ,jyUbl
unlawful;
uî)
05*\-*~*
hearers of falsehood, eaters of what
is
pL*
j^Js. j\ks
J>
every hardened infidel, a hinderer oj good ;

collector
w-lU *Û* a great B

to
of books; J^xi
j>\jSj\
J15
UJ
JjyS ready
say what the
noble say,
and
to
do
(it)
etc.
Verbal adjectives of the form J*l, corresponding to our comparative and superlative (Vol. i. 234), when derived from tran-
34.
sitive verbs,
take their object in the genitive with J, very rarely in the

sls
accusative
^Sj^c ^Xjdi w~U?l

,j- aJU w-.I
>*
he seeks after knowledge more than
you do; a-Ju
,>>*Jt the believer loves
God more than C

?o^ ignorant
himself; gj*-^ vov**^'j
^*^ >**'**l3
>f**J
tHÎ J^-'
of men, and the most opposed of them

of them change
LjlîJI
to the lav: ;
it
to learning,
and
the most inimical
wJil j**^
V^*v* ^*y
be
more apt
to
(viz.
the letter j, into

rtc?
^)
without an intervening
(letter)
o^*-Jb U w^-ol^
?w<?
ready than we
to smite
with
;
swords the tops of helmets (lJlyU1 in rhyme for LrJ\îi\, accus.)

Ul^j*.
*-ut^ and a
better protector
of neighbours.
k
J)
Rem. a. Verbal adjectives of the form J*il, derived from verbs signifying love or hatred, take the object with ^j when they are used
an active sense, as in the second and third of the above examples; but when they have a passive sense*, they take the subject with
in
it
As there is only one form for the comparative and superlative, may be derived from verbal adjectives of either active or passive
;
signification
e.g.
w-^-t from
i.
wô
loving, or
from w-jw^.
beloved,
dear.
[Comp. Vol.
235.]
72
Part Third. Syntax.
J
t
35
Os
^M,
as d^*i ^yc aXS\ .Jl w*.l

else ; \^t>
^*j4JI
I
the believer is
more loved of
to
God than any one

than
she.
.J
ôjl\ 3 a he is
more hateful
me
Verbal adjectives of the form Jjiil, derived from intransitive verbs [i.e. verbs which govern their object by means of a preposition, 23, rem. a], require the same preposition after them
b.
Rem.
-"**
as those verbs
' ' J
*
as
d *>
^Jlft
s
0>*'
J s
i>
'**-*
8 * s lighter, or easier,
*
J * *
for me
J * Ot
Z '
0*0/0
*0
vi
tO
* J
j>
(l
>
) I
he abstains more
keeps
good,
and
from worldly pleasures, and is quicker farther from (clearer of) crime, and is more
They
to
do
eager
after the praise (of God).
often, however, take their signifi-
cation from one of the derived forms of the verb (generally the
second or fourth)
*
as S^lyiJU j>^\ jt^ls this confirms the evidence

*
6*O>0
t
J J
\*
still
3 *
more (from
at
js\s\,
IV. of
j\l to stand); (>JjJJ
î\ J>- >&3

a
^y~>\ but the obscurity of a

*
_/0
man
*
*
preserves his religion better (from

s a
& *
* ^
w *t
j aâ
j o*
JL or ôJUl, II.
or IV. of ^*JL
to be safe);
>*}L/}U j^l jMSiS JZ5
^*'jj O-*^
v**'j ^ e slaying of unbelievers increases the power of Pd- Islam and strikes greater terror into those who are behind them ;
* J
j *
lyÂjJ ijA-ebj LjJLo^J }$*-\

J * * j *
2JUi
i
this
w
*>
improves
*o
its
crop
and makes
jO
its oil clearer
^XJLc ^-is^.1
it
^JUfc.jJI jê.
another besides the anti-
Christ
fills one (accus.)

0*
with greater fear on your account (than he

-
a i
does); aJI ,-i* ,J! 5j*-t

*
>*
he has more need of

*
me than
of).
I have
*
I
of him (from .J
-.U;&.I,
VIII. of
9l>, to
have need
See Vol.
D
is
i-
235.
35.
The
accusative not unfrequently depends upon a verb which
understood.
(a)
This happens
In phrases expressive of
command
(positive
or negative),
wish, reproach
like,
(worded interrogatively), praise, salutation, and the in which we must supply the verb from which the noun in the
is
accusative
derived, and to which

:
it
serves as J>JL*JI JyuLoJI
( 26).
For example
^hyp2im^M
lit
^Z*.
w>l3>JI
w>oi hjJc^>
CH-^' ^r***
M*
35]
The Verb.S. Govejmment of the Verb. (a) The Accus.

e
73
->*
%.\jS
Ul^ U Uli J^yi
'jjuij
and when ye meet
(in battle) those

till
who
believe not, smite their necks
(i.e.
cut off their heads),
(at last),
when ye have made much slaughter among them, bind fast the fetters ; and {thereafter) either show kindness (by letting them go free) or take
ransom {for them), where
w>^'
OJ-^*-'
:
Vj" ^
-
- îj^
*r , ^P'
O * +
'-^'
j s - j
^* =
*^J^
*Qo
U \Jy*2, and
carry o/f camels,
i\ji
\\ji
*r~"*3'
J^ JUJI
JhJjj
Zuraik, as foxes carry off (their

:
prey), where
not give
JUJI ^ju = *$jo JUJ1 Jjul
Uj*.
i - *
^
a -
lj--o
a -
^ patient and do
* * i a -
way
to
immoderate grief
i.e.
*iHv-
i.e.
U^*. >~>
^
i.e.
e
I
i a -
Im-^-'
*^v-
9en ^Vi)li-/
softly!
Jv*'
W*- wy
^'^
fl^w
^^
*a&
*'
ra*w
i.e.
Uu
I be
j
aJUI
Û Lc,
wrt?/
i.e.
GW
wp M^/
*
a
Lc, aXM
a
JU,
- a -
,*JJ
;
L-*5
z a -
**
> ;
*-
i t
mayest thou stumble
I*5
c*... t
^^
O^Jt
j>j
jju
i.e.
lîfbl shall
t a J
} i o
ii
ungrateful after thou hast averted death from vie]

,a&
*
\jas j*s\\
, *
**
//c
>_.^t^Jl d)ÎU jc5j
Wv'
dost thou delay (or loiter), seeing that grey

*
* * -I
:
hairs have already come upon thee?

&? absolute glory of
i.e.
l-Jl>
ÎÛI
<*JJt
,jl
God !
or 4Jlfcr- T/s absolute glory

fact),
scil.
9~->t
praise (which
is
an jW*-] or statement of
is
or s"~-,
^^
*.<>,
etc.,
praise thou, etc. (which
an |UJ!, a command or wish) [often

;
used as a phrase expressing wonder]

oJJI
4JUI
3U-9
God forbid !
i.e.
jlx* j^cl
sejfc
ffo refuge
z * *
of God ; w>j W
*
&
z*
<i*-oU.
j
-
&/re jw#rcy oh
*-*
& +
* *
^
*
'
7w^,
my Lord!
upon
-z
i.e.
UU-
^jJLc
(â^J
i.e.
or)
O*
iU
?5 ^0
'-^*^'
^' I
il)
z d *
ll
axt
intent
2 * + +
Thy
service,
God!
U
foar
JjUuLM
obey,
i.e.
J^l
j
s *
* d Z
icUj l*^w hearing and obeying, or

icl
to
t**~
ô-*t
^^^
>6ji ^-^ welcome
i.e.
>ejJL
j-^ coj>3
&?m ;f
(will I
arrived the best of arrivals ; [<U!j^j
L.
>
?r/^ for^
I,
Z.
and honour
*^
do what thou
w.
ii.
recpiirest)
i.e.
'-e'j^l
JLe^slj L.
* l .iL^.11.
,
10
74
Part Third.Syntax.
Rem.
a.
35
In the cases of command, wish, and reproach, the Arab

( 26),
grammarians regard the verbal noun, not as a j^>J jjuûo

but merely as JjuJI
jjjti)
I
ô Jju
the place
s
a substitute for
of the verb
JOJ
t
the verb, or
w*5L3
w>Lu supplying
^
so that, according to
Z b *
3
It
*S>&
$ b*
* 0M9
* *
* *
them, Jl^JI *^ju
is
simply =
JUJ
Jjul,
^JU
Liw =
4JJI' *)ULj,
and
Rem.
6.
In such cases as
^JlJL.
and ^JLJ the dual
is
regarded
as being used, not 4-uJJ to express two occasions, but j-J&Jtj jjjXiXJ
to
indicate
repetition
and frequency.
[Similar
expressions are
Jbjutw, -iXJUo. JUjlaô-. ^JU^tJub and Ûa.l^Jb.]

(&)
In various other cases, in which the verb to be supplied

is
is
not
that whence the noun in the accusative
derived, but
is
guessed from the manner in which the noun stances of the speaker. Such are :
may be easily uttered and the circum-
(a)
Phrases
expressive
of
wish,
salutation,
iXJ
and the
to
like
as
i.e.
C iW Uj*. may
cjkaJI
aJJI
thy nose be cut off!

;
Cj perdition
scil.
thee!
JUfJ! or ws^JI
to,
'^v-'J
*^*b Wy>
C-.JI or C-siiLo,
place,
* " * *
thou art come
or
hast found,
a roomy {convenient)
-
and
i.e.
friendly people,
and a smooth
(comfortable) place;
co?w<? to
<iAj
Ly-,
^b
w*.j->
UUC* o~JI, ôm ar

(to
a place where
;
there is plenty
of room for thee
a comfortable place)
^JU
phrases equivalent to
welcome! ^y^j
aJUl
L^
may God
give thee plenty of
room
and ease!*
(ft)
Phrases in which an individual
himself, or a part of his person, against

(jjJka*Jj|)
;
called upon to guard some one or some tiling

is
or in which
one or more individuals are urged to do

In the former case, the
something or attack some object (*h^1).

*
[On the phrase Kltj*
L^-i* comp. 44,
c,
rem.
h, footnote.]
35] The Verb.

speaker
3.

(1) either
is
(a)
The Accus.
75
may mention
;
the person
is
who
to be on his guard,
or (2) the person or thing he or not, at pleasure
to
guard against, repeating the word
or lastly, (3) both together, connecting
them by
the conjunction 3. In the latter case, he mentions only the object to be attacked, repeating the word or not, as he pleases. Examples
:
i)bt,
or
Jbt
,3
*
^)UI, take care!
i.e.
jJ^.l
jJM
thee
I warn;
*-J,
*iU.j thy
7
foot!
+ * i 0*
scil.
take care of;

* * i-Q*
.
LjIj
thy head!
scil.
fowo aside;
of,
*i 000
0*0
//> /
jui^t, or jurf^l ju/^t, ^#
M^
lion ! scil. jj^*.1
beware
guard B
child!
clear;
i)Lt
against
the
jij^JI jtjiaJ!
Jij/JaJl
^ wall!
the
wall! ^y~d\
the
ic^'
scil.
child!
J>JpaJt
fowl
/
^
scil.
*
road!
road!
J**,
ju^tj
Jbl
/wwaT
ju^l jJ^-tj jJ^-l

oUj^.Jlj
* *
*
JL>1
SIÛ^JIj
0/'
^guard
thyself against enmity;
^)0l foep
Z *
cfew
innova-
or, less correctly,
tions or neiv-fangled ideas;

IJ*^ J.j ,jl i)b1,
tj^ ,J*aj <Jlj ^Wi>

so
beware of doing
is
1
and
so
(where 0'> followed by
the imperfect subjunctive,

_
Co
23, rem. c])

this sort
JjJ' IJv
put instead of the accusative cf a noun ^0^ o^ '2 care /w to meddle J*~--> ^W]
,.
Ob
^^
with
scil.
of contention; -buUJIj ^LjIj thy head and the wall!

jX-Ij
' O
JsuUJt jJ^-'j
the
^J
Z
\Ju~J\j
'
JLlj
*
i.*
jU
Mazin, thy head

i
J ^0* i
J
&
B*
and
the
O'
is,
,3
,)Ui.t
_
+0*
sword!
scil.
ou-JI
jx-1j
iLJj
OJ^ W> JJ^'

,iM.t, 0*0
j**J'
,i)b*.t
foe! the foe!

-
scil.
IjJui.
sm^, attack;
or
'
0*s,
<*JI
jjL-A-^lj, fo always kind to your brother,
scil.
j>j&, cleave to;

a*'
<ilJl
A^p #owr
scil.
j!>fo<;e /
scil.
*
>pl
J
<^-Lb iljl
..
rfo
?/om ftfo
0&^
0-0
- -
* *
Or
->'
your camels,
reviling
, ,
Jj*1,
#o; j*. io-Ii *^ g^î

*
j
Jib
s*
*^j
everything but
* *
0^
J
;
a freeborn man
,
scil.
j*- io-JLw s-Siy

scil.
s,^ J^ Cot
*'
'
*i
** ,
03 01
^lc\
excuse!
before
scil.
thee!
j^*>,
Je'j^ behind thee!

or
^psul
look;
^)jiJ& thy
scil.
va^l, produce; &Jj**- thy story!
OlA
grj'w here,
tell.
76
Part Third.
Syntax.
never expressed.
35
Rem. a. If a noun in the accusative be uttered only once, the verb may be added but if the accusative be repeated, or if there be two
;
accusatives connected by j, the verb

jw*i)l ^)UI is used instead of
is
Vulgarly,
jui^l^
^L;I,
and the
like.
Rem.
b.
It
is
monly thus used.

e.g. j-uJIj
_-.
only the second personal pronoun which is comExamples of the first and third persons are rare ;
^Gl
J j
keep
J *
me from
* *
evil!

scil.
juJt
*Jj
jJJ\ ^js- ^-â^J

seeing
vt
* sb Ota
lk^') w-Jj^t ^=>J>-*-\
Jjâj
jjbj
^Q'
!
preserve
me from
any
of you throw at
(or shoot at)
a hare
scil.
oJ>*. SjjfeUL \j& ty**-j
wM^Jjl bl^ bU wêw a
man
reaches sixty,
let
him avoid
the
young
women (where
(y)
\j
observe the irregular use of Gl with a substantive).
Various phrases, of which the following

,*t*
, ,
may serve
as examples.
b*
We may
o
say to a hunter, jJLi\

fe /oo? ;
^Xt
*S$}\-the dogs at the antelopes!

##
o
'j'
6*
scil.
or of a person
who
is
aiming at a target,
/'/
Ûs^l
aJJIj
A<?
target, by
God !
scil.
v-^^--
w*7/
or if
we hear people
J*%^\
the
shouting at the
first
appearance of the new moon,

tjj-3->1
<*-Ulj
new
us a
moon, by God!
scil.
#A^y
Aaw
seg; or to one
cheering,
scil.
who
tells
dream, j~>
seen
Uj
J.^1
tj*-
wAa
or
to
&
a
(700c?
and
or
dreamed;
//
man who
0/*
has done
1
wolj ô hast something mean,

&> c?oe
?
*iL^j IjJb
#A& om
stinginess
scil.
scil* C-Jjii Aas
[>&
**-'
^5**^
<&
<3*^*" V^-'>
S}* preserve
(it will
your mother from

assuredly happen).
being divorced, for if any of you sings a song D. G.] 'Ag. ii. 52, 1. 8.
(8)
Phrases in which a pronoun generally of the first, rarely of the second person is followed by the noun, to which it refers, in the
accusative, without any verb intervening.

tion
The
object of this constructhe specification or

this accusative is
named by the
Arab grammarians ^Lol*.*})!
particularisation (of the pronoun)
is
to
show that
35] TlieVerb.
3.
(a)
The
Acctis.
77
the noun which the pronoun represents and to which the statement
made
uo.\
lit.
refers.
It is to
be explained by an
:
ellipsis of ^ys-\
'
mean, or
I specify.
mean)
Examples
the
we, (I
Arabs, are the

n)
JJu ^ â*
v
->**'
O-*^ we Arabs
most liberal
among
the generous ;
S3j*M
^s.
Uj Z5[k
UJbusJt â^J we, the miserably poor, have not
the ability to be generous as becomes
men
->jy> *$
sWi" j-l*
;
\y^j
we, the band of prophets, have no heirs {among men)

j
ot.tX> L^j^j Uj
,
,
-a
e e *
2
lit
w>L-aJI
by
us,
Temlm,
the mist
is
swept
away ; j
jju-o
^j
jî
we, the
Benu Minkar, are a people of high worth ; jj

Ut seest thou not that
- > -
î\
j~x*o
yA U
is
-
Sj\jj jj\* î*>
Zurdra,
in
the father
* -
of
;
Ma'bed,
*' * -
one of
.-
us, the
j j Of
Benu Ddrim? (ju**

ye
>
rhyme
for
ju*)
not
/ /
t j 0>a
^j^*
*
*$
3 2 ,
O*--8
*
*i
^'
^ff*5 '
(I mean) the
believers, grieve
ye;
/
j
*0*O
-9
J-fioUl
*
.
>yj
aJJI
*to*
^*JiJt (I assert)
ib Thee God we hope for bounty Thy absolute glory great God; [JaI
in
;
/^ ^
w
<xXi\
dJ[s*.~~>
J * *
the
CU
(jloJLw
~JI Salman
is
one of
us, the kinsfolk
of the Prophet]..
only a species of the w-ai
Rem.
j*+* j*3\ }
a.
This kind of
^Lal^.1
is
ôZZMj voJJI^ ^-J^3I

*
L5^
' 0*0
it
or accusa tive of praise, blame,

J d
e-*
reproach,
f/t
and pity ;
e.g.
jl*^JI aJU JlâJI praise belongs to God,

^
J.V
3C
J.
&
J*>
praiseworthy;
\
t
>lilî\
m
Jjkl
<*JU
'
ÛLJI
* 0*0
kingdom belongs
d *
j
to
God,
tcife,
J)
*"
it* Q*&*
{the
Being) entitled
to
kingdom ; w-k&Jt iJU^.

*
* 0*0 *
aJtôtj and his *0fO 50* si

* d
the (miserable) carrier
of firewood ;
.
w-...aJI
**
JU-U3I juj 1*^^' Zeid

die
r'sdrt
came
ids*
<u
to
me, the base ivicked toretch;

the
u~j[J\ ^.JC^Jt
Oj-e
/ passed by him, word

j^-ict,
poor wretch; in aU of which examples the

supplied.
- ' *'
,
/ mean, may be
Rem.
there's
6.
In such phrases as LJI
there
it is
for you
iCju
^JLfc
my hand for
you
LoJau
i)Li
A<?re Âe?i ts
a poem for you
78
Part Third. Syntax.

M ^JUk take the sword
* 0*
* *
36
[to
i.
woman] the
o*
* o
3
accusative
is
used,
because
.iLJI
and
o j
JiJlA
(Vol.
* o 3
368, rem. d) are in point of sense

*
o j
equivalent to
Jui. take (Iax. or iJLJI UJci., ^_ju ,>).
Similarly,
0^
* *
*
t
in the phrases ljuj '^Mî 'KJ

3
^J^c, juj
iijj^,
wise
iTeitZ /
-
3**3 a&ji,
t
3*3
toA;e
J c -
dj^&jj,
Aim/ the accusative does not depend upon

a j
o ô
Jui.0
^1
(/t /tow
shouldst seize), to be supplied after the preposition, but

Jta or jji\,
is
:
upon an imperative, such as
implied in the preposition
itself.
The
literal
meaning
seize Zeid,
*
who
die
is
in front
* *
Zi
of,
beside
or close by you.
to
So also in the phrases

f
3
Ju^SJI ^J^-h**
come quickly
is
the
terld (a sort of
hash or stew), where the interjection

^J/
/O/
equivalent to
3
Uy
t
\
I
O-jl
*
\joj jlo gently with Zeid! treat Zeid
oi
gently
= aX^c\
6**0*
or,
juj
<aXj,
with the genitive, juj aXj

3 3 03 3
let
*
alone
* 3
0*
;
Zeid, say
0^0^.
J*-jjj ;
*
* 3
nothing of Zeid=<&j3\ or ac>
and Ijuj J^Jjj or

^
.>
juj
^ ea Zeid gently / =
-
JO
OP
JO
Of
0}jj\
or dJL^t.
is
In the case of aXj

**
and jujj with the accusative, the fetha

* Of
a *Uj or indeclinable
it is
ending
(as
in ^jj\ where?);
whereas with the genitive,

0*
o *
the
termination of the construct accusative of ^)jj leaving, letting 03 0*3 and J*3j, the diminutive of ^jj, slow and gentle motion, alone,
gentleness.
ZQ*
aX> -
may tOsssOsJ
^J>i3j,
etc.,
* *
We
0*
* 3
also say
.*)
j^J, jjju^j, softly

t
gently
i)j*-o
^ * J
s )
* J
Ijuj,
ljuj
gently
with
Zeid!
!
^j>j^jj,
*
3 3*0*3 i^y+&J>i3ji
^yl&^jj,
being in the
gently with
* *
me
* 3
the agent
(jJ, etc.)
genitive;
[ôjljjdb
\.9y*
^Jîjj drive thou the old camels gently,
Faikxi. 139].
a
36.
The adverb oi
>*#% certainly,
and the conjunction o'
Ma, as likewise the particles compounded with these two words,

such as v>), or
(see Vol.
i.
0&3>
but, yet,
00,
o^
367,
(/>
s though, and
O^
because
362, m,
and
g),
pronoun
(which, according to our idiom,
take a following substantive or ought to be in the nominative,
as the subject of a nominal or verbal proposition) in the accusative,
36]
The Verb.S. Government of the Verb. (a.) The Accus.

to
79
because the force of the verb

particles*.
see
(\\j)
is
embodied in these
This takes place both when the subject immediately

etc.,
follows
j^jl,
and when
jjt, etc.,
it is
separated from them by a portion of
the predicate of
preposition with
particle
consisting of an adverb of time or place, or a
its
complement.
In the former case the affirmative
J may be
If,
prefixed to the predicate of
Q\
in the latter, to its
subject.
however, the predicate be negative, or consist of a verb in
the perfect, not preceded by j3, the particle

prefixed to over all
it.
ought not to be
Examples jjj3 %^> J^ ^jJU

:
aJUl <jt
God
is
mighty
,jl
(lit.
see
God,
He
is
mighty over
<*JJ'
all)
jb^jJ
is
5jtjia*J1
youth does not last; ^*t*-j jj**3

6
Oi Gd
forgiving, merciful;
believers were averse;
^ykjlx) ^j+A^\
y^yc
Uuî jj^j a// a part of the

ôv*i ^-*)
Oyr**i j^?j^ \jP

their intoxication
;
thy
,j'
life,
they were bewildered in
{Jj^\
VI
**JJI
**
O^H*^^-^
Jjâ
do
^ feg(/^
,jt
â ^;-e
^*5
/v?
other gods with the (true)
God?
^JJI w^JJb
a
.*""'
*"
r^' *&* *
ft^fote
/' (&?r<? /Vs)
murdered
(or
w/
jLajN)!
^j^
S^jJ ^Jj
^y
,j|
n this there
is
an example
.iUJS
learning) to those possessed of insight; U.*5)LaJ

tj.
i~-Jt lyjt
^j ^t
^L.Û
in
putting thee
it
to death, old
man,
there is
benefit to the
Muslims; [w-^yk
^Jks. j*\
^ ^LHj jUi^l
fo !4w.sr, M?Ai&
;
^>* ;*3
*J
^yli
*+iy? / was w*YA ww^ w^

great distress, when
lo
o/"
people were in
>l
I had a
is
light slumber]
J^JU
^ UCU
,1
^^.
**Ai
^ U^ ^-y ^
in the
narrated that one of the kings of India had
a wife; SsUJ sz3h>\
and
hadlt or
^1
^J
A^r J^J^ J15
^j
^jl^jT ^yj
man
collection
of traditions(ice read) that a

en eum, ecce
Compare en and
ecce in Latin, as
eum
or eccum.
80
Part Third. Syntax.

apostle
36
said,
t* ' m
'j-Sj
of God
my
mother has died suddenly ; a*Jjt

2 *
j
>
^ O^
o '
*&& *
as
it
i/"
in his ears (were) hardness of hearing
^ji
^=>$=> \^j\s
,j^)
as if
were a glittering star ;

this because
jy
is
iâî\^
jy ^JjjJI
and
IJJbj a??e?
(A# did)
knowledge
*n)
light
the ablution
ie
{before
prayer) is
light ;
^yyAiu
^>*iiUJI (J>^3
^^
fi
hypocrites do not
understand*.
Rem.
a.
These
particles,
.
along with those mentioned in rem.y^

' '
' ' * '
are
named by the grammarians
IjJI^.Uj
^1 'inna and
a
its sisters,
or jJjiaJU Ay-ôJI ojj^fcJI the particles which resemble the verb in

a**
* o *
j j
having a certain verbal meaning and

C^jôJj wUb)Ju~>bj C*y~*j
C-Nâ-jJj.
force, 1^*5 JjwJI

^JjiaJI
<** ^5*V
W>1*" O*^
Oj^l
<i
,J^
is
^^
a
The word governed by them

' *
called their J9~\ or noun,
and the predicate
is
called their j+. or predicate.
Rem.
b.
If the predicate is placed
noun, the logical accent lies predicate stands after the noun,
itself.
between the noun upon

it
jjl or ^jl
;
and
its
whereas, if the receives the logical accent
For example,
but
-iJL.lo
aa
,j1
means your friend

is
is ivith
you
Jlx-o JL.lo
^t your friend
with you.
Rem.
in
c.
second subject after q\,

if
<jt,
and ji, may be put

i
the nominative,
the
common
'**ij
predicate
has been already

is sitting,
expressed; as \jjj u-^W-
0' or J**i3> verily Zeid
-#*& (i-e.
c^W- J-^J
know
or
^J^>
Zeid
is
j*^3)
>
l^J W-
'
J^j O' ***

;
I tûjj, or j*>3,
ijjti.*
JiJlLu-6,
that
sitting,
is
and Bisr
\j+ ^>*J
or
Jjli._j,
but 'Amr
going away, and Halid;
[In the phrase juj i-J ôA^**. jt
intentioned of the people, or the very
j>^\ ^-. O-* Oi one of the best best of them, is Zeid, we must not
^1, 'Ayanl. xviii. 77.
write juj because

1
(jl is to
be supplied after
D. G.J
36]
The Verb. 3. Government of

S^Ljj
the

,jt
81
jlyisl
oUpCoJ!^
ô^ 5>^'j
As'^JLsfcJI
verily
tlie
cahfate
aw</ the
office
of prophet are in them (in

*
their tribe),
and
-
noble deeds
and
chiefs of spotless character.

d.
Rem.
"When
3
is
Si
appended to
,jl,
^jt,
tj^>
anc^ C>^>
xt
hinders their regimen, or, to speak more correctly, their governing
power does not extend beyond
itself (5il)l
I the
;
hindering ma),
as
and hence
A< t ...,:Jl
their
noun
is
put in the nominative
î
bjJI L>)t
LjJt
verily usury is in the delay (of

<A obligatory
payment)
the
cA5jua)1
is
"
sj/jUJU
alms are only for

i.
poor
;
(LoJt
usually
restrictive, see
185, and Vol.
362, n)
L^JI .Jl i**-yi U-"|

is
jk^tj dJI^XyJI
if
on?y revealed to
l^JI
me
that
your God
one
God ;
iUJôJ&i^l^îCJtôl
I^Jlclj
;
?icf
Amojo <A< your wealth
and
%s if
your children are a temptation

flames of sulphur were
its
l*îsuo
Ooj*)l
Ja^
UoJl^
face ;
l\î
^JWvP' 0*4 *^*U^
UJl&
as if
is
his turban were a standard
among men.
3.aiJl
The same
i.
influence
exercised
by the jjUJI ^ô-o or
j-^-o (Vol.
367,
</) ;
as 4Jbt3 aJJI it ut verily the

<ub" UjL>
handmaiden of God
is
departing;
ô
4Jt
verily,
lolwever comes to us, tee ivill go to
him;
aJUI
Ul dJI verily
I am God.
,jl,
Rem.
^jXJ,
<?.
If
the lightened (oUa*.*) forms

is
,jt,
,J^, and
and
their
be used, their government

is
likewise hindered,
noun by
^J
put in the nominative.

r
ol.
i.
j\ is in this case
always followed
[\
361,
c,
c],
as JiXkA^J juj ^j\ verily Zeid is going

;
away ; ,jt^.LJ Qjj ^"*

**
^jljuk ,jt verily these two are sorcerers

.*. e
^J^
(jl^
^JjJ
sliall
UeJ rt?if/ verily all,
gathered together (SjuJ-e L*

i
juÛJJ),
be brought before
Us.
As. to
a3I
^t, the grammarians

: -g
assume an
ellipse of
the ^jtiJI ^*-e-o, as J>^K

i.e.
juj
^jl
Co-^t
j3
I know
w.
II.
that
Zeid
is
going away,
or <ul
^JULfc ^jl
\y^Xe.
11
82
Part Third. Syntax.

y
ui
36
^JjCUjj
L<AaH l>*
J^
they k now that every one
who
is
barefooted
it
b * *
and
shod, will die (alike).

,,)L>
g U.jJI
We
find .also
such examples as
JJJI
^Ji
jJ3\ji
ê^j ,,3 if thou hadst asked

;
me
to
part from
thee in the
day of
affluence, for ^Xj\
-iy> ^-~*$
T"**-)
^W
(they
know)
that thou art
autumnal showers and a plenteous

^L>j ô^î^J
rain, for
verify *?/
JUU; and even^JUct

Lord
o * a
UJ y> oi_S aw
to)
will repay
every one
(according
j
their
works (oj^jja La
o
i-
vt
>
J-JxiJJ),
2
j
where others read

-
*$=>
(jlj.
Examples
*
:
o t '
of
^Js
C^^=>
j *
^jlia. oLjju as if its breasts were two
round ivory
caskets;
O^
to
i '
ôJLJI Jijlj ,J| ^.laaj *--is

the leafy selem-lree
o
ê
a gazelle which stretches (her head)

a*j ju
where others read

*b s
<J^, and i*J3 (J,

^ J
or
(regarding
of
s
,jt
1
as
redundant)
J
A**ii
'
O^
*0*9 *
o *
n the
Z>
genitive.
I
'
*o
Examples
ji
,j~
J*iLo
^5
jt>^J\
^JUsJI
,jJ but
the
nrrong -doers are this day in manifest error ; j^j&S

dJ d
>
O^ *
7
"
'1P^
O^
vov***
</iose o/*
them viho are firmly rooted in knowledge.

that
Rem.
/.
The words C~J, utinam, would

are
as
and ^s. or
jjl,
JjJ, perhaps,
construed
in
the same
way
etc.;
as
O- i.Vi*.g .M
*x*->
lV^J ^^*
of east
^^
^
!
that there were behveen thee
ana
me
the distance
<//e
from
west
^jjhyUt a1Sj- l~-J

!
C*J
*$\
would
<Aa<
midwives had drowned Kais

lets
w~>ji isLJI ^)jJ
^j>j Uj
and what
thee
?
know
If
(whether) perchance the hour (of the resur-
rection) is near
be added (see rem.
d),
the government of
Jc or JjO
is
hindered, as ^Jl.
OJI
;
l<A3
perchance thou unit
behave with calmness (or moderation)
but the noun of l^lJ may be

x
,0,
,t
'
'
as put either in the nominative or in the accusative,
LoJiJ ^)l
CJ15
!
vbCsLjI
IJJb
s/te
siJ,
would
that
these
doves were ours
departure/ These
CzAslj
JLjli
Hoi
U C-sJ Ij would thai our mother took her words seom, as has been already remarked in
37]

b,
the
Verb.{a) The Accus.
83
Vol. i. 364, rem. accusative by their
to be verbs
own
force
and if so, they govern the and not by that of an omitted or

;
implied verb*.
JjJ, however, sometimes [especially in the dialect

;
of 'Okeil] takes a genitive
as wJ/S U*e jl^JLoJI ^*>\

o *
* o* *
J*) perhaps
a *
*t
o j f
&
& *s
'Abu 'l-Jligwar
perhaps God
may
liave
be
near thee ; %i^-i UJLc
^XLai
we say
*
aJUI
Jlx)
may
and
given you some superiority over us.
'v*
Rem.
w*
g.
With
the suffixes of the 1st person
or
i-Jt,
Ul,
<-], Uil,
is
**
so with
^1, ^jl and
yQ
is
but |i)
more
corre-
usual than
i<-Jji),
whilst conversely .jiJ

a
very rare.
also
The
sponding Hebrew particle
to
^j\,
viz.
niJH)
governs
the
accusative, as appears from the forms *J3H
an d
*J3i"l> e cce rue.
Rem.
A.
Some
of the
Arabs put the predicate of these words,

*
* *
i.
as well as their noun, in the accusative

tiâ>^ LoJL5 ^1
quill or
e.g.
\iyZJ
I3t
<uol
i^^
a
iolS
/its
ears,
when he
IjlwI
Lj
looks out eagerly, are like

^j\ verily
a pointed reed-pen;
CwIja.
our guards are
lions; \xm.\jj ,**^dl j\j\
C~J
*
would
that
that the days of youth
*s*
could return
jJbl i***^
would
I were
tliou !
37.
If the conjunction
is
the second
j connects two nouns in such a way that subordinate to, and not coordinate with, the first, it
;
governs the second in the accusative
as J^lsJbj juj
,** Zeid
went
the
ahng
the
road; J-jJIj
^--jI
\
cJj
Lo
did not cease going along
Nile ; jr=>\sjZ>$ jr=>y>\
$a-*c*\s
decide then upon your affair with
your companions; [iJtj 2UJI ^jyi->\ water and wood are equal];
^Jblj
CoUc U
what hast thou
done,
together
with thy father!
[wsJ seems to be changed from

1
woj = ojIj
Hence
it
can be
construed with two objective complements in the accusative (like the
JJW
tit
wj^XiJI
JUst)
e.g.
S r itr l*5U> ljuj
if
C~J
might Zeid rise! prop, utinam
videas
Zeidum surgentem.]
84
Part Third. Syntax.

together with
37
A aU^ O^w I went

what hast thou
to
him*; 'j^jj ^Jtw U, or

*U
tjuj.5
<JJ
U,
do with Zeidl *xJ J^- ^jJjJIj
w/*a /*s
iL-~J
Aow to do with loitering about

Q
Negdl
(iUa3
or
<LJl>)
- -
ô^j^ '**<jj
^x^-o
<*
dirham
is
enough for thee together with Zeid; <iU-~.j

steel is
v-iw
2)U-tfJtj
a sword of good
-
enough for thee with
(when thou meetest) ad-Dahhdk ;

(
;-aJlj
<^Xj^ do as thou pleasest

dJJli <iUAc)
;
35, b,
/?)
about the pilgrimage (=ô*J!
*^
_
<suajj \%j*>\
0---J0let
a man alone (=
-
<xJu a.* *,>).
This j
m
is
called
by the grammarians,
Ci
- 0x>
like
the
j that governs the subjunctive
15,
e),
S***JI
jlj
oi
jiâJI jlj
ê tow of
simultaneousness, and *u.La*JI jlj the ivaw
of association or concomitance t.
[Rem.
a.
The ^
is
called jajjltt jlj iAe
ww
o/ adherence,
if
the
eac/i
J-----
0-
li
two nouns belong necessarily together, as

J
<sUoJ$
?,w ,J^
own
/ie
s *
^/mty has
its i>rice ;
a*A>j
^L-Jl jj^s every

is
man
J
has his
J
care.]
J - -
-0-
Rem.
b.
This accusative
termed
is
a** J[$juLoJI or
object
in
connection with which something rarely, in Hebrew, as Esther, ch.
done.
It occurs,
though but
iv. 16,
&!)XN
TTlW) ^X"D3
/
*
too,
with
my
maidens, will fast
so.
[From
this o\j\^ the
modern preposition b^ or
L>^
toi^/i
has been
formed (comp. Lane, p. 135 c). Spitta, Grammatik, 83, p. 166, adduces this as an evident proof against Sprenger, who considered the
whole theory of the aIa^JI jtj as
false (Alte Geogr. p. 280).
D. G.]
f Quite correctly too, for the subjunctive of the verb corresponds both in signification and in form to the accusative of the noun. The
one shows that a person or thing depends upon an act, the other that one act depends upon, or is affected or governed by, another act. [It
is is
perhaps superfluous to remark that the use of j with the accusative

not limited by the conditions given for the
use of j with the
subjunctive.]
38]
85
38.
The person
or thing called,
ÛoJt,
is
generally preceded by
interjections.
one or other of the
5 tjuJI
oj^., or SljUcJI ^J^j*.,

1,
The
V*jI),
principal of these are:
*,
b, U1, La, ^$1, \^\

;
LjI
(fern.
to which
()
t,
b may
also be prefixed
first
and
1j.
Of the
bt.
is
seven of these particles the most
common
are
b,
and
They require
article,
which
after them a noun not defined by the sometimes in the nominative, sometimes in the put
accusative.
The nominative in the singular always without the tenwiu (a) used when the particular person or thing called is directly addressed by the speaker, and no explanatory term of any description is appended
is
to
it
as j^s^c
;
Muhammad
'Amr (nom.
Sibaweih
>L*Zj
;
(nom. jcoA~e)
jj+e-, Vol.
i.
jb^ct
'Am mar b
;
(nom. jU>c)
jj+c b
8,
rem. b); i^JSo
Talha; aj>~- b
i^Lli b
w/i o/
sir;
ip iub b
;
Taabbata Sarran
Fatima;
Zeineb
;
,^13,
Rates; ^JJo b
ffo tw
is ;
fr-ê
o/ Dabba (-)
J.j
jlw b
&+ b
eye; Û-t
*bjU- b what
/fo
thy name, girl?

b.
O^t-j W
1
&> # *wo
men; Jb*g b
#om men;
Ox**
prophets;
Jub
o JUb
s *N)yb
3/0M
is
tffortf /
(/3)
The
accusative
used
(1)
when the person
or thing called
is
indefinite!
and not
{JJî
directly addressed
by the speaker; as when a

take
blind
man
says
> SLL>
#>/ra<?
^ some man,
my
hand, or
preacher,
is
iSî {*** *oW- b

J J
woman, take my hand;
or a
JO
+0*0*
aJJ*j 0>*Jlj "5bU b
/fo
*/W
> heedless,
whilst
Death
seeking
thee; or a poet, d-J* Sjbj
^^
-Û-lj
traveller that wishest to
*
[I
is
used in calling one
who
is
near, T in calling to one
who
is
distant.]
t
[Noldeke writes in a note on Delectus,
p. 67,
1.
15:
"Ego quidem
in talibus
nomen
indefinitum esse nego."]
86
Part Third. Syntax.

Taiha (el-Medina)
^)
;
38
bt
visit
oV^
O-
iÛtju bU*s *oj*

tell
bl
L>tj
L3*}U
jjt
rw&r,
{/*
Aow fallest in with (tliem),
Negrdn that there is no meeting (for us). (2) addressed by the speaker, but has an explanatory term appended to it, namely, either a genitive, or an objective complement, or a preposition
with
<i-Ul
my comrades of When it is directly
its
complement, or a determinative or limiting term

'Abdu-'llah;
as *x*c
Â^.^1
j>-*w
lord
of
t/ie
wild beasts;
Jt>
^..^rwH bl b
^+a*\*e
father of the
little
fortress (an epithet of the fox);

^>
ye two companions of mine; i^)b ^jjJiyo
ye two
LjI^.II
kindlers of
my
fire;
J*5l/~'t
^>
b
children of Israel;
brethren of ours ; %<& bJll>
thou that art ascending a hill;
j*.
y}J=s
^laa^
thou that art gtjted with every good thing;
iLxlb
\sLsj
thou that art kind towards
men;
j>j
>*
Ij**.
thou that art better than
33*3
Iiandsome in face;
beaten.
130''
Zeid; *v-j b~.. b
tftou
that art
a^ê. b^j-su>
thou whose slave has been
The simple
%\j>j,
when the
accusative
is
used,
is
merely an
exclamation, addressed to no one in particular

native
is
but when the noini-
used,
it
is
a real address, wAJ***. to a definite individual.
In the
compound
jjlju
no such distinction
is
is
made, and even in a
real
address the accusative
used, as being the case that depends on a
verb,
and to which,
therefore, other nominal

;
and verbal dependencies
can be more readily attached
in contradistinction to the nominative,
which
is
independent and
closes the construction.
The reason
of the
omission of the tenwin in the nominative singular seems to lie in the

is uttered, whereby its termination is energy with which the word shortened, as in the imperative and jussive of the verb (see also
rem.
b).
Hem.
a.
When
no interjection
is
expressed, the same rules

Jj*)\
I*
apply as above;
e.g.
oW^
'J (ban;
U Lord of
the
38]
The Verb. 2. Government of the Verb.(a.) The

JLJL>.
Accits.
87
Throne;
iy <?oo friends:
I
U-JLil w>L.l beloved
of our
souls! LwA.t
friends of ours
this
tjjk
^>c c^j^'
"*-'>?
Joseph, turn
it)
;
away from
JwJ
r**~e\
{leave
it
alone,
take
;
no further notice of
become morning,
;
night
^y^j.,0 jî\
bÎcju*.
ransom
thyself,
throttled one
w~~. ^5* J*y* i^j^^

poets
may your
noses be
!
cut
off,
ye
tivo
who
is
^
belang
to
an honourable people
as
1
With
refrain
pronouns this omission

-
very rare
3 '
l^fijl
y
!>
S> tliou there,
' '
* ' '
(from
Ae,
folly), for
13
b; ja\j&$ ic^J
a
IJ>>
^XXlî through the like of
thon (man) there, (comes) heartache

* 1 j a *
and torment
(or
ruin)
- 1 ai
~s
joi
SJ
Ju\ jJ^JJju
t^)J8ôl^j
3
j *
ay
thereafter ye, ye a * a* 3 3
.
men
O-*
there, tvere slaying
your own
not, have
selves;
w^j
O-* ^*v'
is
^y+i
dying.
*$
Thou
that diest
mercy upon him who

b.
Rem.
The
suffix of the first
person singular,
^_,
is
generally
shortened in the vocative into kesra,

the section); as w>j
ij-
(see above, at the
end of
my
lord; ,-jjt w>j
my
Lord, show
s *5JLfc.l
me; Q
//*y
b
!
my
.-Uj
soxd ; ^.jLfi b, or ,>Lc b,
??/
servants;
friends
my
efear son.
This remark does not, of course,

_j
apply to words ending in
^_
or _, from radicals tert.
et
i< ; as
Other
slave, a, ,
^LJ
'
b, from ^13 youth, ,*-il3 b, from
^15
as,
a judge.
forms are admissible, besides

'
*'a,
*
'
^_
,
and _;
,o,
from j^c a
a,
-a*
Ijlc
,a*
^J*
a
b,
or
no.
c,
(^juc b, juc b. an d in pause <ojuc b,

ii
, o
oljufi
b (compare
vii.
rem. d).
E.g. ja\
^1
so?i
of
my
mother,
Kor'an
for ^^1,
<"
149,
;
^&
*
^b
son of
my
uncle,
^j
my
dear son,
^c, ^;j
--*
--
^c Jj^^
^
*
Wj W
my my
my
and
.
ZotyZ, forgive
me ; wUj U
j*
L5*^*'-5 ^5"*^
& * *+ at
^^
z*
daughter of
a
uncle, do not scold, but go
a 3
i -
<o s/ee/?/ Jai
j^cl w-^>
Ja
'
objjs
uncle, wast thou ever blind

ôl
0/ one eye
The words
-
^
w>l father
Si
mother admit of the

fetha.
peculiar forms c-j!
b and cel b
(also
pronounced with
88
Part Third. Syntax.

wot, 0**t), which become in pause
<ul
38
b and
a*ol
b.
We
likewise
meet with UjI b and L*I b.
Rem.
c.
On
as well as in rem.
the principle alluded to at the end of the section, b, several classes of substantives admit of being
shortened in the vocative by the rejection of one or more of their final letters. This abbreviation is called by the grammarians
i IS/ js*-j3\ the softening of the voice (compare Vol.
i.
283).
Namely
All substantives, whether proper or common, masculine or * i + b * * J * * * +i j * $ s feminine, that end in <L_; as w>jj b for Ajî b, ^jU*.l for AjjUa.1,
(1)
/
IJ
t*
sli
) s
fii
S O 1
i^5*-e
ib-o-J,
for aj^slc
b (names
of men);^^^!! for i^-woll, i**--! for

;
.-o
for u*
b (names of women)
Jfb
^J>
JiUI, for SJjUt,
thou
(woman)
that reproachest (me);
f r
**^
M.>
she-camel;
for Slw
sôl
(2)
Iw
(or
i****)\)
keep
to the house,
sheep!
b.
Simple proper names, not ending in _, that contain at least
four
letters;
for
as jba for
Û
'
*i
jc\c-\
*i
*i
si
b,
for j-oUl,
JUI
for iUUl,
bw b
>bw b (name
letters,
than four
of a woman). and the penult
If the
is
servile /(J -
word consists of more and quiescent, it

^ ^
J
.-
disappears along with the last letter, asÎc b, jy-o b, ,jaU b, j o > , j a * jô^ , ,s* },oi i , o but *JL~ b, Qtf* b, for ^>b>ic, OlSLJ"*' J j-*3^6 L>^"*****> >**^
.;
in other cases
it
must be
jUsto-*,
retained, as
jk*aô, j>^5,
U a..
b,
,,=-<>
b,
^5
b,
^Cji b, ^Jj^ b, for
Oo^)
an d c*>*> though
in *L_
;
some admit the forms pjS b and ,jjX b.
Words not ending
may
also be inflected without regard to the portion di'opped
as
jb*. b, uuut. b,
Jui.,
^<J
;
b, instead of jb*., Oi*., and

is
^j
(for >jb>.,
and
ij-oj)
and the same thing

not of the
fern,
admissible
when
the
termination
5_
is
gender, as^JL-ô b, instead of
^JL^*, for LJLô (a

a genitive (as
J J
man's name).
Proper names compounded with
uît
+ Sit*
Jut), or forming a complete proposition (as

of
*
**
ss *
vJ
a .^,
JLj, tji
iuU) do not admit
any abbreviation, though we

\jl\
occasionally find such examples as JsuU b, dropping
but
if
38]

>
-
89
they belong to the class called
,*fc>-
w-%^
(Vol.
i.
264), they are

a x
x x
shortened by the rejection of the second word, as

x
x
^juuo b,
w-*~> b,
ax
a,
for
o^3
i^jjl*, duyxr*.
(3)
To
these
may
be added some rarer
cases, as
-L b
companion, for w*^b, as ^Jp

tip thy dress, xx x j
^ ^
a
*,lo
Oj^JI j^'i friend, gird

x x
and
cease not to be
x x
mindful
crouch
a e
of death
and lj^,
for jjtj^, in the proverb

;
jy
Jlj-k'
down
quietly,
(for
bustard (or partridge)

J^jb
as
well
as
i.
the words
JJ b
These
oî) and
Plur.
b = J*L; b.
:
last are inflected as follows
[Comp. Vol.
353*
2.]
90
Part Third.Syntax.
/J
38
us
* /
>!>*>
JW-j
V.
Aa^-jw yJÛ-.>
Ua^ôM
chief.
\$
\j
thou there,
#
it
who
J /
ft
terrifiest
O/O
wiiA iAe murder of thy
But
cases like Sjui
ju^l b
b.
,"'_..-
(mow
^>-o
;
who
art like) the lion in strength;

i
.yAS ^P ^^1
iXX.l
because of thee (for U.t &-),
thou who hast enslaved

ye two slaves,
my
heart
and
Iji
jjlJJUl jjU*}l*)t
U3 and
who have fled ;
are very rare.
Rem.
e.
If a vocative, expressed
by the nominative, be simply

j /
/O/
repeated, or another word be substituted for it (JjkJI, see 139, rem. b, 2), or it be connected with another vocative by a conjunction
/S/o
j o /
(JUuM
oUa.&, see JO/ Jt/ /
139, rem.
_
b, 3),
J x
the ordinary rules are followed;

J J / /
b JO// JO// jy-o*j juj b

as juj juj
(9 êi'oJ,
Zeid; juj
l
J*.;
tfAow
maw
tfAere
Zeid
êic?
Zeid and
)/
/
Amr ;
/!//
j
JO//
J^jj 0*rj b
il
JJ//
/O
thou
JO/
man and
Jt/
OP
/0/
Zeid; jj-o^ jt juj

l
Zeid or 'Amr; but
<*JUI
juc juj b
7
l
IO
(/ mean)
If,
Jt/
Abdu
'lldh;
<JJI
jujjj juj
Zeia and
has the
i
Abdu
j o /
'lldh.
j o //
however, the connected word
((3j.>*.H)
article,
/ 0/0/
both the
/
nominative and accusative are admissible; as i>jUJtj

/ / 0/0/
J
^j-o-t
b, or
/ J 0/0/
J 0/
/ / JO/O/
Zeid '.4mr awe? U-Hdrit ; j*^Jti\^ juj b, or>^*Mj> J Ob5 /O/ / / OS /O/ m| J / J// awcZ the slave ; j+Sa)\$ ajcc .jjI tjb. b, or ^kJlj, mountains,
^jjlaJlj,
Should a repeat ye (the praises of God) with him, and ye birds. vocative be repeated in such a way that the repetition is necessarily
put in the accusative by a following genitive, then the accusative may be used in the first instance as well as the nominative. For
o 0*o
example,
^j^t
;
HI//0/JO//
/>
/t/ Jt / / / / / jutw jul- b, or jjut b,

/ 0/
Sa'd, Sa'd of (the tribe
of) el-Aus
f
^J^vP^^ffP
JW
/ / O/O/O /
î,
/
or jhz*
J
î,
Teim, Teim of (the tribe

Zeid,
of) Adi; JjJJt w/iboJuJI juj ju>j
Zeid of
the high-bred
camels of slender make.
The grammarians explain the

is
accusative
arbitrarily
by saying
either that the second accusative
^^.^
/ o /
inserted, or that the genitive has been dropped in the

o O/o
first
instance.
/
In the one case the original construction

o i o/o / o / o O/o
is
ysj*$\
J*** b; in the
/ o /
other,
^y^l
J*-* crjj^' J^**" W-
38]

Rem.
f.
the
91
If a vocative, expressed
by the nominative, be con-
nected with another substantive by a j^r*yi\

,,S-o
3
oUa
(see 139,
rem. a) or a ,jLJt
uike
(see 139, rem. b, 3), the appositive

j
;
may
,
,
be put either in the nominative or the accusative
as
^**J b
*
,1,6%
j^jj'or
',
* e
it- ',
or
^
îd;
f
&
all
2*
3 * *
(W6e
o/")
Temim,
;
of you ;
o j^-J' .>{>.
'*ij
b,
or
j*J1,
2/tere,
Muhammad
54^
the propliet
*
I
juj
(J"-j
b, or
^^*
*
S#
*
id.; jJL>
,
wan
3,3,
juj
,
IjJk
f
b, or tjuj,
, ,
jo*$ b, or
tj-o,
, Oi
slave,
Bisr ; [LsU*. UJl*. Ji^^.1

ii.
i*i\j-\
b
it
3 3
tliou foolish, churlish,
rough boor, Tab.
1312,
1.
2 s#?.];
unless
has a genitive after

3
it,
when
it
must be
in the accusative; as ^q)Lp ^pêJ

aJJI
-
b
tlie
(^riie q/")
T'ez/M/zi, o/
,
of you ;
--*
^J^ ^-Jby-il
êic?,
, 0>a
b
3
Abraham,
;
friend of
,i
3 0, t
^/
~*S,
God;
^LâJt
Ii
juj
b
,
skilled in wiles
0,
,
t^j^ b*1
ju>jl
Zeid, brother of
, *1,
Warka ;
i*t
î\ juj b
Zeid,
my
brotrter's
son;
9
L+
,0^ 2jj\
,
jUA b
Hind, our
uncle's daughter.
If the
it
word
its
y>\
stands between the names of son and

t
father,
loses
prosthetic
(Vol.
i.
21, b),
and the name

,
of the person addressed

3 ,
may
be put either in the nominative or the accusative [though the

, ,
,
0,
latter
is
generally preferred]; as
, ,
,Zt 3
_<>fr ,J-
Juj b, or juj b,
Zeid,
son of
Tetid ;
Amr
, 0,
juAJ
,
^j
5^6
,
,
j^ bj^ Murra,
,0-e
Hurra, Murra son of
3*3
0, ,
b j^.^ M jc^-jj and tlwu buUdest up glory, ^^LJ ^jj j^s,
0,
it
to
, ,
0* ,
'Omar son of Leila ;
[ôê\s- ^jj
^^3
6 ,0
aJUI
jo%*
^LJLc God's peace

3
0,
upon
, ,
thee,
Kais ibn
Asim,
Hamdsa 367 with

,
;
the var.
, ,'- to <LjI 3
j^"***]*
,
The same construction holds with

#
ajj\
as
ôÛ;
juA
b, or
jUA b,
Hind, daughter of'Asim.
Rem. g. An adjective in connection with a vocative, expressed the nominative, may likewise be put either in the nominative by
3
,0*>
0*,
,0-0
or the accusative
as JilxJI juj b, or JibJI,
Zeid
the intelligent
:
JiUJ)
iOM3
IJjk b, or
,
JiUOl,
thou there, the intelligent

_
,0*
,,,3030,,,
n*^ 1*9
^jj)\
jjij
*r**9'>
ox j9tj&\.
Zeid, wliose father is noble; i*bo ^jj
92
Part Third. Syntax.

J
38
nor
;
M/
Ka'b
'ibn
IjlâJt
j^c b y*ku
,s>a.b
^jocw
^yi\^ not
Mama
'Ibn Su'dd was more bountiful than thou, \\$$^\ JUl9

p.
'Omar
the bountiful
thou unrighteous man, the apostate, *E1-Mubarrad,
573,
1.
1].
Rem.
tive, as
h.
The
interjection
is
sometimes prefixed to an impera;
tjjia.,..l
b
be
*$\
0, prostrate yourselves
safe,
jb b
,
iyJ-l
(all)
/ /
b ^1
wear
/!
*})l
j^bJI ^jke ,-
thou
Jiouse
of Maiya, despite
,
B
.;,..
,*
t</
and
tear, or
during wear and tear
J la.
Sjlc
^3
,Jla*ob
bring
me a morning-draught
to
before the attack
on Siugdl ;
jJla. bt
ÂJb come forth
war,
Abu Halid ;
to the optative
that
C~J
(see 36,
lc***J
rem. f), as jjj>*w
C*J b
I had
'
would
I knew;
C*&
ill
^^jv
would
that
been ivith them; and to a nominal or / < J/J/ OfJ

.
verbal proposition, as jujj
^^J b
0,
vwe
to
Zeid ;
i/ie
aJIM
iu*J
j la.
ô
^) I**-* ,-Ae yôte.JLaJI^ ^0-j.X^ ôI^S'nJIj 0,
curse of
God
awe? of all the peoples
and of
little is
the just be
upon Sim'dn as a neighbour ;

the
^jUjaJI j-ja-
,J.$
0,
the
good of
women.
In these cases
or person called, as a <w-0' uâ
some grammarians assume an

as jujJ
ellipse of the
jC>U
^^J j>$* b
whilst others regard
b merely
or particle used
to excite attention*.
(6)
lyj'
an d
l-rd'
b
1
(or Ljjb) require after

article,
,2ii
-
them a noun,
singular,
;
dual or plural, defined by the

}
and
m>
,2ii
sbio
in the nominative case jte,0*> ,&& lib, a*

S\jî\
as
,i!ti
D Ûl
lyj!
people; X*)\
^â-UI lyi;!
l^jl
king;
lyijt
LôrSf^Jt
;
l^jt,
woman;
*
soul ; j*Jt)\
caravan
v>i^'
^) ^
[The
ellipse of the
^jU*
JO** J
il
is
evident in such phrases as .jb b
ij^l^
0,
-
//,om,
, , ,
whom I would ransom

, , , J , , -
with
my father and my
to help
mother
^r^Ju
>ik~)jj
b ibAc
^j\jCU>.M
<*JJI
/ pray God
me
against
thee,
thou
23.
whom I
tvould
ransom with
my
life,
'Agdui xviii. 185, lines 22,
D. G.]
38] The Verb.-3. Government of the Verb.{&) The Accus.

!yUT
#<? artfo
93
believe;
^j^yS\ '*
J-3
[for I^jI]
lj
believers.
The demon-
strati ve 1i is also admissible; as
l C thou
there,
come forward!
dJjS
is
j^yt *.Ul
IJljjI
*$\
thou there, whose soul passion (or grief)
killing;
jl^jT ÎjCLiT
t*
L^t
^1
&> ftere,
>/'fo
Darkest at
(revilest) the
Benu
Ljt
is
's-Sid.
Rem.
35, 6, 8),
occasionally used
to call
^->'
u^Lflu.'}U,
^'
/or specification (see
by a speaker
;
attention to himself or himself and
his
so
companions
as J*-jJI
IJ^>
J**^
Ut
rt-s/o/- ?
will do
and
so,
man (meaning
himself):
AjLoxJI \^J\
U
;
jkt\
^\)\
God, forgive us,

a5^L3I
.it
lyjl
band (me and
my
.
companions)
IjJJl
Uila^>
this case
and
so
we remained behind,
three
.
(we three).
In
must be preceded by a clause containing the pronoun
to
whfon
it refers,
and b
which
is
never prefixed to
it.
(c)
t^,
is
used to express sorrow or pain, and

particle of lamentation, follows the
is
hence C
rules
llah
!
called SjjuJI o>.,
same
as
L|
e.g.
>xa~
lj
a&ts
Muhammad I
,
<*JJ!
jl* lj /</x
t.l
,
'Abdu-
Generally, however, the termination \L
in
pause
t^.
is
added, which
l_j.
usually effaces the final vowels
as tjuj
or *tjuj
(das Zîd!
b^ ^J>* '> dUUkfrJt jut

tion
s
tj.
If a genitive follows, this termina;
is
i J
annexed
t*
to
it,
and not to the governing word

%
as j~t
.
\$
* *
Uu*j*JI alas for
the
commander of
...
the faithful the son
!
Similarly with
(j->l
son, *|/*JjJ' \J-> ij***-
^
is
alas for
'Amr
ofez-Zubeir!
But as
tj
to an adjective, there
a doubt, some admitting oU^XJt juj
alas
for
the noble
Zeid, and others not.

a.
Rem.
\j
can be prefixed only to a proper name or a definite

or aljuk ^)^-j tj
lj.
word*; we cannot say

*
[That
is,
Xor can
is
it
precede
not having a vague signification, for tjub
definite in
the grammatical sense.
The
rule refers, of course, only to the cases
94
Part Third. Syntax.

Zi*
39
*
;
0**0**6
}
**'<>''*
bj
^JJI
though
it
may be
prefixed to
^c
!
as oUf*ej jZj ji*. ^>*
alas for
him who dug

6.
the well
of Zemzem
Rem.
'.4
b may also be used ajjuU,

Words ending
' '
as lj-o* jy-o*
*>)l
'.4wm*,
mr!
Rem.
c.
in the elif
maksura (^1) usually

bj,
reject
that termination before adding al_, as dbvj*o

6 ' '
from
(
<-'3-
6.
Moses,
though oLwj-
bj
is
admissible.
See Vol.
i.
368, rem.
Rem.
d.
The
suffix
pronoun
;
of the 1st pers. sing,

bj,
may
either
!
be retained or rejected
\t\ly*.\
* *{.
as
bjue
bj
* *
or Ijl
bj,
my
bj,
*
* 6*
servant
b
* * *
brethren
*
Ij,
s* b
*
/]
*
\j^
* * b
my
**
back
*
!
*
U-l
Uud b or
**!>**
Ju>l b, bf>
my grief! The
Uf>
bj,
Uj-.
or
jJ5j-fc b, ijAy^ W>

pers. sing. fern,
suffixes of the
2nd
Lf^3 t> and the 3rd
to pers. sing. masc. retain their vowels in a lengthened form,
prevent confusion
being &**%
6
obCe^bi
bj,
alas for thy slave,

bj
is
3 '
is
masc, the
fern,
bj
whereas t\*?$Jz
fern.,
'
the masc. being

a,
3,*}'
bj
dy^î-
Compare
certain forms of ^jA

3
b under
rem.
c,
3.
'
Rem.
e.
3
In verse the form !_
is
"
occasionally used, even out of

*
3 * s b * *
'
a '
pause; as
the ass
oLa b
thou there;
\jJlc-
jbâ^J aLy-o
welcome
is
of 'Afrd.
39.
(a)
When
the negative
it
*9 is
immediately followed by an
it
in-
definite object, of
which
absolutely denies the existence,

;
governs
that object in the accusative

falls
and as the whole weight of the sentence upon the negative particle, the substantive is abbreviated, when
it
possible,
by the omission of the tenwin. If there be a predicate exmust be likewise indefinite, but in the nominative case. pressed,
For example:
jljtJI
^y* J-^-j
there
is
no
man
in
the
house;
where
bj
and b are used

,*
,
to wail for the loss of a person, not to the , ,t , , ,t, , , ,

,
exclamations bj*.
grief! Wa- fc i>* D. G.] rem. d.
my spoliation ! (U~d b) U~>bj or Ic-J^tj oh my <md alas my wonder (Lane sub ,<^). Oomp. however
bj
oh
39] The Verb. %. Government of the Verb. (a) The

j . -
Acciis.
95
aJUI
^1
<JI
"9
Afore *> no
god but God; <ui

it;
w-o ^
s
w>U-Jt dUj *&

there
is
6oo^,
there
is
no doubt regarding
*.!
^>\3 J**j
*$
no
man
*$
standing
iLu j+m.
fM*e
is
wo owe better than thou
Oty^l
.
there are not

* * tie
two Gods ; La JU-j

fêre are
*9
^>'
we
;
wo men here
,,
, ,
^ J
S-ijJcJI
^5
wo Muslims
in the city
^)
iU
^j-oli ^
there are
in
wo helpers for thee ; Ujuc o'^JLo our possession

ly)
;
there are no
Muslim women
w~*JJ olJJ
6 LoJI
^J
fAere are no pleasures for grey hairs;
Ol5j
i
*j)
^^1
w^lj> ffo aquatic animals ichich have no lungs

*9
[iuj j*o ju
or
<UU*^
^'e/v is wo avoiding
iLf* *^3
it
(Vol.
i.
364,
/*);
J*^
^5*-*J' .J-***^
O'
^w
is
wo wondering that the
young man
should follow the example of his father]. But if the negative be separated from its object, it is put in the nominative as
;
,Jo-j jljJt
^
a.
there is no
is
man
in the house
J^*
ly*i
*$
in
it
(viz.
the
wine of Paradise) there
no injurious force.
Rem.
^j
The
rule regarding the retention of the terminations
and
ij in the dual
and plural may seem to be contradicted by

iJU
such examples as^^JUaJb
^ju
"^
Moit ca/w<
LJ
;
rto
no wrong
/<s
(lit.
Mow
*3
Aas< wo< two hands for wrong)

*$
.yOt
jXi
*/*
no ears ;
^j+^
is
v*f&
shirt without sleeves
jJ>-0
thou hast no
helpers; but in these cases the
grammarians say that the preposition

arbitrarily inserted to strengthen the
is
AiLo*$J Ijl^&jJ
iâJU,
annexation, and that the preceding noun

state.
really in the construct

*^,
In the same way too they explain the phrases iU bl

<J
tlum hast no father, and

generally used instead
of
U.1
*),
he has no brother, which are
i)Lt
*9
and till
w>l
is,
*).
[But compare
Vol.
i.
315, footnote.]
The form
however, also used before

is
J, as ol^-r
^v
n)
ÔLv-n)!
^1
el-'
Islam
my father, I
place, the
have no
of the
father but it;
and
if
any transposition takes
96
Part Third.Syntax.
<
[
s
I
39
dual and plural must of course be restored, as jjlju IjJb ..i ill
i/iow hast
*})
nothing
b.
to
do with
this matter.
Rem.
The
plur.
fem. in
Ol_
*$.
may,
it
is
said,
take feth
instead of kesr, as lijuc Ol^JL.^
Rem.
c.
The
interrogative
* b *
may
o**
be prefixed to
*
*$\
*^,
either to
ask a simple question or to convey a reproach, more rarely to

* *
express a wish
jjs
o
as
#*
^.^JLJ jlJkol
6*a
has Selmct no patience
2*
<****+>
<Z-$3 Ch*i
l3*j' *^'
' '
^ as one no
J
self-restraint,
'i
^)l
whose youth
life,
is
13
1 J
Z'
' J
on
the
wane ?
a-ô~j
cUaZ~~ ,Jj
j-o-t
is there
no
the return
life,
of which is possible, after it has passed away ? (would that a which has once passed away, could possibly return !)
If a genitive be attached to the substantive after
j f
(b)
*),
*
the
- j -
accusative must of course be used in

j-el. there
is
its
construct form, as J*j> j*$

;
*$
no slave of any
man
present
sê*-}* <$^* v***^ -* *^
But if the substantive be followed by term of the nature of an objective complement, a an explanatory preposition with its complement, or a determinative or limiting term,
no true friend can be found.
t ' '
.'
*
*n)
the tenwin
is
retained (compare
38, a,
/?,
2)
a
as jJtMo *}L. U)li> *

,-
*>
i * -
there is no one ascending

is
hill visible
cH>JsJ'
^ ^^*
M3
!;
*$
there
no one riding a horse on the road; Ujuc juj
^*
|^*.
*$
there is
there
no better (man) than Zeid in our opinion; Ujuc j+a-i libO
*$
is
no one who speaks good with us

is
j$aJ*c aAs U~.

)
,
*$
r
no one whose
*
i l
deeds are good
blame-worthy ; ^jUe Olf*-^ Ua$l.

the
there is
no
one
among you who knows
Kor'an by heart.
Rem. Nomina agentis, however, when they take their objective complement by means of the preposition J ( 31), constantly reject
the tenwin; as
*)
^)i,jj
-
,jl^
yb
^)l
a)
wil *5&i>-aJ aUI
*> O'
>U
*&* J****! if (*d touch thee with trouble, there is
none
to
39]

it
97
keep
remove
but He,
and
;
if
He
seek thee icith good, t/tere is

^Jju** *$
none
the
to
back His bounty
aJUl
Ol*Jb3
ncae can change
words
of God.
(c)
*9,
If
an adjective be immediately annexed to an accusative after

either take the
it
may
same form without the tenwin, or

it
it
may
retain the tenwin, or, lastly,
may
*$.
be put in the nominative with the

*j),
tenwin
there
as ly-a \Jujio J*.j
or Uu^J3 J.j
or \Jujie> J**.j
if
$,
is
no witty
man
in
it
(the house).
But
the adjective be
of these three
* ' > '
separated in
constructions
any way from the substantive, the

is
*''
first
no longer admissible
as uL>ji> ly-i J^.j ^, or UjjJ,
there is no witty
man
in it,
but not sJujii.
(d)
If another substantive be connected with the accusative
by
the particle *9 may be repeated or not. (a) If *$ be the first substantive may be put in the accusative without repeated, the tenwin, and the second either in the accusative, with or without
the conjunction
the tenwin, or in the nominative

there is no
as aJJb
*$\
(3y>, 3^3)
:
Sy
*^j
J^.
*$
power and no
strength save in
God
or the first substantive
may
be put in the nominative, and the second either in the accusative

;
without the tenwin or in the nominative

aJUb.
(/?)
as
*j)l
(3_$3)
Sy>
is
^ J^.
put
*n)
If
be not repeated, the
first
substantive
in the
accusative without the tenwin, and the second either in the nomi-
native or in the accusative with the tenwin; as (l^lj) Stôlj

jtjJI
J^j
NJ
^
*$3
tffore
is
neither
man
?s
*
nor
woman
in the house.
Examples:
;
*^
i(
w>1
J*&fi
/ > ^
w*J ^ M*r
>
i
no kinship today and no friendship

Wfty
^
j
//
,*Mi
O^
Oi
si >*'
*^
^ rtlv ;w mother, if this be
so,
and no father ;
no son like
j
djj\^ o'l/** \J~*

his son
;
^b
it
v' ^
for
no father
*$3
and
Marwdn and
*^j O-s*" *$3
^-!^*
^n^^
3*^ *$3
y0
*U
ly-i h<2 ffore is
no idle talk in
(in Paradise),
and no accusing
;
(one another) of sin,
and no dmth, and
in
it
there is none to reproach
w.
ii.
13
98
Part Third. Syntax.

*s)j
40
icliw
iX.
*s)j
<sui
.*j
*n)
>o^j a
day
;
in
which there slmll be no

*i)j
bartering, nor friendship, nor intercession

tj^jja*-!
[^tb
jov^*- *-*}*
s*
on
ii.
them shall come no fear, neither shall they be grieved

36, where a var. reading
a.
is
(Kor'an
*J>.).
K
*$,
S.]
is
Rem.
The
particle
A*ilJ
^),
when used
or
as above,
called
by the
grammarians
-d
u ..;aJI
*}),
u ..;a.JI
,JUJ
the la that denies
Ae
whole genus, [and
djj*J3l
gAe la that denies absolutely].

is
The
la,
substantive in the accusative
called
*$
ô-J,
Ae
noun of
and the predicate

be omitted,
*n)
**, Âe predicate of
when
i
it
The predicate la. has already been sufficiently indicated

^Jjb is there
may
;
as
when one
you reply
asks
- J '
}**j jijjs.
*})
man
in thy house
J *
;
and
*
,J^-j
tfAere
is
no one
?
(scil.
j^jUc)
or jj^j jj>^ jÂ

*^j
Û>
"'
is there
any one standing up
and you say
^J^-j
is
wo one
(scil.
vff^*)-
The omission
ss *$, for iJLlc
of the noun,
*i.
*^,
on the contrary,
very rare; as
JLXt
^b
iAere is
no fear for
thee or
no harm will
befall thee.
Rem.
b.
The noun
of *9 should, according to the grammarians,
be always indefinite
lyj jj>*-.
(3jj).
Apparent examples
case,
to the contrary, as
bl *^5
a*-***;
disputed
and no
'Abu
Hasan for
it (to
decide
it),
are explained to
mean ymm..J
I
iriî i*-o~- " *})>
a nd no one
like 'Abu
named
Hasan ;
'Abu Hasan, or
^jJa^JJ
^m.
Jo
*^j,
and no one
aJLJUt ôJLa *^ Âere is

;
no Haitam tonight for no 'Umeiya in
the
beasts that carry us
y}LJL>
<i~o\
*^
there is
the land.
An
LJ
adjective added to any of these names would be
indefinite, as
to decide
it.
UU^
^j**- W' *^J ari ^
w0 compassionate 'Abu Hasan
Having thus treated of the accusative as the objective complement, we now proceed to speak of it as the adverbial com40.
plement
in a stricter sense (see 22, b).
This depends
41] The Verb. 3. Government of the Verb.(a) The Accus.

A.
99
On
the idea of being or existence, when expressed (a) by the
substantive verb
includes that of
0^>
or
(/*)
Dv other verbs, the signification of which

of existence
is
O^9
The general idea
in this case
limited and determined by the accusative.
41.
The verb 0^=*>

of
t oe > io exist,
when
it
supplies the place of
the logical copula,

existence
requires the
predicate, to which
the being or
as
the subject refers, to be put in

\jjJLo
the accusative;
is
J
*JUo
fated),
*n)
<u--eu
OHJl
O^
in
0\
tte calamity
tO
decreed (or
J ^ * J
-2 it
Q *
ml
* J
will befall
him without doubt;
*Ji5UaJU ^>->*Jjt$ *^-'j
>*
O^
he
and
his brother
were teachers
et-Taif;
ÛM
ê.
%\j^> t>>>3
Iju^
and
Loji
j*te-
JyjN
0&3
may
that
be
Ve
may
ue witnesses against mankind,

i ^
* *
(that) the Apostle
ivitness in
regard
to
you
^>& 0**3
companion,
gLJ Ujji
<*J
ÎJatMtJl
is
awd whoever hath Satan as

\j*-
his
a
it
6a<#
companion
he
j^
y *
&i
*
\ytyj
o
O^
a**
an d >f they repent,
will be well for them

.iAJ
*jli
jij/ 
*$
^\^ xAc
s* iaX J
a
*'
jtj/
<ju>
&Xi
,jt
aJUS ,_i if
t
t
^*^,
(/*
6e he, thou wilt not be able to overcome

is
him
and
it
be not he, there

*
no good
;
to thee in killing
*
him ;
SjU*.^.
*
a
\y>$&
*
ai
* j a *
* *ae
a*
jujk. jl be ye stones or iron

ii-JLt
&>^$
is
1^5**^ <ty>
a*
^L
^0^3 J M
chief
a
-
S~i
obi by liberality
and mildness a man becomes a

a1
among
j
* -
his people,
,*)l*.t
and
thy becoming so
easy for thee
^juj ^t>
J^
is
U5
thy
J)
U5l^ iiliJI and

But
if
not every one who shows
a cheerful face
nas on ^Y a subject connected with it, to which the idea of existence inherent in the verb is attributed, that subject is
brother.
O^9
put, like every other, in the nominative
as
03~4
**
0^3 J^-^* O^9

there were to him)
<*J
;
ilu
there
was
(or lived)
a merchant, and he had
(lit.
three sons (t/^13

j-JSfb
O^ would mean he was a

(lit.
merchant)
there
is)
O^
O-**
JU
but he who has
to
whom
much property;
100
Part Third. Syntax.

ji*^JI
wAoh} s
41
A (>j^
fated will come

called
to pass.
In the former case,

the
the substantive verb
is
by the grammarians 2-a3UI J^*>

it
incomplete or defective, relative kana, because

to complete the sense
;
requires an attribute
the complete, absolute
in the latter, iÛJI
o^>
kana, because
it
contains the attribute in itself and does not require
any
other.
Rem.
a.
The subject
is
called
O^ ô
''>
^te noun of kana,

The natural
*
and the predicate
O^3
is
>***
îe
predicate of kana.
sequence of the three
verb, subject, predicate, as

lojl*
t"i
'
'
'
>
\+j\.i jjij
O^3
but
we may
also say juj

i
(J^,
(it
as j+aj
l**^ ^*to
O'^J
^j-U^ôJt
believers
;
cm, especially in interrogative
and alternative
guest, whether
!j-Ji
jl
O^ W*
*a*-a)i
>/^t honour a
he be rich or poor [^ 6, a]. This inversion is, however, in cases impossible ; for example, my brother was my companion
some must
be expressed by ,***) i<-'

naturally
O^3
because ,<l 15***)
O^ would
brother. [If subject and predicate are both definite, it is allowed, in case of inversion, to put the latter in the nominative, the former in the accusative, converting thereby the logical subject into the gi'arumatical pre-
mean my companion was my
dicate,
the
logical
predicate
into
the
grammatical subject, as
Poets allow themselves to
tjuj j)^.\
\j\&
for juj ^JUi.1 vJ^s.

cases,
do the same in other
as
i.
>iJL
-^.Uaj
1.
ij*iLUt
D. G.]
^
J
--
Uj
for
iLÛ -aH&r JA> Uj

Rem.
6.
(Tab.
755,
2).
O^
lua y
sometimes be omitted, especially in

St
alters
b *
i3
native conditional clauses; as
\jJZ*
^\ $ t^*. ^\ ^gjl^J
(i.e.
o>j~> /i<m
wilt be recompensed either with good or with evil
\j^ Q\
what
is
spoken
is
spoken, be
it
t?'ue
or false
; e ^_^Jt
,i iiJlôJI aLjuo
the
Verb.<a) The Accus. 101

is
l
\jj,
^\*
\j~.
^1
jj^
^^
*'*
meaning
.
to
do one
utmost
in a thing,' be it w/uU it may, whetlier good or bad ; *$$> jJ ^>o - ' * *' were pregnant, till their young were ly5"5Ut jJli yVaz/i <Ae time they
following them
IjUa. 6rt/^
(i.e.
*^yi JjU-JI
OJl^
^<jJ
>*)
ass
^
[ 4,
o*
aj'ju
1*5"**^'
me a
^ ^
beast {to ride), even if it be
an
rem.
Z
6].
, > , *
Rem.
w^*JI
ride
j*\js
tribe
c.
rt.<^...M
O^ rare O^ L5^
*3
ly
merely redundant
L5'*'
as ^Jo ^\ ..-o
5!^-/
-**^
;
heroes of the Benii

*-*JJ*
AM
'^'
Bekr
upon branded Arab

\y>\s
steeds
^jSj***.} J*2* j'**^
uQ
U)
and
Juno
when thou
passest by the dwelling of a

?
and of
noble neighbours of ours
j&Îa
O^
^*^yi
^3
atu^
their like
was not found*.

d.
Rem.
The verb \j\^, iEthiop.
ji^. kona,
does not occur in
Hebrew
in the sense of to be, exist, happen, though it is so used in The construction of the iEthiopic Syriac (rare) and Phoenician. verb is the same as that of the Arabic ; in the other Semitic
languages, which have lost the final flexional vowels, the case of the predicate cannot be observed, but doubtless it was the accusative.
In Hebrew the radical V\2 retains

etre,
its original signification
of to stand (compare Fr.
older form
of
estre,
and Span,
T
estar,
from
T
Lat. stare),
and the place

I } *
\j's
is
supplied by
PVH T
or rflH
T
'
Aram.
fcO!l
71
to
fall ({}*), happen, be (compare *5j, to fall,
also be looked
happen, Lat. accidit, Eng. it fell out), of which the predicate must upon as in the accusative.
42.
The same construction appertains

*
to certain verbs, called
by
* * t
the grammarians
o^9
^l***', the sisters of kdna, which add some
circumstantial or modifying idea to the simple one of existence.
This
may be
*
(a) the idea of duration or continuity, as in^jb to continue,
[Different from this
and other nomina

See
many
the use of ^L after participles, infinitives in the sense of he verbalia, (it) was or was formerly. examples in the Gloss. Geogr. and the Gloss, to Tabarl. D.
is
G.]
102
Part Third. Syntax.

construed in the perfect with the u^jjJI
367, p),
42
to
last,
(see 7,
and
Vol.
i.
û
to
remain,
to last
Jlj, fjl,
î,
JXiil, to cease,
;
construed, in the perfect or imperfect, with a negative particle
(b)
the
idea of change or conversion, as in *o, iU, t*j, and ^jo\, to turn out,
to
become;
(c)
the idea of time, as in JJ
to be or
do during the whole
day,
0*j during
the whole night, ji~\ at daybreak, \ji- or

p-\j
f+*e\
in the
morning, ..^.ol in the forenoon,
or
{
*~~o\ in the evening, all of
B which
verbs are often used as simple

;
synonyms
of
0^>
without any
regard to the secondary idea of time
or, (d) the idea of negation, by
which that of existence
itself is
absolutely denied, as in
^^J
not to
*-**)*
be.
Examples
there
is
j>^3
*^><>JI j^=>>î *3IJJ

life,
a*asUc
its
C-b
J^tXi
*3
tlie
no pleasure in
as long as
;
joys are troubled by
recollection of death and old age
j>\*
ÛJl
^yt>
^Laj juu
*jj
JULt
UU
w*-iJUI do not count thyself

t/iee
;
among men, as
ddi\
long as anger
has the mastery over
<i*-JI
U~a^
Jlj-j
*$
may God
never
cease being beneficent to you
OôJI j>\}
JP
*j)
never cease bearing
death in mind ;
,j+i=>\it
uXc -j-J
it)
;
t^JlS
they said,
we will not
became
cease standing by
(worshipping
l
\j-
O-*^'
j'- the clay
pottery
*U j~aj j^-Îj
lj
*^
j~o
eUJ' jJ>j
tlie
O^J ^
sold,
he thought
iXjli
that the water became vapour,

j)
aSLifi
and
vapour became water;
ljuft CfjJti
0%jjw j and thou hast been

li3~3
and
hast become
slave in
Mekka ; bUj *j
^t^-Jl&
^1
ly^!>\
Uj
tw
w Ms
â\
nought but the lamp and
its light,
which becomes ashes ; cj*2/
>l^~>
U>lo the blackness of his hair became whiteness; Uj>-o -j->
j^K*Jt
an enemy never becomes a friend ; \*y~* ^^-3 <J^ n

black;
'
face
(in
became
night
;
UL5j
\j**~>
^j) 0>^
O-^'j an ^
those
who pass
tlie
unto their prostrating themselves
Lord and standing up
prayer)
42] The Verb. 3. Government of the Verb. (a) The Accus. 103
iîj^s zj*. ^jJU
Ijj^ and
*JJ'
they icent out in the

J x c
morning with
settled
purpose; bhj.l
become brethren
;
^-o*^ â-*-' through the grace of
God ye are
l^lU-o ly-ii
^50^
;
^^ê^
^<> M wishest to become

^5**' O-*^ Is!**-*
laicyer skilled in disputation

*?/
0%-J ô^-Jt
^Jl
U<^
??#
#0
#w refo graws yew
salutation,
Thou art not a

doe* not
i>
believer
A*o?r
Jy^-3^^ $y
\^-t^ one icho knows

;
and one who

yjl iU-l
ar wo^ o an equality
^X*.t
*il5tj
c*-J
aJJI
^^-aS
6W hath decreed,
Rem.
as
l^wo-.i
O'Asmd, that
I should
not cease to love thee.

.J5I, t\a*,
a.
To the above verbs may be added

,-jt A>.j .Jlc
and jjt5*:
Ob
oyUli
and throw
it
on
my father's face,
(and) he shall become seeing (recover his sight, explained by %.jj
UXfc *UJt (or i*2l) fUfc. <Ae building became strong ovjirm; ' ' ' si3 " * ' -H - a " " i Ajj*- lyjl^ OjotS i<^ AJîi c_iAjl 7i sharpened his knife till it
l^s-cu)
<i ;
* -
"*
became
, s*
,
like
*
a javelin
-
(i.e.
4jj^ '
J-^*)-
Of
;
these verbs three, viz.
y-J, /-^ and
jjlj,
are always <LoiU

41,
*'_**
the others
may be
either
Lo5U or <LD (see
at the end).
Jlj,
p-^jJ.
Rem.
b.
The verbs
,V^, and îJu\, must always be

(as in the
'
accompanied by a negative, expressed

W
XJ
above examples
aJJIvoIÎ
with -^j and Jlj) or implied, as

1jl.a.
tribe,
aJUI j**a*->
Ây*
9-jjbj
UUaCX*
a?i?
/ sâ^
not cease, as long as
God
preserves
my D
through God's grace

for ~.jj\
?-j*\
*),
to
wear a
girdle
and
ride a noble steed

;
(pjjl
\js-\.i
and
lju.a>^ in
to her,
rhyme
for ljua)
aJJIj
ly)
C-JLii
still.
and I said
rem.]
By
God, I will not cease sitting
[Comp.
162,
c.
Rem.
The verb
*
*X.j,
J
to be
s * i
found, be extant,
;
exist,
it is
is
often
reckoned one of the

*
[jjv'al-Faqlh.
,J^
^ '.$'> Dut erroneously

to
for
either
may be added
D. G.]
these
verbs
see the Gloss, to
Tbn
104
Part Third. Syntax.

ul
uJ
42
-C
ilJI ^lib, and has no predicate, or it is the passive of J*?.^. which governs two accusatives, and therefore naturally retains the second
w
"*
'0^
;
1*1*
is
object
is
(,yUM
jJ^jiA^JI)
as \bj*o *._w lyi J^-yi

*9
state),
*$
not one of them

r,
found pure
(in
a pure
where
\j+o
a ^Jl^ or circum-
stantial accusative, or
we
(Fr. on,
Germ, man) do not find one of

[ 25].
a *
them pure, where
Is^-o is
the second object

-
**ti * i
Rem.
d.
The negative
to leisa,
particles I
and
*^,
when
j^~Jb ^Ly-JLo
assimilated
or used ^^-J
^Jt^j in
the signification
of
leisa,
are also construed with the accusative of the predicate, provided (1) that the predicate is placed after the subject, (2) that the
exceptive particle ^1
is
e
not interposed between them, (3) that the

*
corroborative particle ^j\

subject and predicate of
this
is
is
not added to U, and (4) that the

are both undefined
* * *
;
^
;
e.g.
Ij-ij
IJJb
U
its
oi
1 1
* *
not a
o
human
*
being
*
Uo*})jt
^>
U>
and
they are not

;
z&
&*****
mothers
*.-i *$J jju
* *
children
*
*
^^L-al ^jA
* *
I they are not their

* * Z * Q QtO
U5bj
w *o aJUI
J
$* *
i<-a3 L>* jj3 *$j
W*W
*
* 6 *
uj*$l
i<^
-
take comfort,
for
there
is
nothing on earth enduring, and no fortress can protect (one) from
what God hath decreed; Jil. j~

1
w^La
>
* 1 * *
*$ il
<2)3j*cu
;
I aided
thee
when thou hadst no companion who was

*&
not faithless
but on the
;
contrary, ^>.
j/
^
:>>o
UJa
*
i *.
^j\ s
^
our habit
** o
* * i
is
io
not
o
.'?.*' cowardice 3u\J.

^j
^^*
j j o
wJf^J1 ô-^'
e>*^5 <-*ij- *^J <^**i >o-^'
C>i
^
*
e 2/
Z?en
Gudana,
* *
ye are neither gold nor pure silver, but ye are pottery.

*
^0*tf
The fourth
*
2/
restriction
is
violated in such verses as
lit
^)
%r*X)\
*\y*
C~lj
l^lô
ly*.
^>c
*^j
l*t^-
Lib and
she dwelt in
my
heart's core,
I desired no other than her and relaxed not * * z 1 *o* ** lb* id* 0*o
definite);
my
**
love
of her (Gt being

is
U5U
JU>JI *)j
l>}~Jlo jô^JI
*$>*
then neither
praise
won nor
does the
money remain.
first
If
I* has
a second predicate, such as
connected with the

^j),
j^ftlS
by an adversative
particle,
J^
ju>j
;
or
then the second must be put in the nominative, as
U
but
J^
L>515 ZetV? is not standing but sitting,
i.e.
JlcIS
yk J^
42]
in
The Verb.
any other
3.
Government of
the Verb.
(a) TJie Accus.
105
case, the accusative is preferable to the nominative, as
Ijccli
is
^3
Lojii
juj
or *xcU>
*^j.
This
government
of
and
*)
peculiar to the dialect of
el-Higaz, and hence they are

*$.
called
^bjUâJI
U
e.
and <bj UâJt
Rem.
The above construction

i.
of l
and
*nJ
is
also
extended to
O*^) (Vol.
(see [Vol.
182, rem.
b),
and
to iuildt
*i
,j| or the negative 'in

* ,
ta,ais>a
,jl
i.
362, k and] 158); as j&.\

,*JjLs>
^Xc U^X yk
ta
rules over
nobody ;
*^j
JUJU
<iAJ3
,jt /tis
cannot profit thee
wor
' '
km
*
''.
êe;
*JLc
tâ-rf (to be
O^
O-^J <uW*-
sL>*JLt
U~o I^JI
comes
to
jjl
"^Jkaiî a
man
is
not
is
counted) dead ivhen his
life
an
;
end,
but
when he
wronged,
it
and forsaken
(by
his friends)
Ûo
^>*.
O^j
but
tvas
no time of escape;
jjJ*o
icL/ O^)
it icas not an hour for repentance. The government of 0*j) seems to be restricted to nouns denoting time, and either its subject or
predicate
^
^
is
omitted,
j a*o
usually the former

* a*
(^Ll-o
0-t-*"
^^ =
- s
Rem. y! Instead of the accusative, the O^* Ol^-t may take after them a verb in the imperfect, following the construction of
i a i j , a
.
0^>,
9,
or
8,
e; e.g.
^Jti
*a*
j j
Jû
a * *
jtj^JI
j>\>
U5U
Jt>j
*s)
Ae Msec?
net'CT'
to cease
sleeping as long as the blacksmith continued
working
at
any
*
xcork
* a,o
;
j
lyJI j-k-o i****

t^
j * a j j
awl
j a
he continued looking at
*
7
j - *
at
them;
xslo vi-jjk*Jl
jj-^lj djUc jcsil Oj-oj ana

at great length
;
sa
aW'n 6y
him and conversed with him

speechless;
^*Jbw
1J^ ^J jXaJ jLo

-
he began to reflect
jLo /<e became upon such and such a

*^
a
;
subject;
a*
^j^&u
a%
* j
..
^JlUai
and
ye icould be marvelling
o\ô
O^- ^ ^W*
of
i*a*
2i<s
j ju
^
and
they were all night hoping

j *
..
for (or longing for)

his
the waters
Bedr:
- j
j
<sui3
j
wJJu
^.. :
if l9
and he began wringing

is
*
hands ; yJu dJJU
*^
â~<^j
j^^
by God, thou wilt not cease thinking (or speaking) of

a *
) *
Joseph (rem.
w.
ii.
b)
aJjjCj j.1*. <$\i
* **)*a-2i*a* C>*a Lo %+~3 ÛX5 ^<w
?ot7<
106
Part Third. Syntax.
42
never cease, as long as thou lives t, to hear of some one being dead, until thou art he (until thy own turn comes). [The predicate of
,jl^ and
the word
_j,
its
it
sisters may also be replaced by a preposition and governs, or by a circumstantial clause, generally with
as
w*5jJb iÂil U03
c^
sJUi
jJU in former times
I was
not to be
frightened by a wolf; <L*)t jUc <<J-aJ

to
Uj Ls
*j)
J^J we dared not

il
pray near
the
Ka ba ;
l
^>c
w*^J
C*3l>
as
Mey were
Î_j
not prevented from it;
l*^c
*$ Ijti
UI3I JJJsLJ jujâ^JI
Uj^ju
vff^'
5*i verily in our hands hands it is dumb.~\
the steel is eloquent, whilst in other
Rem.
in rem.
g.
e,
With
the construction of the
O^ ^
'>'>
mentioned
or wer&s 0/
:
we may connect
that of the ajjU^JI
JUil
These are principally of two kinds such as appropinquation. indicate the simple proximity of the predicate, and such as imply
a hope of
its
occurrence.
(1)
To the
P erf
-
first class
belong ^1,
iwjt,
and
w^-
a ( )
^^
lst P- sin(
^^>
rarely
Oj6),
imperf.
i^J, particip.
jul^, was
originally construed with the accusative
of the predicate, as LSI

to (the tribe
0*x> Uj ^v*
^
**^
Ooli and
so
I returned
commonly
Ul^J!
but it of) Fahm, but I was very near not returning ; takes the predicate in the imperfect indicative, as
$\s ,jt verily he
+
,^c
ULaJ
ojo
*******
;
was nigh leading us astray from

t
our gods ; ^yê tjjj* *r>5^* ?-i >^* **

part of them had well nigh swerved
O-*
*$
*/ l!er
hearts oj
Qjil^j
\*t>}3
U-HJ-* O-*
"^J
a
^5
(J^âaj Ae
found
before
them (the two barriers or
hills)
t)
people
who could
scarcely understand speech;
Iji^
L03 \A tt*.>S*
not ^j^juu then they sacrificed her (the cow), but they were nearly
doing it;
Lfclj-;
jj î oju
see
prj*-'
\>\
when
he stretches out
his
hand, he can hardly
it;
rarely the subjunctive with
t, as
nearly not praying the nearly setting

;
asr (or afternoon prayer)

jjl
till (lie
sun was
d^Xc-
u<*~*i
^^-aJI
0^l> m?/ soul was nearly
42]
The Verb. '3. Government of
the
Verb. (a) The Accus. 107

used in the perfect,
expiring over him (for grief).

a
(/3)
^JLwjl, little
generally takes ,jt with the subjunctive, more rarely the imperf.
indie; as Ijaô-jj I^JUj

cwwZ if
A<??'e,'
^j\
by lib J*5
lit
lytij*^ w>jj)l
it
Ûl J-< 3J3

'
men were asked for

would well nigh
i_r--J^)t
the {very) diist, wlien
was said
*
j at
Give
j *
9'
&?#
be disgiusted
and
refuse; Uojt i^Lwj-oi

is
ljl*j
U3*.j
o^**. )$3U
,jt
and our lend
nearly becoming,
after
our friend's departure, a desolate wilderness
^j-o
ji ^y> ^li j
is likely to is
lyiil^j ajIj*
ôxj
ta ji dJî*
zp/jo ./Zees
yVowi his fate,
meet
it
on some occasion ichen he
is off his
guard.
This verb
either personal or impersonal, for

(as in the third of the
5 a*
we may
j
say *,**-> juj at 53 s

*,**->
^^yi
1
.
above examples), or
a t
O'
**4j
'**~J
5i
(as in the first), or

*
*
juj i<~ O' ^^Âî (where the real subject of

.
^JLw^j is the following clause).

(y) >/ (rarely
The form
*.
'
*2X2jjj
is
a vulgarism.
is
w>J^)
j
*s
or^J use d in the perfect,

a t
and
construed
;
with the imperf. indie, rarely with

j
^jt
and the subjunctive
as
j *
j + +
a *5io
* * *
w>jju
t>\^-
from
grief ; necks) were nigh being cut to pieces {with drought or thirst).
j j a j
\â wJLiJI -~>j^ vny heart teas nearly melting away a* * "5^^ at r 1 * at a*s* UiaJu ,jt lyiUcI wOj jJ>j when their throats (lit.
To
near
..
these
may
be added such verbs as dibjju

* * } *
tJ^JUb
he
teas
a*
*
2't
overtaking him;
*
lj^
j j
(J**J
z
^'
j
A ioas
near doing so and so;

they
tlie
*t
*a*
a t
^ ^
iljl, e.g.
^^xiUj
to
^1 ju^j Ijlj^ 'jw*-^ and

.-
fmind
sick
a wall which
is
j*
a t
sa*> *
*i
was about
fall
* 1
Oj-j
at
^jl
J
^jl
*
*l
uauj~ i\
tO
Cl
>lj1
man
about
to
3 ,
die ;
Â,
e.g.
j>q-w.j
Jj-JI
Â
the
lamp was on
the point
of
J)
going out; and the

* *
like.
(2)
* *
To the second
1
class belong ,-~,

a , *
j
-si
^jjj*.,
and
jyjJl.t.
(a)
^_j-~c
(1st p. sing. c
...,g,
rarely C^..x),
used,
we may
meaning
say, only in the perfect, [and having always the of the imperfect, mostly in the sense of the indefinite or
( 8, a,
definite present
b)\ was originally construed, like jl^, with

*
**
a *
,-
a *
1
a j
the accusative, as in the half
verse 1*51*0 \1
.-5
ijfj^Su
108
Part Third.Syntax.
I may become a faster, and
little
t
42
do not {abuse me) so much, for

e-
in the
at j ^ jo
* <
proverb Iw^jI j->3*M ,c perhaps the

become {may bring) misfortunes
<Jl
cave
may
become {may
bring) misfortunes, or perhaps U-Goweir (the

;
name
it is
of a well)
may
but generally
construed with
and the subjunctive, as ^Lo^-jj ,jl ^&j ,~ perhaps your * , o , o Lord may have mercy on you ; [?Ua3 (jl Le w;Aa may she
,.
.,
,j~c
perhaps do
?]
I^JUJ
*$\
JUaJI ^lilc.
1
J...;4>
,jl
^.^.c.
Ja may
fight
?
&
B
?io< 6e,
$/" if
were ordained you
to fight, that
ye would not
-ji
rarely with the imperf. indie, as aJJI ^
***
Os*~*l ^JJI w>J^'
--*J/3 Trj-*
perhaps some joy

arf.
may
-
be close
'
behind the sorrow in which

St/
Mow wow
->>*rf
o
//
This verb, like ^.wjt,
is
either personal, juj
^,-x
the above examples, or impersonal, 0'> as juj >ojaj ,jt ^--x, 50' /J/ ;o-j - o , o J , as ^XJ j-j. jjAj ILw ,jl tj,A^^3 perhaps ye may be averse to a
j^
..
^^c
thing,
though
it
be
good for you.
Still
another construction
is
possible, viz.
**bt***
4
with a pronominal
5...,
suffix in
the accusative,
^13
*JLc
g^
orôîj ^t *JL.c, like Jji) ( 36, rem. /), just as conversely Jjd may be followed by the imperf. indie, or the subjunctive with
o O'j as
7
'rtj'*
*^t>^* &*&,*, itbJI

Oj^-*
is
-,
JjJ ^JjJkj Loj
a?/ ?t>Aa
* *
lets
thee knoiv
* l
/ti
* i *
it*
{tvhether)
perchance the hour
near? s^Jb ^JU^^j-ûj

against these evil-doers.
as
.
,jt
*&** aXxi
ioJJjJI perhaps
rare,
He may aid you

'(y)
^ a
(/?)
l</-,
with
'i'j'f
*jb*ot
jjl
and the subjunctive;

''
^Ji 03^! O'

asjJkJ
if is
L5>*"***>&
>oyu ,jl juj ^JJ^>- or '* oJ t^J-^*^ rare, with ^>l and the subjunctive,
^
o^
c^
o v
ô
^jl 2l.-Jt
oJUjAri.1
/ie
sky
is likely to
likely he
may
come.
rain; .jjQ ^' J^V^-I
(3)
With
these two classes of verbs the

call
grammarians connect a
i*
third,
which they
pjj-JI
Jl*l, or
*&
ttO
'
ft
**t
******
ij-
ttw^l
* *
^JUil, the verbs of beginning.

'
Such are
**tt
* *
Ju^t,
9 ir-,
s
"
and
fj,
-
*e&
JJUa
(rarely JUJ
J*J),
J>JU,
^51,
j>\i,
UJI, and ^Jb,
fo
begin, used,
we may
as
say, only in the perfect,
and followed by the
imperf. indie;
<*-*^j jJji^
he began to reproach
him; UuUb}
44]
The Verb. 3. Government of the Verb.(a) The Accus. 109
iiaJI (3j5 O-*

the leaves
Wys^ ^l^vj ?^
(to cover their
i
J
?6"/*?i
<Aey began to sew togetfier of
of Paradise
J
nakedness)
off
jju ^-s**- JU*

a moment,
i)/ i,a*
Osy
Ijl
yju iUc cJUc

the nightingales,
yX<
/ was
my guard for
began
to
dipping in
tJieir
heads,
drink of
to
my
- * at
cistern; ebu-o Jjk! ^^jo

the
*
6
âJUl ^51 OviUj ami I began

, ,
divide
meat among
the people
to
of San'a ; wJJ
J *
j *
* * 3<o
J>$*~Z <LoLaJl O-Lil

Ji0 sbiO
;
,
sb.O
UJt the pigeon began

the
fly about in search of icater

to
SI^JI C~eli
she began to
J3
?-y3
woman
began
wail aloud ; ^J^c^Xj
C~>
reproach me.
43.
B.
The adverbial accusative depends
any way
On any
verbal idea which determines or limits in
the subject, verb, or predicate of a sentence, or the whole sentence. In this case it supplies the place of a preposition with the genitive, or of a conjunctive clause, and amply makes up for the want of adverbs
in Arabic.
44.
a.
By
the adverbial accusative

in
is
designated
C
as
o\ji
;
The time
or
during which an act takes place

the caliph
*i)
a*X.j
UsÎj U^j iiJoJI

:
saw him one day washing how
his feet
^*}V -*&
* > *-*> *{j<>j j a*a-o j ;,
he knows not
3
he shall die on his
dying day ; j$A\

or part of the
J^
sis C~-Lo. or>o^JI ôlju,

,30
, j
i .
walked the whole day,

ai
s a ^j>
**
, at ai
day ; jb^J\
j>\
Uy* ^Jt eU. i^-^l ^\

;
^ I did
o-
not
know
whether he came here yesterday or today

he stopped (a few) days in
\*\A ^î)t ^joju
^J ^SL* D
1
village
tj^Jj
>M
it;
<,u-*
f *
^^ Juu.^
, *
a*>
implore
a 3 *
God
night
and day
to protect
you from
~
*
ljk
w>U)l iUk*--j he
* ,
will give
to their
you the
bo<jk
tomorrow
;
i^s.
/: a**
a } A Âbt * a
Ijlla-j
and
they
a Sfi*
came
reflect
&
a* a *
father in the evening
3Uw^)l jLl-l
^J CHj^ s}^
J^\jiA\
;
1
two months upon the choice of a teacher;
0->*->j\
J* "îj^
^jiôli
iiw he did not pass the night on a bed for forty years
J*^
110
Part Third.
u**j-^'
Syntax.
;
44
3
LiL-l
j.JLj\
s ,
he stood up at times whilst lecturing
^>-o aa>jJ
cuj
^jUjJI
_ *
and I continued
J JO s '
reflecting
last
for a considerable time;

'
,S>*3
*>
* -'
L-3UJI u*JI aJj;3
killed
him
year; C^-oj Os^-o
fasted
during
<juSJ
O
Bamaddn;
' '
g liuJI
jj-aj
c*.
I came
in the winter-time; JU
(or
(J>*.
'
he said at the time of his meeting

S '
him
when
y^
B UUwi
or
its
ij^*"
j-ac at the time when old age

n)I
is
drawing
he met htm) ; 'is 3i ' near ; j$i
j*^^
t/ie
jt SuJus.
I^JLb
^J
lyjjj-j
(/
s/i//
seem) as if they, on
day they
shall see
it,
hud not tarried

^>-o
*
z
(in tlieir graves) save
an evening
with him
morning;
'
jJkjJt
2
"
;
^3-^
'
juc
'
***Xa*. I
'
sat
' '
it
for a long time,

long,
i.e.
i.e.
, a *
*%i^ tuj
t *,
î^
s
jtfi-
wsCo^j
s bs
then he tarried not
Jj>k
d +
j-*
*
*
Uj.
[To the same class belong the adverbial

a *
expressions
S^ Olj
once, j>$t
Oti one
day, iLJ
first
Olj one
all.]
night,
and
ijjju (or Otj)
î
Jjl
A2ji!
is
m<?
him
of
C
a
Rem.
ellipse of
Ct
a.
A masdar
often put in the accusative of time by an

s
Os
<
3 3
*
3
some such word as
0-.S5 at the time of; e.g.

a
Zt
eÛs
3 3
sU*.
0' *
10
>o
j 3
'
a '
;
^ô.uJI
he came at sunrise,
i.e.
Um<rJ^\
t^J-b
oJ>j
Jf^*^
;
'*->
>j3
^^
--it
/ arrived
at the setting of the Star (the Pleiades)
yJi
O^3
^.laJI >ojJL* /m happened at the time of the arrival of the caravan
0/ pilgrims, or j-oaOl
3C. '"SiO
S^JLo
ai the
Ae
t
ime
0/
.
afternoon prayer,
* ;
' '
'
'}
'
or
j
O**0'
&
*,
tfLi^Li.
during
<
caliphate of el-Ma'miin
jU^tj
'
0^J<-^^
of the stars; Ortj3J^- J*"^
3*3
J)
/i^
i/iey
-"
anc/
ai
Âe
setting
"^ jJsuJl
waited for him for the space of time in which one might Examples of more violent elisions are: slaughter two camels.
wJgjUUl
4-oJlibt
^)
toiW no s/>eaA; <o Aii as m<7 as iAe iwo
are gatherers of acacia berries (or leaves)
away
(i.e.
/ wi^
wever
not
speak
to
him), for ^>Js.jUJI û-t Sju>
^^.SjiJI
a*jI
^ I
tvill
go
to
him as long
as the two Pointers (the

(i.e.
two
stars
which point to
the Polestar)
, ' 'OiO
endure
will never go to him), for
*' * lj
* s oj*
*>
44]
The Verb. 3. Government of the Verb. (a.) The Accus. Ill

3
Rem.
and
b.
Peculiar
is
the use of ijSJ. ja*~>, Sâ*>.
5 <> j)r
Sj.*A
ii-i, as
a sort of definite proper names,
when
- 3 '
they refer to the

;
morning of a particular day or to a certain fixed time

s , ,
e.g.
aIJU
* ' '
' 3
J 3>o
**
'
jrt,
/ met him
the the
this
morning ;
^~>
Sat+aJ I jî
fl*.
he came on
canvi
'3'
Friday in
morning;
morning;
;
Thursday in
5jj ^^.^qa-JI j$-> *3* * * 3* JJ s s*3* ii*i jju ii-i aLJU [Jja*
'
s^- /
r3
s-3**
on
'sO'd'
= iiJJI j*j <UJU1
I met him
The
time after time
4~Ii would mean I met him on a
certain morning].
b.
local extension of
it is
an
act, and, if general

;
and
indefinite,
the plate in which
performed
as
JW*t
ajuj' IjjL they travelled

>
four miles;
he ran
\ja*jj
,
3**3*13*' ^>-aji c~* I
walked two parasangs; 5yx {Jj*r
*'i
"
'
'
a bowshot ; (^Cwj)
Sjj
'j*i$ ^~*i
j^>
*
he looked right
and
left
,[
j jot)! jJU
.
j-rf^jl
, 3 *
&? conquered the

~*
*
enemy by land and sea
3 *
>oUl, ôljJ, before;

0-
^*X.. z\jj,
behind;
* 3
Ixwj
<
^^
the middle;
J^-
around;
J>^3 afore;
OoJ
under; jut
beside,
<^>'i
by;
etc.
[Here we
in the
may add
the adverbial expressions O-s-**"
and JU-iJI Ol3
direction of the right
hand and o/*^
/#.]
is definitely specified,
C*...Jlq.,
Rem.
a.
When
the place of the act

;
the
preposition ,-J
*t
must be used
J
as jl jJI ^-i
3d *
7 sa down
in the
the
house;
3 * *9 ,*--dl Jta. ...,

3
,i
0~JLo 7 prayed in
J
the
mosque of
* ) 3-o
*3 *
,s
tl-
prophet;
^...j>-.)l
^JJjLo ,i
*
O-oil 7 stopped at the place where

J
3 * * * 3 * 1
*o
Hosein
teas killed;
is
is
not jljJt
3i
* * 3 *
3 *>
-..Aa. v
>
C^JLo, and
^JJJLe
Coil*.
J)
Excepted
orôlio,
the case
when
a vague
noun
of place, such as ^jle
construed with a verb conveying the idea of stopping

0*
*******
or remaining, as juj ^jUCa C*~JLo

*
sa
efown i ZeicVs place;

is
[Sometimes, however, the definite noun of place

* Z *0
J 3 * *
put in the
3 * s 3 s
* '
accusative against the rule, as in âliJI C~J*6

Jujl >ot
?/<? ??/-o
I went
to
Syria, ,JL^*. ^)15
stayed during
v.
midday
in the tents
70,
of
Umm
p).
Ma'bad
(see
the Gloss, to TabarT in
w**J and comp.
rem.
D. G.]
112
Part Third.Syntax.
also the case
it is
44
and
when
a noun of place
is
construed with the verb
from which
derived, as juj jjuLo Ojots, or juj ^^JLaô

.
OJU.,
s (Zowre
m
.
******
;
Zeid's seat
dLc\JLc ja\s
he stood
*
**
supplied
G
his
*
place.
The
G
up in
0**
his place, or
^
nouns
*
s^Jl.,
*
*._$,
^v-,
**.U,
s*ê,
J b
quarter, jj-jla. outside,

jtjJI ^-jUi.
J^-b, Oj^.,
inside, require
^J, as ..i w-oJ
sfe/>
outside the house; but in later Arabic
we
often
find the accusatives
wJU.,
on
like.
-j^> and
east,
J^b,
on
as also
w^3
wear,
for
,jj.3
^ji,
^JijJj
the
>*ij-
the west, for ^JijJj

:
\J,
i^P>j
|V, and the

7ie
Observe
Û
also such phrases as

(the place
...U
3A
bjjyi JU-s
is as
far from me as
where) the Pleiades
(hang in the sky)
^*JSi\ j^-yo
3-fc
he
is
as far
from me
dog
;
as the
farthest place where one can chide (or cry out

jlj^H jJls*o he is as close to
is
to) the
^Ji*
^&
me
as the place where
my
is
waist- wrapper
fastened.
Rem.
b.
The accusative
OfJsJI
that in
the
of
time and place

(see Vol.
is
i.
called
by the
a),
grammarians
1 j
vessel
221,
rem.
or
* e*
<ui c h^ttjL
c.
.M
which the act

j * a*
done.
The
state or condition, JU*JI, of the subject or object of

is
an
act, or of both, whilst the act
taking place
as
t^'j juj ?U.

\Jls^ he stood
to
Zeid came riding ;

at the
f
Ci
<d *$5\s d^Xe.
loA~~ SjU^JI
^b
,-U
entrance
*
of the cave, saluting him (and) saying
him;
,
j^,
*to
i ) a*>*
ixa...>
wUt t^Lholj and

i*
,l)rt,
<UJI
j
enter the gate, prostrating yourselves; ^J>i\

a *
ill, b^*Sj
sitting
UL5
^j^sjo who
>^*3t
bear
God
in mind, standing
up and
down; UjJ
(a
oU^bôjij apiece
tool),
of wood can be straightened

;
with the tikaf
kind of
while
it is soft
U*}Jl u
olio
^^JU.
a habit with which I grew up as a young man ; Ubj j-JDl w>Âi <J^*
^JUI ^slLsJHj birds, fresh and
wjUxJI Ia^>j
^jJ Lwbj
(/V
/.s')
as // the hearts of
dry, beside her nest, were the red fruit of the jujube or
44]
The
Verb 3.
Government of the Verb.(a) The Accus. 113

.*
decaying dates; l*^-*
u*^' C**>j / mfe
^
in
forsg saddled ;
his
OwJJ
L-^L>
ly-i
djL-Lc
^jUxiJI / 7^ ^ sultan
cd.ju oj.**- jutL*j dJ^-jjj
house,
weeping;
IjJU*. IjU
aJUI
(âjtj
^>j
whoso
shall rebel against
God and
make him
his
Apostle,
and
shall
transgress his
it
ordinances,
He
shall
enter into fire, to abide in

(as
for ever ;
doicn
;
LJU. juJj Oj^-e / passed by Zeid,

ji\iajti\
he was)
sitting
ia*
du OeUfc-j
and
teas
she brought
him forth long-limbed ; Cs

tchilst
- ,
A
;
|/Atj
3,
,
,jUL-Jt
3 -
^
3
I
'
in
i
the
,
garden,
it
, 3 i,
was
in
bloom
~,
3,
,....
JL~j j&.\j
jy
~
tl.
0^*4j* LJl*.
, J-o
i.o
AJU
^n
p~?*o\j
and
3 j
there were
next morning two parties, (one) ashed

(whilst
and another asking about me,

z, Z , 3
, ,
,d&
, 3
, 3 ,
was) sitting at el-Gomeisd
; [SjjJLo
bU^JI UjjJ o^-j Utj

being destined for
us,
^j*m-j
the
Fates will overtake

;
us, they
as
we are
destined for them]

o, ,
^j~J=>\j aIJU
J met
him,
(irhilst
we were)
,3,
both riding ; >i>}*

*
^x*^
^
^
i
, ,
i_5~
3
whenever thou meetest me, both (of

,
(J
33
us being) alone ;
teas)
j;jia.;.
tjuua* aJLiJ
I met
him, (whilst the one of us
going up (and the other) coming down.
Rem.
of the
90,
,
a.
The JU>.
to
is,
in relation to the
it
grammatical structure
phrase
which
is
belongs, a iLai or redundancy, for
joj
t\^.,
Zeid came,
a complete, intelligible, sentence, without

It answers the question
the addition of
L^lj
6
riding.
<JL^
Atra;
.?
in regard to the state or condition of the subject or object of the J)

act,
[and
may be jjJLo
5^
J
_ _
9,3
indicating a future state, or

( 8,
iJjj\jLo
indicating
a simultaneous state (74), like the Imperf.

9
'
d and
,
e)].
j
3^
Rem.
b.
The JU*. depends upon a regent

sU*.
;
(JlaJI ^J^l*),
which
may be
(Vol.
i.
either a verb, as Lalj juj

{
or a verbal adjective
230, 231), as
1
OS ^
9 3 '
1>^
+>j
^W
is
ftmftn^ 'Jrar
~*^
1~,
ts
c,
,,9 3'
15
standing,
w.
II.
Ljjl.3
^jjj-ct* juj Z^;'^
beaten standing, Ljjli
,ja. juj
114
Part Third.
handsome standing,
I
Syntax.
00.
44
-eit /oo&s
3 / S t *' jccla <U*o jj>~..i \^>\.i
Juj Zeid looks
more handsome standing than he does

has a verbal force
(^Jjts
sitting ; or
an expression that
its
.-i**),
as a
preposition with
com-
plement, a demonstrative
like
pronoun, an interrogative, or a word
OsJ,
(JjJ
and
O^3
as
is
U^* jtjjl
,-i juj êie? is in the house

1^*3
/w/
standing (where jtjJI ,i
... is 1*j15 m
*
c"
i
l
equivalent to jt jJI ..ijiil-wo), juj / sj/ / / êie? standing, LJl. 3^^* iJj^c beside thee (or in
.
.
- a j
house)
is
Amr
go*
sitting,
UJLkuU 3j-*c
IJJk Âis is '.4mr (in
2/ie
ac o/")
7iira
going away (equivalent in sense to UJUa-ô aJI jJsu! oo& a

^ j
0^
going aivay, or
.0
liAlaô
'
aJ!
'" 6
vwl / point
(ire)
to
?
him going away),
UjIS
^Jjiaj
-ilJlw
w/ia< is //
^/iore
o&;'ec
standing
^JU
(where Ûli
U=
Uo w/tatf ar
{there)
1
doing
6 .
?)
,
\
\ks\j
,
what art thou about,
lbs
standing
la>~w i<J*j IJÂj
and
^/iis
is
my
husband, an old
2
*>
man {and
'0 3*
^ys-
'
this,
my
o
husband,
is
an old man)
5^JJI
j^
o-
Loi
?
^jâjsue what then ails them that they turn aside

r
from
the
o
warning
o ^
Rem.
c.
The
<J{&- is usually (1)

0,6
s 3
an adjective (uuij or iio)

<i
s
;
expressing a transitory state (aJUtli* jjl^)

*
though
called
it
may
also
be
sO
vi
*o
'
permanent (ZJJu ^ c j+z),

(constant) hearer
as la--o-w aJJI
It (of prayer).
in
Ojî /
upon God as a
may
i a ,
likewise be (2) a masdar,

participial
substantially equivalent
meaning to a
3 t
adjective
o,
[comp. Vol.
i.
230, rem. c*], as

f 3
;
tô
3
dJJUS
killed
him bound
30s
(in cold blood),

J)
i.e.
La=>Ij
is$0'30'\30,Z /
;
i.e.
Ij^cue
\*c&j
<***3'
/ came
to
him riding hard, him by hearing

;
l*^w
<u^> ^J3
Oj^l
received that from

it),
1
;
(I
learned
it
from him by hearing him say

i -
i.e.
buoL>
3 3 -
A2Ju
%Xh
he
came into view suddenly,

i
s
i.e.
3
;
UcU
i -
* , 3 3glaj
,
AlJL)
/ met him
to face,
1 ' 3
;
3 3
suddenly or unawares,
i.e.
i.e.
l.l*o
OLc
<^-.i3
I met him face

to face,
i.e.
t'3*''f3 UjI*
;
33 6S>*
iîULo
rtJLpAâ
spofe <o
to
him face
lyiltLo
<ik->
as
<CLJi
I met him face
face (each of us hindering the
Rather, according to Noldeke, to a gerundium.
44]
The Verb.
3.
Goveniment of the
Verb.
(a)
The Accus. 115
other, for 4il
ii&).
It may also
moon
t.*-
be
;
(3)
I
a concrete substantive,
juj js Zeid charged
as tjju j^JUl
(Zi&e)
JfcXJs
tlie
rose full
sell it
jlwI
lion
^**jJO
-
<uu
A
(at the rate of)

_
mudd for a
two
b*
Ajb*o
~,
sb-
dirham ; ^jjyJii
j*JI
wheat
is come,
(at the rate of)
/bq/w (for a dirham)

a
U>Apj Sli
sliJI
Cou /
t *
Aaue sold the sheep
a dirham apiece; juJ lju &ub /

(i.e.
dealt, or traded,
t * i*
*
with htm,
I*
J
b*
hand in hand
for ready money);
bb bb
*
ajL-*.
by
* bs
aJ
w^-o
- J
I explained
Ae or
is
his account to
him item by item; C**J C~o i^j^- >* B

by
/
?/
my nextdoor C~J ll*j) j^s

;
neighbour
,Jt
4
(lit.
house
to house, for to
*
I
C*J
face
^jJt
(lit.
U-j
his
ob* tvLoJL>
* jb
j
/ spoke
i.
him face
to
*b
z*
mouth
to
my mouth);
titan as
L*jj <suU w~Jl Lit IJdk this (fruit)

**
*
bi-
is better
*
'Z-
as
the
j o ^b*o
****
**
a grape
a raisin; L-j
(like) the
or t^Jkjl j>$&\ \$j*3,

(for
Lw
iî^j'
Lastly, the bands of Saba Lw). people dispersed There may be more a proposition, U a (see 183). may be
jJU*.
^
b J
(4)
'
than one
both
S
;
tjb>. referring to the subject or object of
an
act, or to
e.g.
f
UC^lo b&tj joj

*
sb*.
Zeid came riding (along) laughing ;

b-a
y
* x *j
9 9*
UjOfcJL*
* - b ^ i
Uit^ juj
* i,
o '
tjub
b 1 4
Mis
~
*
is
Zeid standing talking
i<-j'
lj*)
b * * i
Lj-oLo I_5_iLp's
<ujai;< U5b*. ajjÎ

to help
my
son,
in cdarm, met his two

S
J i b J
brothers,
Sjjia.;.o
coming
him, and they
won
spoil
tjuua*o tjUA C.***J
/, (ichilst)
going up, met

difficulty
Hind
The only
*
-
case in
which a
?^
s
woman) coming down. can arise is when both the hals D

(a
tjjo.,< tjjta*o
are of the same gender and number, as

*
ljuj C~JL)
that, in
or L!j
LwU
j b*
ljuj C-jtj.
-
Some
of the
grammarians say
this case, the first Jb*. refers to the subject
and the second
to the
object, /, (as
I was) going
first
up, met Zeid coming
down; but
others
maintain that the

the subject,
/,
jjb^ refers to the object and the second to
(as I was) riding, met Zeid walking.
Rem.
</.
<
W i
i i
ibr
The Jb*. may be
5jlô, strengthening, or
5j^^ j-ji.
116
9 x
Part Third.
w
i J
Syntax.
to
44
As SjJhye
it
may
refer
either
the verbal regent or to a
preceding proposition as a whole. If it refers to the verbal regent, it may be derived from the verb itself, though this is a comparatively rare case
thee
to
;
as
*$3~>j
ÛJJ
'
^JULwjIj
&
lO*
*
and we have
* but iO 3 3*
sent
* *
13
'W
*"'
* d
mankind
...,o
as
an Apostle; ^^ûjbj
jV*J'.3
J^' J&
J 8*
dj-ob
Olja.
êâ^Jlj jiJlj
and He hath
subjected to
you
the
night and the day, and the sun and the moon and the stars, subjected If it refers to a preceding proposition, this must by His command. be a nominal proposition, consisting of two definite concrete nouns
as subject
and predicate;
;
as lijJac ^3-*!
fcjj
j*-j
Zeid
is
thy father, as
well
being affectionate
UAJii
lijjjt*
Â
an d
he
so j
;
is
Zeid,
as
known ;
ÛftJ
it
O*^
is the
^'
I am
so
valiant (and) brave;

l^J
is
3A
3A9
Lu JJt
awe?
i
truth, as manifest
yjâut,
Isjlcl* Jia*J!
s the
truth, as confirmatory of what
with them (of the

*}H^t <UJt
Jlc
Scriptures which they have already received)
Ut
Ju*a01 jj^sb l^^ / aj

(j
<Ae servant
of God, eating as
the servants
(0/
6W)
ea; ,<*-~J
IsjjJt* Sjlj ,^_>t Ul

her.
a??i the
son of Dara,
explained
(or
e.g.
my
lineage being tvell
known through
The
^)\a- is
in these cases
it),
z j
by an
be true,
)i
ellipsis of ASj^\, AA-t, <U*jI,
/ know him
know
s
j
it to
j t
know him
#
(or it) for certain, and the like;

$ ,
<i
a*
.-j
2i
* h
- J
-i Lit,
\b^xc
&&o-\
*)$i\
joj,
Ula^w
is
^Lfcu Jk.t jj'iUs
etc.
Rem.
e.
The JL.
it
ordinarily Sjj or indefinite;

it
but
it is
allowable to define
by the article in cases where

*
may
be
explained as involving a condition (hjJJ\ ^y*-*), as

j-iLoJt
/ r*h JI juj
ooA;s ?ore
~..t
êto?,
when
he
is
riding (w-^j
tet),
til),
handsome than he does when walking

usual
(\*~o
instead of the more
LwU
-^.t L&tj juj.

sulfix,
Further,
it
may
be defined by a
it
pronominal
* * j
or otherwise, in various cases, in which or

is
can
e.g.
be explained by,
* *
equivalent
_ _
to,
an indefinite Jl*.
/(>
/,
ojwo-^
<ju
Ojj~ /passed by him by himself ov alone
tjîio),
cJLai
44] The Verb.

îj^ye*. iJUj
3.
(a)
The Accns. 117

t , 1
;
thou hast done this to the best of thy ability (= t jLylaê)

<vâ^=>
LS* L5*i
L-j
/ */w&e
&> /* ./ace *o
face (= Sî^L*)
Ij-cu-a5j
its
^j*M
J)>*3
^jul
(=
(j-jijLjX-e.
see rem.
to
c,
3)
ty-oi
ô-^
(i.e.
L5""*""*'
(<A <W6e o/) Suleim came

cmtf' areai,
me,
its
gravel with
pebbles
small
one
a?^
(70
aff,
Uj.
^)
iMjjdl lyJLyti a?w^ so

croicd,
to
lie
let
them
;
(the
^jiiJI
camels)
elpa.)!
tlte
in
a 6o^y, or a
water (= A^^Jjto)
in
IjtW.
<Ay ca/ue o/ together

)
.
(lit.
grrerti
mass,
covering
ground, = \*>**
Rem. f.
refers,
The subject or object
of the action to
which the Jb*.
JlaJt w-^-lo or ^JUJ!

it is
ji, is usually definite, Sij**.
The
principal cases in which

(1)
is
indefinite,
Spli,
are the following.

i?t it
When
the Jl. precedes
it,
as J^-j W51S ly*s

Lt^.
(the house)
a maw standing ;
fe/i!
^jS
JJ-
a^Âc
^.
SjjJ
'Îssa's is a?i
ancient
r?tm,
desolate;
is,
w>^w
y Uo
L?ô^..,a..lbj ao? in
my
;
body there
|L1 RX
sliafts,
manifestly, if thou didst (but)

Ua3I_3
know
it,
a sad change
Kl
....o
i<J'j*J' WNfltoJj // tinder the sjiearlieads
and C
seeking shelter, are gazelles (women).

is
(2)
When
the
w-^ '-o
JlaJI
followed by an adjective or a complement in the genitive,
as \jj^c
settled
ô
1^*1
^S*-
jx>\
J>
Jfjsu
\^J in
it
(that night) w>.

Lj
is
each wise thing, as a thing proceeding
from us ;
vT-,;?*
Uj)-^
"
>Jt
my
^ j\a
Lord,
>iXXs
î
<J
Os*aJL-tj Uk.^3 </tow rfiV^ deliver
Noah,
and
didst answer his prayer, in a ship cleaving

L515
+
the sea heavily
laden;
J^j jS%& ^J^c

**
+
its-
in
my
house
is
?na?is slave standing;
complete
appointed
v*Wa*~J
ii
^ wt ^>JL5l-JJ
* * o
*lj,
êbl iajjt ^.i in four days
(this)
for inquirers.
(3)
After a negative or an inter-
rogation, as L5lj ^5-0^to
Oô
^> ^^.
;
there is
no interdicted spot
jca-t
preserve (one) from death

.
j*\at^?$\ ,Jt
^j^j
j-w Zo
^*y v>
no one
incline to
hang back on the day
118
Part Third. Syntax.

50/
ul
44
of
battle,
fearing death;
?
life
decreed as lasting
Slbaweih,
f
Lib jL+t â. Jjk -U i

*"
O J/
/
friend, is a
however, admitted the correct-
ness of such a phrase as

#
L>5li>
i
UU5
/_
.//
a , *
a tradition ^J&-j lv*9, and in io j j , z , * ii
we
find
Jla-j dsljj L5^-j tj^cliâto aJUI Jj~>j l5^

there
Apostle oj
God prayed sitting, and
prayed behind him [some)
men standing.
Rem. g. As to the position of the Jl- in a sentence, the following remarks must suffice, in connection with what will be said
elsewhere.
(1)
As
a rule, the Jl*.

it, if
is
placed after the regent.

ul
It
r /J
may, however, precede
the regent be a fully inflected (^fij*aZc)

Aa?.
verb or verbal adjective, as juj

O
/
L*tj
riding came Zeid;
jJaJj
li
#0///0/
to
f
Uy~w iw /tasie is
/
/m (man) departing ; but we cannot say
ljuj ^*ma.I
Ua.Lo and
/SO/
//Of/
and
->
0/0 j^t J*o

/
91/
^jâ.\ l-Li JuJ, instead
0/0
j/o
is
00
of l.Li jtjj ^>*~.l to
l.Li> Jj^* c
j o
O-* O"**^
*;>
because
,Jjiil,
//o
uJ
a /
o2/oj/o
is
neither ^**.t as wa,.aCJI

/ / J
(J^si,
nor ^^.^.l as sJ*~aJLZl\
Oj-*aLo.
An
exception to the latter case

is
when an
object in a
/0
certain state
compared with
# /
itself,
or with another object, in a

5
/ J
different state, in
which case the one

it,
the other follow

foo&s
* /
3
as
Ij^cls
jo <sU*
j/o
^^^.l
^Jt*.
must precede
#./ tojls
^Jjiil,
and
00/
juj Zeid standing

o
j/Oc
Jiiil
; / o j
0/
more handsome than he does

/
sitting,
l
or
ô
Ijj^Lo
juj
fist* jj-o* êi(Z a/cme is ?wo?- e iiseful than

If the regent be a
it,
Amr
3/0/0/
assisted (by others).
0/
b),
^yju>
jJ-oU (see rem.

case
/0 >iUJ
/ *
the Jb*. must follow

its
J /
with
rare
exceptions in the
of
a preposition and
complement.
/
j
We
/i
IjJk,
?/3
-J
si
cannot use jua

o
Sjâô,
/
^^j!
#/ 3
/
/I IJub
j
td^Ja^c,
jj^.l
s j /
#0/ /0/# ljuj C-sJ l/ôl,

/ j
Jurfl
#0/ ljuj
(J^3
0/
W^*'j> /0/ o /
^ or

A/*!*"*
/
/O oo *** iU3,
w
0/
/
>
li^Lc J^jI
nor
is it
Jjji.1
l^^wol
ljuj C-sJ,
*
</
juj!
tlj
ljuj
*
</
O -^
0/
//0 So/
LjjlS
0/
wo
usual to say Jjac 1*513 juj or jljJI U515 J^j for *o/ 00/ w> 00/ //0 d)juc juj or Uj15 jljJI ^ji Juj, though some read in the
the heavens,
Kor'an tfLUû Ob^la-o Ol^^*Jlj and
folded together,
119 44] The Verb. 3. Government of the Verb. (a.) The Accus.
O
3 *
his right (shall be) in

(shall be)
hand, instead of Ob^Jsuo, and the heavens
folded together in his right hand.
(2)
The JU. may
pre-
cede the JlaJI wft.Lc,
when the
3*
i
latter is the subject (nomin.) or * *
ibi*******
Cl
direct object (accus.), as juj l*.L

5
sU*.,
*
IjuA t^j**** vj-"*

*
unless
3}
S
*n)I,
1*3
*3lB*>
**
the Jl. be restricted by

, J *
as
,jjj*L^
*^t
,j-J-jôJI ,J->jJ
Uj
and
^jjljj^-c^
and we do
If the
not send the Apostles but as announcers

* B*>
J
warners.
O
*
JlaJI w--Lo be governed by a preposition, the

*
3 * *
Bt**13**
J
Jl. must follow
it,
as
i-JU. jUyj Ojj-o, not jUyj LJU*. C>j^.

,
,
, B *
1>
Only a poet could venture on an emergency to say
)jj
the
O^9 O^
coolness of
w *^
r.
:
Lit
l*t*"
'*
water vxis dear

i
to
*
O^*** s'-*" if me when parched and thirsty,

iJt Wi'-* ^^ ,
*
ever
verily she is dear (to

* 3
*B
S*
B * *
* B
* Bi
me), for
b^La
Û**
^Jl
L-*.
or ^jXs o^**J^ O-f-*'
^3^
^ O^
J *
JL. JiSj Uyi I^JbJJ

i B* *
nc? though (your) herds

let the
5
-
of camels and
Ilibdl pass
(your) rvomen be seized, yet ye must not

B *
murder of
* 3
unavenged, for Uî JL- J^*J
3*0*1
The JU*. may be dependent upon C

9
a preceding
word,
is
<su)l
oLcl*
(see 75),
when
its
B
the iûiuo, or governing
naturally capable of being

i*i
* i
regent (masclar,
J *
I
nomen
* *
{
J
;
Bi
agentis, etc., see rem.
6),
as Z$js*~*>
I
juA w>jus
to
*
jdt>
>&L3
.i..s!..e.\
Uj*o
*
juj
Ujotfc ^Xa^.j-6 aJJ

'
.Jt
* Z
GW
sAa?Z fo
QtO
your return
*-5-a
v*
*o
****
**
altogether ;
^*j
me
ba>i
f JlP'
^'
tj^lj
il5Ûxil
,jt j^Î-ol
J>*J
*f
*
*j)
bi
my
daughter says, Verily thy departing alone

5
to tear will
* 1
one day leave
the oLiue is a part, J) 3 * IS *B*** really or tropically, of the aJI oLcl, as ye> ^t%j} jus ^J UcjJj * * * * ^***
;
*
without a father
B*
9
or
when
B
* B
Ulî.1
Ji
*
an(^
We 4*3
*
toill
remove what
is
in their breasts of rancour

B
} 1
as brethren (lil^.t dependent on the suffixed pronoun in^^Jkjjjwo);

4 * *3
&
*y
*B*
* 3 * Bi-
Si
Uu-i*. >0-Jbljj|
thee, Folloiv
rt</ft<
iL
the
?-v'
o' ^^' U; ^.^l ^j then We revealed unto

i.e.
law of Abraham as a hanlf
inclining to the
stoto or
senmd in faith (U^> dependent on
^J8lj->l, dJLe being
120
Part Third.Syntax.
and the phrase quite
2
44
virtually a part of ^Jkl^jt,

* -
clear
and correct
*a
without
it,
Uîa. ^Jktjjl f-31).
Rem.
h.
The
Jla*JI WJU
may
be suppressed, either necessarily
or optionally.
It is omitted necessarily, for example, in the case of

d),
a AX^s>. jjô-^toJ Sjâj^ Jl. (see rem.
as li^lac j)y>\ juj
in
forms of salutation or congratulation,

Ljj^-o taking the right
as,
to one departing, tjuJ>U

scil.
way and
directed by God,
i^Jb^t
#0; to
one returning from the pilgrimage, ljju~o ljâ.to rewarded and

accepted,
scil.
0~*jJ> thou art arrived, or C-.ro-j thou art returned ;
to one eating, Ujj~ U*â easy o/ digestion

4,.J^>,
and wholesome,
scil. aJL,
6$ys, etc., ea
i,
= may
it
agree with thee or
you* ; and
it
in
such phrases as (txcUas) Ijulji ^>;ju <CJjlwt / bought
for a
the
dirham and upwards,
scil.
Ijutj
J>^)t
w>J>i, or SjsA*o, and

;
price went on increasing or went higher
*^sL*J
<au
jUjju O3juo5
I gave
<Ae
is
in alms a dinar
and
less,
scil. *ikilw
Jjjucu.oJt
wAJJ wc?
Câ.
*j-
amount of what was given in alms went
lower.
But the omission

v-^*
2-*
optional in such phrases as
L^lj
riding, in answer to
;
/ttwo
cô^ Aow come? for L^lj

time,
C-JU*.
(j,">-l
W-~s*5
? ?
Woô^l
Temimite at one
jJa^jI,
and a
Kaisite at another
scil.
dost thou change, or iwrw, thyself into
^J^-wl or
dost
D *i
or
3 -
JU^Jol
thou affect the nature of
J s
t>
A^lJat
(
ô-s^J
jjl
(^L-j^l w*~=w.j!
<*j^ l^3~~> O'
15^ 0<P^ r5^

?
l es 1n an
think that
* j s
We
*
shall not
re-unite his bones

to
Yea, (we will re-unite them, lv ,.a.i) being able put together evenly the bones of his fingers. It may even happen
*
..
*
[Tf
^->.y>
-* be considered as epithets of the masdar

35,
*$=>\
h,
understood, this phrase belongs to the class mentioned Comp. Lane sub Jj-*-]
a.
44] The Verb. 3. Government of the Verb. (a) The Accus. 121
that the actual Jl. itself
is
suppressed, and only a word or phrase,
which
is
dependent upon
w>L
it,
expressed; as^^y-J^ ^j^J^-ju i5*}LoJlj
jj^Xz j^%~>
yjz
&*
and
the angels shall
go in unto them
through every gatey {saying, ,>*i5U) Peace be upon you.

d.
The motive and

of his
object of the
agent in doing the

\ij.
act,
the
;
cause or reason
doing
it
as
Co^k /
fled for fear

to
w>j*JI
yjs-
OjjiS thou didst refrain from going forth

*i
war
out of cowardice;
\~-t&
L5^' <^->j*
l^.jkir. 7
<xi
beat
my
13!
son for the sake
of correcting him; îUw*^
j$i\ <Qlj
to
when
see
him,
s *
3 S S i 10
stand up before him
to
show respect
my
teacher ; u Ijîwt l
have sold their souls, that they shoidd not believe in what
God has
9
*
Ci
'
i *
o*
i*>
oi
sent
&
down
j si. &
(revealed), out
o
k
^//
tjL...cw
^y~Ju\ juc j-
w>UJI Jjbl ^> jt^> *5 of envy; ^J&j-t o*-o #fii 'J,' IjU^ îulojl juu ^> many of those who have C
1
Scriptures would like if they could
make you
j-uJI
unbelievers again, after

so
ye have believed, out of
selfish
envy:
aiU~o \j& wJjis / did

<LiU
and
so
for fear of harm, or
î^^JJ
jjl
for fear that thou
shouldst reproach
awe?
the
#/"
me;
aJJI
oLi^*
sell
a *
sUIjI
aiJ
a&*
i*
v^J-
t>*
w^^l 0-*J
-.-
there are
(for
who
themselves (give up their lives) to win
* a *
favour of God>
^ff-^JJt
SLi^);
^ u^j^h
j ;
* **>
- -a
->
jtol ^rij^^ ^jj*
j-^h
Uj>
jJj
I forgive
the harsh
language of the noble, that
I may D
the
treasure him up (as a friend in time of need),
and I disregard
abuse of the vile out of generosity

O^-frJI jJ^- Jicl^-cJI
,j-e ^yJlit
^y*j\*a\ ^j ^Xxa.i
they
put
their fingers in their ears on account
is
Such an accusative of the claps of thunder, through fear of death. usually either indefinite or else in the construct state definition
;
by the
not
article is
not common, as
i \sh^syi\
^s-
o-^-" *wt*'
*$
refrain
from
w.
battle out
of cowardice.
16
ii.
122
Part Third.Syntax.
2
0.<
[
9 /
44
-
A
j/
Rem.
j
This accusative, which must always be a i,*X3 jj~&*,
a mental or intellectual
j o
nomen
of
verbi, is called
-o^
o ?
jjo
by the grammarians
account of which
/
/o/
aJ J^huLq.)!,
or
(*A.I
,,>*) aJI.'^) JjJM-oJt, Aa o?i

is
something
e.
is
done.
It
the answer to the question
<lJ
why ?
;
Various other determinations and limitations of the predicate

00/
/
^
#0/
ZO, J0/0.O
as Lii juj w>U

is
Zeid
^
charming in colour ;
tf
cheerful in spirit; b^J ij^JI w>li the rose 69/ / / / \3j* juj w**-oj .Z^'c? streamed with perspiis
* / /
--
**
tw
D *
ration
iitjj
L*-*-w
^t^JI JaIwIj aw<#

tu*}b>.t
Z / /
wy
Amrf
glistens with hoariness;
Jb&JI O.P
/O5<J0//
I
our grave minds surpass the mountains in

/ o /
o
;
* / /
weight (ox firmness);

*
\*>j=>
o*yjl thou art a marvel of generosity

/
iO*>
'
/ /
j3 \j
pwuJ
Ooij
raised the chief in dignity

?
j/a~w joJ^
/
Owjii
J J
/0 CO''
w /
I planted
the
land with trees; b^*c c^j*i"

#/
.>
M>^3
lit /
aw^
w^
(/
?warfe /*
earth break forth with springs
2)0''*
if/wM
E
3j*5
j*t&* aiM
;
Croo? ?s
great in might;
( / o
/
j/
is
J/
b^> >jU*. jA fo
a Hdtim in
generosity
j%=>\$ *$j^* 1^5^

Sj
la.swJ
***'
C n)U
r higher in station
and
richer in wealth;
l>
^^
(lit.
I
/i/ 2/! S^.3 jtwl
jl ??< /^?/ (your hearts)

:"
were
//
/fe stones, or even

c /
harder
0/
/t
;p
0/
stronger as to hardness); bl jiu
bl êj^l
0/
!
U, or bl
$
jSL>
^j\j
j>j=>\,
Aow
wo/We *s ilfol 2?#r as a father

# / J /
**jj
L-L ^su
is
excellent is
Zeid
!
s a companion
/
/
j-^->
>*
b>e*ibi
i^~--^
very bad
Bisr as a slave
/ o
blj dLol
jlj
jljJI
^jUj
aw?
*
excellent is the provision,

'
thy father's
JO
<
provision, as
a provision! l^-ob aj
<#
in
is
**L.~.e-
// sufficiency is
Him
as a
(// suffices thee) as
a helper;
* J /
Ljb'
aJJ ?/7â^
a man he
horseman!
(lit.
to
God
belongs his outflow or emanation, from none

;
other could he emanate)
'iLfc.j
^j
J *
0/
w//^
rt
??? /^ is
zO/ {p*i} being

^--
here a wa3
///?
-?>*.
ox particle of surprise)', [Ljli 4u

48, e,
^>lj
].
yk
6^ê?
rt.?
a pedestrian than as a horseman,

j
rem.
Rem.
a.
Tliis accusative is
j w / j / 05/ called j^w^JI or j^-oJt,
M^
specified-

j
the
Verb. (a) The Accus. 123

ffo explanation.
j .--
<ion,
and also^*JuJI
an
or^,..J^Jt,
and ^.^Dl or ^**^JI,
It
is
indefinite substantive, Sj&ô-J, placed immediately after

it
the proposition of which
limits or defines the predicate.

it is
In the
grammatical structure of the sentence

(see
c,
.
rem.
a).
The grammarians regard

,
it
a aJLos, like the Jl^. as governed by the
verb in the preceding clause, of which

1_
it
9
was the
0-
9-9309
J.eli or JjjuLo,
-
before
J^jjuLo
its
transference to the place of

if
j~^J
to the actual
J^li or
or,
the preceding clause be nominal, as having been
transferred from the place of the lj~e.

3
Thus LJu joj w>U

20;
is
0-
- -
fO
3>
o --
equivalent, they say, to juj i3 0-3 9 'll* ' *'

->.~~}\
LrJu
Oulk
-
Ijjji
-
i--^JI
it
C~xJj to
3
;
it
r *
10
3-
jjJ wojij
5j
jj ^..bc
<*JUI
to
A+glag
oJJ'
5 ** j
and
JU ills ji4l jj
to
iUU
js\ jJj
JU
it is
;
The J-^5 may be

30-**
n
jo,
explained by
^
t
3
with the genitive

%
when
JytA^JI
^6
J^-iU^,
it is
asâ^w
-0*3
-
^>-
c^j'i"
-
^*~'j; instead of
|^*~w
-
but not when
0-0
jJÛJI
Ljj\s
â
Jj^jLu, for ^-jj ô juj
wjlb
is
nonsense.
[Instead of
*^.j *a^3
and >;;
in the phrases quoted Iwjli

-
op
dJU
and
we may use ^jli

J
3-0
,j-o
and J*-,
0*&
l
,j*.
See
18, 6.]
90 The j-~J may

OS
- d 3 3
occasionally be placed, by poetic license, before the predicate which

ii
it limits,
as
w jfex J'jAJb
O^
- -
- -
-t
'*i
W**-
<3!/**W jrti-1 j^*-h'
taiW
Selmd sever
ts
ea?i<^
herself' from
her lover by going

?
away {from
him),
ta
though she
not cheered in spirit by going aivay
U-wj wo^tjt l*j
^^
.
- - - 0*a
l
j^^'j
I did
not refrain, tfiongh

90i
my
head glistened with

90
<
-0
-3
-0
hoanness.
Such phrases
as juj
L.Us j^xj and jû U*}JU ^X
are no exceptions to the ordinary rule, as they stand for yk^jjj

50^
40
4*3
3 3
Z.
jO
-a
juj L.lo or jJL> U*}lc 0**jM u-~Wj-~-dJ
The transposition
of
the
can take place only when the previous clause contains a verb
is
which
v?^-cu-9
(see
e,
rem.
g),
as
^...Iaj
and Jjtwl
in
the
124
above examples*.
Part Third.
Should
it
Syntax.
9*i
[
, , 1
44
9
even happen that the
v-jj-al*
Jjii
bears the meaning of a i^gôJU j^c âts, no transposition can take , , , , , t , t / b, we cannot say JuJj 15*^ UJLi, instead of LoJU *-j^ 15*^*) place
^
there is
? ,
sufficiency in
, ,
Zeid (Zeid
z
suffices) as
,
j
,
a scholar, because
hi > >
,,
l^JU B ,
322, 323),
also of this class,
tj, ,,,
as
*^.tw) j-Z-
,,
being a
ijeaJt J-*o->
Z , ,
or specification of
,
B
number ;
J^t
,, B ,
2,,jB,9,
LeU O^J-^J **^' owe
(lit.
eleven men, <Ui ojjLg
jc~J nineteen years,
and twenty
years,
3-w ^-Jl^j jjjt eighty years old
sort
of
eighty years).
Rem.
j
c.
To
this class also belongs the specification of weight

j a
0,0,
,0,
j ,
,0
B,
OB,
(Oj^) an d
measure (^Si\, i^L-oJt, ^LiLoJI), in which the jg+3
follows a single indefinite noun,
and
;
specifies the article of

\Xjj
which
that noun expresses the quantity

Z B , , , ,
as
^)^j a pint of
clarified
olive-oil,
L*m>
l^-j
4 B ,
o'^***6
J-jA-5
wo nianas (four pou7ids) of

Li.
ê>f
butter
(ghee),
cloth,
,
a kaflz of wheat,
O^lp
two cuo ^s f
1 B ,
B,
,JB,,B
C-jjJLwl
Ij-oJ
^^-jftLs
/ bought two
~
,
sots
},
of dates, %a*J *-*ij^ tJ

i B ,
I own a
gerlb of date-trees
*&>.
U w>>^ a
bucket of water,
jô<
U^w
.-}
;
s&m
,
of ghee,
}$s \j a jar of vinegar, ^L~c w*-
0/ honey
ljuj*.
4*1 j
Ûi.
ri?i^f
0/
;
iro?t,
i, ,
L.L>
J ,
wb a door of
B , B,
teak-wood,
,,B ,
a coat of
silk
L*5 5J^. ^)*J

(/
^ JUp
,
^^-wJ
/
,&
Jutve not got
i B ,
Bt
B , ,
[The transposition of bto in the words jjU= LjI U*o

A
j}\
^Xi
and I did not know, which of us two

i.
slied the
a>
..it
most tears (Dozy,

9
1 B ,
Supplem.
9
,
1
654, a,
1.
6) is
allowed because
i B ,
is
the comparative of
J ,
^rc*\~.
pouring forth.
A7.
But perhaps bvo

ii.
is
here
ai
^hyuLo for tears
(Fleischer,
Schr.
556).
D. G.]
44]
The Verb.
3.
Government of
the Verb.
(a)
The Accus. 125

j a -
the weight
of a grain of mustard-seed in gold, i^.\j jjj 1<-JI

*~oy*) there
a
Û
^Xt
bla~/ (or bUb~r \J^r>

i,*
aia-a
is
not in the sky a cloud the size

a
of a hand; L*i
ceived from
I
u^j^
*i **at **J* **' O-* J^*i

the full
'*
O^ there shall not be re-
any one (of them)
of the earth in gold ; S^JI
juj
lyJLLo
on each date
size).
its like
o
'
in fresh butter (a piece of fresh butter

: *?*
of
the
same
(
This
*a*o
a *
J~JI_j
OJ>" j*z+*
is
equivalent to the
;
5ilol
\jj
75) or to
the preposition
J-aS.
^j^ with the genitive

cases,
e.g.
ySi =jj jJ3

;
or jj ,j-e
e.g.
In some
however, there
may
be a difference
L*
^y> f
^
means a
i * *
bucket (full) of water, a
bucketfd of ivater, ->jJ5 may mean not only a bucket but also a bucket for water, a water-bucket. of icater,
whereas Lo
Rem.
d.
Finally, to this class belongs the accusative after the

a
interrogative nouns of
number
j^
so
'
* i *
and ^\s, how much

so
how
many ? and the indefinite \js, 1 - - a, under the name ObUfll]. (1)
of what, =
and
much
or
^^
see
many
* *
[included
the
is
(contracted for
i.
Uib
like
Jl
or
jj3,
Vol.
351,
rem.)
either
&i*\ysu-i\
or
= i jut ^1 what number? or interrogative, 2uj~. * g-> predicative (or exclamatory), = j, much, many.
.
assertory
(a)
As
interrogative,
j^s
* , *
is
* a
followed by an indefinite substantive in the
it*
- j
a *
accus. sing., as
Jju *^.j j^s how many men

i
are there in thy
house
w-a!3
o
yiiJ
-
Lo*iUi
* t a *
^^
a,
hoio
away?
* * j * e
ajj
a ,
iJL*
hoio
Ijufc
^^
xU
a,
many
slaves of thine are going

slaves
, ,
how many
thou?
unit
a ,
thou buy?
J)
j, t
iX3
oXLc^^
it
many
?
*iXi
like it hast
iX)
ej^M
J^s how many

than
it
besides
hast thou
l^-a.
j^
how many
better
hast
is
thou?
A phrase like
UlÛ
UU^c *& j*=> how many

because
slaves hast
thou?
no exception to the
viz.
rule,
is
theÎ^
of jj=> has
been omitted,
c,
La5, and
c,
in the accus. as a Jl. (see
rem. b and
rem.
3).
If
governed in the genitive
by a preceding substantive
or a preposition, the
j^^c may
be put in the genit, as well as the
126
Part Third. Syntax.

;
44
accus.
e.g.
cJLlbl
(J.j) *^-j
ô^
Jjjj
^ pension of how many

for h w many
o * * * o t a
(
men
liast
thou granted? IJl* OsJjJLwl (loJkp) _^*ji^-i

* * a*
dirhams didst thou buy

/m>m>
this ?
*aJLjJ
CJuu
o * *
p Ju*.)
U- J*.o-
^
?
.Jit ow
(/?)
many beams
hast thou placed the roof of thy house
As
assertory or predicative (or exclamatory), j^s is followed by a substantive in the genitive of the singular or of the broken plural,
and requires a verb
in the perfect
as
CJCJU
oU^ jtr^
many a
!/*
slave have
I owned,
I
or
how many a
slave have
I owned ! =
^0
j\u0Xki\; Osii.)
^pAp
j^ many
!
a dirham have I spent, or Iww

is
many
a dirham have I spent
This genitive
explained by an
ellipsis of
^0, which
is
often expressed; as ,<i*3

there is
>)
Otô-JI ^J
.iJUU
0-ô^9
is
ILw^JÛLw and
there)
many an
angel (or
how many an angel
in heaven, whose intercession shall be of no avail ;
â ô^j
Ia'-XIaI UjJ
and many a town have We

!
destroyed, or
how many a
town have We destroyed

latter should j~+*o, the
If,
however,
j^s
be separated from the
be put in the accusative, not in the genitive,
asôjcc jJlc "iâiôyô .-JUô^s

t
many
j
a bounty
n>
-
luive
3,
1
I received from
* ,
t
at*
tliem
when
(I was) in want; Ij^j^swo uaj*$\ ^yc ajj}^sj
iJLiyty
makes for Sinan, but on this side of him there lijli she (the camel) is many a tract of land, the valley of which is deeply hollowed; though
the genitive
lyj
is
also admissible in poetry, as Jlyj SU^-o iê jjji

this side
j^
j^s
the
there is
on
of Maiya many a frightful

^j.i
desert
^Ji
clij jw-U dAwjJl^pirw.o j^- j$L)
jutw
i-o
Âere is
among
Benu Sa'd 'ibn Bekr many a chief large in gifts, glorious and useful Unless it be governed by a preceding substantive or (to his tribe).
a preposition,
j^s always
stands at the beginning of the clause.
If a singular J**** be followed
by a pronoun referring to
j j ot*
j *
it,
a <
that
pronoun may be either singular or

o j
plural, as
~
aZjIj
a *
J*j j*=* or
*
jos
*j
' a*o
St
) *
jÂy
lyiJU Z\j*\
jâ
or O-v-***'
f^
^^
-
* -
i> ^=*3^ J
*
9ii/ j
T,le
jo**
<
may, of course, be often omitted after j^, as dAJLoô^ hotv much
44] The Verb. 3. Government of'the Verb.(a.) The A ecus. 127

t
*
;
- j
o -
is
thy property?
scil.
scil.
;
IjUjj
-
^JUl<JLc ^__>
^/ar
Aoio
many
slaves hast
scil.
thou?
0L-jLj
0>~ ô^s Aow;

dJUl
hast
thou travelled?
U>j$ or
*}L-o
w*Û
or
jl*c
^9 Aow ^b
long will 'Abdu 'Hah
efe/ay ? scil.
to thee? scil.
icU
oj*
;
U^j
juj
4JUI
,*Jsl.
Aow? often lias
Zeid come
[^xLe
Jy-j >**
^l^
O^9
^*^ Ch'
of God
3)
ioj*-oJt
Aow many years
old
was Hassan, when
the Apostle
arrived at *El-Afedlna?~\.
(2)
^l--* or ,^jl_b, compounded of
and the genitive of

is
^1
10J10?
which? [Vol.
i.
351, 353, rem. c]
scarcely ever employed interrogatively, as w%fr>
O^
l5^'
cJ^
y^ju~ij \j*j
JUi
w>IJa.Î Sj^- \jJJ v>i'^ >5*

l
<
0-^) ''ei 'i6w
â'6
three.
u'e? /o 'Ibn
Mas
ud,
As how many
(verses) dost thou

?
read the
Chapter of the Confederates (Kor. xxxiii.)
And
he said, Seventy-
Its ordinary use is assertory or predicative (or exclamatory),
followed by the accus. singular, as w~lj *^f~j

(or
CH^
many a man
how many a man) have I
seen
but more usually by
^c
with
the genitive, as j~r> )$?>j **- J3tS ^*j
^ ^libj
and how
!
many a
1
prophet
*$*
(is there),
with
i
j *
whom many myriads

;--.--
have fought
a > *
U^J**
and
/tow
^V** ^*5
many
4jI ^>a 0_3>*! C^J^'j Ol^-Jt a sign is there in heaven and earth, by which they
W^
- o
..
/i ji
.<
- -
CH^5
a
pass, turning
away from
whether OS* 1
it!
L5-'^t 1$^'
15-"''
l>
k^3 many
grief is too great to be consoled by

It is disputed
'
it
J
any examples (of resignation). can be preceded by a preposition, as in

-
the phrase w>^3l tjkA

piece
s.**j
we^liu for how much
wilt thou sell this
of cloth
(another example of the interrogative use).
(3) \j=t
(sometimes written ^J^d), so and so much or many [Vol. i. 340, rem. d], requires after it an indefinite accus. in the singular, as
IjLkC lx-->
cXU
I possess so
and
so
many
slaves ; Lo-*>i tjkib

is
^ju
/ Aw
so anfZ so
many dirhams
by me.
It
more usually doubled,
tjkfbj ljk_b, as lô IJiibj tjkb jjuUI jj-o
JIS Af
mW
(lit.
sazW) so
128
Part Third.Syntax.
so
45
and
many
verses
so
of poetry
so
ajjU.
IJ^j
\j=> j-^^)t
<J>Iwl the
^yJUil
amir bought
wX-.aJ!
and
many
IJlj
slave-girls; ^)lw^j
tjc
juu L**j
j^
i<~J
<u
UiaJ
Ij^ti promise thy soul ease after
thy affliction, calling

trouble is forgotten.
to
mind such and such favours, through which The conjunction is sometimes omitted, and
is
some say that there

\js \js
;
a distinction between
\jr>$
\j=>
and
e.g.
/ owe him
LoJkji
so
U-Ap IJ^ 'J^ Âc oj means, according to them, and so many dirhams, from 11 to 19, whereas
means
at least 21 dirhams.
IJAj
IJc
f.
An
act expressed by a
is
nomen
verbi, with
;
which another
oSj\
act,
expressed by a finite tense,

they killed
compared
as
I^câI*.!
JlS o^XzH
him
in the
same way as
his son killed their brother 'Anir ;
juj yi\ Jjto~d <ujx*j ljuj w>Jcc he tortured Zeid just as 'Isma'U,
ZeicPs father
',
//rf
twtured
Mm\; ^^yJUwJtwt jJDt ÛU

and if God should
aJJI
Jo^ju 3J5
C vfrv^'
vfft^* 1^5"^
jr^W
hasten evil upon men,
as they would fain hasten

decreed.
good, verily their end {death)
would be
For this accusative

verbi, or
<-jI
may
be substituted
with the genitive

;
of the
first
nomen
example,
U^ with a finite tense of the verb JJ&^ or <cj1 Jj:S l^ [comp. 27,
e.g. in
the
>].
45.
If
an entire clause, consisting of a subject and a predicate,
be annexed to another clause, to define or limit either the subject or object of the latter, then the predicate of the former is placed
before its subject and put in the accusative, the subject being left
in the nominative (see 73).
j6J\^\
For example
lj3~X -iUJj^J j^Jj

aftei-
Ij^tJ^
<UJtj1
Timnr-lhik (Tamerlane) turned his back,

his rear struck with
his
van had been broken and
panic
1^31
^JJI >*
w/w produceth gardens with trellises for vines and without and the palmtrees and, the grain, with their various edible
them,
fruits
48]
jj j l
The Verb. S. Gov't of Verb. (b) Prepositions : o^.

t o j t
129
j
e j
i j j
if*
QW- ^
&
a*
**
c/
UU.
ij\s
all
let
2lij
t,^-*
w^
^'^
a?r#
it
my
disgrace
WJU*.
with the sword,
God's decree bring upon

in.
me what
may (^^
=
j^jic
wi. Oij> Q^f-
rhyme T^
7
for
Ul).
(b)
Prepositions.
46.
The
prepositions all originally designate relations of place
(local relations),
but are transferred,
first,
to relations of time (tern-
poral relations), and next, to various sorts of ideal relations, conceived under the figure of the local relations to which they correspond. They are divided into simple and compound. The simple prepositions
are again divisible into three classes, indicating respectively motion
proceeding from or away from a place, motion to or towards

rest in
it.
it,
and
47.
The
prepositions which indicate motion proceeding from or

place,
away from a
from.
are ,>* (ex) out
of,
from, and ^s- (ab) away
q
Rem.
In Hebrew and Aramaic
fft
supplies the place both of
,j-e
and ^c.
^y> (with pronominal
suffixes
48.
nates
:
^j-^-o,
U, -ilu, a^c) desig-
(a)
The
local point
of departure, departure from a place
as
fell
5-x-o (j-e ê **"
wen t forth from Mekha ;

,xa..... <JI
i
U ju ^c
Jaiw
it
from her handI; j\jaJ\

(I declare) the glory of
the
y*
"^J ajuau
j^Î ^JJl
(jla.*..>
tj
from
Him who transported His servant by night sacred Temple (at Mkkka). Hence it is connected with verbs which convey the idea of separation, departure, holding oneself or another aloof from any person or thing, liberating, preserving,
fleeing,
>lvJI
frightening away, forbidding, and the like

ft .
as
^..arw.)
(us)
jA
o^ o-
â
i* this is the fortress
which preserves
from
w.
ii.
17
130
A A
77
7
Part Third. Syntax.
; "
48
all calamities
"
'
*o-bJI
o-*
^W
it
lO
>
it
3>cl
take refuge with
God (pray
God
to preserve
me) from covetousness
^âJI O-* **3 LJ*^'

s
wor/o*
holds (us) back
from good ; Sj^lj ^-ij j^ ^ZZX*. ^JJI who hath

)
created you (brought you into existence)

its
from one
soul.
Hence too
jjo
\
use to signify, on the one hand, by or through, as
w)UI
c^*0
he
came in
by, or through, the door
lÛ 2UJI ^$jZj ,JJI

t^***î
1f !.\jj\
^s
tit
towers through which the water ascends; j-o^lj

*
Ct
tJI jJ*J
&
I
6*
w)U,...J
JiXs
^-
w^w
we
foo/fc
at the sun
and moon through an openof,
ing in the clouds;
and, on the other hand, in place
instead of
(= Jj^), as S^.*N)t ,jx> tJjJt S^-a^JU ^JLwojt are #e contented with

the life of this world instead of the next
?
SSLj*^ j&>*> LX*J lUJ
^j
o **
^jîXa^ uj$
'
^ aw^ v
had not
s s * b s
we
pleased,
we could place
j ia>e
(or create) in
* a
j*
your stead angels

**
a
to succeed (you)
on
the earth ;
JâJ
^y>
J> JJ
^)j
j>
t
UUmJU
and
she
f*
tasted the pistachio-nut instead of (common)

^vi
* *
s*
vegetables;
\&4j> j>j-oj
gU ^>o UJ wsJi
of Z^mzem
/]*.
oh would that
we had a
draught instead of
(b)
the
water
The temporal point of

commenced
O
;
departure, the point at which an act

<UJ
-'
Or state has
Ats 2/ow^/i
as
ajUw ^yo
*
juc he served God from

-
*o
t
o * Cue
jo.U
^t
jtj-oJ
'
O-
ôJ**^
C-5 ^ /^ time of learning
extends
from
the cradle to the
grave ; ôt^- J>y>

(lit.
O^j^ O-*
Oj***-^
êy have been chosen from the times of the battle
day) of Halima.
Vi
* Ox?
vt
* *
*j)j
[In the words xaJI
<&-<>
xaJI
13
**xj
Zamahs'arl,
Fdik,
i.
159, explains
â
by Jju
i.e.
iXj^Lcj Ûtlis Jju, riches will not
profit
the possessor thereof instead of Thee, i.e. Ae obedience and submissiveness to Thee. Commonly it is said to have here the signi-
fication of jUft with Thee (comp.
Lane
in v. juh.).
D. G.J
48]
The Verb. 3. Gov't of Verb. (b) Prepositions

Rem.
a.
o*
131
The Arab grammarians say that
^ya,
when used
in the
to
above
significations, is
employed ^LojJIj \JS-^\ ,-$ uUtM
6 1juj*})
denote the commencement of the limit in place

6
and
time, or simply
tjuJÛ
to
denote the commencement.
Rem.
b.
The
*-<,.$->
tribe of
Hudail used .JLo in these senses as well

it
as y*; e.g.
-*.
,
,-L lya.j^.1 he brought

->.aJ
out of (^yt) his sleeve;
yJ ^yi fix*.
i ^Lt> C+j&j
>--JI
sUj
CH*--' ^^2/ (*be
clouds)
drank of
the sea-water, t/ien they rose
from
(^yo) the dark-
-t
green flood with the sound of the storm.

o j a j
[Rem.
(c)
c.
On
^yo in the signification of Ju*o see
61, rem.
d.~\
The causal point of

;
departure, the origin and source of a

is
thing
as
^JeU*. Lj
,j-
^L)3 îs
j
in consequence
of information
it
that reached
me;
it,
.-
l^Lo w,*^.* *
îy
aw7
jfe
^txxf admiring
(or
it)
;
icondering at
j
a l
his
5
wonder proceeding from, or being caused by,
<
Iji^cl
^yjUJai. U-o f^y ?twe drowned because of

is
o
their sins (the par-
tide l
merely expletive and does not interfere with the govern*

'>
, ,
a 3 *
* *
at
is silent
ment
of
\^yt>)
<*-^J^- O-* ^-*-ij eW ^^5-**^ he
out of
modesty,
and
others are silent through fear of him.

sell
Hence
its
use after
;
verbs meaning to
e.g.
and to give
in marriage, as
cb, w-Aj, *-jj
Lyi
<sU*
zl> he sold to
him a
horse
j^*o
j
<*JJI
Jj-y O-*
;
^-%*!
JjjIj-j J^.j
*
\
>/?
a*o
to
the Apostle
a to
of God a pair of trousers

j*sa*9
t
*-jJ
JtaJ ^>j ^^xjuJI

daughter
in
A-*.l
^jj!
jj-6
<CUjI
jJ-oi^-jI
Ishmael gave his
marriage
a.
to his
nephew, Esau the son of Isaac.

a
Rem.
0*
The grammarians say that ^yc
is
used in this case
^yJjuXi
to
assign the reason.

a i
a
Rem.
b.
In speaking of persons
J**.'
0-*> a' 4 account
of,
is
always used instead of ^yo, and often too in other cases
as
132
Part Third. Syntax.

t
48
t^JL^k.
^c
15&J
i<*JI she
on whose account, or for whose

(jî\
to be
sake, thou
it
weepest; ôUJaJI
threefold disgrace
s s
J^.1
>*>
*U jU
jlc ^.5
jUs
is
for a
man
in misery on account of {for want
of) food; a*%!=s J**.t vi>* because of what he said.
(d)
The
distance
from a
place, person, or thing, particularly after

U,> to
words which signify proximity, such as w>ji or
be near, v^J-*
;
near, etc. (compare Lat. prope ab eo, Fr. pres de lui, rapproche' de lui)
e. g.
vov*^
lA^ V> 9
'
^
^
arm?/ was near them

lie
^.U Uj
he
was not
far from me (^1 Oj would mean
came up
close to
me); wJUa) ^*~iJ
iUw^l
Ljj.5
to,
L^-^n!
O'
-<A*J' it behoves the student not to sit
near, or close
the teacher.
[Hence
:
its
figurative use in the phrases
quoted
44,
b,
rem. a near the end

:
Ij^-H JÛ*
IJufc
ê yk
etc.,
and
in
the following examples
iU*
vO^*M
wAa
relation is this lad

close to
to
you?
<*-u
C-sJlj
*U*
ys
/*e is
cfose to
you and you are

^jjli
him
(in birth
and rank); ^>c w-Jj U*
C~J
*i)j
/am
IjJ
wo iw union
I* i"
with you nor you with me; ^y** jjJI

o ,
ij O-*
^w
wo
concern with diversion, nor has diversion any concern with me.
last
two phrases
%^>
^ may
to
be supplied, in which case
...
o-
In the
tj*o
has the
in partitive meaning, as
%^> ^j
j^
u^
he
is
in no
part of
science, i.e.
has nothing
do with science.]
(e)
The
difference between
two persons or things which are con;
trasted or compared with one another

dost thou
as
^jhJ
o-* *>*^
/
'
o>*>
)-$-
Ja
Jut
j4
Ojoa>
*>*
know
the good from the
bad?
^.La^l ,>* j^L^\ ^Xxj

from him
UJtj
;
but
God knows him
that dealeth foully
that dealeth fairly
tj^s,
J^Jbj 9-y o-* ^-^ Ch' what a

in length of
life
!
difference there is between thee
and Noah
length of
lit.
where art thou from
Noah and
;
his
life 1
Hence the use
of ,> after comparative adjectives
as
48]

J
'
ch>-
133
-
--
JO
O-**^
j^j-u
J-ail yb fo
is
ware
excellent than
Aat'e.
I;
<u <^-UJb
Jt-I
we are
than
he.
fwore deserving of (or
better
right to) the
kingdom
a. If an. object be compared with itself in a different the appropriate pronominal suffix must be attached to the respect,
Rem.
*"**
**
J s
St
preposition y; as^yjbUôyioô^Jlojj <juI

like the time
o
a
ÛJI
people are more

;
in which they are born than they are like their fathers
j/9c
_
jo
sis
ji
jj
OU-j'iUôv*^ V>*' J^3i

i *
j*M ^9*
ei
*
they were nearer unbelief on that

s
so -
ii
*3,
si
lit
si
s s
day than
ig*>\
belief;
^^c
Jj^wl .... ojJ\j SjdJb
^1
aJUIj
2u\
b Jlii B
iJI 6w< Ae said:
my father ! I
to see
t
have more longing for a

s sBsS
s s
piercing thrust than

i
J
I have
is
my
son; w>/*JI
o/"
^.Jlc
j/0
si
bl
is s
s-
s i S3
j&yz
>>*Jl
O-* L5** *$*'
-^
Aawe wore /ears

to
injury
to the
Arabs by you than I have of injury

j-ft-LawJ w
,
you by
the
Arabs ; îb\
b^j
; s
about the
Lj^-e s Jj~j ?-l/a^ and verily I was more concerned *^s , s ' ' Vi wounds of the Apostle of God than I was about my own C
aJUI
sis
ii
si
wounds;
it
y^y>
ss
ly-*^9 \^\ L5~
J-*^'
to its
'** (J-*
sis \^3^
j s
ii
'
si
i^[ J*-6
^'
so
I
t^yJ
Olji /
am
more inclined
being (derived)
from
S
this root
than I
am
n
to its
being (derived)
s bs3
from
i 6
(one of) tlwse which contain

i-?
}
sj
si
Si
s s
the letter
sessed,
w^Jb yk
b#* j*\ _^-b*)b oUUl dô*,
u^J
îe
pos-
may God
have mercy on him

explet.).
of war (with
more knowledge of science tluxn Sometimes, in a less careful style of

!
speaking or writing, the preposition

of the
^^
is
annexed to the
latter
objects, instead of to the person or thing which is with him or itself in respect of these two objects; as compared
s
.. --
two
s
s ii
s s isS
J J
SJ
^k-JI ^y. iy>l La*Jb ^flyAJUu jLo he began

stick
i
!
to fight
them with
<su*o
the
more sturdily than with

s
the
r*
weapons
s s
(
(for
-^LJb
i<*il);
sBi
i J i
s e
&
Sti
j^sy*&
â
is
-*îl
^qô
^JJjJI ^j\
^Xc
because
9 J 9 ^
wrong proceeding
9
JO
s i
from you
worse than
i
from
.
others (for ^syê.

.
^c
\
<*JUt
God
A*
134
is
Part Third. Syntax.

' a
48
most great,
ji
4>
lit.
God
is
greater Ojî.
^yc than any other being;

a '
o
i+ of
^Xcl
aJJI
God knows
j * i s
best,
lit.
God knows
ZOs
ss
better djê.
s s
*
^yo
s s s
ilian
any
St
Z si
I
j J
rss s
it
to
Sua
other being
verily He,
^^Jstj }
<*-oJ^>
^J
U)
^-^J
Ao-J\
<iX*~
j^JJI
s
Oi
the
who reared
the Heavens, hath built
for us a house,
is
props (or pillars) of which are more glorious and

s
taller, scil. <iA~o
^yc
/ta?i
{those of) thy house,
or C-w^
jj^ ye than
(those of) every
(other) house*.
j
soi
is
SO
Rem.
b.
When
^Joil
thus used
(a
^Jjts\
invariable in form
as jUfe
woj
ô
Hind
woman)
is
better
than Zeineb ; ^j\2jmJ\

are belter than the two
O"**-**})'
O-*
jj*"^'
îe
j ax?
two freeborn
^
j s
women
/te
~ss
oZ
^-</jo^
female slaves ;
the
g'ilyaJI ,j-o jj-oit 2lJUJI

s
learned are better than

/*e
sbto
js6Zj*c.j0s
J-ait
ignorant; OlîbCM
ye>
oUo^Jt
(female) believers
are better than the unbelievers.
Rem.
c.
^yc with
its
complement
is
occasionally placed in
J s
sSl s
poetry before the comparative adjective; as w*ll

j s o Z
Si
<U*o
wO$j
^
'
j>
^
it
0*
than way, what she gave (us) as provision was (even) sweeter
j o o , s
_ _ i
ois
(honey);
^)~~.?\
Ov*-6
? i<~'
nothing
'^s/ud
is
is
lazier than they;
l~b
that
jÔfc.'5'OâO
-JLol dLUauaJl ^JUU ^>-o
fAew
more beautiful than
woman. In prose this inversion takes place only with an interin the construct state before an interrogative pronoun or a word
oo
/
rogative pronoun;
j s
as j-j*. C*Jt ^>o- than
whom
i
art thou better?

/
oi
oZ
JZ
to
I>
i)-ai'
better
?
OJl
ôv^'
iW' O-*
âM
the father oj
winch of them art thou
Rem.
d".
In the other Semitic languages, which do not possess
a peculiar comparative form of the adjective, the comparison is likewise expressed by means of the same preposition ; Heb. Yft, Aram,
"^9: ô, Mth.

*
j'.-*
\
or "K*F*\:Js i Jul s
that phrases like j->l [Fleischer denies

as
<*JJt
are elliptical, taking

ii.
an absolute superlative; Kl. Schr.
i.
684, 789,
721.]
48]
(/)
The Verb. 3. Govt of Verb. (b) Prepositions The

relation
o--
135
which subsists between the part and the whole,

;
the species and the genus

o/"
as w>L~>*i)
(j- w-~ w>iJ

*
0*9
I
ô-^
Q*o
'
^
to
science
o
^
o *
medicine
is
one of the professions ; w>Ul)

the book
i - 1
J
^J*j ô^ ^^*^ 0-*5

respect
and
respect for
O -
is
*
a part of
0*
the
due
science;
* * *
ju-.j ^-ij
,j* s-,-^-0
(jl-J^t
man
is
compounded of soul and body ;
he
saw that
the natures of
(j+S.)
is
animals and plants are compounded of

y^yt.
numerous elements;
, O-o
j* O-* j-iS a kafiz of wheat;

silk.
<suaJI
his
garment
a.
of
Rem.
"When ^>* precedes a

~*0>o
-
definite noun, especially in the

._,
, ,
plural, it often indicates

S
an indefinite quantity or number, =

,
0*
;
or jÂau
as
6 LJI
^>-o
CsJ^
the
/ drank some of the water
^yt>
/<
J*.
^-JUjJt he took some of
dinars;
;
ubl ^t>
^s\A
**nr^
jjj
has
already slwwn you some of his signs
[^^5 O-*
Oê*'
'
lV'
'
am ^
about
to
pay
the
homage of
my praise ;
O-*
1
'v*^
:
^ ^ n^
J
J 3
we cause a number of springs to gush forth in it ; oj0^ o>. o^ o ja tiLAc ^ûcJj ^J ô ôv^J ^M* f some We have
others
-^ -r 5
told thee,
and of
indefi"
o
We have
.
told thee nothing.
Accordingly
^j^c
with an
e.g.
nite genitive
may
'
be the subject of a sentence,

* " 8<a
' a
J*j13 ^j-oi
i!/^re
>^b
,
omo
6 C
-a
J->U> 0-*5
J^W-v-'W J^*
idols].
(jêj
oLJU-j^JU
are
ivho believe in the spiritual beings as gods, others in the celestial J) bodies, others again in the Compare in French de with the
sot/kj
article, as
du
"
lait,
some milk."
We
here see the nominal origin
of
j^c,
which
b.
is
clearly a substantive, meaning a part or portion.
Rem.
After negative particles, and after interrogatives put
in a negative sense, ^y. prefixed to

at
to
all,
an
indefinite
noun means none
not one
as
\)**.j
tj-o
^sl*. U, or j^.\ ô, no one came
me ; jjjj
*^j _/*->
,j-
Ujl.
<Are A^7i co?e to
zis
no bearer
136
Part Third. Syntax.

j*c*.\
48
of good news and no warner ;

3)3,
me ;
*
\3
ai\
^c
*
i*-*^
*^
^ no
J
one come
3
to
3),
tj+c.
^
^c
î
Uo ye have
3J'
no god but
'
Him ; â j^
Ci
3**
La
'
to
v>>j-eU they have no helpers

iAere ts
/tere
(=^J
CHj*o\J
*$)
',
J*-j
*^)
>
O-* j'*^'
\^
cJ"*
*$
wo
maw
iw Ae Aonse (=^ljJI ,-i

aJJI
*J"^"J
^J
-0
O-*
*s
any addition or increase?
j-* JUUi. (J> ,Ja is tfAere

1
any
any
creator but
God?
?
*x.!
3
^^-o ^v-*"* u**8"^ (J *

3i
ôs ^ î0M
w;e
perceive
3 *
30
s,
3 *
one of them
that thing
2,
?
?.
*
ê j-o*j)l
*
3
jj-c U)
Jjb
/tave
any portion of
With
7.
ju*.l
^>- '
compare the Hebrew
1P|fc$Jb> Levit. iv. "
TV
Deuter. xv.
Very often ,ô preceded by an indefinite noun, is followed by the definite plural of the same noun, in order to signify
[Rem.
c.
that a person or thing

J j3fO s
is
wholly undefined, as i)^X$JI

3'
jj-o
>Û* a
certain king;
fl^^jJt ^>*e
a^j
certain manner.
is it
But when an
e
indefinite
noun denoting a
state or condition
followed by yj*a
signifies
with the same noun defined in the singular,

degree of that state or condition, as w-a..^
o/"
I
a high
s^yo
wa
3 ,
I
.s
a wonder
,3
wonders ;
l jJ
i>* 2b a ^ er2/ Sâ disease ; ,jLuJ

;
,ô (jlw a
D.
Gr.]
wry
important affair
a*.
^>jjJ
jj-c ,^-jj
a areai ornament.
[Rem.
T)
The adverbial expressions

nto7i
(jJti
^>) jî ,j- to-morrow,
J^' t>* a ^
correspond to the Latin de mane (demain), de
node, and signify properly in a part of the following day, in a part
of
the
s.
the night.
Other examples are

6*
to
a^j
^yo frs** ê weni oui on
* *
same day ; oj^9 ^yo
*.a*j
he returned immediately (comp.

3
Lane
3
'30
v.
and
Fleischer,
Kl. Schr.
i.
p.
457
seq.)
* 3 '
(>
j^
'
....<,)!
'
Ji.li y* ' * *
1
inside the
mosque.
This
is
called
is
y*o^ v>
m^n w^
îe
signification
of ft, though there
a slight difference between the

i.
use of the two prepositions, as has been pointed out by Fleischer, D.G.] p. 414.
48]
The Ve?-b. 3. Gov't of Verb.(h) Prepositions

Rem.
e.
o^.
is
137
said to
When ^c
OS
to
indicates a part of a whole,

;
it
be used ^cux+ZXi
indicate division into parts

is
when
to
it
indicates
the parts of which a whole

position.
(g)
composed,
w~>JU
indicate com-
The
definition or explanation of a general or universal
by a
special or particular term, the latter being one of several objects that
go to make up the former; as yc ^JJUI

**L&Jlj ijU^lj
K
Jj^l
Û
cÎaj ^JUJ^j
to
)sy2\ and
in the
same way we are enjoined
take
cognizance of
the different states of the heart, such as trust (in God),
and
repentance,
and fear
(of
Him);
^ .Jjl
>eLa.'N)l **. ^Jbaui
jjilfcoJIj
oLJI^
oUI^-ohJI ^-6 jL-aJIj jjyCJI

this
^JU
?2c?
examined
all the bodies
which there are in
world of existence and decay, both

^j*o
*
animals, plants,
and minerals ; J-j15j J-uU

*
J^
fotfA
(of them),
mo*
!
p>^2"
'j
'
j46^^ as M'^/Z s Ca?w

the
jLoJ'n)
,^*
e^'jl*
UjI^,!
^s#
brethren of ours,
Ansar
(or Helpers of the Prophet)
^*i\ o-* jv*** ** J-^^-j ^ C

^>o
Lr**.ji\
their object,
namely learning,
is
not attained;
\îmXi
*-ir*)
'
OHS*^
.
therefore avoid the abomination
of
idols ;
IJuk
Jâ*3
^ 0* ^^ J.**0 J^5 O-* J***'
J-
? the
Arabs omit
this verb
kola yakulu.
Hence
article
it
serves to indicate the relation
between the material and the

I
made
)
of
it,
as
(wAj
t>*)
w*a JJ
&*o
^*e
;
a statue of gold;
jjjA
V
\j4j*"
I
O-8 j4j*^\ O-* <t>^ a garment of

n)I
silk
aJU
w-a-qj
VMfli) j SjUâJI o-o
^>CJ
lyj-Njj
o*ihjt ad
UY<5 difficult
for him, because of the want of instruments, and because those (which
he had) were
made
only of stones
and
reeds.
In this way ,>
is
con-
stantly used after the indefinite
pronoun
U
;
[and C,-*], what, whatever,

as
which cannot be construed with a genitive
jC"
0- w-Ai
the
wow^y
7-777 srfocA has been

ii.
* i.*'
?' J
* '
spent
^>>^[
o^
j~&. ^>o lîiî

to
U
I
whatever
t-ZJu lJ
ye lay out in charity, shall be amply made up

w.
you
<UJ
'l8
138
Part Third.
Sjii
Syntax.
-
48
LJ JL..Q.0 *
*4*.j ,*>* *
$
ÛU
*
ê mercy which God

some cases
this
sendeth forth for
man, none can keep bach
[In
*
,>?
êr U may
be
considered as the partitive
>-*.]
Rem.
^jLJJ, or
In the language of the grammarians, y*

^-j**ilJ,
to
is
here used
l
make
clear or explain,
or
îaJ
OW
*
to
explain the genus.

j
Z,
&'
i>
[(h)
The
specifying (j-j*^DI) of the general term, as ,>?

!
.yp
is
aAJ
^Hjli
wAa a man thou art as a horseman

44, e)
;
(where
^j^
O-*
the
equivalent of Ljli
he is!
!/***
f-l
J**j t>
&+*& what a
wonderful
man
O- **" ^!>^ wa2/

vt
*2^ repay thee good, excellent
brother as thou art

(that makest
>^-
J-*
!
/JO / **&* <** might
only be rid of thee, love

'j-*-*
me
miserable)
ojj\ ^**
&??/
^^
and
'M ^3*i L5**"

by
Ijuij
J^3 j\k ^>6 <uM #Aa

directed
may say when passing
my
tomb,
God
him
aright, warrior as he was,
verily he followed the

\J*>j* ***~
j>j'
'***
right course; jî
j%& ^> U** A-i/I jAj

son of the lord of
ul
us,
aJ
J-J ^'s
is the
KurUs:
he
is
nursed among
*êfj
orphan as he
is,
having no father ;
lyâi "iUsli
lwU
0^*3
4jUt
Jy^j ~-t JaI LaL ^Jt J-j^j (jl Ja-j <> A<? was a pious, distinguished, and learned man, namely a man inclined to the love of
the
family of
the Apostle
is
of God.
special branch of this is the use
of ,>*> which
called juâJ^J, to designate the person or thing, in

is
which a certain quality
Ai?
a /%>/
9-9
prominent, as
o
y >
ju^t d-u
ls*
-^
w**5^J
I encountered
^^-ô^- cfcJJ^-e
O^*
u>-*
âw iW So-and-So an
to be
affectionate friend; tj**J a^* ^-*^
I found him
a man of
ex-
ceeding generosity.
In such phrases v>* has the same meaning as
w> and u&.
49]
The Verb. 3. Gov't of Verb.(b) Prepositions: o*.

Rem.
a.
139
Observe the
elliptical
phrases Oj-i^l
^! ô
,J
^^ A
thee
who
will deliver
me from Ibn
I
belong
el-Asraf? lJlj <iXi* Ul

to
/ am of
and
related to thee,
your family.
On
the meaning of
^LJ\j
seq.
&*c
^*JJ'> see Goldziher in Zeitschr. D. J/. G. xlviii. p. 95

p.
(comp.
425
seq.)
is
D. G.]
^~>
Rem.
b.
^*
used in vulgar Arabic, like
in Syriac
and
y\^\:
in .Êthiopic, to indicate the agent in connection with the

;
passive voice of a verb
as 9-jhj
it
&*)
^)l
%\jZJ juu
nj
*$
ÛJ ^c ^1 juj
I
U*.jli.
is
good for nothing at
all but to be
thrown out and trodden under foot by men, instead of ^LJl awjjuj.
49.
yj* (with pronominal suffixes
^&,
Le, JLc, up) designates

or from
distance from, motion

beside a person
his right
;
away from, departure from a place
as <*-u*j
o* w^"f he sat at
this
the
,
(a certain distance from)

;
hand [comp. however,
/. rem. c]
^j-
^nr-1
'
\j*j
^-jiJt he shot the arrow from

departure
bow; jJUl ,j-* jiL> take thy

&s>f>
J rom
used
the
town; <ut w^l/^'j
^J
rj-Ua^J
*5)
^X*.
Aa &> mayest not be compelled to leave
Hence
(a)
it is
him and turn away from him.
After verbs denoting
flight,
avoidance, caution, abstinence,

forbidding and hindering, and,
self-defence,
guarding and setting
free,
in general, to express the doing of something (e.g. fighting or paying)

for or in behalf of
C>*-9-
.
another [comp.
6 La5
69,
g\
For example:
O* t>j$ D
of God
,b.
j*z J
<*-Ul
it
is
impossible to fee
aiy>k
from
the decree
Almighty;
j2 j/
j-iu
) 3
a..iJ
.-
<**>*$,,
I
at
^>c
is
-~l3
w$a
is
disgraceful;
<jl
^5*5-0
, s* , Lo* w..*^.j
&
s
necessary that he should avoid what injures him;

J , j ,
1 3
dflj
^JjJ
Lfrt
^*-cu ,jl
^îô
it is
necessary that he should patiently

;
abstain
from what
his soul desires (his jxissions desire)
^>^
client)
O^
;
&]***
t
I declare
myself free from all connection with them (as
UAXt>.Z
140
Part Third.
Syntax.
J/9
'
49
5^.^)1 w>lxfi ^>c

J OlO
s
^
_
is
saved from punishment in the next world ; <x^sh\

_
câJI ^^c he fed him

clothed
{to
save him)
from hunger ;
s io>e
^j*)\ j (S/ *
O*
l~^ he
him
(to
save him)
from nakedness ;
/
j
i/
ji*JI
O*
s
j^-JI
taW o/
M?Aa s wicked ; ^js- *r>3+i he acts as

oj
/
my
deputy ;
S/o
^0 prohibij-j^j uc JjUj Ae
* o
jS
j * o s
sis
fights for, or to protect,

<&?
him; ^^^Ju) ^^3U&*j
j>jJJI ,>c
JiUJ ^
wotf
B U*
iOsOsOsOOs
jj-aj
jj.fi
contend, or plead, for those

* *
who
act wrongly to themselves;
^Âj \J>j^*
t
*$
sO
(one) soul shall not * * JO* s s s s s
make
s
satisfaction for
so
(another) soul at all;
lAp tj^j \js <uc c^**"

lit.
^ paid
and
so
many dirhams
(b)
in his stead,
he bore, or took upon himself, for him.
After verbs denoting uncovering, laying bare, opening, revealfor in these verbs there lies ing, informing, asking and answering the idea of the removal of a covering, real or figurative. For example
;
/t
<o J
J J
m -
LJjJI
j^j
^jis.
*J*.
0*
>
if the veils of this world were removed * jj o* o a* o>o s* j ,

j ;
from
C me (from
before
my
eyes)
Cj^*j v>c c-iuJI
,^1
f
\
J*iLJt the
s
mounds
* J
0*
which were laid open

~*
i
so as to disclose
chambers ;
jdkli ^j***
c-^s ^1
w*5U j*j+a*.t
what
them ;
is
J
if thou wantest
*
j o s o
a witness who can inform

s
s
j
thee regarding
ocs
ivill
J
hidden; lyCjâ.-* ^>c iUJL /

* *
tell
s
\
thee about all
of
vt*OJJsj0s <us wjIÎsôaLo aJJI J>wj <uc

sis
rs
^)Z~> Jl$-
'** this is
a question
about which the Apostle of

j
God was
s s s
questioned,
and
to
he gave
r
an answer
7
/
li
sOiOio
to it; 6>\ t^Jju^Jt

JO s
J
ul
^1
<uc a.j his father sent

IX
Spam
s
to look
for
s s s
(ta5
1st s s
him;
said,
ajs.
I^v.j JU>j
to look
^ j*}\*~*
s
and
lie
s
asked them about me and

J
oiOtO
~s
s OtO
Is
Send
for him; Aa^L^^)\ ^j* ^jj\jaJ\ O^x-oii and they

Ml
' J
P J J
0'
* yi *
made for
ss
oi
the arsenals to look
for arms; j~g**c îî ^>c
^*j
UjI^s
ijj
sfo smiles so as to display (teeth like) strung pearls or hailstones
(in whiteness).
(c)
After verbs denoting abandonment or neglect, and the ability
to dispense with
(o*) onc thing because
of the possession of another
49]
The
Verb 3. Govt
;
of Verb.(b) Prepositions:
is
<j*.
141
(w
[ 56, c])
because in them
:
implied the notion of turning away

he
(t^cl).
For example
[s^Jt
O^ v^j
or
;w ^
?r
^ /^r
the thing, his sin;
he avoided it;
a*o
O^
w-^juj
Ojac I forgave him
<ue
j^j-oj
&? ?cas satisfied with
him (and had nothing more

<ii
to ask from
him) as in the words of the Kor'an

we// pleased with them,
'^-ojj^r**
^'
L5^J ^^
''
and
y B
ByByyjByii
*^
s
they are well pleased with
..
Him.
D. G.]
f*
a-jj ,j* Jjuu

sBs
i
O' 0^*~'*^ ^5*^ a WWin

y-By
m
m^
*
not be neglectful of
By*
'
himself; lyic
..
^yi ykj
a
he does not require it;
^yi^Jjdl
wj*jlb
^^
at
(^y-iil
ê<
~y
OLiliM g Lc ,j*
the singing of
/7?(/ in study such contentment that

*
a y
lean
a *
y
dispense with
y
women
SlLAAj
L5
*, ;*n lj
a
'<-
,&Lt^
^c
*U"}la*-
\y* )*
satisfy
me with what Thou
allowest, so that
suffice
I may
be able to
dispense with ichat

so that
Thou forbiddest, and
me with Thy
goodness,
:
I may
not have occasion for

s
any
other but Thee.
Similarly
*î
'l^
sJ^9 l5*
>^' O* ^^
aJULw this circumstance occupied

B B
y
him
so that he could not think
of anything but
it ;
js> ^>c ^-o*.

;
^> C
^Jl
wJUoJI J / ; unable ri/ By B y

.-
to
mention all the virtues
w-^.
Cwa
-I
--
^j jî O^ ./**"
all thought
-^
&* loved the good (of this world) so as

B^
to neglect
of
my Lord;
&~Ju
By
By
J**-- he is so stingy as to deny
himself everything.
(d)
After verbs signifying to leave one behind or to surpass one
as
lk
y^
wJ-oil
*$
S
thou dost not surpass

B y
me
in anything.
less
yi.
Hence the
(according
) y
By
expression ^>c ^Lai not to mention, much more or much
yyBiByZByyjB
^>c ^Loi
^*
yBy
s
ryBiBiO
Zs'y
to the context)
w*ah-*JI
to
as
U^t
S^côM
Li*}M Jil
^y
a)
^^-li
^^
in
<u*
(^5-^
iXaJI jUl
,j </
^re became manifest
him
the smallest
more
in) the largest
of existing things, not to mention (and much of them, such traces of wisdom as set him in the
;
greatest astonishment
ja
yyyByiByyBi
^>c "^.oi
(d
<n
Ift^wlj
>bUJI ,J> J-^-y.
it is
not
142
Part Third. Syntax.

the wJwle
1
49
found in
TT
of Syria, not
* '
to
mention (much
*
less
in)
Safed.
;
Hence
too
the use of ^>c in comparisons (like

s.^laJI
&*,
48, e)
as
j3\ OlyôJ
jjuJI Os-Jt ^yz C-Jl ^>jt where art thou (where
are thy verses) in comparison with this rare verse, which contains all
the things wherewith the
mouth can be compared? ^^SsjJij
U* ^1*5
o
He
is
exalted above ivhatever (gods) they join (with Him).

a
If y. *jLai is followed by a clause with ^jl, ^>c is very often omitted, as is frequently the case with prepositions in general,
[Rem.
Sit
before
^1 and
,jl.
D.
G-.l
(e)
^jf- also indicates
the source from which something proceeds
as
[vJp
J'
or buying is only (resultant) U-i] selling

, j
from
i*
mutual agreement;
such a one]
;
&*$** ^j\j
IJuk
^
a *
, *
jjuo
lie
acted after the counsel of
^3.5 ,j^
Jjwj
*})
200 wjY/ wo efo this at
your word
authority)
;
(as it were, setting out
from your word, moved by your
c?tt?e^
t
it
city of
(a)
Marrekus (Morocco) by
the order
of
its
governor.
Hence
like
;
shows
the authority for any statement, tradition, or the
as [<Uc ^JjJI
OJ^.1 / acquired knowledge from him ;
yjs- \^$j
O*^
i
is
he related (a tradition)
from such a
;
one]
.ytsUiJI
^ i*^
O^J
authentic
told
related on the authority of es-Sdfl
t>c ^**~i OiU~t
P-jUôJt
^>* -*-w cmc? o^r teacher used

<UJI
to
narrate on the authority
J)
of a certain sheikh;
J$~*j
O* 7-tP**
<ul
(h5
tradition of the Apostle of

the prop/iet that he said ;
God; Jli
and
(/?)
~iM
^J^ ^j awe?
>*
it is
of
the cause from which an effect
proceeds as
its
source
as out
êj'ljUl
â
w/mc/j necessarily follows
/row
Y ;
SjâL
^^
j^-l
*iU*
wo o# ever perished through asking
advice (of others).
49]
The Verb. 2. Govt of Verb.(h) Prepositions

s
c^-
143
* b *
(/)
Jllb
Lastly, v>c
is
used of time as equivalent to jju after; as
^ UJ>
a
^Jjs>j2 ye shall encounter (or experience) state after
state; ojjji ^sllaJI ljuo ^>p
^j
j-3
i*Js as the temper of a (good)
sward betrays
+
itself (even) after it
has become rusty
\j*%=> in
short time it will be
much; J-Ji l^c
O5& ******
;
w-j>5 ,j^
while
after
little
(where
is
redundant, as in an example in
a.
48, c).
Rem.
Observe the phrases

..
<u~
^JLoJ
^jS-
OU
he died
-t>
,,
aged eighty ;
6
i-
j-ji-e jJj
j j
^^ w>U
fte
died leaving a young child;
Âj.\
like
^jf-
IjJU5 tfAey
were slain
to the last
man.
[In expressions
to
SjjJ>
^c U&
Ae forgave, though he
had
the
power
punish,
^j.
can be replaced by jJ^,
,,36
4,6,,
(J>
J^ or 6,0,
-.
For marking
^-JLt
J
^
the distance,
as )\+ ^ô lai^-î
...^jfc.
^>c a a distance of fifty parasangs
from 'Oman,
Geogr.).
it
is
synonymous with
.
On
b.
,6,6,0
<iUc.
(comp.
the
Gloss.
the elliptical phrases
*ii-^
J^,
w-Ail, etc. see
the Gloss, to Tabari.
D. G.]
6
Rem.
6
Because of their being related in meaning,

'
^j*e
and
, , ,
,
_
> are sometimes

to
used
_
indifferently
for example, after

of,
s-u
like.
hinder,
w
is
,, 6 , .Ua.1 to avoid, f^gjJ free
from, clear
and the
Compare
etc.
48, e,
with
49,
e.
[After the verbs
to take, to
<U*e
,
borrow,
3 6
jj^
used of transportable objects, as ôAljjJI ,

the
w-J^l
JJ
I got from him
dirhems ; but
we ought
,
to say^JbUI <Uc OjkA.t
7 acquired knowledge from him.

,
, 6*> 36
Others say that

6
^0
Z.*o
is
used for
what
6 ,
is
near, as
wo jk^JI
<U-o Cx..
,
yjfi for
what
is
remote, as .>Lc
/ heard from him the narrative, , 3 , 6,,'6**0 3,6, ,3* *J>3I J-ij ^JJI ybj Z/e t is
xlii. 24).]
wlio accepts repentance

e
,
from His
sometimes
is
servants (Kor'an
Rem.
c.
>
is
used
as
an indeclinable noun,
,6,6
^jS-
signifying side, which
its original
meaning;
e.g.
gUô-j
O-*
144
Part Third. Syntax.

ri^/ii anc? his left;
f/ie
50
dJl^wj [or ,j^ 1^5-k] ow ^*

LJLo^> jj^ ^ô w/tew
UL..JI C-AfjL
left side
lit
jofoce
sword on
*]
,
my
(QU-w
in
rhyme
for
JUA ^Ci).
fo
Compare
"7%
f*\
Rem.
5jjta.^Jlj
g?.
According to the grammarians,

express
^jfi.
is
used jutJU
distance
from anything
arae?
passing
away
from
it.
50.
The
prepositions which indicate

to,
motion to or towards a
place, are ^Jl
^â. up
to,
and
o.
51.
^1
/
(with pronominal suffixes
^J[,
iXJI,
aJI)
is
opposed
cradle to
to
(io,lfc) to o-*
/
and j>c
0/
^**
as **a*JJI
*0*o
^1
JO Oj-w
jôJI
> /row
the
grave;
*\jJu
^1
Sj-oJI
,j-
went from el-Basra

abandoned
<JlJI
Bagdad;
<sUc
*Jaiul /^ severed himself from him,

to his
:
his cause,
but aJI aJaiJl he was devoted
the end of the section).

(a)
/
It signifies
*>
cause; j-ic
standoff"! (see
Motion
[or
direction]
to
*0*o
or towards a place
4 0* *
s
as
^t
Zito
eU.
A J
^5x>
iujuoJI A
* ot 0*a
came
to /^ city; jia. ....)!

x
>*
*^-J
ju*j ij^-"' c5*^ Q^.>*

to
*0*o
+ + 0*a
1b5
-a5*n)I
jkai....^Jt
^1
>oljjJi
;
(see 49,
*0*O
[^
a)
*
^
*
Temple which
* J
\
is
vt
*>
most remote (at Jerusalem)

time they used
to
mrjJL
i\
co ^1
'
JJU^j S^lcJI at that

jJaJ he looked
pray turning towards Jerusalem ; ^Jl

'
'
towards me, he regarded me; aJI J\*

or
aV.
lie
or
inclined towards
is
him
it,
Hence, because the notion of being inclined

Slj^JI
implied in
JU*-JI iJI
^
mc ^
* j
Âe Aear^
o/
woman
to
+ J
is
inclined to foolishness
pv* L5^>Jb
J^
sorrow leads
&
*o
**
joy ; il^-JI
%
^1
aj^J its colour

*0
vt
verges on black; $*>
*a
J>kJt
world
^1 >*
is
it
is
somewhat long; LjjJI ^1

its
L5* ^ JliJ"
*
i.
L5^'
see > the
somewhat on
decline*.
D. G.]
[For the explanation of this

seq.,
(^)
$*>
see Fleischer, Kl. Schr.

e.]
477
Dozy, Supplem. sub
U and infra
136, a, rem.
51]
(b)
The Verb. 3. Gov t of Verb. (b) Prepositions
,J\.
145
Transferred to time, the point up to which something lasts

;
or continues
as w^LoJI ^Jt
Cs4 /
fasted
till
sunset
^ya Of***-*
to
the present
day (and) have been

JiaJ'
^jAc ^jjfclb
tested
with
every sort of test
*U*5JI >*>
^H
^^1
,J-
dJu\b
J!p ^
a par/
of
i
my
resurrection. , a*
a-o-JUI jiyi
people shall not cease to hold fast the truth till the day of the It occurs in a somewhat different sense in the phrases
a
)Z*
"
.)
,Jt
^f ;_a.
(for
He
;
will certainly assemble
you
to the
day of
till
the resurrection
this
it)
[U->
^)l jyib c-JI &> r< divorced
day
year].
Rem.
'
In these two cases ,JI

[See 52,
is
used jlyi'jU
to
designate the
limit of the act.
rem.
.
b.]
.
' '
'
j *
(c)
^Jl also shows that one thing
is
added to another
with
;
(L-LcuoJJ
increase,
or
ijtoJU),
and hence we
IJuk
find
it
construed
this
to
jjj
to
augment; as
j^\yt>\
* a
^1
i
\J* ^*b add
that
j^\yo\ I^JÛ ^ C
to
^1
*
do not devour their substance in addition

z * t
your own
jfÔmm ^M
they
i^Ca*
lj>tj
they have added knowledge to the knowledge
(already) possessed.
[Hence
belonging
U1
i
also
to
it
signifies
reaching
up
to
(-
î
Jî
^l
w'^-^-o).
etc.,
a > <
(=
^M
ja
**isu*),
entrusted to
(-^1 Jâô)
Ben Ft
as
a
"
^j
*
-
^Jt ykj
-
and
i a*
he belonged to the
belong
-
Umeiya ; j^jxii
tribes,
Ll-o
-> ,J[ '>*J

;
they
to
none
3 -
a*
- i
- -
of our Arab
that
we should know them
SjjjaJI
,jt
\jjs'}j
tj^j_~J ^31 c-Jl^

,
and
)
they said that *El-Jazira belonged formerly

, a *
,,ao
a*
to
Kinnasrm
iCol^JI (jU-/jL*j aJJ

to
kides was entrusted

of the form J*3t
him.]
(J^
also
the hospital of the
Barma-
It
is
construed with adjectives
and
others, derived from verbs signifying love or
hatred and used in a passive sense, to indicate the subject of the

feeling (see 34, rem. a)
*
;
as w---, w>ô-.o, dear

hateful.
^^.l
dearer
6
j , at
sjaJu hated, hateful: ^ôijl more

w.
ii.
It is
used too with

19
146
Part Third. Syntax.

and similar words,
in so far as they
52
near,
convey the idea of approach
or approximation, opposed to jj* jkA>
/ar /row,
;
e.g.
^M
w>*'
^^
ô-JsmJI /or #Hs cowe^ nearer to reverence
whereas in so far as they
convey the idea of the measurement of the distance of one place from
another, they are construed with ^>
(
48, d).
[The same idea of

;
approach
*!*.
is
indicated by .Jl in the expressions aJI .Jt on his side

<CLo*
^M
Ms
:
tent (stood) beside the tent of the other.]

lit.
Finally,
oj-\
notice the phrases
yJi j~i- ^J1,
on
to other
than
;
this,
and
^Jl
(contracted
?>-JI),
to the
end of
it,
i.e. et
cwtera
&1*H, lit.
to thyself!
IJuk, scil.
and
^jis.
siXJI, lit.
to thyself from
me! =9*3 stand

to
off'!
aJI
j^~~* or
iâ^sLc,
this is
committed or entrusted
it is
him.
35, b, 8,
[Rem.
rem.
&.]
On
the phrase lyJI there
for you! see
from .J! in indicating motion towards and at the same time arrival at an object, whether this object be actually 52.
differs
j>
C touched and included
or not
whereas
^t
merely implies the motion

;
towards an object, whether this be arrived at or not
as
âJUl
-
bJUslo .* it is
J
peace
till
the break
of day
c-
ty^2
-
â j**^ iÛI Cv
-
- <*
>e
p-UcJt
I slept
last night till it

to
zVs
was morning ; l^lj ^^head ; ^>*- ^*<
...} I
cJ^sl
ato
ê /sA
{eery)
^ ;a.....J
jj-o
^?/ would
imprison him for a (certain) time.
However, when
and ^Jl are
used in opposition to one another to designate the terminus a quo and
terminus ad quem, ^Jt necessarily includes the idea of reaching the

object
(
51,
a,
b).
Further,
when the reaching
of the
object
itself,
is
distinctly expressed by the governing verb or verbal noun
the
meaning
up
to
of
;
,^1
is
naturally modified thereby

ilyli^JI
as aJI
C^ÛI / came
him
aJI
the
attaining to
it.
That ^ does not

is
necessarily include
its
the object reached or attained
evident
from
being occasionally used to indicate exceptions, like the
German
bis auf.
53]
The Verb. 3. Gov't of Verb.(b) Prepositions

Rem.
a.
J^.
147
i**-
is
scarcely ever
[i.e.
only by poetic license] used
with pronominal suffixes; as

*
i
^b
jâi. i
,iJU. ,_j
^bl
^Jdj
*)
aJUIj
%9
>0j
,-jt ho,
6y
GW, men
will never find

*)U.
a man (coming) up
to thee,
'Ibn llbi
Ziyad :
î
J^
Ool
she has come to thee,
making for every mountain-pass.

Rem.
tion,
b.
The grammarians, when they wish

is
to
make
a distinc-
say that .Jt

whilst
* is
used tl^Û,
to
designate the limit (of the

tlyJUi^), to
act),
employed
iulxXJ or <ul*JI
designate the
attainment of the extremity or utmost limit.

a
Rem.
o.
When
<
j)
is
a simple copulative particle

even,
it
(Oj-
Oikc, or 5itU, or oUk*JJ), in the sense of
exercises, like
the other copulatives (such as j, o. and ^j), no independent influence upon the following noun, which remains under the same
government as the preceding one
e.g.
Sli^JI !** ?-laâJ1 j>j
the pilgrims Iiave arrived, even those travelling
on foot
ty*.\
ÛJI
d
oU
iUJ^/t tyj^ men have
died, even the prophets;
L^-
^j^J
and
they
left
him, even his brother; lytj.x*.

;
^J*
li-0
4jjU*Jt L -^.I>a..c.1
the girl pleased me, even her conversation
ly-lj
l***-
1 have
eaten the fish, even the
head of
,*
,.
it :
<UJt
33,3'3-'J^jm jjUw O^j

-e
aoM wJLra
CwJI
^51^*.
^^
used
j>*"i)l
><e^
<ula>.^l
^sô
and
the
J)
Apostle of
God
to consult his
companions on
all matters, even
household
affairs.
Rem.
may Hebrew word

53.
through which it be etymologically connected with the corresponding perhaps

d.
s
dialectic variety of
^^-
is
^
*
*
"jy.
(with pronominal suffixes ^J. iU,
a))
is
etymologically
connected with
^1, and
differs
from
it
only in this, that ^J\ mostly

temporal, whilst
expresses concrete relations, local
or
generally
148
Part Third.Syntax.
or
ideal relations.
53
indicates abstract
Hence
is
rarely
employed
sVp*^
(see 51, b, rem.)
as
ikS
^c J***)
jj>*~
J>
to
each (of them)
travels to
an appointed
goal*.
Its principal
use
is
show the passing
on of the action to a more distant object, and hence it corresponds to the Latin or German dative; but it may also express the relation of
the action to a nearer object, and so stand in place of the accusative
(compare
29, 31, 33, 34).
Hence
indicates
(a)
The simple
relation of an act to the
more distant object

her; <iUjJ jj-
as
<*J
AJkj he gave
it to
him;
lyJ
JUS he said
to
.J ^Jk
a-U'^
iJb Ajji give me from Thyself good descendants; Cy*

#
j&
J*-
oi
'
JSP
t
Wjjjt^ "* J
c?
&W
/*/*
made for you wives of yourselves
(of your
own
race).
Rem.
After the middle forms of the verb,
often expresses
the yielding oneself up to the action of another or to the effect of a

thing;
as^) j^~i\
it
Lo j-Jaa.)l <d tjj^., pull his (the camel's) leadingbe pulled by
rein as long as
can
you ;
ai
LcjoLJt aJJU Ucxo- ^y*
if any one deceives us with God (i.e. with a pretence of devoutness), we let ourselves be deceived by him.
Rem.
tion J,
is
b.
Some grammarians say
that the jjJI

to
vo^),
or preposithe,
used in this case SujaCXi,
express the j)assing on of
action
i
;
>e
but others consider that

o
it is
here employed ^JLJLoJJU and
iLwLo^l
<*-<J,
to
signify the giving 2>ossession (of something) or the
like,
and
restrict the
34.
term ajjulJU to the cases laid down in
29,
31, 33,
and
[After verbs that signify

of
to
fall (as j., JaJLw, *5j)
has the
meaning
on (=i*^), as
^j-sJJJ jj>. he fell
down
prostrate with his

see
chin on the ground.

the Gloss, to Tabari
Hence
the expression ôÂJj

1).
^j juJU, on which
sub^.
G.]
53]
The Verb. 2. Govt of Verb. (b) Prepositions
J.
ft
149
*x
Jx
(b)
The
dative (a) of possession

mjAo has
as
^SLe ^\j
ftx
*J
o-*
w
;
J^' A
j
J }
^
is
x x
& Ae
a right opinion or a
i 2
Lil
correct
judgment
j
aJJ >-fraJI
xx
praise belongs to
God ;
<JJ
we are God's; jujJ JUJl

;
?Ao
property
<*J
Zeid's
yj*j*^ w-j-J'
ft
^0
s<M<? belongs to the horse

;
[Uu^-
w*'j
/ saw
ftkrf
&w?
glistening]
whence
x
it
is
used to indicate the

o
x a>
Z*>
j***.-*i
author of a proverb, poem, etc.;

as has been said by
as
jjaJI
:
^jj
a
J->5
U^
B
x x
Muhammad
'ibn
el-Hasan
_ *
;
^n
x
l
Ox
x x
os
J jlwI A recited
.
_
>"
fte
( poem) by one of them (the poets)
Â*)
<*Jl
J-jfj
OjuiJl a /##;
of permission
ft
was
recited to me-,
'
'
;
and I was
3 <*Ji
told
is
it
"
was by 'All ;
.
(/?)
..
then this
jx
[or right]
as
iX)3
allowed him
(lit.
is to
him)
[^jl
*J
\j& J*aj
he has
right to do such
thing]
:
(y) of
advantage, as
a.ijju>
opposed to i^*, which indicates injury

lyJLt
as
lyJ
j.^JLdl
aaa.m
Uj
learning
;
is
the soul's cognizance

23].
of what
is
for
its
good and
for
its
hurt
[*) lft>
/^ blessed him,
Rem.
a.
is
The grammarians say that

used
JJUL^JU
to
,J,
when
it
indicates
possession,
x
ft
indicate
is
the
right
of property, or
xJ
L>?la.Z^. jJ to shoiv that
>
something
ascribed to one as his own, or

to
it.
JjUa^wÛ
usage,
. .
to s/oy </*a
Ae has a right
Compare the Hebrew

etc.
Tph T
b.
"lOTD a psalm composed by David ;

.
Rem.
they are
the Arabs have no verb corresponding to our have, obliged to express it by the preposition J with the
ft
As
,^
ft
ft
genitive of the possessor; as ju
U5U ^-Jbj
JULJU
O^
x
^'-'^
<sJ
Zuhair
had two hundred
slaves; j+. w*.l.o ojL^L-j ÎjJLj "x

*
XX
Bagdad
7_. hundred secret six

e.
* X
xxx xx
Ae Ao" in
police; ^jj\ *^j w>t
,J
Lo
/ Aaiv neither
foilier nor son.

Rem.
is
often used, instead of a simple pronominal

6
xx
suffix,
in order to avoid rendering a
noun
definite;
e.g.
.t
,J CU a
150
Part Third.
mine
is
Syntax.
OU would mean my
^) is
[
53
brother of
dead ; whereas
dead
[ 92].
i**^'
(it
may
be, only) brother is
Rem.
d.
In pecuniary transactions
used to indicate the

59, c]
;
creditor, whilst ^JLc expresses the debtor

ô-fcp
as ^JLJLc
,J
oiM
/Ziom.
owest
me
(lit.
êre are to
me upon
thee)
a thousand
dirhams
Rem.
-D
e.
Observe the expressions of admiration

jj***-;
dp
aJJ w;Aa
maw
ê
is /
O"*
!
^J-*
wAdrf
a mewi thou art
$i\
I
<*JU
what a
<*JJ
man
thy father
vms
C-Jl aJJ what a
man
thou art
^pUUI
Aow
beautiful is {the saying of) the poet ! (lit. to God belongs his outflow or emanation, from none other could he emanate ; compare Jonah
iii.
3,
DTl'/X/
..
ri/ilil
T
.
Ty nn^H T T
.
DI.DM) ...
,..
and Nineveh was a very

:
.,
large city).
Remark
also
such phrases as
w>tjJjl
,-i
-iJJ
v
Ja
wouldst thou like some wine? tjjb \^Xmu ^\ ,ji^)

tois/i
jjj
Aye ye a
to eto
/m
^^sJaii
^j\
dU
^^yS c/os< Ao<* wish then to give
me some food? where we must supply the substantive

wish
i/ia
;
Lcj desire,
aJj
[^)l
U
to
lo
what
object or reason have

?
we
that
,J
Lo
Aave /
to
do with him
that
\j&
^J-awJ
>Jljt
to
w/m has
-
happened
me
(i.e.
why do
?
I) see thee doing thus?
.J
^c
who
loill
be for
me
as helper
lyJ
Li
am
the
man for
it].
(c)
The purpose
for which,
its
and the reason why, any thing

purpose and cause)
;
is
done (relation of the action to

he arose to help
as a^jbtoJ vl5
him; w-jÛJJ
<H)jJs
I beat
Mm
to correct
him;j^*i\
is only Jo.ij *$\ science (or theory)
for the purpose of being applied in

the dignity (or office) for
this reason
it is
practice; o^^ôJWj-**^ o\^J\

the purpose
i
t <
^JJb he sought
J~5
-
of ordering good
it
IJ^yJ}
*
and for
*
/"
said ;
Jit
u*n)
j*oj
because
does
harm
<JyU C,;,c
wondered at (because of)
53]
r^ctf
The
Verb 3. Gov
Sjjb
't
of Verb. (b) Prepositions

aw<*
J.
151
fo said?;
-
^Jt^JJ ^J}>*3 LT !^
5
wn ^'
tt
Jeehng of joy
cow^s ore/
;?
a remembering
thee.
Rem.
In
this case
is
said to be used JJLxJJ, or aJUJU, to

48, c]
indicate the cause.
[Comp.
it
44, d,
(c?)
After the verb J15,

;
often indicates the object in reference

5 ^
at
J<
<o
..
to which something is said
as Ol^-at aJJI
J^w
3**3
k
j^
^^
JJj j-
iy>j
"^
say not
(do
\
in
regard
to
thaw who are slain on God's path, They are dead

;
not call those who are killed fighting for God's cause, dead) * - 3 9 J Z* * J *S 5 f* IJkAâ*A ^,s>At*. UJ JwJU (jy^SJI do ye say of the truth, after it has
JilC
* *
31*o
'
come
to you,
Is
this
magic?
[ajI
^Xc ^j^L-^JI %â^3
^ Zj~* J^.3
wrf
it
(J'iUa^M
^Xc
JLvli a)
JULj ^j JU-i ly-*-LoJ
JUu j*
man
who has committed a great

calling infidelity,
is
sin, but such as the Muslims do not agree in said to have acted wickedly, but is not termed a
wicked
5 Z '
3
man
without restriction.
Hence the very common

5
aJ
JUL C
J*
3*
jâ>. he is ccdled
Muhammed, from
i.e.
the active jia.o

Similarly
* * Ot
:
aJ
J>aj
he says
of him Muhammed,
3
he calls
3 * Z
him M.]
*3
*
y> doJL-o JU>

to*
*o>o
a *
0**
o *
* *
CJjtf j3 J13
oi dJjkl
0*3
w.^-tfi;)
J^jJ
U^Jli
C.rwjl
U^j
ÛLoJI
ju
Meslema, the son of 'Abdul-melik, said one day to Nosaib, Didst thou compose a poem in praise of so and so ? meaning a man of his family ; he said, I did. [And so frequently after a demonstrative pronoun, as
Jli
^JJJ IJ^>j
\jj JJJt ^^~>j\ a-Ic yj\
see,
'Otba has sent me
to
you with such and such a message, according

aJx.
to
what
he
had said ;
ij\
yb ^JJt jlaJJ wi5^JI

the
IJjb
J\3 Aijsu Jiij
ô.
Jjf JjLj
:
that the Apostle of God,

station,
meaning
Finally,
when he stood on 'Arafa, had said this mountain on which he found himself D. G.]
is
the
[(e)
is
used to mark the time from which, or at which,

-^jjUJJ, as
*
.
any thing took place

a * *
-*iX) U*s>
we fasted from
^j**
the time
oj the mist
a^J
oU he died on
.---that
same day ; aCJU
152
Part Third.Syntax.
his reign
53
when one year of
had elapsed ; j-^\ O-* *Z~&*

i.e.
*^J wfo
completion
one night of the month had passed,
the first
<L-J
b.
to the
of a year.
See
111, and an example
70, rem.
D. G.]
^J is
Rem.
After the interjection b, the preposition
frequently
prefixed to the name of a person called to aid, as well as to the name of him against whom help is implored, in which case it
is
said to be used 4jliw'})U to ask help.
If
there be only one
or
<su
QlaI>...o,
i.e.
person called to aid, the preposition

i.
takes the vowel fetha (just as with the pronominal suffixes, Vol.
356, rem.
b)
as jujJ
for Zeid!
!
i.e.
help,
Zeid
!
Jb
if
**})3bj
wJbu
alas for the humiliation

^J is
help, tribe
first
of Taglib
But
there
rest,
be several,
used with the
alone,
and
^J
with the
unless the interjection be repeated before each name,
when
jj
is
retained throughout
as _jj-aJj J^jJ
3
or 3j^*J
bj
jujJ b,
!
/tep,
'*
it
JO-
îcZ ?
,<o>5
'-<4mr / (JjUuJUj
J^yCU b
/ie^jp,
oW
awe?
young
i*-*}*)
like
jj^**6 '^
!
^-3
Ad^p,
my
family and ye who are
my
family
<sJ
If the
name
<xXe*.\
of the person against
whom
it
aid
is
required,
*t>Ul..M or
jj^s
ÛImmoJI, be expressed,
takes
(with
kesra) before
it,
as _/<**) J^jJ
AeJp, Zeid, against

I
Amr !
ÛU
woUCJU
A(p, people, against this liar
If
an adjective be annexed
to the aj OIaI.~o, it
may be put
JujJ
either in the genitive or in the
accusative;
as ^rij&\
or ^jji\.
In
the
case
of
the
aj -^.Aiilm*, the vocative termination 1_ (see
38, c) is
I
sometimes
Atf//,
used instead of
l
against
Amr ! These
6 t<JU
with the genitive
as
jj-oJtJ
juj b
Zeid,
expressions are also employed [(1) to call or

\j
invite, as
Jla-jJJ
ye men, come
to the
water! ^J^XJJ b
_ .ai ,H
&
^jL^JiJJj
,
come
Aere,
young and
old,
to
wonder ;
jo
'.
hence
i -/
.
(2)]
wiL.*."H, <o express surprise, in which case the <LU w*a ."."<.
55]
The Verb.
3.
Gov't of Verb.
is
(b) Prepositions: î.
153
as the
the
the
or object that causes surprise,

aj
^'Iflinuii
;
treated in the same

the
way
b
fo<2
e.g.
,__
-flt.'H
wonder
d-J*>l jJU
misfortune
jLJI
^>
J-**
it
J*** a-JU
|jtj...o>J
Ls
disgrace of those
who
seek
(learning) in order to obtain benefits

<sJ
from,
men. Similar
forms of expression are

or,
b,
^JL)
b,
etc.,
e
followed by the accus.
more
usually,
;
by the preposition
yj*o
5
with the genit. (see

or jj*wj ^>* aJ
**
O
44,
e,
rem. a)
to
as *j^.j *i
b^
Jjj
i^-
*^
.'
b^j,
there
came
me a man, and what a man

i
he teas
y
\i
iLJ
a
^c
b
!
ivhat
a happy night
iJU
(J-j-jI
Aa. ^><o
***** U
<il)
what
!
soft cheek
J>J
yj-a
Li and
wA a splendid night
.'
JJU
} j-tr*-t,-
5j+5 ij*6
happy lark in a meadoio
In
all
these cases ^J
seems to point out the person or thing, in reference to which the exclamation is uttered, as being the origin and cause of it. [There can be no reasonable doubt that, as the grammarians of
tl-Kufa teach, this ^Jb with following genitive was originally J|l b followed by the name of the kinsmen of the man who called for
aid.
See Fleischer, Kl. Schr.

war-cry
i.
393
seq.,
Lane sub
Jt.
R.
S.
This
of
the
Time of Ignorance (iJjklaJI ^Jî) was

lis
jt/
-J
forbidden by the Prophet,
who
substituted aJU
b and
^^X
b.]
54.
into,
The
prepositions which indicate rest in a place, are
in,
at, in, by, with,
**
with, along with, ,jjJ, or

over, above, upon.
^jJ,
at, tcith,
in the possession of,
and ^JU
J)
55.
The
preposition
^j
(with pronominal suffixes î, <ibi,

56,
<*-i),
on the difference between which and w> see

(a)
indicates
which latter case

the accusative
' '
;
Rest in a place or during a time and motion into a place, in it corresponds to the Greek eis or the Latin in with
as C*-JI
^y
in the house
&Ljt Jih
^
;
in this
j<o
year
**o*
[C>li3x- vbl
î
during a certain number of days]
j^\
^J ibjJI
w.
ii.
20
154
Part Third.
water
;
Syntax.
^^^1
55
the
is
in the
jug ;
,jlju*J!
^
;
^<? racing is in the
meiddn
jZJ\
*5j he fell into the well; w>UJI j^b
^J %i$
God
will
he wrote on the back of the letter

cast
J^L/jJI
^J
;
aJJI
a*3$j
him
into
(make him dwell

into thy
in) the villages
^-^^
JO
^
Oi-
)ju
Jo'
* s
* Ota
put thy hand

forôJUJI
bosom; [^j*~\ ^vc^la-M CJLA.^1 by inversion
^
is
^**-e]
I inserted my
finger into the signet-ring].
This
then transferred to the relation subsisting between any two things, the one of which is regarded as the place in which the
signification
other
is,
or happens, or into which

;
it
goes or
is
put
as^JjuJI Jl.
is
î
it ;
in the state of pupilage

JfjuaJI ^-i
j~*-)\
lies
O-* *** ^* whatever good there
in
Sta^l safety
in speaking the truth;
alcUo î
j~e->
skilful in his trade;
w>U)t
jiiu
/^ looked into, or ra*</ t,
foo#;
<Cj.l.
î
^j***
exerted himself about his business;

rf7pg
î J^-3
ra# /#
to
^Xju)\ he commenced studying;
î
aJJI
^Âi-ju
6W
them enter into His mercy ; [<^2>

do with
science].
^* ^tA*M
O-*
oW
he
^s nothing
(ft)
j-i
is
sometimes equivalent in meaning to %* with, or
î
came
among; asô^-M O-*

which passed
j)
^^ J^ô- ^
6' ;
t>ôt enter with generations

*$***'
away
(some)
before you
^JI O-*
;
^ w*L3l
^j
;
she
forward with
women of
the tribe
UJI
j-?...>â.
a.^j'
/^ se
ow wi/< 50,000 m/.
[The proper meaning of
being in the midst
of the following noun ought to be a plural or a collective but the signification of with became so prevalent, that we find actually
J^'^vO^
*
^M K-j^î
*$
O^^
an d he did not go out with more
titan one servant.

* * t
In a somewhat different sense

*
*
*-*
is
used in the
signification
phrase Jl-j **Ji'
iV
O-
we were four of us men.
The
55]
The Verb.
3.
Gov t of Verb.
(b) Prepositions
D. G.]
^5*.
155
of with comes to denote a combination of two qualities, as
i\y*
blackness blending with redness.

It indicates the subject of
;
(c)
thought or conversation, that in
which these move
as iliw^l
jU^.t
;
months upon the choice of a teacher

meditate
<AJjj
.
*iU3
J**^ ^ ^ J&& o' ^5*^ ^

O-ijr^
<*/*>
re/fee*
faro
OTtts^
upon this;
U3
/<f
^y ^^
/w0
cfo
tfAis
, jZ
&?
afowtf
fis
(whereas
^ÂC would mean

r
#,
(/are utterance to this
"
"i*
opinion);
[aU\
&
Lj#^.la*JI
argue
icith
us concerning
God]
{Jf*+ **s*^ L5**" L5*
^"** whoever
may doubt my
lore for Buteina].

;
Hence
+ *
it
is
used in stating the subject of a book or chapter

4 ,
a^
9
lf
JjV^^t
LU
oUc
,i,
he compiled
a book on morals;
3,
J-ai
^*"
a*aU a chapter
treating of the nature of science ;

SjJbl^JI
j>^^\ w>U
SjAUUI^ ^^c*
jy-6 î
M<? fo>o 0/
shining stars, treating

:
of the kings of Misr and el-Kahira.

(to
Similarly
<sui
c^V
to
he got up
#0 d &*>)
/o/-
him ; U^-i
^â.^
^jlkLJI
foy sent
me
Wjk for them,

he sent for the
or to fetch them; 4JJI jup
^t
^y
*i*jtJ
and
Sultan
j**J\
'Abil
'Abdi Hah.
***"
[It also
denotes the assigning of a cause, as

the prescribed
<->*' i^j*
<Vj- he
fogged him with
number
it;
of stripes for drinking wine; iUj

,9 , * ,
St
^s
<su>^ /?
blamed him because of
iO
, ,
ti, 3*0
V*?*
*>*
^f j^' w^J
!/*l
Oi w^*% a woman
entered Hell
because of a cat which she confined without food.}

(d)
^ji
is
used after verbs signifying desire, like w-^j and *4-k,

;
in connection with the object desired
as J-o*"j
vo^'
5 -JJ
*-3
O-*
the
Ûl
jut U-i w*^> ^Ji
<su
M?Ay should he,

the application
<o
who has experienced

of
it
I
sweetness of knowledge
and of
, 3 i
anything that men possess?

not covet people's property.
Ûl
J\yc\
,,3,2
rem.
e.
in practice, desire
,3,
^.kj
*$ ,jl
î-r^j
he must
Compare
53, b,
156
Part Third.
It is
Syntax.
;
56
(&)
employed
in the comparison of
is
two objects, governing

as
the thing with which the other

c\Zc
*^l
compared
^ W**M
ls*
>**^' I*
Sja.'n)!
this life is
merely a temporary usufruct, compared with
the life to
//
come; [JU**^ i>*
O""8^
^*
tlie
<lU
^3
J**^ '^[f^
^*
ta.r
is
7w AiÂ, * proportion to
;
number of handicrafts of
<J-oAfi
which thou art master]
3^L5
>)!
dâ-j
U %
j^
knowledge
into
it,
is
cm/?/
rfrop
compared with
it
his ocean;
lit.
w^w
the
smaller object being, as
were, placed within the larger one for the
purpose of comparing the two.
(/)
Lastly,
is
used to express proportion

e ,
* * * a st** t
(e.g.
-
length and
j
a -
jj
breadth) and multiplication; as Ulji jJuz ^jij\ ^j

* *
Ulp
yjy~+.
<jJji
\*cj its length is fifty cubits,
by twelve cubits in breadth (Germ, bei or

*j-**
ft
auf
Fr. sur)
lyXJU
" *
^J
.
/-~'!>*
IajIjia* its size is ten
parasangs
Q by
the
same; <L~+&.
to the phrase >**

(lit.
^ itU ^
three into five or three times five, according
\*j> *-> he multiplied
one number by another
struck the one into the other).

fi
Rem.
.*$
is
said by the
grammarians
to be used iLijJa-U, to
indicate time
and place.
differs
56.
w> (with pronominal suffixes ^>, ib, aj)
from ^j?
in this, that
^,
like
the Latin and German
in,
shows that one thing

it
is
actually in the midst of another, surrounded by

is
on
all
sides
whereas w> merely indicates that the one

contact with
it,
close
by the other or in
and corresponds therefore to the Latin prepositions For example prope, juxta, apud, ad, and the German an or bei.
SybUJI
w>Lj
ajj.3
village
at
(close
to
or
/</^
**>
by)
the
gate oj
U-Kdhira ;
(or by)
J>*-jJ ^jj-
I passed by a man;
w^*-
he sat beside
him; jjuj <UJt^=>j-<x
GW helped you
cm, Fr.
r))
at Be~dr; ioj*oJb
o^
^Xi
there
was at
(or
m, Germ,
U-Medina a merchant;
56]
The Verb. 3. Gov't of Verb.(b) Prepositions :

ou- jujj ipim a sword
w>-
157
jA+j 2uj3 a town in Egypt
in his
nana;
&y
lb aj
ftfera *V
?'
fo'w
disease;
|>.a>.i
.
jV^
M;b v***^' awtd

OaJ-^ Jî^
3
ow fowse
<%
(= \jQ)
jj&i
^.
^ffvtic
<*
**% #e
pass by them in the morning and at night (=*}LJ). Hence it is construed with verbs signifying to attach, connect, or adhere to
(e.g.
surround Jif, J*sJ, S*j, JU), [go round,

begin
(e.g. *', 'Ju)
;
(e.g.
;b, JU.t, oU)],
seize, take, or
ask about, know, or be acquainted
with
(e.g.
(e.g.
JL,ôJLc, j-oj), flee for refuge to, believe in,
and swear by
4JLo~$ ôv-'Ji)
;
"
JU, ,>*!, ^-J\).
For example
^ ôyiUÛ
j^
XI* |J<A> jb>3b jy**j

^JL Sl5
JjLct their heads adhere to their shoulders (and) they have no necks
Alt
ijjJI
/*<?
St O*^ because
"
the
worms
stick to the fruit
(J-}
s^^JI
joined the one thing
to the other ;
[glj^b
^>3
it,
an d I
hovered round enemies;

*Y
UJc fc^Jb Jb>.t he comprehended
knew C
thoroughly]
JE--Jb lju ê teâw fo study the lesson ; j\J*J\j J^.

g
take hold of the nose-rein ;

?
//"
LJI
tj.>b
j--oj
,<ob s l~JO ,-j^L-J ^b"

skilful in the diseases of
#?
;
o&fc
* afowrf
women, truly
'
I am
women
<*Jaa...> - -
^y> *
aXJLi
<
j^*j
l
we take refuge with God from His
wrath;
aJJb
puft
*.tyi aJJb
CvU I
believe in the one
God;
(c-JU) w-o5)
swear by God; iU*j OjJj^

Aouse;
/
^%
^
Thyself (I swear),
will
7%
^Cl U
ib.
SU
/io3
thyself
13]
care not;
f
JL*\jj
6y
taurf
Hence,
as
too, it is
used after
lo ! see
introducing a
til
person or thing that
comes
'ij
suddenly into view (3U*.UJI

whilst he
01
or
^>W-*JI 'ip
>V^
>*J >* 1-^

;
was going along, he

w>jj^'
suddenly perceived a cloud of dust

ô j^fe rto?
/?<?/
>yAJ
13]
cJa-jy UJi
heard
I had got
to the
middle of the lane,

Aa.,A)
1}!^
all at once
a great noise;
w>M \j^
**--^* ft
si*jjkaJI
î j*Jj
158
Part Third. Syntax.

whilst
;
56
the
and
door
we were
jJ
2lsjj
talking,
a great clamour suddenly arose at
J-.SI
ju-JI
aJ
JUj
Ja/j
t$l
behold,
a man
called the
sdiyid
Beraka came forward.

to
Here we must supply the

see],
participle of
the verb u-^.1
perceive [or j*aj to
which
is
construed with w,
lit
as, for instance,
in the second of the above examples, \j~a^> Ut
^*Jit CsyAi.
,-^.sUteJ
>ib
The same remark
applies to
O^* m
sucn phrases as
^^ ^
seems
to
me
that thou art trying to deceive

let
me ;
into
jofcJUt
V
JI
kttwtf *b
jV^
t
J is
as if 1 saw thee being

>zkj\s
*t
down
the
grave
[c~-a3 f*if> U
dead]
;
<**
*
^ji
s
it
is,
Darih, as if thou
sawest
i.e.
me already
*}bj;5
^Xj
^y^
methinks
see thee slain;
sib
â^-o (J^, or
<ib j-oj!
îU. From
the idea of contact
there arises, in the case of a superior and inferior or primary and
secondary object, that of companionship and connection

(j
as UaIj
jU
he set out with his household ; jJuJ\
w>W^ ê^
jU^Jt
J--> he
came
into his
presence in his travelling dress;
ti*c\af\)
^JjZZI he bought the
ass together with its bridle; [j**-i well, properly with well-being in
at-
- a s
answer to the question
*j*~~e>\
>J^ how do you do
this
morning
:
?]
Under
(a)
this idea are figuratively represented the following relations
The
relation
between subject and predicate, especially

;
in
negative propositions
1)
as ju* ^J\SL> <UJt ^Jl is not

J
God
t
sufficient
' v*0
S &
'
for His servant? jj\xj

thy
C~J /
do not knoic ; -**JJ
-^^ ^J
^*
Lord
will not deal wrongly with

e s a
His servants; ^j+^y+j j**
they are not believers
ôÛ^cb
,>!
jtjJI
^1 \^J^\ 0^-
J 4
,jt^
and
(to
if hands are stretched out to food,

*
do
it)
0060^0 v/ C* dy O* *$#* O**? t*^ & ^ -***

O
& J * s *
I am
not the quickest of them

J0
^**^
L5^
O**
and
be
an
intercessor
'ibn
avail
Sdwdd
Karib
for me on the day when no (other) intercessor can An example of the rare use of in the least.
56]
The Verb. 3. Gov't of Verb.(b) Prepositions:

is
{kJt*-i
^>.
159
w* in affirmative propositions
O'
^^ J^^
to
^
the
O'
^3li
-*^'
^^J
(6)
efo ^<9j/
not see that
God has power

xxiii. 13.
Wing
D. G.]
dead
to life ]
[Comp. in Hebrew
T&l
X^Pl Job
The
relation between the
act
and
its
object,
(a)
This
is
always the case after intransitive verbs, as
he ivas stingy %^j~-> J*J he [ojJI^ ^j

-
of something, opposed to aj
-^w
he ivas liberal of it;

,
* - i
\
treated his father with filial piety;

,jjL..JI
jfe
&* îm.j
}t
oi
o -
jj.l j3 B
from
the
f/eted
ttW/ towards me, when he brought
me
forth
prison; Jii* aj j*\ he gave an order respecting him, and accordingly

he
was
slain
OL^JLJU
î
such
-1j,
Lcj he pixiyed
as
(God)
to
grant
st*.,
me
stedfastness]
to come,
especially
to
indicate
to
motion,
e.g.
^Jl
w-*i
lo->
go away,
jL
depart, set out, jAS, sja^j to get
up, rise,
to be high, etc.
These verbs are construed with w> and
the genitive of the thing, accompanied by, or in connection with,
which one performs the act they denote

into
and they must be translated

:
English by
(lit.
transitive
verbs.
For example
aJLI*
Sjy-j
aJJI
Sy\s
then bring
come with) a sunt (chapter)

(lit.
like it
Âjô
w>i
God
the
took
away
went away with) their

g
light
JiaJU
the
>ol5 he upheld
truth;
aX^J1
Lcb
tB
-'
ê tk upon
him
burden of the
government ; &j l^w he
lifted it
up on high
[aj ^jit bring thou him,
59, rem.
a],
(/?)
transitive verbs, not only

too,
The same construction is also employed with when they signify motion but in other cases
and the verbs must then be used absolutely*; asô^j ^J!
wou
he sent them to
connection
me
(lit.
with, or by
he performed the act of sending to me in means of, them, using them as the objects
* [In many cases this construction is the consequence of the omission of the proper object, e.g. with verbs signifying " to send " without mention of the bearer of the message, etc., with those that
signify "to
throw" without mention of the thing aimed
at, etc.
D. G.J
160
Part Third. Syntax.

;
[56
he s
through which he realized that act
jw~&>
C5"*J
*he
arrow
{from
the bow)
aJt oj~j âJI he gave himself up, or surrendered

*$
himself, to
him
j>-Jb o!/*i
j^*~*N
*y* dark-eyed {women), who
do not read the suras (the Kor'an).
the transitive verb

is
is
This happens particularly when used in a figurative sense, and the preposition
then called jU^JI lb the figurative
as Ua*JI
jd
^ 6ro#0
^
>
stick,
but
^fUj ^-~b
/-
fo Aas broken
my
heart [along with ^*U> j*^9 ]

/><?
&
^*i*JI j-^.
set the bone,
but L5-A*J >-
^s comforted
my
heart
[along with
^^5
j*..
Likewise, ?UJI >lwl /w raised the building,
but ojsjo jtet he raised his fame as well as

//g
^3
ilwt
J~JI
w>*-
rfmtf or pulled the cord, but aju-aj
jJ^
/^ rendered his
name
famous more generally used than

sense,
<uu*a w>Ju*..]
The
relation of the
acts of breaking and setting to their objects, in a tropical or spiritual
be expressed by a prepositional exponent, as being a less immediate relation than when they are used in their ordinary material
may
sense.
(c)
The
relation between the act
and the instrument with which,

it is
j * **
the means by which, or the reason why,

s so**
performed
as
c~l>
tlie
to
>0AA)b
wrote with the reed-pen
ou~Jb
Gd
to
&\li he slew will grant

j
*
him with
sword; a5U>
&j~>
j-**aJI
<*U1
**JLH
him patience
*
->
2 -
through the salutary power of prayer
Him ;
C<.q^.tw aJJI
(to
J a^ *;
.'
by God's help
have performed the pilgrimage

ôv'
Mekka)
Ûsui
J*** O-^ ô^^^J

5jJ
aJUI
^*J^' *^W*k ôvt^ l**^ tj>^ ^H^xJt ^>*

those
and because of wrong done by
who were Jews, we have
forbidden them good things, which were allowed them

because of their turning
away many {men) from
the
and God ; path of

{before),
^bUJ ^^SUj-o
covenant,
^^y-aij
U-i
wherefore, because of their breaking their

see 49, /).
we have cursed them (U redundant,
Connected
56]

is
w>-
^
known
herewith
the use of w> with surnames,
etc., after <J>j* to be
as also after
^^
is
to be
enough, to
for
suffice,
;
with the person or tiling
that suffices or
enough
'ibn
one
e.g.
\J$jx^\
^c
;
,>-*
^tuiôJb Hasan
'All,
known by
the
the
name of el-Ma rglndnl ;

aJUb ,3*^3
^yLj
ljuyi
ij^ju i>î
village
known by
;
name of Bakwa
God
sufficeth
as a witness*
is
JiUJJ Utbj Lcb^JUJI 5JJU

sufficient
â^
to
pleasure of knowledge
sensible
man.
[Comp.
49,
c]
The
motive
and
incentive
is
price of any article
also
expressed by the preposition

as being the instrumental
after verbs signifying to buy, pay, etc.,
means with which the
act
is
performed
<x^c *->y2\
e.g.
^Jbjju \+\5 jjÎit he bought
a reed-pen for a dirham

(or the
^^"-f
jUjju I sold
dinar
;
the piece
of cloth
*3j~*3
garment)
to
him
(see 48, c)
for a
u-^
0++1
an d they sold him for an

tjÎwt
-
insufficient (or
trifling) price ;
jJ'J^W
J
-t
<UV-*J'
*J
J
^^
S 6
have purchased error at

* b )s
the price
of truth; q^jJSj
\y>\>
U->^Jt wjIJ^^J
theirs is
a painful C
=_ >0V
punishment, for having deemed (the prophet) a liar (t^Jl
Uj
Jyu)
M# /
down
had, instead of them, a tribe who, when they ride (forth), pour
(on their enemies)

e
from every
m
side,
mounted on horses and camels

S3,,,
(jvy! at the price
of them,
in
exchange for them, =j^jS).
[Hence
is
its
use after verbs signifying to
kill, slay, etc.
in the sense of in retaliation
[In this and the following example the preposition w>
said to J)
be redundant after i**^ in order to emphasize the relation between

subject and predicate, aJJI being the agent (comp. Beidawi i. 211, 1. 21 In like seq., ii. 226, 1. 2 seq., Abu Zeid, Xaicadir, 204, 1. 3 seq.).
6 a * -
manner
Zeid
is
it is
said to be redundant before the predicate in juj

sufficing thee.
^La*-
a person
It
is
better, however, to take
as containing its subject in itself, viz.
^.A^ <uU^. and thus being used

199, Anni.
2.
impersonally (comp. Fleischer, Kl. Schr.

w.
11.
i.
374).
P. G.]
21
162
Part Third.
an equivalent for,
as
Syntax.
<*->
56
for, as
J^* j<+*
O^**^
;
certainly,
a chief of
your
tribe will be killed in retaliation
for him
w~^
^bu *^j ^j
be thou slain as
an equivalent for
the thong
of Koleib's sandal.]
Rem.
to
a.
In such phrases as ,^bj CJl t^b thou art as dear

mother, a3)}$ ^>*o ,j b dear
to
me
as
is
my father and
one
me
as
my
father
whom I
love,
the preposition depends upon the word

he be ransomed, which
to be,
is
^jju> ransomed, or
^jS may
is
:
understood,
and the
literal
meaning
mother,
called
thou art
or shalt
love be
*
be,
ransomed with
my
failier
and
is
may
one
whom I
ransomed with
but fO
my
***
father.
expresses
This
by the grammarians 2jjk&j|

it is in
i\>
the
w> which
ransom; but
reality the &+2)\ *b or w>

(see above, no.
c,
of
price,
as used after <jJLwl.
eb,
etc.
at the end).
also
' o - i
In
the
"
the same
e
way
* o
are used
*
*
5 -.JUj
'
and ^-jjJ*
Observe
phrase
C^X'j
ly*i
rmtZ t#e^, as [or simply Ij-J] grooc?

i/"
C-.*o-l
jjt
ws^jijj ty*i C-odglj
Âm consentest
and
obey est, good

the
and
well
^^'j
ly*i
4JtâJU
1-oj.j
^h t/ one performs
is
wudu for
the
Friday, good and

valent to ^1
well.
This
explained, by an ellipse, as equi3I
3JLxiJ|
C~o*ij J-oiJI JL_j iLaaJI

ac t or
abtiJI
djLî
dJLacwJI 6y
M'-i 8
P ra ctice
is excellence attained,
and good
lyj
is the act
or practice.
Others regard
to
it,
ly*i as
equivalent to
to it, etc.
<lLXni,
\yi
AJbtf, etc., keep thou

;
let
him keep
(see 59,
rem. a)
or
and other words, such as

the
2j>Z}\ the practice
of the Prophet,
4tfkJj|
ordinance of indulgence,
may
be supplied according
to circumstances.
Rem.
little
b.
In phrases
like (j*~*>)
J*bu ^5*^'
cM
^b>
he died a
before the Prophet, j>\j\$
CHjiAl
w
is
^>
J^^
of time
" e arrived two
months and some days after

different in
this,
the w> of measure, and quite
meaning from the accusative
how long jiL>

:
est ^j^cyt .jJbi means he travelled for two days before me, profectus
56]
The Verb. 3.
Gov't of
Verb. (b) Prepositions:
^>.
163
biduum ante me, Germ,

yj-yoyj.}
er reiste
zwei Tage lang vor mir, but

est
i*M
./*'-'>
he started two days before me, profectus

er reiste ztvei
biduo ante me, Germ, Tage vor mir ab. Observe that w with its genitive must in this ease always be placed after
'.*
- o *
JkJ, jju, etc.
Rem.
..
c.
o -
The preposition without

o,
a
is
expressed in Arabic by
j
^L and
simple
j-o->,
more rarely by j+&

69, f).
*^j
^>-
and
vj_3^> as
we ^
as ^he
^ji
can be used only with an indefinite
substantive, j*Ju [and j+e. ye, as also
^jj and OL5*Vj

as j^==>
ro'rer
w ith
..
one
which
~s L
s
is
either definite or indefinite

is like
Jj>* %4
QtJaJL.*
;
*i)b
a rwfer without justice

Aow
a?*< co7?ie
without water
;
Cwk.
jlj
Û
without (bringing any) provisioyis
Zjjj~q j*Ju
^>-o
without necessity
JaJI j+xj unjustly ;
o^^
j-j*
ivithout
controversy ; \j\jy* J>5 ***-'>** O-* without sword
and
bloodshed.
Compare
[Rem.
in
Hebrew K73, t^3, *^33

Observe the phrases IJJy ^)
thing
?
d.
,ô
?cfo i/n/ 6e re^J*o\*o)

>a
sponsible to
,
me for such a
it
(where we must supply

it
si
\j\
to
\yi
have done
(where C-tq.
may be
supplied); aJJb t>a*J
^b^
\JjSs
we put our
ljt
trust in God, then in thee (suppl. iytj or Ji*J);
^jl^
-ib
ou>
/<oy icilt
thou
be,
when such a thing

i
is the
case
The w>
in aJUt ^-~j denotes according to
some the aid or

,oi
J)
instrument; others say that we ought to supply ^J-Zj\ I begin

s
siO*
Or
xoith
tlie
name of
God.
In the expressions
is
- } ,
ju^)t
jujj o*JU
see 48, h.
/ met
in Zeid the lion, etc. w>

*
the equivalent of
a...a..>
^c,
On
the expressions <U-*j yfc or

o
see 139.
On
the use of w> in

a.]
oi
the formula jujj ^-oit see Vol. i
184 and rem.
Rem.
e.
The grammarians denote the various uses

it is
of
w> by
/*>/*<?
saying that
used
JjLoJ'ilU to
express adhesion
i-i^JsJJ
164
Part Third. Syntax'.

place
;
< ^~JLU swearing ; L.UaJJ,
'
57
and
or aIJ^LoJU, companionship
and
oi
to
connection; ujj^lU, or JXUJ,
render an {intransitive) verb
transitive;
AjUlwÛ
to
indicate the instrument
of whose aid we
avai7 ourselves ; A.W-JJ, or J-JjCJJ, to express the reason or cause;
and
k</
ajjALU, ibli^JJ, or
,J>*.U, to stoto Ae
recompense, equivalent,
or jorice given for anything.

s '
*
57.
(rarely
*) mYA, a&m*? w&A, indicates association and

(<c;$j 3I
connection in time or place

/&?
w>ULko^)l ÎC)
him;
as jjto
jC
travelled with
me;
<uu>
JS*.
he sat with
p^So i*
ili.
u-ûJI
I came
to tJiee
with the rising oftlie sun; [^Q^M * continually

o?a?/s)]
;
(prop. a&><7
wÂ ^0
Jv*-
5 '
JJ^JI
r**"^
;
devotion cannot
be real along with (is incompatible with) ignorance

JO
jajJti
U jtpo
*.
C <u* wiVA
at the
#Ae repetition of that portion
of it which went before (repeating

before)
;
same time what had been done

substance
is
\S\^ J&*
^J-ij*
^** and my
it is
from you and my

an
love is ivith you.
Hence
it
used to show that a person possesses something or has got

;
with
him
as j+a>~* <**< Jjk hast thou got
inkbottle with thee
^5**
J**i* *$3 J^*i>
have neither dinar nor dirham (neither gold nor

li-*-
silver)
by
me.
[Hence
it
according
to
our opinion,
like
lijc-Lt].
Sometimes
addition
it
.
signifies in addition to, besides;
as Cjjs. <uji
**
in
to his
being (besides his being) a stranger.

despite, although
*
\
More frequently
%* J^5
despite
means notwithstanding,
,
as Altla^w
/
,
his bravery he
r*
<5o
J$~tj}\
was
fouled;
U3
%^
he
oto<o
o-*
*0i<i,t0J*0' >***' Jk**' Oî^J
SjÛ^JU
j*e\
no one was more clear-sighted than the Apostle (Muhamthis,

*
mad), and notwithstanding
was ordered
*
to consult
*
(others)
0*3
3 ,
dÔfO
* +
t UJI
,j*o (JttwI
j>j^\
,jl
*.*
ôLaÎ
it
jajj*>
^>t ia^t he was unable
to
destroy the pyramids, although
is
easier to destroy than to build

e.g.
(compare in English withal:
in
Hcb., Dy,
Nehem.
v.
18,
nT"Dyi
58]
and 5
xiv.
is
The Verb.
Job
i.
3.
Gov t of Verb.
(b) Prepositions
i.
+.
165
e.g.
22,
n^rS^,
and
in
Deut.
32, nttl
*QTOl, Num.
11,
mntfn 7J2;
Pers.,
b and
si , *
i>^
)
L).
Lastly,
%*
used in comparisons, and must then be translated into English by

,
ay-
compared
to,
in comparison with
as jjj a**o j*a*J\ compared with
him M-Hadir,
hammadans),
is
or
el-H}dr
tent-peg,
(Elias,
i.e.
the wandering Jew of the
Mu-
fixed
and motionless, an expression

life.
used of one who leads an unsettled vagabond
Rem.
**
is,
as the
Arab grammarians remark, properly the

i.
accusative of a noun, signifying association, connexion; see Vol.

%
359.
is
The expression
recorded by
out* ^j*a w**Aj,

it
him,
Slbaweih. To
away from beside corresponds in Hebrew Qj^

ivent
in Syriac 1*11.
58.
IjJ
,jjJ (with suffixes ^JjJ, bjJ,
^jJ)
or ^JjJ, also written
(with suffixes i^jJ,
^jJ,
ajJ*),
in
is
a comparatively rare word,
signifying beside,
Fr. c^&z)
;
near, at or by,
'jJ
the possession
of (Lat. apud,
as
)1
w>M
Iajlw LaMj rf they found her lord at the b

31
door
Û-w
^jjJ ^^Xii\
when
(their) hearts shall be in (their)

,jl
throats;
<ujJ .JJt jUi^l J-oil jUJt
jJltl
believed that fire
was
the most excellent

*
of the things which were

.
'
Rem.
a.
^jjj chiefly occurs in

is
... composition with

,
in his possession.
*
_
..
^j*c (see 70),

- .
^^
^^
<
and, like that preposition,

to
used
^j\SLo ^1
^toj ,*
ijliJI
6 ljJL>^)
denote the commencement of the limit in place or time.
It
may be
J)
connected with a proposition, as ib OJl ,jjJ Uaj
j^JJj and
up; [!3Ui
thou art mindful of His benefits since thou art grown

b'ULi ^jl (jjj
it
i
jj
*Zi
^jt (Jj-o 13JI/J
fflf^
ioAa, thinkest thou, did
harm me
that thou hatedst
me
since
we
it
greiv
up
?]
When
it
con-
nected with the word Sjjlc morning,

accus., as w^jjdt)
usually takes
till it
in
the
0*0
l***" Sjjic
^ e j
^j^ from morning

admissible.
(the sun)
was near
setting,
though Sjjwi
is
The former construe-
1(5(5
Part Third.
is
Syntax.
Z*
J
[
Zt
59
J *
*o
3*
tion
explained by an
or
^?>ie,
ellipse,
viz.
Sjjic AfrLJI
C*Jl^ ^jJ
siwce
the hour,
was morning.
If
another word be connected
with
4vl
* *
Sjjic,
1* 3
it
may
3 *
be put either in the accus. or the genit., as

evening.
o j *
iLJUtj o^js- vJjJ
from morning and

5< o 3
Some grammarians
* *
m
admit the nominative likewise, l^jso - o j

o *
*
(JjJ,
by an
ellipse of
\j\^,
03*
)J>).
viz.
Sjjct C-Jl>
Rem.
b.
^jJ
differs
from jUc
66) in being restricted to

of,
*0iO
material objects which are actually with, or on the person

..
..
the
*
I
speaker [or the person spoken

tf/m assertion is right
of].
You
;
say w>b>o
3
^Ju*
J
Jîll
IJJk
^0
in
z
my
* *
opinion
aj j^s- ^J^s jJS- So-and-so

**
* 3
knows about
0*0 JU
to
it;
not
^jJ and
jj^.3 i^jJ.
it
And
again you say
j^jUt, / have money, whether

9 *
S>
be about your person or not,

it
* *
whereas
J *
JU ^jJ
00**6**
means that you actually have

the predicate of a
^
about you.
[O^
C
can never form
nominal sentence.
9 *
One
3*
may
59.
2</w, is
say juj to jJ Zeid
is
with
us,
but not juj UjJ.]
Îc
used
In
:
(with pronominal suffixes
* ,
^^, ^M^,
**^)
ww,
afow,
0*>
;
(a)
its original local
sense (^XjCLj*^J, to denote higher elevation)

is
as
gJauJI
(fc5
Xc juj îc?
on the roof; hu\.
^kc jsy*3
i^j^
<^X+i\*
and
lie
it
(the pigeon) began to hover over

the
a wall ;
jjujiaJt
^>^\
he
>***3
found a person upon
road ; J^-j Sjyo

3 3
3
l*5la*JI
<r
ê- jJaJ
saw
* *
on the wall the figure of a

cbt/ies
;
man ; t>k5 w>W^ i^* I hud
on cotton
thou,
iUi)l
ê-
.iU-o
^>j Oul
Cjy-I
Ijli
and when
and
is
they
who are with
thee,
:
are safe on board the ship.
The same
tlie
sense
further exemplified in
SjuUJI
^-^
J~**f
sat at
it)
table (because
a person sitting at table rises above the level of
jî\ ^jXe *a5j
59]
The Verb.3. Govt of Verb.(h) Prepositions: ^j*.

*jb w*W
*âSj
167
he stood by the river

t,
^t-
jut5 he sat at
the door
of his
house;
^Jî ^\j ^Xc
ta
sfcxx?
by the head of So-and-so;
when he was very eager

animals; [LlkuJUt
v
to investigate the peculiarities
of the limbs of
the
> *%*
yLs.
^j$\
^s-
Aj^-iJt
a , ,
village
a , ,
is
*
situated at a distance of 12 miles from el-Fostat\; &Ae- y>, or aAs. jl*.,

fo passed by
him;
J*!/**'
el-'
^5^
;
!/*'
??"^-a'~'
O^9
^-Haggag was B
&ww* (or governor) of
Irak
<
^> ^.U
Jlb &> contemplated or
examined something ; j^-w ^jXc
juLbl fo
;
became acquainted with, or

1^3,
acquired a knowledge of something
<sulc
either fo (the pupil)
raw? (a &*>)
fte/iwe
A/m (the
teacher), studied
under him, or he (the

aJL/^JI *$3 he
teacher) read (a book) to

letter to
him (the
pupil)
^yJ&
I
read the
them
jLa.
^^
SjA-eJt
w>U&j
ju he began
to read
it
the book
of C
(canonical) prayer before

his instructor.
Muhammad, began
:
under him as
Similarly in the phrases
(ly-Ac) <*~^
^Le. he
(she)
fainted
<uic
(lit.
#Are
ims a covering of darkness

aJIc
over him or
s
^r)
^5-0*'
J ^ ^
<fo.;
(lyJLft)
^5^*-* in a faint
j<$~^
j^)<-> peace be upon
you
<uic
aJJI
i*.j God's mercy be upon him
(may God hare mercy
on him).
(b)
In a hostile sense, in which case
it
can generally be rendered by
against or upon; as uXc frx^" he went out against him (with an army),
he rebelled against him
;
[ulc Icj he cursed him, 23
a-Ic
(.^-^
pronounced a (legal or other) decision against him, as opposed to

a * *
* , * a s *
ai
^^];
i*
<suXfrâJb he rushed upon
him: *Jc
,j*li therefore give aid against

his troubles patiently
<J*
him; ^>aw-^l ê- j~aj

(lit.
,jl
^jk^j he must bear
otj/^ exercise patience against them);
aÎcj
0>^ >*=
an
aJ*
ia^- f/^^
Aw
intelligence
and
his
knowledge
may
not become
168
Part Third. Syntax.

b
[
rf
59
A
,
*********
^-^ Uj
is
lyJ
argument against him;

is the soul's
U
its
:
Oi
J/
i/
JD
lV
^âJI asjjlc
i
aaA)\
its
learning
cognizance of what
Similarly
in
for
good and for

* *
hurt (see
difficult
^
0*
*-**
9 *
53, &, y).
the phrases
*
,J&
(>*>**)
S * *
50/
3 **
/or me, opposed to

./br
z
* *
j^jXc (j~~.i)
J^w
easy for
me;
^^ J-ij^
i *
'
difficult
*
J/
w^, but also dlear to w^, opposed in both senses to
^.U
*
^
^>*a
* ,
(^jXc (â.
hidden
is
from me,
obscure to me, opposed to
Js-
Â. c/#w
to
me.
It
therefore construed with verbs signifying to 6e angry
******
with and
bs *
to incite or instigate ; as
*
a*Xc ^c
/*.#
was angry with him ;
jOw'j
<t-oX&
*
*
<suit
LLa..->
* *
D^
he did not speak to

>
him out of anger with him

a * *
[and <xAc ,*-> he was content with him, as opposed to *Js-
*
si.>]
;
xAe. rJi\ {j\ he urged on the dog against him, set the dog at or
upon him
(<u
would mean
lie
made
the
dog attach
itself to
it
him).
Frequently, however, when construed with these latter verbs,
does
C not imply a
towards
it
hostile
movement
against an object, but merely motion

it
-
to get possession of
to action
;
or do it*;
o *
e.g.
* *
J**l\
a
*
ui
^s- wsaJt
*
urging or inciting
w>U him
to
oL-^âJ ^Xc
}'
dbl ^^.^j**** o^Jo[^,

S^.'Î
to
j/0
they talked to him, urging

* &*> * *
* *
compose a booh; J^^
O-o
j-jJI .Jlc (jUJ'NM concern for the life to

*
come induces
*
man
* *
do well
*
*0*>
*3
* * *
(lit.
carries
him towards good); aA-UUI ^^cjJ)

to
ejus*
^s.
îXox*.
U
*
what induced you

to be
set
up
this
its
empty claim?
Hence too
*>*>*>
greedy or covetous, and

are
derivatives u"j*", greed,
and âjj*.,
greedy,
construed with phrase
^j^-*-
and the genitive of the thing

to
coveted.
The
O*^ ^5^
J^->>
go in
to one, is
used when
, j * * o
a,
[Hence we can decide only by the context whether
<x*Xc-
lyiôJ
and similar expressions are to be translated by they collected themselves * * 5o i ^ * t Similarly ,yJl i^"* *-'^' may signify '*" against him or to him.
<
helped him
to avert the
thing or
to
accomplish
//.]
59]
The Verb. 3. Govt of Verb. (h) Prepositions

is
^.
169
the person sought
in his house or room, so that
we
actually find
him
&*&
,JI J*-i merely means to go into one's house or room.

is
(c)
Of a debt which one owes, and a duty which

;
incumbent
is
upon one
due
to
as ,>j> aJLc he owes a debt, opposed to ^jJi ai a debt

;
him
\
o'j^-*
,i
M*
\^
thou oicest
me two dinars
(see 53, b,
rem. d)
is
j^~~ J^
L5
a-*l>j^voJ*" w-JJ ffo search after knowledge

is
-
an ordinance for every Muslim (every Muslim

*
i
bound by divine
-
* * *
a i
9*
command
upon thee
to seek after to
knowledge)
tjjk Jjiaj
^j\
dLic
s
it is
incumbent
jjl
do
this,
thou must do this;
4--iJ.
j^
jj*Z3
it is
^Lle
thou must refrain
from slander or
to decree, to
backbiting.
with verbs signifying
employed make incumbent or unavoidable, as
[Hence
î>3,Jî, J^jl, wi^>, etc.] Of the advantage, superiority, or (d)

person or thing enjoys over another
;
distinction,
-
which one
*
* * ,9*
- -
s~
9 s
as
i5*}*.*Jt
^Xc
j$\
J-ai
^>jJJI
Adam's
Sja.'Vi
superiority over the angels;
UijJI
S^*aJI
(j^s^JL-j
the
lije
^JLc
who
love
the present
it
life
more than
to
come; C
oj+s.
^JU
(jU.l) pi he preferred
to the rest, selected it in
preference
to the others.
which any one is in respect to religion, trade or profession, health, fortune, mental or bodily gifts, etc. (properly, the ground or basis on which he stands in these respects).
(e)
Of the condition
in
For example
the
^yjjLo >jj* ^Jte
^tJ!
people follow, or conform
to,
religion
of their kings;
~J >y^\ CJ13 D %î ^s- ^jLaJI C
the
Jews
say,
The Christians are not (grounded) upon anything, have

;
nothing to stand upon

J
~>*J. o^>
^
-
^5^
-
O^9 ^ followed the religion

*,**&
\y>\
, 9 '
- 9 -
of
the
Messiah
ojjuju
to
>j\=>
o*iU- îc
;
jl*~> ^>J
fo
nothing contrary
3
what he
believed
^L~JI 5jy>o
3i
^^
j
>
w-J ^y*
or not;
1,3*
J*
3
oi
\J& j^ J>\
i &,
no matter whether they be endowed with

*
9 *
human form
'
*, 0*
3*,
3>
if
-'
TT
90
170
Part Thtrd. Syntax.
59
he loved a slave-girl, endowed with the highest degree both of beauty

OtO
and of knowledge of singing and instrumental music;

2
u ..aJ ^^\
I
0,
10
*c,
*0
0*0*
, ,
\*i**> ^f^>h O-t^ ytx^^
0-iJy yjr* the common noun
is divisible into
two classes;
(it
is)
a noun denoting a concrete

* ,
object,
or
a noun
,i
\j\
denoting an abstract idea]
aJx.
the state or condition in which

*
w<*>8
I am ; jt*^ ls*^
(the orders of)
v***-'
O* {j^ <~^
going
to
comply with
the
emirs messenger; SJJ ^Xc si-^-w
w'î many
<.u>oJI
cwp have I quaffed with delight; aXa j>*.
Â*
its
Jôj
tyJUkl
(^
ne? ê entered the city at a time

jJkjJI
when
inhabitants were
off their
guard ;
Jj^
^.U, or
OÛJI
^Xc
^^Xc,
amw?
changes,
0,
or vicissitudes, of time ox fortune; j^jUJI
always, continuously,
Of the ground on which, the cause or reason why, one does 11O, ,,,0,, i,,i a thing as *&**i ^ U lÛ Jk*.t /*# was seized with a passion for
(f)
>
<
her which he could not restrain
(lit.
there seized
, , ,
;
something which he could not master)

belongs to
*ô
,
, ,
him on her account 10,0*

it
êI
aJJ
,
*x+aJ praise
I
, 1 O-o
, ,
11
, 1
God for what He has done; 31^1^

to
j)jj
^s-
<wUj he
;
reproached him for having neglected

JqSJjJo
send him a present in return
you;
, , o
,JU
i,
,
,,olo,*l,,
<JLJafct
j^JLp
aJUI
Ijj^XJj
and
that ye glorify
God for having guided

to give
%^
,
^j\
^&
,
why am I
'
,ci
i i
, ,
0,0,1*
you
"
my money?
.
o*>,
'
if
I-
a $/aw, whether female or male,

J)
fetches, without taking account of
accomplishments they
may
possess,
only for
their faces,
any a thousand
dinars and more]
AU
aj!
^Xs.
sU. he came, on the ground of his
being a king; A^.t a31
^Xe
;
îXX^JI
vW
^31 he came
to the king's gate,
pretending
to be his sister
Û
0,
,
a-Xc
~,
Îwl ^ I
common
do not ask you for

.
0,,
,01
~,
money on that account

relying on
it)
;
(scil.
a*Xc Ûj building upon

in
it,
or
aJ^
t
t*>Î**
,,
particularly
the
phrase o'
kJ^
thing.
*^4
building upon, reckoning or relying upon, such
and such a
59] The Verb. 3. Gov t of Verb. (h) Prepositions

(g)
^.
171
Of the terms or
is
conditions, as the
tjuk
'
ground or
basis,
on which
anything
done; as
1
Jj-i3l
'
^x^jijiC
C^LJb
jjuo-{
^^
on this condition;
7
Î^jI*.!
7
jjt
***
'l
<*U3
^
7
consented to this proposal oj
J-
theirs,
o condition that they should aid him {by providing him) with weapons;
ôJkp oUI jJLt <lJLs &?
made peace with him on
(the condition that he
should pay him) a thousand dirhams.

(h)
In saying that one thing happens in spite of or uotwithit

;
standing another thing, which might have prevented

iXL>
as bjkcl
f^
jjlc
will
punish
thee,
notwithstanding thy great age
(lit.
mi thy state of great age, see
J)
<tw
;
./*-*
i>_
Xc
'
*-<!
,Jji3
/>e
x/t- /<
//#,
notwithstanding his extreme youth

run,
lyjjl ^^Xt
or
diseases;
^Sj^ J*^'
^JJ ibj
,jt
horses
notwithstanding
their
vices,
ôy^JLb (JLc
ÛU
5îi^6
tvW/y thy
Lord
x.
is
merciful unto men, despite
their throng-doing
* '
(compare ?$?, Job
7, xvi.
17); [CHÎ
S.]
^^
y*s
Jlijt .^ can gallop in spite of her fatigue.

(/)
It.
Of the
rule or standard
ajub
according to which something
is
done
as SJbjJaJI
to
^&
a/ter i^/s
manner
iij*a*-e
l
i.
Jit
according
a duly observed proportion;

what
what he
wJ fl
in
C-^tj
ol.
.-U
according
according
to to
have seen
(stated)
its
books;
U ^z
D
^-^q-
related.
[Hence
construction with the verbs
that signify to fashion, to mould (Jt**.,

lyJt elwl
P^9 j^,
<>"*> a "
^. jiijj
^-J'
created with
a tendency
evil to
to
;
^>^1 ^yo w**- ^5^ c V.*^' hearts are love him who does good to them and to hate
*
* *
him who does
them
its

O* o
J *
J
</
^c
iiaJJI
J*~
word
is
made
to
accord inform with

(j)
contrary in meaning.
D. G.]
as
:
Of the thing of which we speak, which forms,

(compare super, Germ,
fiber)
it
were, the
basis of our conversation
as .JL* Jli
172
s
\
Part Third.Syntax.
on
this
59
oi
^Ji he said concerning this,

* ) * 6 , s
matter ;
it
*o
* *
<
j *
aJJI
ê- (j^Jyu
not
?
j>\
(j^Jl*j *$ or do ye say concerning (or of)

[{k)
69,
God what ye know
Of a person who
lx*
is
excluded or thrust back (comp. ^33,
f), as j**$\
ôv*^
'Vv ma ê
yourselves
masters of this
1.
business over their heads, excluding them

1.
(Tab.
i.
1841,
13,
1842,
the
10,
13)
a-JUj
^yj ^Û
Ût
SJujJI jÎj ^jL;
^PjI he made
whole land of er-Rabada public pasture ground, without taking notice
of the claims of the Benu Ta'laba (Tab.

dost thou grant protection to our
i.
1879,
1.
6)
bjj^ U-icj^JI
of us? D. G.]
St
enemy in
spite {defiance)
* *
:
Rem.
me,
scil.
a.
J
Observe the following phrases

J 6J
<u
^jX* fetch
;
him
10
to
' r
I^JL^jl or
{it
some similar word

the
(see
eye,
b,
at the end)
it
iHJ/JI ^jr^
t^j-jJIj
is)
upon
head and
i.e.
shall be
done most
willingly
(lit.
and promptly ;
;
JkJpl <Jlft on
an empty stomach, fasting

^
on
the saliva)
&*$** (iU,
J^*) O**" lj^*
n îe ^ me or
t
reign, of So-and-so ; (d jj) &j ju ,<k;, or simply a*Xc, by his means,

* J J
* *
* *
"
**
a?i(i
through him, as ^JLLjj .Jit Uj jcCj La UjIj

hast promised us by
îve ws
<*J15
what Thou
Thy
apostles, aSy*j
v^LJ
;
,-Xe.
He
said
it
by the mouth
there is
(lit.
tongue) of His apostle*

thee (
no fear for
for ^XJs. [<2X*Xfc *$ * sis, 'si* 39, d, rem. a), ,Jjuu ^j\ <iLAft ^ o?o
<JUU> aAJU, <l*U
so),
^b
N)
^<;/t
</iOM likest];
and the adjurations

by
^La*j, / implore
consequences
thee by God,
my
life (to
do so and
lit.,
which are usually followed

with
all its
by the particle ^1
seize Zeid,
[or loJ]>
this oath
be upon you, if you do not do so and so. has already been mentioned in 35,
sense
.iXJlt is also
The phrase ljuj ^L-U

b, 0,
rem.
b.
In
b]
this
;
construed with the preposition
[56,
as
Jl.jJU
jf*-(^-
attack those men, i^l^-Jb ^JCJLfi invade
el-Yemama ;
[O*^*
to
O^
him.
LC^
often signifies tinder somebody
name,
i.
e.
falsely
ascribed
D. G.]
61]
The Verb. 3. Govt of Verb.(b) Prepositions

Rem.
b.
Ju*.
173
As
a
being originally a substantive,
"
iJLfc
niay take the
preposition
ô
,*
before
, *
it,
a
^JLc ^j-e
* * ,
from
off
(lit.
from upon, Heb.
/$&)
a *
3lS
'}
*~>j*
e
,
L5^"^
--
0~*
dP
h e dismounted
off its bock ;
i'2
from
a*
his horse ;
o
a
^ ,
- s *
* *
*H-k
Iftôi? ôJ
'iai,/sAe l
*
*i
iJLe i^y*
jii he sprang from
jju
<slJ^
â
was
a
Ojcc
es)
(the bird called kata)
Ze/7!
(Aer
young or Aer
tcater
* *
;
in Ae morning, after her time of abstinence
from
at
-
an
si
end {when she could no longer abstain from drinking)

io
(
Âe- ^yc C-Jt

the
* *
*t *
*-a*
jJtoûJI
left.
JLc ^yc
\j\j
v>*-JI thou
on
the right
hand and I on
j a j
60.
a *
To
-
these three classes of prepositions

, ,
may
be added Ju-o
or Ju since,
$ and C by
is
(in swearing),
and
,)
like, as.
61.
Ju
derived, by assimilation
i.
of the
first
vowel,
from
0- and jj (see Vol.
340, with rem.
c,
and
347, with the rem. b
and
to
e,
and compare the phrase J-3

.
. . .
^j
^
may
i>*s*
'^
* j
ht
may
return
Aw Jormer
condition).
It is
contracted into Xc, which usually

i.
becomes in the wasl Jw (see Vol.
20,
d and
358,
i).
These
the
words signify from which time, and
be construed with
nominative as well as the genitive, the latter being more particularly used when a yet unexpired period of time is spoken of*. For
[Theoretically jJ~o or jwe
is
construed with a definite noun of
time in the nominative to designate the terminus a quo, as >ojj Jus

' * J
**
orti
II
*"ince i teas
Friday,
i.e.
since
/a.<?
Friday ; with an undefined

is
noun
as
of time in the nominative,

Jl
e<
when
the expired period
spoken
of,
iw
a year since
with a defined noun of time in the genia -aj i a )
tive to
mark a yet unexpired
period, as j^J
JwU
since the beginning
this day, i.e. to-day. But in course of time the construction with the genitive prevailed in all cases. Comp. Fleischer, Kl. Schr. i. 408411, ii. 100 seq.]
of
174
- a
j
Part Third. Syntax.

a
61
ja->
ju
jjtf/
example: AsâJI jb^j Jo*
aZjIj
is
U / Aaw
not seen
him
**
-
since last
Friday
(lit.
^
1
terminus a quo
9
f
J jt>\s-
Friday), or
at
oWi
a
^r
a
^ ^*^
J
SA
ii
two days, or Jjl

smctf
Ju> xince last year, or the
u~\
^> Jjt
^)-JJI
,j
J^l Juo
J.*
e?a?/
before
yl'ora
day
before yesterday;
till
oLsuJt
jjljjjl
0*5^ jJI
<
midnight
the time
when
the
sun has passed
the
meridian;
ubaJu*o ,JI jûJI Jjl

Q*b
a
j
j^ from
>
o * s
the first of the

* a i
month
jj j^
\
ssOJs'Q't
J^
to the
middle of
it ;
OôJJ ^j ?-~u Oj-ac
J*}LI ^jUlft
Jl.o JJ&Jlj Aas thou not seen, for the last two years, the kings of
cwr ime summoned by fate

it
* o
j & j
to
death
and
slaughter
9 m* Jvii *5l. <ul
J ' a t
^*'
^'
ja\j\
i^â. Ju* I know that he has been starving for

Ujî J* AlJL9
the last five
days ;
IJjb
have not spoken
to
him
since (the beginning
of) this month, or U*^j Jl, orôj-JI Ju, since this morning, to-day.
Rem.
a.
The lexicographers
give the rare forms Ju* and J*.
Jco
t
may be pronounced
and >&jJ
6.
t
in the wasl as J~e,
and the forms
jbyA
J-o are also
mentioned.
j a }
Rem.
tlie
Ju* and
Jus are used 0*-*P' l**
*d^*" &'**^
to
denote
commencement of
to
the limit in time, or, as it

/ie
may
be otherwise
/*,e
expressed,
denote jl-oÎ
starting-point, or Sjl^JI JjI

**<**.
'/<<e
com-
mencement of the period, and

>
SjôJI
wAoê of the period.
>
a J
never take a pronominal suffix, and cannot be joined with any substantives but those which denote time. They may, however, be directly connected with propositions
Rem.
c.
JlJ-
and
Jw
as Jjla-
Juo
<0 t
I*
/ Aave
?to<
seew /ni since he
was
born, or
â^J
si/ice iAe ^ri6e departed j)*-j Ju-o

l^_T
Ju* 0*>:,a* -"^ ^ W** ft
x5
ijj j-Juc
:g^
ye <?yo Aave ^ye(/ as companions since ye were

J^*
little ;
*
:
ô^SÎ
vff^jî
rt0 ^v e (however comfortable) i5*~*^! >*
'
62] The Verb. 3.

has made
Gov't of
Verb. (b) Prepositions

I have
- - s
a i
3 o.
,
175
me forget
you, since the time that

* s is
not met you (since

s s
s s
I no
i s
longer meet you); l^.3

to
si
djljt
olju
OjJU
his
Joe ^Jlj
he has not
his robe
;
ceased
be
t i
handsome from
s , a*3
ai
i 3
the
\-*
day
hands fastened
ceased, to
*iU Ul j* JUJI
i*j'
^-Jj
I have not
seek after
wealth from the time I grew up.

o
it
Rem.
<Uw.
d.
The Bedawln use

ix.
instead of Ju*, as Uw yj** = jô
_s
i a i
Compare the Kor'an,
109, j^> J^l
^^
^-yLJI
.JU
Lr~*\
which teas founded upon
the fear
of God from the first day.
B
is
62.
The
particle $,
which
is
frequently used
;
in
swearing,
ii
*Os
construed with the genitive of the object sworn by

si* * * **}\
, >
as aJJt^ by
!
God !
This
s s
wj^ by the Lord of the Ka'ba (the mosque of Mekka)
is employed, however, only when a substantive follows, and the verb of swearing is omitted before a pronominal suffix, as well as when the verb is expressed, the preposition w> must be used (see 56).
;
Sometimes the
particle
is
prefixed to ^, as aJdlî by
God
then
i.
The
particle
b,
O
>Os
(the origin of which is very obscure [comp. Vol.

is
356,
footnote]) is construed like j, but

il
seldom used except in
the oath aJJU by
God!
m **
Other examples mentioned by the gram**

*
s o siio
marians are
I
<uxH
^p
by the Lord of the Ka'ba, i*ij3

S
%m
il
Lord,
fS
s s s
*-ji\3
by the Compassionate, and ULa*J by thy

a.
life.
Rem.
The oath (^JUt), whether expressed by

-
w>, j, or
O,
j)
sB**
requires a
complement (^-JUI
If
wjl^*.), of
which the following are
the principal conditions.
the complement be an affirmative

aJLoj*.),
nominal proposition
(A.ZJic
<u^wl
it is
introduced by J, as
is
s
ills
5
i s
1 s
il
s9s
diy*>j j>qt p)
aJJIj
by God, verily
it
Muhammad
which case
<sdUI^.
His apostle; or
be prefixed
lllsZZsli
aiyaj
Ijipffc
S3 s
by
>J\, as
o ^j\ aJUIj, in
J may
If the
to the predicate, as aiy^ji \j**m** ,j!
complement
176
Part Third. Syntax.

o-
[
9
63
*oj
o- o j
be an affirmative verbal proposition

verb in the perfect,
it
(a*,***
aJIss aA**.), with the
requires jJU, as ^y*.

if
^t
>5Ua jJU aJJIj &y
GW,
it
!46?7
CtM
is
dead indeed ; but
the verb be in the imperfect,

as
takes the energetic form, with
^J prefixed,
^JUi })
aJUI^ by
God,
will do
is
it !
[see 19, a].
If the
complement be negative, no
particle
prefixed to the ordinary negatives
and
;
*^
as Uo aJU 1^
w>3^ jLa^
jua.o by God,
^^j
Muhammad
is
not a liar
w>J^>
*j)
aAJI^
Muhammad
has not lied ;
^c^\
^<yi
aJUIj by
ditional sentences, see 17,
God, the believer shall not perish ! c, rem.

Si
[On the oath preceding cona,
(1).]
W
v5
* * Ot '
fO
Rem.
will do
aJUI ^>-,
5 J Oc
b.
In such phrases as
i~tj
i
^JLai*})
&?/
w^JI jj*o 6y
!
i/*e
Lord,
it !
)**,
or ..jj ^po,
my Lord
aJJI
^>*, aJJl
j^-e,
and aJU!^, 6y
GW/ the
i.
words
rem.
^
b),
and>* are abbreviations

which
is
of
^>->l
oaths (see Vol.
19,
contracted in
^J*6
various other ways.

as jj*o in .jjj ^^-e
Some grammarians, however, regard

s
and
being really the preposition
j^
( 48).
63.
This
is,
Among
the prepositions
is
usually reckoned
3)
as,
like.
however, not a preposition, but a substantive, synonymous

likeness.
It
is
with JjLo
formally undeveloped (like ji), but

or governing word, to a following
may
noun
stand in any case as
oLa*,
in
the genitive (see

it
73)
as
SjJiJl^
4u*1j
^-} and
on the top
1
of
(the pillar) is (something) like
a pointed cap, = 5 ^....*XaJ
Jl
^jtlsJl^> Jatkw
like
^ji
;
hinders oppressors (or wrongers) .yv-o J)J nothing
a lance-thrust
thee like
Uu*~o ^.U
ÛU
âj
2lil
wo owe crows
;
owr
feeble boaster (one

like
who has
(in
little
reason to boast)
JplSj-JUo with {a horse)
a falcon
speed)
= Jpliy-JI J~+t
show
(teeth)
JôJI jjjl^ ^>t
^>JCaLcu
f///
/a;^
so
as
to
like
63]
i>.
177
melting hailstones (as white as hailstones); <u,>U)1 Zj..D\

x
e..
^y jZJ
z,a*> *
*J1
like
(Û
a
OwjJI
to
it
makes
in (at the foot of)

o *a*a ' o
;
an aged
tree (something)
j 6j
cell,
which
it resorts,
= C~JI J
3* a * ojo *
j^-^JUl^ j^J
ft
pte
forth (something)
applied to
it,
like
at
The name of preposition can be the most, only when it virtually stands in the
two horns.
-
accusative, as a
infinitive
ii-e,
is
adjective or
relative adjectival
clause,
to
an
which
( 6(
understood
as Ju> C*. thou earnest like Zeid,
i.e.
jlj
â^-
J-**)
5(^5^-*^
a.
c-i*.
f^<w
it
earnest
coming
13
///
&?
coming of Zeid.
Or we might regard
as being a Jl-.
suffix of
i.e.
or conditional expression, dependent
upon the pronominal
the second pers. sing. masc. in C*a. as J^li or agent;

(juj JJU)
ca
juj^
a.
U5l ^/> earnest being like ZZid.
Rem.
i) is [frequently
joined to the personal pronouns of
the 3d person, as yj=>.

the
LS^9
'
W^'
*^j
etC- '
somet iines
ft l
so to those of
to a
*$j
like
2d and
1st
suffix,
person, as wJl,
as ^M
Ul^. but] very rarely

as *^j*^.
*^j
ÎL*j
pronominal
*}Lbl. araf
,>y^
^^J
<Aow
rfos orf see
a husband or wives
:
like
is
him and
them, save one
who
is
jealons
and equally rare
the use of the
redundant
after
it,
as^jl*.j
-
a/w ?ce Atiom? <A< fe w, ^'A e (other) men, sinned against

J 9 *
aJxôjâ^* ÛJI l3 aj!^JL*jj and sinning
(vejUfc.
in
rhyme
;
for
jj\t*.).
In Hebrew
^3 and CH3
suffixes )f22
or
DH3 D
is
are used
but with the other pronominal
U^
always employed, as also occasionally before substantives.
Rem.
b.
,*)
is
sometimes used redundantly along with the

a
* a*
synonymous JJU;
as i,.2/ a.^^.^
a a
^^J
there is nought like

i.
Him.
-i- '
[On the compounds j^s and ^>i^

..
see Vol.
a i
, ,
351, rem., 353,

art, sec
rem.
w.
e.
ii.
On
the elliptical phrase C-Jl
U^ keep where thou
23
178
Part Third.Syntax.
to
*>
64
the Gloss,
J }
Tabarl.
*
Sometimes
Loj
means as soon
D. G.]
as,
e.g.
* *
iJa.jJ l
j^t
salute as soo?i as thou enterest.
Rem.
c.
i) is said
by the grammarians
to be used <uJbJU to
compare (one
object
with another).
[Rem.
like
r J *
d.
\+s
84,
may
*
be prefixed adverbially to a verbal clause,

as
l^jj
(
* *
rem. b) and with just the same meaning,

ij*3*
10
+ *
0*0
jXftaJt
\+s
ig^j^3
*&**!
U^
lVj^**^' wait for me, perhaps
I
;
may come
>***i
to thee,
*o*
and look out for me, perhaps I may * *o * *>*)** j e*>

*> **i
overtake thee
*
gj
<x5lî
^y
j*$sA\
^$Jû l^
a5UJ
to
^>-o
&}\
jjL-s-iJ
oJLS / said
perhaps thou
to
Seiban, try to
draw near
him
the
(the
ostrich),
mayest procure a morning meal/or
men with
his roasted flesh.~\
64.
Many
words, which are obviously substantives in the accu-
sative of place (see 44, b),
may
* *
be conveniently regarded in a certain

*0 **
*
0*
*0*
<jf>i,
sense as prepositions
* *
e.g. >**->,
J^,
0*
J~3, ^j*j, c-o*j,
and
* *
^y
*
65.
$*J
*
(the accusative of
j-J,
the
nomen
verbi of UJ to go
* o *
* j
aj
towards ; comp.
d
* j o-o
82, g)
means
_
(a)
towards a place, asâJ 03j*~>i j**
^juLpJI
Cw then they will journey towards Jerusalem

of,
* *
*******
;
2 ^s*J
(b)
p-j*-
he set out towards, or in the direction

*
Mekka; and
according
to,
as dAy* â*J according to his saying, as he says (compare the use of

in 53, d).
*
J
D
50
66.
juc (the accusative of juc a

* 0**
*
side or quarter) signifies beside,
***i*0
;
******
0^*5
*0**
i
near, by; as [JaSUJI jjs. at, near the wall] * * *

*
jjlij jus * *
i
-
**cu
\*
St
and
4
->3]r'
he,
used
j *
to
lay notebooks beside
him
*0& ; j*})\
*
0*
^jj
*$
\j\
\^*î3
w
*9]
jue w^ ê m?tf ?w commence
to
speak before him unless with
his permission.
Used of time, it shows that something is closely connected with what took place at a particular time, by happening
.
*****
either simultaneously or immediately after
as ajy* juc
Jui and
he
66]
The Verb. 3. Gov't of Verb. (b) Prepositions was dying;
jj*.
179
said as he
u~+&)\
p>^
J^
^Xâ-
c/we to thee at
sunrise; u3 jut m?^& ws took place or immediately after this took

j0&w#,
hereupon; L* julc whilst, during, or immediately

[6]
after.
Further, jUt, like *- (57), implies [a] possession and

as (a) ji.bj jUji
"Njl
comparison;
^jjJê. rj\s
Aac? aw/y
so/</fe
a7y
ôXJ
%w
ÛM
aXJI
juc
:Aa
people have or possess;
^juc
to
JyH ^
o^Lf*'
^ô
?w ^ say
you,
With me (known
me) are the hidden
Mjh#s 0/
9
GW;
*
[a*.^
A<?
O^
a
****
1^
-^
want a
^"wgr 0/ s?<cA a one;
3,6 J-aij j-. juc

0s' SO
possesses goodness
and
excellence.
to
*
Hence you say
**
* a
of a
woman
(j'ib
it is
juc c-Jl sA^

*
^#as
a *
married
68)
;
such a one, in which

* a
signification
- j
a synonym of
CoJ
*
<su
, ,
(b) ^j~t
jus
î-* jJLc
;
jlx* notwithstanding his youth as compared with the age of Mo'dd]

->lH
<slUI
juc uj*i" ^JjA*

a*
^
God.
Hngrs 0/
6?a;
art?
dust compared
with
(lit.
siae of)
Lastly
zi
juc
(like
the Latin apud,
Fr. chez,
and Persian
<^jj>P)
implies
o/w's mzVio', in his opinion;
as L-l* aXxi
U ^juc
;
w>tôJt the right thing in

j
; -
my
<
* a
opinion
is
-:
a*>
j * a
what our
was that
to
sheikhs have done

the
Ji^Xi^ o!/**' O'

3 * * a*
J^*
O^3
a j
^ ls opinion
at
* a *
Koran was
created ; aJjwj
^1 J*a*Z~.> ^=>jj^ according

it.
you
it is
impossible that
a.
He
should do
Rem.
[,*)jUft
means keep where thou

to ,
*
* a
I
art, take care,

a j
and
35,
also
b,
8,
On the phrase juj jUp = ljuj j., see advance.} On the difference between juc and ^jjJ or ^jJ, see rem.
# a*
i)
* a
1 ,
*s
b.
58,
rem.
b.
* a
Rem.
b.
r a *
juc
is
sometimes
* a 1
(in
modern Arabic
generally) pro-
nounced jUc, rarely juc. It corresponds in form to the Heb. LjlHy, but in signification also to Di?.
180
Part Third.Syntax.
Rem.
c.
67
Nearly synonymous with
jjs., in its local sense, is

<tX*3
^5
(the accusative of
^5 front),
Ji.
Lat. coram, apud, penes; as
j^l^
present be/ore
him ;
JUL3
^^Hi
^5
J / Aaw a claim upon So-andawrf to/ta (Acts come) o (for

hastily
so; ^-Jiky^
tjj"*^
CH*^'
JU*
^jj JJJ Loi) <Ae unbelievers that they
run
around
thee ?
It
also signifies towards, as Jij-*JI ^J** ^ .aj.&.j
'^V O'
>*^' CJ**'
wâ^J Ij joiefo/ o?oes not the east and the west.
consist in
your turning your faces towards
67.
(j-jJ,
between, among,
is
the accusative of the substantive
ij-u, signifying intervening space,
which may be regarded either as
uniting or as separating two or more objects, whence sj*J
may
be
construed with verbs of either meaning

i*j
as
L~o
he united us,
Jjji ne
parted
us,
jj-jJ
lit.
he united our separation
and parted our

hearts.
connection ; ji
y&
aJJI
oUI God has united your
If
two
genitives follow
suffix,
0^>
an^ either or each of them
is
a pronominal
the preposition must be repeated before the second, and the

as <=u*jj
conjunction j inserted;
-***'
^*j
between
me and him; j^ti

if
0-&3 between you and your

done
;
brother.
But
both are sub-
stantives, this is not usually
as
u^j^'j &UJI O*^ between
heaven and earth; IaÎj o!/**

*
t>srf
*a
between
6/
Harrdn and 'ar-Buhd
Ota
s*
*>
vt
{Edessa)
3/^JI
o*^
of the
k
jjli^JsJI
,ju
between the Flood and the

{
Higra.
Instead
between,
t/te
simple
o+l, we often meet with

w/w &s between; as ^>*j
j^j
what
ajjjLi
is
and >*J U*i
m
its
v~^'.3
t/iey
and
kernel between
;
two
shells
j^ti
U-J
U-*
IÛlSI
fought with each other
[>eL^l jj-u or>eb*5)l
,j-jj
iw or
during the
space of several days].
Both
^>*^
and j^-j
are often used in the
sense of both and, and of partlypartly (tarn quam, partim
67]

as
Chrf
181
partim)
J^y**^ ^3j-**
to
*
*
O-s-^
to
partly known and partly
unknown
\j&3 >*** Ot>

l*'
a*
êU*.
^<?re
cawe
to
both rich
and
J a * a*
poor; j+~>\j J*^3 (jô jy)\ the tribe was partly

, a
i ,
slain,
and partly
(a
a 1
* a*
taken prisoners;
[jl-ôj
ijj
^>*j sometimes in
a bord
garment
made
robe.
of a certain kind of cloth)

* a *
and sometimes
*
v
dressed in
a saffron
a*
R.
S.].
In such cases ,jo or
>-j
holds the place of a
substantive expressing that which unites both objects as parts of
one whole.
If we
wish to indicate the entire interval between two

is
places or points of time, ^31
used before the second substantive
as
j'i'
f
io
^t
Sj-oJt ,j-o between el-Basra
and Mekka ; jy^\
jj-o Lo-J
O-
0-*ti3l
>jJt
>
^1
iUi
#
>o
^jJUJI between the second

a j a
day of
i * a*
Subdt and
the
Observe the phrases [^Jk^bt eighth day of 'Addr.

9
, ,
^>*j
, a -
*3' >2s>, its, :*,;, or j*fij<ô \J~> andôvs^'jv^ Cysi Ul the midst of them];
^ju
hands;
,jo
O*^* before any

4*al*J
i
one,
in
his
presence,
lit.
between
his
as
j^ju ^>*j t^j^l J-i fo Hsserf

Ai"e
the
ground
before the caliph;
^JJ^ O** Oua.t /

the
sinned before thee; ajju jj-j ^JJJI ôl^jt

;
feeing of the wolf before him (the dog)

confirming what was before
it
of time, j>*j
it)
;
UJ
USjuclo
dujji
(or preceded
jjju ^1 y
to
,jl
jujJi w>l*x* (^ju t>^
-^
he
is
nought but a warner

,
you before
* , , ,
a*
* j
* , ,
,**>)*,}
them before
severe
at
punishment
/fe
in the plural, ^j^j
^*-cuj
-Uh.jJI
**
jSJ J*.j
us.
to Jul ad
fogra;* to
6m p
the fowls
and
to set
Rem.
-a*
From ^*j
*,a*
-
are formed the conjunctive adverbs of time

'
U*j and l~J whilst, which naturally exercise no influence upon the
jjja,
1
a *
,a*
following clause
as
to
UUI <u5p O**^

us;
* a * , ,
k*j, ta&tfcl toe zoere
watching
, , ,
for him, he came

*
a*
Ûl ^^-J a*
whilst
U*j whilst
ice
govern the
U-U.>
people
wojoJt î i>*^ W*J *
we were conversing ;
^ ^ {
ôySl^wl
^ ÛJI
Ji<a
whilst the people are in their markets.
[Comp.
Vol.
i.
362,
b.]
182
Part Third. Syntax.
68
A
soil
68.
CoJ
(the accusative
of
Co*J
the lower or
under part)
signifies below, beneath, under, as tJJ/31

;
Csxj
/
wAa
&
beneath the
treasure
{the
U-yJ
y^
AXa^-j
O^J
s
aw^
w?wfer
(the wall)
was a
of theirs; metaphorically, J-JJt

s
C*aJ jL Ae travelled under

I
s C
--
b *
,
sAacfe o/) night: oju

It is said of a
c*o 3 or
j-ot
CtaJ,
zmefor
Ms power
slie
or authority.
{the
married woman, (j*^
sâJ cJl^
was under
authority of)
So-and-so, as ,j-jaJt.o
IbLc ,j^ O-i^t^ ^-^^ UjI^

(viz.
/j#?/
were under two righteous servants of ours
Noah and
Lot).
Rem. Rem.
a.
C*aJ has a diminutive
CwaJ
little
below or under.
6.
Opposed to
its
c-o*J' is Jjji (the accusative of Jjji

^ 4 ^ J
îe
upper part), with

as jyjô jj-o Jfî
diminutive JS^î, signifying above, over, upon,

o\j~i
upon a well-beaten road ; âfj~c ^qA}\

;
JJî
upon
the back
is
of a bridled black (horse)

the
[^l/JI
-
5*
* -
*ULoJJI the
J
sSiO
* J '
turban
upon
head]; metaphorically,
;
oLc
Jfî jJklSJI
ybj
and He
\^jsc=>
is the
All-powerful over His servants

Jjî awoJ (/) will place those
\+j
^)^J\
^j-jjJI jJÛa-j
^jj JJ
who have followed

^^ji
IjIJ**
thee
above those who have not believed;
wtjjJI
ô^^>j
to the
^juJb
l^jl
we
wiZ
arfcZ 0
them a punishment in addition
punishment for
tlieir
corrupt doings;
&\
Jiji |l~J
v>^ Oi*
and if
they be females
it
more than two; ^Jo*j ^Jas

Ice
to J>ji lyj ,Jjkj
he treated
worse than
had
treated Aleppo
[ly*>*
Uj
<Loj*j
a
,
o?w* awcZ
wAai exceeds
it
{in smallness or iw largeness); aj\

little
3A5
aL'JI JJj^*
and
it is
an animal a
above the size
of a
cat].
69.
&}*
(the
accusative of
^jj
wluit
is
beneath, under,
less,
*"
to be
or inferior, related to lo to come near,

its
and y>*
low or
vile),
with
diminutive
\J-i^>,
and OL5> O-
n which combination
^>-
:
has a
partitive force, signify under, below, beneath.
They
indicate
69]
(a)
The Verb. 3. Govt of Verb.(b) Prepositions :

That a person or thing dwells or
is
>J3>-
183
situated, or that
an action
takes place, below some place, or near
it
as i)j jsju*. <ijJ> jj^j
wy
fo c^#> 0/
enemy
be
under thy foot ; ,J3>

is
l^ woiSJU
'
jjl
*}LliU
*lw
iw
f^ ravine
that
below Sela' (there

:
lies)
a murdered
5
man
eUio
^j
I^LJI
^3/ met near San'a
>*^Jt O-*
V^
W*
j-a-
Egypt and
(b)
the adjacent countries.
That one person or thing conies near or approximates to another, especially a higher one (properly, stands under it, does not
reach
it)
;
as
U^*.!^*.
ajjij
ObjlyJ U Ui*J li and he (the horse)
Twowfe us overtake the
foremost (of the herd), whilst near him were

,)!$
#^0.^
of them that lagged behind;

* ,
J
J
î
!
lit.
IJob
&!s
fe
nearer than
Oj
that ;
^liji
Co' c<w^ nearer

;
(to
me)
approach not far from
yourself (towards me)

you, see
35,
b,
0,
ljuj
dlJ^
;
setze -Ze/tf
(wAo stands not far from
rem. b)
>oA j*J' ^ji
fofo
^^ dirham ; dy^j^ C
3/0
Aim.
- j
j^
Rem.
Ûj3 and ûji, as

(see 35,
6,
interjections,
66,
'
are
equivalent
a], look
to
LLUI,ÛUt
/?)
[and ,i)jUc,
-
rem.
out!
fo&e care/ [sometimes advance /] as ic^'j-e ^JU^> beware of wrestling

?tra^
me; ^JhjJLJu
^)
^Cji
^^
care [or advance'] (and) give them
no quarter;
(c)
[._j (^ri^*' -^jji foê care (or
advance) and keep
to
me].
That one
;
space,
distance,
'
or
,
, 0,
complete another
there
as
j^-
~oj
3,3,9,, Oj* ^r^3

JJtjl
is
number, does not equal or

anQl
between
them
u**^
was
less
than a stones throw; iSjuo

(to
u****.
03> Ws*
less
tffore is
no poor-rate
;
be exacted) on
what
under (or
l
than)
five ounces
Ob^
jAe.
^3>
*>
J-*-
O* we
'^
not accept for
Mas'iid
(d)
yjAaîi\
less
than ten fines for homicide.

is
That one thing
smaller or worse than another

,jj^ copper
is
as ^la^-dl
03> jujkaJI^
i-aiJI
of
less
value than silver,
184
Part Third. Syntax.

iron of less value than copper
;
69
and
iUjj J)jju jo^JL ^JJI he who

I
shall
arise (as king) after thee, will be inferior to thee ;
^JU) j* ajjj ,^05

is less
v-^lW
(e)
^5*
an( magnificent splendour in the retinue of princes l

it (learning).
(glorious) than
That a quality which belongs to one person or thing is not possessed by another, and that the latter is therefore in this respect
opposed to the other
as
U3
^>j> jvr*>3 jjâJLaJI ôi^ some of

so
(lit.
them are good, and some of them not
and some of them remain

)j>j
under
l\*-4
that,
do not attain
to that quality)
(jt
jJJu
*$
aJUI
,jl
O-^
^>
03*
I* j**-i3 *4 verily
God
will not fm*give the joining
of otlier gods with Himself, but

to
He
will forgive
**
what
is
other than that

L>s^t-*uJI
whom He pleaseth* ; %*^ 03^+*13

OJ^ an d of
and do work
the evil spirits
0>-***i O-*
i>*J
>2Wi
C-
some who should dive for him

In this sense
,j!3* is
(into the
sea)
other than that.
equivalent to
j-j* (see 82, d).
[Hence
it
as in the last quoted sentence, where
can also signify beyond, of higher quality, it may be rendered by and still
greater works.
Likewise when a
man
has said UujJJ Ijuj

Uj
,j\ verily,
Zeid
is
a noble man, another
replies
03*3 an ^ above that;

'All.
Ac
{
do {Jjaj
03*^
<3*> th u art more powerful than

is
D. G.]
(/)
That a person or thing
postponed (properly that the action affects
excluded or excepted, neglected or him or it to a less degree

j-oj
*jJ
than
it
does another)
as a*a^>
^ Uj
aJJI
^^
j^ ^Jî
he invokes, to the exclusion or neglect of God,
ivliat
can neither injure

etc.,
him nor
it
io
jo
&j>
benefit
-
him, he invokes what can neither

-
but not God
aiaio
j) a*
'-*>
at
AJul
^>Uc^l
03***** a^jJ^J' <>** J**' the people
of
this city
[Many
interpreters render the words
,*AJ3
^^
srv~*3 y
an^
otlters (tliat are)
below them, and .iUi

i.
Qjj
417.]
by and what
is less tlian
that.
Compare
G9]
The Verb. 3. Gov't of Verb.(b) Prepositions:
&3y
<j-*
185
warship idols
and
not
God ;
j~o*>
^j
^5
v>*
aJJI
^jj^
^XJ
U A
ye have no patron and no helper except
God ; j-*j\ &$*
\^>j^Ji>
;
^X^sIjJk
ye act according to one of these two (rules), but not the other
iJLii
O-*
it
this belongs to
' a
me
j
*a*a
share in
oUju^^JI ^j^
exclusively of thee, thou hast no part or 't*> - * a * ai '0* he ought to choose J^H^' j^-î O'
^î
j
fi
A a*o
a j
Zi*
the old in preference to the
new;
\jie j\j*$\
03*^*^3 a nd
must
;
he sought
you out
\jj*,
in preference to all other men.

i
Here
,jj.>
also be
mentioned B
and the rarer 03>W
in the sense of without
as ^>
>vJ
Oj*
J|yUl without speaking loudly
ZLL
JUJ' w>L-I^t
j
^^-J wealth
-
a,^'
e* a i ,
- a j
St**
* a
a*>
cannot be acquired without trouble; yj-^jio (j^ju

aJI ju-~5 jU-~
^Ji^-i *$
ilw^l
<jt
^0
,
'isndd,
or
relation
of attribution, cannot be
ejected without two extremes, an attribute, or predicate,

' ' J
and a
subject
' & ' ?fO
yd
t>*J
03<*t j***^
^l
+ J J C*
jW~*
!"**
the
merchants of the country

,
* ,
of Malabar take them without (paying any) price (for them)
jia~e *jJ
built
j^HS
C)3>>*>
^*i
J*v*t* *$3
>W^JI \J3î
effort
i^*"*?
for no glory
is
up
without a hard struggle,

(of fate in
and no
is
of avail without the decree
thy favour, jjJUt in
rhyme
for jjJUl).
That one object is placed before another, either (a) as a (g) hindrance or obstacle to prevent a person from getting at it, or (/?) as
a protection to defeDd
- si -3
it
from some one
e.g.
LaiJ >*.
I
*&)'}
03*
lis,
gadd and
this,
jLiJI yj-2 before this there are the coals of the
the stripping
of the hitcid, that
is
to say, before
you can obtain
you have many

for
its
serious obstacles to
its
long retention of
:
surmount (the wood of the gada being noted fire, and the katad for the number and size of
thorns)
Jt>*t iW}
is
&3>
0^3
v*</ s
'*>!>
Oi
the time or place for
visiting her
'
near, but there are

.
many
terrors in the
way ; j*?3>
;
V^**"** there
w.
ii.
is
no curtain or barrier in front of them
w^ "*,,,,
l*^**
0^3
24
186
Part Third.Syntax.
*'
69
u3"^
those
^^
^*3' C-i ^> (j^3
my
;
shield (or protection) against

*
* * * b sb/O * bfO
whom I feared
ivas three persons
\^J*o
^M
^J>- t^****^ *h'
Oi
I^JôJ'
Oi^ **U* aSUcI^ 'Imruu
'l-Kais ran for
goal, but death
intercepted him before he reached that goal; (thou reachest) the river, there
is
*Û*> >v^' 03*
before
a number of men
(to be encountered),
jî\
l_)1 J-tfJ ,jt
J*i.
Hence verbs
signifying to shut a door against
one, to fight for one, and the like, are construed with (jâ (compare
49, a)
;
e.g.
lyijiô^ lyûs V~-
^'
*t>j*
then he struck her

in
' '
(the camel) on the side,

(to prevent
and made her
get up,
;
and stood is* bJ' J

jtrt>$>
front of her
i.
any one from touching her)
apL>
^plS he fought
for, or in defence of, them for some time;

J b ' s J J - b
JJto
Jjil-<aJ'
w a>-oJl
-
O'
Aj ^+a***
j lb**
*}*}'*
jjî
a~Ju a true friend gives up

j b-a } ,
his life
j
ill
for his friend ;
b i
câ^JI (J3>
J^^J
A****"
j^
*-*>
O' îôv^'
sleep.
unless indeed the fire
q/"
hunger burn and stand in
the
o/,
,
way of
In this case
it
*
^ji
is
synonymous with >eUI

on
this side
m /n>w
;
-Hence too before.

rt
*
j
often denotes
of
(cis,
extra)
;
as
ib* Qj-* jg-
OL5-*
it is
*+** a ^ the region

stjj behind,
on this side of the Oxus * bit * " *

beyond, as^^-01 jtjj
in
which case
(lit.
opposed to
Transoxania
what
is
beyond the river Oxus).

this class of
Rem.
Other important words belonging to

:
positions are
,i*
j)
pre-
* b
*i
>
b *
,* *
(a)
^5,
with
;
its
diminutive
of J-j*5, before,
t-
time
as dJy
^3
before his death

before
IjJk ^J-i
w* ,<-wJ
.-3
would
that
I had died
this!
aJLi
i^-o^lj >e^Jt
U j^\}
vt
and I know what
fO
* b *
happened to-day and yesterday

(without waiting
to
before it; ^jtyJJI ,J>*3 before threatening

, b-o
* b *
threaten);
*
[2jjjî\
^5
--
* Z* * f i\Le ôjî he
came
*
to b,
+
Mekka
before (his
o
s-
coming
after ;
to)
El-Medlna\ Opposed
w
^
i
to it is jut^,
*
diminutive
j^-aj
as
^bl
iiAj
jjt^
ot/i!er
<Aree
days;
jut/
69] The Verb. 3. Gov t of Verb. (b) Prepositions

after thy arrival
;
oj>
187
ejju after him,

jJ>
i.e.
after his departure,
or after his death
^juu C^-ou
thee,
*
thou hast become changed after j

a *
* a -
me,
i.e.
i
;
after
*
Z. --
I parted from
*i)l
since
last
saw
#
thee,
* *
a*o
, a *
"
1*9
t^J^
juu
i)b
jJ^LoJI
the
JaJ) jou
is
li
ana wAai
ts there after the truth
(when
w-jÎ
truth
juw.
-
gone),
but
error?
is
*
[Tropically j*->j-*
^J%*
well
tjub
>-*}
So-and-so
'
generous and moreover
educated.
,
A
,i
"'
synonym
*
of
juu
is
^^^-J
ms
1**1*
ÛIôljJ
jLa.
a,
is
*i)
(6)
_>U| andêtjJ, before, of place; as <LUt
^-^ri
O'
-" a ^
"e
jt -"
should not walk before him;

grate; ^-^^)l vetjJ>
^*S Ais ^rope is before the
j>jL
4jiJL5
î JJ3
the
Ae
was
A-i/tea'
a the
siege a **
of the
*
castle
of Sdbur before
* +
a*
;
u ju ^>*j)
thee
;
tropically,
'*}
*}**' ÛUI S^LaJt
emir (in his presence, =

prayer
wishes
is
j,,i,)s,
'-ftM jr*
issz-oiis-
the (time of)
before
^l-JÎ ju^j
iJj nay, but

is)
man
to
go on
in his wickedness (in the time that

-iLoLot as
before him.
[On the use of
an interjection
behind ; as
see 35,
b, /?.]
(c)
i\jj
tfcgtjj jZl;
(her back being turned to him)
Jô 'Antar came in behind her Âj^L t\j^ d*j*J*s they cost it
is
behind their bocks

dost thou bring
?
-iidjj
ivJiat
behind thee
i.e.
what news
hence beyond (Lat. trans, ultra), opposed to ^j^

'
) J 3 ' '
(see 69, g, at the end)

ot\j^
and relating
to time, after, as
\J3Jî3
Uj
it
but they disbelieve in what (hath been sent

(the Pentateuch)
* *
;
down
or revealed)
after
asi*ai'\~s,
4jLU
tropically, beyond, besides,
more
than,
^.ô
AJ3 tjj toj but anything beyond this (merely) serves , ai ~* * a is Z - i a j at a i j * a* to (make a sltow in) society ; î\yc\j t^ju*3 ^j\ î* t\j$ to^) ^^'j
i
and He hath permitted
you, besides
this, to seek
out (wives) by means
of your wealth; jjj^^*"^** iU)jli jJUi

desire
6m2 they stjj ^-al-M tj-oi
who
more
tlian this, are transgressors.

b,
[On the use

with
flinr^
j a
Si
of <i)t\j3 as
is
an
interjection, see 35,

<
/?.]
Synonymous
j
sljj
UlXa.
a*
- a *
behind, after:
as Ub^J^
Ot^
a j
-o,
s_âfc....._>
jJtfaJI^
h^r hair hung
188
Part Third. Syntax.

> , o '
[
J i
70
j ,
down
up
to
to the
ground behind her back ; x&X. jj&*$ *+&& and I got

vt
Ci
*o
s *
run
after
him ;
JaJjl
,JI
, , a *
l^ftAi.
* ,
Cô.*?
sJ^ how
*
z *
thou
, ,
,4,^,0^
*a ,
wentest after her to the bank
V^bX*. L*j ^-iJî ^>*j
UJ
*j)l&
UbUXn%3
to those
and
after
ive
made them a warning

f
3^,0,
to their contemporaries /.,,
,^
little.
and
them; ^l*X3
*n)I
^XaAi. ^j^LXj
thee but
*$
I3t^ anc?
iw.
Aa case they
would not have tarried after
(d)
c!$*"
around; as aJâ.
Oslol
3
has lighted up the space around

<Aew
him ;
a/ter it (the fire) , o j, i j oj5' U. ^yft Jjj" j<eyJj..fla>i^ ^J
LoAi
and
<'
we
wn/ se
iAem around Hell on their knees

(the temple);
a)y*.
i^lb
Ae
tt>ew
round
it
^jIjaJI
ô
acIo*. dJj*. around

of,
*
/tim were a
, ,
,
number of women.
,
Jxwj
houses.
mi Ae midst
* 'Ota
in,
among ;
the
Or
as 2l*ojj
ixwj in &e midst of a garden;

Ja~rj
p|/^t
ixwj among
reeds
jbjJI
among
tlie
70.
Arabic, are more

first
Compound prepositions, though by no means rare in ancient common in the later stages of the language. The
compound
is
part of the
generally
&*, and the second
part
another so-called preposition, now however no longer in the accusative, but in the genitive. Such are
:
0,0
(a)
iZ
--o^
ft
gi
rj*J ^j-c (lleb.
P3D)
as *lib
,j-w> ,j
^j-as^Jt jA ^â-^
JU^b
guished
J-îJU JAaJI
Muhammad
o^
o
is
t/ie
one preeminently distinperfection

(lit.
among
all
mankind for
o , ,
;
excellence
and
(lit.
from
among
his
all
mankind)
;
oo,o,o
,
<uju ,j-o y*from

o
his presence
from
between
o,o
tliem
hands)
o
;
^ykX*. O-^ô-v^' O** l>* from before

o,,
/.
and behind
is
Am
of
,o, o ,oo, ,, w>l*-- <^trf3 tu,o ^-j jij Lj1>I ,-3

,
oMr ears
hardness
/tearing,
and between
is
us
and
thee there
is
a partition-wall.
meaning being
:
In this
last
example j>
partitive, the literal

thee,
and
in
part of the space between us and
etc.
70]
The Verb. 3. Govt of Verb.(b) Prepositions.

ji o- and
189
(b)
woJ
a*
,>?
as lîy
it
Of ^'^j
earth)
;
C*f J*s , a
^ ^
^
the
placed immovable (mountains) upon

^
a
(the
hill
a
Jî o**
M*
,, , ,
, ,
aaJU.
o-*
JpJ J*-"
(lit.
^
it);
ascended the
j
and descended by
a *
j
'ii-e
a -
- -
other side
behind
of)
jVi"
^y*8*-5
v> l/^-
^'-^
gardens
a
under (the
is
trees
which
streams flow.
In these examples
is
o-9
partitive
;
the mountains
form a part of what
raised above
the earth
the
man
ascends a part of the

side
;
hill-side,
and descends
by a part of the other under the trees.

a* a
the streams occupy a part of the space
a -
a i
:
a ,
<
is
(c)
JJ>
(j-
a
aud
***->
\
O*
a,
aa
vff^M O-* 0^-^'
those
who were
gj
*a-o
before
:
you; ja*$\ 3^L

a * a a i
* a s *
^)~5
o-* before the morning prayer.:
^j
z -
jt&y*
j>%j
o^ ^sUixj
sj
'
then
a
we brought you again

* * *
to
life
after
a,
your death
JU.
^jju
o-
wiU-S
a
and
ls
there has
come after them
an
evil generation.
Here again o-*
partitive, in
a portion of
the
space of time before or after.
(d)
it
j~e o- (Heb. Dyft) and ^jSl o-

a ,
i
bu t not
^JJ &*)
beside)
a.s
aJJt
j^c o-9
'** this is
from
(lit.
from
;
the side of,

1j*xp
from
God ;
jJ
wJk
oî.
o-9
,
**.
c/^
from him
^JJ
o-*
w-^*L
now
i^,
hast thou obtained

j* ilj>j
a
a
from me an excuse
/72^;-cy
(for
leaving me)
beside)
a ,
io*;
o- <?"* ws
/row
(lit,
from
tj-wl
Thee.
(?)
yM
O-*
as
<jW^ *M
(lit.
v>>oliJb
beside
;
o^9
he
was governor
o/ Syria for 'Otmdn

option of sending
/row
Otmdn, with whom lay the
him
to
as such)
J*5 o- <uU> vl**to his letter
^^
>-^
jfc ^>\ there came

de)
him an answer
from
(Fr. de la
part
Abu Bekr ;
(Fr.
<&>
\ij&->
^W* O-
<
j^
i^-M O-9
^*^
/>* be
from
me
;ww) k/kwj her who has enslaved
me by her pleasing
address.
190
Part Third. Syntax.

s'jj
70
(/)
walls;
O-* an d
SjU-JI
**aI.
as jj^f.
*$\
z\j3
is
&*
/row behind
behind the
*->j*i
^tj^
ô u-^W
;
he
sitting
curtain drinking (^- partitive)

before them
ôv*^** 0-*3
o
ynd^
rrr
,
>*i O-*
from
and behind them
(see a)
<*iA. jj>*
cJPj awc^
^ descended
r * J * *
by the other side of it (the

r
r
hill,
r
see
b).
w rO&r
rO*>
Zt
we?
{/*
fow Aae?s ieew
/jarsA
wc? hard-hearted,
OrO-o
r r
*t
they
r
would have
\
r r
/to
rrr
dispersed
from around
thee;
J*jJt)\
J>- O-*
t>s*^*"
****" UtP.3
awrf &?# sAa/ see #Ag angels surrounding the Throne (^> partitive).
Rem.
*
a.
We
-
have already spoken of > ê,

- r
49,
rem.
J
o-*;
57 rem
>
c5** o-?>
59
rem
&
oj^
o-;>
69
0>**>
56,
rem.
c,
and
69,/; j* y6,j+iu, and %j,
56,
rem.
c.
Rem.
b.
Other prepositions are occasionally found in com>
.1
1 ,
Si
<&
ir
position, as
^-^Jl
J[$J.3
^1 ,Jt
O'Oio
?~*-eJI
^jJ
oi
jo
Jê
j
/rom
rr
j r
</ie
morning
left
r\
until the
sun declines; [jyj\

r
;
Ijjb
^-ôl
Ju^J ^-lljlj he
*
me
*
since yesterday]
especially ,J| in the

r * *
compounds
^r
r
r
,jj.s
^)\
are,
jUc ,JI
however,
Or
(and jUxl), JJ35 ^M, y*~i ^1, and
e ljj
^Jl,
which
condemned by the grammarians.
Rem.
poet,
c.
The preposition
is
very rarely omitted, especially by a

t
r
i
l
and the genitive notwithstanding retained

Or
art thou this
Or*'
r
as C-sa-*g
oL>
Or
\
how
J
morning
s 1
?
,
for j*j*. quite well,

s f
j+.
^^
or J&*~i]
r iOlO
a!
i O0
t r
^S'
55u
jto^l
question
o^'n)L>
is
asked,
w*J^ Ojlil aJLaS j>i Ûl ^1 Jj3 lit W<e/i </*e Who of mankind are worst as a tribe f the fingers
Or J
r
r
ri
;
ir
Z r
point with the hands

r otOjO
r rO>0 r
to
Kuleib (for w.-*^> .Jl
OjUd)
f-J*-^ i****
^'ilLc'^l
^_i3jLi until
r 0i0-e
I
lie
r
became haughty, and ascended the heights (of

r rO lO r
pride), for j*ê.^
^Jl ^jSUj
li.
70]
The Verb. 3. Govt of Verb. (b) Prepositions.

Rem.
d.
191
The preposition
is
likewise very rarely separated by

* a ,
another word from the substantive which

2j+- j>y\ ** j**- *9
(is
it
governs
as
l
l^c
^j\
for 'Amr,
j*.
*$
;
there is
no good in
^y*-*
Amr
to-day,
instead of $j+there is
^J j>^\
(or
,J--~
cljj^'
it,
*}[
u~i?3 an(^
:
no ivay
means)
to get
it,
down from
for
Lî*o
<Jjj-J' iJI
ô^p
aJJI^j aJJjJLil
/ bought
by God, for a dirham, instead of
Rem.
e.
Sometimes, by a more concise and Ixjlder construction

is
[cLJJI or %~iyi\, the accusative
used instead of a preposition

as
with the genitive (especially J)

house, for
C~J
jljJt
cJlo
/ entered the
C~J1
or
C~J1
^Jt
;
C~iC
l^JL^
/ inhabited, or
dwelt in, the house, for jljjt ^.i
Ij-sl^j
dUj^ ^$i^
-
^
j
,
:
many a day
toe
met face
to
face Saleim and 'Amir, for <ui Ujiy^
[A^-o-ii >t-^-" ô^*-
J^
the
l>** therefore whosoever of you shall be

<t*i j/0-aJLi
:
present xn the month, he shall fast therein, for

JkJjJaJI
aJJjjk
I
/ showed him
way
for J^jJaJU or JpjJkll ,Jtj

I
JUiJ
:
>'.
Ae
AeW 6ac&
in 6afe {through cowardice), for jJLil

fl
.-J
\'-*-
Lp^
(see
^JxiJI
44,
6,
JkJjiaJI
*A
/ox
frote
along the path, for JJjjlJt

he went
to
^J
rem. a)
ôUJI
^j
would
Syria, for j\JJ\
^1
^S
'
ÛxiJ
were
it
-^t
*N)y
^JJI
a /id / hide (within me) that ^jAft-l^

be the death
ichich,
-
not for patience,

l-
of me, for ,-ic
J)
^S\-jfi L5t^
L5*
my friends and
^^c îj
;
relatives tvere
far from me,
or kept aloof from me, for
*-J
aJJI
jiiiwt /
'
pardon of God for

J*-^'^ a/
;
my
^S
CH>
CxV" A>5 ^~>yo
Moses chose from his people

J.'ir'^
seventy men, for
a* ô
A*^C^ JWsP?
^JjT U
o/ ms
1^2
Part Third. Syntax.
70
was he who was chosen from among men for

JUfcjJI
2
(his) generosity, for

ai
J
^y*
g^^JI
a\Ju he sought the thing
for him, for

J J
;
^.ju
*
*
V J tju-d iUjLo / caught

^
J J J J
.
* *
'
game for
thee,
for JJU
Oju
J' '
Â^Jl^s
litj
OjL/
rtnfo
" >8^-J
7
ô^J-'Jj j' anc^ wAew Âey measure unto them or weigh

7
Mem, Mey oiw

t
J'
*S
* J'
'
;
less
(than
is due),
for^^l Ijjjj
jl ô^J
UJl^
^SL^cj j o.
oj
iAJLU. jlSJj
toc/J
/ Aave gathered for

(^SL^c
in
thee
mushrooms
JiL^c)
spirits
(rlAe
;
different
kinds, for iU
câ.
^w^
rhyme
for
<i+jj^ UîJ
l*Ul-j
O^J
we made ready
I
noble
to
encounter these
he-ass)
(calamities),
for
l^J
JUj
lyiL*tfu>
Ae
wiW
passed
the
summer with them
(the she-asses), for I^jL
W^^
J V J
tf
.J
seen above, ^jj and j>X* or Ju may be connected with a following proposition ( 58 and 61). directly
/.
i
Rem.
As we have
S i
The other prepositions require the

as
interposition of
;
^j\,
)\,
or
Oj-^
,jl
wram / ^31
that
greiv
up
^-*-- iÛ-J i5->-^
O'
m^
on condition
j^jCM ^.i^^c ^j\
* 1* *
) -
thou wilt be
my
hired servant for eight years;
jic
i s
-o
notwithstanding that old age hath

, s *
come upon me;
j+lsu ai )$-i
j j
O' C>* *$&3 awc^

a
-
^
?<
e *s
exalted above having

^
o o
any equal;
it/
*/
j(/
1/ t
(/
tented poverty is) better

<Ae 6ase
and more honourable for me than

^>-6
to see gifts
of
it
Aww^ round
my neck; S UJI
to
J^-wlvOj^t
^jjjjrfj
jjl s.^
though
is easier to destroy
J)
Âa?;
than
build; aJJI
to
ObU
l^jl^^^yjb
signs
^JU>
was because they used

jO*j
x
disbelieve
^
in
the
of God;
of thy
*o *
L*
ô
^^JoL-oJ
jb\i&\=>
di-wlj
Ûil
o^
jju
a/i!er </<e
waving
locks
head have become
like the
gray tagoZm
?-i^\
L5*-***''
(a plant)
lô vlh^' W**i ^

^ as stopped
;
jb^l
j *
e>
ojjb
^.Xc w>|/^l
ê
^MS ^
up
l*
these
wells since the

*
Si
wind has swept

, , a j
the dust
over t/iem
ijftS
jJtf
the.
x
io
>
jjy>>
^hWI
.JLiLo ^-i
* *
+
.-ua.. !
I
o/(!er
('Ibn)
Haubar perished on
battle-field;
\y&- \^j
>iJUi
<Aa< ?^s because they disobeyed:
\+o
71]
The Novn.The Nomina Verbi.
103
Pharaoh.
*)y*/j
O^J*
l_s^
IiJL
y!
a
as
ice
a
sent
an
apostle
to
is
often inserted after ,j^, ^>c. and w>, without affecting their
is
regimen [and
they were
after a
therefore called Sjul^JI

their sins
;
U]
as
\^J>j^\
^)\IJa. \+a
\^s'
^
drowned because of
jj-wo>U
âaJ J-X5
It
**
'
'
little
aJJI ^>-e 3 (while) they will become repentant; -o^-j '<-i
j^
j)
(i.e.
CmJ 6y
this
^ mercy of God
U
is
thon hast
b^n
gentle unto them.
After
)fo
use of
very rare (see

;
63,
rem.
30,
a).
Compare
nib) in
Hebrew
as
J^tTta
(Job
ix.
Ken),
Sski&3 B
5).
(Ps. xi. 2),
T\rnU?
of
(Job xxvii. 14),

t
m
j3 ^
^*^
" *
J3XiD3
* a *
(Exod. xv.
[Rem.
.-
g.
Before ^1 and ^1 the prepositions are often omitted,

* a
s3
//Aj
as l&>> _A>>>
at her (before
O' l/^'
marrying
^^ 'W
her),
OjJsu
V Âow mightest have a look

a
better
-
for
this affords
chance of a
Ji
'
a i
- > i
'-
good understanding between

lijjjt*
thee
j
and her
6-
(for
^{j ^j*\)
yJijI
to
\j
^-jUI
w^.Lcu
*
^jl
^ff f >jk.t at
(for ^jl
a i
any one of you unable

lit.
associate with
to be
men kindly 1
*
-
îc.
i
2
is
*ai
)B
"
he overpowered so as
to
unable?); tjk
jJjtJt
^jl
Opt
;
jJU I have assuredly purposed

*
at
'*
.Jlfi)
at
,j1
jaii*
ja*)\ aj
do such a thing (for
,jt
a.jjiaw.)
jLo
*lt
*" i^lr*
-
and
(for
his affair led eventually to his becoming the property of

a i
;
HadUja
2S
** *
a ,
a i
a * a *
* e<?
*->i
''
^1 jJt)
to
*Û
w>j-"î
O' LS8** '"'"-
^^
w0 *
ashamed
use a parable (for ^j\ yc).

b.
See also
49, d,
rem. and
167, rem.
On
relative sentences, see 175,
the omission of the preposition along with the suffix in D. G.] c.
B.
1.
THE NOUN.
Verbi,
The Nomina
Agent is and Patient is.

of the idea of the nomen verbi or
71.
As we have already spoken

noun
(Vol.
i.
abstract verbal
195), of its use as jyJxsJt JyuLpJI or

( 26),
objective complement of the verb

\v.
ii.
and of
its rection,
in so far
25
104
Part Third. Syntax.

possesses verbal power
(
72
as
that
29), we have now only to remark not (as might at first sight appear) rendered definite by the very nature of its idea, and, in consequence, able to dispense with the article in order to become definite but is, on the contrary, like
it
27
it is
other nouns,
J
* &
indefinite,
6*0
y biO*
when
6 6 J
it
*
stands without the

Jj
article.
*
E.g.
G *
'
fJjui.lj jb\jJ>J\
W *<> 4JJI
' 6
Jk+* *+}
JO
4J j*=> c dJJI
v>?
J-~w
^>fr
JUC^ >**^ A*5 Jtl3

is
J/d
OP
jut j-^t ai* aXa!
to y%r/^
it
(one of the sacred months)

tlie
(a) great (sin), but to turn (others)
away from
path of God, and

the sacred mosque,
not to believe in
Him and
_
(to
prevent access
it,
to)
and
to
turn His people out of

a ,
is
(a) greater (sin) in the sight

3
S j
of
;
God (JUS a
fighting, not the fighting,
and so with jue and j*&)

JTSUaM
Û.Ij ?-ij~-3 ^' *-^5j*J *i)Lb

take place twice (and
0^>*
divorce
may
the
woman be taken back
after each time),
a/iter
Aa
?/<?
m?s either retain

(JJ'iUsJI
(your wives) with kindness or

tlie
dismiss (them) with benefits

9-i.j~~3
divorce, j)[~~c\
*j)
a retaining,
a dismissing)
tj-cu
t ,
j^
give
j^..Ja.T...j
,
/^t/
are not able to

*
give them (any) help (tj-oj
=U
to
Sao,
Jj-aj or
j-cu ^>, whereas j-aJI would

the
mean, they are not able

particular case).
them
help
necessary in
the
72. Of the rection of the nomina agentis and patientis or concrete verbal nouns, in so far as they possess verbal power, we have already
treated in
30
32.
They designate the person
or thing, to which
it
;
the verbal idea attaches itself as descriptive of
e.g.
wÛI
the
exciting cause, the motive; *JUJ' the hindering object, the hindrance.
firm
Now, as' both the person or thing and the verbal idea are something and abiding, it follows that the concrete verbal noun indicates a
and continuous action on the part of an agent or passion on This idea it possesses in common with the Imit
is
lasting
that of a patient.
perfect (see 8), to which
often related in outward form (see

difference between
Vol.
i.
236, with rem.
a).
The
them
is,
that
* Viz. ^-^.I^ JL^ls' or
JU*I
(yk) ^fciyii.
73]
The Noun.
Tlie
Nomina
Agentis
et Patientis.
195
the concrete verbal noun designates a person or thing, to which the verbal idea closely attaches itself and consequently remains immovable whilst the Imperfect, as a verbum finitum, expresses the
;
verbal idea as movable and indeed in constant motion*.
The employ-
ment of the concrete verbal noun

fixed
as a perfect results from its use as a
immovable substantive.
73. To what point of time this lasting and continuous state of the agent or patient, as designated by the nomen verbale concretum, is to be referred, can be deduced only from some other word in the
sentence, which points to a specific
time, from
the nature of the
thing or the character of the thought, or from the connection of the

context.
The nomen
agentis or patientis itself does not include the
idea of any fixed time.
[Comp.
30, a.]
In a clause that is not circumstantial [comp. 183], whether (a) be absolute or dependent upon another clause, the concrete verbal noun shows that the verbal idea contained in it refers either to the
it
present, the proximate
future, or the future

is to
in general.
E.g.
juj
Sjujj
js- aAj!
-Îj Zeid's son
be married to-morrow to
is
Zubeida C
;
(the reference of
<UJ15
lit
f*^
to the proximate future
shown by \j)
/ am going
;
to kill
him
-iUSlS Ul be
will kill
you (ego te
interficiam)
Jy&
IJ^*
this
man must
killed
\}}y+a* *
^Jb
she
is
praiseworthy ;] (in these four examples the context fixes the

;
meauing)
v>jjjî
LiL^**-*
*^' Ols *^' ^,a.,. j^t ^qXj! I^^JLcl^
and know
that ye shall not escape God,
and
that
God
will
put
the
unbelievers to
shame ; ^yij $**%*

j
^v-"'
-
Oyî
a j
CH-^'
t/
irno think that

i -
they shall meet their
Lord ; jJ^xjL
jj
*+
^Ja-o
Jj^\
*x5
he kept
The Arab grammarians
ascribe to the finite verb, in general, the

;
idea of OjjoJI the becoming new, the coming into existence of the act
to the lmpertect, in particular, that
vrpetriioii
1
.
-.
* S
of
j_Mfcn"
constant renewal or
(see
8)
to the verbal
noun, that of C^-3l, or
OLiM.
fixedness, immobility.
196
Part Third.Syntax.
'
[
j
74
'
silence in order to see
what they would do (the reference of ^ytilo

1 J B ,
to the future results
from j&iS)the perfect <J^*

i
i a ,
Rem.
a.
When
is
prefixed
,
-
to a concrete
verbal noun which
refers to the future, the idea of

oai
J"*'
e 6 $
,
futurity
.
is
transferred to a past
time
as
*$jxL*
s
O^9
^j\ si
a thing which
*
* , e j
see
J"*')
>
should have been done (equivalent to

iJt
)mj
esset
9.
Uu**>
etc.
O^9
jj
U5l
O^
^**
<?wit#
futurum
Compare the
composition of the imperfect with ^)Us,
[Rem.
sense
b.
Verbal adjectives of the form yj^ni with a passive
may
refer also to the future, as ,JwjUI
O^-i
9-*$*~*t
by
one or another weapon will certainly be killed whosoever

to
is
destined
be killed;
^>*aroJJI
^1
lit
/ am
the
son of the two intended
victims.]
(b)
But
if
the concrete verbal noun stands in a circumstantial

it
clause (Jl^), the state which
describes belongs to the

..ao
j
same period
a
, j *
ai
I
of time as the verb in the leading clause. he recited, whilst he a* * *> j - d// j
J.
E.g. *-+j
^â*-* jAj j^J

&
a *a-o
was
*
in prison at
o s * j j * *
Mekka,
*
* *
{the following verses)

ssaie
el-Mahdl fled with
all speed
and reached Tarabulus

- -
(Tripolis)
in
North
Africa, whilst Ziyddetulldh was constantly on the look-out for

* a j a*a
, a j a**
t/(/o
him; ^5*^' Sjjjdb iL^wl
jJte yj
â^c jAj
In
^ j ^
ii*
jê^
e j
aJJI
^1 a^^j^L^j ^j
clauses
awe? w/wso tfwrHS himself wholly towards God, whilst he does good, has
laid hold on
the
surest
handle.
such
subordinate
the
imperfect
is
used in almost the same way as the concrete verbal
noun
( 8, e).
74.
In like manner, the concrete verbal noun refers to the same

it is
period of time as the verb with which
connected,
when
,
1 a
it
is
annexed to the verb as an adverbial accusative.

even when
the subjects are different
(
This
f
may happen
2
i,,
44,
c).
E.g.
LjU
j^l ^Jy
74]
The Noun.
ki$
The
the
Nomina Agentis
et
Patientis.
197
the
ox turned
back fleeing ; ^r*^' >'
WjW j^^
he set off whilst
his brother
was shaping
bow ;
ty>\ \js-\S ~-j. he

-----j
went out whilst

the sultan in
tohilst
his father'
his house
was seated ;
;
L^W *J^
I
^)UaJ-Jt
c~JU / met
m;s in the
weeping
bloom
|/*lj
jjUJ î c
6/
garden
it
was
in
tjU <*A.ju
ojJ^ wQj
'^^-'j^
4*^'
i>*
Apostle,
0>*3
ly*
tjJUt.
wôso â// rffo/ against
God and His

make him
and
shall transgress
His ordinances, He
shall
enter into fire, to

ly*i tjJl*..
abide in
is
it
for ever (here the Jl- or circumstantial term,
not a ^>jli
J^,
or /*/ which
indicates a state present
at
past time, but a jjJLo JW., or hdl which indicates a future state
[comp.
44,
c,
rem.
a]).
The same
is
the case after
^yu
to
remain,
;
vob
o /as, continue, Jlj-
?W/Z
n<? ?&?,
and the
like (see 42, a)
as tjccl5 Jj->^J he did not cease sitting; yjjjJbUi

>**"
->>*
LJL*\ ,j
U3U
Jlp ^
L5^1
d*-"
^5^
the
/>r 0/' ;wy people shall not cease to

the
hold fast the truth
till
a.*
day of
resurrection
*-jtjJI
_>ol>
ju~*JI
body;
^
<>jc
U^Lr
&w</ as
spirit
in
continues to
dwell in the
ôJbdl
\j**-Za
(^j***
f//<>
remained
amazement ;
^JLj
^3
UftLaL*
reputation of the learned shall continue multiplied
The Imperfect is also used after these verbs in many rem. /], with this difference, that the Imperfect designates [ 42, the constantly repeated action, the concrete verbal noun the lasting
(after his death).
cases
condition of the agent
as <su>Uu>
j*3
î
oV^'
^J*- j "^J J'j l*
/w rfw? not cease to restrict himself to sitting quietly at the bottom of his
crti-*;
ly-i jJa-JI ^^fco
Jjj^Jj ad
rfid mo desist
from
investigating
it
carefully
{jî
O**-;).
Compare
8,
e.
Rem.
imperfect
The concrete verbal noun

(
is
sometimes annexed,
like the
9), to the verb ,J^*> tu express the prtesens prseteriti
198
Part Third. Syntax.

and Latin imperfect
;
[75
he was dwelling
;
or Greek
as
^jU
&\&
Ij^sâ C-Jlib
j*yi would
they (the spears) were sticking in the <Aey were stuck into the ground).
ground (OJl^
mean
2.
The Government of
the
Noun.
The Status Constructus and the Genitive.

75.
The idea
of one
noun
is
lis**
(
very often more closely determined
)Zi, * *
or defined (^jjuj) by that of another*. When this is the ) the noun so defined is shortened in its pronunciation by the case,
,
u arfia.:j
omission of the tenwin, or of the terminations jj and
(Vol.
i.
315),
on
account
of
the
is
speaker's
passing
on
rapidly
to
the
determining word, which
put in the genitive.
The determined
the
noun
is
called
by the Arab grammarians ^LloJI

to
annexed; the
is
determining noun, aJt olcuoJI that

to ivhich
which annexation
made
or
another tvord
C them
is
annexed ; and the relation subsisting between si' known as aiLe^t the annexation. European grammarians
is
If
are accustomed to say that the determined or governing
word
is
in
the status constructus.
Rem.
The Arab grammarians speak

is
of
two kinds
of annexation.
The one
I
called 2usu&a*l
5iLo*^l the proper or real annexation,

cUj^ji^JI SiLi'sM the logical
the
2JLo*^\ the
pure annexation, or
0<J
1
annexation ; the other,

tion, aaa
J)
c )l
rt.ft.arwJI
j*s.
AiLi^l
improper annexaa-JaaJU!
j*c. diLo*^t the
impure annexation, or
diLi^l
<Ae (nierely) verbal or
grammatical annexation.
The
latter consists
adjective, a participle active intransitive, or a participle passive, takes a definite noun in the genitive instead of
in this, that
an
[The
UAi
.,*iti*.~>
consists in qualifying an indefinite
noun by an
adjective, or
an expression equivalent to an adjective, as a preposition

is
with a genitive, or the genitive of an undefined noun, \~ijjJU

defining of the
the
noun by the genitive
of a defined noun.]
^ 77]
The Noun. Gov't of Noun. Stat. Construct.

(see 44,
<?)
;
I-
Genit.
100
an indefinite emy?.s-accusative
or that the participle
active of a directly transitive verb, being used with the
meaning
of
takes the object in the cjLkoJI or the Imperfect (see 30, a),
genitive instead of the accusative.
In both cases the genitive
is
only a looser, representative construction, instead of the stricter

accusative,
and consequently exercises no defining or limiting
power (ob/ju or
(see 89).
UA
i ,^>s^j)
upon the preceding governing word
We
have here to deal almost exclusively with the
real annexation.
76.
By the
genitive
is
indicated
(a) the person to
whom
[or the
thing to which] the quality designated by the governing word belongs,

as aJUI
wetter
;]
*. the wisdom of God;

(b)
[ UqJ
l\iuo
the
Umpidness of
the
the material of the form and the form of the material, as

silver, ^JkljjJI i-oi the
is
&Jai a-o-j
an egg of
siher oj the dirhams (in
the former case the annexation

expression being <Uii
Lgu,i,
explicative,
**JW
,
4ilt,
the original
(c)
i.e.
*-oi
y*
Atfuj
see 94);
the
t-
cause of the effect and the effect of the cause, as sjof)\ Jk3U. the
creator of the earth,
U~+Jd\
j*. the heat of the sun

a,..^.,.,w.J
(d)
the part of
the whole (partitive annexation,
iiLÎ)
and the whole as

,
a*o
it*
embracing the parts (explicative annexation), as

beginning of wisdom, Ol3^.U.-JI
(e)
<vx*JI
^Jj
the
J^
the totality of created things;
the thing possessed by a possessor and the possessor of a thing
possessed, as jjUaJ-JI io>.

^jfc-Jlj M<? /ore? o/* the
treasury of the sultan, jJ\ ,jUkX-;

;
I)
land and sea

S
and (/) the object of the action

creation of heaven, <UL^JI
and of the agent, as

ffo icriter
U-JI
<^*>
wJl&
of the
letter.
77. The Arab grammarians say that in the real annexation is implied the force of a preposition, which is either J (which also
represents
the accusative,
29
34),
,j-o,
or
^.
For example
200
Part Third. Syntax.

slave,
78
^j ve>i Zeid's
#/<#
;
J^jJ
c/>,
^^'
- Lai
->Ok*)t
^ sfow
cm/>
w/w
(belongs) to
i-ai
^lib
;
s*7wr
,j-
^l^
(made) of silver
(see 48,
/) >6^JI
ô^
a).
to-days fast, =>>Jt
^>JaJf tf^ fast (held)
on to-day (see
55
Rem.
is
The annexation
is
resolved by
ô, when the
aJt ^_iLa*e
s
the genus or material of the oLcl, as J*. -r'V a

48, g]
;
dress
i.
[comp.
by
..i,
when
the aJ!
olcu*
is
the yJjJi (see Vol.
221, rem. ) of the

*
oLa*,
as jlaâJI wj* <Ae Arabs of el-Hijdz,
*B *
Ci
*o
'
jlyJI^
^j-JJI
jX*
plotting by night
and
day.
78.
The determining noun

A
fO
is,
in the real
annexation, always
either a substantive or a word regarded as such, a pronoun, or an

.
3 -
Sis'
- J
entire clause.
For example
, s *
aJJI
Jyj
the Apostle
(the verb)
of God ;
;
jj'
*-o-^
^
'
the
word
'in
J>l3
^**
of
the
meaning of
katahi
^L-Jl j-XO
etc.,
the
indefiniteness
(the substantive)
'insan (not
,J^\ iJ^,
because words, regarded as substantives, are by their very nature definite, just like proper names, and therefore do not require the
article)
;
Lx*
its
meaning .-^jus ^>*5il^JI
jti^jô^j tjjb ^/.?
da?/ (when) their truthfulness shall benefit the truthful;
^yju j>yi ^1
^7/
^ day
the
(when) they (the dead) sAa// fo raised ; \j\*lb*$\

(that) the
t j
cJ^ô^
away
was emir ;
D Ue
day
t
;
women
*
I
(setting out on their journey)
turned
<
from
us
j~\ *
U*.aJ
jj-oj the time (when) el-Haggag
JZZ~\ jjl
wij
ê
time (when) he hid himself, - jU-wl "^*^ a fo
time of his hiding himself ; w>IJuOI OJLH O**" when they shall see the
Gs
J
punishment
[a^*j
o-* TrJ**^ Oh*- O-* from the moment he goes out

j-ot at the time (ivhen) old age
<>-*>*
from
on
;
his house]
\J=>
>^~jZ~c ,jl.
is
coming
J**j O' (&\*~*)
fw fear
f his doing so-and-so ;
79]
The Noun. Govt of Noun.Stat
Construct.
&
Genit.
201
Uq->^.
*U
tîwj
^h^
a-ôJI
***->'
L5**
efe^
to
made him drink
the
cup of
xlvii.
"and
17).
The
;
they
were given boiling water
drink" (el-Kor'an,
'
determined noun, on the contrary, can be only a

j
-
* '
substantive
for the
numerals and prepositions (JW-j
<*>
+* five men,
Lw juu
a/lter
//*?
of a year) are in reality substantives, and
adjectives, standing in the position of defined nouns,
have the force

86),
of substantives, as ij^J
j***- the best
of (God's) creatures (see
[A*>yt 0-~thrust, j**.iJI
^ handsome
^jt ws.LaJI
face, % 89, rem.], iiai*

.
J*-^ a
hurried
/tf
S^/J
ô-jI
now Îaj 0*i" oî-oj and honoured

[Comp.
a.
by the exalted name of the Sahib 'Abu l-Kdsim. 93 at the end, and 95, e.]
86, rem. b,
Rem.
a.
In the pure annexation, the article
,J\
can never be
prefixed to the
oti*
in the impure,
it
may
(see $ 30, a,
and
89).
Rem.
b.
Occasionally in ancient poetry, and frequently in later
prose writers,
we
find such phrases as juj
?>-<)j
oL~; Zeid's sword

ot*~>
v^
and
3 J
spear, for
which the correct expression would be juj

,^ ij^;_5
*>-!
J ^
*J3
e.g. LyJIS
*JUI
, it-o
sJai
way
a
GW cw off the hand

* *
-
, a , ,
a -
and foot of him who said it; Juj^M ^y*-j i< c 'j3 Ot^ between the two paws and the forehead of the Lion (the constellation Leo)
~~A~i ifclju jl SJ^Jlc
**
*$\
*
save the after-running or the first running

*
* *
t *a*o
+ p a*o
'
of a courser;
the lands, both
lyjj^-j ^J^->
w~j*M O^^J*^
level,
^
* ,
may
the rain
water
rugged and
for lyjj.j ^y->-
D
may be
horse;
:
79.
Not only common nouns, but

as ^ÂJI
also proper names,
determined by a genitive;
***0 RabVa of
the
^jLoi aJu\j Pn-Ndbiga of (the tribe of)

~,
> a *
Dubyan,=
^plj wJL*5 Taglib,
(son)
of Wail, for Jjtj

;
~'iajas*-}' wJLij
,JLjj)1 ii_>L01
s^^L ^jI.
(because
Hdtimof
w.
11.
(the tribe of)
Taiyi
wJ)t ^-0*
'^lw;-
o/Mt?
26
202
Part Third.Syntax.
always
[80
3j*J J J
he was
accompanied by one)
0-o**M
Cri <
U-Hira,
Tripolis
(the
capital of the
kingdom) of hi- No' man
; j>\*J\
^JbtjJa
in
Syria; w>>*M ^^JjIjJ? Tripoli in North Africa;

t ids 3
>
Jij/*JI ,>!****>
>el3l
% Z
Si
J J a ' *
*-j~i*
J>w
j\JJ\
JUo
J-fc^)
aS^wj
at
a i
^
a *
<ê/ in
Bagdad of
Z
*>
(in)
Sl-'Irak, but his yearning for the people of Damascus of (in) Syria
, *
was a painful yearning ; cAs^W ^r^îj

^jj^-o-i
^j UW
-I-
, a*
* i
J^yi
^>*H)
^
j *
1
* *
t>*">*-^' ^5-^^* our Zeid, on the
day
(at the battle) of
en-Nakd
s ^
(or the
sand
hill),
smote the head of your Zeid with a bright (sword)

t
- j
a j *
j a *
of
el-
Yemen,
the edges
of which
bit
deep;
*$j*aJi**
Â}^x*~*
'^ji
**
and
they left their Mas'iid thrown
down upon
the ground.
80.
It often happens, too, that a
of another noun,
a *
when
j i *
in
noun is qualified by the genitive other languages an adjective would be

a * y
employed; as
a
%$*>
J^
a *
a bad man;
,jl.j jU>s
a wild ass;
oy
i'/ J
JJjlo a piece of cloth of good quality,

a
j
Jj ju
j
t^^-o
a good place of abode,
*>
* a
C Jjô w*-lo a good comrade ;

(or
'A-aJI
Ol***! the pure or sincere brethren

the
S
brotherhood).
This
is
particularly
is
case in
j
specifying the
a*
material of which a thing
made
as 2-ai ^-a*J
ovum argenteum,
76, 77).
silver egg
j-jj^-
*->y vest is serica, a silk dress (see

is
In
the same
way a
genitive
attached to the
name
of a person, to
;
as J*jLij| juj express something peculiar to and descriptive of him & j <ja * * a * a*o j a * the erring (apostate) Zeid, = J^LcJI j3 juj j-oUl jutw the good
>
;
- a*>
Sa'd,^j^s>J\
jJii\
a *
*>
j a *
jotw,
to
which would be opposed
^JI
jjtw,
or
jjtw, the wicked Sa'd,
j^-JI
jju* or
called
j-Jt ji.
a -e*>
j
..
[Rem.
i.e.
This sort of annexation
is
^jifcjl
.Jl
,J-j*JI
siLo\
the annexation of the concrete to the abstract noun.]
also use several nouns, which convey, at least the ideas of possession, companionship, origination, etc., secondarily,
81.
The Arabs
81]
The Noun.
Govt of Noun.
Stat. Construct.
&
Genit.
203
in
combination with a following substantive (usually expressing a These quasiquality) in the genitive, as a substitute for adjectives.
adjectives,
after
it,
when
actually in apposition to a substantive, are placed

adjectives.
like
real
They
are
its
principally the
following
(Vol.
ji the (man) of such and such a thing,

s
*
owner or possessor
see
i.
340,

rem.
c)
w-*.lc companion, possessor; JJbl family, people;

31
w>! father,
and
93
;
...
3
j>\
mother,
'
i.e.
originator, cause, origin, or principle

s
*
of a thing
,jjt son,
and
3jj\
or >Z~JJ daughter,
...
<i
i.e.
originating from,
f, B
caused by, dependent upon or related to something

connected with or related to something.
* *
*-\
J
brother,
5
i.e.
The nouns
ji, w*-L,
;
and
Jjkt, are constantly
used in this way in ordinary prose

a - a*> j a
the others,
being metaphorical, belong almost exclusively to poetry and poetical

a*
I
diction.
For example
>
^t*J
î the good,
ÛJ
ji
the
learned,
y)~A9 ji gracious,
JU ji
wealthy,
^^j
a relation,
i)^w
Oli âj\
L>
a piece of land cotered with

^*l*.j^)l
thorns, wU*i)l >3jt
intelligent persons,
I
jji, or ôU-j^l y^t, relations ;
^JLL*^
*-iaJI
w-a-Ua o
irtfA
gw^
natural parts, <uL*JI w*.Lo ^<? person ivho has committed

scout, spy, or
a fault, j**. w*-L a
mouchard, j^s. wsew'-e a
man
of learning, y-J'j i<JI w>Uo1

<U-Jt Jjbl ô.5e
it'ô
inmates of Paradise and Hell ;
conform
to the
practices [and sayings] of
MuhamJ-*'
twW, glyb^M
v^Jkt
persons of erroneous opinions, heretics,

;
^*Jt
a*
Ae learned, iiJJI Jjkl lexicographers

..
JLi^JI
i.e.
^jI
a hospitable man,
a
i
..
e*>
it
SLaJI
î\ the father (supporter) of
life,
the rain, the
(jjo-wM
*s5Lsij
'
I
^jl
v'
the father (constructor)
of the
little fortress, i.e.
fox ;
s
-
fo mother (cause) of disgraceful acts,
i.e.
wine, JijîaJl >'
road;
[JkJ^JsJI
C>Uj
branches of the road ;] ^^---Jl
fo my,
i.e.
traveller, *->/*
O^' a warrior, ^jl
^>jI
^ main ^1 ^ ^ 0/
31
so
o/"
sow
204
Part Third. Syntax.

i.e.
82
howling,
i.e.
the jackal;
J*aJI c-*u
j^^Jt
>**',
Ae
daughter of the mountain,
Ae echo
j~J\
^-t,
^**J'
-
>-l,^J^l
j
3*l, the good.
ê laborious, the wealthy, the learned, j**** ^-l

o?20 q/* /ê ri>e
a brother of Temim,
i.e.
of Temim; [j^.&Jt ^.1
^
is
brother of wine,
6
man
drunk with wine.
Connected herewith
the use
0-6 of o-jI, 2cj\ (<*->)
to indicate the age of a person, as <Uw j^-Jlo-5 (JjI $&> he is eighty
years old
(lit. 9 .
he is the son of eighty years).

6
A
j
poet (Hamasa,
oa].
p. 6)
employs
*-l
in the
same manner
!,>*......
^.1
^ty years
82.
Further, some secondary ideas, such as those of the whole,

like,
the part, the
and the
different,
adjectives, prepositions, or
compound
:
which we usually designate by words, are expressed in Arabic

to
by substantives, taking the primary substantives, Such are attached, in the genitive.
which they are
(a)
Jds (Heb. 73,

whole
\\
i
Syr.
ôi>,
ô,
JEth.
Yy.<ft
kwell)
;
the
totality, the
(lit.
what
is rolled
and gathered
together
compare
77.3 to roll,
\*"),
J-Jibl, a crown,
77^
to
make complete
or perfect,
7v3
6^6>o
I
perfect, the whole).
If the leading substantive is definite,

3
j
and
as
.
signifies
ill
something
single
and
6 ,6>a
I
indivisible,
ill
J^
means
.
;
C~J J^3
the whole house,
jî
J.> the whole day

all,
.
...
J^
whole,
-
if it is definite,
but a plural or a
collective,
J means
as Ol3l^*aJI
all the
animals,
&* & j ÛJI J^> W mankind ;

s^*Jj
^-j b^~
I*
if it is indefinite,
Jib means
is
c*>
each,
every, as d-o^-i
J^
>w everything which
black
a
1
&a
IjU
date,
and
(not everything which is) white

\lj*\
bit
of fat
%t*\
J^'
JJUb
j*.5y jljj
^>^.~.a>J
g?os
</w consider every
man a
{true)
man, and
(every) fire that blazes at night

6 -
(true) fire (really

6-
ij
deserving of the name)

day,
(*.1)
J* J> ew?-y stratagem, jî J> every

s/wê owe, ,>
J^-l^
J^
eac/j
J^
every one
who
(in
82]
The Noun. Govt of Noun. Stat,

is
Construct.
&
iui\
Genit.
205
which case the annexation

viz.
explicative,
Ûlj^
it,
*iiUi>!,
each,
stratagem,
is
etc.)*.
Frequently,
it
however, the definite primary

placed after
ji
J
3
substantive
put
first,
and
J^
}ji
is
in annexation to
is,
a pronominal
as
it
suffix agreeing
with the primary substantive, which

3 ,S,
I
were, repeated in the suffix

3
as
J
aJ^
Si
c-s^J
the
whole house,
* - 3
3i3*
'
W-^3 u^j^l
this
the whole earth,
j*^^ trW
all
mankind.
vdv,
Instead of
St
construction,
is definite,
we sometimes
*il 3
find J^JI, to
and even
,
)=>.
which
notwithstanding the tenwin, and stands, according
to circumstances, for
it
U^.
6 }*
ji
î5
33^*
j
, x
i x ^
v0iCJL^,
3 3 -
etc.;
o*
as
o *
^LJUâJI
it
c-a^'>
i
jJj
, J a**,.
jOja
j , ,
sis**
,o;sv,
lL3
s'^JI
juc ;^
all corns
the
to
poor and widows and orphans had assembled,
and had
water their camels and

i 3 3*
flocks,
and
] 3 ' 3
they
'
<j
all
' *
tj
ij
;
remained standing near the water

/
(,JJ\=^J&)
3
^j^cj^s^
Îcj
JJ
ut
ZJ
J 3 * *
*3i
3*o
3i*
3*3*
a<# Pharaoh,
grove,
t J
and
the brethren
and
the people
3 3 3
of Lot, and the inhabitants of the of Tubba', all accused the apostles of imposture
it
3 lit }
3
:
Zt
'
3*'
3 -
{^y^-jtr^=> or j^y^
*x-lj
J^j
*^^j wJâsjj
J^*--]
f*
^-*j
Ubto.
<?
gave him (Abraham) Isaac and Jacob, and each of them

(*}l>
we made a prophet
a// 7Wf/s
<//<?,
= U^-U
j^*.l
x-lj
J>
or
^rr*)
J-*-*
0^>
^
J^>
i.e.
Ûl
^>
J>
*jI>j w>U.I
^<?y
<M
[In poetry J^, followed by an indefinite noun in the genitive singular, is often used, like the German word tauter, to denote a
number
3
of
objects
fi
all
5
*^l
-
of which possess this or that quality,

3
it
e.g.
~*3*
t\}j*?.
*,
**
*^_3
>ojJo
(J-^
j-JJ\
and
(he cared for) no treasure save
only
mares, all
of them short-haired and hard-hoofed ; ^li-ai JL>
^ju
^â-îM with
tunic, in
era.]
me
tvere
comrades, each of them
cloxl
i)i
loose-fitting
German,
es begleiteten
mich tauter Freunde mit
iceiten Kleid-
206
Part Third.Syntax.
J^> o\
82
and sivore allegiance ; [J-yJt w>J^> ^M not any one but accused the apostles of lying].
assented
there
was
J
Rem.
This last remark applies also to j^c to-morrow,

*iUi j^c,
= >o^J
6r*>
I
jî
andô^JI
>oLaJt
'
and to
,J->U>
next year, =^1*31 tjjk ,JjIS

sent? Awn. wi/i
* ' '
'
and
iU3 tJ-A3
s
'
as Ijcc L*e <tlwjl

J * *
^<s
to-morrow;
0*
* *
'
^)j15
j_Jt
[yXjjJu
*$3 2lL^J
t^- îy*"
[*
'i'
lohen thou gettest
the
plucking of a palm-tree, do not put
it off till
next year.
(b)
With the
use of
(lit.
*
J^
or
coincides in most points that of -
the totality, the whole

3
^
;
what
*>
oil*
ÛJt
is collected,
J
from **-, connected with

all
2 -
^--)
as
ÛJI
f-d-o-c*-,
^yxâ.
is
,_r>U)t,
mankind (but
;
also
Utâ. u-'W, whereas

ê wAo/e
!}li=>
inadmissible)
ly****Atf
*^JôJ'
c%;
^.A^^Jt JlS
Û^l
^3
l^Ji c? a/fer
obtained
sovereignty, he
put them
;
all to death (****JI, to oAov, equivalent
in this case to _^*^.a.)
Qgj ^x-w U> jJ ^-^-
^>
teli
cme?
fo,
&?y
sA// be assembled before us all together.
Rem.
Similar
[the
is
the use of <ulc the great mass or bulk, the

fern,
Z
greatest part,
whole] (properly the

J
;
participle of ô-c
6 *
to
*
* ,
comprise
^^jUsto-a.^
or
t
comprehend)
as
^Jkjj) d-ôLcj ^ZSLs

/teir streets
^9 ^>a-J
(the water) rw?is tw
and
the greatest part
o/"
ÂeiV houses
its
and
baths
Sjla*^. lylUjt <LUj awe? <Ae greatest part

;
of
buildings are (of) stone

[the
ALcKe-
u.t>a.J
'
the great bulk

I
of the
//ws
army,
whole army]
U-vs*
J>v^-<^
J-**J
^j^ <uW
lj.3
voice in both (readers of the Korean) read according to the passive
(words);
<UU
>oîJI j'.
ê
people came in a body.
The
word
JjU the
rest, tlie
remainder (properly the participle of jZ~>

is
to be over,
to be left,
Heb. ")$&),
incorrectly used
by
later [even elegant]
writers in the sense of all; as -lJI jjL >jJ> all the pilgrims
82]
The Noun. Govt of Noun. Stat. Construct,

-|/^JI
<
Genit.
207
have arrived;
J>& ^s^"'
the
whole of the property-tax
has been collected*.
(c)
uov
a part, a portion,
is
or a collective to signify some one or more,
used with the genitive of a plural a certain one, some one,

ia <
,,a*>,a,5,*
CH
,: *
* +
one; as
o*-"
J~o*-*
J***W
â*J w-t # of his pupils

, , *o
a ,
:
addressed
Muhammad
;
the son of el-Hasan
^li^Jl u^-i
in
certain cave
>ob^)l
âj ^ owe
cfay; ôv**-^ J*^Jl recited (the
following verses) composed by one of them (one of the poets, by a certain a i , Sj)/ J-- ' a , a , j a , , a, , i , ,ai ^^suu ^>c ^>^ o' ^r^j^^3 an d beware poet); ^LJI aJUI Jpt
.
of them,
test
they lead thee astray
from part of what (from any
of the
5 * '
precepts which) God has sent down (revealed) unto thee.U uaxj be repeated as a correlative, no pronominal suffix is added to it in the
second place
as u&*-> O-*
*
0>*' J-~" cA*j

t/
a } J a ,
%wm
,
evils
i//
are easier to
be borne than others
|>*yJ
cA*-J
;
v^v^
i
i
C^
a j
î ^v
, i
though the
?
*>
a ,
j a ,
one of them should aid the other

l)ij^
a*
*$\
Laxj ^y-aaj ^j-oJUaJI
j^xj
,jl
^ wicked make
,a
,
to
one another only vain (or deceitful) promises
j a ,
/jj
^xj
Jjî
V"*V Û-U
j
i-
darknesses one upon another (darkness upon

s
a,
is
darkness).
Lastly,
In modern Arabic the second tâ*J

,a,
e
often omitted.
is
,a-o
<*-
a,
tA-J'
[and even ,>uu without the

j a ,
article]
j a
sometimes
,
, 131
used instead of
,
^^4
, a,
with the genitive;
as
î cA*^'
j
j'i
it
,a*o
, ,
^SUI
^js-
Jaiw SjX> when some (people) in a town observe

a ,a>e
j } *,
it,
is
a , ,
not required of
(lit.
it
falls off
from)
the rest
cA*^'
^v**'*' **fj
*
,
[To the same class belong also

& jl. very
j&ZA
mean =
O*-6 day =
'
jâ.
is' ^^
^
^
xo
,
and
,
Ji- in expressions like
^Jlc
& jia.
Ul
U / aw
;
rco<
very learned
Jift.ô^j
Ijm*.
Û
s.
*>* Wi0
s
^
trustful
= U. ^--ot
137,
wJli
intensely hot
'ia.
^Jl3.
Comp.
rem. 6 and the Gloss, to
Tabari
v.
J..
D. G.]
208
Part Third.Syntax.
2
[
i
b
82
0*
s **
Z Q*
JO
*yJi
^*
,w?<?
opposed them in this matter

(0/
i)
[Ca*j c*ibpj Loaj
/ foo jt?ar
(d)
and
left
a part].
is
a concrete, something different, used with a following genitive to designate one or more objects
of,
00* j*s- alteration, difference, as
other than, differing from, or the opposite
the object or objects

it
expressed by the genitive.

negative prefix un or in
_.
In the last case

it
corresponds to our
in the others
.
may
*
be rendered by another,
OjjO**jj JO*
-B
other,
et cwtera,
*J
and the
**
J * *
uj
like.
J
Zi
For example
J *
â^j
there
*
î^-oi\ kings
0*
J5iO*
Zi
and
and
others
\k>j*&$
aaa uJIj S^jUIj iclaîJI bravery,

))))/^
J * JOiO*
strength, clemency,
***
jOiO
*
irf
other qualities ; ^bj+s-j SLiaiJtj

*
I
^jj^l ?^*
came
* *
the vizirs,
J}**
JO*
judges, etc.;
[sX)i
j-j^j cetera/]
O*^
it
*^' O-^
J
jt>**'
fO J *
do you then
1
C*
vt
seek another religion than that
of God I
aj^CJU
J
aJJI j*s. a) I
god
is there
but God, ivho would bring

J
(back) to
you
^yo what JO * j/ Jj^Jo*-* jt

JO*
*0>e
JO*
tlie
JO *
j-ê.
uncreated;
Jj>Li~oJI jê-
uncreated;
(>-*
impossible; j*&
*->jjd\
not
Arabs ;
j*-
j-m jê.
J
^J\ Ay^-j his face was not turned towards

he halted
Egypt ;
access to
%\*>
^Xe- JjjJS
*0*
^
and
away from
water, or without
J *
water.j*Jd\
*0*3
it
is
1 i
very rarely used instead of j+z with the

*
J
* J
genitive;
(-Âjê.).
as j+*l\
t*_ibl
lyaîL&j
the
hands of others clasp them

always remains a
When
in
the
accusative, j-+, which
substantive, often requires to be translated by a preposition or conO *
* 0*5
junction, such as except, but;
e.g. jSL>
^jI j*a j>$&\
j>\
the people
stood
tip,
except 'Abii
Bekr ;
fool*.
JJ*>U- jê.
*
^y
*$
tlwu wilt never seem

see 56,
(or be thought) but
On j-Ju
^
0^0
*0*
%
and j* o-*> without,

J/
rem.
c.
The
expressions j-j*
*$
and j*
i.
c^
;
of not otherwise, nothing more [Vol.

that which is used as
363]
are used in the sense J * 0* JO* * to * JO* as j* *$ lip* J*)XL~+)\

l
an accusative of
time, not otherwise
; jê-
*$
M^W
-\
*0
i^j\
Z
*i)1
[On
jjl j*s-
comp. the footnote to Vol.
n
i.
367.]
82]
The Noun. Gov't o/Xoun.Stat Construct

j^
, a,
&
a
Genit.
209
**a
in
the
nominative,
not
otherwise; j~z u-t? >o*j>
{<^ I have a
*
\
,i
dirhani about me, nothing more;
i.e.
j)/
a*
- a-
<iUj
j*
*9,
U3
j*
u-*^-
Rem.
a.
is
When
the sense demands a repetition of j--e, the
particle *9
->'
used instead, likewise followed by the genitive; as

^)_j
*^3 T>'
^s* O-* without father and mother ; ^jJk

*9j tcithout either
i*
,*
j
ôJx
J^4
to
^-^-e
w>U
knowledge or guidance or a book

, * a * j j a
give them light ;
j^b
a*
*
^)_j
>^>
^^
I
ai^l 7 &nm<?
7m?i to 6e neither
envious nor tyrannical
w^-o-t-q.!
jt)aÂ
j-j
^^-Jx
C-s^x.
"'
^>-;JJI
k\j*o
_
'**&*'
(J^JLaJt
*^)j
ôvc^*
q/" i/tose
to
whom Thou
not astray.
art gracious,
with
whom Thou
6.
art not angry,

j
and who go
, a *
Rem.
by the
Instead of ^^*c in the nom., genit. or accus., followed
genit. of
an adjective, we sometimes
;
find *^ with the corre-
sponding case of the adjective
as jjî
*j)
S^Ju a/i
unbroken
heifer,
= jj*
(^)
*
(rarely
c
^>- and
t^-),
l5>-'
another
* a
(besides
j * a j
So-and-so),
-
ta*>
-^
likewise runs through all the cases;
as a-Ua.JI
aJLai
the
%JU
Î^-jj
whilst others than

30,
is
b,
thou icithhold their benefits
from
needy (see
rem.
seller
/>)
^yJ^\
thou
wolj
ly5b JL)l^~i then another than thou

* +
a
*
a *
a to,
the
and
art the buyer;

bounty, so that
)\y*
^js-
jULAi.t
^ks\^
and
suffice
me with Thy
l
I may
'
have no need of any

l^j "^jî
other but Thee;
r.>.l
^Jy~> O-* b** L5**9
L5^ ^"-J ^ u'

let
/ &uv prayed
people,
to
my Lord
that
He
icould
no enemy conquer
j a *
my
' -
that belonged to another race

*^j
than
themselves:
JU-Q
*^j
u>1^- jj
L* ^...,lh.
l
Ijl
ô^-U
o^
,jlj
O-* f^^>*^' and no one of

sit
them speaks a foul word, either when they

than us; ^î-Lj
with us or with others

he who places hope in
AX*y>
thee
is
j^c
^)\y*
and
in
any other than

w.
ii.
wretched. When
the accusative,
it
must
27
210
Part Third. Syntax.

, o
.
[
a
a
82
-
often be translated
besides science;
??
by
a
besides
.--a.,)l
(compare
a<su
-
j-c
in d)
#
as .ÂxJt

^y
omia
?
â
>
la.
Jpî
l>w
besides its [or fos]
ornament in
90
society.
o - at
.
(/)
J***)
all
P mr
J^-'> likeness, as an adjective, Mtf, also runs
mo
through
tfAis
ja
a^
to
^5
L-t
j
uSc
a jac
the cases;
as
l^jJI
is
J ~JI
like
Zt
I^HS ^^yjb
o ^
-
*i*J3
a
because they say, Selling

like
merely
usury; UXl* jJLi *^\^J\ \j\

j a
i a>o
a i
,,
B ye are nothing but men

wings
like
like (those of)
us; ÛsiJI
ljuj l^JJU
J Aa^.l
l^J
they have
bats;
Sj^JI
^^
size)
a<-
on each date the
of it in butter (a piece of butter of the same

at
.-
t^^
'
<*A
..
w~J
-
j a a >
^ ^ a x>
^0
a
*L
is
.>
nothing like unto

jc^
5
Him ; o'
i
^5"^ O"4*-* 'j

a
c*-^
OjtoJ^t ^>J
.-
*aibio
jt/
^t
a^
Oj- ^
â
^
..
O!/*^' '***
Jô^ 'y>b
3.o
-
if
mankind and
the (jinn united

tlie
to
a
produce the
like
of
.-
this
-
Koran,
J*-'
they could not produce

*
\
like
of
it ;
i*o*
jr^s* J**
Oôî
* a
*$
CH-^'
*SJU
J>^ similarly,
those
who have no
;
C knowledge say
t**
t
I.
the like of their saying (of
what they say)
J!a3I
La3
jl.I
JjL* vo^j ^)^3 ^>x.t if one of you spent every day the like of
t^Zioiisi-^
in
(the hill of)
'Ohod
im^>
like
gold (a quantity of gold as large as the

,j>jj3-rSLo
a ^>*
^ a
hill of
'Ohod)
jt\
y)-6
cUJI
o^
thou
if ths
wMd
beast*
wer^ painters
iJL3
men
[JI/-J
'
tJ~* J-*
^ passed
; *
like the lightning]
U
a
*}JJLo
^J 7 /*aw
twice as
much as
^,-JjU ^r^3j-i they

i *
9
9
11
'
'
thought them twice as

..
many
as themselves;
JlLol^
\j^ti ijjS
^3
<
o*>
jlSi) J*li\
and
ojJue.
in
it
are white apes, like (as big as) large rams;

,jl
JL
fe?i
Jllol
(Waj
y>\ he ordered that he should be given

is
* *
^'w^s as
much as
he asked ; [JôJ'
a e
used instead of JJU with the
genitive in expressions like J^JI >*j the price

a
paid for a similar
a>
I
j/
j-v-
thing (= <*J^), JôJ
dowry given
to
a lady of her rank
82]
The Noun.
Rem.
a.
Govt of Noun.
**
Stat. Construct,
&
Genit.
211
Exactly like JJU, but formally undeveloped,
is
j) the
'aA
like of.
See
b.
63.
is
Rem.
Similar
the use of <ui. [or

size,
<***,] likeness, the like,
jj, or jljJuo, measure,

(by conjecture),
*JLft
quantity, worth,
and
|Ukj
computation
which
last
may
usually be translated by about ; as

the ancients
juueu
-teji
<Lw J*aJI j9 Oyj*^' C*a*Jj rtW

- a-o *
Imve cut out in the mountain (something) like steps (or a stair), by
which one can ascend ; [SjjjaJI

J
-
<Uy ^J
^
J
,-A
^J
i<
(/*
town)
?ree)
j a
lies
in a
i ^ I
sor
of peninsula
f*f**$
j-
*w
Â
(<Aw
Aas fo
si*,
.âJ
_
likeness
*, *
*
of a lemon-tree; also construed with w> as <CU

a * *
el
aj^ 4jL u"Q*^J oJL> iiuw ^.i

this
SjlyJaJt
****>*, w>U^
5^
*
c(/'i
/<-
edited
from
work
;
the
*a
Book of Purification in
a*o
(a volume) of about 1500 the size q/ (as tall

Jaij ^^jjl^Ja
^
j a a j
*aja>o
t
Z.
-?
/eares]
dJLL&JI jj jJjt^J
,J>-jN
jJ^ô-*^ a statue
as)
a well-proportioned man;
j\*i\ j\xii\
jjj j-aa.j
;
peacocks, speckled
they are as
and green,
as big as large ostriches

-
[i5Lo
* &3>
jjJ^Jb C
*
*
+
*i
jî

it
is
-
a large body of water, as much as
-a
would turn a
mill ; l^JLLo ,-i
is
ljj
.
**+**3+t
* a
6-A-j
S/
SjJLt jljJLo 5^>a~) juyJ! ô^->
in the country of India
lake,
;
measuring ten parasanys

..
(in
* a *
~*
length) by the same (in breadth)

a
-
,,3 j\ jJuo jj j^c.
IfciU
xZa,<
- a *
a *
* a-
j&f~t S^JLc
î
ôv-*
*j^* *& uâter

-
collects
t * * *
in a pond, measuring a
~
*aia
* a
i*
bowshot by a boivshot
</t
clj3 j'ji io>
s LoJI
,i
^lj
it
/e?
*?^"
i/i
j^
^ ^ , a
water a fish, measuring a cubit (in length)
;j\j\
,e'^ft 1^5^)1
itU
ôy**
O^-0 ^'
+*
^//re
were collected of them by
him, in the days of el-Ma'miln, about

^
ii
"
3000
slaves
be
Q^SJ
aJLxJ
*a
lyi-o
mâ*)
p\f}
oUI
elfcj
ws*<JI
jit
perhaps there
to
may
about
on each corpse
half of
it:
about 1000
ells
of it: lî-L jUJ ^Jt
the
212
Part Third. Syntax.

(^
83
*'
'
Iclp
is
O-**^-'
^j ^r-
^
vt
*>
l
JJ
J.
U>^ 0>A!
^'ie
length (height)
is
q/"
<Ae
image
about thirty cubits.

as
yj^-j
This last word
sometimes construed with
f*6,
*5l* u****" O-* 'l*j
c>a* ~' we were about 500 men.

,
zn number.
'
(gr)
â*J properly signifies direction, quarter, and
is
used in the
*
.
accusative as a preposition (see
65).
But more usually ^sJ
is
employed, in
all
its
cases, as a substantive or adjective, to
signify
such as, like; as juj âJ ^-j a
man
like
Zeid; \~>
^
to
>sUjk>j
B JcwJIj jâJt
moral
y*-J
Jjî.^1 and similarly in regard
the other
qualities, such as liberality
and niggardliness ; jbyai\^ S^JLoll^

the
UJbâbJj as prayer, fasting,
and
like;
j*-*j
^^>
r" 1
^-J^-5
it
(i.e.
juj ôiO 3^*0 Ul3 ôl^*)
/#
spoke like Zeid.

it
As a
substantive
also
means
by v>*
about, in which case

* * *
;
may
*
be followed (like gUj in/, rem.

J
b)
^*-
as
a^w a5U
,j-
âJ
x-,>tJlj
/w# the wax-candles were
afeow^
a hundred; %e*j O**^ â^j

its
*$\
l^Jjbl
^j*c
oJaj
â^J
there
escaped of
inhabitants only about thirty

the
men ;
a*-j!
^ O^
o*^l
was at
head of about 4000

fl
;
*5
J>-J/ w*~ >**J

j a
,-Xc a (a
I^j
9 *
2 *
distance of)
about six marches; j~&\ >>-> jU-c
C*U>
in
it
are small snakes,
about a span
{long)
j*Jt
,j>
si
>->
io~>
t
ilo
A<?
caught a fish about a span (long)

j *
jui
^**J j-)
o
o ,
î ^^
a;?c?
it
a j -
is
about the size of
Feid ; J^.j i5U

(in
%jj\
^> â*J ôAj

'_**-
^^
*
were about 400
men
same
number)
U/^3
U-
l^jj &
It
/?
handed
at
'
it* i
down nearly
Âji
the
(story) as l^8
we haoe mentioned;
<*JJI
ju-c
(h
^x
tJUl ^>*-~oxfc.
^>
â*JI 'Obeidullah gave
el-Harit about
50,000 dirhams.
83.
^W(?
Cy^^y
em
'
O*- -^' ^^ a i^* 7

1
(compare Heb.
fern.
D*K/3
things of different kinds, Mt\\.
fclAA,:
^lA?*.'^: ô),
83]
is
The
Noun. Govt
of
Noun. Stat
Construct.
&
Genit.
213
always construed with the genitive dual of a definite noun or pronoun, or, it may be, with the gen. sing, or plur. of a pronoun,
ts
1
iO
when
the
it is
to be taken in the sense of the dual

UJL both the
s
s
as (j-Jj^l
^1
*^^
both
men; ,^JUaJI
gardens;
S bs S i
U^*}^
1S
Lo>jk.t one
of
S S
the two or both of them ; U*jlL oUJL-/
O'^*^^
;
an d
He knows
that
,jl
both of us will meet
Him
(at the
judgment)
^$j j*JJj
their limit,
j^M
and
sss
5 a
cMj ^^3
are plain
s-
^ "î *$^*3 both 9d ano ev ^ have

*
both
"
(J*5 in rhyme for J*5). Tins word is not inflected except when it is connected with a pronominal suffix as
clear
<
and
i
sis
sis
e s
s
;
j o s *
bâ.l *}s C^jIj

.iA-ii.1
-
I have
seen thy two brothers (not

sisters
^)
;
UX& ^j^
^Jjt^J
'
/ passed
s
by thy two
(not ^jAZt)
but
Oi
3s
s
is
,3s
UyJ^
s
w^j-JaJ!^ the teacher

s s
and
the physician, both
of them
wjj-
sO
s s
si
Uîlib
them.
as
foiv?
ioislij
<^sJJJj
passed by Zeineb and Fatima, both of

it
Although dual in form,

s
takes the predicate in the singular

i.e.
[a*-LsJ
->
sis
L A'iL
sa>-
each of them loves his friend,

v
they
owe another]
aj^**. **.t
life
>c îc li*}^

J S
e<wA
S
s-
o/*
S
ms c dispense
S S S
si
29 S
with his brother, all his
long
<sulit
U-w
JU U
lit
[j*j<>
when
fsStissSsOssis
either of us obtains anything, he lets
it
slip; UU.>
Uji )\s
^-iy*-\
%^
s
each of our two brothers was an eminent man, a support of his people;
S 1
[wMgu
lyj^sl
5
S
ôJ
U^'i^
S}S
neither of
you has
hit the
right
thing]
UX^
OJI ^>-i^Jt
S OS
\je**f.
&4\
of the gardens produced its fruit ; Uy> SlS \+*?)=> Cf^-i here are two men, both of whom are
each
hateful to you.
genitives, as
In
poetry
it
is
sometimes joined to two singular
oUSUI
\*>~e*
tj^-'j
^^'3 ^l *^=>
my
brother
and my friend
both find
J*ij
me a
both
help in misfortunes; but in prose
we
cannot say 3j+*3
%*
O-*
Zeid and 'Amr, instead
of j^-o^J HJ
Ca^>
or
5j**}
<ij
CW^.
214
Part Third. Syntax.

Rem.
a.
84
When ^'^s
^s
necessarily denotes both together, not

it
each of the two separately,
naturally takes the predicate in
the dual, as ailij jlo
^j\+*u
Ua^&j
and
these
two together
comprise everything hurtful and useful;

s * o
*
j--JI
j^. ^>*- loA^^s
* 3 s s
U^-wU both of them, when setting out became earnest between them (when they had to set out), started ; or even in the plural, as
1*13! jjj
yiXi'i
UXai
U*}J
we
too
have done
this together.
n
and
Rem.
b.
*$Js and Ul are sometimes written
<J^
and ,JjL&,
in poetry the shorter
form cJLfr* very rarely occurs.
-j
>
,
Germ, manch, Fr. maint, is construed w2/ a .... with an indefinite substantive in the genitive, followed by an indefinite
w>j
84.
adjective in the
3
same
J *
case, or
verb in the perfect)

'
? *
by a nominal or verbal clause (with the as standing in place of such an adjective

;
<
Z 3
j s
Z,
C^JU
e
jk5
jtrij^
J^j Vj
"many a noble
man
>
have
;
I met ;
..
i
sJ^-j
s
o
*->j
5
.t
j 3 si*
*}IaI. duJ\j
, ,0*3
many a man
have
)0j-
thought foolish
iUi aZUj* jJ>j w>j

3 ,
...
jsyj
l
many a drinking-cup did I empty
on that day
oîA
elSjj w>j
>is
^
3
C*-jue ^ a, w O'i ^t> h)U

tlie
ma#^ a
cooing dove, sorrow-
stricken, cries in
suffix
morning on a branch.
S
J
Sometimes
by the verb
3
Z>
the pronominal
oi
**
is
appended to
oo,
w>j,
(
*
and the
44,
* bt
indefinite substantive put in

v>
the accusative, as a >***j

*
*
0),
t
or
*
y*',
mean,
3 *
understood
as <sukc
&*c OjJul
Lkc
dL
!j3 an d
in
many a
rhyme
perishing
for <uiac).
{man) hast thou saved from destruction
(<*,;Ja&
When
the substantive
is
feminine, or in the dual or plural, some

;
grammarians allow the use of the corresponding pronouns
ft* 00 j j as Sl^t <uj,
*
it
,0<O
)l
[Called in this case
c|^v a.,
j-j^-oM, because the
noun
to
which
relates
has
i.
not
previously
been
mentioned.
Comp.
Fleischer,
Kl
Schr.
419.]
84]
The
Noun Gov't of Noun Stat.

many a icoman;
^L.j j*r>.)
Construct, d- Genii
215
or o\j*\
lyjj,
many men;
i\~J
O-rij
many women.
j
Rem.
*
*
o.
Other forms of
this
word are
^ j
w>j, wj. w>j. wj. C~>j, a, ,a *li ^ Sj

;
Coj. of which the most common are wj and w*Jj
as ^^Jb ô^-'
OU3U9 j~e. îU*. >^j wJjIi w--Lo

thou knotv that I parted on the day
w>j jjl
(i.e.
CHj -^ ^nieima,
'
dost
at the battle) of
for JLxo)
a
;
Horn*
from many a sturdy friend (ouauo

;,
*
-
in
rhyme
4. ;
a j
....<
h a w>j c
'.
ojhitm
many a
long
oration
(in
rhyme
for
5y*
U a
The
addition of iilXJt (see a ij iZiia*

of
wj,
36, rem. d) usually hinders the * a* ,ii
regimen
thriving
as ôve*
w^>*"
(J**^*""
^*0 man y a
large
it
and
is
herd of camels
is (to be
found) among them ; but
sometimes
rem./),
added without producing any

as ^yJua
3jli L>Lj
effect ([SjuljJI La]; see 70,
OUm>j ajj-o L>Jj
many
a stroke with a polished sicord ;

c).
many a raid
6.
(see rem.
Rem.
From
wjj and Lo
<iw, sometimes, perhaps,

[in
is formed the adverb L>Jj many a which may be prefixed to either a nominal
which case Lo
) I
;
is
iiUL!
Lb]
or a verbal clause [in which case Lo
is
ajj Jlo^.
10/
as jtjJI ,-i juj LjJj perhaps La] ^/ a!j
Zeid
to
is
*
in the house ;
*0 A.* *
^w
juj ^JfL*. L>jj

^
many a
time has Zeid come
me
^^JJI z^j
LjJj
> ol
IjJl^s ^J
tjjJ^
wish that they had

perhaps he
(which
often will those tvho have not believed, J) ^ J J S5 )J,J/ * * > > 1 ' } been Muslims ; J|î*3 1 aJLju ^ Lo jJjaj LjJj
may
say something which our undertakings cannot receive
we cannot admit)*.
[In the verse JLuJI
J-&
*
.ji *J
j.^1
j a *
^ ^ÛJI
*
i.
o^CJ
Uj,
/or
many a
'
thing
tliat the
souls dislike there is a removal (as easy) as

s-
the loosing of
eee
o
a camel's
rope,
Ls is a
26y&yo
*,
Lo (Vol.
348), with
* - aj
j*y\
i.
^j+c as jjLJi
and *J1 i.ji
j* a) as
ii^.
See Fleischer, A7. Schr.
420.]
216
Part Third. Syntax.

Rem.
c.
[85
w>j
is
the accusative of a substantive Heb. ^*), w>j,
multitude, quantity, dependent
upon the
interjection
38, a,
;
(3),
which
is
generally understood,
though sometimes expressed

wj
as
is)
;
io-JJI^^j ijjlc LjjJI

10
J
..
î iwl^
b many a
many a {woman who

the
clothed in this world, (will be)

>
naked on
one
day of
is
the resurrection
its
A-oj-fiu
^>J
a^jLs w>j
who
keeping
fast (now)
shall not keep its fast

UjJjI
(again), meaning the fast of
Ramadan
o
jil
jJ
^jbi. w>j
b many a maternal
006%
uncle have I, noble

bi
;
and
j
bright of countenance (laJbl in rhyme for !Jbl)

^ ^
f0
*i
,*9 ^XXLc wj
10
ijjji-
L*Jt
many a
biO
one like thee

b
St
among women, inexperienced in

0&J
Si
MS
*00
love affairs ;
^^*^Jb
its
asJJJl^ glytw 5jU

is like
1jj
b ^jbj Mawiya,
the
many a far
extending raid
a burn with
branding iron.
Together with
genitive it has the value of a whole clause, to

is
the indefinite noun in which there
added a
2Jl&, that is to say,
an adjective or a clause taking the place of an adjective.

r,
This
Si
the grammarians
wjj.
call
w>j w>l^., the answer or complement of
It
is
curious to note that wj has passed, like the

,
German
manch, Fr. maint,

fication
and Eng. many a .... from its original signiof multitude, into one which is almost the opposite, viz. not
il
a great many.
vielleicht,
The same remark applies to bjjj and the Germ. Hence some of the Arab grammarians say that perhaps.
to
w>.
is
used ^j-JUuAJ
denote a small
number ;
others, j*&JJ to
denote a large number.
85.
In consequence of the elision of w>j, we frequently find the

Si
indefinite genitive alone after the conjunction
j
j
(w>j
a
^
i
the
maw
of rubba, equivalent
in
meaning
to
rubba)
as
C-^w u*^*} many

many an
ardka-tree
a cup have
quaffed ; LSî llo~> ^^>j-o *^'j'j

aJjju-
formed a roof over us ; Âut

night, like (dark as) the
e^j' >*" F**^*

sea,
^*
its
many a
curtain
waves of the
has
let
down
85]
The Noun. Gov't of'Noun. Stat Construct

lyiuaj
&
Genit
217
upon me; JpULij
jUX.
yj-*j
lyi-aj
i^c ^j^w
is
(>
a.Ujj
^/^
ts
many an
apple, the one half
of which
fashioned of a
and
same
a -
the other half

is
of a pomegranate blossom and an anemone.

k_i,
*
The
I
a *
lily,
the case, though rarely, after

;
-
and
still
more
rarely after
;- -
is
*a j
Jj
as *~6y>$ ci^b
jS L5^** *^~+* many a one

a j * *
like thee
,
hare
~
a*
I
l-o
, *
visited
by night, pregnant and nursing a child;

town, the dust of which
fills the
<t^x5
>.
UjâJ
^JLe
- -
jJu
Jj
e j
nay,
many a
:
wide roads (a*I5 in rhyme

*>
for A+Z3)
A**r<>
jaj CauoJ a*y* Jj #, maj a desert after desert
^ >
..
*>
a *
~* a*
a *
a *
have
traversed ;
*kts*mJ\
jy^
sly-j
a
j^. Jj
*
/?<?#,
man^ a middle
+ *
^ $*
I
* ao
of a
desert, like the
back of a shield (cJuâhJ
in
rhyme
for dAajJ1).
Occasionally even these particles are omitted, and the genitive alone
a , *
j
a,,
a *
appears; as aJJlb
ruins of which
a
j * *
^*
C~*3j jbô-j
o
/ery
deserted abode,
amid
*
the
a *
^,
"
;
j a s
I
Ci
have stood (aJLU in rhyme for aXU)

*o
O^L>
lilies
^j-e^jj
j a *
Z*
-z
* a*
j a
w-'J^c*
ly-jj
ykjJI
*k5
i , *
JJ
iojj d-U
??/
it
j , ,
a garden of
have
I C
to
visited early in the

a
morning, in which
_
was sweet and pleasant
pass the time (wJ^cj in rhyme for w>Jicj).
[Rem.
it
that of most native
The theory about this $ with a following genitive is and European scholars. Nevertheless, I think
it
There are a great many cases where it by many a, as it appears from the context that a single person, a single object, or a single fact is recorded, so that we must translate it by / remember, I think of
is
ought to be rejected. impossible to render
J)
a-a
, ,
that! etc., as aj aJNJI sl. j**.\
j-**^ Oh
that unbelieving wine-
a -
merchant, a real godsend

*
' *
>>
horn the poet robbed
*-*}L-
O^-J
been
w*Jjj
jJ I think about
j * ,
.
that scabbard of
a j
-
mine
that
I have
!
deprived of;
J^-y^ J~>^3 Oh sender and

,
sent
one
(on that
splendid evening) ^z\y>5
I think of
those tender ladies,
who spoke
on the day
of
my
departure;
Jl~t
^^JLbtj
Oh
that dust-coloured
I take
wolf! says 1-Farazdak, telling of his meeting with a wolf.

w.
ii.
28
218
Pakt Third. Syntax.

j
to be the
86
this
remnant
In
of a word, like the
in aAJIj (comp. Vol.
i.
356,
footnote).
fact,
though the
is
elision of
a copuw>j after
lative
is
not impossible, as
sometimes the case after
o and jJj,
I do not
'
remember ever
to have seen w>j^ at the beginning of a
sentence, nor do
we
person, object or fact
is
ever find w>j employed where only a single D. G.] mentioned.
86.
With the
genitive
are
also
construed
verbal
adjectives
(Vol.
i ;
expressing the superlative, whether of the

<s
common form J*$l

o ^
i.
234),
or of
any other form, such
5' as Jj*i (e.g. j+-, j^>)
OS'
as
ô^'
of
AiwÛJt Ae most learned of the philosophers,

created things (see
93).
5-}>JI j*. the best
Here the genitive designates the whole,

is
out of which some one or something

as its most remarkable part.
definite
brought conspicuously forward

in this construction
As
J^sit
and J*i are
substantives, and not adjectives, they do not conform in and number to the object or objects referred to so that gender
;
'JO
J -
0^8/0
- oi
ijjJI j-j*. or j>5&\ J-aJI

of two or
may
be said of a single
man
or
woman, or
indicate
more persons of either sex [comp. 93, rem. a], that an object is the greatest or most distinguished of
substantive
plural;
* jo*a
To
its
kind, the
is
often repeated
j*-<>\
#
#
in
the form of the definite genitive
as
gfj-*sH
*
SLoiJt
i.e.
^_f*>{*
emir of the emirs, i.e. the chief timir ; ''tS^J'-' the chief judge ; Ola. API ia*JJ the Talha of the Talhas,
the
t\
To show that of those who bear the name of Talha. certain objects possess the highest degree of a quality, the adjective which designates that quality is construed with the genitive plural
the noblest
of the substantive,
and becoming then
virtually a substantive need
not vary with the gender and number of the objects spoken of; as
^JklâJI
u****^
the
most precious gems

2->\y~>,
(lit.
the precious
of gems);
âJI
the
*jL,
orâJI
the most
s l~J
ample favours ; [cfl}*'^ *JL

the
best
truest friends;
J^ji*
9-JLe
women of Kureis;
of expressing the
y$.*$\ -JU> the
best
manners.
Another
manner
80]
The Noun. Govt of Noun.Stat. Construct.

is
&
Genii
219
same
the use of the superlative followed by (5j;jus*J')
^ with
* 3 * 3 i
the
correspondiug person of
O^
or
,
another verb, or with the cor*

*-*
responding personal pronoun, as

he
is
O^
w-^t
e-e
*
1.x*
3
the craftiest
man
that lives; JUaJI O-*

fierce
orÛ wmI Iâ -^^ $JJUi C>3î

3 * *
*t
*\
* J
,1
- *
* i *
3 -
***
* 3 i
*B*>,
'.3
they fought against

ilj
him as
a2
a fight as
ice
is
possible
the
*>'
O^
* * *
.Jt
U^ U
C-Jl^
3
an<2
present
.'
have
_
greatest
*i
<
want
oj
3i
****** at*
provisions;
* ** o *
>i^t ^-o^*-
/#>'
highest price;
{the
Ul
^jl
3iXw
jji-w
,j-
dislike
nothing more than
name
of)
Samlaka; B
i^.l aJJIj yfc Ats (horse) is indeed most excellently trained.

i.
Comp.

i.
475
seq.,
685
<?<?.
iii.
16 and
my
note
Journ. Asiat. 1883,
541, 542.
D. G.]
j
a
being strictly a super-
Rem.
a.
The numeral adjective

3
^jjl first,
lative, is also
3*
construed with the genitive, as^^JÎ the first of them,
tit
jijj Jjl the first
day = Jj^J' J>$^\
tie
3*1*
',
but this construction
is
not
i.
extended in
classical Arabic to 328), which are nomina agentis from transitive verbs
the other ordinal numbers (Vol.
(see 109),
though
later writers
not
unfrequently use them in this way, as
Zj* (Jlj for the second time

3 *
= iJli)l
i
*
5^JI.
Modern and vulgar

' * '
3
are
the
such
constructions
as j$j
108.]
.cJUJI
tlie
second day,
oj^c
wJUJI
third time.
[Comp.
* 3
Rem.
b.
In such phrases as ^/0SL>\Zs
j-ij^ y ur
honoured
letter,
the genitive does not designate the whole, of which the wiLi-e
-
is
.
a
TV -D
3iii^ 33*
I
part,
(see
3
but
it is (as
in
&}f$
j-^>
the river
3
Jordan) merely explicative

33 *
* 3
*i>0
3*
*3iO
'0*
95); 3 3 3*
so
that ^)0SLt\Z> jjjs.

* 3 3
3
= v0>L> yk ^JJI
<xi
J-jjjJl
jjjjtM ^5sL>L.
it
[Similarly JjUwj
j~s
3**3*9*0'33 ^^-J
j-*
3^-^J
* 3*
tr-jJ
has no great territory*.^
[On the use
of j*+z>
and
j..-f.->
with a following genitive in

s.
negative sentences, see the Gloss, to Tabarl
v.
**.!.
D. G.]
220
Part Third. Syntax.

Si
87
A
is
it
i.
87.
The
interrogative pronoun ^1, fem. &j\ (Vol.
349, 353),
construed with the genitive, indefinite or definite

s
3 S
vt
as Ja.j
^1
b S
*0
IM
which
man
7
;
Oê^j ^' which two men ?

i^l
i
<Â*.ji\
^t
which of the
two men
j
J^-j
a s
which men
J^-jJ'
ivhich
of the men?
is the better,
Be-
cs
jj-<ail
Oolj
^yi>
3 s
^1 which of
.-
those
it
whom
thou hast seen
Zi-e
or the best? j>j=>\
o~J 0-t&\
l' ivhich
of those
whom
thou hast met
which of the two? j^S ivhich of them? In the former case the annexation is explicative, in the latter partitive.
is the
noblest?
U-v-'
With a
tion
is
definite singular
î
can be construed only

3
when the annexa3
o s
ii
strictly partitive,
as ,j-^.l
the
J^pl ^J,
is
or ^>~.l
the most
juj
^1,
j
what (part or feature) of

S
man, or of Zeid,
handsome ?
s
ii s
3lto3sOsZisss
may God
bring him
or else
when ^1
itself is repeated, as aJJI 1>.ls \jJj
O^3 îh
to
î'
whichever of us (two) be the bad one,
shame ;
ôm no ask the people, which of us, on the morning

*
\ri$*
we
met,
was
the
*J~
Juii '
vit
suit
best
and
88.
the most noble?
(Îj
^1
s
andôlj ^jI
U>l).
The
genitive of a verbal
o
noun
is
not unfrecpiently resolved
into a clause consisting of ,jt or
s03
Oo.3
00
O' O-
^st^'c I
30s
and a
finite
t
form of the verb

s
as
;
wonder at thy standing up, = *^-US

;
^^
3
s
jj^wt ,jl C*3j a #Ag ^'we /^ hid himself\- ojUlwl C-.S3 s vt0*O sZt s3 ^3 3s s sOs 3 3s s 3 3s
,*-*
OlO
UJI3
aJLLmôJI
djjk
^/<g
student of science
was named Ma-takulu (what dost

that,
thou say?) for no other reason than

used constantly
question
?
in
the olden time,
they
to
say,
s
t>
What
i
I
;
dost tlwu say

s
=^^
=
0s
Os
w
l<-
(ma 30 s
takiilu) about this
ZjJSl
juj
;
w-jj-i
'
C-.*aw.&
wonder at thy
beating Zeid,
<&>j**>
v>
wA" >a>J
O
j>$i
s 3
;
I3J U-J because they have

s 3
0J
3 30 s r
s s
forgotten the day of reckoning, ^^^yJLij
Uj
c^j*^'
^tM-
CUsl^jj
89]
The Nairn. Govt of Noun.Stab.

and
the earth
Construct.
&
Genit.
221
>LS>Lj
breadth.
narrow for you, notwithstanding its In the same way, a verbal or nominal clause is often found
became
(too)
as the
aJI
*JliJ or genitive
after
substantives,
especially
[23,
those
c],
denoting time or portions of time.

rem.
Compare
rem.
70,
and
78.
Rem.
which
verb,
it
In
this case the

is
&\
or
is
ijjjusu,,
because the clause
introduces
i.
or infinitive of the equivalent to the mosdar
[Vol
195, rem.].
89.
Adjectives and participles

;
may
take after them a restrictive

;
i
or limitative genitive
as
A.y
o*- handsome oj Jace

tj**>
v^-AaJ
jAU
pure of heart
i/jLl* Juji, very warm; ^b^JI
smitten
down
1);
by the wine-cup, intoxicated (compare j"
^/H,
Isaiah xxviii.
fJ>\^\
T-Lj** smitten
5 by {enamoured of) the fair sex; J-s^J' J*^
having few wiles or sA(/fe;
J-**^^*^ fomw^
dmth
is
;
<7rai*
%*<; v->
J=>
OôjT
iiSTS
ern^
soul shall taste
olx&l
a Jb J^ja
ractifli
wAtdS arrives at the Ka'ba (*Jb

..
construed with the accusative of
3jO
the object reached);

girdle, fits loosely;
^t,^\
oj*r
w * aJLSU. (a
J *
woman) whose
wAose conduct
'77 waist-band,
is
or
J\
^-o^~o
on
praised or
o/ie
praiseworthy
wJUJt
cj^
sagacious of
[j^-jy^Jt
mind;
UjJI
wUô
?r/W0 prayers are answered ;
U. 0*^->
O^-*" JW-J
in Latin
is
d^.yi two or more men with handsome faces].

aeger animi, integer vitae scelerisque purus,
etc.
Compare
This annexation
an improper one
accusative
(
(.
75, rem.), standing in place either of a ternylz-
14,
e)
or
an accusative of the object*.

article, exercises
Hence the
no defining
genitive, though always defined by the
[The two constructions
may even
occur in the same sentence, as
lôJk JlijJI jUai.*i)t jU-aJ! iU)jl
l^JI r"Aose (?c/fo
do sack things) are D. G.]
only
tlie
men of
little
dignity
and of mean
aspirations.
222
Part Third. Syntax.
90
influence upon the
which
it
governing word, any more than the accusative and consequently, if we wish to define the represents
;
governing word, we must

A^-^Jt
prefix to it the article; as

jJtuJI
>laJI
jLâL*
Muhammad,
the
handsome of face, or
w>;Ux)t
jJtaJI with the
curly hair;
the
^laJt ^\j
^-1-wjJI
juj Zeid, who smites the head of

fits
offender;
5I5laJI
jua Hind, whose girdle

man,
loosely
Jj^jJI wJjtfiJI he 3 i a
xJ
/&?
3
who
3
strikes the
.j
J^pl
who
w>lj-iJI those
who
3
strike
,
St
man,
S
lO
J^pl
, 3
wjl>oJt ôs<? (women)
strike the
man, oGjlcJI
t
30,
J^.jJI >o*}U /ws

those
(women) ?ô
{the
strike the
man's slave;
S^JUaJI $*n*+l\
who perform
^j^Ji\
30,
rites of)
prayer;
^j^l
*
f
i
,3030,
He who
Isaiah
the
created
ix.
thee;
he
who rebukes me (compare

,
^n^DH
,
12);
tlmt
o 30-0
j^jcc^JI he wJio threatens me;

,3
6 3 0,
[^jU-oj-oJI
let
sL~JI
women
have suckled thee; lyXw^JI he who has
her go out].
Rem.
Observe, however, that the annexation

,
may
in
some
of
these cases be a proper one, either of a partitive or an explicative

0&
3
' ,
character.
For example, A^yt

the face, or
t^y~&the
may
possibly
;
mean the ,,03 3

w>U^.Z...-o
Jmndsome {part) of
IpjJI
even
handsome face
that part
of the prayer which has been answered;
3jljj*Jt
jujlw
the
95).
most intense portion of the heat (compare 86, with rem. b, and In this case the article can, of course, never be prefixed to
u
-p.
0,3
the otiuo.
90. No word can be interposed between the noun in the status constructus and the genitive, and consequently an adjective which
as aJJI w>L> former must be placed after the latter ,030033, d **i his right hind. Exceptions JjJjJI the glorious book of God;
qualifies the
J
,
;
a *>
^-W
to this rule are very rare,
and found almost exclusively
in the poets,
who sometimes take the

word.
liberty of interposing an oath or
some other
For example,
in
prose
aXwj o*xcj \J&~t>
aAJI
a*J *î
90]
The Noun. Gov't of Noun.Stat. Construct.
&
to
Genit.
223
think not then that
God
will fail to keep
His promise
;
His
apostles
(Sl-Kor an, xiv. 48, according to one reading)
j~~Q O-i)
^J^>3
^ftayL JJb>^\
of
of
the
Jj;3
^y^>jL^\ ,>* und

vi.
'
^'e manner
to
the killing
their children by their
companions was made

138,
seem good to
many
;
pohjtheists
(Si-Koran,
according to one reading)
^_j.L^
^J ^sî j^\ Jjk do you
not leave
me my companion
;
(words
of the Prophet, reported
by 'Abu 'd-Darda)
UIÂj
siL-ii
U^j
lust is
Jp
an
Ubj jJ
effort
lyJ
^jt-*
its
to let
your soul alone one day with

;
its
towards
destruction
ajj aJJI^
Oj-o
*.*--j SLiJI
q\
:
the sheep
e j
hears the voice, by God, of

w.ijdg
its
master.
Again, in poetry
(to
[*iU* 4JJ3
!)
uHj^ wJLo
jJ>
how many kingdoms
God
the glory
!
did
I
1.
not ente?;
and how many horsemen did I

(
not pierce
Tab.
i.
1964,
16 with aJU D. G.
I
53, b, rem. e)
ly**})
put between the w>j jtj and the

'
genitive.
;]
O-* -^y^
j->
*^ we ^ done
^>! -*^
the
he
who has to-day ^

rt -*
rebuked her
JjJj
at-os
_j1
w>jî
l-*>v^
w>^' ^* **^
book, or fetter,
(the lines)
.-jI
written one
day by
hand of a Jew, writing

;
nearer or farther (from one another)

j^^^XiJt
-j
*s?-}+j
lyi^twji
djlj-a
and I stabbed
her with a short lance, as lAbii
Mezada
JÛ*.*})!
stabs
a young camel
awrf
(o|j- in
rhyme
for
S.jtj-9)
Jj^w
>> UL
. .,
*i>lxJI
1
we
1
kites;
Ty-}
jwj
Mm
to flight
as falcons put
to flight
O-^
*!>*
^W H ^'
1
,JIj-/j
J*^
*r--
4H4
they
the
its
(the locusts) r6 down the grains of the full ears in the fields, as mihlag (an iron instrument) rubs down the cotton, (clearing it of
seeds);
-La*-JI <slLoj
*jU
whilst others than thou withhold
^;r
j-i-
benefits
from
the needy;
^. ju
^>-6
Û JlLu
j**?-! *-**>
thee,
J^j
^y j-UJIj
5-C^.o
agreement with Bugeir saves
Ka'b, from
(for
speedy destruction
and from remaining for
ever in hell
Jli^
224
Part Third. Syntax.

j-h^-)
is
;
90
w-* C
'Isdm,
it
bl ^>}i~U^ jb jW- Juj ôLic
^Sj^
jjl>
Abu
as if Zeid's hack were an ass
made
thin by the bridle
(by constant riding);

i
^1
/
,jj|
<dy
JptJ^JI
Jj jij ^>>*i
^s>
'-f
-fW^'
^^
escaped, but the
Maradl ('Abdu 'r-Rahman

of
;
'ibn
Mulgam) wetted
his
sword with
the blood
('All),
the son
of
'Abu Talib, the chief of the valleys (of Mekka)
^Xc oJUU. ,j3j

verily, if
is
B ^&*
^t-o-i O-* (3**-*'
O*-*^
&*)>*.*) "^5**i
a "<^
I swear
before thee,
swear with the oath of a swearer which

(for ^Xi**J
more truthful
them thy oath

j>}sd\
^yo
3^^ ^r*~*~
do
* 0*0
O*-*^)
refrain
'>
u**J t> c
Lî^P ^J
Ujlybl
3'
&w
s
o?<r
'
*\)
desires
Q
not
from breaking our
resolutions; a3 U.1
^
'
wjpJI
brother.
is
* *
*3
\^.\ LoA
^3/
are the brothers

it
in
war of him who has no
From
these examples
appears
that the word interposed
usually either an oath, an objective

adverbial accusative of time, or a
C complement
vocative.
of the
wil***, an
Rem.
Of the insertion
of SjutjJI
U, or
the
redundant ma, after
certain of the prepositions
and w>j we have already given some

a.
examples, 70, rem.

cases, as
:
84, rem.
to
It sometimes occurs in other

joye*.
juj
^=>~ .
3 woe
Zeid !
j*z
^>-o
C**^g
thou
art angry without
any
offence; Os**a5 ^JL.*Î \+j\ whichever of

ai
the
two terms I fulfil ;
oJl*.
^J-*)
Âi.9
Slw
antelope of
chase for
him
(to
be chased and caught by him) for
whom
it
is
lawful
jJ3
_/\s-
^J^
^,5
who brings forth

its
(for
jJj) every year.
[The insertion of
N) is
explained by
*})
forming one word with the

Afi
3
following genitive, as ?,<

, ,
(,>-
wac
was angry for nothing

i <
' * '
t fc
}\j
*%> -Aa. he
came without food; <o Â^cl JUo
*$
>**
5**^H
Âow Aa*< abandoned
me
at
a time when there was nothing that I
could
live by.
D. G.]
92]
The
Noun. Gov't of Noun.Stat.

2
Construct
'
&
$
Omit.
225
91.
The
relative adjectives ending in
^j32
(Vol.
i.
249\
l>ecause
standing to some extent in the place of a genitive, admit of a genitive

_
in apposition to
them
as
^J^
Teim
' 3*>
^
3*
J tit
I saw the Teimi. ^5**^' "^'j

3 3
St
-o
3i,
(namely) of {the tribe of)

m
3 :
('ibri)
-
'Adl,
3
=^*J O,*,'*
J-*^' *^';
f
" '
'
'
- 3 -
1*3 1
i^JJ* jvij
ibn
u-c5 Oj*-6 ^yj^*** ullr*
CH
^f*6,
SâJI iu.t
Otba
Gazwan U-Mazim,
(namely) of (the tribe of)

-*-'
Mazin of Kais,
*^'
***
founded H-Basra;
io->*-
i^-W^t
j*jp1
O^
J^
B
^^JUj
says 'îtaa 7/a^ '/6n ez-Zeblr el-Ased7, of (the tribe of)
Ased (ibn)
bl
Huzeima
jij-oj
^^-j-J
O^
'ibn
<*^f
îUulju^JI
,j-l
*^jUI
om<2 fo w<^ J165 'l-Feth
'ar-Rindanakanl, (from Rindanakdn),

.
a town lyetween Serahs and Meru:
>
ajj-ÛI
>L;*Î
CJla
the
UgJ
^^Û
,jj
of/iter
M^/v came
the J>dsirean days. (I

'ibn
Z
3
mean
1*3
days
*3*1
ot
el-Melik m-Nasir)
interposition
ij-lf*
Muhammad
~,
3*>
Kala'un
2*
and even with the

1
2*13-0
of a word.
s^)>IW
^.5*4^'
^-oJ'
O^ j<**
5 *~*
>>'
j^
'Abu 'ObZida
Ma' mar
ibn
el-Mutanna, by
client ship
of
the tribe
of Teim, (namely) T>im of Koreis.

In the proper annexation,
is if
92.
the
first
the second noun be indefinite,

is
so
too
but
if
the second be definite, so

1
the
first
likewise.
For example.
,3*
1 3
iXJLo
0-0
is
a daughter of a king, a king's

roi,
daughter, a princess, Fr. une file de
Germ, eine Konigstochter
but
Fr.
<iAJlJI
wUj
du
is
the
daughter of the king, the king's daughter,
la file
roi,
daughter or that daughter of his

If
Germ, die Tochter des Kbnigs (either his only who has been already spoken of).
we wish the first noun to remain indefinite, whilst the second is definite, we must substitute for the annexation the construction with
the preposition
53,
b,
rem.
c)
e.g
iU*JJ
is is
c~o
a daughter of the
,*.t
king;
-l
^J
OU
a brother of mine
is
dead (whereas
to
say.
oU
only
would mean my brother

brother or that one of
w.
11.
dead,
that
either
my
29
my
brothers of
wham we hace
been speaking).
226
Part Third. Syntax.

are
93
A There
tive
it ;
;
some nouns, however, of a wide and general signification, which may remain indefinite even when followed by a definite genifor instance, alio, >a*J,
j
*/JaJ, [S**], something like

* * *io j t *
him or
c,
^^jo^
i \jlii\
o^
^jasj some pom- people; j->U^JI

j j
âju a cave ;
j
(see 82,
/>ar
/
B
[and rem.
i^/re?
6],
#)
[Âj^t some
one of them;
oi>&.
0/ iY;
aU a
o/ &
Likewise we find
Îdl J^l and 4*^5 J-iil used
in an indefinite sense*].
/J
J
Rem.
In such phrases as
life
Loj
3^.t j-ol,
a matter of
this life
and
the
to
come, the
indefinite aJI
J\Jx4
shows that the
is to be regarded as a In single part, some one matter, etc. such cases the genitive may even be virtually definite, but nevertheless it does not take the article, in order to preserve the govern
JUu
J Oi
ing word from becoming definite

in
Loj
Zj.\
j*\
is
in fact equivalent
meaning
to
LjjJIj
5^.*^
j^\
ê
j^l.
The same remark
applies to those indefinite annexations which supply the place of
compound nouns
or adjectives
J J
e.g. iJUU j-a.5,

Zl
a royal
castle,
nearly
^5^>
SO'
}',
the same as *iU*oJI j3--* O-*

wife
J-^
2
>
[^W"***
*'j-*'
may
be a barber's
it
and
/ie
wi/e
o/*
a [certain) barber, though in the latter case
0^0 ^
l
*>
jc^ o
would be better
to write
)>
^-woU>..aJl
Of
j-o^&U^.
0^
Slôl.
D. G.]
93.
Nouns
of the forms J*il, JU*,
etc.,
used as superlatives
(see 86),
are construed as substantives in the singular masculine
with the genitive of the word denoting the objects among which the one spoken of is preeminent. The genitive is at times indefinite and
explicative, at times definite
and partitive!.
Examples of the
D. G.J
is the
indefinite
*
[I t
owe
this observation to Prof. Noldeke.

^Jk
[Such expressions as <\j\^\ jj-^3l

l
he
most excellent of
his brethren, or <ola>^g j*.
jA
he
is the best
, j
of his companions, are not
(l
^-'
0/0
* ot
*J
exceptions to the rule, for they

1 J * t
mean yk
>jjjt O'^***^' ,j-ajl
>*
ôAj^t.
not rare.
Though
D. G.]
Hariri, Durrat, 9
condemns them
strongly, they are
93]
The Noun. Gov't of Noun.Stat. Construct.

:
&
Genit.
227
genitive
is *>
J*.j
JJsJi\
is
y*
he
is
[or
the]
most excellent
' i '
man
i -
;
>
â A
, ti
'
Stôl
J-ost &fe
[or the] most excellent

thos^ excellent
woman; Cxr^-J
men
;
J-**'
W*
they are two [or ta

artf
tfiro]
%\~J
J-ail ,>*
dJJI
^#
the
ww [or the most] excellent

2
women
Jail*. j*.
GW
is
Ostiils-is-oisi
c-^.j^.1 5^1 j**.
best preserver ;
ÛU
is
$
..
ye are the best nation
j^*
Ma Aas 6^n
juol5 learning
created for
mankind; Jj&\j
1>*
aiAJI j*)\ ^Jl jJ>13 J-a3l

in the straightest
*
s-
the best guide to piety,

s
it s-
and walks
1
S ss
sis
, * &***
I
s*
I
'
of paths ; ^.ilUfc î
the
Uaj juaJ j
Jî~J W J^-J
oLej
-
he described
Jews as being avaricious and

Examples of the
2
envious,
definite
and
these
:
two are the worst

-?
s >i
of qualities.
she
is
genitive
i s
6 i
lJl J-ail
^
is
Ox^'jo
oi
5 s- s
the best
of the women
'* ,>-Jju)I
J-oil i**j
and Maiya
the fairest as to neck

e .*, i * ei
of all beings (^J*)3&\ means mankind and the

si
ginn)
>yUt J-ail
*
?
1*a
j/0
^jjg
#
J
r
ico
are the two best of the tribe;
J ,
^-JjLcJI JjjloI
.-
'-0-^1
s
s-
2l+~a)\ jiyj
Ûk*
^.U
are the most truthful of the truthful; J, si (Jd/( 1 1 I 2' ^L>j5\j ^1 ^-^.b ^^bj-i.1 "nJI / will tell
.5
.-
you who are
the dearest
of you
to
me,
and who of you

;
shall have the

!
, s
His>
ss s
nearest seats to
\
me on
*
the
day of
the resurrection
u^j^^ ^nr
^sf ^3
s s
S^-*-
^s;
Ûl
si
s
and
ai
verily thou wilt

ils*> 11 *
find them the greediest of men
after life
lyJ^L^t
j>^M ^-*
;
the best
s
of things are the mediums (or

1 s i s
sO
Ws
means between two extremes)

the worst of
dê. ^>jjJ -oju

his religion
wsAju o-
Ûl j^> D
men
is
he
who changes
Ol3j*i)t
for that of others;
j a
...
wJjj
w>LiJI
9-jî
J-^Jl the best of times are early
youth and early morning.
be mentioned
in general 86. Here must also 9 tit the indefinite genitive after J^l, first, and j.\, last,
Compare
these words being (as already remarked in reference to the former,

86,
rem. a) really superlatives
e.g.
^JJJ
ÛU
x^j c~o J^l
,jl
ZSLj the first house (tempk) which
was founded for mankind, was
that
228
Part Third.Syntax.
;
93
A m
Bekka (Mekka)
j>$i Jjl <>* t^>*3'

the
which,
was founded upon

;
fear of
^5^ c/~**' God from the
J^-~~
first
mosque
its
day {of
*s
existence)
J^m--
Jj->
*4' >'
V chW^
Cw' 0*> (^
stated)
on the authority of 'Ibn 'Abbas that this is the last verse (of the Kor'dn) which was revealed by Gabriel (lit. with which Gabriel came
down).
J_5^)l.
Instead of j>yi Jjt
it
is,
however, very usual to say j*y\

adjective, used substantively,
On the construction of a positive

86,
with a definite or indefinite genitive, see
78 (at the end [J*-^
B &&]) and
Rem.
rem. b
[J&1& j-ji].
a.
If
may
also agree in
g
the genitive be definite, the governing adjective gender and number with the object or objects
spoken of; as
, aj
,
,
LJI
jJLoi ,Jk she
is
the
%
best
of the
m
women;
'
i
ei
s j
j*}*)
^Lail 1A Aese too are the two
best of the tribe
if
* J
^Losl
ôJk
>ejiJI, orôî)! J-i'ilô-*)

f L~UI,
ê # are
tfAey
îe
ê
of
the tribe; Âe
OuLaJ
,JA
or
L~dl jj-ai ,J>A
are iAe
6e,s<
o/"
women ; *yj**j
similarly
it ;
ly-i
l_$jJ
lyâ*-* jJ^'
AJj-5
J^
^5*
UU. and
We have placed in
lS^Hi.1
every town
best
its greatest
sinners to plot in
;
êXwl^-t
L5*^
rfAe
of you in moral character

Lessener
j^w'^l^
â*UJl
called
Ohj-*
SJ**- C '
the
(Yezld
'ibn
fel-Welld,
so
because he lessened the pay of the troops) and the Scarred (le Balafre, 'Omar 'ibn 'Abdu l-'Aziz) were the two most just of the
, , o
at
j ^
(5
at
7?<?m7
Mar wan ;
^JU jJl*. Jjkt jjtit C-Jl <Aow ar
//te
greatest poet
of
1)
the people
Nosaib).
of thy colour (words addressed to the negro poet In these last two examples, however, many grammarians
but stand for *^lft say that SJj^tl and j*wl are not superlatives,
and j^lw.
Rem.
6.
In such constructions as sJ^-j J-^!, >>} Jj'> *' JtH^t
ÎfLli. ji,
the genitive
iuL J^.U ^*-Ujfîr Û,

;
and
{5
J&&=>
and
jijz,
is
explicative (as in jl^xij
<Ujj*-*,
95),
not, as
94]
The Noun. Govt of Noun. Stat. Construct.

tirst
<&
Oenit.
229
might at
(g 4J. ? ey
sight appear, a substitute for a temylz-aceusative
is Ja.j J-ît
not = >.j J->a9l most excellent as a

, , 3 Z
;
man
'3
(tres
distingue en tant qu'homme)

as
for
we cannot
say ^*ail U-*
(Jjfcjjl,
we say ioLUt %iô lÂ

t , 3 ,
^<?y are both long of beard,
'j
lJk,
instead of LaJ ^j*}U^l?
but,
on the contrary, we must say
3,3*3,31,3
94.
is
The substantive that denotes the material

is
of which anything
after
made,
put in the genitive, definite

,
;
or
3
indefinite,
3 ,
the
3 ,
,
substantive designating the thing
as jij&- *->y silk dress,
_ô
wsAjJt the golden image (see
76, 77, 80,
and
92).
Frequently, how-
and ever,
this is the older

is
the construction,
substantive denoting
the material
put in apposition to the object as a determinative of
kind (^Lj), both being either definite or indefinite.

wJbJJI ^~a)\
the
For example
golden
image (not wJbJJI ^~att)

<L-JUaJ-JI
M<?
,
u**Jl
^^t
dish;
^
3 ,
, , 3
s(7(^'
, 3*3
J
cap;
X i
,y--aJt
-
porcelain
, f 3
(or
china)
wJLaJt
^jULflJI rfo
wooden crosses; tju~*.
*$*^.
a calf of red gold;
l*.Lji b^j JtfwJI fo

3 i
made a
found
dress of brocade; Lij*. <slLwj ,i <*f33
, 3
ILUx-e UUi.j a? ^g
in the centre
of
it
a sarcophagus of marble,
beside
3
with a cover;
[ajl>j*o]
>Lj ^j%j-
ly-J^.5
,
and
it
art two [square]

Is
3
,3*3
posts of teak- wood

to
136, a, rem. e]
* ^
_
jujks*Jt
J J
^ji
,
<*-Jt
3 s
J-*-' carry
s
%
,3i,
, 3*
3,
3',,
him my
iron
coat of mail
LUj
jJl^
>jjJI
ajWj *-* 1$*^**

garments, and
^*JI ^>- ao? they stripped off

clothed
from him
&
his silken
~,
3,
,3 33*3
him
in
garments of hair
j^lt^Jt
;
l\jJd\
i
_
mantles of Burtdst
--
,3,
(i.e.
of fur from the country of the Burtas)
^j^-cJI
^LaAJI porcelain
(or china) bowls or plates;

el-'Attdb'i
^jU*JI w>W*M
robes of (the stuff called)
(manufactured
3d ~ ,3, in LolI*M.
one of the quarters of Bagdad)
230
Part Third. Syntax.
94
^^^^-j.01
^XJI
a.
cloaks of (the stuff called) ed-Darglnl (manufactured
in Dargin in
North Africa) *.
In this case the construction rises from the particular from the individual or special to the generic but
;
Rem.
to the general,
o *
the reverse
may
hold good.
For example, instead

- *
of JJa*-w ûl^c
*
00 J
an old worn-out turban, JUa.

*
59
}jj an , 0*0 J
S>jj
old tattered garment, wjLj
Jfi^t, old tattered
clothes,
o t
oo-
}jc*.
a thread-bare old garment,
iJ-o~j
<*Ja.3
-J.
or jjt^wl *->$$
an old worn-out garment, we may say

.
i-ol^c J>a. a worn-out old (thing) of a turban,
'.
**
'
oyi**j*oi
j>jj
JJ^-, Ji*}^'
0^ *
*0*>
I
r*
-
* J
;
9 J3*
I
vjorn-out robes (<uLo dirain. of Sp ^^)

_<
I
jj^^L-^J
JU
,J-
U jOc ^^J
U .Ja&)
2
*$\
ojj*
ij^.
/*ere
is
nothing in our possession of the
property of the Muslims but this thread-bare old garment.
Rem.
b.
Different from the above are such constructions as

_
_
0*00*
C
*~*4j *J*K)
j * * 0J
i
1 *
* 0
0*0*
P'i
n t f olive
the
oil, ôl^s*.)!
J j
C**JI
j 0>o
the sacred the

J J
house (temple),
months,
*o *o*
J j o i o*
jiSjA^S
''
Lx}|
2."
holy
Ka'ba, jojaJ\ j-^*^\

o Z >
sacred
2
*
' '
"
w>!^.
*Loj*-
a ruined or deserted
*
city, **
l$~-)\
jj^pl
O **
the
bad man.
In the
first of these,
Ooj
J
,.
is
not a ijto, but a Jjij or permutative,

a temylz-accusative (Ujj ^J-kj)
* *
instead of which
we may employ
^
;
9 1 i
or a genitive (C~>j J-;)
in the others, j\j*-, plur. jaj^., >!/**>
and gyw, are adjectives

136, a].
of both genders (originally infinitives), [see
Rem.
c.
Similarly, in
Hebrew and
Syriac,
Dunlin
*\T$3T\ the
brazen oxen (2 Kings, xvi. 17), (^201 J
|;~L-i)
a golden dinar.
iO
*
*
[It
s*
4*0*
SjJL^,
is
not improbable that in the words of the Kor'an U~o
is
to be considered as a substantive
meaning a land
0*
that lias not

*
9*
* *
yet been brought into

* *
state
of cultivation (for C~j*

0*0*
jJL,
as
>Z*\yo
Ot
is
used for Ol^-o
joj\),
and put in apposition
to SjJIj as the material
of
which the tract of land consists (comp. Fleischer,
Kl. Schr.
i.
672).]
95]
The Noun. Govt of Noun.Stat. Construct. The
<t
Genit.
231
is also often extended in Arabic genitive construction that are identical, the second of which ought strictly to be to things This remark applies : in apposition to the first*.
95.
(a)
To nicknames
in
connection with the names of persons

i.e.
as
jjis jk*xw Sa'ld (nicknamed) Kurz,

5jJ
wallet,
=jjh>
:
^ <jSi\
3Jaj j-jj
j-*->
Jls Kais
(nicknamed) Kuffa,
i.e.
i.e.
dried gourd
Zeid
(nicknamed) Batta,
bottle.
Rem.
In such cases as
jj^ jlju
the use of the apposition

.
is
* equally correct, nom. jjs J^*-. gen. jjss j^jl

If
ace.
\jj^
\j~x~>.
is
the
name
is
defined
by the
article,
the apposition
alone
it
allowable; as jj^s >ji\.
The same thing holds good,

ju* 'Abdu Uah. or SiUI
x-*-.
either
word
is
compound
(e.g. aJUl
îil
j
cameVs
; -
it
nose); as jjSs aJJI jl>c.
SiUI oul
itu
aJUI
jut ii5 juj
^jt.
Some, however, allow the nickname to be put in the accusative,
when the name is in the nominative in the nominative, when the ^ name is in the accusative and in either case, when the name is in
; ;
the genitive; as iSLJt sju\ Jujci IjJk

iSUJI
(scil.
,5-^'
jl,j
/ mean):
C-j1j
oul ljuxw
[To
specific
(scil.
yk ^JJh: iSUt
oLil
>
^.j-8
(6)
nouns, when preceded by a noun designating the

f he
genus, as 0>*iP' j**"
olive-tree (=
OVîP' j
**
^)
j*-
"
w-ia.
J)
teak-wood
j\$*a)\ S,U^. fint-stones.]
colour, as also those of the

parts.
U-j.
[Excepted are the definitions of measure, number, weight and genus by its species, of the whole by its
a * *It is not allowed to say f~>\j*
Sjjj-e*.
* +
^1^1
(J-0*
which ought to be
ia*
j > ,
-i-~Aji
9
..
4.
,
Zj-ij-*'
an island
verses,
/ire
9
parasangs in
extent,
.
U-j
^j^...
a.
Sju-a5 a
S - '
^)0<?m
q/" ,/?/ty
, C
O'V co feathers
of divers colours, as a
i.
jJjiJ
or permutative
comp.
552,
ii.
33
seq.]
232
Part Third.Syntax.
To the names
of towns, rivers, mountains, etc.,
etc.
;
95
(c)
when
pre-
ceded by the words for town, river,

of Bagdad (^*\jJu
J-j-JI j^fcj
#/>?
as
at
jJu <Ujj^
M<?
the city
â
^jJt S-OjLoJt)
>
oIjaM j^J
mw Euphrates;
tjLfiu*)
//^
river
Nile;
&+~- j>b mount
Sinai:
^v*
month of Ramadan.
(d)
To
words, regarded merely as such, and governed by a word
signifying
wd,
such
as a^J^s
or liA)
e.g.
O^
*+&
the
word
kana
(e)
(see 78).
To nouns governed by other nouns, when the governing word

something to which the object designated by the governed
similar
;
signifies
word
is
as gU-"
0***J
the silvery
1
-
water
1
(lit.
the silver
of
the
water),
= l\+i\
$*>
j^JJI
is
O*^
the
D**-^
J^
>*
iS^
*UJ'.
Here the aJI ^.cu*
primum
comparationis, and the wiLct*
q the secundum
(/)
comparationis.
adjectives
To
defined
as
by the
<
article
in
connection with
substantives not so defined;
u^jJL ^\ c~o
*^~-JI,
or,
the
Holy Temple
(i.e.
Jerusalem),
j-ji-oJI
= u*jJLal\ ^> ^JJI
shortly,
^.xLoJI C~>JI
;
w>b
foYtf/e
gwte (as a name), =j-i-oJI ->UI
Jj^l
*Jj
of
Ae
,/??.?
RabY, and >a^l
^j
yer;
last
(second)
RabV (names
western
months):
eîll
9.As*J\
J^'
;
>olc
/as#
^J/**'
w-^ *1
swe,=
wJUJI
;
s-taJI j^.... //^ congregational mosque, = jia,~. M

aJLaj
U<^JI
the foolish
herb,
purslane,
iiL^J\
iUJt
Sja.^1
jb
^ o^r
or
world, the world to come, = S^-^l jtjJt.
In these
and similar annexations some grammarians see an Jj-e>oJI iilol

aJLcJI
epithet,
,Jt,
i.e.
annexation
of the thing described

to
;
to
the descriptive
of the
is
substantive
annexation
impossible (see
but as such an the adjective 78), those grammarians are correct
95]
The Noun. Gov't of Noun. Stat
Construct.
&
Genit.
233
who regard the

substantive.
adjective as having been raised to the level of a
Strictly speaking, f j / j
if
Z.
ISO
I
e-
jJLoi
a
c~o means
rumen
0/
the house of the ' 5'
&>/y ^/ace (taking ^jkio,

sanctify, Vol.
i.
we
like,
as
loci
from
^jJ
to
227)
Jj*i)t
*0>
ifafo'
first place, first
i order ; etc.
is
On
the other hand, in
^j^M
5^L the annexation
an ordinary, proper one (aJLJL*. iiLil*, the word acL, hour, being
understood;
^J^
(j'oC^JI
5^1o=^)j*^l
<LcLJI 3>Lo,
i.e.
icLJI
^y
SyLsJt
^3^)1
(see 77).
Similarly,
some grammarians consider ^Vj^' v^W- B

J>a.
=
or
Lp>j-kJ\
wJU., *-UJ'
=
g-U>Jl
I
^j'oC^JI
jâ.
.<,
**laJI wJt^ll j^.ô. cUâJI dJJb = U*J

31-aJI jb*.
2*oJ
SJUu
and
S^fc.^1 jl^^5^fc.^l
Here too the constructions JJai\

is
[Accordingly too jLJI

^j-JJl j*y*
o?i
^j
tfAe
explained by Zamahsari (Fdik

o/"
i.
163) as ajLJI
cfa?/
the seventh night.
The
real
explanation, however, seems to be

j.+k*si}\
that
we have
in
^jJLoJI w-o.
w>b,
etc.
the
first
instances of the omission of the article before
the qualified substantive, which is prevalent in modern Arabic. The end-vowels of the word were generally not pronounced in common speech, if no misunderstanding could arise, according to the rule
a j *j j
j*
j
\
a j
//
ut'
e j
^ ^
- e
oo
i * i *
jj^*
dju
3X^J y3 ^ÎfeU.
til
jji**^s
^j v'j^' ty <*.; ^
^pôISs lil ofo ?io< ?& use of case-endings in your speech, when you address people, but employ them in full in your letters, tchen you
correspond.
This was called
rt-.jLJL.JI
and deemed elegant (Fdik
ii.
94).
Hence this omission of the article caused no difficulty whatever, till the grammarians attempted to find a place for these abbreviated
expressions in their syntactical system, comparing the Kor'anic
i^*iJI for
^>j,>
A^jiJI
iUJI
^>Ji
and
Sj^.'s)!
jtj
for 5^.^)1
of
SLaJI
jt^.
t-
The grammarian
>ulajJ1,
el-Leit ibn
Nasr disapproved
the use of
ji^
etc.
which he called a mistake.
D. G.]
w.
ii.
30
234
Part Third. Syntax.

djjth
[96
78, at
J*fc.j,
J^.U, Â=> Jj>c,

and
a.
/
etc., find
a place (see
the end,
86,
rem.
b,
93).
Rem.
(So
J/
This sort of annexation

Jw
3 s
is
called
by the grammarians
bCt-e 3s
bs
g
j+~J}\ also
Ailol, or jxjj**Ju)\ 5iLe*j)l, the interpretative annexation, as s" s

ssbfO
s
3d
ssb**
3 s
bs
("iLJI
SiLil,
or
<LJLJI
diLi's)!,
e is
<Ae
explicative annexation.
The
special sort
mentioned under
named
A^
JJt
dilol
/te
comparative annexation.
[Rem.
genitive
6.
It
may
not
be
superfluous
s b*9
vi
to
s s
mention here the

s
3 btO
mi
by
attraction, called jt^^Jt j**. or Sjjl&^Jt j&. (genitive

s
*l
s 3
of proximity.
this is
<S
Comp. Hamasa,
3sbsb*o
38,
1.
16), as in
oâ. w~o
j*****
>*
a deserted hole of a dabb (a large kind of

sb3b*3
lizard), instead of
s
;
sbs
vi
P s
^J^j-fti
O^^CaJ
^Jjx ijlib
(i is)
as
{/"
the
woven web of
the
spider, instead of
^J-^-oJI, though Oj*ic is of the fern, gender. Other examples from poetry have been given by Jahn in his notes to Slbaweih i. 185. D. G.]
3.
The Numerals.
96. We have already mentioned, in Vol. i. 319321, that the cardinal numbers from 3 to 10, when placed in apposition to the tilings numbered, agree with them in case but when placed in
;
annexation before them, govern the genitive plural, as JU^-j

s
s
j5 < six
'
J)
men, jl>-
w*U
three girls,
U1U we
and
a. as well as a 5jtt\ %+**. (Vol.

s
307), the former

*
bi
3 s
b s
bZ
3 s
s s
ought to be used
^
" b
e.g.
*->\y\
<L~ +j.
3
five pieces
bi
t
of
cloth,
j>.t
Û^
are
3 s s s
eight sacks,
'
A^Xt
ZjJLs.
ten slaves, t^Ji

3 s s s
aIU
3 s s s
s\s
three fels (a copper coin),

3 3
3
3 s b s
3 3
s b
s\'
not w>tJ
L~fr.,
w>^
**J^, O^*^
*>**>*>
cr>^ *U.
They
96]
The Noun. The Numerals.

o :
235
9*3*
(
very rarely construed with the accusative

?
op
}~*r^
44, e)
as ^..-a>
^ o
bl^jl, instead of w>'^j! i-^/*.*.
Rem.
above
a.
The word
ajL forms an important exception to the
rule,
being always placed after the governing unit in the

Jl
-
genitive singular,
..
as
j
SuL^Xj
I
three
hundred.
Only a poet can

oop
venture to say ^jJLc *JJ.

see Vol.
i.
[On the use
of the plural
forms of
^Ji\
326, rem.]
2
o*
t
JO'
r-
Rem.
^0 ô
J
b.
^
Should a dJUU
be
little
or not at
J J
all
in use, the
f
J'1 '
3jJ&)
a.
must
;
of course be
/
employed
as
pjw itU
A ree shoein the
j o p
strings,
because clil and *-~wt are rare or doubtful.

3 3 ' ' '
Even
Kor'an, however,
jl^3t
we
find
e^S
iiLj ^ree menstruations, instead of
or jjil.
c.
[Rem.
sanus
2/te
It
is
perhaps superfluous to remark that the pluralis
is
used in cases where no broken plural exists,
asOU
<ul
:
'-
JO,
J*-
,J-.
lyjt
verses
of
this
sura are seven in number
',^J0,
OljJu
(pi.
of
",
Sjib)
;
^t
is
..
JOy
^^-^
quasi-plural);
fen.
*.w seven cows (pL

sia;
of
(.jî
?/*ree
years;
Oto C>
daughters;
^>i>ljt.
iU
smiths.
If,
however, the word

to
is
properly an adjective or participle (<Uu),
we ought
, J
employ the preposition ^yo, or to put the noun in

rice
apposition to the numeral, or

OJ
versd,
-
as ^-yô
aj
J-;l<
ôJl
:
^^-e
-
iUAj
50^
S'l*
tfUJJ
5,l<
OJ
J
or
^j^ .<^.c
itl3
^j^.oj.o),
not ^jôê <UJU
ola.&
a^w
seven,
lean (cows) not
o^*-t
î'-j
D
number may be
^
3 *}
;
[In Arabic, as in some other languages, a cardinal
followed immediately by the next one, in order to rectify
it
(^)\jjk^*jJ
comp.
it
184, 6, rem.),
may
as jjLwjJUl ^>*o a*%w iiw six seven (i.e. six, or ^ OP J ' 0' ' 20' ' be seven) horsemen; L*jj ^j,....^^. ôujl jljJLo a sa<m o/ forty
fifty
(i.e.
from forty to
fifty) c/a^s.
D. G.]
236
Part Third. Syntax.

' '
97
97.
Of the two words

as
*x-lj
and
jl-I
the former
as
is
more com;
monly used
a*- j
1
an adjective,
the
latter
substantive
to
e. g.
Jj-j
jk.l
a '^/ man, one man, j^t^JI dJJ

one of the people, *JJL)I
s *
the
one
God;
Ûl
b j j - i
^J^-t one
(fern.)
of
the three,
âjÎ
owe o/
tfAem.
j^t
is
used absolutely in negative and inter-
rogative phrases in the sense of
any one
as jljJI
to
j>-\
*$
there is
no one in the house; j^-\ êl.
no one came
me;
\^\j
j^-\ J-*
a* J
Aas aw?/ owe seew the
like
of this?
I
As
1
applied to God, the two

t
words are interchangeable,
j**.IjJ
yb
or
j^ ^
or
3A
and
also in the
compound numbers
21, 31, etc.,
03J~,3
**"'
OiJ-^J
ju^-lj, etc.
,jUjt, fern. (jU^jt or

after a
O^-^
is
n t unfrequently placed, as an adjective,
noun
in the dual, to express the idea of duality

*})
more strongly
as O**^'
L>sî 'jJ^^-5
efo
not take unto yourselves two gods;

on'??<7 z'rafo
O-uSt
O^fSJ
*
J^
vi
O-* W**
b '
*XXwli
;o
Z
iV
(the ark) of every
{species
* b fO
of animals) a pair
'bi
s btO
(lit.
b
individuals, male
' *
and female)
' *
*
fO
Js
jfO*
%'& Saldho'd-dln (Saladin) has assigned

b - b/o
him in
b - b *
lieu
j b J
of the tax levied

-
on the pilgrims
{in it)
is
2000 dinars; O*-^' O-ij-^ ^- 0*-?J^ dwelling

- b
by
b-o
I
b^
s -
for the
last
two months ; ly-U ^>~j

lbs
' J '
O^ô ^Xc
S'brO
at a distance
'
bZ*
O * b * '
* '
of two miles from it; [U^j Oj*Ols
*~-*-j
o'^''
J*5t
t-*-^ two
hundred
five
and forty
days].
It is
very rarely prefixed to the things

fjSaJ^. Uij
numbered, and then requires the genitive singular; as

colocynth gourds,
two
= JJau*. U*.
(&*. grain, berry, being used, like the

fruit).
Persian
ajIj>,
ddna, in counting
See Vol.
i.
321, rem.
c.
98. When the numeral is followed, not by the noun expressing the things numbered, but by a collective designating the whole species or genus, the relation between it and the collective is indicated, not by
99]
The
Noun, The
Numerals.
as
237
the simple genitive, but by the preposition ,>
o-6 **o'
<f-V t>?
**-*
^-Ut
fafo
^ /or
=
itself
birds,
= j*M O-*
^>o
J^
**0'
A
****^
wiwe of the people,
lajsyi
is
jni SI
re
aa-J.
Sometimes, however,
;
the collective
hdkj
put in the simple indefinite genitive
as
;
4*-J ijjuoJI
O'-^J
^ ^^
o
tn
*"
c '^
nine persons
jiu ajuj\ js*} and they were four in number*.
[Rem.
The construction with
^c
is is
also
employed when the
noun expressing the things numbered

participle
;
properly an adjective or
see 96, rem. c]
99.
tioned
(
The
44,
e,
cardinal
numbers from 11 to 99
and Vol.
;
take, as already
men-
rem.
b,
i.
323, rem.
b),
the objects numbered

thirteen
in the accusative singular
as ^^-j j*-* *j*$>j

*$-)
men
j
;
l\^\
Aa..?J
ZjJLs.
nineteen
icomen
03Jt^-'3
They
**-^ seventy-three men
(j^jt-Jj
*-J
ninety- nine sheep.
are very rarely followed
by the accusative plural; as W*t UL-jI Sî* ^^jI ^ÛxLij and C we divided them into twelve tribes {or) nations. As to gender, the tens
(03j*~,
>
etc.) are
both masculine and feminine, but the units conform
to the gender of the
noun denoting the things numbered

;
as js- j^-\
L^^s
eleven stars
5
a
iSU 03*-i^3 i^-o^s

a -
forty-five she-camels.
it
Rem.
%~zu (also
>*~fiu) is
construed Uke the numerals which
represents (Vol. i. 319, rem. b, etc.), but does not vary in gender, according to the best authorities, when unaccompanied by another
number and " jo

v
signifying from 3 to 10; as JU-; jugu, Sa~J *~cu.
zjs**ys*a
some
'is a >o
+* a *
j\ * *
e*
>~^~' f-<su. but "^fc-j j-i^ ia-iu.

,^)
e
i\j*\ ZjLs.
*-a->.
0>**î
the
is-s_>
^>-^LoJI
z * *
thirty,
or
thirty
and
odd,
of
Muslims,
}, at*
ii~
Oy^jh
is
"?
some forty years or forty and odd years.

o - -
*
384.
*a
* ii.
[This
not allowed with jJ^j and êji, according to Fdik
D. G.]
238
Part Third. Syntax.

100.
If
100
an adjective be appended to the noun denoting the things numbered, after any numeral between 11 and 99, the adjective may agree either grammatically with the noun, or logically with the
cardinal
number
as bj-eU tjUji
OJL>^
twenty dinars of
M-MMik
en-Ndsir (where bj-oU agrees grammatically with
iJUjj, accus. sing,
masc), or ajj-oU JjUji
Oj>^c
(where *bj-ob agrees logically with
O^j^-i
as representing the broken plural j-olo,
which requires an
adjective in the sing. fern.).
the object numbered has been already spoken of, the cardinal numbers from 20 to 90 (the tens) may be construed, like

101.
When
"
;
substantives, with the genitive

'
as juj _2>tc
ZUd's twenty
(camels)
"'
îjSyj your thirty (servants).
Compare
108.
102.
in the
The
cardinal numbers from 11 to 19
may
also be construed
\Xj\
same way with the genitive of the possessor (except jJis.
and
its fern.).
In this case they remain, according to most grammarians,

*t)js-
indeclinable, as
gen., ace).
......,
fern.
-iU^c
5 J '
L>l
<, thy fifteen (nom.,
According to others, the js*s> or latter part of the com;
pound
^)jJuc
acc.
;
is
declined
as îjJê.
o^^.,
;
gen. $j.J*& a~<,., ace.
[or
both parts are declined

Others
still
as -iJ^c <L~a., gen. $jjz
^)jJi& .].
admit the declinability of the jj~e

) s
or former part of the
compound, and put the J**-* or

..*.,
latter part in
the genitive
as ^)j*-
gen. ^)yi-
,..>.
.,
acc. ^)jJi& a,...^^..
103.
The
cardinal
numbers a5U a hundred, and
ssJt
a thousand,
and their compounds, are construed with the genitive singular of the
noun denoting the objects numbered; as
J^j
<i5U
100 men;
U5U
jC 200
asses;
*^=> *5U^5 300
dogs; *Ujju> UA\
1000
cities;
w>U> UJt 2000 books;
jLj o*#
iitSjf
4000 men; jLjj oUI jii J^-l
11,000 dinars; J-J âJI iSUoiii 300,000 men.
105]
The
Rem.
Noun. The Numerals.
239
o:t
The
accus. sing, or genit. plur. after i5Lo [and oUI]

i *
is
a**
-
s,:*?
very rare; as LU ,^JjLo

u?o
IaJI
-
Û
i
Ijt
a
u-hen a
-
man ^
.>
has lived
hundred years ; ^>~w ajLo wJLj
^yiy^
,-9
l>*^5 anc^
î6y
4jL.
tarried in their cave three
hundred years (where others read
and regard jLi as a J|ju or permutative apposition to ajLo
w*L).
be composed of several numerals of different kinds, the noun denoting the things numbered falls under the go vera - a ao * ' ' a* s * s s* //tj ment of the last numeral as ,-cuio ^s. j>$\ ^>*jj Sâ^J ,j-o ' s~ j 3 + tit* * a * * it+* So* a>e , sZ. *o
If a
I
104.
sum
iw
the
Oj*0'.3
ci'*x*'i-5
*^
:'~
^-'J *^' **o'

to the
5*jlj-aJt
Slj^Jt beticeen
there are
Higra and Adam, according

l
Hebrew Pentateuch,
4741 years;
O**"*'
>-*.j^
Jt
jLl.l ^JLt Sâ^JI
O^J O*^' J^M
C>*^
ô'j
ajUoJUjj
^j*i)t
ajÛ
beticeen the confusion

to the
of tongues and
the
Nigra, there are, according

years.
3304
assumption of the chronologists, The substantive may, however, be repeated after each
a*jj1j jLoi
^_aJI
numeral;
.
as
a5Uj jUjj
\Jd\
Ult
lyj^
^./"J'
A j it...^. IjUji
.
Oy^3 j^-* ^'
Oy-^jh
fne revenue
of
(the
province of)
el-Garblya (in Lower Egypt)
In large is 2,144,080 military dinars. amounts, consisting of millions, hundreds of thousands and thousands,
\Jti\
the word
S^ôe-
must be repeated
tai
_
)
after each
Bi
*
numeral
as <^Ji iL.
ai
o#
** *
4 * * it*
ixjjlj
^jU5Loj
UJI
^jjJtoJj
*Jjlj
it,' oUt a5Lo&3

to
j'
oJI
*-i^M
Sjt-J
IjWi
O^î ^ e
total
of
this
amounts
9,584,264 dinars.
105.
10 (Vol.
i.
The higher
cardinal numbers, as well as those from 3 to
321),
may
be placed in apposition to the substantive
denoting the objects numbered; as iJU*-o
^j^M
j
,JI
ZSLJJ\ ^St*.
*" -**' 3 a^j 5jU 5/-*^ ô~

fishes,
^ (7?^?^
* a
r^<?
net to land, full of large

*
a hundred and fifty-three ;

i
,\z& juc iU)l
jj
-*~y>
^^\ w^âw
from
C-Jl^>
L>e ff^'J3 O^*-*' O**-^' J'-t'M
nations sprung
the three
240
Part Third. Syntax.

Noah
106
sons of
were, at the time of the confusion of tongues, seventy-two

*
in number (the substantive denoting the things numbered, w-*w,
is
repeated here, because the last numeral requires

in
it
in a form different
number and
106.
case from w^fci).
As
regards the agreement in gender between the cardinal

(see Vol.
i.
numbers and the nouns denoting the objects numbered
319), the following rules hold.

(a)
If the plural of the substantive denoting the things
num-
bered differs in gender from the singular, the numeral agrees with
the singular
j>\$-\
;
as
id.
j_*-^
*--w
seven years
(sing.
<Li, fern.),
three
t
but
baths
*-*-+-*
9
(sing.
>oU,
-
masc.)
w
>
OLcLêt. 2J?%3
Z
(sing.
y&Lp-tt.,
masc.)
OtjcX aô
^
>
&
'
six volumes
(smg.
itself
>xa.tw^>,
is
masc).
pressed; glz
jbji,
This rule holds even when the substantive

t * o s
j
to
sup-
as ~*a.
c**-o
#
I fasted
J
it
* * o *
five
days
(i.e.
#
j*\j\
....-, from
*s
* 6 *
masc, a day)
5JU,
fern.,
U^. O^w /
travelled five nights
(i.e.
JUJ uo*-*
Q from
a night);
%jj\ ^ê-
^jî
(i.e.
O** ^n** among them are
creatures which walk on four feet
J.-j'
Jjl
^^,
from JU-j,
^Jy> O-tP
5
fem.,
foot)
?-'j->J'
^-^ **jjW
Li''
^^
l
-W-s>
J^>
J^
eye of mine, weep every
morning
(lit.
(*-
fO
in
rhyme
for ?-W-)
shed
copious tears over el-Garrah

tears,
weep with the four channels for
QjûJI a*jjW, from the
sing.
o^>
masc, or with
the sing.
the
four
corners of the eyes, 0**J' wJ'j-**
**o^, from
wJU., masc,
side).
Rem.
This rule
is
often disregarded
by modern
incorrect
writers and copyists.
The numeral follows the grammatical gender of the substantive, when the objects numbered are designated merely by a
(b)
J
noun of a vague, general
signification
e.g. ^
>vw
*
.
Of
1
J -
oU
three persons,
106]
241
from ^ûiJrf, masc.
O**'
wJj
*ree
human
this,
beings, from
0**>
fern.
But
if
another noun be annexed to
which determines the

t -
real
gender of the objects more precisely, the numeral agrees with the
ij
second noun
;
as ^^-j-.*
<*w^ so
w_j/
wJj ^j&\
C>S
ioi
* *
, ,
^>*
,jj,>
^ a.*o
*
a
^jb3
tens
>*a***5
OW*^9
shield against those

9
whom I feared
*
i
three persons,
tiro girls
and a young woman

i.
(>^*\a
and
i
ôiu
i
*'
are
used only of women, Vol.

lit
^ûJîl,
a ^<o
,
297,
c,
rem.
}"*
is
here
employed by the poet, through the exigency of the metre, instead of

1 a 1
_
._
->
96
j*cjla stands in
rhyme
1
for j-ax*).
1 a I
Again
b^lL^
f>/)
,jli
J"'
"'
ijjj^j
it*
at
j-a)I
//as
lyJ^Li ,j
c-JI^
o-^'
J-***
***
^**
(frife
its
iT*76
fe branches,
but thou hast nought to do with

i.
ten
is
branches
(vJJaul is a plural of ,>lsu, Vol.
304, rem.
c,
which
masc, but
the numeral takes the gender of
the feminine
i
substantive
-**
;
which immediately follows

s^c
*
in
- a *
.1
its
plural
a
form
ii
Jjti)
rtm+*
and
in
the
** a *
* , s*e
Kor'an, ch.
vii.
16<>,
\+*\
UU
IjJu.
*
^Z\ ^Lxlaij and we divided C

'
at
them into twelve
tribes (or) nations (JU~#1 is the plural of iu-*,
masc,
Hi
Heb.
tonfc?, v "
but the numeral agrees with &ot, which follows in the
A
Sometimes, however, the numeral agrees with the numbered, even when the grammatical
is
is
plural formô^l).
real
gender of the objects
gender of the noun used

the
is
different
as ^r-AJl SJJJ three persons (of

is fern.,
male
sex),
where *U
masc, although j^Ju
because u-AJ
here equivalent to jjlJ1 or J**j.

(c)
D
and
its
If the substantive be suppressed,
its
place be taken by
an adjective or other word expressive of

agrees
.. ..
quality, the
;
numeral
sU.
in
1 S ,
gender with
Is,
r ,
rt ;
the
understood
</<#>$
substantive
e.g.
o-
* 0/0
lyJliol
jLs.
aXi
,a
Jb
it,
ta rfo
lit.
a good thing, shall receive a

ten
tenfold
i a m
recompense for
shall receive
$ ,
(good things) like

is
it
*a
(^p
is fern.,
because JJU, plur. JUUt, though masc,

understood, the plur. of
4^,..^.,
here only an
epithet of
w.
ii.
oU-*
which
is fern.),
31
242
Part Third. Syntax.

(d)
106
When
the numeral
( 98),
it
is
connected with the substantive by the

;
preposition ,j-o
ôi*Jt
agrees in gender with the substantive
as
,jo
%jj\
four sheep
(j^
being
fern.,
Vol.
i.
290, a,
i.
e)
JxJI
^c
is
iiXj three ducks (Iso being masc. [by form], Vol.
292, a)*.
This
the case even when an epithet follows which fixes the real
gender of the objects numbered; as j$>$

males;
i>UI
^xiS
^c
jujI
If,
four
sheep,
JaJI
^yo iitf ^re ducks, females.

the numeral and the
;
however, the
the
epithet
be placed between
in
substantive,
numeral must agree
gender with the epithet

[comp.
as ,j-o jji **o'
^*)t, JaJt
(e)
^c
*t>Ul *i-sX5
96, rem.
c].
The numerals
;
as abstract
as
numbers
(Vol.
i.
309,
&, c)
are of
the masculine gender

?'s
iiw wîj *&U, or aZ-JI >JLoJ itUl, #/w^
the half
of
six.
In the enumeration of several groups of objects of different the following rules hold. genders, (a) The numerals from 3 to 5, must be repeated before each substantive, and vary in inclusive,
(f)
gender accordingly
as (j*\) Ûl t^~**.j jutl <L+i.
.J / have
Jive
male and Jive female slaves, (/?) From 6 to 10, inclusive, they are not repeated, and conform in gender to the nearest substantive as
;
(jt\) %\-*\$ x*t KJl*j

or,
^ I have
eight male
(vl)
and
(eight)
female
^j}.
slaves,
transposing the words,
ju-^l^
'*<-*[
^yU^
(y)
The
compound numerals, from 11 upwards, are not repeated, and take the masculine form, when the following substantives designate rational
beings
as ijl.j
jl*c jJLz
a...^^
^j^
have fifteen male and

jJ^c-
(Jifteen)
female
slaves, or,
transposing the words,
* .>*. t^juc
ljucj îj^f.
But when the substantives designate
irrational objects,
,,
j , el
[We may
of course say alsoôîJI kj-o (or
dUi) w>Uju %Jj\ and
107]

as
243
the numerals take the gender of the nearest substantive
j^jut
iSUj
or,
*$** y^- rt,,^
/ have
fifteen
*
i ,
,
male and (fifteen) female camels,

*,a ,
, a a
t , ,
transposing the words, '^j i$L)
"i^Ls.
^ô*. ^juc.
If,
however,
in the case of irrational objects, a vague, general expression, such as

j>*j
(g
67),
be interposed between the numeral and the things

a
numbered, the numeral

* *,
*
is
always of the feminine gender

* a *
as
^jut
a
a*
,, a ,
ASljj
J-*
or,
0-&
^*
Zj^c-
t^*. / possess
,
fifteen
a*
camels,
** a *
*
a
male and
,
female,
transposing the words, aSO ^><o
ijJLs.
^m+a. ^juc B
107.
The
cardinal
numbers become determined or

;
definite in the
same cases as substantives

(a)
viz.
When
the numeral
is
used to express an abstract number,

;
and hence contains the idea of genus

(ever}-
e.g.
ii-Jt lA-aJ itUJt three
three)
is
the
.
half of sir (every
six).
i.
The
article
is
here
It is
* '
employed
^
^
to
indicate the genus [Vol.
345, rem.
3
a].
not, however, essential, for, regarding the
numeral as a ^">*e* ^JLc
(Vol.
i.
191,
J ^
I
rem.
b,
5 a),
we may say with equal correctness
(b)
When
the objects numbered have already been mentioned,
or are supposed to be well
known
as *-jjo
;
^yt-Jt
I
^">*
an ^
the
seventy (disciples) returned with joy
^^-ouj*^)
jk*.
Oj^l*. jJ^ since

-
I am
already past forty,

* 3
scil.
iw
i * *
at
i*
years (observe ^>**0'^' DV poetic

a - >
aia-
license
for
o* Kj'^')-
The
article
is
here used j^jcU,
to
indicate
previous knowledge.
(c)
When
noun;
i.
the numeral
j ^ a *
is
j
in apposition,
*
as
an adjective, to a
(ol
a^
definite
as
3**JI
Jl.jJl
the five
men
avSpes ol ttcvt*,
see Vol.
-321).
244
Part Third. Syntax.
107
A
in
(d)
When
the numerals, from 3 to 10, precede a definite noun
the construct state (see
92)
as
JU-jJI
iitf
the
three
men
(lit.
?nrf of the men); L*X*JI

l-ttoio
S^c
/^
/^ ten slaves; i^j'^jaJI j-*^

'
j * ti
ai e*>
i * a *
the
ten female
slaves; j^-S^J
*->ji
tf/wee
four houses; jW-**5" a^
the five
rests).
, a I
spans
^15^)1
a-
w*U M#
stones (on which the cooking -pot

article
Z*
;
Sometimes, however, the numeral too has the

:&

a a**
}* e
^>\yi*^\
L~+a*J\
the five dresses;
SjU^-oJI
Ol^-a^l ajÛJI
the three
selected airs or tunes; ^jcoJI Cs-JI ojjb
êse
m?
cities*.
According
JO'S*
to the later
the article
to the
is
and now (but without case-endings) usual construction, dropped before the substantive and appears only prefixed
'QC-J^'Qi-O*'
?J
:
numeral; as
,
Û*.!
)
**Jj"}H the four-fifths

a
ij>5 ^^âJl the

a, -5 , 5jÛJI)t.
five villages;
JU.j
UO
to
,\Z
the three
men
(vulg.
JU-j
their
The
and
I
same remarks apply
*5U and oUI, with

i5loÛ
derivatives
-**})
C compounds;
tfo
e.g.
jUjjJI
^
*
300 dinars, .^jjJI
a^j
3000 dirhams;
in
ay
but also jUjjjf aSUiiJbt, ÂjjJI
iJÎ &12m,
(vulg.
and
o
.-
more modern Arabic jLjj aSUjÛM, Âj,* o^)l aU)I

a
*S>*
,a
**
a s
Z>
jto> A5l
objects
j'}UJt,
^.Ap vJÎ
Aj'iUJI).
Those
numerals which take the
numbered
in the accusative
singular,
must have the
article
construction.
J)
[The grammarians of the school of Basra disapprove of this Nevertheless Zamahsari gives, in his Fdik, three in..
.;
-.->
, -
a**
* a *
**
a*
stances from the Traditions, as

the
i.
61
seq. *U5LcJI
i.
aSLoJIj SjJLJI AjloJt

I
hundred cows and
the
hundred sheep;
;
313 jJUjJI ax*..J
the
seven dinars (with a var. a**J! ^-Jb jJlj

persons.
ii.
381
^jUJI a5*jU)I <Ae <A?*ee
Comp. Fleischer, Kl. Schr. ii. 52 seq. D. G.] t [Relatively old instances of this construction are Ibn
, , , ,
Hisam 331,
a*
, i
rr
1.
14 aSU aSUJI
1.
J^li
e*
<A<
- a
/ way
*
-
<7e<
the
hundred camels ; Aydnl xv.
* i
147,
paenult. C**J
1.
UuaJI
the halfverse. jl.l Ae completed
Comp.
Fleischer,
c.
49.
D. G.]
108]
The
them
Noun The
them
Numerals.
,j x...>H ^/^
245
90
prefixed to
to render
definite, as
^-j
#tfw
.-
and
in the case of a
compound
"ilU*.
of tens
and
units, the article the
must be
prefixed
to
both,
as
^jyu-Jt^
iau-JI
77
camels.
The
19, however, according to the best the article to the unit alone, without making grammarians, prefix
compound numbers from 11 to
any change
in the termination, except in the case of 12
as
i^sUM
SUfc ja
article,
the thirteen camel*.
But others allow the

;
repetition of the
as
i^.
jiiJT iiUM
JijJf ^J>j\ j*\

the twelve.
^lâjf JJb
J~S
the grave
of James the apostle, one of
Rem.
Arabic,
is
The peculiar construction of the numerals in modern analogous to that employed by the same dialect in such
rose-tvater,
nominal compounds a^ jj^WJI (vulg. ijÛJI)

classical
jj_$JI
for for
the
*Lo
^)ULaaJI frankincense
in
grains,
La*.
^jlJUt
JU-iP' ^
:
4<s
capital or principal (in speaking of

$/*
money),
date), for
for ^JUqJI ^Îj
^juA^Jt
tamarind
(lit.
fA
Indian
108.
The
ordinal
especially of the
numbers are often construed with the genitive, month (on the omission of the word for day, compare
;
101 and
106, a)
as ^Xjis.
J~*\L
the fifteenth
of them
jC J^j
iaâJJ next
third of
eleventh
the sultan
l
proceeded
i,
to 'Azaz,
and
it
* ,
laid siege to
it
on the
Dul-Ka
d<i,
and
;
took possession of
by capitulation on the
,
of Dul-Higga
jy+j (J^-^* O-*^

(in this
sJî
is
,ln
>
"' (ts
th?
twenty-eighth of
Temuz
lit.
example ^>*tf
in
the construct
state before \y*-*,
the eighth
of the twenties*, and so also in
[This construction has supplanted the coordinating of the units

,
with the ordinals from twentieth to ninetieth bv means of
according
246
Part Third.Syntax.
in
109
the following ones,

gen.
which,
however,
the modern form
nj*,
(jîc,
ace.
ace,
^jjjJLs., is
used instead of the classical }j&*, gen.
and
and
<J>ft
just as in the
noun we
find On*** instead of

i.
y~
;
^y>,
from
0>^,
l-^**
o
plur.
it
of ill, a yar, Vol.

is
302, rem. d)
<r^
,
O-ij*-*
,
j
>*
the twenty-first
of Tisri; wJlS
.J
was
,00
SjaUJI^
\^>y <îj^
on the twenty-third of this (month) there

in el-Kdhira.
B a proclamation made
109. An ordinal number is not unfrequently connected with the genitive either (a) of its own cardinal, or (b) of the cardinal which is one less than its own.
(a)
In the former case, the
ordinal
expresses
;
indefinitely one
of the individuals designated

*2\j
by the cardinal
as O-iS) S
ji&
jJU
is
wJU
aJJt
(jl
tyiS
eerily they are unbelievers

;
who
say,
God
a third of
three (is one of three)
t>**^' ^>\5
hj*^ CH*^'
*jL juj
^^j-4**'
i'
C when
those,
who were
a
unbelievers, drove
;
him forth a second of two

2ju~>
p-j>
(one of two, with
single companion)
Zeid
went out a seventh of seven {with six companions). With the numerals from 11 to 19, we may either use the whole ordinal number, or (which
is
better) suppress the second part of

, -
it,
,
in
,
which case the

, , , ,
first
part
,
,0-o ,
,0iO
becomes declinable
as j-Lc
^j\
, ,OiO
jJue.
,,
,
^15,
, ,
,
or jjLc
,,
,
^ji3\
^\j, a
J
,, OiO
twelfth of twelve, fern. ojJuc
,JU5l
BjJut
i-itf
or
SjJJi
i*^'
a*j^j;
jJ~z
iib
yLs.
iJU,
or
j-u.fr
iiU
iJtf,
a thirteenth of
;
thirteen, fern.
SjJLt *L>*$J jjLt 3J3\j or 5j-o.c
>*^j a^Hj
etc.
to
which jj-oU in Jô-J

before jy*J,
A7.
l
^/*^3
as
in
i.
0-*^>
0^3
Hence
would be in the status

$
constructas
the cases
697.
mentioned
also
78,
rem.
b.
Comp.
Fleischer,
Schr.
for
the use of
^yUJM
(Vol.
i.
CrtS**, Crtj*-*
-Jt
Ojj^h
iV^J'.
Olf^**^ **U\
330, rem.)
D. G.]
109]

Rem.
247
mit drei andern:
;
Compare
in
Old German
selbe vierde,
i.e.
i.e.
zuo riten sdhen einen

grdve
(b)
selbe zwelfte
ritter selben dritten,
mit zwei andern
der
in eine barken spranc,
i.e.
mit elf andern.
In the latter case, the ordinals from third to ninth are in
reality
to
nomina agentis (compare

(two)
into
three,
86, rem. a)
from the verbs w-X5

into four,
etc.
:
make
%^j
to
make
lit.
(three)
as
,^>~ol <JL>
3* he makes a
third,
he makes three of two.
Hence
xj\j
they
may
also be construed with

fern.
the accusative; as aj^j
â B
he makes a fourth,
to 19,
U*}b ajuIj â.
With
-*^
;
the numerals from 11
we may
;
in like
manner sayj-ic ^.olîc

SjJLc a*j!j
wJU yb
fo makes
a thirteenth
Sît 0*}U
is
makes a fourteenth (where
the cardinal number
in the accusative)
though many grammarians
wholly disapprove of this construction [allowing only
j^- ^jI wJU yb
and
3^<ie
O^
aajIj
â, with suppression
of the ten].
is
With
->
Ij
the
numerals compounded of units and tens, only the unit

construct state, and the ten
he makes a twenty-fourth
;
put in the
is
suppressed
as ^jjjJlc^
LU
yk
or,
with the accusative, Ij*}U **j'j (*a
^jjjLs.} she makes a twenty-fourth.
Rem.
a.
Examples
of the ordinals used as *\ jj - /j :
nomina
-
agentis, with
a j
,
3
j ,
,
**
pronominal
Aere
i a ,
suffixes, are
^y*jlj
i
Â
j , ,
^)1
ilU L^^- O-* U_>^

but
o private converse of
1
three,
He makes
,
the
1
fourth
..
a i ia
U*y
a j
^ffy^
^ ^Y-ol-'
* a j j -
* - a -
a 3 ja
jj
.;
j ^ ^
i-~o^.
*
oV>*i^ ^v-f^3
a * a*o
^v*^!j
sa^/,
*~^
'
OV.***-'
ja
a jj
++
%* a *
33**
^f.t<X=s ^yJ**\jj <uuri
^^Jyu^
_îJL>
M^y
'
jvi//
Three, their
dog making
the sixth,'
the
fourth'; and
the eighth.'
*
3
they will say,

:
Five, their
'
dog making
Seven,
guessing at the secret
and
they will say,
and
their
dog making
b.
Rem.
From
the
)}jj*.
twenty
is
formed a
- a
[post-classical]
quad-
riliteral verb,
nomen
agentis of which
* * '
;
may be used
s
a , j
in the
same
, 3
way
as the ordinal
number
e.g. jJLs.
ax..J ^jjJLaut
yk
he makes a
248
Part Third. Syntax.

(lit.,
110
twentieth
nineteen),
if
we may
* ' * "
be allowed to coin a word, he twenties
from
^jj-^-
to
make
is
{nineteen) into twenty.
[Similarly
i> a-^w
make
into seventy
formed from p******
seventy.]
110.
the
In stating dates, particularly

era,
when reckoning according
to
Muhammadan
but
the cardinal numbers are employed instead of
the ordinal.
year,
They
are put in the genitive after the word denoting

it
agree
with
in
gender
as
^JÂ+jj
O^
the
****
C5*
jj^SLi*^ i5U ^yU^j
in
&*~>
the
year 888
then
of the Alexandrine
era;
B ajUjUJj ^jlJj^
the ffigra)
;
*Z*~'
cdô^j
SjJis.
commenced
J*yi
year 396 (of
0*A.
aXJ
i*Z& O^*^'
Jj^l
/*-*J>
U<*> ô**-e
i<*V
Sâ^JI
ô
S^4c ^jk.t
iJ
jv^ O-*
^
(lit.
(t,ne
Prophet)
cfoW ear/?/ iw ê forenoon, on
Monday
the twelfth
twelve nights
being passed) of the month of the first RabV, in the eleventh year of
the
Higra.
But
if
the years of a
as
life
or a reign are meant,
the
ordinal
must be employed;
2*atfA
jjL*
v-5^w^)l >z)Xc ,jo
3-oLJI <u-JI ,-j
?'
/^
year of the reign of el-lisraf Sa'ban; &JUJI iU-JI

*w
*&> O-*
Os^j^'j
forty-second year of his reign.

of stating the
111.
The Arabs have two ways

first
day of the month.

as
They count either from the
day
;
to
the
last,
we
do, e.g.
^jLatw ,j- ôjj Jjl the first of Sa'ban
w**>-j >*-*
-8
>^*
/y!P'
-*W
Me
I)
fourteenth day of the

(9w
month of Regeb ;
ÛM
of
êâ-Jl jî
or
yo^-oJ ^j*jOIj
Thursday
the twenty-second
Muharram ;
they reckon by the nights of the month, the civil day being held by them, as well as by the Jews, to commence at sunset. To illustrate
this, let
us take the month of Begeb, which has thirty days.

of Regeb,
1st
*XJ Jy), s^Lj *>*
or
y^j o*
%li*.
a$J,
one night of Regeb being past*. *
We
may
also say w-a-j Sî) or w-.j
oî.
(from 3j fA 6/aze,
111]

v^>j O-*
w^.j
'***
249
2nd,
3d,
O^-MJ
(
"
>*&
;
^ oâ
* * a
jQ
a *
-&)
and so on up to the
, *
, a , *
11th, w**>j
'*
O:
wJ^
CJU.
a _
a**********
(*M)
Sjfc
..-
a
;
j-i* (^J****^
*
and so on up
to the
;*,',$,
ouaJt
*a
14th,
w*.j
* *
jj-o
a
*-j*^.
,
*
<
<
_-.-I (
/jj
15th, w*>j ^>
i<9,
oj w*a>v
>-JLa^J
<i.
or
oLtfu,< ^?
w--> *
* *
a
^
a
middle of Regeb.
* i * a*
"a+
up
* *
+ * ai
16th,
w*j
* *
j^* c^Jj (iL3)

;
IjLs. *~>f$ fourteen nights
remaining
of Reg^b
a
and
*
so on
* a
to the
,*
a ,
a ,
20th, w--j v>

to the
(o**^) ^^*-.'
(JW
j-^*J)
j~**
and so on up
27th,
w4-j 0-
tS**^ $b.
28th,
29th,
w^j
,>
UJb O^MJ*JUU.
~
w^.j ,> C~*J

* * a
*a*
30th, w-.j ^> 5JLJ ^*.*^ on the last night of Regeb*.
Germ.
Blasse,
9 -
on a horse's forehead,
the nevj moon).
The word j^j m .^

s
(from J^Ha
first
(he
new moon)
is
likewise frequently used to denote the

J*iLyiwl, J*}H*1,
of the month,
e.g.
and more rarely
Jv*> ^*' an(^
Ja;
^jj<*
2/*e
{J%
jJ^T ^j Jyil^
^ ^.yTiljujT o^
Rabl\ and he
4X jLs. l*jUJI
disease began on the first of the first
(the Prophet) died on the twelfth of that rhonth. * * a * , * , * , a* , , o j * Or or -'^-JN), or w*y -iJL^J. ^.j ^J-J,
wy
The words
j1j
and
jj-rf,
more
rarely jl^-; and jj~t, are also
employed to denote
the last day of the month.

w.
ii.
32
II.
THE SENTENCE AND
ITS PARTS.
A.
1.
THE SENTENCE IN GENERAL.

the Sentence:
the Subject, the Predicate,
The Parts of
and
-d
their Complements.
112.
or total
Every proposition or sentence (*!*., plur. J-o*-, sum of words) necessarily consists of two parts, a subject and a
J ' *
**'
predicate.
The
latter is called
by the native grammarians ju~<JI
Aa w^/c/j leans upon or ?s supported by (the subject), the attribute; 0, 1,0 10, the former, aJI ju.>^J1 that upon which (the attribute) leans, or by
which
it
is
supported, that
to
tvhich something is attributed.

1 , 9 0,
The
relation between (one
them
is
termed >Uw^l, properly

then,
as
the act the
of leaning
relation
thing against another),
concrete,
of
attribution.
Rem.
subject
a.
Some grammarians
J
1
[e.g.
Slbaweih], however, call the
JU
...
or jU^^Jt,
and the predicate aJt ju .Jt.
[Rem.
6.
An
indispensable
member
of a proposition is called
Sji^c (lit. a support), whereas a dispensable member, as, for instance, the objective complement of a verb, when the suppression thereof
9,0,
is
not detrimental to the meaning, Comp. 44, c, rem. a.]
is
called dJLoi
(lit.
a redundancy).
113.
The subject
is
either
a noun
(substantive or expressed
;
pronoun*), or a
pronoun implied in the verb
the predicate
s
-
is
a noun
(substantive or adjective), a verb [or a preposition with its genitive
=
;
0*40,
t
<i
Oi
an adverb]
ii
e.g.
j^s-
jlj
Zh'd
is
learned ; *Jb^
9t
,
wJI
is
thou art noble
, ej
film,
yb
aJJI
JiaJI
God
is the
truth; juj
OU
Zdid
dead;
OU
he
is
[See, however, 48, f, rem. a.]
113]
The Sentence and

which
last
is
its
Parts. The Subject

is
&
Predicate.
251
dead
[Jjhy
(in
example the pronoun yb

a man].
implied in the verb)
UaU
here
Every
is
sentence which begins with the

called
subject (substantive or pronoun)

iUo-rft
by the Arab grammarians

following predicate
aJU*. a nominal sentence.
Whether the
it
i.
be a noun, or a preposition and the word

attracting
and
attracted, 115,
;
and Vol.
is
governs (jj>~j jW355), or a verb, is a

is
matter of indifference
OU
the
juj Zeid
9
-
dead,
m
their eyes a
'
nominal sentence just as much as^Jl* juj Zeid
is
learned, or
'
juj
>. . M
sentence,
2T&V/
es
mi
mosque.
is
What
characterises
a nominal
according to
them,
the
absence of
On expressed by or contained in a finite verb. sentence of which the predicate is a verb preceding the subject
(as juj
a logical copula the contrary, a
OU
Zeid
is
dead), or a sentence consisting of a verb which
includes both subject and predicate (as
OU
he
is
dead),
is
called
by
them uUi iX^. a

is
verbal sentence.
The
subject of a nominal sentence

is
called tju**JI that with which

its
a beginning
made, the inchoative,
and
predicate
j-jfcJt the
is
enunciative or announcement.
The
subject
of a verbal sentence
called
J*UUI ^?
#/?#,
and
its
predicate J**JI
action or wr>.
Rem.
elliptical
a.
lju**JI
is,
according to the above translation, an
form of expression, for <u Iju^Jl.

[where a similar
for
<xj
Compare Vol.
viz.
i.
190,
rem. b
elliptical
expression occurs,
j^ t .-g}\
J)
and ^^cuJt
pyyrov is
j-j^-aJI
and
aj ^^.o-qJI.
I
Likewise Jf^LôJI to
</e
used for u J^JaU^J!, jl^jvqJ
for aJLc ji^jtoJI
relied
upon,
for
t JjJL. .o for aî jJjJ^L*
shared
in,
and
(in later times)
i**Vt
aJ^
JîJI
( 133)].
to
[Rem. b. The difference between verbal and nominal sentences, which the native grammarians attach no small importance, is
properly this, that the former relates an act or event, the latter
252
Part Third. Syntax.
114
gives a description of a person or thing, either absolutely, or in the form of a clause descriptive of state ( 183, a). This is the constant rule in good old Arabic, unless the desire to emphasize a part of the sentence be the cause of a change in its position.]
114.
sentence
of a verb
The
place of the subject both of a nominal and of a verbal
may
sometimes be supplied by an entire sentence compounded

particles ,j\ or
and one of the
(called ajjjuo^JI
UuâJI
verbi,
the particles
which supply the place of the masdar or nomen

l^-e^-eu
,jt
It
88)
as
j^ j*-
is
good for you that ye should fast
or to fast (lôôJ ,jt that
-j^^yo)
<d*f.j. (jl
* a.. c t
it
pleased
me
thou wentest out, or thy going out pleased

;
me (o^.a. O'hostile
to
sV^5jrfk)
el-
jf%~>^\
CUjjU
JU
thou hast long been
Islam (C*j*U
[Rem.
U = ^tjl**).
i * * 6 i a
Instead of a sentence compounded with ^t, sometimes

go
*
.a
j -
joo
an oratio directa
is
used, as
little
dtp
^jt
is
^
better
j-^
^ji-ji^Jb
^J
s , t ,
thy hearing of the
Ma'addi
than thy seeing him;
Z'
feeder
^J
tJt
ôv**6
<kn my
1^
being emir
^t, ^)t ws.l
UUufiJI
^JLi
LJL5 ^j
pleases
^Jb ^t and
better
that the breach of faith proceeds

it
from them
%+~i\
me
than that
should proceed from us ; aJI

anc?,
saio?
he,
^JUi
.J! j-~~>
^)l
^>* iJ]
^*^t
rather will
I march
in the
towards him than that he should march towards

I)
me; and
predicate Ua..< l*^

sleeping hardly at
revenge, or to meet
all,
L5*^
-*'
J^'
-** 4"*A
>^'
>>^' j^j*
J^*
his principal object being to obtain his bloodp. 245).
an ironclad warrior (ffamdsa,

be, as
D. G.]
115.
with
its
The predicate may

xa. ....,>>
mentioned in
^/c?
/,s
113, a preposition
i)j~s- j^jj
genitive; as
^* juj
iw
^ mosque;
;
Ze~id is with thee or

^-JiUfiJt
m #%
house; aJJ ,j**j
w^ re God's; j^
s
Ul
rtwi
one of those who speak the truth
CHU ^y* / owe
116]
The Sentence and
its
Parts.
Tlie Subject
&
Predicate.
253
iU
same money
is
(lit.
upon me there
it (lit. it is to
is
debt, see 59, c)

it).
aXjuu
,jl
thou mayest do
thee that thou do
When
the subject
placed
first,
these are nominal sentences

it,
113);
but when the
predicate precedes
their
nature
is
doubtful, most
grammarians
holding them
to
be transposed nominal sentences (in which case

a j<**
\^s
'
m
5
Oi> (^5^ w
i
i-
j~
or predicate placed in front,
and
e-
* * 6 j
a >*-> ju*- or subject placed behind), whilst others regard them as being in reality verbal sentences, with the verb suppressed (so that
Oi>
^jAfi
*
'
is
equivalent to ^jX* j*^--i there rests upon me, and >jz
is
the
J*li
or subject of this suppressed verb).

is
sentence, of which the

is
predicate
a preposition with a genitive indicating a place,

2uij> i****.
called
;
by the Arabs
&*/ sentence (see Vol.
i.
221, rem. a)
it
and
if
the genitive indicates any other relation but that of place,
is
said to be A-ipaJI ij>~ *i*p
&-*+
sentence which runs the course,
or follows the analogy, of
local sentence.
As, however, the expression
^jJ
is often used in the general sense of m*~*$ jU. ( 113), any sentence commencing with a preposition and its genitive as the
predicate
may
be called
<CM> iC.
(see 127, a).
difference in signification between those sentences [Rem. in which the predicate and those in which the subject precedes lies
The
in the fact, that the logical emphasis always falls the sentence that is put in the second place
on that part of
36,
(comp.
rem. b)
>^
j*>j
""frN
>>j. "
) !
*>-ij
Zeid
is
in
is
t/ie
mosque
(not elseichere),
else).]
but ..i
in
tlie
mosque
Zeid (not any one

a preposition with
116.
adverb],
When
of
the predicate
is
is
its
genitive [or an
or a sentence
and the subject

at
an
indefinite substantive,
compounded
q\ and a
;
finite
verb
i) juc
is
114), the
is
predicate
must
necessarily be put first
as
Jlj
a man
with thee or in thy

4JL*i3
,jt
house
l\j*\ j\ji\
a woman
in
the house;
JJ
thou
,1.
mayest da
it;
and not Jju* JLj,
j\jS\
5lj.il,
ilj
iUl5
Unless the indefinite substantive be accompanied by an adjective,
254
Part Third.Syntax.
when
either order
noble
is
117
expressed or implied,
admissible
is
as Ja*.j ^jjjs.
j&ijî or
o o - j
\^j^s- jtrij^
, , b
J^j> a
oo
* j
man
a
ivith
me
or in
my
house
* * a
sj^c^j
U>a^, or Ijjuc
J-ja-j, there is
little
man, or a mean-looking
fellow
dj^j =^*fco J^j

*
or j*. jJj^j) twVA ?^ or at our house
[or
unless the sentence expresses a wish,

o* *
o
- *
when the
e).
indefinite subject
comes
e-
oa
first; as
>&As- j?%*,
jup Jjj
127,
In case of inversion, the
subject
must be defined by the

This inversion
article, as
>OLJI
yiLXe-,
J-y
**iP]-
117.
of subject
:
and predicate
(a)
also
O J
necessarily
takes place in a nominal sentence
when the tju** comprises a

what
pronoun which
refers to a
word
it,
in the j-**-, as ly***^- (J** >***
an eye
is
r '
loves fills (or satisfies)
ly*-L jljJI ^j?
its
master (or owner)

;
in the house, not >*

'
^Lo
ly****-, jtjJI
^J
ly-^.Lo
(/?)
when the
Zeid
is
Iju-^
is
restricted
by Uil
jljJt
or *$\, as juj jljJI

#/^re
/.?
lj|
o/#
in
the house,
joj
^)l
Û
o
;w owg but
(to do)
Zeid
in the house,
I****.!
cUjI
*^l
W U
&
we have nothing
but to follow 'Ahmed

?s
(Muhammad), not
s
jljJI
^
s
go*
j3
juj
l*Jt,
which would mean ^?'c?
only in the house [comp.

i
115,
rem., 185]; (y)

,
\
when the j-^.

OB"
is
is
-
an
Oi
interrogative, as C-Jt ^yc

B -
who art thou!

is
tJJk
what
this! j>jj (j-d
*0s
where
is
ZVid!
a.
jj-o-e-
<-M how
.
'Amr !
*j)l
Rem.
With
the particle
^
Si
under
B * *
B, ,
/? we syBilBiiO'
'
find
it
occasional
*
<*
exceptions
T)
as viA^lc
*$ \
^Jjbj
^y-^
l5^-Lh J****
'
î
iJ"*
Vj
"^
lJ>*-o^
Thee
and
wiy Lord, can victory over them be hoped for save through (on whom) can one rely save on Thee ?
The inversion likewise takes place when a nominal preceded by an interrogative or negative particle, the proposition transposed predicate agreeing with the subject in number*; as
Rem.
b.
is
J r
Bi
j>\
:
[In the words j>U the sense of a collective
>Z
,1
, Bit ii.
i 'I
a**l JiUull (Tab.
1973,
1.
7) 2u+\ has
are the house of
Omeiya rvaking
or sleeping
D. G.]
1 19]
The Sentence and
its
Parts. The Subject
&
Predicate.
255
^^LyJI ,jUjU>
j
the
two
men
ra
are not standing: JljJ'

?
0>^
w^'
"
5 ^
or
^J'jfcyJI
>W*'j rtre
^ w^
standing
See
121.
118.
In verbal sentences the subject or agent must always follow

j , j
the predicate or verb;
as j+e-
OU
ii
'Omar
is
is
dead
oy>\
OU
j *
j+s-
'Omars father
119.
(lit.
'Omar,
his father)
dead
(see 120).
When
the
noun
(substantive
or pronoun)
stands
first,
and the verb
second, the
former
is
not a J*l* or agent, but a

is
or inchoative, of which the latter
the j~. or enuntiative,
the whole being not a verbal but a nominal sentence (see
113).
sentence of this kind, consisting of an inchoative and a complete verbal sentence, the agent of which is contained in the verb itself
(
113),
may
;
be called compound;
e.g.
OU
juj
Zeid
is
is
dead,=
yh
juj In such sentences, the pronoun which is contained in the verb takes the place of, and falls back upon, the noun which stands before the
oU
wJi
Ut
have said, where the agent
C> in C-Ji.
compound
verbal sentence and constitutes
its
inchoative.
The
<oU
dif-
ference between a
compound nominal
sentence,
is
such as
In
juj,
and a verbal one, such as juj

inchoative
is
OU,
this.
the former, the
always (tacitly or expressly) contrasted with another inchoative, having not the same predicate but a different or even
i ,
j , J ,
an opposite one
is
e.g.
^j*.
/&}
oU
s^
juj Zîd
;
is
dead and 'Omar

latter,
alive,
^j*** j-o*
logical
Ul^ C>Ui juj Ut
whereas in the
in
which the
emphasis rests almost solely npon the verb, such a contrast of two inchoatives is not admissible. Even when the verb is
put into the background by the emphasis falling with specialising or contrasting force upon some one of its complements, the very fact of
the emphasis so falling at once sets aside
of the inchoatives;
for
all
question of a contrast
***>
example: ,jji-J ^î]j

;
^W thee
9 *
ice
worship and
Ot-^>^
to
thee we cry for help
w>-3
'
J^*'j '^j îj ~~J-2
O-a^j J+* Zeid
struck one man,
and 'Omar struck two men.
256
Part Third. Syntax.

120.
120
of a
oi
Those sentences are also compound, which are composed noun and a nominal sentence or a verbal sentence, consisting
,
J 10-e
0-
a verb
son
is
and a following noun.

(lit.
For example
(j-~.
&ij\
J*ij
Zeids
father
Zeid, his son)

o^.t
is
handsome;
Zeid's
oy>\
OU
has
juj ZMtfs
been
killed;
dead;
JI5 juj
letter
brother
to
w>U^j aJI iâf. juj a

there has been
has been brought

ivith
Zeid
(lit.
Zeid,
a coming
is
of this sort, there
In compound sentences letter). appended to the subject of the nominal or verbal

to
him
sentence, which occupies the place of the j**., a pronominal suffix,

called
Jajl/Jt, the
binder or connecter, which represents, and
falls
back
upon, the noun forming the lju~.

o ,
i ,
Such a sentence
is
said
tivo
by the
o - a j
grammarians to be
jj-jy.j
Oli
^X^^.,
a sentence with
faces or
aspects, because, as a whole, it partakes
both of the nominal and the
verbal nature.
Rem.
a.
The pronominal
is
suffix is
sometimes omitted in cases in
which the sense
perfectly clear without it;
asÂjju
Ol***-
O-****"
the ghee is (at the rate of) two mands for a dirham ; ^jîJ j&\ j+i\ ' * ' l^Jbp the wheat is (at the rate of) sixty dirhams per kurr ; i.e. ijty*o
. .
"
Z JOs
4JU two
mands of it, x^c
jj3l the
kurr of it.
is
L'
p
\j
not required when the j-i.

*
'
'
is
"
a >
;
J)
wider or more general in

a, is*.-*, a jJ^fcjJI jqiu j*ij
<j
its
signification
than the
is
!
ju~o
as
Wliat
an
excellent
man
Zeid
Nor when the

;
ju** and
r.n^r-
j-*
are perfectly identical in meaning

(is),
as aaM iJôJ
*j)1
wiy utterance
(is),
God
is
my
sufficiency
aJJI
aM
*n)
^^
w/ta
/ say
There
is
no god but God.
121.
the
(a)
If a
sentence consists of a verbal adjective occupying

it
first place,
and a noun occupying the second,
may
be regarded
as a verbal sentence, the verbal adjective being looked upon as a verb
121] The Sentence and
its
Parts.
The Subject & Predicate.

)'
s
>^*-*
257
and the noun as

skilled (in
its
agent.
E.g. wy) ?+>
the
Banii Lihb are
augury)
yfi^t
^LM
juc
j*J ^^-a-9
a
</ 0 ?re ar* footer
Mrt
i/ow
in the opinion
of men (where, according to the analysis of
the grammarians, j*> and j+*. are the tj~, and
yJ
and
(J-**-
are
each a ^âiJI
^c
ju^
>L ,J^l9 or agent supplying the place of the habar)

is
a**>U w>jLi> juj Zeidts slave

I
beating
'Omar (where jê.

there
is
the J*l* of w>j^*)
*>^*
O^
(b)
'
J-ij
whose slave
the verbal
particle,
is
handsome.
is
^^fis
came
to
me Zeid, B when
of
The same
necessarily the case,
adjective
in
preceded by an interrogative or negative
and put
the singular, without regard to the

E.g.
number
3-Atj
the following noun.
juj ^5151
A*
Zeid standing? jua

2-Jkl3
Hindis
and
not going
away (where ^513 and

>-aJ
1
are the tju*, and juj
are each a
J
ju~ jL J^li)
^
J^P' ^5^1
>"
^/v ffo ##
-c
standing]
J-j
\S^f^
are
^^
^"*0
w ^"
>^
standing;
is
^^1
l>jt
Zeids parents standing? (where ^5li

and juj a transposed tj~<
;
a transposed
j+-, o\y>\ its J^l>,
-iiyî
,.^-i-o
.1
,jjk
>.
are
*s
C//tJ
'**j-
My
sa/w beaten?
(where wJJjj"**
tne
anc^ >* a
w^
J/
j-jiJI ju~ jL>
J^li or deputy-agent supplying the place of
the j~).
ft
Similarly
^*^>\ W ^J^\
O* ^l
*r-*'j'
ari fnon 9oxn 9 fo forsake
my
gods,
Abraham
\+Z>\
^$J^*j ol^
icith
U
aj
^JLJ^.
my
tico friends,
ye do not keep your compact

will ye fulfil a promise on
^yJJ)
*iJ
me;
c~jj tj^^ ^L>l J

*-jb\*
a^
,
which
relied?
Jlxc *M ^-*
^
=
;
enemies are not in play, so do thou leave off play (where

^J
U.
i.e.
^)j-ol
^JjU U).
But
if
the verbal adjective agrees

is
with the following noun in number, the sentence
regarded as
nominal
w.
e.g.
O^^" O^^
^ ine tu '
men
not standing (where
ii.
33
258
Part Third. Syntax.

is
122
O'-o-'^
a jejJLo j+.
and
0*^P'
a j*-y
'****)
See
117,
rem.
b.
O
y
i*S
Rem.
analysis
is is
In the case of a singular noun, as juj ^5l3t, a double

O
^^
o Z * s
6*
possible ; ^\.i
I
may
be regarded as a lju~o, of which juj
the >^*aiJ
ju- Û ^JÛ,
and
this
is
the preferable view

is
or
^0^15
may
be regarded as a transposed j+-, of which juj

I,
the
transposed
122.
The Arabic language,
like
the
Hebrew and
Syriac, has
no abstract or substantive verb to unite the predicate with the subject

of a nominal sentence, for
O^9
n t an abstract verb, but, like
all
other verbs, an attributive, ascribing to the subject the attribute of

existence.
Consequently
its
predicate
( 41).
is
put, not in the nominative,
but in the adverbial accusative
The same remark naturally
applies to the
J^=> Olî.1
( 42).
123.
If a definite
noun (substantive
or pronoun)
and an
indefinite
adjective are placed in juxtaposition, the very fact of the former being
defined (no matter in what way) and the latter undefined, shows that
the latter
is
the predicate of the former, and that the two together

;
form a complete nominal sentence for an adjective which is appended to a noun as a mere descriptive epithet, and forms along with it only
one part (either subject or predicate) of a sentence, must be defined
according to the nature of the noun.

O
'
J '
E.g. uîj-* *-*~>ji Joseph (is)

>
&
sick,
u^-ij-* cA-k-*
(is) sick,
- J
it
the sultan (is) sick,
uîj*
>-*~>5i
^,
he
Joseph's
(is) sick,
father
u^s*
man
(is)
i<^
sick
my
;
father
(is) sick, u^-ij-*
>*
ua>ja
IJub this
whereas Âjj-oJI
IJufc
would mean either
this (is) the sick
(man) or
this sick
(man), and ^jZuj^S ^jUxLJl the
sick sultan.
124.
When
of the third person
both subject and predicate are defined, the pronoun is frequently inserted between them (see 129),
125] The Sentence
&
its
Parts. Subj.
&
Pred. J-oiJl j-*-*.
259
to prevent
any
apposition.
first
taken for a mere possibility of the predicate being done even when the subject is a pronoun of the This is
or second person.
For example: j>y*&\ cr*-"
.**
*^'
is
^^ u
the life
the living, the self-subsisting,
JaJtj SôJI â
,'
<UJt
God
is
and
the truth,
9>}&\
\
}*>
;
^ta
5'
tne (only true) wealth
contentment,
j&T
man
i^Sj
^k
JX23
these are fuel
for the
the
fire, Ut
I* JL^>\ iUj that

Ul
is I,
i$l 1>j$ >* / am

the
Ut
/ am
Lord thy God, Jij&\ â
SôIjTj JUJIj
way and
the truth
and
the life, 01
â ^>*
freJ*>j
who
am
I*?
also [The insertion of this pronoun takes place
quently,
jj^ft
when the
is
predicate
is
a comparative, as y* J-iit
l
>*
Zeid
is
more
excellent than
Amr.]
This interposed pronoun,
which
equally
common
in the other Semitic languages, is called

the
by
the grammarians J-aAJI j~o-a [or simply J~e*M]

separation (between the tjj-9 and the
pronoun of
[or simply
_/-*-), s\+*)\ j~t*>e
the sentence), iC*JI] the pronoun which serves as a prop or support (to
or simply
*U jJt ^ _prop
or support.
125.
,j'>
In the case of a definite subject in the accusative after

-
0'> etc
is
36), the J-a*)l
j-ô
is
not required, because the

its
predicate
sufficiently
marked as such by
aXJI
remaining in the
nominative, as
iiU wJU
^j\ verily
God
is
one of three ; whereas

viz.
it
a mere apposition would be in the same case as the subject, A pronoun may, however, be inserted, provided accusative. the same person as the substantive or pronoun after
jtjiM
jjt,
the
be of
;
etc.
as
jb
Lj*
It^y
'
Oi
ver
}sft
*'-
world
to
come
is
the everlasting
of the 3d person after the [This insertion of the pronoun pronouns of the 1st and 2d person, is post-classical comp. Fleischer, Kl. Schr. i. 588 seq.]
;
260
j
Part Third. Syntax.

; '$*>
s
[
s Its
t
126
ii
si
^t
abode, w>U>yi
OJI
<iXJl
Tlwu art
the bounteous giver, >Ajj Ul
^Jt I
am
thy Lord.
for
Very often the predicate

bs
after
(jl,
etc.,
is
introduced,
(
the sake of greater distinctness, by the particle

2<C
36),
as
3s
vt
*o
^LJI
J
Ac
l
^J-oi ^JJ olUI ,jt
wn7# 6W
is
good towards men; and

."
s 3s
sit iO
Cl
even here the pronoun

s 5*5
3
may
be introduced after J, as
3
^J
s3s
<JJl
s
I
<jl
ut
sbiO
s sOlO
jxfimJS
Z s a<o
J-ijJti\
verily
is
God
is the
mighty, the wise
\jo*cji) \
y^
IJjfc
,jl
JiaJt verily this
the true narrative.

^j\, etc., is
ul
Rem.
The noun governed by

5
S s
not regarded by the
sO
3 a
Arab grammarians
etc.
as a Iju^-o, but as the ^jl^wl, the

a.
noun o/'inna,
See
36,
rem.
126. When both the subject and the predicate of a nominal sentence are indefinite, but the former consists of several words, no
doubt can
arise as to
part of one, because the subject, being cut off
whether they form a complete sentence or only a by the words annexed
cannot possibly form any one portion of the sentence (subject or predicate) in connexion with the noun which is separated from it by
to
it,
s 3 s
Bs
s s
Os
s s
3 B s
 aSjuo
,j~6 j~. Sîfcoj v-ijâ-o
Jy>
kind words and forgiveness are better than alms folloived by

t 3 Bs s
it
injury ; ^z+a>-\
slave
^ 2&j<Lo ^c
Os s
j-j*.
0BsQst3 9slss &U^ i*^ and
verily
a female
who
believes is better
than an idolatress, even when she (the latter)
pleases you (more).
j)
The inchoative or subject according to the Arab grammarians,

127.
*
is
of a nominal sentence cannot,
consist of
an indefinite noun*,
Indefinite (5j&)
here to be taken in the sense [not only of not

3 s s
being defined by the article or the genitive of a defined word, but

wj
even] of not having a genitive after

3
s
it,
for such phrases as jj
y)~
O-ij-i
a pi us action or good work adorns (a man), j*m.
<SBs^ss3Bs icU
^Jjcc
j^Jit
otM
oCe
yt an hour's justice
is better
than a thousand months'

is
its
Parts.

I
261
or one which
not qualified by an adjective, or an expression equi-
valent to an adjective (as U jUp j\j&

9
'
^>e J**, there

.
is
a man of
.
the
n
9 1 r
noble with us,
=^,ij^ J*-j a
noble
man)
except in certain cases, of
which the following are the most important.

(a)
When
the sentence
its
is
of the
class
called
i-ijJsJI
iCoJt
(taking this term in

predicate
is
widest sense, 115 at the end), and (a) the

as J**j jljJt
placed
first,
^y
is
there
is
a man
in the house,
mfjî t*-lj
is
CaJ
in
under
my head
;
there
saddle,
S^J juj
is
-a
jjs- there
a leopard
ZeifTs possession
or
(/3) the 9i- O-e
subject
i
preceded by an
9 j A-
interrogative or negative particle, as
Sj/-l j>\
jtjJI
^
-
J**j^
there
/?i
Mi
^/fo
Aoms?, or
7
,
a woman
JJk
j'jJI
>V
O*-'!
J * & ^'^
person in the house

jljJI ,-i jl.I
îi î
is
there
a young man among you?
r7#;-0
wo o in the house, UJ Jî.
we have no
friend,
iJU-o
j-.
*.l
^/we
is
no one better than thou art.
(b)
When
the
subject
is
is
preceded by the affirmative
as
^513
J>c*-j)
certainly there
a man standing.
a diminutive, because the substantive
(c)
When
the subject
is
then includes the idea of the adjective vJLc small, or ^-i- ctw-
worship,
Jamj
^)
.ilLto
one
like
thee
cannot be mean,
are
quite J)
admissible,
and yet the governing noun is indefinite, according to 92. The inchoative may, however, be an indefinite verbal noun, provided that it retains the government of the verb from which it is derived ;
e.g.
9' *
j~. jt^-i
*
ij>
*
My a
desire to do
good
is
good, ajjuo
o^jôj j*\
/9J
"
iSjco j&*q
what
is
^yjj to order what is right is an alms and to prohibit wrong is an alms. In both these cases, however, there is
^j-
evidently a
footnote].
sort
of
partial
determination
"
[
L^--n-^
comp.
75,
262
Part Third. Syntax.

- a
127
5a
..
temptible
as
Uîc
tjs^-j
^<?/'0
fcs
a mannikin
(or
Traeow fellow)
at
our house (see

(d)
116).
When
a/; as
the subject
is
noun
;
of a general signification, such
as
is
<j^ J^> <^ joen^

Zi
O^j J^
dfe; because
*
J^
<w,
*>
&
>
here equivalent to
is
Ûl
J^>
//
mankind, or
jk.l
J^
ewfj/
and
therefore virtually definite (see 82, a).
{e)
When
the sentence expresses a wish or prayer

O s
as
^*Xt jt>*$~)
04/
jJ-jj
peace be upon
(f)
you
jujJ
woe
to
Zeid !
When
the subject
particle ij]
is
a word which contains the conditional
meaning of the
(/">
such as O-*
( 6)
e.g. ax^>
^3) ^su
,j-o
if any one gets up,
will get
up with him.
is
(g)
When
the
subject
preceded by the
JUJt
*-
a -
jtj
or
waw
a - -
which introduces a circumstantial clause
( 183), or
a j
by the conjunction
o a -
^
,
a(/*
^-
- a.a
**
eli
"^> or
by the
^Âi.!
s t>aJI
187]
as *x*i sLil
jj^^jj Lj^
a star
its
JJjlw
(J^ *ô
^JLate.^ \j>>
we
the
travelled by night, after
had already shone

light
out, but
from
moment thy face appeared,

in
obscured every shining star (Jijli
j *
rhyme
for
JijUO
"^V
as-
a *>
dJLo ^'i
J&
{3*3*$ jM**'
w^
,jl
& "^ /o**

if
patience, every lover

(i.e. if
would
die
iaApl
^*ai
is
j~>c
w**6
a wild ass departs
a chief-
tain dies), there

jy
a wild
ass (another chieftain) in the tribe.

is
(h)
When
the subject
;
the answer to a question,

-
its
predicate
, a
being suppressed
as
when one asks

o i ,
.i)
juc
^jê
a
who
is
in thy house ?
and receives the

(i)
reply,
J^j a
is
man,
soil.
^J^.
-
When
the subject
an adjective, agreeing with and taking

a 9
9*
i J
the place of a suppressed substantive

believer
is
as
t J
j*^

O-*
jt^ 0-*>* a
better than
an
unbeliever,
is
i.e.
>*>
J>-j
a believing man.
is
(j)
When
the subject
connected with another subject, which
127]
The Sentence and
its
Parts. The Subject

as
&
Predicate.
263
definite or
accompanied by an adjective
^
(jU^^ J^jj J^j Zeid

s
ff/M?
a ia are standing;
jtjJI
^y J^j.3 L5?*?3
=jtn^
9is a*'
9 *
" 9
a Temimite and
{another-)
5
man
are in the house, where L5*->J

2
i)
;
.*' (p- 260, note)

1*
...,
10
or lô-^j J*.j (above,

tall
jtjJI
^y iL>
Sl^-ot^
J*.j a
man and a
woman
[(k)
are in the house.
When
two or more
indefinite subjects are put together anti-
thetically or synthetically, as U*Xc

x ^
^>>j
9
UJ
^j
one day
is
for
us,
fl^-
another against us; J15 vajij

(/)
J13 >sy>j
, *
a,*
^/^ say
offcrs
tip
say.
-
"When the subject
is
in the accusative after ^!, o' e * c
36),
as w'JL'kjj w*>i A-ejî
O^9
'>^l
Oi a
l l0n
had a
irolj
and a fox for
companions.]
In
all
these different sorts of sentences, there can be no doubt that
the words form a complete sentence, and not merely a part of one.
Rem.
a.
The subject may

rests
also be indefinite in
some cases in Q
something
which a strong emphasis

has brought
thee,
upon
cla.
2
^)l
a *
it
as dL t\.
ti*2>
,
meaning ^b
a ,
^^.Kc
,
something great or
important, or equivalent to
thee but
*_
;
^JU si*. Le nothing has brought

2 ,* 9* **
a thing (of importance)

6.
9
*
O^Jbu
S^Ju
a ox
Acts
spoken
in
a
Rem.
European grammarians have often erred

9a * *
their
*
*2
a*
analysis of the phrase
J.jo^ j--ai in the Kor'an, xii. IS, wJ^-

a >*
I
Jj
j)
J
j lt
9 a -
'*
at
t
^--ai lô
^C ju
a j j tai
^^J.
This they have translated either
/ta^,
your minds have made a thing seem pleasant unto you (and ye have done it), but patience is becoming ; or mais la patience vaut mieux ; or ergo pati (patientem esse) pulchrum est; according to which
**' c * a i translations^** would be an indefinite tjuo and
Still
9
9 _
^pr
its
*.
worse
is it
to regard the
!
becoming patience
*
-
(also
* ,
words as an exhortation, therefore geziemende Geduld .'), which would neces-
ta
sarily
be *}L^.
b/**ai ( 35).
The Arab commentators

s^'
are right
at*
9a ,
i.e.
in regarding the words either as a
compound
j*,
j+*o {Jj*\*
264
Part Third Syntax.
128
business (or f?w/) is {to show) becoming , j ^ it. 5 ^ ^ (//ij j * e C or as a compound lju~, i.e. (J^l) vô^l vjjcq* X* ^ patience,
Jj*. cmc? therefore
my
<5
.-
and
The therefore (to show) becoming patience is more seemly. former of these two views seems to be the preferable one. [Comp. Slbaw. i. i.]
[Rem.
LoxJ
I
c.
In such sentences as Lo jtyA
,j~5
ôâJ
^ JJ
Oi
the staff jp/AJ verily, before to-day

(i.e.
was struck for an

;
intelligent
man
he,
being heedless, has been called to attention)

to
J^S 0-*3
Otw^j ,i j&^j*
to
an d
I
before
now
ye have been remiss with regard

ye will see me, to
is
Joseph
jcjQjJ to
it
j^j and to-morrow
not
pleonastic, as
has been called by some scholars, but forms with
the following verbal clause the subject of a nominal sentence of the class mentioned under a. Comp. Fleischer, Kl. Schr. i. 479, ii.
390
seq.,
where
many examples
are given.
D. G.]
128.
When
former consists of several words,
both subject and predicate are definite, but the it is also clear, without the insertion
as
is
of the J-aiJt jfo^>, that the words form a complete sentence;

J
0*3
til
/G
yi
j&J*$\
el-
aJUt
j^c O-jjJI
the
{only
true)
religion
in
God's sight
1
Islam; C-IJ1 i-w JJ^fe aU\ J-*- ^y^Jtôl O***^!

.*-
CH^ J^
Jjllw
the likeness
of those who expend their wealth in the path

the likeness
(or cause)
of God,
{is)
of a grain of corn which produces
seven ears.
129.
The J-aiJt jiro^
is
also not rarely omitted in sentences in

definite,
which both subject and predicate are

of only one word
;
but the former consists

is
as aJJI
'All
Jyj
is
jôj>~o
Muhammad
the apostle
of
God;
aXjT
Jp Û
the friend
of God ; Jr*k*$ f
Ji^T iui
this is the great felicity (el-Kor'an, ch. ix. 90,
but in verse 73 we read

first
^JiaJI jyJI y* iUj).
Here a doubt might at
arise,
as
to
whether these words form a complete sentence, or merely the compound

;
its
Parts. The Subject
&
Predicate.
265
in which case we must only examine whether the subject of one words that follow can be taken as their predicate, without doing
violence to sense and grammar, or not.
130.
From the
^J-aaJI j~-o*, or
pronoun of separation, must be

is
carefully distinguished the
pronoun which
it
appended to the subject a__
to give
it
emphasis and contrast

;
with another subject
(juÛI j~<-i>
;
ju$Jt
y)
as
w~-JI yb
tjub
,j\s this
was
the reason
,j\>
J'
Oi
Jjuc
yt>
} i
J^Jt yk
?fo
\jjb (/"this be the truth
from Thee; Of**
U^ ^
the
e j a*>
jUaJt
ôJb
Muslims (and not
slaves or mercenaries)
waer
formed
army ;
(j-j^JUsJl
is
tîlib
>~3 but they
^
*
(ftttrs
of wrong.
This pronoun
also frequently
appended
(as in the other
Semitic
languages) to a pronominal suffix in

0*
any
i
*0
case, to give it
'
emphasis
the
[comp.
139, rem. ]
;
e.g.
5 ^ t
^y^z w~5p' w^'

** ***
fie
-*
C~^
thou art
#a^
j jt/
watcher over them

fâ#
??o
U*
j^.l
JjUu
;
^)l
yk
<sulj
O^
^^
HIS opinion teas

Ul
oh should take anything

is
JiJI
IjJb
lis,,},
-
^
*
\
gcL
a -
jjjli
where then
is this
my
sAare of this booty? O"3*^

^
i
* jot
- j - - -
book? Ours; ^X3i o-* ^*^' U*u

*^t
*2Al*
^ ->^' '** O-oJ '&>se U what prevented you two

5
3-o
from doing that? IjJjj

that I have less wealth
J^' Ul Ojchildren
Oi
if thou
:
thinkest
and (fewer)
than thou
and more
rarely to a
noun
in the accusative, as
o**WJ'
â <Qp
^X*^.^ and
we made
his offspring the survivors.

it,
The emphatic
jjt
J
r
is
sometimes
prefixed to
as
^>oJLaJI
^>a*-J
Lib
if
we
fo
righteous.
[Rem.
&
* a<0 * j -
In the preceding quotations from the Kor an some read

j
Ct
to
} i
t , * *
L ,l
*i
li
I,
J^JI
yib.
(j^^JUsJIÂ, IjJjj
'
^)t J*U
JJI
taking these words
as nominal sentences,
**
which form
in the first
and second case the
predicate of ^l. in the third the second object of ^!j. just as in * a ;/ 6/ ^j iji Û- ^-jfc, yk tjuj (J>AI, / f/iinA; Zeic? ts better than thou art, the
âsa^^j
are the second object of

v
words
w.
ii.
JJU-e j-te.
yb
>b.]
34
266
Part Third. Syntax.

131.
If,
131
however, in a nominal sentence, a more precise indication

for this
J
of time
and mood be necessary, the Arabs use

(
purpose
J "
O^*
or one of its "sisters"
41, 42).
The imperfect
(
O&
nas
tnis
case the usual meanings of the imperfect
8)
whilst the perfect
O^
l,b);
-
admits of four significations

aorist (
1,
viz. (a)
it
of the historical tense or Greek
a),
in
which case
to
has, according to the

(b) of
Arab gram(
} * j -
marians, the sense of Û?

(c)
become ;
it (
the actual perfect
of the actual imperfect, as

also occasionally occurs
were a shortening of 03î 0*^>

9)
;
B which
and
in the Kor'an, of the present, but only

its
sometimes, especially by giving a peculiar turn to

(d)
-n-icfrvKa),
use as a perfect (has become by nature,

verily
as
O^
The
*^'
Oi
UjSj^LJ*
God
is
a watcher over you (Sura
iv. 1).
perfect
,jl expresses the present in particular after the negative particle
U,
^*
and the interrogative
particles, such as
I ;
e.g.
ij>^> ^*s ??o
O^
ouju ,j-o ^JJt (^Jjuaj
0^3
it
(the Kor'an)
a story invented
(by
Muhammad),
but a confirmation of what

*j)l
(i.e.
of the sacred writings
which) preceded it; ,jâ51.

enter them
(lit.
Us$A.ju
O'ô-ir^
O^3
^**
^#
cannot
is not to
them that they should enter them) but with
fear
aJJt
(jib ^1
O-cy o' u~*^

God ;
J '
O^3 ^
3
li
wo sou ^ can believe except

'*
6?/ /*0
permission of
L5/-A-J
*
J
>a
efo
ms ?/
lit.
letting
D
wonder
harm; ^&LojI ^*-aJ

z's
aJJI
not (the one)

Jj*-j
rewarded)
to
^^vô
^1
your perish ^^"3^ o' W* l^^ O^'

to
let
O^ j^
--
^g
*s
n t (îe man)
?'s
to
U GW
incapable of
(i.e.
belief
go un^s
&
1
men
The
that
We
have made a revelation
to
one of them
132.
subject of a sentence
it,
is
frequently not specified, either

it.
because we do not know
or
do not choose to mention
We
have,
however, the option of expressing ourselves either personally, by such forms as one says, they say, people say, Germ, man sagt, Fr. on dit ; or impersonally, either by means of the passive voice, as it is said, Germ.
es
wird gesagt, or of the active
voice, as it rains,
Germ,
es regnet, Fr.

pleut.
its
Parts.

in both
267
il
The Arabs too express themselves
ways (with the
restriction stated in 133, rem. b).
If they wish to use the personal
form, they employ (a) the third person sing. masc. of the verb with as its own nomen agentis, denned or undefined by the article
;
Jjl3 J13 one said, JjUJI J13

in
id.
(lit,
he who, or every one icho,
was
say
a position
to say,
said);
JjUJI
Jyu
one says,
is
wont
to
The or gets into, a position to say, says). (lit. every one who is in, the article expresses in such determination of the singular subject by
cases a distributive totality,
(b) If
the undefined subject
is
one of a
number of persons who

third person plural
is
are
known
to us, the sufiix pronoun of the
annexed to the nomen agentis to indicate these

f tnem sa ^(c )
persons
as
^yJ^ 5 J^ 5 om
-
^
. .
there be several
indefinite subjects, the third pers. plur. masc. of the verb

j
may
be
to
* * *
used, as tyi5 they say, 'j-o^j
they think;
its
but
it
is
more usual
employ the verb in the singular and

undefined by the
Ui
jj-e
nomen
agentis, defined or
article,
in the plural, as
0>^* J^
some said ;
<j.l
Jai
,jytLJI
this
%^w
no one has ever heard
anything more beautiful than heard etc.).
(lit.
those
who can hear have never C
Rem.
a.
Instead of the
as
>J**.j
nomen
Sjj^t
agentis, defined or undefined,
such words
a man,
a woman, and the
like,
1
are
occasionally used, with or without the article (compare

ix.
Sam.
etc.
s
fl
9);
as
J4-J Jl5
= j5ll
J15,
J^jjf
JJS = J5UJ7 JJu,

suffix,
For the nomen agentis with the plural
the word
* *
^*;
* ,
part, some one,
is
often employed, as
^^j
ej j a-
sjj /
J13
=^^13
^{5.
J)
peculiar manner of expressing the general terms somebody, something, certain ones, etc. is to use the relative pronouns
[Rem.
b.
^yo and to with repetition of the verb, as JjJ

there
^j** IjJLa!
^j^
J&3
came down from

L
its
inhabitants
who came down,
i.e.
some of
much, or
It
them ; ^jLLcl
little,
^JlLtl he gave me what he gave me,
i.e.
or something between the two, according to circumstances.
268
Part Third. Syntax.

specially
133
is
if
employed j^SjCJI^ ^J&jCM

of
to
magnify and multiply,

is
an impression
e.g.
something important or mysterious

liii.
to be
that
conveyed,
Kor'an
16 ,<-> L SjjuJI
it, i.e.
**-> it
when
covered the sidra-tree which covered
hosts of adoring angels.]
133.
If the impersonal
form of expression
is
to be employed, the
Arabs use the third person sing. masc. of the passive voice, whether of a transitive or of an intransitive verb, [which, however, may never
be used absolutely like the Latin

has been written,
there ivas
it
itur, Jletur]
as
^*JW v**^ &

JjtjJ^t
-
is
written with the writing reed;
i^\
jf
.t
travelling, they travelled towards 'Irak;

it ;
<***
o&
J 9 J
it
has been disputed, there has been a dispute about

there is vehement thirst felt,
9
ljujui |loJ U-J

;
t/iey
^
thirst vehemently
el
jujj j* there
to
o* -
was a passing by Zeid ; ^r^Xt Jjj\ a

~
\j
revelation
was made
them;
9*
'
aJs- ,**> he fainted

I
(lit.
there
9 s -
was a covering thrown over him,

9
^
&
,9*
comp.
ly^Xc
S ?ynrt), whence <uic
^ta^JI
dl
the person in
a faint,
fern.
^Lk^\
(in later
times incorrectly t^J^ i-î^JI, and, without

S
*9s
J^ S^V
fern.
<
the
preposition
113,
rem.],
(lit.
û.i^Jt,
ui>-3i).
[Similarly
ju
iaXw Ae repented
for
is
was a falling upon

ly^c
;
his hand),
and
/^
hence ju
h^su^> *a Ag
^*--oJ'
repenting;
^v*^' S^w^Jt
\y^ Os~
s/<e
forbidden tree ; jv^t^-
benefited ones
was
Verbs thus used are always of the masculine gender, which the Arabs frequently employ where we should The neuter plural of adjectives and nomina agentis use the neuter.
fe/fc
ow orphan,
or
ividow.]
and
patientis
is,
however, always expressed by the feminine plur.

;
sail.
or the plur. fract.
as
o U~aJI
} 9 *9,
beautiful things (not <jl~a*JI, which
means handsome
persons), Ot-JaJt good (things not jj^^-JaJt, which

J
..
means good men), Ob^*.^*)!
existing things,
Ol*.iyi
necessary things,
C>UofrJI possible things, jut juDI afflictions, calamities,
w^t^Jt
exciting
133] The Sentence
& its Parts.Subj.
eft
Pred.; impers. passive. 269

sing. fern.
causes (from w*cb), JI^JI hindrances (from ^-).
[The
*t*iL>
must be used
or qualities,
things.]
for the neuter of the numerals, as
three things
and may be used
for that of the pronouns, as .** these
Rem.
a.
The passive
of directly transitive verbs

;
may
be used
either personally or impersonally

urritten,
as
w-*^
it
(a book or letter) teas
and <A act of urriting was performed. In the former case, the direct object or accusative of the active voice [or the sentence that supplies its place, 23, rem. c] becomes the subject of the
passive (JÛJI ôlLo^Sli); in the latter, according to the
Arab
grammarians, the subject is the nomen actionis of the verb itself, which, however, can only be used if qualified, as will be seen
so that, according to their view, the impersonal passive If a passive, which is, according to our ideas, impersonal, governs an object by means of a preposition (as
hereafter
becomes really personal.
aJs.
<<<ilc),
this object
becomes virtually the subject of the passive
voice, just as it was virtually the object of the active, and consequently if the nomen actionis be expressed along with it, it must
* e -
e,
>
be put in the accusative

*o -
as
to
\jir
<tJt ^-~>
(not j-~), from the active
a*
\j+~i
aJI jL he journeyed
him
(a journeying).
In either
case,
**
whether the passive be personal or impersonal,
it is
- t
^-~j ^J lo
not
dJLcli,
an
i.
act of ichich the agent,
i.e.
the acting person,
is
named
74, rem.), not even by means of a preposition, as with us (Yul. the subject of the passive voice is, as we have said above, (for
*
J ' '
t_)
merely the du J^jjul* or object of the active voice*, converted into

the subject, and so
JÛUI
j>Mut> ^#515, or
^^c-UtJ
w>U
w*5li,
w*5U
jJÛJI >, supplying
the place
of
the agent).
If the agent is to be
* The u
3 -
fJfxSLc,
or object,
may
i.e.
be either ?->j*o pure,
i.e.
the
accusative, or p-ij*o j*s- impure,
a preposition with the genitive
270
Part Third. Syntax.
133
b,
named, the active voice must be used*.

the accusative of the
As stated in
i
26, b,
rem.
verbi (JULL-oJI J^slL )\) can be changed into the subject of the passive voice only when it is qualified or specialised by an adjective or a substantive in the genitive.
nomen
We
cannot say wj-o w>-,
j-*~> j-+~>,
because such an undefined masdar

*$)
;
adds nothing to the meaning of the verb (<ui Sjuli

.-
but we
-
'
.-0/O
JO'and Jî
Q * 6 '
may
say juJuj
>->j-e
^j^j
**s5>*" j-s~> j^r'i
[and even 2uj*b
*-jj-o-
In expressions such as Oj^. o*-the words

as
*$
>iU3 ,-i Jw>3 j^s
oâ. and
as masdars, but ^h^S are not to be considered
substantives,
the meaning
it].
being something was feared and
something was said about

tive
also,
The
it
is
but only when
can be put in the nominacapable of inflection and adds
op
something to the meaning of the verb.
We
...
cannot say
ja
*-*=>)
from j~,
3) jU
w~==>j he rode early this

thee,
morning, nor
j-j~>
;
^) j*i& ^j*.L.
from
say
l^*J* ^ e Sa ^ beside
I
nor C-s5j
but we
may
'
-h,'
jt>yj j*~>
Friday was
travelled,
is
,jLa-oj
yrt^ Ramadan was

O
3
fasted.
When
a passive verb a
connected with a aj J^juLo, and a

or a j3j**~c3 jW-> the
JiXic* yJjSULo or jjusue,
Op?,
U3***
;
alone can, as a general rule, become the

dl>
JÛJI ^j* yjl)
e.g.
j-***})l
>UI
aaâJI
>ojj
Ijwjw L>-i juj wJj-o. Since
the Arab many verbs as directly transitive, which in our are only indirectly so [ 23, rem. b], their passives may of idiom course be employed in both of the above ways ; e.g. not only
uses
aJI ,$ (impers.) means ventum

(pers.).
est
ad eum, but
also simply
*<*.
In the former
*L5^"
case, only the third person sing. masc. is
used,
tig^
^ n9 was
brought, imperf. %^J^> 2l-
in the
[In modern Arabic the agent

of
may
:
be named with the passive by

/*,
means
the preposition
i.
,j-o
by
iii.
see 48,
rem. b and comp.

c,
91, 599,
68, Spitta 173,
Noldeke,
Zur
Grammatik,
p. 54.]
135]
The Sentence & its Parts. Subj.
& Pred.;
a -
impers. passive. 271

sing.
latter, all the a,
numbers and persons are employed,

, a
3 p. m.
"
s
kfc
i^Bf,
i-
OJL^., 2
to
p.
m. cJU>.,
etc.,
as
%^-i
5- something
was
brought
him
(act.
,^
el
he brought
him
something).
Rem.
such as
b.
Our impersonal
snows,
it
actives indicating natural phenomena,
it
rains, etc., are
always expressed by the Arabs

I
personally.
the
They say
either ~U)! ?JLj the snoiv snows. jJa-J j.h*
rain rains, or iLo-JI C-,a.,U *Ae s&y snows, iLoJ'
Opx*
Âe sAy
rains.
In the
latter of these
two forms
of expression the substantive
lUo-JI is
sing,
sometimes
suppressed, leaving only the verb in the 3d pers.
fern.,
7 was
ii
CsaJJ, OjJa-e [In like manner they say C-A...tf in the morning, where we should say it was in the morning ;
l
t>
,-.6
I am
in the evening for
it is
it
evening
Oto
^jt
o ,* w*-Jj
^ A
died,
a*
tarried not long that he died for

etc.
was not long before he
D. G.]
Rem.
?
c.
In the case of words

'a'
.
like
etc.,
is
j>awj
is
allowed, w*aw->
a *
.
is necessary,
(<*--o
behoves,
followed by ^jl with the
the following clause, and subjunctive, subject naturally therefore the verb does not come under the head of impersonal*.
the
of the subject and predicate are annexed subordination (the accusative or a preposition with by the genitive) or coordination (apposition).
134.
The complements
to
them
either
135.
in
When
the pronominal suffixes are attached to a substantive
the accusative, governed by a verb, or to one in the genitive, governed by a preposition annexed to a verb, they may refer to the
agent of the verb, and consequently have a reflexive meaning, for
[On the impersonal use
of
p.
\J&
_
see 56,
c,
footnote.
aia^
Comp.
i,
*
,
also Noldeke,
Zur Grammatik,
to the
76 seq.
who adds
j^*^\ .ji aJ Iju

lîi ichen it teas
his opinion
changed as
matter, jJjUUI
^9 t,j^
next year, etc.]
272
Part Third. Syntax.

like the other Semitic languages,
136
which the Arabic,
has no distinct
pronominal form; as aJU JUjI he has spent his (own) money; 1^15
^ *j\^.*^ * &'
f1/
they said to their (own) brothers.
But a
:
suffix
attached to
it this,
the verb itself cannot have a reflexive meaning
to give
the
word v-su
soul, ^j^s. eye, essence, [or a.j face,]
(and in later Arabic
f3j
spirit,
^'i
substance, essence, or Jl- state)
must be interposed
as <*aj Jj:5 Ae /h7fec? himself;

> 3
&~Ju
<su
j^
ill
console thyself therewith

s j
o * o (
O - i (
(^5^-Jj
^*^*' /
to
^flW0 destroyed
myself; [<UJ ^v.j C**X*t
resign
/S),
myself
God ;] except
in the case of the verba cordis ( 24, b,
when the pronominal

is
suffix is the first object

;
either a
noun or a whole sentence

lj-o^
if
as
bLa*
******
and the second object

aJU. he imagined
(in
himself struck;
j**ju
\j
he
saw himself
a dream,
it
he were) pressing out wine. [A suffix attached to a preposition annexed to the verb may have a reflexive meaning,
as l/a*fe
,
appeared to him as
^L* **
j >
jtj*-'
took
* * *
a large amount of money with him ;

'
*,
j - *
j *
AJj\j~*\
j-U
i*f3-i
***
w**J J~A*
it
C-*s-V
*W>*"
U^
W<#
tt^tfW
Nebuchadnezzar had laid
(Jerusalem) waste he carried off with
him
the principal
men of
the
Benu
is
'Israil ;
^1 ^j\
C--oo
I drew
my
allowed only where no doubt can which in this and the former arise as to the meaning of the suffix case happens oftener with the suffixes of the 1st and 2d person, than
son to myself.
This however
with that of the 3d pers.
and even then the interposition of u*^.

use, in
etc.
takes place frequently.]
Rem.
soul,
Compare the
Heb. and Aram., of
&}
^^
D5? or ET)S,
(re'es)
P^KV
bone, anf* Wil.
body; and in iEthiopic,
of
C^|*|:
head.
136.
The complements which
are coordinated with, or placed in
apposition to,
the subject or predicate, are called by the Arab gram(sing.
marians
^^, sequentia, followers or appositives

in
>ty,
J
and the
JO ^0-
word to which they are placed
apposition
is
called
c$*IJI, that
136]
The Sentence
&
its
Parts.
Appositives;
the Adjective.
273
which is followed (by some word in apposition). connected with a noun, more rarely with a verb.
(a)
They
are generally
With the noun
is
thus united the adjective, which, like
all
other words in apposition, follows the noun, and agrees with it in respect of determination or indetermination, as well as of gender*,
number, and case;

noble
e.g. jtri^=*
J*rj a noble man,^r>j&\ J*-jJt of the
man,j9ij\
9
tjuj the noble

'
Zeid
(ace), >>*)! ajU

' - '
'
His glorious
*Z*
is
9 *
'i'
book; **->y> Sj^lS a square pedestal ; jjUU-~.

, tjl
,
two handsome
9
,
9,
o ,
women;
,,
Zf
J&> \jy& great

5
treasures (ace);
/
4-tj
J
JW-, or oL-Jj,
*
or ^hI^j, firm mountains
58/ jtrtj& j>$*\ or
"*
iU^^jS,
a noble
tribe or
family, [qja~i\ jo^S wicked people.

the adjective following a collective
i.
As the preceding examples
prove,
noun denoting rational beings be put in the singular and agree with the 292, b) may (Vol. grammatical gender of the collective, or in the plural sanus or fractus
according to the
natural
gender
pluralia fracta, even when with adjectives in the fern. sing, or plural (sanus or fractus). They can have an adjective in the masc. plur. only by a constructio ad
J
The the persons indicated. derived from a masc. sing, are construed
of
'
sensum, as has been remarked Vol.

believing men.
i -
i.
306, for instance
^yôyc
J^j
This
i
is
also applicable to the
names of Arab
tribes, as
o*o
o a -
^)yoj^^\ u~J>5 mentioned Vol. i.
the
noble Koreis
e
291, a,
may
The collectives (comp. 147). be joined to an adjective in the fern.

9'
'
9*
^ '
sing, or in the plur. fern, (sanus or fractus) as
a^z^ê
i.
or oL^tjô-ic
pasturing sheep or goats; those mentioned Vol.

g e -
292, a] to an
j
ia*>
* * a*
adjective either in the

the ring-necked doves
;
sing.
masc. (as *),
e.g.
JJ^Ja^J! êlâJt
1)
or in the sing. fern, (as icU.), e.g. J-**-* j^-^'

in the plur.
<u^l^ trunks of palm-trees worm-eaten and empty ; or

~
i.e.
*0&
9 j ,
[Exceptions are <<il ft feminine,
a hermaphrodite. see 100. D. G.]

w.
ii.
water: iJ^- J>*j For an exception to the agreement in number

soft
35
274
Part Third. Syntax.

9
* *
^
136
sanus
fern.,
as
Oliwb
J-J
wry
ta//
palm-trees
or in the broken
plural, as
JU3I
w>l*~JI the heavy
chads; (3jV
^W*J'
I
the
dusky
white doves.
with
it
noun may have two or more adjectives connected 9 >io J s '0* as j^^^M ^^Jl wibyOl bright red star ; yj^M.ji\ <*JJI ^j
J *
i 0*1 J *l& >o
^
;
ill
^^câyJI / />g
wame
is
o/*
(too the compassionate, the merciful.

,
Sometimes
o o
o*
a substantive
used adjectively
TXlV^) T-: r
5
as jSJ ijjl.
a young woman (who
is)
a virgin
(TV?)r\^,
t
:
***
'
ju>.L~
'
number of mosques ;
;
S*xc
JW-rs
ck>** i** J-o^>3
gg
contains a
number of horses and men
\$js-
^>~w a number of years ;

his.
3,>lc
JiX*. <u-o ^Jlij
and
this is
a usual
* *
custom of
jJlclqJ U]
;
This
is
especially the case with
nomina verbi
JU*.j
([ii-aJt
see Vol.
i.
230, rem.
c)
as
Sî
^jk
tffore
aw
plenty of
men with me; U*. L. JUJI ,j^*^jj and
they love wealth
with a great love;
a5U ^s. juj j^jl*

$*o J^.j a fasting man, Jjsi
Slj-ot
,/ws

'
'
woman, ^-ej J*$* people with whom one

j3u* ^-cjj jZJ a cleaving blow and shot*. Compare, in Hebrew, ^SDD
T
.
is
pleased,
0*^*3 J** tO~
violent thrust
ix.
.
and a burning
fcy& ;
Wfy Num. T
20,
DTON T
Nehem.
|
ii.
12; and in Syriac, (LiQXD

?bhi/ sons
p-t many gardens,
LiQjCO
|Aô
and daughters.
X)
*
tion
[It is
sometimes a matter of taste or

(
use,
is
whether the
* 1 *
qualifica;
by a genitive
80), or
by apposition
6
..
to be employed
/ (
for
'
O J -
O *
instance some tribes of Keis say %^> j^j, 0'*>w O^W-> l^y^ JW*> ' ) s 1 * < O * lis instead of the usual %yi J^.j, %y~> *%*-y JW-j) an d a tradition
%y
has ;*)l
JJU
&5-J1
u .>,Xa.,)i
^JjLo
a bad companion
i.
is to be
compared
to
a blacksmith's bellows (Zamahsarl, Fdik
372
seq.
comp. the Gloss, to
Ibn al-Fakih
s.
v.
U-).
D. G.]
136]
The Sentence
Rem.
a.
&
its
Parts.
Appositives;
the Adjective.
275
noun
in
followed by two or more adjectives in the singular,
the dual or plural may, of course, be if a contrast

o *
Sm
jo
ot*
between the objects mentioned be intended

^
as
^>j*KP'
*-*i'j
*09*
*OiO
'
J>>^.J
*
1^
j*ij&
**
/ sw
*
*Ae
*
'm'O Zhids,
J * *
Vie liberal
and
the stingy ;
0*
**->j2
tall,
j~a3j \M^ \J^*H "-^JJ-* * passed by (one) short, and (one) of middle size.
b.
{three)
men, (one)
Rem.
If
an adjective in the dual be connected with two
singular nouns, whose regents (J-U) are identical in meaning and ****** S3- - * * government, it agrees with them in case ; as JiJJaJt j juj w-Jfci ,.*-.o * * * j o * * z * j o j * * &*tf 40* o * * But jjUjjJOI 3j*c, or 0~*ij&\ jj-* ^jXc 0>.j ^jJ^ Oy-o.
if
the two regents be discordant in meaning or government, the

is
adjective
put either in the accusative (supplying i*-^' / mean)

6 - *
I
(//)J
o *
* J
;
or in the nominative (as the j~. of a suppressed

*
*o-o
h o *
* * *
r,o *
w*
* a
jo***
j-o. viz. LJb)
jo**
t*
*0*o
*itO
^*JUCJI \j+z or ^jLjUCM.- If the two singular nouns be connected

with only one regent, as subjects or objects, the same constructions
*>"
* * 9 0** 50* jj-0^3 Juj j\ or
of
:
the adjective are admissible

,
e.g.
^/}IL5lxJ
.-..-
o *
*:?
i o * *
^JlSlxJI: 0**jjJI
^J-**-}
* *0-a ZO* J oi* '*^J **}'j or UîP^'-
-But
the one
be the subject and the other the object, the construction varies according to the relation of the regent to each in respect of its *0-e so, 9 0* * * * meaning you say ^"i^l*J t^-^c juj *->;*& ^'here the relation is
I
different in respect of
6
J *
meaning
0*
I
(for Zeid alone is w>jLo, '0* S SO* * * *
and 'Amr
alone
is
is
wjjj-iu*),
but V^>JLSUJ
l^c juj
^-o!^.. where the relation

5 *
j
the same (for both Zeid and

*
j
'Amr are
at once ^^pU^-o and
Rem.
or
c.
In
is
.
.
later times a
noun
in the dual,
*
whether masculine
in
feminine,
sometimes
*2
;
construed with an adjective

*o
(
the
s
singidar
raasc.)
;
Jemmine
*
as
i*_
<
Ua..>jii
* J *
0*
* * J
j'i)U two * * * j i*
European miles (J~c
jjUauafcJI
i-iLaio LÂtjIj iio^lLL* their two houses are
276
Part Third.Syntax.
136
contiguous, the walls touching each other (j\$ usually fern.). [For a third example see 94.] This construction has become the rule in
modern Arabic.
Rem.
d.
It
is
always possible to break the natural connection

its
vt
between a substantive and

yt
adjective (*JsJUI),
lOy
I
when the
*0*o
'
latter is
J b * *
*& &'
>Os
vt
b y b
**
employed ÂyJI^ ^LuJI^ voJJ j

j , j
- j^Xi
as^Ôl
jujj djj**, or
, J
s tie
bio
ws**aiJI, or
^SLî\,
supplying, in the case of the nominative, yh,

b, 8,
and
of the accusative, 15-cl (see 35,
rem.
a).
Rem.
e.
The pronoun
is
often used in
apposition to an
i
*b
bio
indefinite noun, with a vague intensifying force

L> jjwwls
(<LwolyJ*j)l
L)
as
some {small) number or quantity ;

a
UU Lkfil </iw us some
ot j*o*$
t *
book (or other)
\*e>
* *
Ova. thou art come because of some matter t * s b & w * b * b s b * j*

Ct
>-
'
vi
(of importance); lî Aâ^su Lo *}LL jjû
^1
^mmZmj
*$
<UJI
^jl
lylî verily God is not ashamed to invent (lit. strike, coin) some similitude (or other), a gnat and what is above it (in the scale of
creation)
b,i
*
L
J *
^mJ, nearly equivalent

w
9 j
to
^
*j
^1, what a
man !
whom
^jj.5
the
,-U
J-jlS Le jJ-mIS iAa
man
j
to
have been slain was he
Benu Koreim have

is
'
slain!
.-
[Another mode of expressing the
same idea
of (i*a)
Ct
the use of (<<*)

"
Â
((<*)
>*
after a verbal noun,
' J
3A
*
l* after
Ct
an adjective or an equivalent expression such

*
*j
bto
b*o
as SAiUI ,JI
SAiUt ,J|
J^L*
Si
( 51, a),
in the sense that a person or
a thing possesses a quality in a certain degree, either between the

b*>
I
b -
j)
two extremes,
degree.
/xerpiou
(iUU
^L-liu),
- j
or in an indefinitely high
^
"b-0
ie j * bt
Instances of the former are

* J ;
y&
*
Lo
Zi
^LJI
bio , *
,Jt
|JLJ"^'
J^J^
bright of colour, verging on white

, l s
> , b i
y*> Lo aJIaJI
,J1 rather few than

* ,
9 *
many ; yh
L >y~t\ blackish, etc.;

;
of
the latter
Â
Lo
._* 4^.1^.
;
a very great need
*,},bi*Z*>*
^-fc
L*
A.t>^.
<u. a very dangerous snake

to
j-A Le Vj"*' cJU-^JI
15JI
much more
the
north.
(This use of
136]
1*
The Sentence
< its
Parts.
Appositives; dem. pronouns.

its
277
U
, >
is
not to be confounded with

in the
it
use in such phrases as
he is ylb Lo j*$
or
way which
-.!.>
.>
oxight to be
o^
pursued,
sc. vo^-ol*
yb
, i
, t<e
jLâJI
^>l jk.lj
J^
v-5^ju
77? everybody knows
what
is the
meaning of hamd "praise").

(b)
D. G.]
regards the demonstrative pronouns, which are looked upon by the Arabs as substantives (Vol. i. 190, d, and 338), either they may be placed in apposition to the substantive, or the substantive
As
*#
'
,
99 -
to
them
as .iUloJ. IjJb this king,

i.e.
lit.
this (person), the
king;
tx* **Jj
Zeid, this (person),

apposition
called
* *
this
Zeid
or
ZMd
is
here.
In both cases the
is
a qualificative one, whence the

J
first
word
in each is
JO
*B*
by the Arabs
J>j-ejoJl that
which
described,
and the second
'
AioJI the description or descriptive epithet.
[The pluralia fracta are
rational beings, in
construed with a pronoun in the fern, sing., unless they designate which case the pronoun may be in the plural, as
JU.jJI
It'tiO
s ^)>a.
This
last
is
also
applicable to
tribes, as
the
t
collectives,
*
- J
as
v/JI
s*$yib,
'J
jafi)\
and the names of Arab
6 ^)Ja
lAo-*-]
As the
demonstrative pronoun is by its nature definite, the noun in apposition to it must of course be definite likewise. If it be defined by the
9
J
>'
article,
the demonstrative usually precedes,

9
*
;
as
fy~^>.
*
I
very rarely
Jji'
e.g.
follows, as
*jU
J^jJ'
/I tJub
^/s *, seldom
its
w * tjjk Ja.jJI.
J J
But
if
the substantive be definite by
own nature
c),
(as a
proper
name
or
a mere word,
after
it,
78,
and
Vol.
i.
292,
or defined
;
by having a genitive
the demonstrative always follows
10'
is
as tjub juj this

*
Zeid
(see
above)*; ojub
,j3l ffos
(word)
in
idan
Juk
^jJI ,jl
* j o ô^ j ^*~JI j-i j^JLoJI

o
%* ^*-oJ
l
it
well
known
grammar
that this 'ila has the
meaning
of
ma a;
1
*i)yb
^jLc
these
my
servants or these servants of mine;
because
* If the proper name has the article, IJuk may possibly precede, it is to a certain extent a common noun defined by the article
J
I
0<
..
(see above)
as >j*J\ IJdk, or
Jut.
J 10' -^sJt, this el-Hdrit.
278
\j& Ul5j ^Jl
Part Third. Syntax.

ô
137
/$
time or a#g o/ otws; J-JjJI
IJjb
ajU& A&
ojjt,
famous book of
ijl^XJ
aj!
aJJI
his.
On
the other hand, in such a phrase as a$U
the words
aAJI
a5U are the predicate

is the
(>*) of JJk,
and
^)
is
a circumstantial accusative, this
she-camel of God, (as)

j>^* J*ij
'**
Sigrw w?ifo 2/o .
[Likewise, in the saying

**4)
w>WW
the
words
vWW ^r>{*
must be considered as the predicate

is)
t
of IjJb,
seg this is (= S00
/je;*0
Zeid standing
here
is
at
tlie
door, in ^>j j-* IjJk
B ou-Jb
tt>&'/*
labw^Lo w> Ua,aJ
'Omar
is
the son of
U-Hattab girded
sword, wjLkaiJI ,jj j^ft
the predicate,
(J*Jb
U-
^L
a circumstantial accusative.
D. G.]
137.
J^, >*., and
less
frequently a*Ip, totality, are often
placed after the definite noun which they might govern in the genitive
(
82, a,
b),
in
which case a pronominal

}
suffix is til
appended to them,
-
id*
referring to that
noun
as
>ov^*
tr^' or ^xry^-o-q- ih^', a ^ *****" or V*^**- *-W*^>

J J
ul *
men
(also l***- (^*^l, 82, b)

ut
V^*
wAo/g
J J
' '
0'
tribe
;
/
i>y. o g>
Olju^l
a//
^ Hinds
or family.
JO
/ 0/
aI*U ^gaJl
If
wAo/^
army ;
OjJi
jJ/3/
;v'6e
ôîolt êjiJI Ae wfo/le
the noun be indefinite, this
construction
definite,
is inadmissible, for the pronominal suffix, being by nature cannot refer to any other than a definite noun. There is,
however, one exception, namely, when the indefinite noun indicates a

J
ii
*d
precise period of time
e.g.
*Xs j^> a whole month; ly^s 4-w a whole

yi
year;
w^j
*^
9
J>*"
SjtC
-^ ^ ^ would
Regeb
92
J
that the
number
(of
months) of a whole year were
0-9^9
(all)
Words
of a vague signifitime, etc.,

find a
cation, such as c-ij, 0-*j> >**>
**> fo'me,
a space of
cannot be thus construed.
After
J^ and
J ,
its suffix
we often
, ,
second apposition, agreeing with the preceding substantive in gender,

t
~
fern.
number and
J
case,
namely, the adjective ^',

_
*U*., plur. masc.

r * t I
o t
>
,\,
fern,
(see Vol.
i.
309, a, 8) * (the dual masc. Û^^.t,
137]
The Sentence
* ' '
& ite Parts Appositives
J,
^.
.
etc.
279
and
fern.
o'j^**-> ar e not admitted by the great majority of gram;
marians)
as ^j}X+*.\
^Xs
2ZX+)\ j^....i
and
the angels all (without
exception) prostrated themselves.
Sometimes
this
word
is
used without
all
J^
as
^**^*-l jvris&*$
verily
ivill
lead
them
astray
.1
Jul jJkjJI
>/ti
cJULb oî
in th a t case
* - o
I would pass
t a *
all
my
i +
time
o *
in
* * t
:
i * a *t-o
weeping
Qo
in
rhyme
for *-*-t)
l*--'
bj^> <>JI
Oj* jJ
^
B
pulley creaked a whole day.
Rem.
is
a.
Instead of using the pronominal
suffix,
the noun
itself
occasionally repeated after

<sul
J^
b
*
1
as in the verse of
Kuteiyir,
to the
î) b ^LJI ^J^ ÛJI

moon
Â<>u
most like of all men
(in beauty), instead of ^^Jl^s.
Rem.
6.
A peculiar
Ae
use of
^s
as
an appositive
is
is
exemplified
by the phrases pl^-uJI
J^s
cla>..)l ^Jk /*e
a r hero,
^bJI
^Jk
^bJI ^J^
ar
*<
thorough scholar; tyiiS ^J^ i***" C*5l ô?t

Similarly, according to z-ZamahsarT, ^JbJI tjdk
â* (J
a reaZ man.
i
^bJI
.xa..
orÛJ!
Ji., ?Ais rs
a thorough
3 scholar (j**. toil, effort,
\'
pains ;
Jio. truth, reality, fact).
j
..
[Comp.
82, b,
rem. footnote.]
Rem.
c.
To
*a1 are
sometimes appended other synonymous
words, which form their

J - a
fern. sing,
j
-
and masc. and

j/tc
fern. plur. in
the
of
*
:i
same way;
these
j
viz.
*I&I,
is
J
%*oj\,
and *Q1.
The usual sequence
synonyms
i - oi
i ,
exemplified in the phrase
,it-
a\= u-*s*^
'
V-
/t
jCjI *ojI
.I^1 <Ae entire

}
army came ; but the order

i ,a;
of the last
* ii
two may be inverted, *-cul

singly and without
*Z>\.
They are
scarcely ever used

*A<?
Js
as ^ytZlêjiJI
^sb*.
wAofe
l
friie,
or people, came
\
to
me;
l\iiji\
L -;JLa>J lx*j^ L-ô

child,
>l-
.^
,^,)
%&>
*^)^.
would
that
I were a sucking
whom
ed-Delfd
bj>Jji
(or she with the slender nose)
would carry for a whole year ;
280
Part Third. Syntax.

o j o *
138
/tj
* o ^5<.
LUauisI Ajj ^jj ^>1jUj UÂJtj^jljJJI
^/iey
turned their backs upon
us and protected themselves one and behind) tn-No'mdn ibn Zur a.

(
all
by (seeking refuge from us
[Rem.
it
d.
p-*^
is
also often connected with the

o -
noun
i
to
~
which
refers
by means
o/"
of
all
the preposition w>, as jXn,gc>.L> lj*U Âey

together.
ca?,e
a^
them,
Likewise ^>*c
139) and the
words
j~i\ (properly
i
J
a thong of untanned hide) and S*) (a worn-out
OOC-lOs**
j>%&\
rope), as dj-Û ojk*.
take thou
w J
it
o-
all ;
^ ^
^j-jb
,.
?l.
tf/ie
people
aZ-
-e
came altogether; aIajJ ^Jt aJI g^_

together
;
i.
Ae </ave /tim <Ae
^m^
aZajJ &l -^JU
^JU*3l
/ have brought
thee the thing altogether.
Similar corroboratives
his Kitab M-*Elfaz,
139, rem. a) are given by

ed. p. 214.
HamadanI
in
Beyrout
D. G.]
138.
both
(
Like
O
J^
,
and
its
synonyms are used

half.
O*^9 fem O^^*

-
83), [tâ*J
refer,
a part] and ^JusJ a
They
follow the
noun
;
to
C which they
l-o^JL^
0*0
and take the appropriate pronominal
suffix
as
wwjJaJlj ô^fcoJI
*
the
*0*>
teacher
ss
-
and
J
the physician, both of

*"
6ss
**
them; l^-JJL <u2LJLj

natures of the Messiah
o }
j
-~.~~.<J\
^Jisu+kj
o-i-ot
believe in the
J
two
,*
*0O
t
and His two

came
to
wills, both
j j
of them
3 o *
[j*y*l
^^
,.
o*
ô^-aaj a part of the people
me]
aa-aj jjlâJI half the army.
Rem.
&*$&
is
.-
very rarely used in apposition to a feminine

-
OssOZl'O
'Oi
&
J*
substantive, as l^^JL^
^y^jjji]
^j>aj
^>-oJ
thou favourest (me)
with the proximity of the two Zeinebs, both of them.

9t/
*
,
. .
139.
employed
um*"
>
sou l> an(l
0^>
ey e
>
essence (of
thing), are often
in the sense of ipse, self
(compare
135).
They
are then
;
not seldom prefixed to a noun, which they govern
in the genitive
as
O'W' O*^
star itself;
degradation
itself,
utter degradation; ^-jSsîJI ,j>*

ii
o*>
jo*
*>
<)*
*
1
*J
Jj*i)'
Ch*
**?
^y^' U*
SjW*
>* ^*s aw
expression
139]
The Sentence and
its
Parts.
Appositives
*^!ii
9 ;
a -
,j*, i^Ju.
281
for that wherein
the second (term)
is
identical with the first ; a-JLS C*jIj
have seen himself; a~Ju ^>c Jv*?^'
^ removing of
;
ignorance
s
//ww himself
more generally they are used, like J-&, as to a definite noun, and are followed by the appropriate appositives
suffix
;
But
pronominal
Ijaj
If the
as
aaj juj
jU.
^W
Ij^c
himself came
>-~^>)
OsU*.
ZeuM
herself
came; *~Ju
Col; / saw
ilra/-
himself
noun be
in the dual or plural, as
the plural forms u-Ju) and

(j^./*-*^'
,jUcl
should be employed,
;
UâjI
^*i|;
-^
saw
the
two amirs themselves
UâjI ^ju^JU Ojj* /

hj\
passed by the two
Hinds
L'
themselves ;
j^
l\jjî\
aL3
the vizirs themselves killed
him
W*'ji uW*' **
fos
are thy dirhems themselves].
Some
authori-
ties
admit in this case the use of the singular or the dual, as

'
U^ >*
0'*HP'
*W-,
or
UaLJu,
the
two ZVids themselves came;
These words are also often connected [comp. Vol. i. 317, rem. d]. with the nouns to which they refer by means of the preposition
->
;
as
(Uio
j^^
eW.
the
'amir came
in
person
<
ua
OIm-"
degradation
in person;
itself ;
^r-Jul) ,jjjliij
^'i*)l
o^'j
rtW<^
"^
they are choosing
yCcb ^-^1
;
the
'aivafi (spear-shafts)
I
are the
spears themselves
AjjjiJ jj^jLcb 5^J
j'NlJjb
^ ^ yb
icill
,j)
^-Ju
fo swears that unless he restores the
women
themselves, he
assuredly
attack him; [<u**j,
etc. after
an indefinite noun means a certain, as

i**.UI ô-fLi jô\^d\
is
jô\yai\
^j^j
is
Awdsim
.
the
-> v^-Jj name of a district, there

6 a *
oUj*j
Ulj *7-
no place of this name].
Occasionally,
accusative, or
too, ,>* is appended in the form of an adverbial by means of the preposition ^, but without any suffix
;
as (O**?)
*-***
}*>
**,
^W^
as
2l..jL>
t'^ry
person (or thing).
,.^-iJ
and
,>*c
may
be put in direct apposition to a pronominal suffix in the

;
accusative or genitive
w.
ii.
iJb
Ojj-.
aiJ
aj
o^,
<ÛjIj
36
282
Part Third. Syntax.

J JO -
139
the pronominal suffix represent the agent, as in the verb, the insertion of a separate pronoun is a matter of
jl~JJ. a-mAj
aIjIj.
But
if
necessity
ô^-~AJl
as a~Ju
jA wA$
he went
away
himself,
â
*3J*mm
%Z++.9
*"
thou
Âe people
were present themselves; *zL~Ju oJt
thyself stoodest
up ; j<~Ju\ j>\ t>>$ stand ye up

all
yourselves (whereas
we can say^&> '>>* stand up

Rem.
a.
of you).
etc.,
The words
J^,
**., icU, o*.1
0^=* and
class of
-
ij\Zks,
UueJ, ^-su, and ^>*c, form one division of that

ajIÛI, which the grammarians
,
_
appositives,
j e
name
j
i
j^*UJI
/te
(or
it,
jua*Ht), <Ae strengthening or corroboration, and ji^^JI

borative, because they strengthen the idea of
corroself,
totality or of
already contained in the py^-o,
by the addition of their own.
This
class of appositives is designated
by the
special
name
of ju^Jt
it
^3i*<JI,
/*,e
corroboration in meaning, to distinguish
from
.JajUJ!
in tne ju&^JJI, <Ae verbal corroboration, which consists

of the (jjjSS)) or jljXJt)
* J
emphatic repetition
to *o
word
*
j *
itself
v>
as in the
s
*o
,?.
,s.
10
bi.
verse ^^^.t ^^-^.l ^î-'^JI

whither, whither can
j)\j\
JUI îU-j
3U*dt ^jj\ ^jJt

?
û
for
If
oz^
escape with
my
mule
The pursuers are
come up
^^m^.1).
to thee,
come up
to thee ; halt ! halt ! (^^-^.I in
rhyme
no, no.
So also in answers, ^xi ^xj

is
, ,
>iJL>
yes, yes ;
*$
*$
a word
governed by a preposition or other

i
particle,
a*
both must a *
;
be repeated
a
as
Jb
O^-o / passed by
/i<e
thee,
by thee
;
I
j\ jJI
I
,-S
a
âo,
juj
^>l
juj
.e/ is jl jJI i5
êic/, êicZ is
in
house, in the house
juj
^jl
^15
standing up.
case,
[
A
130]
1
;
suffix
pronoun may, however,
be strengthened in this
, j
as well as in others,
,
et
j * *
by the
2 )asse
cor-
responding separate pronoun

,1
<xj
as
wJt
iXj
Oy-o /
d by
,0,
thee, or ylb
by him
lit
f.iZcj^s) thou didst show kindness to me;
J Uulj <Aow sawest us; C-JI O-^S thou stoodest up; [or by a
139] The Sentence

construction with
&
its
Parts.
Appositives;
the Adj. ii-oJt.
283
U,
as
jLj]
&J\j I saw thee
(Vol.
i.
189)].
Only a poet could venture to say Âs*j ^>j)' ol 0\ indeed,

indeed
the noble
man
is
grave or sedate.
9*
Rem.
b.
Besides the jus^3, the

viz.
Arab grammarians acknow<
ledge three other classes of f->\yi;
wjeJt or
i a.oJl,
2Ae description
or descriptive word, qualificative, adjective; ^JjuJt, <A substitution or per mutative

;
and ^jLJt oUa^,
/t
explanatory apposition.
either directly
(1)
The C*aj or <ul may

it is
refer to the
fy~-<>
]}
(in
which case
?>ie
a simple adjective), as ^j*~ J^-j icJ^ ^re
cawie o
a handsome
is
man ;
or indirectly, in virtue of a following

it,
word which
cawe
to
connected with
as a^.\ ^....cw tj^j
ic^^-
/*ere
me a man whose
3
brother is handsome.
In
i
this latter case
5 - J
the adjective [called

predicate,
to
its
>_...; ....-qJI
the connected] belongs, as

J -
a prefixed
connecting],
4JL0,
the following
subject,
noun
[called
y^>JI
the
which
is
and the two together form a
or
qualificative clause, of the preceding substantive, with
which the
adjective agrees in case only

3
by attraction*;
is
as U.... *ke*j C-olj

* * *
$* &*o
3
OS-'
3 i
*J)
09A.I /
saw a man whose brother

is
handsome,
3
lyyt.j
3 *
U,,.
,
Sl^-ot
j -
Oolj
3 * * *
&
I saw a tooman whose face

I passed by a
handsome,
dj j^c /**
t
w^J^
J *
^-J
JJ^
it
+ + *
3 S , *
man
whose enemies are many,
<su1
..
o ^J-a*j*>
^jj-*
passed by a
man
whose mother
is
handsome.
is
If
noun be
in the dual or plural, the adjective
still
the following left in the
j)
singular; as LoJkl^jl
y~^
^^JtêLt Oj^-a
a j j
I passed by two women

*
i a * *
^ *
rt ;
whose parents are handsome ; ^yAj^wj

by some
...a.
^J^j-j *-*JJ*
I passed
"^'j
men whose
faces are handsome, ^t%^\j\ \+jj&
^)lj
[Also
when the preceding substantive

;J1
is
only understood, as
the
tribes
lyjlbjl
^jâ>,
^03
(sc.
JjLi}\)
p. 118,
and from
J.
that
are
domiciled in
Negd (HamdanT,
11).
D. G.]
284
Part Third. Syntax.

fathers are noble
;
139
/ saw some men whose
though,
is
if
the noun be
J
OZ-
plural, the broken plural of the adjective
admissible, as C*j|j
djul \^jjs
noble.
*$>&-},
or djbl LoljJs,
/ saw a man whose forefathers are
If the preceding
noun be defined in any way, the adjective
takes the article; as
Ay^J
Qa
ljuj
<uAj / saw êia w&ose

,
I
yace
is
handsome; oj^sj jjJu+J\ ^î^jti] ^yî

el-'Iyli,
^jI
;
^^*
'l-Futuh
who has
been mentioned before, narrates
Jp' fU*.
ljjt (J-iUJI the
man
came, whose parents are excellent;
?$ A*-
<LLoUjI Jesus came, whose two natures are perfect, ^)^L^\ i vi * * 3 b*o 5J^, ôAjj J* J>*Z*1 Ae kings who have been mentioned before ; jJjjS
J J
1
ou**Jg
ô^jÂi
<Lw UUJ
?#oe
to
those
zvhose
hearts are
hard !
The Arab
grammarians assume that every adjective contains a pronominal agent within itself, when no other agent is expressed, and they
therefore call the adjective J*A)I <Uw, that which
J * j S
is like the verb.
Consequently
^j~*.
J J c
J^,j
is
with them = yb
SJ'
3 -
J~. J^-j = J^-j

is
(3A) ^..; but oj^t

j*.
. ....
,J*j,
where another agent

the rest:
t ,
expressed,
is-ojxi.1 ,J <J*!-j'> a ^ j ^ jwc j ^ j a * * a*\ ** sj-cf'jl ^JJ*'
anc^ s0
w ^h
t
1
Uu.
j
6 j I.*,*
oi*
,J*^ 0)jo-= J i' i+

=
1
vO^jW U^/^ *^^j

;/
j
^*ib
*
^W^
f ^
^"^'j
j
?
>
^""
- J -
JJ
* x>
e,
j j
wxji
etc.
In such cases the seemingly nominal sentence
is
in reality a
verbal sentence, serving as asuo to the preceding substantive.

j)
On
the other hand,

O-****"
if
the substantive precedes the adjective, as in

the second substantive and the adjective
really
*yil \J*f-j
it
^^W")
which follows
form together a
1.
nominal sentence, of which
' -
the substantive
is the \j<L~o and the adjective the j-. ; and consequently both must remain, under all circumstances, in the nominative, and the adjective must agree regularly with the
substantive, as
^j.
03/i.l *jl.j
Culj, iu. 4*1

is
J*^
^jj-*, etc.
X JS/O
j , ,
(2)
The
J ju,
or permutative,
of four kinds,
(a) JJCJ
J jy
139] Sentence
^ô
&
its
Paris.
Ajypositives ; Permutative. JjuJ'.
285
JJCJI
7A substitution
of the whole for the wlwle ; as j^c

js>y*
lV lV c
-^
jj^t 'Omar,
thy brother, came to me/^Jk^j^Ss a ^j jlqJI

people
Wo
x j ^
_ÂjU*-j
i/i6
of
the
city
to
came
to
me, great
the
and small;
all I k\j*a jjfJiZmmA k\j*o
,JI
a straight path,
path of God ;
4J&l. <L5l^ i*-U iL-oUJU UJi...^ TPe in7 seize

j
and drag (him)

# sj
lis
a - -
by the forelock, a lying,

do juJJ.
sinful forelock;
obt
ljuj
wolj,
Ou*
B
noun may be substituted
for the suffix

ojj
t^'sii
pronouns of
Aim, Hdlid,
th,y
the 3d pers., as tjuj <^'j, J^j *4 ^-"JJ*' IjJl*.
^Jla^
lyJl^
Cy- *^ ^^J*^' ^j'

all
l*^
notwithstanding that
the times
are
become marvellous ; but not for the suffixes of

is
the 1st and 2nd pers., unless a plurality of individuals

referred to, as
distinctly
tJ^bj
Wj^ J^ ^
'
OL>^
last
(which) niay be
a festival
for
Ijuj
ns,
for
the first
of us and the
of
us.
.^.
We
[UIJ
cannot say
>2XZj\j,
juj *b Ojj*; nor even

!
^Cn
[JjÎ]
(J
woe
to
me, the poor

<ili>lj,
J9ij&\ ^JLJLc oh
?Ae, <A noble*. ,i)b1
In such cases
as i)bl
those are right
who regard
not as a
Jju
but
as a J~r=>y> (see rem. a).
[To this
kind belong the permutatives
definitions
note).]
that indicate the parts of the whole, the species of the genus, the of measure, number, weight and colour ( 95, f oot-
id
}>e
I
a -0*>
t
*+
(6)
J)
as
s^yt>
-
ôxA J ju
fi
j o -
the substitution
of
the
part for
) , 3>
the whole
aU ouipi C-J^l I
the
ate the loaf the third part
of
it,
ox
ate
a third of
Q'*
*
loaf;
jlJI
aJL5
iss
Aim,
his
hand;
i^j^fj >*b*j)lj
the
W ^J^jl
(c)
threatened me,
my
foot, with
prison and fetters,

i.e.
JLjJw^)l
Jju
<A comprehensive substi-
tution,
the permutative which indicates a quality or circumstance
[In the former

of
case
we ought
,t
either
to
write
jj-Jw^JI as ' '
predicate
the emphatic Ul
b,
specification ( 35,
S),
( 130), or to use the accusative of which must be used in the latter
case.]
286
Part Third. Syntax.

;
139
possessed by or included in the preceding substantive

J
as
L5â.fr<
,0
s
jO
40 ,
) * ,
oi
x^Xc jjtj Zeid's learning filled
me with
*
surprise
* i
^JLe*^ ,_J*al
o * oi *
thy speech filled

hast not
s
me with
surprise;
ULa^
lost (or
,_oA. ,-UJLJjJ! Lo thou

6 , *
* ,
found my understanding
* } t*
thrown away)
Oîîj
* o*
lySl* ijj
juaJ and she called
to
mind
the coldness
of the water of
Taktud ; 4*3 JUSôlâJI
jv**^'
O-* &>^\~~i they will question thee
about fighting in the sacred month, lit. about the sacred month, (d) The fourth case is where the per(about) fighting in it.
mutative (Jju^Jt)
for
is
wholly different from the *Uo J**** or word

(d-i*
which
it is
substituted
,
Jjcj^JU
^L^JI
^
JjtJI).
It
is
of
0*0
J * *
two
..
sorts: (a) wjIj-*n)I

a
jJjiJ
the
permutative of retractation (from

âo
t
aivay from), or 6 juJ ^Jju Âe substitution of a new opinion, something one ivould like to substitute for the original
w)j-ol, to
I
wm
statement
cJtfol / ate bread, but then, preferring to state that he had eaten meat, adds the
;
as, for
instance,
to
tO
when one
i
says
jj>*
to*
J
vt
>
a *
word
(l*J \j~^ cJLSl).

J '
J
Here, to use the words of the

1
' '
grammarians, juUJI JwcJu l*^ c

as well as the tdbi
^jL.>.*3tj
o
1
^l)l Juoaj
JO sbfO
/*e
metbu' is designed
it
and
this is
what
distinguishes
from
(ft)
^jju
Ja-liJt the
permutative of error
and forgetfulness,
, ,
in
which
j o
the
&>**
is
uttered
merely by mistake, and the correct word

it
;
immediately substituted for
as
when one
says
^ji
*
^j
OiO
0,
jjj-
J **
I passed by a
dog, (I
meant
to
say) a horse.
The wjI^^JI jjju

]}* C*AI).
is
equivalent to the use of the particle

(3)
^ (U^J Jj
<%
The (jLJt
Uuftfi or explicative apposition is the asyndetic

it
connection of a substantive with a preceding substantive, which
more nearly
0*1
defines
*
as juj ^)j*.l i^JsU*.
brother Zeid
came
to
i
it
me;
(j-*-
j+sin
âa*.
yi\
' ' Ot U * aJUb ô-J>l 'Abu Ilafs 'Omar swore by
si God
rhyme for^c);
J-jJto
jU
^j*c
i**^
, *
;
^te
, >
â^
-
6e
-
given
J
to
j
J
drink water, watery humour (or matter)
as>jL*o
oj^Jj ^-o ^>y.
140]
The Sentence and
its
Parts.
Verbal Appositives.
tree,
* *
-
287
iijljj {which) is lighted with (the oil of) a blessed

.
an
olive.
j *
This apposition
9
is
equivalent to the use of Âj, l<*3> e ^ c

~
*
e --
0**3*
it
juj ybj )j.\
j-jglfc),
and, being asyndetic,
is
opposed to the
JtJ
otbcc, or connection of sequence,

,
which takes place by means

2J
Z
*
oi
oi
and ^1. [To of connective particles, such as j, ^J, ^j, ^j**., j\, this kind belong the appositives to a vocative ( 38, rem. f), those
that denote the material
(
94), the
nicknames
95, a, rem.), etc.]

j * *
Rem.
hi
c.
_
One verb may be

"
.
substituted for another by the ^jju

*
* J
t
30*9
-.-
* * 0*0
3*
*t
6^0*.
JiCJI
^>* J&l, as w>IJut)l

this, shall
t * {*
*
<d
utcUu
*
Utfl JJu
JUj JjUj
2 1 r
whosoever doeth
find a recompense of sin

*
shall he doubled;
*$}*?.
LJn,rw
when thou
contest to
us
visitest
his chastisement va>j ^jW^ lj' W vo-*^ ^^ 15** us in our country thou shalt find
*
l -
^B
^ * *
*9 *3
3 * *
* 0'
0*3*
firewood in abundance
or by the JlÎw^M
to
yjj*>,
as
UJI
^J-cu
0*3
ô
^jju Uj ^jjC-~j whoever comes
us (and) asks help of us,

is
is helped.
Rem.
d.
The word
3
to
which a jSsyo
is
6
annexed
is
called
by the
30*
grammarians
.
j*bj^JI
that which *'
strengthened or corroborated;
0*
J J * 0*
130*0*
#A?
it,
that which
is
followed by a aJus or OâJ, \mfij*oy+i\, or OjjU^JI,
qualified or described ; that

/i
which has a ^Jju after

is
<uu JjJ^JI
/or which something

30
*
substituted
3
and that to which a
**OiO
0**
is
0*0*
,jLJI oikfi
appended, aJLc
is
o^Jajt^JI
Me
wore? to which (an
explanatory word)
attached (by means of a virtual conjunction).
Rem.
e.
In phrases
0*0330*3***
like
^ûtJ^^-aju I^JUUJ, they fought
xoith
one another, the

3
0*0330* words âxJ ^-cuu "

j *
are a permutative of the agent
* *
jt*, contained in the verb \jX3\Ju,
and serve to strengthen the idea
of reciprocity belonging to that verbal form.

o*
The JÛjT *Jj& J>*$
***-**
is
in
(>a*-J,
3 *
which supplies the place of the accusative,

*^
dependent
3 *
* *
upon
I^JJIS,
they fought with, contained in b^JUUb.
140.
One
finite
verb
may
also be
put in apposition to another.
In this case either (a) the
first is
the preparative act, introductory
288
3 ' s
Part Third. Syntax.

s , ,
*
141
to the second, as a) >*%-> j>\l he arose (and) prostrated himself before
^'w, dbt
this,
dUjo
ô-UI >J~ij\i then he sent (and) informed his father of
0%x5j â)I
OÛj and disturbances

s - i
* * -
broke out again
or (o) the
second modifies the

*
first,
as
JU&I
jia....*
/^ continued long prostrate,
s t l
it'
yj*~*J\ L5^ he
sang
well.
is
In both cases the older and more elegant
form of expression
to insert the conjunction
aJ jf~mi
>oU>,
Jl~i
*\e-
he asked again,
JUU
j^-w.
If the first of the
two verbs
be a perfect, the second must be so likewise, for the imperfect would
be a [Oj^*-* or ] j**** J^*- (see

stand in the accusative [comp.
nuntiaturus, he sent
to
8, d, e), 44, c,
and, as such, would virtually

;
rem. a]
as
Âju
J->jl
w/^Y
inform.
If
both verbs are in the imperfect,

[
the second
as ôJaj
to
may
1
either be
an apposition
139, rem. c] or a jjJLc Jl;
(J-* .^
^
The
s^wdis (a(?) informs, or
mitt it nuntiaturus, he sends
inform*.
Q
is
Rem.
very
7
1
later
Arabic construction, without the conjunction,
'
common
7
in Syriac, e.g. 01,~kj| 5,_ Ae senf (awe?) seized him,

;
.7
rme^rr} they rebuilt
and
also occurs in
Hebrew,
e.g.
fQISJ^
?|3N3f
nyiNt,
Gen. xxx.
31.
2.
Concord in Gender and
Number
between the Parts
of a Sentence.
141.
In verbal sentences,
in
which (according to
118) the
predicate (verb) must always precede the subject (agent), the following rules hold regarding their agreement in gender and number.
142.
(a)
If the
subject be
i.
a singular substantive, which
is
feminine by signification (Vol.

possible,
(a)
290, a),
two constructions are
If it
immediately follows the verb, the verb must be
[In this case
also
the
conjunction
it,
^j
may be
1.
inserted,
as
djj^.13 ^*1
/ will come
to take
Tab.
i.
1526,
13.
D. G.]
1 42]
Sentence and its Parts.
Concord of Predicate &

///rf
Subject.
289
put in the
w(/
or
o/"
fern. sing.
as
jU* OsL*.
(/?) if it
came, jij*i
'
t^l cJU>
Ae
el-Aziz said.
But
more words, the verb may stand

is
be separated from the verb by one in the sing, masc, although the
fem.
preferable;
%y~>
as i\j*\ ^-il*)! j-oa. a
woman came
before the
judge;
jA ^k*.'^l jJj jSi a bad mother gave

Vi
birth to that poor
U-Ahtal; Sj^lj
has deceived.
145.]
>u
oji.
\%j*\
\j\a man, ichom one of you (women)

i.
[As to the collectives mentioned Vol.
290, a,
c,
see
Rem.
a.
The form
of expression ii^li
J 15,
So-and-so said,
is
mentioned by the grammarians only to be condemned.

[Rem.
b.
The concord remains

3*
if,
in negative or interrogative
^>-o,
O *
sentences, the subject be preceded

..
by
B*
as l\j*\ yj^c Osl. Le

niixny nights have
' *
no woman came, iLJ

gone by
(b)
!
ê
C-.,a-o
j3 ^s how
T>.
G.]
is
If
the subject be a singular substantive, which
feminine
merely by form or usage (Vol. i. 290, b, 291), the preceding verb may be put either in the masculine or feminine, whether the subject immediately follows
is
it
or not, though in the former ease the feminine
preferable, as
u~o->.tJl
c~JU the sun rose, iiJJI
o^~^
the brick
was
broken, rather than

is
^-^1
*lb, iuUI j--&.

:
In the following
examples the verb
masculine
>-t^ <u3l
O^
o-
tjj-
g*
;
ô^M O* aw ^ s^
4a.A.^JLg
tr^^
was
the
end of those icho preceded them

people
ÛU
^>>
^ M ^
:
may
not have
any pretext
receives
against you;
<uj yo ikc^-a jU- <j-oi
and whosoever
an
admonition from his Lord
<us>La.^v-> jjl
^3
even if there be in
them poveHy or
(c)
straitness.
If the
*$\
3>o
,
feminine subject be separated from the verb by the

is
particle ~*,3&
the verb
put' in the masculine
as 3U5
*$\
\sj
s$*)\ yjjS
no one was innocent except the maidservant of'lbnu 'l-Ala 37
w.
11.
290
Part Third. Syntax.

5
' 6
143
AA (i.e.
''"'
\=>j
j**\
U).
The feminine
is,
however, admissible, especially in
poetry, as in the above example, ^Jl C*j

(e?)
(i.e.
SUs).
The verbs
^qAj and
^-^
(Vol.
i.
183) take the masculine

is
form in preference to the feminine, even when the subject
feminine
by
signification;
,
as >-iJj
Slj-oJI
^sj Zeineb
is
an
excellent
woman!
rather than
143.
If the subject be a plur. sanus
masc, or a
plur. fractus
denoting persons of the
sex, the preceding verb is usually put in the sing, masc, particularly when one or more words are interposed
male
between
it
and the subject; as

j*$i
,
03^^^ J^
we
the
believers
said;
\^ya
Jt^)
** s
>
VI
*>
Oli
, s
t\et.
}
a
f.
there
< )Z
came one day (some) men from

believe as fools
t
,r
Me^kla;
ilyA-JI ^>*l
U o-*P'
;
shall
have believed?
is
But
Sbj^JI
cJIS narrators say

the poets
^y~c l\j*JJ\ ^5*^*
Uj and what
it
pray that
want of me ?
*2U*i ,jo J-jj >z+jjs jJ6 apostles

thee.
have been accused of falsehood before
Rem.
a.
similar construction
may be found even
in
;
Old
uns
German
as do wart genuoger ougen von heizen trdhenen rdt
hazzet liute imde lant.
Rem.
i.
b.
Oy^.i sons
302, e, (Vol. plurales fracti (see

I)
(P^- ^ C>^')> an d other similar words and rem. d), are exceptions, being treated as 144), and therefore admitting the verb in the
fern. sing.
This remark applies, however, to )*! only
when
*'
it is
'
used to denote a family or tribe (compare

'
147); as yXj c-JIS
""
jJ-Jtj-wt
the
Benu
'
IsrcCll
(Children of Israel) said.
144. If the subject be a pluralis fractus, no matter whether derived from a masc. or a fem. sing., the preceding verb may be either
masc. or fem.; as
iXJi
jju
\^y>
j>* Cs~.v
;
then, after this,
your
^5**
ilii
hearts became hard (from s^X3, masc.)
9-^0 ^Jo veLaJI

*-*, fem.).
O^
See
when
the tents are (set up) at
Du
Toluh (from
143.
146] Sentence and ite Pai-ts.

in 142, of
c,
Subject.
291
Rem.
*^t,
1
The remark made
regarding the particle

fern,
is
*$\
applies here too.

< * StO
1 J
An
example
the
ws-aj
Uj
jO
^wlâJt
of
hills
cjJLoJI
and nothing remained but

fern.),
the loic
rugged ridges
(from xJLs,
scil -
where a prose writer would have said
C5^ **>
145.
Vol.
i.
l^r1
If the subject
be a collective of the class mentioned in
290, a,
e,
likeô"*^ sheep or goats,
j~b
i.
birds, or
one of the
collectives or other
nouns mentioned
in Vol.
292, the preceding

fern.
verb
may
be put either in the masculine or feminine, though the

the subject be feminine
&'#>
;
is preferable, if
as j^jLaJI
oJ~J j>yJt
cJll
\s* L5^ îe
êirs
The Christians stand upon nothing (have no

*
foundation for their belief)
J^13
tj-.
^-^j
Jiji
Û*-' ^'j' lc
Ai
j-JaJI
saic myself (in
a dream) carrying upon my head
(some)
bread, of which the birds were eating.
146.
whether
If the subject be
a feminine noun in the plural number,
plur. sanus or plur. fractus, the preceding verb may be put either in the masc. or fern. sing. unless the plur. sanus refers to
;
persons of the female sex, in which case the fern, J ***** J M >/ , 0*0
preferred.
is
decidedly to be
Examples
oU-Jt ^5jU.
;
mu
'-o-
after the convincing
proofs hare reached you
j^ytj^
C~i
S J <
because of what their

the evil consequences
*+
++,
hands have written; t^-o^
OlL*->
;
^Ûjli
a
of
what they
did,
came upon them

;
\j>J<)
a*
if?**
a s
L5*"**
an ^
mif
- 3 -
*i *, *
lit
*u^) because its signs
daughters lamented their misery
lyjIjUl
jô jJ
have already appeared;

til*,
city said
;
ioj^t
,
i
^
, *
5^-J
J 15
it
(some)
women
in
the
ÂjUJ
3 3
^
,
j ,
I
,jljdk
yî had
not been for these two,
their
women
a C
fr
icould have been taken prisoners; but such instances as

~,
131
,
oU*
33*
^s sU.
when believing women come unto you, are com-
paratively rare.
292
Part Third. Syntax.
147
147. The names of the Arab tribes, which are mostly of the feminine gender, take a preceding verb in the fern. sing, (see 143, rem. b) but a following verb may be put in the plur. masc, because
;
such names have the sense of collectives

aJjjJI \Ju~*
e.g. j*sj
J-***
C*%j
^J^0ViaJ-
t^jibluJj (the tribes of') 'Okail

to
and Koseir
and complained them by Seifu 'd-daula.

assembled
one another of what was being done to
148.
In general,
following verb must agree with
when once the subject has been mentioned, any it strictly in gender and number as
;
Ml
>"
' '
-
oj^>jju ^Xs
the hunters
yJ^~J\
^ji
ytt>^
Lois jtf^-A êj^JLs
Oj^W*3^' Atê
Trj^"
(sing.) against him and he fled from them, and, whilst he continued on level ground, they did not overtake him (plur.)
came out
ôlo^JI
r-^
Ol^-îri
^<& OVj^*-^'
**
ffîd
those
parting are
moved
(sing.)
by
it
as they are moved (plur.) by the mournful cooing of
doves; s'xr"
cupola,
***~!
^j^
*****
***
O^
of)
there
t/ie
was (masc.) upon
it
known
(^jXcl
(fem.) by (the
name
cupola of the air ; Sjli^j^
jJ-oJt
^Jt
\^y^+*-*
0^<^3tÂi3
-/o-^W-'' j'jjp'
^j+i j-a^J'
and
the pilgrims leave (sing.) their
baggage at
fract.
the cave
of el-Hidr, and
ascend
(plur., jtjjJI
to tJie top
being a plur.
denoting rational beings)
two miles
of the mountain
; jt-*?
(J^sUuj
S^j'^Lo aJJ
GW
has angels wlw watch over you in turn (plur., for the same reason as in
the last example);

(masc.)
wâj
âjIjjI^-^JI JUi awe?

rear)
the
herd wheeled
(v>**jl
and guarded
(tlieir
with an
old buck
fem.,
because, with the exception of the single buck, the rest of the herd
were does)
of
it
eLc'jt
oV^
O^*^3
>**
\c-\3j
a-u jjj\i and he took out
scraps of paper written with (ink of) various colours (where
C%*l> might also be used).
If irrational or
inanimate objects are
spoken of
(for
example, in fables) as persons, the plur. fractus

plur.
may
be followed
by the verb in the
masc;
as
l^j'-et
Zy*
w**}^
149] Sentence and its Parts.

the skin
Subject.
293
%+~t jJL. once

i
<?
a time (some) dogs found

* a* *
a j
of a beast of prey
^<?2/ /*//
_ --
, s ,
oi
i *
dJUt
Uibul
I^JIS
I.UL*
^5 j^
jj o j * * ^J ôA^jJLaJ tyiSj
tfW
say
to
their skins (members),
Why
hare ye borne
us speak.
ivitness
against us?
They
shall answer,
God hath made
[Rem. When the subject in the plural denotes irrational or inanimate objects, the plur. fern, of the verb is preferred in classic Arabic, if their number does not exceed ten, the sing, fern., if it be
more, as tJÂ*rule
>t>*$J2
and cJL.
SjJ^c
^j^^)
111).
The same
applies to
the pronouns that refer to them, which in the

^jJb.
former case are
^>A, in the latter ,-A

i.
and
Ub (as
suffix).
Comp.
149.
Fleischer, A7. Schr.
695.]
If the subject
be a substantive in the dual number, the
preceding verb must be put in the singular, but must agree with the
subject in gender.
Examples
oW**
Qa
....)!
<**
*J^*3 an d two
young men went

after the two
^jtâ.'^t
into the prison along with
him; 0*^*?y"
{j^j^
^
jju
men disputed with one another about me;

^)
^J^=>
U
-
(Jjwj
j-o*i)l
,j-
tuo
a/fer something
had taken place

* a * a*> j
?^
between us, which brother and sister do not do; ^j\j*a*}\ w*Ju a j <** at "' sô-^ se^00 fo"M, day and night, U-eJ l^jju (j' 'f^9 'î *^J -**!
^ -
when they
they
seek (to effect anything), are never long in attaining
what
aim at; o^^-j^ aljuitj

feet
1ju
Oô->j and
j
his
j
hands and arms

,
- -*
and
were pierced with nails

5 a -
;
j
oUjJ wsxkJ
^j^j <suw like one

z
whose feet are cut

/fad
off';
^)U
<z- L su
U
*
'
a*,
s a ,
J-e^
*jj lj \j*o\-
jju
*a*
^^ V
a i**
g,
Bedr been present and

a * *
'Ibn Hamel, thy hands would not have

*
;
~ sii*>
been branded (J- in rhynie for J-**-)
s^-^l
J>k
;
O-* alus ol3>

2JUjLw
w?/ 7^5 e#&? ?*eiw cease
from
jJLic 3^*5
lips
^_5^-
^J>J 0-*3
^
till
constant weeping
i*^-
^^*
till
Jui.
3^*3 cut your moustache

heels
your
in
can be seen, and your dress
your
can be seen (compare,
294
Part Third. Syntax.

iv.
150
Hebrew, Micali
UojI
11,
Sfltyg
|VX3
Tlini)
<J& c>i^
ta
iJUJiaj
Jl^JI î
,jUjLUI
and
thus these two words
(viz.
iy3
and D7J?)
re alike in their application to men also. A following verb must, of course, agree strictly with the preceding subject in number as well as
gender
as
%Ju
,jl
^Cu
^jU&jUs
oâ
>1
when two
troops
among
you were on
if it
the point (sing.) of behaving with cowardice (dual). But be a collective, designating rational beings, the masc. plur. is
admissible;
as U-v*^
lâ*Leli
I^JJLISI
(j^ûôJI
ô
^>Ujlb
jjlj
B and
if two parties of believers fight with one another, make peace between them.
Rem. Sometimes, however, a preceding verb is found in actual agreement with a following subject in the dual or plural, or even
G '
J
}
//t
s *
in virtual
agreement with a singular collective; as jut~o
di.JL>l
j3^
^ô.a.j after both far

(>
and near
(after every one)

;
had abandoned him

his eyes
n rhyme
for j0if^.)
ol-Uc
^j-o^-'
were red;
(J>jIj
olju \Zcj his hands threw or shot;

the
.-ojUj
**$ ^-^Jt
.JtjiJt
women saw
jJ^swJI
the white hairs
which glittered in
my
whiskers;
the
,-XaI
gtjjiwl
,-i
j-oôjJj wty family abuse me for

OjJJItli
i**>$*
purchase of the palm-trees; Âj-o^j

people aided thee,
)jj*oj
my
and thou becamest powerful through

is
their aid.
The phrase
cited
***t^JI ,-JjJl^l, the fleas devoured me,
generally
by the native grammarians to exemplify

is
this construction,
[which, they say,
peculiar to the dialect of the tribe of Teiyi'].
150.
If the preceding verb has several subjects, it

lit
may
it
J J
be put
agree
J J s
in the plural, as C-JI3

iii
L*. thou
and I are come ;

)
or
J* ,
may
\
number and gender with the nearest

JLc
(
subject, as
>^3 OiL/*
** "-.! .3
a~i\j
>njjLjl and Aaron and
his sons shall lay their
hands upon
spoke
his
head ;
about
Moses. If the
^^y>
03^3
^rij-* >^-*>
Miriam and Aaron
subjects precede,
and are either three or more
151]
Sentence and
its
Parts.
Concord of Predicate & Subject.

dual, the verb
;
295
if
singulars, or a singular
and a
is
put in the plural
they are merely two singulars, in the dual

the belly
as
1^-slaJ
O^^P'i O-^'
;
and
the
two feet disputed with one another
j-**^ 'j >>-*-"
U-sULj
the cold
and
the heat disputed icith one another : j^*JJ\ 3
^^-Jlj
because
(jlj^...^; a(/ fo plants
and
trees icorship
(not
Oi
***?
...
â*Jt and â..)l are not individuals but species);
c^j'^' cJ^-j
the
SjÛ
*
ii lxjk3
JLaJlj
r<w<?
{when) the earth
and
mountains
a
shall be lifted
j a*
up and dashed
in pieces
at one stroke (not
C-^j
or
>>*.
JLaJt
being a plur. fract).

is
If the subjects be of different

first
genders, the verb
usually put in the masculine, as in the

*JJI
of the
above examples, or in j-aJI C^jîj

indolence
heirs
O-* O'***^ J*yA\
x^
=>
J^'
us
and
excess
of
sleep
remove us far from
God and make
of (reduce us to) poverty.
151.
The verb frequently
agrees in respect of gender, not with

its
the grammatical
subject, but with

is
complement
*
it
(the
1
genitive
~
*
aia
annexed to
it),
which
the logical subject; as
LI
J^^yJzU*.
j -
^
- a ,
;
a* ,
even though every sign should come (be shown) unto them
f * a j
J^--> j*$->
a *
\j
jtr*. o
j+. y^*
it
cic U
a
*
..
a *
t^-su
J^
on the day (ichen) every soul shall

itself
find the good

-
has done present (along with

0*0
all
before
j
God)
a *
:i
a<
^Loct
> .p^
wsdyJLwl
my
limbs were relaxed
^joju
C-.T.k'S
A3uLo\ some of his fingers were cut off;
,>uu
'y-aaj
*^
^jXJu
some of them ransom themselves from him

others to him)
;
icith others
(by giving up
Lliyc>
j.
.,
;...
^ûu
1^1
when some years shall have
gnawed
at us
ÛU ca^l
Vs^'
iol j~.
^b
ye are the best people

Ojifcl lib
that has been brought forth (created) for

j*~i
mankind ;
}^\ JT^y
?r^<?rt
J-0
cyfc.. J ?>-^j
^^
walked as spears wave, the

a ^*
j* -
fo/ 0/
are bent by the passing of gentle breezes: JJuUI SjUl
296
Part Third. Syntax.

e -
152
A ^5*
s ^
o ,
^3^"i
wi> * C
Me
brightness of the intellect
is
obscured (or
eclipsed) by obeying lust.
As the above examples show,
of the verb with the logical subject
this agreement most frequently and naturally
takes place
5
when the grammatical

J
subject expresses a subordinate

82).
0s
90s
idea, like
j>, *-,
u***->
andj-ji (see
[Rem.
The verb sometimes agrees with a

SJLaJ, etc.
subject that
is
to be
supplied from the context, as <LJLa,

it
Examples
C-*JLi
s s - -
*>
'
1 '
4JJI
^
J^~j */m (threatening) reached the Ajyostle of

* s
vt
God ;
,-9 *->'>*
*o
lyJaLA^-j
juwjJt ^/-ii <Ais (saying) remained in

it
tlie
mind of er-Rasld
and
he
is
he kept
not the
in memory.
to
Comp. the phrase
<iU lyLpâ. ,J
O^
'*
man
forgive thee this (deed).
D. G.]
152.
What
number
in a verbal sentence, is nearly all applicable to a
has been said regarding the concord of gender and nominal
sentence.
(a)
When
the predicate [being a verb, or an adjective] follows
the subject, they must agree strictly in gender and number (see 148); unless the subject be a plur. fractus, in which case the predicate may
9s
s J
J )0iO* J
3 1
0&
also be put in the fem.
sing.,
as
S^bU 0***^3 V.*^*"

s -
LS^
*
the
hearts are blind, whilst the eyes are seeing.

also to the
This latter remark applies

Js ;
ajuxo
sssO'Os'9's
jjj y\s-
names of the Arab
tribes (see 147)
as S^>$i u-*^ y~>3

,
^>
î
aJjLJ
and
the
Benu
'Abs were at that time
dwelling
(b)
among
the
Benu 'Amir
predicate
'ibn Sa'sa'a.
When
the
nominal
but
(/?)
negative and interrogative in number; (see 117), the predicate and subject must agree
if
precedes the subject, as happens in sentences, then (a) if the sentence be
the sentence be verbal (see
121),
the predicate
is
put
in
the singular.
(c)
If the subject be
;
a collective, the predicate

are obeying him.
may
be put in
the plural
as
0>*^ 5
**
J^9 "^
Similarly,
when a
1 52]
Sentence and
its
Parts.
Concord of Predicate & Subject.

e-
297
verb
is
placed after a collective subject (see 148)

*$
;
as
j2&\
0^3 A
i j ej
yjjjSLLj / / ; '
jÛJI but the greatest part of

j ^
.'
mankind are
thankless;
:
j :
Ûl
**
^)|aj>..i
^gy^
JÔ-*
jww<
o/"
^<??w ;v
afraid of men
let
[lî=>pl
;
j^^s^j U
t^CLb
(d)
, a , duLêt.
j
^JjJI
&
fo
Turks alone as long as they
you alone
Si
jj*^ because his
army had
perished].
in
The predicate frequently agrees

its
gender,
not with the

is
grammatical subject, but with

subject (see
complement, which
the logical
151)
as
O^-JI
i5l3 ^^Ju
Js
every soul shall taste of

is
death; as^jxa
âjUp
(JL**.!^*)!
^31
the
committing of crimes
held
i
j
laudable by them.
jib\j
{
[Less frequent are such expressions as (jil

is
J-
j^c
yj^sj -L every ear
hearing,
and
every eye seeing.]

j*
[Rem.
In the words of the Prophet

.jyi
JUj
J&
<j|
*$\
^Jbk ij^jJ Co>J
aJLaI^JI ,-i
wJl^ SpUj
verily,
whatever
claims of blood, money or privilege there existed in the time of Ignorance, are under these my feet, i.e. are abolished by me, the
fern,
form of
i.
OJli=->
1.
and
^
-
,-yi (replaced in "Ibn
mi
Hisam
by
821,
J J
V
1.
and
Tab.
1642,
by yî .jSju),
is
to be explained
J^
having
^jl
the sense of icLo_. totality, just as in the verse of Gamll SjLjJI

_...oJU
verily the
visiting is easy
for
the loving one,
the
predicate has been put in the masc. gender according to the sense
(^jiiteJI
^Û),
SjLjjJI
being =jt>eJI, and in

i/"
^^J O* e^^5 O^
locks,
lyj t^>_5' -i>it^4Jl
,jt3 anc?
fAow as&
me about my
lot the
vicissitudes
i * * a,
of time have taken them away, the verb agrees, not with
j
,,, , a,
ol^-JI,
but with
its
equivalent ^jUj^swJI.
ii.
In the words of the

aJUl
tradition (Zamahsarl, Fdik,

efeaÂ
490) JLo+^tf^
J-~~- ,ji jJJJUl
<m
the
path of God
is
purifying {from
the filth
of
sin),
the
predicate
is according to some interpreters fern., because JJJUt has * a **_** the meaning of o}[y*D\ martyrdom. Others say that <Uoii a Neither explication is necessary, practice is to be understood.
*
i.
2185,
9 seq. Sah-clo}
j>y*o)\j
6 * * *
and fasting makes

ly^ljkSI
iveak
lit
and feeble ;
and
it
Lebld, Mu'all. 33 S^lc

his wont, to
let
wol^
Ojkjf
Â
iiU-o
vms
her precede,
when
she
drew
back,
where also some interpreters say that the

;
predicate agrees with a*ojjl$\ =js\j*$S
Faik
i.
246 JLSt
e).
,-fc
UJI
jb>tj
<Ats is
only an advancing and a
retreating (comp.
D. G.]
(e)
If the subject of a
nominal sentence be a personal or demonplur.

is
strative pronoun,
and the predicate a feminine substantive or a

generally put
in the fem.
it
fractus*, then the former
sing.,
even
when the preceding

gender
;
substantive, to
,jl this is
which
refers,
is
of the masc.
dies ist eine
*
as
S^JJ
o Jok
an admonition (Germ,
il
x>
11
Erinnerung, Fr.
ceci est tin avertissement)
aJJI ^jx.
dUJ such are

les
God's ordinances (Germ, dies sind Gottes Regeln, Fr. ce sont-la

regies de
Dieu)
JIaJb
^^
1*>Lj
aAJI
oLjl iUj
s?/c/e
are
if
GW's
signs,
which we repeat
to thee
with truth.
(
[In like manner,
O^
or one of its "sisters" be used
131), this
may
/
agree in
gender with
the predicate, as ^j*.*i)l

sirs
c-Jl^ ^tj
a * , ' s
a?ie?
contrary should
happen; *->>*"
^
vi.
til
**~*
Ojlo
j^5j a<# /
1.
has become a custom

Qii 1
of mine with the Arabs (*E1-Mubarrad, 279,

I^JIS
4 with the variant <Uw);
^1
*^l
^^yUJLi ^^3
^ j
then
sJiall
no other e.rcuse be theirs

;
but to say (Kor'an

* j * * *
23 according to some readers)
wJtfS
â^*^^
;
jy^Ltrij*
and
they bore
down upon them and

,
this
was
their defeat
is
see
other examples in
my note on *E1-Mubarrad
pronouns o-o and
ii. 1
08.
This
,
also the case

,
after the interrogative
il
170), as il*l
oJl^
(or
^>o
who was thy mother thy want ?

*
*it^.l.
(OjLo
=) Osl*.
what became
was)
[The word
is
ojJb, in
the expression Âp JUI ojJk (am
is
i
a thousand
..
dirhems,
explained by the grammarians as standing for^ÂljjJI
ajUk.]
154]
Negative and Prohibitive Sentences.
299
**
Rem. In order to express the neuter this, it, etc. both the masc. and fern. sing, of the personal and demonstrative pronouns
*
2Z
" -
.-
'~
*i
may be
j
used.
-a
i-
Examples
ai
of the latter:
,
iJbt
^>aJJt
C~ot ^JOI
* ai*
-?
, a
* aj
v -t?t''j
lyio^^ZAl ,-J! ,UJj 15-^J

!
^
*
Aai?e heard,
mayest thou avoid

this
it
imprecation
that thou hast

,
blamed me, and because of

a
,
,
I am
anxious and distressed ;

*
2 * IaIjI
OJl^j and
jJ
*
so indeed did
it,
happen
j j a'*,
(Tab.
i.
2951, 2755,
1.
1);
U^JJlai ye have done

cw lAjJl**.
it
is
your fault
it
(Tab.
i.
1.
12); H.i,
they Jiave
made
to be
is
treachery,
such as was
committed against *El-Hosein.

'
"i.
This
applicable also to the
2 a*o 4.aiJt
-c
or ^LuJI
j^-o.s>,
which
< a
is
masc. or
fern,
according to the gender of the subject in the following sentence.
An
ybr
ia-o
* a*
,2
example of the
i is
fern, is
Kor'an
xxii.
not the eyes that become blind.
45 jLaj*}M ,yJU D. G.]
*$
Vyjli
B.
THE DIFFERENT KINDS OF SENTENCES.

1.
Xegative and Prohibitive Sentences.

particles
C
Indo-European
153.
The negative
may, as in
languages, deny any part of the sentence,

(e.g.
the predicate, the subject

kcil
the
^,-â
iJL
*$,
39),
the object, the
or
circumstantial
expression, etc.
154.
The negative
particle
it
part of the sentence which

it
sometimes immediately precedes that denies, at other times is separated from

l
by some other part
as
J a J
l^-tj
^ ^..J
U
j>jSL*
the liberal
man
does
(see
not respect the niggardly

%
IJub
this is not
a human being
42, rem. d)
tjJb
J15
U he has
not said this.
[Rem.
If
strongly denied,
only a part of an affirmative sentence is to be the negative particle must precede that part
immediately, as
L^b
* *
5a^
**
*^
l-Ls>
juj sU. Zeid came neither
laughing nor weeping.
If to the affirmative part of a sentence, a
300
Part Third. Syntax.

1
[155
must be preceded by
i
-
parallel negative is to be opposed, the latter
t>
'
Sis
the negative particle without a conjunction, as / have seen Zeid, not 'Amr.]
\j+-
*$
Ijuj wsjlj
155.
which
is
a simple declarative verbal sentence, nor optative ( 1, e and f), may, when neither asseverative
of
The predicate
denied by ^, be put either in the imperfect or the perfect, (a) When put in the imperfect, it may be rendered into English by the present, the future, or, when connected with preceding past tenses, by the
Latin imperfect (8, 9)
as J*si~Jt
âL-JI
jsjSJ *$ the liberal
man
does not respect (or will not respect, or, under certain circumstances,
did not
respect,
non honorabat)
(a)
the niggardly,
*9
(b)
The
perfect can
properly be
used only
when
is
repeated twice or oftener in

it
clauses connected
by
j, in
1,
which case
b),
may
^3
be translated by the
perfect or the past (
a and
as
^^
Ji****
he has neither
(/3)
believed nor prayed, or he neither believed nor

*$ is
prayed; or
when
connected by 3 with a preceding negative, such as U, î, or UJ, and merely carries on the negation of something past (see 1, e, rem. a,
and
160)*.
156.
The
particle
(a contraction of <jl
*$),
which
is
construed
with the subjunctive of the imperfect (11 and 15,

strong negation of the future, not at
jUJI \ysuiJ
all,
a, a), is
a very
never
it
as >Jj \jXxsu
j^
î
\^Xmu and
if ye do not do
hell).
and ye
18.
will never do it
then dread the fire (of
Rem. 157.
On^ and
particle
UJ
see
12 and
The
U, when joined to the
perfect, denies the past;

e,
when joined
158.
rem.
to the imperfect, the present (see 8,
rem.
a).
The
particle
J>!
[Vol.
i.
362,
/]
is
often
found with
negative force,
e),
in verbal as well
as in nominal sentences (see
42,
and that before both the perfect and the indicative of the
*
[Comp.
1,
e,
rem.
b.]
158]

it
301
j o j
a*
to
imperfect.
For example: aU *j)l^Jt &\ judgment belongs

is
w<tf &rc0/?
God
"";
A
(
&>
(lit.
to
GW)
jjy^ ^J>
(lit.
*i)l
C>^'
except
in
u]
believers
are in
utter
*9l
deception
re
?jo
deception)
^jjjJai j^JJt
#&?
^jlft
l^*' Ol
*j)1
& w /^r
Ujjl
,jl
i7W
^>"^ &> reward me,
Aas created me ; lil*.]
aJJU
jjîl^j ^j'U*saying),
a
^
B
they will corns unto thee, swearing by

a
sit
God {and
^ j * *
We **** +
intended nothing but doing good ; v>*
j>*-\
^> l*^1
<jt
Ulj ^yi^
ojuu c?
i/"
^# (heaven and
earth) should quit their place, no one

(if He, i.e. "5 J
could withhold them after

: j
Him
a
God, should withdraw His

iritt
a*
*))l
s>si
support);
-..a>Jl
(
lojt
is
,jl
^>iAa.-Jj aiu? wri/y &?y
swear,
FFe meant only what

their
best ; ,jiaJ! *9| J>*t*i
Oi
^#
ly)
merely follow
own fancy.
In elevated prose style, as well as in poetry, the

;
negative
is
often prefixed to this ,jl

(all)
e.g.
|U*
*^t
>a
i;.j
,jl
Uj
^*
but her pains were
of no avail ; <cu
yXu
c^j"^' t^~i
Oi
jjl
only one shoulder of his touches the ground ;

*ÛU1 fow Aas
for *})UUI)
;
ÛJI î^yJ wolj

in
/wwr
s#?n (#) // them

*tta5**^
among men (Û1

^< 0M
rhyme
aa^j
c-Jt
w^l Oi ^
hmt
never done a thing
which thou didst not
like.
Rem.
a.
This
is
^j\
(called
by the grammarians i*iUt ^\
the
negative 'in)
of the
not to be confounded with the conditional particle

^jt
<A<e
same sound (iJsîJ!

the perfect retain
conditional
'in)
for ()
it
admits
;
of a nominal sentence after it

(c) it lets
is
(b) it
does not govern the jussive

;
its
past signification
(d) its predicate

e)
;
sometimes put in the accusative, like that of t (42, rem.

(e)
it is
and
joined, as a corroborative, to U.
It
seems rather to be
occurs itself in
connected with the
Hebrew negative
V{<
px and
that language in the form Q}$.

b.
[Rem.
'Abu
Zeid, Nawddir, 60 seq. gives
au instance
of *^
302
Part Third. Syntax.

L,
159
being prefixed to ^j\ instead of D. G.] precedes.

' ,
apparently because a relative
159.
The verb
i^~J (Vol.
i.
182)
is
used (a) as the negative

cJ **^
1
sometimes of <uuJt
>***M ^>H
o^
41), e.g. jjct

is
0^^3
^t*^
u-rP
/'*
him who
healthy in
mind and
;
body, there is no
excuse for neglecting the acquisition of knowledge

J
at other times of
'
Si
*3
' 0'
' 0'
iciSUI
(J^
( 41),
e.g.
UJlc k^-J, or
îô ^^J,
But
he
is
not learned.
its
[It
has always the meaning of the imperfect, mostly in

( 8, a, b).] it is
sense of
the indefinite or definite present

(b) as
also to
employed
an indeclinable negative
particle, stronger than

it is
*$,
deny some
IJkyJ
part of the sentence to which

w^-ftl
j * j
prefixed
e.g.
^5
c-sil.
to
t^J
IJkyj
' '
thou wast not created for
this,
nor bidden
do this;
iljju
Oli
&
* 0'
JJs
,^-J nothing tliat has escaped us can be overtaken

;
(an opportunity once lost never recurs)

it is
J^J
, O'i
u~+) ^jZki
ijj>-j U-Jl
only the
J ' ' 0*
man
/
;
that makes
J
B i '
a return, not
' ' '
the camel (JfrJI in
rhyme
the
it
for
^J-âJI)
ySujo
jjt
C*j>>
?
j>*
\j~J\
hast thou not
formed
J
intention of setting
me
free
In
connection with an imperfect,

.-
y
'
ot
JO'
expresses a strongly denied present or future
as vj-*^
*-<**'
o*J
"
'DM
I
'
JO
<LxJ j> jjk*9 Os^th.
'
do not intend
'Si
to
i
make
'
ivar (upon you), but

j " ' ' JUJ c~J
j ^
a.'
I am come
to destroy the
Ka'ba ;
l^JJu ^ji*. j*S\

it
?/o
j
?#i7/
'
D ew
J
"
t
attain greatness
St
till
you humble
(your spirit)
^)j3 c/~^
*>
' OtO
'
0'
jUM UaJI jju /or

a dweller
'
the fire (of

'
Ml)
{t
is
never entered after (one has been

' 0'
M'
^ e j
in)
Paradise; ojwUJ jaf.jJ u-^ no good

'
is
hoped of thee
'
*"
>"
(juIa) in
rhyme
for
SjuUJ).
It
may
even be governed by
ui Zi
){>,
so as to express the negative imperfect of that verb

'0<o
, '
..
as
^^^ O^9
.-
'
0'
^^--ft^W *$3
\My^^
v~tJ j9*l~ the Prophet
was
neither of high nor
low stature.
160]
303
160.
When
to a clause containing one of the negative particles
U, j^, UJ, or
^ji,
or the negative verb u-J, there

^,
is
appended, by
means of the conjunction
another dependent clause, then, in place
of repeating the particular negative of the former clause, the general
negative
*$ is
used, because the special kind of negation has already
been sufficiently made known.

\LJii
For example ^yJI^-ot

:
^y^
1^5**^
O^
dJJI
^6
^*i^l
^
//*>
neither their goods nor their children shall

<sd
a-ra*7 ffojw
aught against God ; ULp

<u jjji
Jâ
w ^J
;
,j*JI
.iAJj
jj'
L^l)
in
^^bb^^)
jest,
5?t'
â fAts body
was not created
for
him
nor connected with him for any vain purpose
j-o aJx JJ-jî
remained for him no
difficulty
in
the
(divine) laic
which did not
become clear, and nothing sealed up ichich was not opened, and nothing
obscure which was not
made plain
*^5
^...aJi wJL5
wJUUb ^cl cJ
Q,
aaj^*J
^ ^JJI
If,
p-^Lp'
understand by the (term) heart neither
the corporeal heart nor the spirit
which dwells
in its cavity.
[Comp.
however, the second clause be conceived as independent 180.] of the first, and the connection be merely an external one, the
-
tit,
is it
a*,
particular negative
is
repeated
.
as
Us '>$> JtH
a thing
t*$ai*j* j^ }* J-*
has never
>y O-
a>^vwJ' uu.
î
j^$ oU-
ichich
ceased existing during the past, has never in any way preceded?
and which a period of

[But
if
non-existence
the connected words have
not the character of a dependent negative clause, but that of a simple continuation of the preceding part of the sentence, only the conjunction
is
used, as ?%*A\ j^jJaJJ 3]^ iy_j

the fire (of
it
Ucj*.
we did not despair,

\3jj jJti
when they fled and when

y
a , ,
war) burned;
,jLJ
*9
js.
jjuj do not keep food for to-morrow and the day after to-morrow.]
Rem.
a.
When ^*c,
^j, ^j^,
is
etc. (see 56,

*9,
rem.
is
c)
require to
be repeated, their place
supplied by
which
followed by the
304
Part Third. Syntax.

;
161
genitive governed by j*, etc.
as
sSsk*
z',',.a,.4
j-ji lijalii
cmd
he slaughtered them without their being shut

vg*>- &
up or bound ; j+b yh
d,
"^J
vi/*
^**
?,s
neither strange nor wonderful (see 82,

*^L without
rem. a)
Jjji
jL. *$j
w^
honour or shame ;
jê>. \J$}
*^
without cowardice or fear.
Rem. 6. ^j is sometimes repeated emphatically after a preceding negative, and requires to be rendered in English by even;
as Jj>.\
cfo
^j
**
?io
wen
owe
jk.l^
^j ^ffv*^ &->* O'
c>'
*^-3
^w *
not see that there has come out even a single one of them.
161.
In oaths and asseverations
*$
is
followed by the perfect

;
with the signification of our future (see
1, e)
as
^/j CUc-ac
*j
aJJIj
by God, by God,
I
I
will not
disobey
my Lord;
w>LJ'
Ijjb
**& ^
*>)
aJJI^
will not open this door ; liyA
^^â.jA.
place
;
Oo^
*X**J
C by
the life
of Pharaoh, ye shall not quit
this
<LJb <uXc
c~Ie ^
tj^-frfc
will never reproach
Mm
it is
{again) during the remainder of
my
life.
In blessings and curses
followed by the perfect as an optative
(see
1,/)
as \j
Oolj
*^
mayest
thou never see (suffer) evil
O^3
,jlwl *^ may he not be {may he perish), and never come
to life!*
162.
When
i
i
verbs signifying to forbid, fear, and the like, are

#
followed by
I)
^1 with the subjunctive, the negative

H
(*>)
*$
is
sometimes
H
,
inserted after
-
&\
j
a ,
.....*>
a
*n)1
,j\
or
^)l)
without affecting the meaning (see
15, a, a); as
ji^
-iXsô
(him)
JLi^
\$Lo
U what prevented thee from worshipping ^rAj 3 *&*+* U what hindered thee, when
J
* , * ,
[,jUwjt in this sense

*$j)
is
of rare occurrence.
The
old expression
p. 16,
1.
was ^$>
O^
*$'
^ n ^ ne Chrestom. of
Kosegarten,
*^
\2seq.
we must
come
read with Dozy
wU&~/t
*^j
CÂ
would
that
I had never
to life !
D. G.]
162]
305
thou saitest that they

*
* ,o,o i ,
had gone
astray,
/
from following me? ^k*.
^j\^
7
a
*s)|
j-UJI
,-i jU ..;
if
rtW(7
j/ê
afraid of being unjust towards

is
......
Me
orphans (but
we read
t^Ja-Ju,
;
"^
no longer redundant
^)l
if ye
J
r^ afraid of not being just, etc.)

wrf
j^l
aJjou
.Ûj
î jbj
L5V
>ij
it.
Ziyad forbade
Rem.
concerning this matter, that
anybody should do
In accordance with a curious idiom of the language,
whereby an oath or execration seems to be regarded as a virtual negation, the negative particle may be omitted in denial by oath,
and, on the contrary, be inserted in affirmation.
- si
For example, in
*
aiiio
o i
î , j
rj'tt*
oi
it
*>
ai
poetry: ^JLojl l/j^' <->P Ji/iJ
^y^ V^'j
tyJLd aXJb w*o~. 51
by God I swear, I
trill
not give
it (to
others) to drink,
nor drink
it
(myself), until the dust of the earth separates

lyj
AaJD U^l?
NOR
iWbk
osA:
l-JLc.
and
so
my joints ; ^J C*JI3 I swear, I will never mourn

it
*>
a j ,
fl
/br one dying,

IjlcIS
a mourner what
-6,</
ails her
aJJI
v>**j
O-Jx
p-^1
flwwi
/
;
si<f,
GW
swear,
will
not cease
sitting
(see 42, rem. 6)
and in the Kor'an, sJuj^j j,>j3 ^Jju 4JUL3 by C

cease
:
6W,
fAoM
toilt
never
thinking of or speaking
î
of,
Joseph.
^13
Conversely, in the Kor'an

ô-Jslc
^-JU
A AJt^ _ j^
:tt
*il^-oJ
^31
^^-oJjij an/7
/ swear
6?/
the places
where
;
the stars set,

*
i
and
ol
a -
verily that is
a great
oath, if ye (only) knetv (it)

,,
L*JUt
,|
j
>o$-o^~.3l
ol
,
I swear by
63/
the
day of
the Resurrection
jJUl
|Jlj_
^-Jt
^)
/ swear
/m town. [As to the latter case, many interpreters say that N) the denial of a preceding objection that is to be supplied, so that we must translate no ! (it is not as ye say), I swear, etc. In the former case the omission of the negative particle is allowed, because
is
:
no misunderstanding can
arise.
For,
when
affirming,
we ought
to
say L^jjl^j \^Lxl^j JS\^ (see 14, 19).

particle
Therefore the negative

is
may
1
be omitted even wnere no oath

Delectus,
p.
expressed, as in the
old verse (Noldeke,

* *
St
65,
1.
14) }j+s-
b Ct ^
,jji
\jj[j
Jisjj\
11.
and
if
my
life be spared,
'Amr
will not cease to
w.
39
30G
Part Third. Syn tax.

and
in that of
168
iii.
seek vengeance for thy blood,
Abu Nowas
(Tab.
705, 1.1) .JlJI jJLc Uo^laJl
U j**-j
J[p we
shall never cease to be
in good condition, as long as we keep the fear of See two other examples 42, rem. b. D. G.]
God in our
heart.
163.
energetic.
The
prohibitive
;
*$
governs
;
either
the
jussive
or
the
See 17, b
19, b
and
20.
B
164.
2.
Interrogative Sentences.
ignores the difference between a direct
The Arabic language
and an indirect question, in so far as regards the arrangement of words and the mood of the verb. Every interrogative clause, even
when dependent upon a preceding

165. A question the voice, both when
is
it
one, takes the direct form.
stands alone, and when

or jl
;
sometimes indicated merely by the tone of it is connected with

as
C another
and
question by
j*\
L~aj
^0 L~U
^Z-^-3 lyUi
^
0*>
I
J j
e ,
.
they said, Dost thou fear

ec
j
* oc
any
evil to
us
from
thyself?
jU-^J
*>L.ljôl ^J-ixil \*=>\j is it better to cast the stones
(one of the ceremonies

?
of the pilgrimage to
Mekka) riding or on
foot
&\j
^j*\
dJj^jd
^jl^Ju j>\ j-o-aJI O-**) f-r-l
^jb
CvS
by thy
life,
1 know
not,
though
I am knowing,
{whether) they pelted the

;
Gamardt
(see the last
example)
*$
with seven (pebbles) or with eight
C*-jt (j-e jl C-^-; ^j-o
yk ^jjl
do not know whether
it
general, however,
a question
comes from rohtu or from 'arahtu. In is introduced by one or other of the

i.
interrogative particles mentioned in Vol.
361, 3G2.
166.
The simplest
,
interrogative
particle
is
I,
which
v-i,
may
>
be
prefixed to the word &\, and to the conjunctions

,
y
in
and^5; as
t it
lo-J1
>o
: t
O-* >**^" are y e safe from
Him who
is
heaven? O-*^'
ilyi-JI ^>l
l*^
shall
we
believe
as fools have believed?
U^j
\XLc IJul
166]
L5t
307
yjy^jî
UUxftj
\j\jJ
when
ice
are
dmd, and become dust and

wJ*^
/J
/S
^)l
bones, shall
3 3
we indeed be recompensed {for our deeds)

^ 1 -
iU5!
21
J//
J/
uu^j
art thou really Joseph] ^J\*pA \j
U^5 ,jjJJUJ
I
<*JJt
will ye
"
not fight
a people who have broken
their oaths
^yc
^ a
?
: ...
>
Ul
art thou not

^
I
ashamed of
thyself before
_
God ]
utj
^X^jl
^
jSL> y>\
, a
Jli
*
^ ^
*i
t
Jjk
<
jjk
2
"^t
J
a/jd J16m i?#r

3
sgm'<2,
J./-e?
ye a// 0/ ^/s opinion
^ l*.. ^
]i
lj-j.
Jît Aas &?m ê heard

-
me saying aught but good] B
3sas'li-oZti
aJJI
.>
- ^
//J
efo
it
Ojli-"^
UôJju
,jl
]
(JôJju ^t * c< 'ssis

I
êy
o /20W that
*'
3 -
God knows
rtrg
- 'i
ivhat they keep secret
(Jj^)
Lii-Jô
*j)l
(J-jIs^j
O-3*-^
^'
?
wg
'
;M?^
a **i
: - ~
then liable to die save our first death (in this world)
^)l Ij^j ^Jj'
,j- aJJI
Jii-
/iai'g
êy
/
/w looked at
what God has created]

it
du ^J**\
If
%3j
Ijl
^jt wAen
/a/fe
(/x>?i
ai
you), will ye believe
then
another clause be connected by>ol with the one beginning with
(in this case called
aj^JI
S^jk,
^ hemza
;
of equalisation), there C si/ at , * a si/;

as ^y-^s>'
arises
is
a disjunctive or alternative question
,)jU jujl
2Tm? in
^y
Aouse,
'Amr]
JfjJI
^^'
]
<!f>
j>\
a^jUJ!
^1
ts
^y
it is
date-honey in the jar or in the skin

all the
\Jj~a
\*}sf.\
U~U
i\y*
same
to us,
a1
whether
a*
we bear
,a , aii
a
(our torments) impatiently or with

a* *
a j a
ai
a i
~,
patience; ÂjJuj ^J
j\
^yjjjull ^y-le
t^y
a
*
it
j
is
a
all one
j
to
* ao
them,
* ,
whether thou hist warned them or not;

jjij
j , 2
>
,j-o
6
-
w-^-fc
* 3
w-jUjiJI
0-*3
J)
* a *
ai
&
it
*a
* li
o>^c ôla^ j
things
is
\Jl^
ja\
^lLH\
j\
jcjuJI ybl JJkl*. yk one of the strange

will be
ai
the self-conceit of
him who does not know whether he

life will end.
is
a
saved or damned, or how his

ai
6
;
Instead of j>\ we
may
a33
*
use
a
a,
ai
*a
*a*i
j\
as 3^-o.c j' ^)jup jujl & ai ,a * a a *

**
Zeid
*
in thy house, or
'Amr] ^yS'iUi.t
of
w^
a*o
*j**
j'
tjJjJI ^9**->
u^
O-* 5*' iâJI
ô-sJ
^jj Â/r difference
opinion in regard to the delights of Paradise, whether they are of the same kind as the delights of this world, or of a different kind.
308
Part Third. Syntax.

Rem.
a.
167
A
I
of
The interrogative
particle
is
frequently omitted at the
beginning of an alternative question; as ^JLol jl ^*^>
<^-W
til
am
king, whether ye like
it
or not (for^lwt
t'j-"')-
both parts
is
the sentence be dependent

t^Jii jl
At*.
upon the same

^**^
verb, it
placed
between them; as
(for Lie!)
;
O^*
whether he be rich or poor
i\~~<> _/>\
lo-L3 whether he comes in the
morning or
in the evening (for l-U-l).
See
6, a,
and
165.
B
os-
Rem.
jl to
b.
It
is
said that there

o o *
is ot
a difference of meaning between
ot
and
jt>\.
The question
* * o 0O' as 3j* jt ^JjUft jujl implies ignorance

i
a ,
whether either of them
is
there, or not
but jj-*c
there,
, o oi >et ij j^s.
..
oo 'Z
jujt
implies the knowledge that one of

it is.
oZ
them
is
and asks which
is
[Rem.
c.
j\
(ojdaJU^JI j>\ the unconnected 'am) signifies often

"
or rather, nay but, serving like

<>
Jj
184, c) to denote digression or
* * s a to rectify, as *lw j>\ (Jj*}) Ijil verily they (the
'6
animals seen moving

?
at a distance) are camels

is
nay
but are they not rather sheep

;
This
also its
meaning
in alternative sentences after ^Jjb
see 167.]
167.
more
The
interrogative particle
Ja
introduces questions of a
lively sort; as
1
$y^\
w^-* ^l J-* hast
^l0U
heard
tlis
tale
of the armies
direct
j)
^\
j
^\j> O-*
^W-^
,0,lZ
I
j^
i^*
^^
>
;
J-* shall
I
?
you
,
to
..
a merchandise, .which shall save you from

oZ
,
sore torment
'
0,0*
may
awrf
oiti
-Ut
w^.U> vj O'
^J
(
O-ij^3
It
J* ^k^'
84, rem. a)
^>ju ^>\ Ja
and
(^^.Lo
90).
iJ^'
be preceded
by
j,
\J,
as
^~iy> w->J^^3t
p-jlj
JU3
Aa^
C-soil
/w story of
Moses reached thee?

till
OJI Jî l<JI

me!
^1
^1
//'
I stay
the evening, wilt
thou go with
Ja
;
cannot be prefixed to a negative clause (ex;
cepting >*,
169)
nor to a conditional clause
nor to
<j]:>
3>
*-*>
an(l
is
^j
nor, in general, to a
nominal clause of which the predicate
168]
309
be
.
finite
verb
119); as
oU
juj
J*
[except in poetry]. It
o
may
at
followed in an alternative clause byêl or j\, with the former of which

particles JJk is [mostly] repeated
;
as j>\ j>)jZa o-*

/w<<tfs
Mj*^' ji^ J-*

to be
ôA>> jut
jl jJI
OvSjX
^jjk
^fe
&/ any place
patched
or pieced (any decaying ruin to be sung of).? Nay but (I have something to say :) hast thou recognised the abode (of thy beloved) after
* a *
at
doubting (regarding it)?

J
[^3^-3 J-*
>l
^,..
m
*e*>*
.,)
- e o>
- a -
a -
1j
^^t^)t i^Jy^-i J-*
*o*
>
- J
s
/#
jyMj
*
OlpJUnJI
^
'
6/na? rf &? seeing
equal?
Or rather are B
***-''
darkness
sis
and
light equal?]
'
CJLw Ja
j>\
^y-i &J& J^
sj^-f
s $
*?
lyJIJb ,j*o
^^jJI
or
osl;
Useiyid whether
I have taken my
blood-revenge
its
on
Wail,
{rather] whether
have cured
rf/rf
//<?
my
soul of
grief;
*â*j jt ws- 3I ji>t ,^^0

reviled, or
w-w JlA
rm/g any
one, or
was he
was he avaricious?
a.
Rem.
Some grammarians say

its
i
that JJb
is
originally equiis
valent in meaning to j3, and that
iuterrogative force
really
due
to the particle
understood.
>
ft,.,.
i
The two are sometimes combined;

,jjkl
c/ic/ /tey
as^^)t
^3
eUUt
Ujlj
?
see
us at the
loioer
end
of the plain with the hillocks

ly*j
j\) w*Jf JJkl 4-JLJ
UsUô
Jlii
jJUo jju <kJL.Lc and he says, addressing himself Hast thou

it ?
recognised the abode of thy beloved, after thy doubting regarding

* *
- *
a -
Rem.
53,
b,
b.
On
e.
the elliptical expression
IJl&
,-i
-iJU
Jjk, see J)
rem.
When
followed by a clause commencing with
it
tjl,
the preposition .î
may
be omitted [comp.
to
70,
rem.
I
g],
as
j\jj ^j\ iU
Jjb dost thou tvish
go
to sleep ?
scil.
Similarly, .J
O' 15"
2ii ^)Jb
j-p
^jt
wouldst thou become pure?
i^p
?
c^**
*^
J**
Aos^ <Aou
an
inclination to becoming
pure
168.
to
The compound negative
particle
^)l,
nonne,
is
often used
draw
close attention to the certainty of the following assertion,
and
310
Part Third. Syntax.
169
hence admits of being rendered into English by
truly, verily, certainly

it
, a
(compare
in
Hebrew
K7n = TX2T\),
in
which case
w
;
is
tie
frequently
}
,,
*
>)
si.
followed, as a farther asseverative,
by ,jl*
e.g.
^*)l
JW
*j)l
<Uj
things
*5l
certainly thou wilt never attain learning save through six

is it
(lit.
not sol thou wilt not, etc.)

/2<?
jijjJ
*j)
Sjl^xaJt
^1
*^t
iw%
B
2/o?Â ofo^
;
last
for ever
llyA-JIÂô^Jl ^M verity
^se
'i
art;
the fools
V^ljj
O-
J"*****"*
'-H^ L5^fr L5î J**^' f-V^'
W
ready
/),
*^'
/wm
/*a
barkest at (revilest) the
Benu
's-Sid, verily
I am
1,
to
fight to the
death in their defence, though they are far away. used as a corroborative before the optative perfect (
It is also
the
'*'j2i-0'*s
imperative, jussive, and energetic
disfigure thy face
!
;
as <^v*?*J 4-^'
?"**
^
/
si-
ma1l Gd
h.
Here
/
L>
is
often inserted; see 38, a, rem.
by
The synonymous
in the
particle
^)t
;
U!
[also, before
an oath, written
0/
wj
j>\] is
used
same way as
l/iou
e.g.
&&&
it,
/JO//
//Ow//
*"/
I^jju
aAJIj
Ul
verily,
to
God, hudst
transgressed
j-+-
I would
have put thee

is
death;
C jWI ojû
which
i i
j4*~j
ajI
Ul
verily there
hell)
si
Oio
no good in prosperity
is
followed by the fire (of

a
j j o s
1
0-3 JLf*
* a *
O'J^ OLasljJIj Ul
St
"
\^&
L5*
*^*" ^j-o- *'
**J
^'j*i"
0*-**^
L5^
galloping
camels at
'Irk, and by those who pray at Na'man abounding in (I swear that) I have treasured up love for thee in my 'ardk-trees,
Ddt
heart.
169.
J)
^1, %*>, ^)>J,
and
Uy
(called
by the grammarians Ojj^-
uaj*l\j
an
act,
îu-aa^JI
the particles
of requiring with urgency, or with
gentleness), are
used before the imperfect to incite one to perform

it
;
and before the perfect to rebuke the neglect of

,-i
as sî^sJ
*$\
jjbpl
UU&
why
dost thou not compose

jJfcjJI
a book upon asceticism?
equivalent to compose one, pray ; but
^ L>L^
c^-i-e
*i)l
why
[And
also
by ,jl^ and by 3
see the Gloss, to Tabarl.
D. G.]
170]
C
311
'
hast thou
not composed a
book upon
asceticism?
^-.Âct ***
-
% A
j
el
o^
5-o
i'
didst thou not inform
me
(of it)?
a~U Jpt ^y bj*>
CH^
why
J^*t!
*0
t>
*?
those
who do
to
not believe, say,

?
Why
has no sign from his
Lord been
sent
down
him
\ UJLi
jl lti\
?
L^LC.
,j!
^y
does not
l
GW spraA- to
jj-^^LajT
us or a sign come unto us
cub
*!+} W
^^
^
;
why
dost thou not bring the angels to us, if thou art (one)
?
of those who speak the truth
In later times the simple
U is
so used
asî5
dost thou not stand
up?
or thou dost not stand
up! equi- B
valent to pray, stand up.
Rem.
force
;
a.
*})1
is
used in the same sense as
*^1,
but with less

fight a
*"'
?'
as
j*^**} \y> Uy> ^j^JUUj ^1 why toiU ye not

?
people ivho have broken their oaths
^J
aJJ!
j**j O'
?
>a
*^'
10% do
Rem.
ye not like that

b.
God should forgive you

is
Sometimes the verb

in the
suppressed after these particles,
i a
and a substantive follows
nom. or accus. as
;
^Xi) do,
J
^c
J
Ij-ji. *}Lfc
why
not
y^c,
t/irf*
better
thaii
this ?
scil.
Jjuu
dost thou
J
or j*. ^L*
~ - "*
Z.
J0&*
'
|J3
scil.
U*
(J^
so
#
?t'Ay
)
it
ye o
i
cfo
was from thee; p-Lo w>^JliM^ >ojJi3l *}>Jk t^ before, when our hearts were sound? scil.
gji
-o
-i
-<*
'
J J-
Jdx
--
-3
Ox
Ox
UJLeJt
,*J1
'iiy
^jjisô ^J*>
^jkM
Ox
of
,^-ail
i/e
reckon
the
slaughtering of she-camels your greatest glory; ye sons of a good
for-nothing, tohy
not
the
helmed warrior?
scil.
^jjuu,
i.e.
*}L*
JO^ ** O^ * SJ/ *iLoJI ,**)l j-iH ^>* O^***^
u'hy do
ye not reckon the helmed
warrior something glorious
170.
The
interrogative pronouns >

o
o
who? and
o j o
what? may
stand in any one of the three cases, nominative, genitive, or acoe
cusative
as
?
wJI
0,
^>-o
who art thou
cJt
?
,j>*
CU
ifôse
daughter
art
$om
cJj:3
,j-e
?rô? ^*^ Âom slain
^luô iUJ
what
is
312
Part Third. Syntax.

) ) *
170
that in thy right

(state)
hand? J>>
6)6)*
what
sayest thou
?
^>&*
^nfi in
what
were ye ? Even when they ought, strictly speaking, to follow another word in the genitive, they may be put first in the nominative absolute, and their proper place supplied by a pronoun which falls
...-
t>*
*)))'*
the
back upon them (juU or as %^t> J> -'j);

e * *
0$U
-
juj ,>
J3
(instead of ^j~c juj) Say, In whose
hand
is
kingdom over every*
thing
in
But no such pronoun can be used, unless o-* an(l ^ precede the nominative absolute. To render the interrogation more lively,
?
the demonstrative pronoun

interrogatives
t3
is
appended
(like
the Heb. H?) to the
,j~ and
is
)
L,
even when the subject of the inter-
rogative
)
clause
*
introduced by the relative pronoun

) *
^JJt
as
)*
55
Jâj
j-!
13
L, or J>aj
^JJI ^JJI
0*Jj
13
L-,
what
is
it
(that)
thou sayest*?
j^JJI
*
^^j
or j-ol
j*ju
13
,j-o,
M'Ao is i /$ has given orders?
^)\
*******&&*'**
UÂ ^J| <&
&***
13
UJ
(pron. &'ma da),
why
dost thou
run
aw)/ a/iter thy coming hither ? pronouns â and U are always C used substantively, but can neither govern a genitive nor be followed
by another substantive
**
t *
The
in apposition to
*
them
in
rts
any case (nom.,

dvyp;
gen.,
or ace):
^-^3 o-*> u*j^* 0-> do n t mean

ills
quisnam vir?
?
quis eques (est

<>-6
quern vides)
but quis
* )
(est) vir ?
quis (est) eques
being the subject and the following word the predicate.

j
)
Zti
For
t*
) o * o*>
example: w-jic
ask,
*
^J\
?
O
C-^Xi.
^ &*
O * * *
I^HS
jt>îi\
2
I3t
when
e t *>
the tribe
Who
)
is
a man
O )*
I
*
think that
O
^
I ammeant ; U
*
oU*;)! ^J>
O^ V
61
) O*
IjV*j o\A ô^*" cHj^ O-* '>*** J^tj if there were one of us among
a thousand, and they cried

(that) they
I
out,
Who
is
a horseman
he
<o
would think
) S *
meant him
lit.
(Li>iJ in
rhyme
for
^yju);
aXi\
j^t
ail
^yo
L-aj ^^^JL;,
?r/w (is)
(706?,
beside the (true) God, (that) could give
[We *find
*
not unfrequently
) ) *
13
L Jl>*3.
13
oJjo what
host thou
done?
13 l (<-- J^}^**
wrf w/ta/
rfo
yow wish from me?
D. G.]
170]
the words
313
3/om
/?^
l*-iu
^jJLj forming
<*JI
t a -
a relative clause in con-
nection with the indefinite substantive

case as
is
(see 172).
a -
Even such a
a-e^
^^. in no
seen
represented by the words ljuj ^>*,

rule.
jljj
way
violates this
One person
says tjuj
wolj / have
Zeid;
another, repeating the exact words of the former speaker (ijl&Jt),

# *
..
asks ljuj ^> ?r&>
is
(the
person meant, when you said

?
"
ra'eitu
J ^
*
Zeidan," by the word)

*jJ-
"
Zeidan"
,j>*.
Similarly, in the genitive, Ojj-o
I passed
by ZZid, juj
In general, however, the ib.
(imitation,
citation
or quoting of the exact words of

is
a speaker)
in the
is
is
neglected,
native.
and the questioner asks juj ^> wAo

*ubC.
is
Zeid?
nomi-
The
allowed only
when the word quoted
a proper
name, and ,j-o is not preceded by any connective particle, such as j. a , , j a * * j a 9 a* .^ We can only say juj ^^^ and icho is Zeid? ju_j j%i- v> who is
m
the slave
of Zeid ?
The word
,j-o
may
be used by
itself alone, in
reference to an undefined substantive, with the inflections mentioned

in Vol.
l.
352
e.g.
J^.j ^sl*. there came

?
to
me a man,
Û
who?
y^j
^^5^-9
^-*j'j
/ saw a man, U whom

?
J^>J ^jj* I passed by a man,
ivhom
As
interrogatives,
j>* and
are construed with the
masculine singular of a verb, but occasionally admit of the feminine,

* -
a *
when the predicate is of the feminine gender as Ût <^j\s &* who was thy mother? [see 152, e\ If inquiry be made regarding the
nature, qualities, social position, etc., of a person,

a *
U is used,
What
and not
?
* ai
;
* a* *
jj-a
e.g.
C-JI
Lo aJ UISj and we said

what
a
to
him,
art thou
jj-s^JUJI w>j
^
is
the
*
Lord of created things?
* *
a * * a
.-
j * a * a *
&
a ^
.0
Uy> ^j- î^-i.1 a * at* Z* * *
a io
*
_
ae
..
O' O"* ^J P oet ic
license for ^jl
ô, and OIjJl*.
in
rhyme
for
w.
ii.
40
314
Part Third. Syntax.

jjtil
170
dSlc
fe//
^& ^
wa.Ic
"
^-J J^>* jU*
^^ cub
J13
^1^
of the
m# &om %
verse:
^4wrf a/lter s/^ descried the cavalcade
Numeiri, she turned aside, and they were on their guard against " meeting him ; what were ye 1 He said, I was upon a lean he-ass,
and with me was a friend of mine upon a

Rem.
a.
she-ass like
is
it.
The <LA^
in
of a proper
name
inadmissible,
if
the
name be
series.
qualified
any way, except by

b,
,
^jj\ in a genealogical
, b ,
,b,
bi,
b,
If one says 3j- y, Juj CUjIj,
you may ask yt juj
^j-c
3j~*e
',
hut
if
one says
.-
^dA
j bi, , ,b>o ib, j bi, ib>o , bio tb, ^J-SUJI Ijuj C-ulj or j~c*$\ ^Jj\ ljuj Csjtj, a / b , ib>a , b*> 4b, b ,
you cannot ask ^JiUJI ljuj ^>o or j-+-c*$\

cases the nominative only
-
(J-l
ljuj
^^-o.
In these
is
allowed.
S
i.
Rem.
rem.
c],
b.
From >*
is
is
formed an adjective ...U [Vol.

s
352,
,
,b<
I
which
used in asking questions regarding

i.
ô-lsJ
Olio
to
or OL~~iJI
j-ôJI
o/*
(Vol.
249).
E.g.
juj
^J^W- #&? came
me;
which
tribe ?
to which the answer might be ,-yJUI of
Koreis, as distinguished from ,*a3I J>jj Zeid of the tribe of Taklf ;

[jJb ,<wo, C-Jl j-w6
of which
tribe art thou, is
he? instead of the
usual jJ^yJI 0--*]-
Rem.
, i ,
c.
J , ,
The interrogative
b.
is
very rarely used of persons

, J
vi
;
wl
as
1
Jib,,
out to you a
J , bi
J ,
, ,
b iviii
but
I tvill point
man
me
carry out what ye have asked
to
amongst us, who is better able to do ; and they said, Who is he ?

she
IJjb
CJlii Ojl-o-2*
\J^-j 15M
is this ?
Opsu
saw a man pretending
to
be dead,
,
and
and
,,
".
'
said,
foil.)
b ,
Who
The conjunctive
(relative)
^0
b
and
b j b
Uo ( 172
, bi
<ftjjl
are more frequently interchanged;
e.g. ^j-c
^^
, b I
i_jJ*
j
^.rlej
i j
,
among
b ,
tlcem are creatures

,
which walk on four

j
b
* ,,
, ,
b ,
,b>o
(feet);jJo\
Ooyk
j>$
,>o ^3t ^jLd a.U.^3u ,> Jjk UaiJI w^wl
covey of katas (a sort of bird) is there one (among yon) who will lend (me) his unngs ? Perchance I might fly to the one whom I love;
171]
315
jL-JI jj âXJ w>U Lo lâ>C)Li êrc

to
marry what women seem good

Âose
you
tjjJj Lo ^JJjUIj
IâJo
to
^..Jl!
,
^
whom
* a
they married they begat

* a * * * ,
{their ivives)
were {doomed)
to
to captivity,
j a *Bio
and
those
whom
&
(their children)
<JUy>
slaughter; J|yi3l
^jl^
d-o*}Hlfcl
,J UiXi
-
Li
<ui
a/tf/
(as to) those about wJwse virility

a .*
we are in
' '
doubt, the
s
<
l^c
decision shall be as
<Ae?i
you please ; dJjo-
^j^
to .tjoa
^ja^JôJ
leave us
;
fo ordered all
who
tvere
-*
in his presence
to retire
and
*0^' O-* *} uA si*~l I* *J^3 an^ a ^ whom of his friends and relatives*
*43>3
.
ne
had about him B
Rem.
d.
On
the shortening of
U intoô, see
Vol.
2
i.
351, rem.
Regarding the interrogative pronoun ^1, of which we have spoken before ( 87), there are here two remarks to be made.
(a)
171.
^1 [when
followed by a
noun
in the genitive] is used, not only

;
instead of the fern, ijt, but also instead of the plur. ^y,\
as
^1 ^y> C
OJ! iLi
and no
?/
?rA tfrifo or* #Aok?
O^-oJ fu^j' l5^ u-*- lS;*^

5
^3
soul
knows
in
I
what kind
it
shall die
OJI
Ûl ^1
it
^yo of
what people art thou

masc. or
(b)
;
[when prefixed to a
2
J
fern,
pronoun,
;
may
.
be
lit
i
fern. though Ov*i' s the more common see Vol. i. 353]. nominal sentence with a nominal predicate, of which the subject
I//9JI/
(lju*-oJt) is
^1
with a pronominal
suffix,
may, as a whole, without any
In the two
[In reality, the above examples form no exception to the rules. first the question relates to the quality or position of the
his
J)
man, not to
name.
In the others
Co is
used in a collective sense.

?
But
as in
many
cases the interrogative what is he
and
tuho
*
is
he
a
?
*
the relative what and
whom
are equally admissible,
sometimes interchanged by different

scripts.
and jj-o authors and in different manufind Co
we
Comp.

4-b is
iii.
14
seq.
D. G.]
to
t [The reading îjl

rare form, viz. ^j^Xs.]
compared by Sibaweih
an equally
316
Part Third. Syntax.

case, supply the place of
;
171
change of
an accusative to a verb or of a
genitive after a preposition
as jtjJI
^ ^jS
O-i^c
/ know
which of
L^c
^^
wi7/
we
a#e /or/i
from
every band those who have been
stoutest
in
proud
rebellion against the
Merciful;
^->l
j^J
*
lyi-a*
*^X*a\ he bit them with his teeth in order to see which of them
J - 0t
was
the
OJiit
* s
ul
* '
hardest
,J-ail
j^S ^s- ^X^J

salute
^XJU
^j
is
C-wJJ
Ijl
when thou
meetest the
them.
Benu Malik,
him who
3
most excellent amongst
In such cases, however,
^l may
be put alone, without any
suffix, in the accusative or genitive, the vacant place of the subject
in the
nominal clause being supplied by the pronoun of the third

H
tO
person; asjIjJI
^
o t
s 3
Zit
0- -
$*
IjI
oi^*.
In the former case
^t
is
treated
also
as an interrogative, in the latter as a relative pronoun.

Ct
We may
x?
,-
^t
o*
sayjIjJI
^ ytt y^/A c^.c, and

a.
evenjtjJt
Sis-
b s *
\A <*jj&.
Q
it
Rem.
case it
may
3
^\ likewise serves to express astonishment, in always be put in the masc. sing., and the noun
is
which
which
governs in the genitive
undefined.
& p
If the preceding noun, to
which
j *
^1
w
refers,
j
.-
be indefinite, then
-a
^1
me
agrees with
it
in case
as
\J**-j
L^'
*J*?"J~t
L5****J*
thou hast brought

I
me a man,
vi
(and) ivhat a
w
is b*0
}
0*
man ! what
Sl^-et
*
man
thou hast brought
[(or
^S)
2u\
Sl^b ^jj-*
But
if
I passed by a ivoman, (and) what a woman

. .
/]
the
Sf
preceding noun be definite,

j
^1
;J
is
always put in the circumstantial

*
,
o a
accusative or hat; as yj^j
^\
juj ,-3sla. Zeid came

of this
is,
to
me, (and)
what a
man
(he is)
The reason
its
that the interrogative
and exclamatory ^1, being by
very nature indefinite, can never

3
be in concord with a definite substantive.

find
z,
Instead of
^1 we
J>ij
I
also
UjI
.
[LoJLj t]
s
St
as
J^.j
l^jt
j o
Ja.jJ ^j^Z-*., J-e^j UjI

^
'
^J*W-,
o*o
0'* os
^ *Zii
'
vi
*o
't
/'
êtj|
handmaid of
G'ud,
(and) what a girl
is
she
/]
t ia.
> ^, OLojli
172]
Relative Sentences.
317
wink
^ ^
ê.
j-XJ U^jI jZ+.
U*c dJUi jJIaJ a(/ / gave a
slight
to
Habtar,
and how
youth
!
keen (see 53, b, rem. e) were the eyes of Habtar, the noble The substantive which constitutes the object of wonder
it is
may
j^l
be understood, when
in
virtually contained in the verb,
and
must then be put

had
!
whatever case that substantive would have
stood,
it
tormented
been expressed; as ijliu * * st ^ < ,,3 i.e. ul& ^1 <ubu t^XiJl.
^t
lîwl
how
they have been
[Rem.
Vol.
i,
6.
From ^1
is
formed the relative adjective ^.A
see
353, rem. c]
3.
Relative Sentences.
There are in Arabic, as well as in the other Semitic namely (a) indefinite, languages, two kinds of relative sentences i.e. such as are annexed to an immediately preceding indefinite
;
172.
substantive, without the aid of a conjunctive
and
noun (Vol. i. 316) such as are introduced by a conjunctive noun, whether substantive or adjective, which is definite by its very nature.
(b) definite, i.e.
9 -
sentence of the former kind
is
called ii-o,
er
a descriptive or
qualifi-
cative sentence; of the latter kind,
iL, a conjunctive sentence; and
the
conjunctive
noun
itself
is
called
Jôj^JI ^~^l,
or
simply
Jôj^JI.
Examples of the
first
kind
j\i-i
J^j
*^j
^jj* I passed by
c~*j JjI
^j\
a man, who was sleeping ; iSL> ^jjXi

first
ÛU
'-
the
J)
temple,
;
which
*
was founded for mankind, was that at Bekka

ill
a*>
* }
(Mekka)
w>UM
, , ,
j*\
^>a
oI^m
, s 3
Obi
Si/ so
firmly constructed
(lit.
-
(i.e.
m-
ambiguous)
Scriptures;
verses,
<j
which form the basis

, ,
apUw ^j
S->
iX.
"
are Mtf mother) of the
04/
<sui
*)
j>$i
a day
;
in
which there
L-o
;
s&m
fo o bartering, nor friendship, nor intercession
^S3 î
for
to
traces of
an abode, which speak not {^Si

u~^*-
in
rhyme
^J&j)
ijV
tU-J <J*j ** j-\
î ^*j
^fi
wre removed
another
318
Part Third.Syntax.
[172
Examples of the
just;
;
room, which had been sprinkled with rose-water.
second kind:
Jjuu ^JJI Û^jf

s/*op,
the,
king who
to
is
^^
*ij*
oJl my
w/mcA Aae? belonged

seen)
tfie
my
father
^f (^Ô ^ JJl^ jl
1
;
^^ j* or (hast thou
1
like
of him who passed by a town
SJ/ /Of
CI
2*
j^S^cS (J3***i
d-~>l
CH**^' those ivho spend their wealth (in almsgiving)
lyî
j^J*i o' O-
*^'
jul-wo
*^-o ^>- ^ffJJ3l
jS^j awe? wAo
#00$
a greater wrong than he who hinders

O *
the temples of
i
1 -
God from
1
*-
having His name mentioned in them? 2.J* ****'

foj
O-*
**
l**^
;
\
O-**
k
^0 to
whom anything
#***} he
let
is
forgiven on his brother s part

all that he
^js
'
<&jZj
me know
was
leaving.
Sometimes,
however, a noun defined by the article is followed by a qualificative sentence, when that noun indicates, not a particular individual (animate or inanimate), but any individual bearing the name*; as
* i o i i
*a*
i&if+Lj ^J^-jJJ L5***i

vj
^* ^hat
which beseems the
man who
is like
thee;
ljU~>l ij+a^-i
jlâJt ^yLo^>
like the ass
which carries books ;

the aslies.
jâJl^
In such
iUJJI
.J
?-*o5i like the coal

C-wjlj
5
which
is
put among
phrases as
^l^'vo*- what an excellent counsel thou hast adopted!

,
the substantive iîpt
is
the
first
nominative after the verb of praise,

for C*jtj
and the clause wolj the second nominative, standing

so that the expression
is
U;
i.
equivalent to <btj
^1^
[comp. Vol.
183].
tv
The Arabs, like the other Semites, have no relative a. which they can employ when the antecedent to the relative pronoun
Rem.
3
i
clause
is indefinite.
Further,
it
should be observed that
^1 and
jCjJ! are always definite, whether the latter be used substantively
[The article
i.
is
then employed
a).]
u,..>aJI
\Juy*2>
to
indicate
the
genus (Vol.
345, rem.
173]
or adjectively
Relative Sentences.
319
whilst jj-o and
Co,
which can only be used subs taneU

jj- he
as tively, are either definite or indefinite,
who comes or
one who comes,
.J
Co that which
I have or something ivhich I have.
When employed indefinitely, ^yt> and U are not regarded by the Arabs as conjunctive nouns, but as indeclinable substantives (equi* ' * " a person, and l^ti, a thing), to which valent in meaning to ^î-w
.*
the words that
we
regard as
as a
the complement of
the relative
qualificative clause, virtually in the pronoun, are annexed same case. We even find, though very rarely, a single adjective so
annexed to
[e.g.
yj**
or
lo,
and actually agreeing with them I

jiassed by
in case
*'jj-
ymm*j O-î
a J
**->jJ*
a generous person ; L>j

to
"
5JU
y>û
ô
Rem.
/ passed by something pleasing
you].
i.
When
thus
l.J
used,
and
b.
are said to be di^-cj^.
[Comp. Vol.
353,
The pronoun
in the qualificative clause,
which
falls
back upon the antecedent (jubJI or
**.'jJt [ 173]), ought, strictly
speaking, to be of the third person, even when the subject of the In qualified substantive is a pronoun of the first or second person.
practice, however, the
one
is
usually brought into agreement with
the other; as ^j^Xyt^J j^3 jj\ verily ye are a people who are
foolish;
it
iw
^JJLSJt
^jj Lo jsâ) 01 verily
ice
are people
who count
no disgrace
a
to be
slain; ^J>}\j- JW-jJ'
J^* J^l
,c>t verily
am
man
whose
hostility (brave)
men find
(to be terrible).
Compare
175,
rem.
c.
[Rem.
Among
qualificative sentences
may
b,
be reckoned also
(1).]
the qualificative clauses mentioned
139, rem.
173.
(juUJI or
The
qualificative sentence necessarily contains a
pronoun
it
e>.ljJI),
referring to the qualified
noun and connecting

is
with the qualificative sentence.
This pronoun
its
either contained in
e.g. l. jJo>g
is
is
the verb of the qualificative sentence, as
nominative,
a man
icho
came;
or,
in case of its being a

e.g.
nominal sentence,
expressed by a separate pronoun,
^jîJ^ 5* J*-j a man who
320
Part Third. Syntax.

or, lastly,
174
A my friend;
e -S- j**v
6
appears as a suffix in the genitive or accusative,
&\ J"*^
<~>jj-*
I passed
by a
man
whose father was asleep

son to a
n-^J
wtfA
.Sj-o*
O^
f
SI^-oU
^SS
C*.jj
I married my
*-><=>
woman,
wte
^4?wr
was
iw
/ow; [V^j-^
a striking wherewith he
was
The suffix is, however, not unfrequently suppressed, struck]. when the sense clearly indicates the connection between the qualified
.
noun and the quahncative clause

d
OsO*>
;
S3,
~s,
%\Xi
tJ/i/C
&i
* s
as
j^t J>k$
distance
j^âS ^p\ Uj
length of time
(for
IjjLoI
JU>ol and I do
not
know whether
and
have changed them, or wealth which they have won

C*-^J \s
jj*. 4jj~e> aZ)j
ajjlol)
I struck him
a blow at which he
lh**-> *^ '-^
fell like
one
dead
(tor
\i j*); vLw ^âj <j^ ^-aj
l**-^ and fear a
day, in which a soul shall not

(for <ui
make
satisfaction for (another) soul at all
^j^J).
174.
The conjunctive noun ^JJI may be used

In the former case,
is it
either substan-
tively or adjectively.
includes the idea of a
person or thing, that

,j
to say, it is equivalent to the substantive

definite (jtiyoy*), he w/io, that which.
and U, when they are

it
In
the latter case,
agrees, like
any other
adjective, with its antecedent,
which
is
and thus markedly
always a definite substantive, in gender, number and case, differs from the relative pronouns of the Indoas
german languages;
u-J^lj
O^M ^c
U*}Ls>1
&jji\
led
Mj'
show us
scil.
(those
two) of the ginn
and of mankind, who
us astray,
Ij^-^l
viz.
cH"^'
j> Jlla.* ^JI Ujl

i
show us the two devils who led us astray,

;
Iblis
and Kabil or Cain

I
<5**-~
U*
CH-*^' L5**^ u~-' l>* ^

sons,
w/w sawest my two little ^^Jai (^5^*3 ^ who were my hearing and my sight, my hearing has to-day
t-a l utw .,*
ve^ J
^w
i
been
,j\
snatched
>
away ;
o
\yJ$
Oi^
jLoj'n)!
j^
tyU
^SM\
v>*X.jJI
ju*.l
j o s i
ojLtLw yjj srii*
AA*i-JI
^\
one of the two
men of
the 'Ansar (or
175]
Relative Sentences.
to the
321
porch,
Helpers of the Prophet) ichom they met, when they went
was 'Oweim
'ibn
Sd'ida;
ly-i
J*->
5%
J-^y
^j i*.^
w~-el j*>
having
C^lic ^JLt ^>ljJI

prayed a
(single)
^>Il*^>jJt
*5l M<?/*
Gerega was
slain, without
prayer in which he prostrated himself, save

;
those
two
rWas
AJnj>^.
by praying which he became a Muslim

v
^-jjj-aJI
tffo
j^> JJ Uli
?ro
>c
UoJbUjjj ^>jJJJI c?
we
sfo/W (wow) </Mote

s
>^
(or airs), which

* j i
- C **
we hate received from Gahza;

a '
~
j*SX )\
^ycj
î
B
*
?/2
lAyi >ojcij ^>j-^'
^'?e o/* fo
tfiro
kings, ivho have been
already spoken of;

J-e^-oJI
^\
L>* ciV*
sons,
^5*
^** O^J^' ^J^s u'

in
JW-
rt ^'5
fatfo
who had murdered him
Nineveh,
fled to the mountains of Mosul.
Rem.
punt des
Somewhat
similar to this
is
the attraction or assimilation
of the relative in
Greek and in the older forms of German, as dusint

des die
allir bestin goldis,
wouwen
tragen woldin.
175.
As the
case
in
which the conjunctive nouns stand,

clause,
is
iudependent of the
syntactical relations
conjunctive
they cannot
If
express
the
of our relative
pronouns.
they stand (as
always happens with y>, U, and ^1, and frequently with ^xJI)
as substantives at the beginning of
s
an independent sentence, they
form
its
subject or inchoative (lj~o), and are consequently in the

;
nominative
and the same thing occurs with ^jl\, when

any such subject in the nominative.
it
it is
annexed
as an adjective to
In every other
of the con-
instance, they stand,
is
true, at the
commencement
junctive sentence, but are in whatever case the preceding governing word requires, be it noun, verb, or particle that is to say, they are
;
in that case which, according to our idiom, pertains to the
demon-
pronoun which they refer.
strative
implied in
them, or to the substantive antecedent to

is
The
syntactical place of our relative pronoun
supplied by a pronoun in the conjunctive sentence, which falls back upon the conjunctive noun and agrees with it in gender and number,
w.
ii.
41
322
Part Third. Syntax.

3
>
[
*0iO 3
I
175
This pronoun
3
is
called
by the grammarians \J\

to,
(*.tjJI) Jul*)
jt+>iM
sOtO
JôôJI,
the
pronoun which returns
or falls back upon, the con-
junctive noun, or simply

If this
juUM
or
**.tjJI.
(a)
it
is
pronoun stand, as the subject, in the nominative

in
case,
represented,
a verbal
>
sentence,
S it
by the personal pronoun

I
O -
implied in the verb;

-D
e.g.
Jjû j>*
^*.l
love
him who
,.. just;
is
^LJ| ^j^x.Û..>
s s s J
j^
<*
jtrv*^
*
among them
*
are some
who hearken
to
thee;
J *
(jLa^Jaâj
wJi
Lj
,j-
,
St
Jô
lO
,ji (if
1
so,)
we
-OXJ
shall be like those,

3
wolf
StO
* i
who are comrades;

the king
Ûl ^J-lsu
^j))
iU<JI ,>
JU.I / am
afraid of
it is
who
oppresses the people.

;
But
e.g.
in a
nominal sentence,
expressed by a separate pronoun

* l^'
j****^'
0**c
visited the old

is
man who
is sick.
In nominal sentences of which

its genitive,
the predicate
an adverb, or a preposition with
depending
upon the idea of being understood, the virtually existing subject of the substantive verb suffices to connect the clauses, without any separate
pronoun being expressed; as^^j
*
j *
^,>oJ
"-'jj"*
* *
I passed
si So,
,
by him who
l
is
Ct
&
0*3*
^yi> a)
there or those
who are there;

0*0*
to
*j)
ojut
**
0**3
and
vis
,^-03
u^j^'j Olô-JI ^
who are
in heaven
Aj^Lfi ^js.
earth,
s vis
^2yl~j
they
w
s
Him
belong those
and upon
who dwell with

Os jfc.03 c-s*j
J
Him
d
are not too proud to serve
Him ;
was
9
sCtt-
/%
&*_>
^JJJ ^LAJ
J3I
jjl verily the first

is
temple which
-*
founded for mankind
is
that which
at
Bekka (Mekka).
St
The julc
may
also be omitted in a
CI
<*JI
nominal sentence of more than the usual

0i0>o
*
51
<
s
to
limited length, as
uof$\
^j
*M
U~JI
St-o
*3
t^JJ' yk
~*
He
St>
it
*i
is
who
ILj
is
a God in heaven and a God upon I
earth, ^JMS
t^JJb
*
01
U
is
*
siXi
am
not he
who says anything

o* *
to thee;
*
but this omission

* O10
3
00**
*$
rare in short nominal sentences, as <uu>
U^ iSî
jU*J W >*i
C>-
he
who
cares for praise, does not speak
what
is foolish.
175]
Relative Sentences.
323
(b)
it is
If the
juU
be an objective complement in the accusative,

suffix to the verb
;
appended as a
e.g.
<Q'j O-* he
;
whom I have
^JJl
J>jl.JI
seen; ali^c ,j^

0*
cJjX I know him wham
thou hiowest
.
3 *- *
^yj
aJUS
î<?/
wôm wy
;
son killed.
ai
* a *
*
The
-
suffix
j^-
is,
however, not
(shall
1
;
unfrequently omitted
as
^C Jul ^^J U
what your
j j }
'y^vo^j and yours

* O s
* a*
be) in it (the future life)

<cUt
souls desire (for <UylJ)
w>L)t
Jpl ^JJI
book which
God has
^j\
sent
down
tV
or revealed (for
<Opl); [1>>^
wrc7/ restore
^JJl Uy> ^jx^jj

to their
vetj^t
^--c
way
fo Aa mw
0^
^
J
some people
former
state (for
lis oyl^
or <uXc l^jUb)].
(c)
A
it
pronominal
suffix also supplies the place of

etc.,
our relative,
when
stands in the genitive, dative,

;
or
is
governed by a
is
preposition
as
t^ju*
jjj\
a)
^JJt
w*JaJI the physician whose son
at
my
aJI
house;
tffotf
jJ^s
JU
yj* he who has great possessions ; â^cjJ

callest
to
which thou
them.
If the
governing word be an
active participle of the form J^li, referring to present or future time,
the genitive suffix
may
be omitted
as
^15 oJl U ua3Li
* ai
a*e,
doom then
what doom thou
wilt (for 4*^15).
If the suffix
be governed by the
suffix
same preposition as the preceding conjunctive noun, the

^ ai
-
and
its
*i
preposition
the
may
be omitted
as
OJI
ojjs.
,j- jjs. Ul
/ am
j-*
at the house of
same person as thou
(for
wJt)
j>^w
(for *~3
;
- -
Oyfj^*)
c-*^ jJj
o7<fe
*Jb OJI (^JJW
^*
O*^ T^ ***
el>o-
ws- ^*a^ &>

disclose
conceal thy love of Semrci for

it (yj*$
time, but
now
what thou wilt of
by poetic license
for aj ?-jW)-
for )*$!, W*-* Q/"
^"
= Vt** i>* of love of her,
and *-5b
But
this is not allowed
when the
preposition
324
Part Third. Syntax.

suffix in
175
a different meaning from that which it has before the conjunctive noun, nor when the preceding verb is a different
is
used before the
one
as juj
ê.
*>>
<Z>jj~c
^ JJ b
;
Ojj-
passed by him on whose
account thou didst pass by Zeid (where w> in

in
<su
^JJL>
I
is
^LaTiU, whilst
it is
Ajw-JJ,
56,
rem. d)
*ui
c~) ^JJ
^ OjJbj / Aaw
^JJI
iJi).
had no longing after
that ivhich tliou desiredst (not *Z-+j

<3
u,
Rem.
ing,
,
a.
The juU
be,
after
^JJI
originally was, and, strictly speak-
ought to
J ,
preceding subject
,
is
a pronoun of the third person, even when the a pronoun of the first or second person ; as
ytlO
Ot
O ,
l.Uol
ijdfc :-ol
O^**^'
is
O*^
*' * s
we
w^
arose early.
More
usually,
however, the julc
brought into agreement with the word to
which
" ' * '
it refers
(compare
172, rem. b)
as
^yt>\
^jZ*~>
^JJt
U1
Ojjk**.
j
J
/am
j
&e
wlwm
J
his
(lit.
CJ*o
my) mother named Haidara [Lion)*;

,
ti'
^9*1)5^-* Lj*
,<3jJ^-;
^JJI
/am
Cito
Ae
j
whom
,
they find (a choking

,
,
;
o ,i
1
morsel) in their chests or throats (i*J$X*>-j for ^*jjj^-j)

,
CUJ
o ,
, j
o )
// g
o*>
, o --o*o
tjkib
jub$+j
U-*tp CUAfe ^JJI

to
i5~>^)l
jL**Jt
ar
2/iow
wo iAe
?
, ,
negro slave,
who used
attend
upon us in such and such a ^?ace

,
,0s
(see
J)
[Rem.
b.
Ibn Malik alone permits the phrase >*+* C~>j~o
,0,0*10*'
(^j-*
<Z+*j
for ui
s.
C-s*cj
v.
C^Jj-o T beat him

,
,
(
whom
0,0
î
thou desiredst
Lane
..5),
while some other authorities sanction the

'J/
0,
following likewise jjiwj

he fails
to
^^
-lc
U^j
Jia.j
^j\ if,
0, ,
J
some day,
Si,
find one on
whom
he
may
rely, for
<x*Xs,
,J*; ^>o (see
Lane
s.
v. ,Jlc).
D. G.]
o,
St,
Rem.
Vol.
i.
c.
On
the occasional use of ^1 in the sense of

b.
^JJI
see
345, rem.
Oô-* by poetic license for ,-U^w, and Ojju. in rhyme for
5jjuj..
Another reading
is
.-t .-*->.
177]
Copulative Sentences.
325
4.
A
b.
176.
We
have already spoken of the difference between the
copulative particles
j and <j
in Vol.
i.
366, a,
To what has
been there said, the following remarks
may
be added.
177. If to the subject implied in any form of the finite verb, another subject be appended, the former must be repeated in the
jja^, ,Zi3,s
lil
shape of a separate personal pronoun
a? w>^1*jj
o^-o*.
/ and
B
Ya'kub {Jacob) were present ; ajUôIj â ^jI he and Ms companions
came; <&>j} wJI w**ili go

*>
I
therefore, thou
and
thy
Lord ;
;
C-JI ,j-l
J 3
iWjj^ do thou and thy wife dwell

-
in the
garden
j^=>
juU
l-"*- -
J it
J*}Lo
clear error.
^^g^jbtj^jl
I
verify ye
and your fathers have

as, in
been in
jl
Exceptions are very rare

said,
a verse, oJLSI
<J^y* J^JS
elegant gait
when she and

for ^J}(y2)
;
(other)
fair (women) advanced with
(^1^3
[***
Crt^h
J&
h*
and
those
who
were with him said (Tab. i. 2419, 1. 2)]. If, however, the verb has a suffix in the accusative, the repetition of the implied pronominal
subject in a separate form
is
Zeid have shown
~ v .,
unnecessary
* * * O
as j^Jj >Uj^>t
,,
3 J
I and
J
s,
i,
3,
it,
thee
honour;
^JLs
(j-oj
lyJjJL.ju
^jjs.
O'^.
gardens of everlasting rest, into which they shall enter and those who are righteous. This form of expression may be varied by repeating
the verb after j, but even then the separate pronoun
is still
usually
t\
employed
*
as ->>*j jnr.j Ul
is
oâ*.*.
[Sometimes there
hardly any difference between this construc( 37),
tion and
that with ilx^Jt jlj
e.g.
ice
'Ibn Hisam, 318,
1.
11
Ch**".**^ l**v"
'Vj^
bla^-olj
U^j
and some of our comrades
who
left
the right
path became
like
two parties, where Aali L

R.
S.
UJ w>la*-otj would convey the same meaning.
We
may add
here that
it
is
usual to say
ljujj
C>- rather than
X>]y but
2j+*3
J*ij j*-
rather than 1/**$.]
326
Part Third. Syntax.

If a
178
A
ot
y
178.
pronominal
substantive
suffix of
a verb, the suffix
be connected by j with the objective may be repeated in the form

;
a separate pronoun, but not necessarily

o
as ju*i ,jl
ô^
if
^-u^-lj
;
0^
I
>Uc^ and
1 , t ,s
J s B t
keep
away from me and my
sons our worshipping idols
a-o>5j o^.ef\ he
is
made him and
his people emigrate.
But
a pronoun
connected with a substantive or a pronominal
suffix in the accu-
sative, it
must be
;
suffixed either to the
word Cl
(Vol.
i.
188) or to
the repeated verb
as
Ubl^
aXls,
or
V^Sj
<xX3, he killed
him and
her.
If a substantive object is
annexed to a pronominal
object, the
verb
6i
may
be repeated or not
J y * s * ,
as Ij^j3 <^>Jj
I saw
thee
and Zeid ;
his
J 's -
aXaI y>
<x3u>
(J^
0-c3 *^*
he hilled
him and
^Jl
those
of
family
who were with him,
or ^J! &-*3
3-fc
<lL5, or
,,>
J**^
<t^**-
179.
If to a
pronominal
suffix in the genitive there

is
be joined a
;
substantive in the same case, the governing word
usually repeated
as ^fr5W
B y -
VjJ
j*.) y ur
an d your fathers' Lord.

is
The form ibU
oi
J*ij3 cJl, thy book
and
Zeid's,
of rarer occurrence, except with the
suffixes of the third person, as A*-tj y> as\su\ his
and
his brothers
agreement.
If a substantive be
connected by ^ with the pronominal

i
suffix of a preposition,
to
the preposition must be repeated; as <u. *j)j
^J
me and
his brother.
This rule
is
occasionally violated in poetry,
scarcely ever in prose

is
as Ukj-ot-j lyj
it
^^H
O-**
v'**
***
an ^ balked
1*3
he
who
is
scorched by
then,
(war)
and
its
flame ; j&i*$\ 5 <&>
w**iL3
v^,c jj^ 60 off

Rem.
for there
is
nothing strange in thee or the times.
If a genitive belongs alike to
in classical Arabic, attached to the first of them, after the others
two or more nouns, it is, and represented

ouUjj
-iU-o-JI
by a pronominal
suffix; as
y^
;
the
it is
king's sons
and
daughters.
On an
exception see
78,
rem. b
common
in later prose writers, as j>)\
jU^lj j^l
j-~>J*>
j^>
181]
327
Moses mentions (by name) the sons and grandsons of Adam, for
0}\Jl*.\j j**\
i^)jl
<Uji jJLÎj
i*jj y*a**^
V JI
a most pleasant and sweet
slumber, for
Ifc'iJl^.lj
180. The negative particle ^, when it follows _j, connecting two nouns, supplies the place of a preceding negative sentence (see 160)
;
as
ô\
*^j
^1
Ji*j ^J neither
my father
B J
nor
my
mother remains
alive,
where
t~'~
is
equivalent to J-j^Jj ;vo^^W
^j^Jl
'>oJ*>ôJ ye have
aJJI
not known, nor your fathers ; OjL>l had pleased, ice tcould not have given
If the
*^ U^wl
jU
if
God B
Him
companions, nor our fathers.
two nouns be both separate words,
the
first also,
sometimes prefixed to notwithstanding the negative which precedes the whole

is
sentence
as
j%* ^3 JUS
us.
is
Uu-j
%s$
U
if
there has been
neither
combat nor dispute between upon another verb, which

Bi
Similarly,
**
two verbs are dependent
preceded by a negative particle, the
second of the dependent verbs usually takes the negative

t
, *
with the
,
t
Bi
conjunction 3
impossible for
is
as
to
jj*l
*iaSI
^3
Uw
to
*B
* *
at
B i
' - Bi
J^cl 0' yj~*\
it
was Q
me
do anything or
conclude anything, where
^j
equivalent to
^1 L5~' Vsverbs,
connected by 3 and referring to the same subject, precede that subject, one of them (in general the second) agrees with it in gender and number, whilst the other is put
,
181.
When two
*'B*,*sB ie*
, ,
* * B *o*
* * *
in the singular masculine;

.y'jufc,
as Mju IjjucIj i<*J, or
^jutlj L*j
;
thy two servants acted insolently

or
and with
,
violence
Qâ^-j
i)tol
evil.
jjWi},
i)W
^4^5i3
^j U
.^fc.
thy two sons do good
and
This involved form of expression occurs, however, but rarely in

Arabic,
* * BiO J
classical
t
J -
in
B J
which we
.
usually find
Ljjutlj
i)lju*
jj ,/
It is called
^jj.
tj'-sj j ^)UjI ^...ah.j
by the grammarians ^^-9 PjUJI
J-o-*-", the conflict in regard to government.

tions of it are given in the remarks.
Some
further illustra-
328
Part Third. Syntax.

Rem.
a.
181
of the one
Sometimes a noun belongs to two verbs as the subject and the objective complement of the other. (1) When
is
this is the case, if the

first,
the noun
first
verb to which it is the complement be placed expressed only as the subject of the second verb,
3
0'
'
and the
00'
J^tj
verb
is
left
without any complement; as C-sJj-i
' ' ' '
^^j-'S'j
struck (Zeid)
and Zeid
first
'
;
struck me.
Some Arab
3 '
3
grammarians, however, allow the
verb a pronominal com'

J *
plement
0' // /^ JJd/ / as juj (e-yj-^j &Zjj~o
'
*_-*-Lo
sJL*sjj j t-t^jJ
C*>
tit
when thou
verb, of
satisfiest a friend and he satisfies thee. (2) If the which the noun is the subject, be placed first, the second verb takes a pronominal complement, and the first verb agrees with the noun according to the rules laid down in 141, etc.; 00' 3 30 ''y ' ' ' ' 3 & 'i30''y '' ' as juj <CL>j~e>j -oj-o, \^J%ef^\ \^Lijâ^ l*,**!j~0 îe two men struck
v>
(
me and I
is
3
struck them.
0'
rare; as
3 30X3
3
The omission of the pronominal complement " ' " ' ' ' ' '3vi*O30''' juj c-sJj-oj ,_;jô, 0^*hpt OOj-oj ,-Uj.o [.-Uwlj
30'''
CO
ijj-SJI
3
C^frwUg
3
0'"
"
'
'
' 3
the apes
3 3 '
were akin
'
to
me and I
i
to
them~\; \m***j \o\Sau
' 3
lO
At Lai â^-oJ ^c*

3
uj
'it
^>jjJU)I
at
Okdz
the sheen,
or gleam,
(of
'
weapons, -^LJt) dazzles the eyes of the beholders when they look at
it.
verb,
The noun may also be made the complement of the second and the first verb, which has now no subject expressed, must
f '
3
0'''
(
'X '
agree with the noun in gender and number; as tjuj Ooj-ij

0' 3
Zi
-Uj-o
'
*3
0'''
3
"
(Zeid) struck
me and I
struck Zeid,
^-J^pt
C-o^.05 ,-jUj.o the
0'''
3 ' '
two (men) struck me, and I struck the two
men
C-0^03 ^j^tj^b
yj-j^JUaJt they (the evildoers) struck me,
and I
struck the evildoers.
All these involved forms of expression occur but seldom in classical ' * 3 0'' Arabic, the usual and regular constructions being tjuj C-Jj-o 3 30''' ' 3 lO ' ' ' ' 3 Z *> "' ' 3 30 ' ' ' _ ' ' '
*1
^j*3i W*?j-s l/^-J^

' ' ' ' '
3
vt
*>
0''
l^^' "T&J^J
3 '
(Jj-^^
3
l^J""*'
' '
'
vt
to
a'
'
jjljj-oj xX*.j}\ C-sJj-i, {j->>.j*03 yJ>*^JUaJt
Rem.
b.
In the case of a verb which must be connected with
both a subject and a predicate (such as <jk or j'-o), if the predicate be common to two propositions, it is expressed only once,
181]
its
329
place
being either entirely omitted the second time or having

S
supplied by b! and a pronominal

translate
*
suffix.
For example, we may

*
SO-
I was
sick
and Zeid
LI
teas sick
by
-S0----JW
JflJ
Laj^-o juj S / $1/
O^J
/ / /
or Lcu>- juj <jl3
CS,
or lastly Lcuâ juj J^.3
These involved Ll, the first of the three forms being preferable. forms of expression likewise occur but rarely in classical Arabic,
* -
so-
oj
the ordinary construction being biuj-o juj
JwSO---,
*
0^*J îj- C^,

J
J
or
--
abl juj jjl^j.

- -
[An example from poetry

/i
is
CU^>
j*ob j-JL&j
Ujjj i^jJ'jj
JO a^-9
accused
me of a
thing of ivhich
I and my father
were innocent (Sawdhid el-Kassqf 31 1).
D. G.]
Rem.
c.
Almost the same thing takes place
after the verbs
jj-b to think, believe,
w*"^
* -
to think,
reckon, suppose, etc., which
take for their objective complement a clause consisting of a subject

*
J
0- -
and a predicate
( 24),
as
LJU
to
Ijuj OvuJ
/ thought Zeid
learned.
The predicate
-0/0
J
of
the clause, which serves as complement to the
wJjUI
,Jjt9,
may belong
two
J
different propositions,
;
and con-
sequently refer to two different subjects

-0/0
whilst the noun, which
is
the subject of the

JO
wJUU
Jjti in the one proposition,

is
may
in the
other be the subject of the clause which

-0/0
dependent upon the

in accordance with
wJJUl
rem.
b,
J*$.
When
this is the case,
we may,
translate such a phrase as Zeid thought
me
w-
learned
3
Si
and I
5-
20-J0---
thought
him learned by
>zJj&' 3
,
bjJlc
Ijuj
O-^-bo,
lyUlp,
or obt i**-^
CjU
Ijuj
or lastly abj Cjlc

of expression
is
Ijjj
ojubj ^ylk
all
* -
The
three
s-
first of
these
modes
the most common, but
so-
are rare, the natural and usual construction being LjJlc juj .jîl?
J J J 0 obi dJUJgj.
If the subjects differ in

o- -
gender or number, the pre* o - -
#o-
3j -
it
s i
dicate
must be repeated; as ^^.1

l
tj-o^j tj^j l-l
.JLisuj
^jjit
/ think Zeid and Amr two

brother (of theirs).
brothers (of mine),
and
they think
me a
w.
ii.
42
330
Part Third. Syntax.

182.
182
The Arabs,
and
as well as the other Semites, often connect
single verbs
entire sentences with one another merely
by means
of the particles j
definite
and o, where we should employ
particles of a
more
meaning to indicate the precise

_$,
relation
between them.
They use
for
example, where we would prefer a disjunctive or

;
adversative particle
as
^j^Xju
*)
^lilj ^Âxj
aJJI
God knows,
but
ye do not know.
copulative force
;
the adversative relation
In such cases, however, j has in reality only a lies in the nature of the
with a separate two clauses themselves. The Arabs also use 3 and in some cases in which we avail ourselves of a subordinate verb
modifying expression
e.g.
JUti
j*.aw
he prostrated himself
and
made
long (his prostration), equivalent to he prostrated himself for a
long time, instead of i^rwJI JUI, as
we may
like
also say (see 140).
183.
The
particle
in
Arabic,
its
equivalents
in
the
other Semitic languages, often serves to connect two clauses, the
C second
of
which describes the state or condition either of the subject

first clause,
or one of the complements of the
This takes place in such a

(a)
j)[j
way
that
or else of a
new
subject.
The clause
rose
descriptive of the state

p^suaut, 3-*$
is
nominal
as juj >el3
ybj Zeid
up weeping ;
^)l
Û
he returned to
she
me
his
beaten;
liouse
a*^W vW*M i5^
^^
ajuc ^yo
crying
;
OsU.
came from
with her clothes in
tatters,
yo oQ/* **fs ^5* uj*J\
â f&j ^*tJI
D
he
still lived
;
two generations of men passed away in his time, whilst
VAiL^
^*
î3^
\j*>3
^j- 5
^j^ J-*
lS*^
^^
e ^ im
who passed by a town, falling down upon

falling
its
roofs (in ruins, its walls
fallen roofs) ,j^Jju î lj Îtj^ ye lied, did so), ye lied wittingly, in which example the knowing (that ye nominal circumstantial clause has a finite verb for its predicate
in
upon
its
JJU
jj-o*^3
<ij
w**3
Zeid went away,
whilst 'Amr remained;

early, whilst
lyjL^j
._* j-t^^s j5JÎ J>*3
and sometimes I go forth
183]
331
the birds are (still) in their nests,
where the circumstantial clause has

*ij
a distinct subject; JA^..j 3j-o*3
*r**3
Zeid went away,
whilst
'Amr was
and a
busy, where the circumstantial clause has a distinct subject
finite
verb for its predicate.
Rem.
We
sometimes find a nominal clause merely appended
to the preceding proposition, without j, as

get ye down, the one of
j js-
Ât..)
^Cah
;
lîxJbl
zU*.
you an enemy
to the other
o ju
juj
his head; Awlj iJlft Zeid came ivith his Iiand on
iwj
* a
A&
a~&}
/>te
Aini wearing
an embroidered
the
coat
[^^yJ
iJoJI
~s. t^-lj
;
&?^ returned, (wh ilst)
perfume of musk clung
to
them]
and
the (for
even without a pronoun, as Âjju j~&5 jJ b ^j/-8 I passed by

tvheat,
J
(whilst)
'
a bushel (of
a]).
it
was
selling)
for a dirham
<sU^ji5
(6)
120, rem.
The
clause descriptive of the state
is
verbal and affirmative,

;
the verb being in the Imperfect Indicative, preceded by ij 6 -
as
knowing (as ye do) that
I am
is
the apostle
of God unto you
If the
particle jJ> be not employed,
circumstantial Imperfect
be dropped, so that the outwardly unconnected with the previous

also
Aa*.
j must
proposition;
as
a <lX~J a
juj
the
Zeid came laughing ; j^t^S
U*.
*4<M
O^
w-jUaJI aUu
emir came with led horses preceding him

e).
(a very
(c)
common
The
construction, see 8,
D
is
verbal and negative,

a' -
the verb being in the Imperfect Jussive, preceded by ^Jj, or the
Imperfect Indicative, preceded by L03

l^jii
as w-$j
^$ ^1 ^^
:
JU> jt
aJI or has said, 'Something has been revealed to me,' whilst

: ;
zi
Z.
3 * t *
**
nothing has been revealed to him
OiLJ**"^ ^J^v****-*'
it.
*$[
O^^^Z
^3
is
but they deceive only themselves, without knowing

often dropped;
as ly-> ^n,-.-. *.*
In this case j
J-^j
*^\
O-6 *-o*^ I>*UjL
332
Part Third. Syntax.

so
183
and
they returned, (laden) with favours
without any
harm having
*
*}),
touclied
-
them.
and benefits from God, Where the negation is

*
Bio
z a *
a*
expressed by
1
the particle 3
) , *
is
*
rarely used
*
as cUjj'n)
U$3
,jl
w-a.,^-1
*$
* * a * * * , Zi *> lylX.> gLo-JI
IÂio dA**5 if any persons entered heaven
because of distinction of tribe,

(d)
I would
enter
it
without being hindered.

verbal and affirmative,
;
The

111
is
the verb being

13
the Perfect, preceded by jJ>j
as
j>i_9
IaÛc
^1
IJjb
C-w^wl swcA
?&
/e;
singing,
Ua-jji.1
now
jJj
that she has grown old;

<*JJt
^pUu
U3
LSUjIj UjLji
fight in the
^jjh
J->*-j
^s
?//
should we not
path of God,
<
since
we have been driven out of our dwellings

1
and (parted from) our

less rarely, either
children
*
Sometimes
i a j 1
1
j^Sj is
>
omitted, and,
s
a j
a *
**
oi
or *x5 alone; as
O' ô-AjJ**-
O/ *n* j&j$*f
3'
'
or they come unto you, their hearts being reluctant to fight
^s^J\JL>
against you; \Z$
U^tUal
IjjuiSj
^>\^.*^
I3JIS
O-Z^
who,
having remained (at home), said of their brethren (who went out to battle), 'If tliey had taken our advice, they would not have been
killed' ;
ja+j
it
*$
V^-J
me
C>3>
C*Ajj ôv5l~J
JiJLc
1*1**^
!
what can
boot
that their
women
'
say,
do not perish
'
O^* ^ when I
*Wj
have been slain fighting for their husbands?

ojj^cf. fJ*e-
O^S
Hp
j**- ***
5
ice
saw him enraged against Zeid, who was
in
command
of his army.
(e)
The
is
verbal and negative,
the verb being in the Perfect, preceded by Uj, or more rarely by

alone
;
as
v^j
^J
Aaf,
**4j
ZMd
came without having ridden ;

his father
ayA jXl Uj juj

having stood up.
or oyi\
jXi U, Zeid came without
Rem.
called
The
_j
which introduces such a circumstantial

jlj, the
clause, ia
state,
by the Arab grammarians ^JlaJI
lodw of the
184]
333
condition or circumstance, and

ment.
UL>^t ^3,

-
the
waw
of commence-
The clause
itself is called
iJl.
aAo---
5.
Adversative, Restrictive,
and Exceptive
Sentences.
184.
The
*
are ^, principal adversative particles in Arabic
Cr?
Si
or >),
is
and j^.
*$
(a)
opposed to a preceding affirmative proposition or a
command
as
JaU.
*$
Îc
juj Z^'d
is
learned,
not
ignorant
faAre
Z01W, ?w
ilwir.
[In comparisons
^ has the meaning

but
like the sa'ddn.
of but not,
;
as *iX3U^
^
*i)j
l^9 a man but

*
not the like of

*^* wv/fc/'
Malik (ibn Nuweira)
l^j- kS^^^ *^3 of the well of Sodda, pasture but not

,jtjuuJl9
not so good as that
In later times
*})j
*^3
was very often used in the sense of even more than, as
Ojj^t
w>lîJI gtjucl
rose ear/y, eren earlier than the

a,l d veri ly
crow does ;
Coi J^j ^
God
ju?
O^
J/-*6,
^J *^
t"u
luist
dej ended the cause of
better than even
'Amr
'ibn
'Obeid; jjU*Jt ,jlw

the
^j^.
^)j
l^-^j
they were
silent, even more than

*$
inhabitants of the sepulchres.

;
In reality, neither
nor *^j have an adversative force
the adver-
sative relation lies in the nature of the
two clauses themselves, as has

D. G.]
been remarked in the case of j

(b)
182.
sj
is
or sjSH (also, especially in Magribl mss., 0^=>^,
O^3 *^)to
which
often
preceded by 3,
is
more
particularly opposed
;
preceding negative proposition or a prohibition

t**~i jt^ It**
'j-o*
as
yj&
j^>j
^>^*f
*$
Zeid came
to
me, but
Amr
did not come ; *->**

1^Jl>
'-^j d n t beat Zeid, but
Amr ;
î^
UÂi? Uj
334
Part Third.Syntax.
^
j , } oi
5 '
184
A
,
03-<>-^*i^*-~*-
ail(t
they did not injure us, but they injured themselves;

^5***
*^J
L5^5 V**^ 0&3

J
JiXo *iU /or he neither believed nor

lie
prayed, but deemed {the truth) a
"
and turned away ; ^J ^.Jô^L

w
J
'vi
2 1/
s s
s 0*
*****)
V*** O-* {f**3 L5^'-**
L5^
I
^^*"
w#
*s
reproachers blame
me
for loving Leila, but
I am
1}
deeply smitten with love for her (%++

*,*
m
o
J)
*
"n)
rsO
6>o
!>
rhyme
for
Ju^c)
î
<uulSj
^SJ
oj>I^j
^-^-J
dsjj
^\
,j\
jJa^.j
vj-*^
'
no errors of sudden passion are feared in 'lbn Zarka,

dread).
but his onslaughts in battle are looked for (with
When
introducing a nominal clause,
>&
requires the subject to be put in

it
the accusative (see

I_$ja
36),
whereas o- leaves
in the nominative
as
Ch^W^' 0&3 O^-**^
j-*^ ^*3 an d Solomon ivas not un-
believing, but the devils
were unbelieving ;
^s
ja^J\ ,j^JUaJI
ji
C>-*
<J*$~*>
but the evildoers are to-day in manifest error.

,^J
Rem.
and ^jSi are said
to be used
^Jljjklw'^JL)
fo rectify
or
emend
(c)
(the previous statement).

e'
.
Jj
is
opposed either to a preceding affirmative or negative
proposition, a
command
so,
it
or a prohibition
{*
Zeid
not
o *
was 'Amr
uj>)
* -
jj-o-t
f o -
^Jj
o *
juj êU
so/
* o
Zeid did
Z#/c?
stand
but 'Amr (stood

0'
Sj^s.
^Jj
ljuj vj-^'
^^
no,
D Amr;
,
10*
tj-o*
lit!
j/<r
to*
\j*ij
*
<Jj
*
*->j-*
*
*$
do not beat Zeid, but (beat)

3*
s s
Amr;
s Os s
,j_o3lfb
dsu Jj jj-oi
yt> \xAs- jjti
^jj
we do
not see that ye
are in any
>
way
superior to us
'
J
nay,
'
we think you
liars ; Uj>1>* 1^1*
jirf JJ///
<UJI
^bjiSLj
not so
I
^rr&i jJj
oUc
they say,
Our
hearts are uncircmncised'

J * * }
l , *
God hath
>~>y>5
cursed them for their unbelief; *ZxX. out- l^xA*.

they stripped
* * ' '..
, 0*>
SâJI
J^
him of
'
his dress,
**
ftir
nay, also of the

f-
1^1
0*0
r t
>
Oli
garment of
life;
^*^yo
L>
Sl^l J- cJlii
o\j*\ j\
A+*j C-Jlt art
186]
and Exceptive
Sentences.
335
thou a
man
or
a icoman?
And
she said,
tcoman
(lit.,
not a man,
but
a tcoman)
*^
;
my
master.
Sometimes
it is
strengthened by the
addition of
as **jj
>-* ^**w î'j
\Jj *$
^Jj^Js Uj and
I hare
not abandoned thee; no, on the contrary, separation
and
distance have
increased
my
love.
[In the answer to a disjunctive question

(the
first),
Jj
*9
and Jj deny one member

ojju Jj whether in
912,
as
*$
Jli ojuu
j\
^JUj
^1
i.
my
time or afterwards?
He
said:
11,
1.
Nay, but
1,
afterwards ('Ibn Hisam

11.
10, lines 5
and 3 from below,
Tab.
3, 4, 9).
R. S.]
B
Jj
is
Rem.
After a negative proposition or a prohibition,

,*)ljjilw'}U
said
to be used
(see above, b,
rem.)
to
after
an affirmative
proposition or a
digressing,
command,
wjIj**Û
denote turning away, or
from what preceded (jjj^t
O *)1
185.
The
particle
UjI
is
one of the most important in the

restriction.
It
language as a j~o. \Jj*-, particle of limitation or
stands at the beginning* of a proposition, and the word or portion of the proposition which is affected by it, is always placed, for emphasis'
sake, at the
end (compare
36,
rem.
b, d)
as
^yj^Lm.
lo->t
^
by
I
LjJl
we are
on^y mocking (at
the?}i)
t \jJudi
OlijuaJI
obligatory
l^jf
afow are only for the poor ; yj~5\ jl
Ijl.Ij
^>^c J> ^J ^jjJLJ

l
^<w
a/res fo'r^ in
it-fo/e ///"e to
o/y one or two; J~l>
S --\ C5t
L^Jt
îaJJ I fear
-dl
verily,
the overflow only
of
my own
streamlet; [^
usury
is in
the delay of payment].
D
is *J|,
186.
(a)
The most important

(/*,
of the exceptive particles

i.
compounded of o],
(2U*Î)
*
is
and
$,
no* (see Vol.
367,
).
The exception
[
considered to be of three kinds:
J-^yT **" $!,

i.
[But not always; comp. Fleischer, KI. Schr.
508.]
330
Part Third. Syntax.

is
186
which the thing excepted ( ^;i ^f)

as,
joined
to,
or of the
same kind
the general term (oU

i\x
^.^^Jl
in
tf/fotf
/row w/cA
is
^<? exception is
made); ^LkîS
l2*>*$\,
which the exception

;
severed from, or
wholly different in kind from, the general term

or the exception
and >&H l\LS$\,
made
void (of government)*, in which the general
term
is
not expressed.
The
rules for the construction of the exception
are as follows.
(a) When the thing excepted is placed after the general term, and the proposition containing that term is affirmative, the exception is
put in the accusative
as
juj
*n)I
j>$s&
j>Kl the people stood up, except
Zeid;
I**jJ
*9l
j^^> ^jj* I passed by

IjJj-^ wc?
tfA^y
the people, except

o/* /,
Zeid ;
them.
jvir* >***
(/?)
*^|
*-i-
drank
is
sai ^
1
a few of
"When the thing excepted
placed after the general term,

is
and the proposition containing that term
negative, or interrogative
implying a negation (^âJI ^5^**^ volîlwl or e&l&l velvet)!, the
exception
may
be put either in the accusative, or in the same case
with the general term (as a Jj*j or permutative, or more specifically

as a <u*
^yÎ-ôJI ,j-o
is
^
;
I
Jju,
139, rem.
*x-l
b, 2, b),
but the latter

(or
construction
*n)I
preferred
as juj
*i)l
<*j?^
^ÂJ
U
*s)
ljuj
0rt0
*s)|),
j-jj
^x*^
7
Ojj^
(or
JUJ
*N)I),
JUJ ^|
JU.I
/^ W0
sto^
wp pw/ Z^'a
(or tjuj
*n)I),
t a ,
juj
*^)l
**.U ^jj"< J-* ^s />om passed by

o
-
any one but Zeid

oo
i,
(or ljuj *$\)
jo ? vOVô
Z
^)l
> , ,
J~X3
ojAxi
they would not
saw a few of them
<UJI *$\
w>^JjJI j**j
tffore
is
^j
awa*
who forgives
s'ws
saw GW.?
[<-Ul
^)l
4JI
*9
is
wo
cifeiYy
o/^r than God],
Sometimes the place of

*
<*x
^XZî\
ii.
occupied by a preposition and
[Comp. Fleischer, Kl. Schr.
96.]
*N)t
t [Also in sentences like Uju~A3 aJUI
i^JI
Uô O^*
4, a,
the proposition implying a negation.
D.
Cr.]
186]
and Exceptive
like,
;
Sentences.
337
its
complement
(jsj-s^-c3
jW-) or tne
wn cn
i
does not however
affect the construction of the exception

*i
e
as juj ^1 x.l ^>

j
^s^.
'i
a
U,
si
;
where j^-\
,j-
*-l
*i Ijuj ^1 j^-l sa2
ai*
O-*
^b
sa-
^> where
*-t
0-* =
9 * i
to
i, a j
ta -
- a-
5 a-
4j
L*j
ly)
nJ
fj^
v)!,
Zeid
is
nothing but a
thing of no account;
jJss-
CwJ
is
tju
*nJ]
jk*jÎ-J ^j^J ^yjl
^ i?;^
Lubeina, ye are
On the contrary, if the thing kind from the general term the excepted wholly preference is usually given to the accusative, in accordance with the
wo hand but a hand that lacks an arm.
different
in
dialect of Sl-Higaz
as tjW-
*$\
J**-I
j^W-
no one
(i.e.
no person)
came
to
me, but
an ass ; tjU*. ^M j>^\
>U>
U
*$\
the people did not
stand up, but an ass ; but the Temimites [and some others] adopt the
permutation, as jU*. ^1
If the general
_>oî)l voli
U, jU--
j>s&^. ^jj-*
is
U.
term
a ^
whatever case
expressed;
*
'
not expressed, the thing excepted the general term would have been, had
is
put in Q it been
*
5
*$\
as
a -
jljj
a ^
^sU*.
i a *
ay
j a * *
(not
Ij*-j),
jujJj
*9I
O;^* U,
o^
*^M
ju j
->*^! ôJ (for

s ^
had the general term been expressed, we should

, i
i a, ,
t , i
a -
a;
a ,
**
have said
jl.I sU*.
U. j^-b Oj^-o U, and
lj*.l
w^-su^J)
jju
ôJi
^^j
j^!>J'
i^[ a^Ls.
c^^,
<UJI *^l
and none but God knew
what (feelings the thought of) her tattoo-marks excited in us on the evening when the abodes (of her people) were far away.
(y)
it is
J)
When
the thing excepted
is
invariably put in the accusative,
placed before the general term, if the proposition containing
the general term
is affirmative; But if that asvojJUl ljuj $! ^>\l. be negative, the nominative is also admissible, though the proposition
'
usual construction
is
the accusative
*i)t
as i**w Ju^.t
jf
*^l
lî
**-* ti*^'
w>^
U3 / Aow
no helpers but the family of

the
'Ahmad (Muhammad), and I have no way but

w.
11.
way of truth;
43
338
Part Third. Syntax

n)I
,>tj
186
llr
c^s ^j U lino
(lit.
Ui
we)
w conversing with her only doubled

;
my pain
.ilw
wA was
*)[
but
j**3i2ioSiOJ*
(J>tMÎ
wlien
J i
til
^liw
<
<su*
O^^hJ
i\
5 voir "^
i>& an d
they expect
from him (Muhammad)

*$\
*
v
ul
inter-
cession,
*
there is
no intercessor save the prophets;
^*}
2
*
U
and
joU ^3^.1 I have no helper but thy brother; instead of

iJU.1.
>**~i)l
B
is
Rem.
made,
a.
If several exceptions are specified, the following rules
are observed.
is
first,
which the exception (1) If the general term, from not expressed, the regent (verb) affects one, usually the of the exceptions, and the others are put in the accusative; as
+>) 4\
b-U
are
JM
\i
1>-U
*5t
jtfr $\ ^JjjU U.
(2)
If
the general term is expressed, and the exceptions precede it, they all put in the accusative, whether the proposition containing
2
0*
.2
20
the general term be positive or negative; as
\j^-
^)t
\j*ij
*})I>15
j>$&\; jî\
If the exceptions tjuj S)l js{$ U. follow the general term, and the proposition containing that term is affirmative, the exceptions are likewise all in the accusative, as
()>
*5]
tj-o*
*5l
0*
w
*$\
20*
lô*
20*
*0-a
\jSJ
negative,
^1 ljuj ^1 j>$sd\ j>\.s; but if the proposition be one of them (usually the first) is construed in the
as a permutative of
^ & <
ordinary
way
<sU-o
|
c**wll,
*
and the others

cj
a
*^t "
&
t>
m
*j)l
so
o s &
**
are put in the accusative, as

2
0*2
\jSL>
\j+
juj
*$S
ji^l >oU>
.
U
is
(but ljuj
different
*n)I
in the accusative
is rare).
(3)
If the exceptions be
in' kind
all
;
from the general term, the ordinary rule
followed for
*%*L
s)t
L,Ji
J I
lJC
*$\
X^\ j\s
in the
accusative
is
preferable to the permutative in the nominative.

If the repetition of
*\
Rem.
it
b.
be merely emphatic (ju^JJ),

it,
exercises no influence
upon the word following

* t
which may be
o* *
*
connected with the preceding exception, either as a permutative or

*
a
*$\
o *
w
*$\
* t
by the conjunction $
by no one but Zeid
.1
e.g.
^JL^t
^>j
j^-b ^)j- I*
I passed
brother,
but
i-
thy brother,
o
*-
meaning but Zeid thy

j
->-
a
*9t
;
'&*\j^-
a
*n)I
>>-
Juj
*^l
tjuj
êîJt >el5 the people stood up,
186]
and Exceptive
Sentences.
339
except Zeid
and
except
'Amr, only slightly more emphatic than
ijîj tjuj
*J|
except Zeid
*?
and Amr;
*3tj
Uj^Jj iLJ ^M ÂjJI

its
J*
jj
UjLcôJ ^ q- M day, and {aught

where the second
PjJ-b is
Time aught but night and

of
-
(following)
its
but) the rising

*^l is
the
sun (and) then

j - -
setting ?
a jiU or superfluous word, which does not

j j
*$\
*^l
count in the construction; a^*->j

dJU. ^|^ thou hast nothing
but) its
~ a *
&L&&
^
-
o i,
- -
w ^j-e
JJ
Us
from
- l
thy old camel but its JJ/// 3

its trot,
toil,
3 -
(nothing
3 3 * *
*$\
jog and
(nothing but)
>iJLa.
for d-Lejj
* * ) **
o -
by
Rem.
e.
license for
w, but others read

after
*^l
^la-w).
The exception
sentence, which
^5 w
io*
may
--o
lyJUkl
also be expressed by a !</ I ( -O - Of be introduced by j. jjj, ^jl, etc. ; as ULvjl
may
/
w - c-Orf
- O *
X *C
6 l^-fiJlj
L;yb
and
UJl.I
^1
^J
^-
t^yo
3ujS
u*
}a,
-
_ We
have never
people with
sent
a prophet
to
any
city without
our
o
afflicting
j
its
-
-j-}adversity
fru<
trouble;
jo
ly^Xau *$\ Sijj
^yc
- e
j
h.i...J
o-
Lo
no leaf falls
so-
so-
Z7e
knows
it;
<U*o
^*^ Juj
^1 tj^.1 OsjI; to / Aaue seen no

x J
.
JOfc -
one than
whom Zeid was

o -
not better
^j
^ L .,.^qIjlj
*$\
*$\
v
3
-iLJUS
is
J -
- -
jJ^ J
^JLs
do not die then unless ye be Muslims; ^-ij

i :
f,-i
,_$ Lo
) * a
d^p=)l ir!^
one in mine
&m<7
fo
;
tfAere is
:
no emotion in thy heart but there

-
a stronger
waited
--
- *
.- '~
o -
*$l
'
- -
wJLil
grir?
*i
i^jW-J
wJ' ôJj "<^

-
-^
^^ not
JJOs
jjtwl
0--
m
*^t
my
came ttpy jUc

it),
^j-o
OsL*. jJj
L>3
and
before I teas 3 J S t9 + **
aware (of
^^
fi
she
had come from

tji>
aJJI
his house ; lyJJLL>. lî

it
J>^JI w-Ai
was gone;
^)l w<f before I ,& -j >oL>iJI ^>- JJJi î
Oj
,
had unloosed
jj/
[/
(my
;
*j)l
foot), <A
/
wm D
o-
oj
(jt
jj t<
^^y-Jb
to
^jJxo
Jjb
ca <Ay expect but that

clouds?
God shoidd come

NJI
* -
them overshadowed by
The phrase cJUi

to
(<UJb) aJUI
n)I
JUjuiJ / beseech
-0
J
2 * s
thee
by God
do
(it)*, is
explained by JULni
JLu C*JLk>
U
*o
'
6^
a*
[Properly
/ remind
JO--
thee
of God, therefore ô*yJlj of relationship

is
aJUI
.jUjuLj
beseech
/ remind thee of God
and
the ties
often
=/
340
Part Third. Syntax.

t>
[
o'
J
186
< c
of
thee
nothing but thy doing
i.
(it),
equivalent to
*^l
*$|
^XlXc CoJH
C*Xxi (compare
59, rem. a).
[In this sense
is
often replaced
by
see Yol.
d.
367, I]
Rem.
*^|
is
sometimes strengthened by prefixing to it^yJUl

j ^ , * a
j t*>
i ^
Cod
hunger
as
$jJt
jU
jJl>
(jjl
*^l ^ryJJl
unless indeed the fire of

38,
be kindled.
e.
[Comp. the footnote to
rem. a .]
Rem.
*$\
is
very rarely used in poetry with pronominal
suffixes
as j-eli o^Jt
J)*$\
u^^6, iJ
U-* wc?
/ have never any helper but

t^t
Him
zs
j\*>*
Ijjjla^j *$ ^j\
tJjla.
Cwfe U
UJLc
U^
is
a(i
ii
nothing to us, when thou art our neighbour, that no one us but thee.
near
to
Rem./!
the phrase
*n)|
The exception
*n)I
is
sometimes suppressed after
*j)l,
as in
;
^^^J (compare j.*&

*}\^.
u*Ji and
j+&
*$,
82,
d)
e.g.
^^J
w-woZlAi
U^
tjkt
lo Uls as regards
ma
'ada
am/ ma
hala, Âey are

a
*n)|
used with
is
d
the accusative, not otherwise; j^t_3 jJÛJt
'*'
^^wJ
ê
agent
i
one (in kind), no more.
!>
[Rem. g. ^j\ *^t and ^J\ jê- are often used in the sense of but, even if the preceding proposition be affirmative. On the phrase
Ct
- j
^j\
*$\ 3-fc
'
Uo
to, see the Gloss,
to TabarT.J
(b)
j* (see
It is
82, d) is often used in the sense of besides, except,

itself
*$\
but.
construed with the genitive, and must

as
be put in the
e.g. j^*i\ volS
same case

,.
would be the thing excepted

0y
n)|)
;
after
s
0/
JJ/
jji
--
juj
j-ji
(= ljuj
juj
jw.t >els
0*
(=juj
^1), better
than
itAee
6y Corf
think of the
ties
of relationship, as SjGjJtj ,UjuLj

1.
beseech thee to give us the increase of pay (lAganl xiv. 120,

S.).
6),
16 quoted
( 6,
.
by R.
rem.
The words cJLai ^1 are properly an

^
e _ ^
elliptical
.*
phrase
*
Si
^ 6 c >.
>o
f J 6
as cJlsi
,jt
?io4
to
do
(*),
e.g.
<jl >ot-j*i)lj
ties
<*JJt
.iUjuiJ
to
L5â-cii
beseech
thee
by
God and
the
of relationship not
disgrace me.
D. G.]
186]
and Exceptive
i* (=
Sentences.
341
^.j
j-jt
(= juj 9p
i
^j >**
*u ^J)
5j).
b j 1*^- ;** **' >
u A
(= IjU*.
rather than
"Sj),
jC-^
(-jC*
Rem.
a.
*^)l
is
sometimes used as a
*j!j,
when we should
rather
have expected
..A-
^-ji,
and
is
then followed by a substantive in the

it;
e.g.
same case as that which precedes

Ujc.a.)
aJUI
(/"
^1 s
iyJI '
U^*i ' '
O^3 V
ôc?s
ss^-
*Aere Aac? fteen
ire
lAem (heaven and earth)
besides God, they
would
lyj
certainly have gone to
ruin; oJUlj
ly*lij
*^l
Ol^-c^l
(J-J^ SjJb JJî SjJL sAe tvas
made
' J
lie
down,
J
and
laid her breast
upon
a tract of ground in which there icere

3 1
<i-\
li
{heard)
few sounds
*$\ <il*jl
except her
own murmured cry ;

and every
dijU-o
(J^j
by
^\j3jJti\
^ô*'
3.1
brother is forsaken
his brother,
Pointers.
by thy father's
life,
except the
is
two
(stars called the)
The noun which precedes ^1

J
in this case usually
an
JO
indefinite plural or its like (<iy*), such as a substantive defined
by C
the article used ^ÛaJU.
Rem.
b.
The construction
of
^y
(see 82, e) in the sense of
besides, except, is similar to that of ' Os 'd' * JO/0 '0' &"
j^t
as juj
t^y-* jaîi
jXi
but
(=juj^*c);
jjljjcall
^j
J!-JôJj
and
there
was nothing
left
violence (= sj\^j>*i\ jî).
(c)
The
gws
verbal clauses
*}L.
U, w?â
is
free from, and
ljê
U,
icâ
beyond, are often used in the sense of except, but, and

*il*.
govern the accusative; as l~>Lc

alight, except 'Abbas;
U^Jk^jJli and they made them
JJb
aJJt *$>*
U t^w
JJsb)
;
J ^t
j+.
verily everything,
* 1
except God,
is
vanity (in rh)Tue for
j^'i
g**^
a// ^ /$s fo^re said
kinds
and
states
and
regarding the habar of the mubtada', as to its conditions, holds regarding it (the habar of 'inna),
342
Part Third. Syntax.

,
[
,
186
J
except the allowability of placing

iâ
it first ;
\js-
*,
o , oxj
' oi
IÛJI
c.\$J\
c**j
â.Jl /
is
have tasted all kinds of sweetmeats, except the habis.
' *
When U
dropped, as is frequently the case, %. and \j& may be construed with the accusative or the genitive, though the latter is
, ,
disputed in regard to
* o, , , ,
js.
1,0, as J^.*3
,Zi
IjJl
*,**>
, ,
*#
JOo
->
"
t\jsA\ *jl.
O****^'
"*
, o
'
c>~J
J-o-c
and
the opinion
of
the Kufis, except el-Farrd, is that it

,
o j o*> ,
...
"* *
.
*-*&<X3
governs in the same
way
as leisa
j>^
X.^. Jt
^>
_ o^l .... J>^
"
^3
>SJj^"j eCl*JI
'**
^x^'j aJjWIj d 6om* 5000 Muslims and

besides the
Metdwila and Jews,
women and
children;
*$
<UJt
*>>>
^\^>
jl^-Jt
3^.jl saving God,
have no hope but in thee; v~!

sorfe
C*~*J
'^
;
SÛUI / Aave worn a^

JaJDIj
6
o/ splendid garments, except
black
j~3L*ai\
lkîJt
Ij^c
l^wlj
%Z$ ^rvs**
- a -^
w ^ 0^
î9
/Wr
n>0 to slaughter
and bondage,
except the grey-haired

like
*j)t,
woman and
2 Z
, ,
the little child.
These words may of course,

it
j*, and ^>-,

as
C be
i.
followed by a clause
, , ,
o
,
, o
1
commencing with o'
or
LoU
'in
# -
o *>
^lib (jt^ JLAiw
,00^1,0,
O'
Oi O'
>
*^
JaaJI JjfcaJJ except that (the conditional)
turns the verb into a future, though it be (in form) , , i , 6 iia,,iC>i,, a -o , o , t>& io, a
a past;
it
is
not elegant to
definite
make an
unless
indefinite substantive the permutative
of a
also
one,
an
adjective
,
o
be
,
annexed
, e
to
,
it.
This
in
is
the ordinary construction of j^->

lll~>\
;
(rarely *-*-), used

is
, i
an
/fcJaJU*
as
J^-j
0,1
*Jl
o
J*>
vo
JUJ' j~=> *H) Zeid

,o,
wealthy,
,ot
l
but he
,
is
stingy; J~-ij*
(iJ
Ju
00,
^yj jia-j
-JOOjOa^
t*5
v>* c5^
**^
>^W
*>
tP
,, , 3-5
O-* ?*^'
J'
Cou^lj
1 have the purest pronunciation oj
>
the letter dad, but

the Bhiil
I am
of Koreis, and
I was put
out to nurse
among
Sa'd
'ibn
Bekr (words
of the Prophet).
(d)
^l*"
(lit.
he excepted*) or ll., rarely
^1*. and ^-^,
is
[That i*wW-
is
originally a
nomen
verbale,
and not a verb, as
186]
and Exceptive
Sentences.
j
343
3 3 i
construed with the genitive [or with J] or the accusative
as c-i*-t
ijT
jJi-U.
ji\^)V^
j>\=>*V>
^l I
have benefited the high and the

^-o
low, except the family of
Barmek ;
Taubdn,
O*
oi
is
OkP
O^
L5v'
^^
t^ *"
1
JiLfij
SUjUjT
except
Abu
verily he
sparing of abuse
and foul words; j%->^ *i*fi lJ*
j*&*
**"
îj3
Oi^h
except Koreis, for verily
God
hath given them the superiority

;
over all creation through U- Islam and the (true) religion
j*\
^v^' "
ilo^jT CYj
those
^\LJf\
^ji-U-
who
hear, except
^j 0-**3 Satan and Abu 'l-Asbag.
**od,
P ard n me an d
preceded
It is rarely
by
U;
as iili (or
u-^-)
to
^^
\>Jl
wrWI w^-l iLJ
Uscima
is the
dearest of
mankind
Ulj
me, except
Fatima (words
of the Prophet);
/?</
*i)lai
^yJLoJI
\Ja^>
IA>5
ice
IwU.
^LJI Uii
as regards
mankind, except Koreis,

[Rem.
aJU
are the noblest of them in deeds.
^^^ in
Kor'an
xii.
31 and 51
it
is
-
an expression
;
of
jj
...<
'
wonder at the power
of
God, like
<*JUt
Awriters in the sense of aJUI 3lx*o
'
^jla
used by later
-
God forbid ! God
keep us! jJlil*.
or iJU
(e)
Ûi means saving you, you excepted.] j^lJ and *j ^ are ^^ occasionally
equivalents of ^1,
used; in these forms

;
only,
as
and are followed by the accusative

Ijuj
as tjuj
^-J
vftÛt j\3, or
05^
3 1 1
*^-
Here the grammarians
3*
suppose an ellipse of the subject, ô^-oju.
With pronominal
as
^î\
suffixes
etc.
we may say
[comp. Vol.
the
i.
... J
and ^5*J
;
(as well
u-*
*-
^-e^
it
182, rem. a]
e.g.
^jJ
ô'j^3l j$tt\
*)
w>*i
sic
noble have
*i)j
departed,
except
me; ^jj
;y
J-JJI
lx*
C-J
night
L*5j (âJ
^^[s L^î *-^
W>*
*e*
would that
this
the school of el-Kufa taught, has been proved by Fleischer,

i.
XL
Schr.
405, 462
seq.]
344
Part Third. Syntax.

see
I
186
were a (whole) month, during which we might
no stranger, but only
me and
thee,
and might fear no spy ;
.JjklJ
j.*-\
^) ouj
U
me
*X~J iicJI
iw
jjo
aZjIj
*n)I
>'i)-w'N)l (5 AijUi no one
was
described to
ê
(ftTrae q/*)
ignorance,
whom I saw
(afterwards) in (the time of)
M- Islam, but
I found him
inferior to the description, save thee (words
of the Prophet to Zeidu '1-Hail).
(/)
CI*
*s)
especially, above all (see Vol.
i.
364,
;
e),
'
may be
*
"
"
construed either with the nominative or the genitive

f*jj*i\
as <***&
it is
jÂj
^Jwo U-w ^3 ^
<<r
Ja.*Jt ulc
^jLaJI
lyîiju
and
a church
which the Christians hold in very great reverence, but especially the
kings of the Europeans; jJjÂ*. SjIju
^j
^y
lo-w
is
^j 6w
especially
day in
the valley
3
of Gulgul.
The word
the accusative of the
noun j^w an equal
(see 39), and, if the construction
with the
genitive be
rem. /).
is regarded as redundant (compare 70, adopted, Often a preposition with its complement, an adverbial
accusative, or a circumstantial clause introduced

a,
by j or jJj (compare by oi or
;
rem.
c),
[or a conditional (temporal) sentence introduced

*^
;
lit],
follows U-l*
as Ûj^n-w.)
l.o*~>
especially in thy presence

to
glyi-JI
,j^ l^Zw
^)Ca~^W As-^J ^ a
;
^ care
iCj
6ear insults patiently,

*>)
especially
from
fools
a-jUj &*JUJ
o/*
^
and
c*ilj U^-
his dress
;
especially
swc0 Aow ar w ^0 grr&

v*l)LlaJI
/^ caliph
j^j
l^ ^
;
^^
vij^l especially as the

l>!) ,jl
shadow of darkness has fallen

I
[ULa< aLJI (or
U-j~>
especially if thou
come
to
^j ^>& AJj 0\ verily ZVid is generous, him whilst he is engaged in prayers]. Later
w
,
writers
6 *5JLi3l
incorrectly use
without
as ajL-.I
.>*>>*
*.
I*xa
^>*j ,-
U^w
aJI
^/i/s,
notwithstanding his excessive kindness to
him, especially in time of dearth.
187]
Conditional and Hypothetical Sentences.
345
6.
Conditional
and Hypothetical
said above (
Sentences.
A
and
187.
To what we have
46,
13,
17),
regarding the use of certain moods and tenses in the protasis and apodosis of conditional and hypothetical clauses, we must here add a
at the commencement of a few words on the use of the particle conditional apodosis. This particle is used to separate the protasis and apodosis of a conditional sentence, [or of a clause introduced by
lit],
when the conditional

is
particle
of
exercise
any influence upon the apodosis, or
This
the case
the protasis either cannot is not required to do so*.
(a)
..
When
^
..
the apodosis
at*
is
a nominal sentence
this,
m
as IJuk <^X5 ,jl

;
-<
^jjjiUOl yj*o c-Jli if thou sayest

i*
o o - - *
a
l
thou art one of the unbelievers

#
a)
Jj>J \SaA 0\
if ye do,
+
a-
f
it
-
he be disobedient, woe to
will be
a*
him
j , o * jSx ajU t^l*J
,jl
;
^j J>>~i
o j
^ -
a crime
in you
j
(lit.
attaching to you)
a *io
ô^>UiJL. Uli
wsaJ
^y> w-jj
= ^b j^j
ui
o
>
,jt
if ye are in doubt about

; ll+~/*$\
the resurrection, verily
we have created you
aXs I^cjJ
bt
whichsoever (name) ye call (upon g^M.^ll by
Him), His are

s
the best
names.
[J*-***-
<*JJ^j
is
gl^j
Ji
aôjs- j^Xi\
j^<>
^J-i
ôJI
li]
when a man's honour

becoming
to him.]
not sullied by meanness, every coat he wears
is
In this case, after a conditional

the so-called LjU**JI
t
oj
i. -
or '*!>
we mav
e),
substitute for
*
i
o
/
lit
(see Vol. cjo

j a
368, rem.
,a*
>j
ai
- ^
f/ii/
as
(J^K^j^qA
lit
^^j jut C*ojJ>
I^j
aS-^^^^clJ ,jtj wrf if
evil befcd J)
them for what their hands have previously wrought, lo they despair ; provided always that the nominal sentence does not partake of the
nature of an imperative (as in the ?bove
a
a)
J-!V), and
is
not intro-
duced by a negative or ^1.

*
[When
the protasis
is
deprived of
called
li)t.
its
conversive influence on the

i.
verb of the apodosis this

545.]
is
Comp.
w.
ii.
44
346
Part Third. Syntax.

[Rem.
*b*o
187
The
.:.
o
*bto
is
sometimes omitted in poetry, rarely in prose,

j j * b s * j ~Z
jo*
o so**
j *
a*
* *
whoever did not die to-day, the snare of death will certainly lay
, j o s a j j
-
hold of him to-morrovs
^jj-ksu ^fA
*i
Uyoc
^ ^
-
\*
^
*n)
l>l^
t
and when
i o
they
*
a i
* ,
* s
are angered, they forgive

j^g-.J
anc/
,,31 ^..l
*n)j
jjj
l5U
0^*J
jjlj
i/ / escape
on equal terms, neither condemned nor
rewarded,
lo,
shall be fortunate.]
is
(b)
When
u{*
the apodosis
a verbal sentence, but the verb
is
*>-*W-
or defective perfect (without imperfect or masdar), such
as t^-J he is not,
e.g.
^-^
L5^
perhaps he is,^su how good

rt
is,
and the
,^>j
like
u~tM
^J"
cJj'
" j
k *.* 6
5^ oUI
jju a^Jbuu
is
^J
^>-e
^JjJt J*U
(seeing him)
is
/?0
wfose reverence {for his teacher)
not the same after
a thousand times as after

*
Ci
(seeing him) for the first time,

, ,
Ci
j a i
not worthy of science
jjA
'.Aî
OlSj^JI
tjjoi (j! if ye give alms
openly, it is well.
(c)
When
the apodosis
is
a verbal sentence, expressing a desire,

;
wish,
command,
or prohibition
as
^JjaJLs
aJJI
05***^ j*~^* 0[
,jl
if ye love God, follow
me; J^swJj %â.

to
<*JUI
^â*-;
jU
â
â.
let
^rs)i
i^
aJ^J
whoever wishes
his night,
attain his desires as a whole,

to
him make use of

1, /,
as of a camel,
overtake them.
[Comp.
at the end.]
(d)
When
^
the apodosis
is
a verbal sentence, preceded by one of
the affirmative particles

s
^, ^Jy,
/0/
3
;
and
s
j>.*,
or one
of the negative
J/
Of
-l
//^
0**00*0
particles
U,
^jJ,
and u~J
as
J-i
a)
,j^>
Jj-w
jJH Jjj o!
if he steals,
a brother of
his has stolen befoi'e (him)
ja*Z~J ^1
will not
aJUI
jsJu
tliem.
^Xi
if th<m
askest forgiveness fo?- them,
God
forgive
188]
347
Rem.
threat
a.
If the perfect in the apodosis conveys a promise or
( 1, e),
the use of
k^fi
is
optional, as the verb really refers to
future time.
Rem.
If
b.
With
the negatives^ and
*9,
the use of
^fi is
optional.
it
be inserted,
requires the imperfect indicative after
( 17, C, a).
(0)
When
the perfect tense in the apodosis

a
is
aj
intended to retain
a j
<
the signification of the perfect (see
6, c)
as ^> jJ>
jJ*
â^
'
.i
O^3
Oi
CJEjuai J.^5
truth.
(/* fo's
shirt is (has been) torn in front, she has spoken the
is,
[Rem. The apodosis of the temporal clause introduced by LoJ, sometimes in old poetry, frequently in later prose, preceded by
i. 366, b, footnote ; an example, Vol. ii. 3, a), especially the protasis consists of many words, or is separated from the apodosis by a circumstantial clause (comp. the Gloss, to Tabarl).]
^9 (Vol.
if
188.
and the
The
particle
^ (Heb.
y?),
which forms hypothetical clauses,

from one another in
this, that
particle
oi (Heb. DX),
differ
the latter simply indicates a condition, whilst the former implies that what is supposed either does not take place or is not likely to do so
;
as
j$
1^-ila.^wl
|yfcw
>3j jjsi\.} Ijjô
*$
â^cjJ
,jl
if ye
(it),
call t/iem, they will not hear
your
call
and
even if they heard
they would not answer you.
Rem.
titi7iam),
a.
^J
vi
is
s
sometimes used optatively (compare !p O

s * J
J
si,
^ '
* '
as
ôvO ls^*
'j**3
^ LSP
3^3
an^ tf thou couldst

set
see
(=coiddst thou but see) wlien they are
before
their
(to
Lord!
then
a, ,
[ôy^
b/**-**
5^3
UJ
^j\
$)
had we but a return

i * ,
life),
Zfo
i , $ ,
xvould we keep ourselves clear fro-n them

jLJI ^4VA>â.j
/]
\^jis ^jj JJI ôJLxj ^Jj
^c
who
^j^sSLj *^ ^>*
and
if those wlio disbelieve

the time
tlieir
knew
(=did
those
disbelieve but
know)
(be able to) keep off the fire (of hell)
from
they shall not /* faces Especially
when
[According to el-Beidawi, as Trumpp
p.
351 observes, ^J has
348
Part Third. Syntax.

;
,-e jS/J a, as 2-Uw oUI j-^ju 3J
[
a > i
s
s.
189
after jj to toue, wish, like
Âj^l
;
i^j one
a
*
*s "
of them would fain be kept alive a thousand years
ajuMa
C09
Book
^J^Laj
^
b.
w>L)t Jjbl ^yb a party

astray.
among
the people
of
the
would fain lead you Rem.

instead
*
\
St
0'
Before nominal clauses
,jl
jJ
is
[generally] used
of
*
^
;
as
, ,
'
lyto-j
zz
t>
Ûil
*
<jl
if the people
had heard;
do something
^* Jt
B
else
C L5^ L5*^> 5
this
t
^' ^
I
tf ôii hadst asked

ly.Uj
,jl
me
it
to
than
jcou
ju>\
<Uuj
>
it
(the soul)
would
'
be
glad if there were between itself and

space.
,
(the
evil it
a i
has done)
j
"
a wide
o , , ,
[Examples
of
the omission of
(lady)
^j\
ic^loikJ
j\$~t
and
if
a bracelet-wearing
3J
{/" 2/
Olj ^j had struck me ;

are
the treasures
l->j i*.j CPL^*'
Oj^-^ô-*^
0M possessed
of
my
C
Lord's mercy,.]
189.
Sometimes the two

)?tf
particles
;
o! an d
>J
are
combined
LiJi-**^-3
(compare the Aram.

jJlilo jj-U^ôJt &jij
J>5$ jt^^>
it
1
*)
\jJs
O^
it
we do not concede
;
the necessity of this,

,
for
a,
is
necessary
*a>e
m -
only if
be thus {and thus)
ajU^ ^Jb
^ O^
C)\
w-^' ^
i* its*
>î
because of which (longing) the writer would fain be in the inside of his
own
letter.
190.
The
particle
i.
is
prefixed to the apodosis of hypothetical

c,
sentences (see Vol.

tences
;
361,
y) like
to that of conditional seu5^
asôv***^ t^-^w^^v-^
t^WI
O^
//'//
mankind were
here its hypothetical meaning, the apodosis they would not ask for speed) being omitted (ij
t^Jlsw,*X.wt
4,
L*)
(oerily
rem. a).]
190]
349
my
is,
slaves,
would
set
them free*.
<*,
The employment
;
of this particle
and it is only in the never omitted, in order thereby to mark the apodosis more distinctly (compare the German so). The
however, unlike that of
quite arbitrary
case of a long protasis that
it is
same remark applies
to
J
lyJ
before a negative apodosis of this sort
introduced by U, as *$
Oj^.j LoJ^JlS^M **.
^JLc w~Ji ^Xs
and
like
if thou didst search all climes, thou icouldst never find any one
her;
but
it
is
never prefixed to ^J,
in
order to
/.
avoid the
cacophony produced by the repetition of the
letter
[Sometimes
is
preceded by
131
then, in that case, e.g.
Koran
xvii. 102.]
PAET FOURTH.
PROSODY*.
THE FORM OF ARABIC POETRY.
A.
I.
THE RHYME.
191.
that
is
Poetry
(jjiuJI)
always takes, during the classical period,
to say, from the earliest times

(a.h.
dynasty
*
132, a.d.
749 750), the
down
to the fall of the
'Umawi
form of short poems, rarely
On
this subject,
more
of the metres, the student
is
especially as regards the oriental doctrine advised to consult the following works
Samuelis Clerici 1*^5*^3 u^jâJI
jâ
scientia metrica et rhythmica,
seu tractatus de prosodia Arabica ex auctoribus probatissimis eruta der Arabischen Verskunst (Oxonii, 1661); Freytag, Darstellung
(Bonn, 1830); De Sacy, Grammaire Arabe, t. ii. pp. 615 661; and the more recent grammars, e.g., Lagus, Larokurs i Arabiska
Spraket (Helsingfors, 1869), pp. 354376; Palmer, of the Arabic Language (London, 1874), pp. 291
C.
376.
Grammar
Also:
V. A.
Van Dyck,
;
5-iUJIj
aJsJLS,
ua^J.x^\
,^+Xe-
^y
SpljJI
ia.-o*-o
w>L>
(Beirut, 1857)
SpljJI
printed as an appendix to the -L-o-o
_JlLjl of Butrus Til-Bistanl (Beirut, 1854),
and
to the p^+a***
edit.,
w>Ls
1869);
^JjjjT (j>^
(V wO^M
<>f
Naslf eLYazigi (2nd

* }
Beirut,
* ,0iO
and
Ibn Keisan's .JIâJI s^JJJ w>U, in

1859).
my
Opuscida Arabica
(Leyden,
published in the
[A very able treatise on Arabic prosody was Journal Asiatique for 1877 by M. Stanislas Guyard,
193]
The Rhyme.
351
exceeding the length of a hundred and twenty verses.

are
called
Such poems
;
kasidas,
Sju^lS,
collect,
jl.^5, plur.
juLaS
whereas a
mere fragment, consisting of only a few

plur.
verses, is
termed a*Ja3,
is
%L3,
also
Obtkio.
A
ol
poem, the special object of which

9
3
the
- '
;
eulogy of an individual or a
a
satire,
tribe,
&
is
named
'Z
;
*-****,
plur.
"5
~>J***
S'a*
'
* * flJk
92
or
**-*t,
plur.
^jft-vfcl
an
elegy,
fb|,
or
5
t^j*,
J^-j',
î
plur.
<LAy>
j
and a poem
in the
metre ragez (see

9JZ
201),
it
,i
el
plur. >--'j'.
Verses set to music are termed 4~1, plur. ^tel.
Rem.
Rhyme
without metre or measure (ijjj) does not con ^
stitute poetry, but merely
rhymed
prose,
Jta^.
192.
Each
verse, wn-j
(lit.
9*0
two hemistichs, termed
> , ,
3
fe, house), plur. C>Lj1, consists of

9 * a
p|/-a- or
90
*
cr*ao (owe wa//*

9
3
of a folding-door),
1
* >
93
ei
plur. *jjLa-o
first
3 3
and
p^-a-*,
or^Jxi (a half),
3 o
pi.
j>l*-w
and jJxwt.
The C
of these hemistichs
is
called jjucJI (the breast),
and the second
,0,
j^M (Me
193.
rump).
The rhyme,
5-iUUI, plur.
^'_yU', labours under peculiar
restrictions, for, according to ancient rule, the
two hemistichs of the
first must rhyme with one another, and the same rhyme must be repeated at the end of every verse throughout the
verse of a kasida
Theorie nouvelle de la
metrique Arabe.
Compare, however,
(Giessen, 1896).
Prof.
M. Hartmann's Essay, Metrum und Rhythmus

1879
In
:
Dr A.
ll
ax**JI
Gies (Leipzig) published a dissertation on modern metres Ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss sieben neuerer arabischer jyiii\.
;
national des
du dixieme Congres interde Geneve, 1891, Hi. pp. 15 67 (" Ueber die Muwassah genannte Art der Strophengedichte bei den Arabern"), made some excellent remarks about Arabic metres, and
Versarten
Prof.
Hartmann,
in the Actes
Orientalistes, session
announced
his intention of
soon publishing an exhaustive treatise on
the subject.]
352
Part Fourth.
Prosody.
sorts,
194
whole poem.
5
-
The rhyme may be of two
Sjui* and
It is called oj^JLc or fettered,

.-
when the
verse ends with a consonant,
and diLL* or
foos^,
when
it
ends with a vowel.
194.
The
essential part of the
rhyme
is
the letter called i^jjJI,

it
which remains the same throughout the entire poem, and, as

binds the verses together, so as to form one whole (^Jjj
to
were,
bind fast).
Hence a
kasida, of which the

;
rmvJ
on.
is
the letter
/ is
called
ojâs
2u**$
r, <u5lj
t,
a*5U
and so
I,
Rem.
they are
The
(a)
letters
j and
^ cannot be employed as rawl, when

Ij,
long vowels,
e.g.
..jU^
(b)
inflexions of
the
feminine singular, the dual, and the plural of verbs,

*}L;iu, t^JLS,
e.g. .-Xziu,
t^JUSt (unless
\$*j,
they form a diphthong with a preceding

(c)
fetha,
e.g.
^-cj')
inflexions of
the dual and plural of

tA.
nouns
and
(d) the final letters of the
pronouns Â, .Â, and
The same remark
second energetic form of verbs
of the applies to the tenwin, and to the letter as also to the letter o, when it is ;
not radical, as in dâ.j for Ao^-j, <suUs for ajU^,
a*jU^
a
(pausal
form for ^jI^s or .-A*^).
The
if
of
the
pronouns
and
;
may, however, be used as rawl,
preceded by a long vowel
e.g.
195.
aJLoJI,
The
loose kafiya (see 193) terminates in
what
is
called
the
annex or appendix to the rawl, which may be either a

(i.e.
long vowel
I,
^J, or j_), or the letter

, 1
preceded by one of
the short vowels (a, a_, a_).
Rem.
verse
is
a.
We
say
"a
long vowel," because the final vowel of a
prolongation,
letter
I
regarded as being followed by the homogeneous letter of whether this latter be written or not. The vowelinvariably expressed, but ^ and
is
^ are frequently omitted,

;
even where they are always written in prose
e.g.
juj, for {JJo^,
and my hand ; ^*o,
for
C~e> or \j*J~o, they
made.
196]
The Rhyme.
Rem.
b.
353
vowel after
it,
If the letter has a long
as in the
suffix
pronouns U,
(= ^jh),
J j *'
(=>*), the letter of prolongation,

;
^ or i, is called .jâJt, ?Aa which goes beyond {the silo) 0^ "J 0^ JJd/J JJf/J aJUju (= A^JLXaj), 4-oju (= <,-3AJ U-rsj-e.
!,
.
as in
Rem.
c.
Both 7a and horug must accompany the
rai#7,
without
the slightest change, throughout the whole poem.
196.
The raid may
also
be preceded by one or two
letters,
which form, to a greater or
less extent,
a necessary portion of the

,^-2-jU!, J-wjJI,
kafiya (whether loose or fettered).
These are named
and o:>pl. '

-
to*
(a)
j^-ÛJI, or
foundation,
is
the
name given
it
to
an
of
prolongation, preceding the rawl, and separated from
by a consonant,
is
which
is
called the
;
J*o, stranger
or
grates*.
The former
invariable,
but the vowel which separates the daJul from the rawl ought, strictly speaking, to remain unchanged. For example, C
the latter variable
'
in a verse ending with the
word j*Xi, the j

jt
is
the raid, the long
vowel
the
ta'sls,
and the
the
daJfil,
is
i
;
whilst the vowel which
separates this last from
the rawl
but the next verse

is
may
the
terminate with the word jjI^jJI, where the dahll

other parts of the kafiya remain unchanged.
^, though
The same
rule holds
when the
kafiya
is
loose, instead of fettered, as in
j*\* and j^V'
(where the duh'd

>
is
in the
one case^, and in the other O), or albb
* ,
and
aXoJS^j.
a
(b)
The Oij,
or wâtf rides behind,

1,
is
the technical
or ^,
name given
to
one of the
letters of prolongation
when
aJlyj,
it
immediately
precedes the rawl; as in the words

*
<jl**.L**.,
V^jLJI, V*U.j,
*t
-jy>,
w)^.
and u
The long vowel a remains

;
invariable, but the poet
may
use
.
indifferently
j^5
is
regarded as rhyming with ?->,
y . with w>^jJ,
a5^j with **ijJ.

45
w.
ii.
354
Part Fourth.
Rem.
a.
Prosody.
197
parts of the
Strictly speaking, the rawi and the ta'sls should form same word, but exceptions are allowed in the cases of
the separate pronoun l*A, and of a pronominal suffix preceded by a

preposition, as U), UJ (for
.J or
is
^J).
Rem.
a rid/,
b.
When
the kafiya
Sj^.a*ê,
unaccompanied by either a tasis or

;
it is
said to be
naked or bare
otherwise,
it is
either
2Lm~*yA or
ii.jj-0.
197.
The vowels which accompany the
kafiya are also designated
by peculiar names.
(a)
The mtgra,
;
jjjjsl-oJI,
is
the vowel which follows the rawi

i
in the loose kafiya
e.g.
in ljL> (for jLw),
in
u*3**, w
in !>*-' or
w~UJI.
(b)
It is, strictly speaking, invariable.
The ne/dd,
jliUM, is the
vowel between the

b)
;
letter
o,
as ^7a,
and the horug
(see 195, rem.
e.g.
fetha in K^^syo, kesra in

It
is,
A-aju (= Ljy-oju), and

invariable.
damma
in aXIju
(^^JJju).
of course,
(c)
The
taugih, a**.^!,
,
is
the vowel which immediately precedes

fetha
the rawi in a t^ya*** **^ 5

jil (for jil)
e.g.
it
m j~wi
tt/
(for
^-aJ), and kesra in
or separates
from the
in a
iw^* &J13
The
(see
is,
196, rem. 6), e.g. kesra in j-U (for j^>tf) or ^l^lj.
latter
however, more frequently distinguished by the special
name
;
of
cLw^M.
The
'tebd'
ought, strictly speaking, to be invariable
whereas, in the
taugih, the vowels

for ji\,
ittJJOJJ and j~o

j+*o, for
b).
damma and
kesra
may
be interchanged, as in jil,
(compare the case of ^ and
as rid/,
196,
Rem.
unless
it
The taugih
be
Ziyj.* (as
-
is
absolutely necessary in a fettered kafiya,

?~!>$,
cUm,
JO JO^
J*JUl)
out
it is
not necessary in
a loose kafiya, as jjJ>, j-Jt)l.
198]
The Rhyme.
355
(d)
The
rass, u<iP'>
lii
preceding the tasis (see

fetha.
J - B*
the vowel which accompanies the letter It can, of course, be none but 196, a).
the vowel which accompanies the letter It is either fetha, kesra or danima, preceding the rid/ (see 196, b). or j but the vowel fetha before j or according as the rid/ is I,
(e)
The hadw,
jJia*JI, is
.-
j {)
198.
is
also included
under this name.

9
'
The
last
two quiescent
(^>l->)
letters of a verse form,
according to the preceding sections, the limits between which is Hence the Arab grammarians divide vhe comprised the rhyme.
rhyme
into five kinds, according to the
number of moving
viz.
(j)ja*Z.*)
letters which S ^-J
come between these two*;

9
yA
"
î}\fZc, jj\yLc, ^Jjlju-o,
1
.
lj^, and ^jUj^j
(a)
The
o.>tji
is
where there
is
no moving letter between the
two quiescents,
is
in other words, a fettered kafiya, in

^ ^ j , -
which the raid G

^
05
00^0^
preceded by a rid/; as (jl^-L^., J>-j
f-ij*,
\J*m,
C^V-
I* is
of comparatively rare occurrence.
(b)
The
^lyu
is
where one moving letter intervenes between

(=^^^0^),
the quiescents;
(=
as ÂJ
^^
(=jj^-),
ULw,
J**.
>W)> l^^"
*
(c)
The
^)jlju^
is
where there are two moving
letters
between
J)
* The reader should bear in mind that the grammarians designate

the vowels by the term
Ol^.^,
motions (sing. Sib^*.)

is
whence a
"^
r
consonant, which
is
followed by a vowel,
said to be
jU^
in
motion, and one that has no following vowel, to be

inert or quiescent.
^^L>,
9
at rest,
J J
Hence
and
9,
too the gezm
is
often called
i^j*S>~i.
See
Vol.
i.
-1,
rem.
b,
with rem.
a.
356
Part Fourth. Prosody.

;
199
the two quiescents
as J~ LJI (^^JL/L^JI), Ia,^jj,
J*a
(= L5JbCftA),
(d)
The
w^l^
;
is
where there are three moving
letters
jJ>.
between
the quiescents
as 15^3 ^3,
..
^-ij Ât (= ,*-$), jx~.

less
- J
(e)
The ^jICl*
is
where there are no
than four moving

j>
letters
a * y J
between the two quiescents, as in the half-verse OijJ\ j**-
Oa>
j~*J>
d^)*i)t
God has
healed the (true) religion,

of rare occurrence.
and
it
1ms become
ivhole.
This sort of rhyme
is
199.
violation of
any of the rules
laid
down
in 194
197
is
regarded as a fault (w***)five, viz. *\11S\, l\^3*$\,
Of these
faults the
grammarians reckon
or
iUfe^l, llLj'ji, and
&**Jd\
^JJ3\.
(a)
j
The
&
sindd, jL-JI, consists in a certain change of the vowels

*
j * a
o*
a*
called u.yJI,
cl*i^l,
and ^JoJI.
(a)
In the taug'th, kesra and
damma may
either
is
freely interchange, but the use of fetha to rhyme with a sinad (see 197, c). 'Imru'u l'Kais, for example, commits
this fault in
rhyming ji
(for ji)
with-it and j~e.
(/3)
In the
'isbd',
the
same
fault is exemplified
(y)
by rhyming ^-Jl. with ^JUwJJ, or cjtyULi

I
with wljuJI.
In the hadw,
(e.g.
may
be interchanged with u (see

s^-ij-i)
;
196, b),
and ai with au
>
'11
^v may rhyme with

'
s J
but to
rhyme U^*. with l&*e or taug'th and 'isbd', this fault
t^jj.5
is
is
a sinad.
In the case of the
but a
trifling one,
and not seldom
committed even by the best poets.
Rem.
The name
of 3U-JI is also applied to cases in

ta'sls
j
whieh a
word, having a rid/ or
before the rawl,

a * a -
is
rhymed with one

a -
a -
which has not
e.g.
A*oyi and uaxj, ,,
,.
and i*-^, ivLJ
andÛJI.
199]
*
a
The Rhyme.
a-
357
to a change of the
1
(b)
The
'ikwil,
*
S
*lyhM,
is
the
name given
Z*
3
;
, &*
'
'
1-
vowel called J>~oJI (see
197, a)
e.g.
jj> and j>^t, or
j^-j
and jjlP-
Though
this fault is considered a serious one, the older
poets not unfrequently allow themselves the interchange of kesra and damma (compare 196, b, and 197, c)*. If, however, the ratal is followed by the letter
is is
as sila
**
(
t
195),
any alteration of the megra

*t
i }
a 3
, I
exceedingly rare
to
rhyme
lyjjj
with \yjy&, or oloUUjI with a*L1,
condemned by
(c)
all
the native
a
critics.
~,
a,
The
'ikfcl, lU*j)l, is
the substitution of some cognate letter

a aS *
t
a a , ai
a a -
for the
jj
rawi ; as when one rhymes J-JJ1 with

#
^-JLit
and O-*^, or
a j
- *
- -
j--'
cjuo with **-. or Uxwj with

carefully avoided by
all
tjUJt.
This
is
a very grave fault, and
good
poets t.
*
a a*
Rem.
term
Many
authorities call this change ilî^l,

b).
and apply the
lU*>)l to
the alteration of the megra, (see

is
in
iUau^l, the course of a kasida.
(?)
The
'7,
the repetition of the same word in
rhyme C
However, not to impose too great a
restriction on the poet, this repetition is held to be allowable, provided
there be
some
slight shade of difference in meaning, even if it be only
to the extent of the in the other.
word having the
article in the
one place and not
Many
authorities, too,
permit the repetition in the
same
(e)
sense, provided at least seven verses intervene.
Each verse of a poem ought

9- a j
to be independent in construction so connected
and sense
{ij**).
That two or more verses should be
[The reason is given in the 'Agdni ix. 164. The final vowel was indistinctly enunciated in simple recital, but prolonged in singing. When en-Nabiga came to Yatrib and heard his own verses sung, he D. G.l perceived his fault at once and corrected it in many places. t [The most common is the interchanging of mlm and nun, as * -333 i , i , ij-ô and^^j-oJUl (Fdik i. 89), lyij' and VJJuj (Lisan i. 137 seq.).
,
D. G.]
358

one another,
is
200
with
regarded as a fault, and technically named

It is not,
tadmin, ^>*^-oJI, or tetrnim, ô-s^JJt.

defect,
however, a serious
of
unless the
one verse
;
be wholly destitute
meaning,
if
separated from the other
as
when Sn-Nabiga
says
They water
their herds at the wells in spite

tlie
the victors on
day of 'Okdz; verily

of (jl
is
which
of Terriim, and they are

is
unintelligible,
B because the habar

next verse
:
unknown,
till
we hear
or read
the
/*atv3 sgg;i
^w .$7^
w*"j/
# gwe?
fight, (for which)
I reward
them
with
my
heart's whole love.
B.
THE METRES.
200.
of feet,
Every verse
in
Arabic poetry consists of a certain number
called individually J**a5, plur.
J-xUj, but as constituent
parts of a verse, ij*. (a part), plur.

5
o -
2}>1.
A
s j at
certain collocation of
feet constitutes a metre, j**.* (a sea), plur. j^->l.
To scm a
infin.
verse
is
expressed by the word ix3
(to
cut into pieces),
xJaaj.
[The
last foot of the first hemistich is called

O
*
u^3j^, that of the second
[Rem.
The constituent parts

two
of a foot are called w*-

'
>
(cord)
consisting of
letters, either vî.ft^.
ww a movent
movent
J ^
' '
letter followed
by a quiescent
consisting of
letter,
or ^J-Ju
w*j." >o
letters,
^
and juj
movent
(/>e</)
three letters, either Oij-*-* -KS

J ' *
<M,
letters
followed by a quiescent
quiescent,
letter,
or ^jj*-* jJj
o/ie
movent, then one
then one movent
letter.
Three successive short vowels

e.g.
followed by a quiescent letter, are called ^jUjjJL* <jU~
U&
201]
# J
s * 3
The Metres.
359
of a
a- a j
in
^JUUio, two parts each consisting

* ) a *
movent
a
3
letter
a - a j
and a
** *
quiescent letter
^jlSjji.0
jLw
e.g.
is
oil...,*
in
^JlaiJLwo.
xo'/x/xa).]
The
common name
201.
for
w~-w and juj
xJaJLo (Gr.
The metres
are ordinarily reckoned to be sixteen in number,
and are exemplified

verses, either taken
in the following composition,
made up
partly of
from the poets or written
for the occasion,
and
partly of sentences from the
Koran.
*
>o
oi
'j^^ j*-
*z~>
i*3 j*J' j**^
ai
3**2
;
*>*
i.
,Z
..
ai
1
oU_9t j
<\ 7
,
M3
^>1>i
*->'*'
d,
>*
^-^
i 3
a*e
>
..
O-*
uIh^'
ij'-^
J^
^8<a
; --
, j.
ijj
'C
at
2,
a*>
3 a
,a.
o*
a 3 *
Uo-wl.
I^L-j d-jAc I^Lo

j - e* j
o^- 1*^
_
o-Ic-Ul*
o-^^
jj
3 a ,a*
360

J s sOtO
J
201
>o
xOx
oios3
>Ct/0
tJ/H
si
tjl
o i 6*3
s s
(2
c /
oj
x J
x x
x
J
.V
x i -o
Xx
pl JuLJI JA~JI
j
j x o
x xx
o s
~s
o i
.<
x *>
St
-'
îs
6s
z - o
6 i
6 s 6 i
: \^jô\
\y^c\
^jjjJ\
lyjt
L>
^jXjU~*o )XmjlL*a )XxJlL**a

*3
xx
J b*o*
fOjOytOyif
(V
,->
&
*&
&
*&'
* X
a
0"
Of
X j
f f
vi
Of
X
\
0*0
f f
Of
*
X
XX ^^
^
^^
o *
X e
^""
s e j
0*3
*o*
6s6joj6s6j
s6J6fO
/W
/6/
XX
s 10-O
a J
xx
JXC0X9
.1
xSJ
Jx
JxJx
OJx
xx
- C
Is
0*3
xOx
xxxxx
x
xOx
xaOx0x
xx
JxS
5x
Sx
xxx
0Jxx>0x6J0Jxx
xxx
X
J60
xOx
0<o
si
>
'
203]
The Metres.
361
^ x
j:^
* * *
; *?
^ ;
..
UgJlf
UJU êU
J
aj'Oi'Bj'Oi*
^>U'J ^-Itli ^Jlcls
*
*
v
UsU.
-
>Ub
*^ J 0*0 * +
*?
^0^
o^lâJt
l^jl
~ -
'
>-.
L*J
oLaxJI
^c^y*
J^>-
Vj^
6jsji\ iy>lj o^XâJI 1^*jJI
Jjxs
O**** C^^**
202.
Instead, however, of following the system
here laid down*,
we
prefer to adopt that of

:
and arrangement Ewaldt, and to treat of

2.
the metres in the following order

4.
1.
j.ji\,
8.
*jj-JI,
9.
3.
J^tflt,
îiyi,
iJ
5.
L$\,
11.
6.
1>j&\,
12.
7.
JiJoS\,
,7
cjliOX
J-ojJI,
tyS^Si
Juj^l,
10.
Jt,
w-.fi,
^ 0^
-j-iJI, i / t J)/
M,
13.
14.
15.
ouiaiJI, and 16. ws^-JI.
Among
these, if
we
leave the ragez

taicll,
out of account, the favourites with the old poets are the
xcafir, beslt,
kamil,
mutMdrib, and sarV.

are four in number, namely, the ragez,
203.
The iambic metres
sarV, kamil, and wafir.
* See the note on

t
p.
350.
See his work entitled
De
Metris
Carminum Arabicorum
Libri
Duo
(Braunschweig, 1825), and the second volume of his Grammatica Critica Lingute Arabicce, pp. 323 343.
w.
II.
46
362

204.
204
The most common

the dimeter and
varieties of the ragez (j*-pt the trem-
bling)
are
the trimeter,
both of which
catalectic.
The trimeter
is
the more usual.
The
basis is
may be ww
(diiamb), which
of
may
be varied in one or two places by the substitution
w-
or
-ww-,
and more rarely

'
.
www-.
is
The
older poets
'
almost always use this metre as jyloJi*, that

(jJa-w) forms, as it were,
to say, each hemistich
preceding one.
The more modern, on the
an independent verse and rhymes with the contrary, not unfrequently
follow
the rule of the other metres in rhyming only the second
hemistich of each verse.
Trimeter acatalectic
o-w
catalectic
Dimeter acatalectic
ww
,,
catalectic
205.
feet the
The
sa/rV (*jj~JI
tlie
swift) admits in its first

Its
and second
same variations as the
ragez.
jj
normal form
|
is
w - *>but
w~
w
^~
|
w
I
is
ww
>i
www -w
in
w c; ww
frequently substituted for
at the end of the second
hemistich.
The use
of final
is
ww
either
hemistich, but more
especially in the second,
very rare.
few later poets have taken
the liberty of adding a syllable to the second hemistich, so that the

last foot of the verse
becomes - w
II
206.
The kamil
WW
v^>
(J-otflM the perfect) is either

is
dimeter or trimeter.
The normal form

WW
\j
I
of the trimeter
I
WW
v.,
WW
||
WW
WW
but we frequently find
it
catalectic
W-wThe omission
|**-w-
w|
||
w|
w-
|S=*--
of another syllable, so as to convert the last foot of the
210]
The Metres.
363
verse into
is
more
rare,
though sometimes even both hemistichs
are shortened in this way.
The normal form
of the dimeter
|
is
^-^- ^-v,- ^_^_ ^_^_

|[
It is
sometimes used as catalectic
for
-^-
in the last foot

is
of the second hemistich), but far
more usually the verse
lengthened
by the addition of a syllable
in
which case
it is
said to be J>*^ having
train.
207.
The
basis of the wajir (jj'yi the exuberant)
is
the same as
that of the kamil, but with the order of the component parts reversed,
It
is
either trimeter or dimeter, but the latter
is
com-
paratively rare.
The
trimeter
is
always shortened by one syllable in
each hemistich, so as to become
The dimeter has the form

v-/
\s
for the last foot of
which there
may
be substituted
but these
two forms are not used indiscriminately in the same poem.
208.
(frJtH
Of
antispastic metres there
is
only one, namely the hazeg
the trilling),
which consists in a single repetition of ^

.
(antispast), varied
lectic.
by u
It
may
be either catalectic or acata-
Acatalectic
Catalectic
^
v_/
^ ^
^
\
||
v_,
209.
taivll,
The amphibrachic metres
are three in number, mutekarib,
and muddri'.
210.
The
basis
is
of the
mutekarib (wJjUiaJt
the
tripping,
lit.
taking short steps)
^-^
(amphibrachys), for which
may
be substi-
364
Part Fourth.
Prosody.
[211
tuted ^
The
latter is
indeed almost invariably employed as
the penultimate foot of the hemistich. One great peculiarity of this metre is, that the first hemistich may be either acatalectic or
independently of the second. If, however, the first be acatalectic and the second catalectic, then the last syllable of the
catalectic,
first
half-verse
must be
short,
and must coincide with the end

is
of a
word.
Of
this
metre no form but the tetrameter

Acatalectic
in
common
use.
II
Catalectic
reduces the last foot of the second hemistich to a single long syllable, in which case the preceding foot must be ^
A rarer form
211.
The taw'd (Jj^JLM
the long)
is
one of the
It is
finest, as well as
the most common, of the Arabic metres.

repetition of
tuted ^
the
first
^ - ^ and ^ - ^ and
for the
for the first of

.
which
formed by the single may be substi-
second ^
The
latter is restricted to
place in each half-verse, where
it is,
however, far more usual

If
than vy-w-.
The
verse
may
be either acatalectic or catalectic.
the latter, then the last syllable of the penultimate foot should be
short,
w-w.
Acatalectic
D
Catalectic
^w
vy
|
v^
^ vy
I
||
\j
\j
\->
\J
^
vy
In the acatalectic verse, the last foot
is
\j
also
changed
into
<-/
^ C/
212.
Ô
^w
J '
c
is
C2
JO'
The muddri' (ojLa^JI the similar*)
one of the rarest
Namely,
to
the mugteU
^>
222), as
another mode of scansion,
v^
may be seen by adopting ^ ^^ ^

.
j
215]
The Metres.
Each
365
half-verse consists
metres, and not employed by any early poet.
with a single syllable appended, and the two For ^ - ^ may be with each other, as in the ragez. generally rhyme both changes must and for v^-^-, substituted ^ ^-; but
of
w-v
and
%y
,
not take place together.
Consequently the entire verse
is
213.
The
anapcestic metres are likewise four in number, namely,

bes'it,
the muteddrik,
munsarih, and muktadab.
"'
214.
and
into
The mutMdrik
(Jjtju^JI the continuous)

is
is
one of the rarer

is
later metres*.
-^-
or
it
The
.
basis
v->
(anapaest),
which
convertible
It is generally either trimeter or tetrameter, the
former having occasionally an extra syllable in the second hemistich,

so as to
make
^j*
(see 206).
Trimeter
bk::.|&*=|s*zu&<=|s*=|e* =
Tetrameter
^=|^-|^=|^=||^=|^-|^-|s~besit (Ja*-*JI the outspread) is
215.
The
a favourite metre with
the older poets.
Its base consists of
w-v-andw,
which
may
be repeated so as to yield either a trimeter or a tetrameter verse. In either case, ^-<~>- may be converted into v^-, and occasionally
into
-wv-,
or even v^wv^-, though these changes are very rare
v w - may be changed in the first place indeed in the second place, into *---, but either remains unaltered in the second, or becomes
Hence
\j >
arise the following
forms of the tetrameter.
& v^
The trimeter may be

latter.
either acatalectic or catalectic,
more usually the

case,
If the loss of a syllable be extended, as is
to both hemistichs, the last foot in each is
commonly the
Acatalectic
o"
vy
*
i.e.
[In the Muhlt the
name
of this
it
metre
the supplied,
so called
because
is pronounced mutedarak was ignored by el-Halil and
afterwards supplied by el-Ahfas.]
366
Part Fourth.
Prosody.
[216
Catalectic
or
O J9--
216.
the besit,
The munsarih (v-j^J^S the flowing) has the same base but the first ^ ^ - is reduced to a single long syllable.
any form but the tetrameter.
as
It
scarcely occurs in
v->
\j
This verse
Rem.
may
also be scanned as follows.
- a i o-
lopped or curtailed) is an exceedingly rare metre, the normal form of which appears to be
the
217.
The muktadab i>rJsl'k^>\

^
\j
<~>
uu
ii ||
^/
i
I
<w
>-
thus giving
It is said that
^ - may be
\j
transferred to the
first place,
the form
\^
Rem.
This verse
may
also be scanned as follows.
n
218.
y~>
\s kj
The
ionic
metres are also four in number, namely, the
ramel, medld, hafif, and mugtett.
I)
219.
(ionicus
The rarml
(J**P' the running) has for its base
^^
trimeter
The It may be either dimeter or trimeter. a ininore). is almost invariably catalectic in the first hemistich, and
dimeter very commonly in the second. generally so in the second the be substituted For w^ and, though very rarely, may
-^
-w-
v^,
or vy^-v^, in which case the next foot
must begin with a
long syllable.
Dimeter
221]
The Metres.
Trimeter acatalectic
367
C7^
\j
Trimeter catalectic
Rem.
a.
The tetrameter
catalectic
is
a late innovation,
which ^
has entirely usurped the place of
w^
in
Rem.
b.
In this metre the later poets occasionally rhyme the
single hemistichs, as in the ragez.
B
extended) has for
220.
w^
The medld
separated by
(jujôJl
the
^^-.
Either
^^
the second,
may be
converted into
\j
its
base two
the ^ ^
but more especially into <-

.
The second hemistich

;
is
sometimes
catalectic, whilst the first
remains
last foot
is
complete almost invariably ^ ^ -, passing at the end of the verse into
but usually both are catalectic, in which case the
Rem. a. very rare variety shortens the leaves the second complete.
first
hemistich and
Rem. b. still rarer species consists in a repetition of the entire base, each hemistich rhyming, as in the ragez. The last foot is usually ^ ^
.
-221.
II
The hafif (oLAaJI the light or nimble) is one of the more Its base is ^ ^ and ^ ^ -. The former may be usual metres. and more rarely by ^ - ^ or ^ ^ - ^ the latter varied by w ^^ or ^ w The second \f and occasionally by by
hemistich
is
preference ^
sometimes
catalectic, in
which case the
last foot is
by
368
222
A A
more usual form, however, is the trimeter, which is generally acatalectic, though we now and then find it defective in both hemifar stichs, or in the
second only.
substituted for the last

Acatalectic
Catalectic
w^
^w
^>
In the acatalectic verse,

,
and
|
in the catalectic
^^
||
^*->
may
for
|
be
^ ^ -.
^w
|
^^-
J.V
,.<,)!
222.
The mugtett (wla.

hafif,
B same
base as the
the docked or amputated) has the but with the order of the component parts
reversed,
namely ^ - ^ -
^^
|
The changes which the

same as
in the hafif.
feet
may
used
respectively undergo, are also the
It is
only as dimeter acatalectic.
muktadab ( 217) and ancient poets. It is not mugtett ( 222) are not employed by the improbable that they were invented by el-Halll (Guyard, pp. 168,
[Rem.
The three metres mudari
212),
272
seq.]
II.
THE FORMS OF WORDS IN PAUSE AND IN RHYME.

must next
treat of the forms
;
223.
We
which the
final syllables
of words assume at the end of a verse
and as these are often
identical
with those which they take at the end of a sentence in ordinary prose,
tj
or of a clause in
rhymed prose
*<*....)!
or
*,.j....3t),
we
shall
handle
the whole subject briefly in the following sections.
224.
As a
general rule,
all final
e.g.
short vowels, both of the noun
and verb, are dropped

j^jj, instead of jujj
<iu
in prose
;
*>) A+, instead of jj)

for
>jj*
;
J^pt
OsJj-6,
J*-jJI
*%>
for Aijlj
C^-, for 4j.
But
in poetry it constantly
happens that the vowel
is
retained as long, the tenwln of the noun disappearing at the same

e.g.
time;
jCdl
o~
Jv**3
whilst fire
is
kindled
among them;
226]
The Forms of Words
in
Pause and
in
Rhyme.
369
Jo*- 0-*J
m
is
tinie
of
sterility, for Jj~.
In this case, the final

e.g.
vowel fetha
^ 2
invariably accompanied by an elif;
j> clp
* a
o j
*
;
%jj*a)\
(j^ ;...a>.j as
a people
strike,
who can
strike well, for *->ft)l
\jyju obi him they mean, for
Oy*J.
final
j
Rem.
It
is
even allowable to double the

a
*
consonant after
a _
.*
* a*
a * * a*
* * * **
the elision of the vowel, as J>aJl, for Jno^JI (JâJt). ^.1, for
a *
at
, , a I
;
j+-\ (j+a*S)
provided always that the penult letter has a vowel,

I.
. a*
and that the

elif
final letter is
..
neither
elif
with hemza (as LL&JI) nor
*a*
,,a*
maksura
(Lo*JI, .i*)l).
225.
in prose
The accusative termination

and poetry, though
f*~o\
he
it
t_ generally becomes l_, both
occasionally disappears, like the short

grieved, for
, as
w~>
was deeply
UJUb
(i.e.
LJ).
The
termination ,j_ or l_ in the Energetic of verbs, and in the particle

yji[
or
131,
is
also
changed into a; but ^j

a j
in
the plural of the
Energetic becomes 03- "
"
Rem.
a - -
The Benu Temim [and Kais] use

* - a
for t_, as ..Ail

,
a**
^>jUjO!j Ji'ft >jAJI sparse reproach

j*
*
and
a*o*
blame,
faidt-fnder (jJiLc
a*o*
for ij^lc
L,
and ^LxJI^
for bU*JI^).
5 ^
^
* -
a ^
,
226.
The feminine terminations
S,
S_,
and 5
become -,
and 5_,
more rarely
O
5
The same remark naturally

aa ;
applies to 5_
*s a '
whether masculine or feminine

In rhyme, the
e.g. >., for
may
also be
changed
into
5^. (name ef a man). O, and the final vowel

family are at
liberator of
retained as long; e.g. C.,Xa )Li
<J>UU
*JLUlj rcAiTs* thy
el-Liwa and
el-
ilia,
for
iLaJLi; oUaJI JUiij oim? a
ja* prisoners, for 5U*J1.

*
s -
Rem.
w.
ii.
In this pausal o_ the
is
sounded, ah, wherein

47
it
370
differs

from the vulgar ending o_,
p. 7, note, a,
227
and the Hebrew
|"|
see
Vol.
its
i.
and
294, rem.
,
rhyming with a radical

(for
This is proved by the fact of b). and with the pronominal forms
;
aj_
^_,
j^_) and *_
of
(for _)
as a) jjjJI (ajjudl),
<sUbt (aJbt),
and a)jj (^JjX Divran

A-o*iLJI
(A-o'iLJt),
el-Mutenebbi', p.
(<ulc>),
nr; 4*Ut
p.
(a-oUl),
and <uU,)
(*****)
Sl-Hamasa,
tv;
p.
aJb>SI
(Jliî l^'^)'
*** 1 *
and
isM
(*M)> ibid
viY.
Rem.
*
6.
The plural terminations C>t_ usually become
in pause
Ol_, but sometimes

*l_
(particularly, it is said, in the dialect of Taiyi')
as
oUJt,
l^ft^)l,
for
OUJI,
Olj^*})l.
Similarly,
OL*A
(OLjI), far, far avmy, remote is, becomes in pause OL^Jk (OLjI)
or LJk (lyj|)
;
and O^jtf, a
in
6oas,
coffin,
-O3JU or ojjD.
227.
Nouns ending
^$ or I simply drop the tenwin

Those ending in
not,
e.g.
\J& becomes
tenwin,
t>i>l5,
î
or
&
Lac, Lac.
drop the
;
and either resume the third radical or
at pleasure
for example,
may become
either
u^* or
1^5*^*,
u^
either
yilii, or iâKZj
tjl** (plur. of
j\^nf. (plur. of 4>jl-
#W) either jt>.

or
or ^Sj^yef.,
^** meaning)
either
,jlafc
^>\*a.
The accusative
^^13)
for L-oU>
;
singular merely loses the tenwin, e.g. W-15 (and not
the accusative of the broken plural
commonly drops only the
final
vowel in prose, but
may
a
retain
it
as long in poetry, e.g.
Î^*
for
.Jl^ (accus. of
^y*
client), in
rhyme
also lJb>.
Rem.
the final
a.
If a
word ending
in
has lost another radical besides
or ^, the only pausal form admissible in the nominative

t
and genitive
is
that which
J-
ends in the long vowel

can become only
participle active
IV. of
lot
;
e.g.
j*o,
\^\j,
to see,
jj^-*,
never j*.
228]
The Forms of Words in Pause and in Rhyme.

Rem.
b.
371
Words
of the form ^bia, in
which the third radical

I
is
I,
as *jSi\ /odder, forage, usually let the

;
become quiescent in
all
I
three cases, ^lUCM

so as to change
but sometimes the

it
final
vowel acts upon the
in the nominative into j, ^JUul,
and in the
genitive into ^, iJ^JI.
228.
The long vowels

*iU5,
Sjs.,
{
l_,
^, and
>_, usually remain

t>
unchanged; as
radicals third
^*^-,
^f*ji, *j*ifinal
In nouns derived from
or
\j;,
the omission of
is
allowable in the
nominative and genitive, as 1^0 UUt, >L3I, JUl^Jt, for ^j-eUUt,
^jLJI
etc.,
^JUioJI
the accusative, however, admits only the form ^-UUl,

is
and the vocative

Rem.
a.
^j-o
15
The interrogative pronoun

is
if
bj,
when governed
in the
i.
genitive by another word,

351, rem.).
frequently shortened into j (see Vol.
In pause,
u
governed by a noun,
it
takes the l\*
oLijJ
(see 230), as
ebiuSl,
a* JJU
but
if
governed by a pre-
position, it
may
also drop its final vowel, as <i, a^j or
a<J or
j,
A-e
U^
6.
orôUa..
Rem.
personal pronoun,
in prose
The genitive and accusative suffixes of the first ^_ and ^3, have several pausal forms, namely,
^_ or <su_,
^
'>
or
'> CP U
u^tft,
Oj^'. JW,
^jyL,
^jM C5? Ut
>
^b.
c.
Rem.
In rhyme the long vowels
^_
and j_ are often
expressed merely by kesra and
damma,
as
ju for ^ju, aLo for
3*io
or l^xi..
This
is
done for the purpose of preserving the

(i.e.
umformity
syllables)
of the LJjU>. or fringe
the succession of rhyming
throughout a poem.
372
229
A
J
229.
*
&
When
*
B
the penult letter of a word has no vowel, the vowel

B 3 * B 3
of the final letter

*
'
may
B 3
be transferred to
i
it
in
B 3 ' '
'
,
B 3
<
M/
3 B B
pause; as j>, >*^1,

90/
3 B
Si
3 B
St
^JjJI, ^j-iaJI, j*J, <*Jj*a\,

BB
St
Alij*e
* B B *
<U.-j,
B *
for jSL>
(j&), j-*-^ (j**H)>
St
'
St
3 B
~*
"
3 B
*t
3 jjjt (yjjt), j^liajt
(^^yjt),^
(jil.), Ajôt,
a^-o, aU.j.
B
With
* -'B*
;
regard to the vowel fetha, however, the grammarians are not agreed,
"B^
B B 'B*
some allowing the transference

others limiting
it
in all cases, e.g.
to the case in
which the
final
jJ\ for jJI (jJI) consonant is elif with

is
B hemza,
as
3 3
LaUl
St
for
LaUl or
g^âiJI.
This transference
technically
called Ji-01.
Rem.
a.
The
^JJLi
is
forbidden when
O 3
it
form which has no example in the language. no substantive of the form

B3
would give rise to a For instance, there is

in
^Jjii,
and therefore we should not say
B'
3 B
e-
pause ^XxJI
(ôAsJI).
Some grammarians,
is elif
nevertheless, allow tins

3*1
B*t
form when the third radical
with hemza, as HjiS
(îpl),
whilst
others
*1
recommend the change

C
*l
of the
3*1
dam ma
s
into kesra, pronouncing
<
3*1 '
gijJI
or
^>pl
instead of
3*1
gj^Jt
*t
or ^.ipl, or substitute
or
^ for
3 B
the
hemza and say 3>pl or

[Rem.
3 B (
i^L\^\BCB 3
C-
b.
According to the analogy of ouj-ol fur

B * s B *
duj+o\,
B , s i
<sujl
Bs
r B * '
B*
for A-ojl,
' 3
we
B *
find also A^JLU

,
^J
for ly^JLD
^J and even
p. 14).]
diUi.1
for
- Z
tyiU.1 and <u for lyj (Noldeke, -Zwr
Grammatik,
230.
form a
Indeclinable words, ending in a vowel, take in their pausal

/35
**
il*,
f
St
tO
final
*,
technically called the \J^\

^
s
vi
or C-X-Jl *U, the ha

**
Si*
of pause or of silence;
letter
is
e.g.
***,
in
a*.?,
for
v-**,
^.
first
added to verbal forms

<*i
which both the
The same and third

aajôJ for
iinperat.
radicals have disappeared; as
for Jj (iinperat. of
B , *
^3),
- '
^0'.
-*i jh^
.-
Bs
B-
(jussive of ^5*5); also oj for j, and ojj
^J
for
jj^J,
It
is
and jussive of ^lj [comp. Vol. i. 175, rem. a]. appended to those in which only the third radical
may
also be
;
dropped
as
232]
The Forms of Words
in
Pause and
in
Rhyme.
373
a*,! for jj\ (iinperat. of ^Jcj), t>jiu
JJ
for
jkj
J,)
(jussive of j>*),
i.
ju5l
for
jJil
(imperat.
VIII.
it
of \j3)
[comp. Vol.
j>,
167,
b,
a,
footnote].
"We likewise find
added to
the shorter form of the
interrogative pronoun
(see 228, rem. a)
and
to
older forms of the genitive and accusative suffixes
^- and ^j, the ^ and ^y (see

B
228, rem. b)
more
rarely to J), as
is
<*i^1
for
&Ujs\.
Rem.
a.
The yJLSyi lU
never added either to nouns*, or to
the perfect of verbs, or to adverbs ending in
(see Vol.
^Js.
i.
363),
with the single exception,

o
it is said,
*
o y -
of dXc ^yc for

*
o j e -
^yo.
The
-
"^
> j *
- **
i i *
Arabs do not say

etc.
aJU5,
<tls*.j
b,
*JL.j
^, ajuu ^-. for
^3,
Ul
^J^-j
W>
Rem.
b.
The ordinary pausal forms

<sul
of Ut
and yb
.are
and yk,
and
but we also find
(see Vol.
i.
89, 1,
rem. b) and oyk.
^)>fc
dUyA are likewise used instead
of the
common
^)yb and LÂ.
231.
in pause
;
Double consonants, as a
jil, ^5,
rule, are
not souuded as such
and
j*.t (for jil, ^3,
and
^'),
rhyme with
jojIj
and j--o
(forj-oJL
and >o).
See, however, 224, rem.
III.
POETIC LICENSES.
and the construction of sentences.
232.
The Arab
poets allow themselves a certain latitude, both as
to the forms of words
We
shall
here confine ourselves to the illustration of some of the principal licenses which fall under the former of these two heads. The poet
*
If
[An exception
is
given in the Lisdn xx. 379,

)
1.
4 from below.
somebody says
^....a.,
^sl*. el-Hasan came

^...^Jl really
ojô-fc'
to
me, another, as-
tonished to hear
j^-o-c
5
it,
will exclaim
note, el- Hasan ? or if

note,
a.
i^5~
lAmr
came
to
me,
really
'Amr? with
D. G.]
prolongation of the final vowel and with the pausal
874

find
233
may
himself obliged,
by the exigencies of metre
or
rhyme
in
(j*JI 6jjj~a poetical necessity), to
make some
slight
change either
the consonants of a word, or in
its vowels.
233.
tes'did
Under the former of these

I
;
divisions
we include
(a) the
various affections of the letter

;
(b) irregularities in
the use of the
the employment of ancient uncontracted forms instead of the more modern contracted ones and (d) the suppression of the
(c)
;
letter jj in certain
nominal and verbal forms.

Affections of
(t)
tJie
B
234.
ways.
(a)
a .0-5
(a)
letter *Elif.
*Elif
with hemza
may
be affected in several different
It
J i
may
be totally absorbed by a preceding vowel, like the

6<0
i.
*i
-i
J-<?$JI U>}\ (Vol.
19)
e.g.
*-bl
*$\
convey the news, for *Jjt
*)\,
imperat. IV. of *~b
jA*'j and
rejoice, for jZjIj, imperat. IV. of j*>
y>\c
jb\ j->a~
he
wlm gave
;
shelter to
'[/mm 'Amir
?
(a
name
;
for the
hyama), for
one
j>\ j*?***
C*j;
Ja
hast thou seen
for OsjIj
<jUuJ1 ji
wJw
hates, for
jjUwJI (ÎLiJI)
^jO
(j^'W)
tlie
*i^j'
j-U^*)t
^WJ C^J ^>

;
to
my end
or fate, for
tffow hearest
*.~Jj awe?
*}Ljl
;
beneath
wjjZiJ
dust a sound produced by them, for
Uâ-sUj ^jl
Obj"
(to
J^
%/"
# 6 do
Ij
us justice,
(
family of Marwdn, we will
rfraw wear
you), for Jt
for
Jll)
ly-^j
on
tffow'
heads, for
V WJ^J
,_jl~
wy Aw,
Rem.
^jjfl^-*,
from
si*.
By
pass,
a double license, the verb ^lj becomes
first
Ij
and
^j*t>
'
then
s
elj,
-
j^j
[Vol.
i.
176,
rem. b]
as ,jj ,jljut* JjL*

1
Ij
Ot
.-*a->
who has
yiM
seen the like of

jv>
Ma'ddn
*
'ibn
*s)l
Yahya ?
*
-~+~'\
J^**
beiny
"^
ly5U '
Jib
lLJU
*1j
ilj
Ojlt *
*Lu no
human
is
more generous than thou
art, save one (who), knowing thee (well), has

* ,
seen thy soul (and) has not said (to thee), Give
it
here
^yo i^j J**}
234]
Poetic Licenses.
375
2"*tjU Sij^ i$M> a/"^ wajJ there (ever) seen before

in tears
(b)
I
me
one drowned
When
preceded by a vowelless consonant, the vowel of the

,j-o,
may
be transferred to that consonant, as in the case of

i.
when
followed by the article (Vol.
20, d), fjji for ij\y_ (Vol.

if that, for ,jl
i.
176),
>
and the
like.
Examples
^^-s
;
,jl
JUl.l
for
j <
j^
on thy
account, for U.t
lyJ-.t
^>c /row for

a
a
;
AtTfc,
; / j
VW-'
O*
jîâ-j^, i**^ O' O-* /row meeting him,
for
o' ,>
tjk*Jj
>cl ^1 if
I make B
(pron.
stte
a raid
m;#)
Zubeid ;
jljuJI
:
ilsiO't'
Nizdru-nu-lus), for
yjl jtp
ffo
^
upright
..
Xizdr
yy
!
't-o-'j
'-'jb
^
"
* a
al
Ijto
W
1
i
;
fo$tf,
wAose
has become desolate
(pron. dd-rd-nam), for

o
.$-'>* 15J' J' O-*

s
;
to*
a j,
of the family of 'Abu Musd,

Vî^' O*^'
for
Jl ,>*
(Jtt)
ÛJU
for
lit
Jî
tJ^
^^
to
Me enemy who
i.
note aims at doing
mischief (pron. naura Idna, see Vol.

a ^ a**
)**ii*,io**
and
20,
b),
;
o*^'
(O'^')
a
',
*&*>*
a ^
J-a'N)!
SL- i^* ^j^l note r^
/?/^
sa -
of hope revives
a^
O^lj
->.jjjJt
^j
between husband
wife, for SI^JI.

6
Rem.
In
e.g.
this case, the

5^
.
is
sometimes assimilated to a preceding

tj
.->^^
^ or ^
no
c
/)>
a^^
Lw iL~U
a,
llJ
^jJu
^Xi
but to weep over thee
was of
avail, for
Lw.
(c)
I,
preceded by a vowel,
is
may
also be converted into the letter

;
of prolongation which
homogeneous with that vowel
e.g. xa->
Âi
^L ^JJI
demanded,
j-cuJI
djuc om fo did not find with him the help ichich he
for
JL
the
ajj
ZJLt*te
aJJI
J^w, JjJJk cJL

(to do)
(*&? tfr/fo
of)
;
Hudail asked
j^ ^ ^ *
Prophet of God
a^ I
-^
something base, for
cJL
,j,
4^-5
L5^
is
^'-5
^t^*^'
obeyed them, though

I
I was
in haste, for U!j.
This
most frequent when
is
the third radical of a word, in which
376

word virtually becomes third j or
For example, in verbs, i)U*
*$
235
132,
!
case the
^
;
(compare Vol.
it
i.
rem.
a).
may
do thee no good
for
.yuA
;
iJLjl iô*
who
told thee? for

III. of Ij3
JLjI
Uaulj
and
it
delayed, for
*M L&bt, for jj'jbl, m nouns, U-k thirst,
<u;p, for &*.j3, IV. of U-j

l-t
,
and
for
OOO.. s/c
s//
t//
1
\/j
fawn,
O
e.
/^
am o/ a mountain,
t* *
;
/
;
LJ, Li,, la-
jl3
a reader,
*
for ^jl5, participle of 1j5

s.
(^.tj
;
one
as *
who
*
* *
0'
strikes, in
rhyme
j*>
for ?-'j,
i.e.
of U.j (-'j, participle
[^^'j^'-'
Os5yi fri
'v*^*^ *ij^-*
A~^)I
ew
//"
the rapacious lions
sprang
upon me,
(d)
I would
master them if
my
time had not yet come, for ^-!].

i
with hemza and gezm (t) is constantly changed by the into the letter which is homogeneous with the preceding vowel poets
*Elif
:
e.g.
JUJI
the
omen
(for JU3I),
rhyming with JU3I
(plur.
of ,Ja3)
^JjJI
o/" //g
^?ad
(for
^jM),
rhyming with
Ûl
;
^ji\ of
the tender
(for 5>jJI)>
rhyming with >>~JI

See Vol.
(plur. of iy^\)
i.
w~>i a wolf (for wJi),

&.
rhyming with w~Jj.
17,
>,
rem.
235.
r,,
*Elif
memduda
(see Vol.
e.g.
i.
23, rem. a)
is
not unfrequently
changed into
>
elif
maksura;
'
U-JI, for *U-JI, Ae
s%;
~s
'
I^j,
for
'is
1%j, a misfortune;
ja5I
I)
;
\jks,
or ^Jj**, desert, desolate, for itî5, fern, of

for
2*i)Ji,
y-2>
ju a palsied hand,
fem. of
J^l
U-l, for *ll,
I wish,
1st pers. sing. Imperf. Indie, of eli.
Rem.
<Mif
a.
On
the contrary,
as
f 'yJJIj
elif
maksura
is
rarely changed into

sticks in the
memduda;
^Jam-^JI
^
t
I 1
w* o {which)
</(,e
mouth and
throat, for lyXJI^, plur. of SlyJJI
uvula.
Rem.
I,
6.
The
short interrogative
;
is
sometimes lengthened into

jb\
when
the next word begins with

JO*
J
as^Jlw >l
wJll
is it
thou
he
or
'Umm Sdlim?
mean
or
\}j.5 j>\
\Jy*i W"
>^
Ae thinks whetlier
it is
they
an
aj)c.
238]
Poetic Licenses.
377
where
;
236.
The
Slifu '1-wasl is often retained in poetry,

i.
it
would
-
naturally be elided in prose (see Vol.

o >e, , *o
;
19,
rem.
e)
e.g.
jj>*-jj
, -
and
be patient,
for
jj>*-*'^
3Vz3t
h&
like
one v:ho leads, for
iU5l (j-9^
clws^l^ JJuJt
in
bestowing
and
withholding, for
^LL*}Mj;
w-*j
^t
;
LJL2J
oJlj wd
/Wm was a fosterchild of our
sheep, for ^>jt

O'O*
U3UJ
-
j~
O-**^' JjW*
'î
wA^w
secret goes
beyond
-jj
two, for
O**^'-
rem.)
[Rem. The vowel a before a double consonant (Vol. i. 25, is sometimes resolved into two a's by inserting a hemza, as
* si & * * 2 * 2t * o *t (Jl^La)! for (j^JLoJI, jl^.l for
2*0
jUÎ.
Noldeke,
Sit
Zur Grammatik,
-Z *
p. 8,
2J- o
thinks that this

2
t * o
is
the origin of
many
^JUil forms, as jU-*'>

2,
f,
, o
J!>^'> oUJ', and, with substitution of c for
j^Jul.]
(b)
Irregularities in the use of the

tes'did is
oi
i , ,
TMdJd.
e.g.
J
;
C
;
237.
s }
The necessary
of them
;
occasionally dropped
2
AJl
U-h',
*
2Z
~2
-2
Lyjl
for U^jI, which
Xjl
Â3 if that thou, for
JjLJI
for
i
îcj ôv^
ôm
that askest after them

**
and
J
after
for
me !
2*
{k
^j^j.
2,
*'
Similarly in the rare verbal forms ^*~>,

at
Z>,
^*î, ~-Z>, as
*,
*2 j
t *
} *
oi
jj\j
<**
V^*
l*l* Uj-aJl.li
and
they cleaned them (and
made them,
the swords)
light, all
of them guarding themselves (against the evil eye)
by
(their) lustre,
where others, however, read î^>.

introduced where
^
would be
238.
Sometimes too the tesdid
is
it
inadmissible in prose*, through a false application of the pausal form ,1,3, - - 1 - OjO * mentioned in 224, rem.; e.g. JJCJUJl ^c, for JXJbJJl, the breast;
*
I
[Excepting the saj

it
for
we
find
(Zamahsari, Faik
rlJ/
T>.
i.
145
seq.)
for
iL^-fc,
in order to
rhyme
Kj with a*jj a+j.
G.]
w.
ii.
48
378

o Zbs
^
[
s vis
;
239
/ /
etj/
i-
lâi*-o ^l,
for
lsw.
o ^)l,
ace.
sing,
of jf,*o\, large, stout
tfcjij/-*
^
^5*
b ss
ow
/#?;
bodkin (for applying

s
t
/y?^/ to tlic
s
;
eyes), for Ifcjj^

Zt
J^-W
s*
'
si
in the tether, for JaJaJI j,5 U-aaJI Jiilj
tj
UU ^s
W*- l5j'
O'
^^*-
*^
J^&JI J
lyoa.1 ^1 juu verily

this
I ivas
it
afraid of seeing
fertile in
drought (spreading) in
our year, after
had been
= herbage, as a fire (spreads) which encounters (a bed of) reeds (b,**.

s a s
vt
'
sOs
s s Os
bjw*.
Ltfufc.1
and
LocuUl for Ucui.1
and
L*ajUI).
(c)
Uncontracted Forms for contracted ones.

in
239.
These are most common in the case of radicals

i.
which
in
the second and third letters are identical (Vol.

1
< s
119), and occur
both the verb and the noun

2
s
;
e.g.
^
ly^? oi^ though
they be stingy,
tits
j>/
for tj-i-e
j-ôJls
a*Xj
it,
^
for
oS
,jtj
* is
and if
;
thou dost not (actually) kill

is
viiO
;
, o j s
him, yet come near
^*JlJ
^*J^j and he
w
#
blamed, poetic
J bi- tsl
'
0/ 0J/
J s
J/J
form in rhyme
i
for
^Sif,
i,
a
j
and that
s*
o
s
for
jtSij
t^JJl j-*^)
J*j~i
*$_$
ai
si
2x> i oios*
si
j>j~t>
â
i?*>
j^JJt
f*^\ tJ^H
*$3 JJb*.
y*
?<>/#*
/^ loosens cannot be bound
fast,
,
s
and what
M
sOsi
is i Is he binds fast cannot be loosened, for Jl- and J*-!

Jo
i>
0^
I
AJL^.'s)! *
jJbOl ^^ S
m
d-U
^
^
s
juaJ
praise belongs to
in
God,
the
exalted,
the
its
glorious,
for
J>--*}H.
Compare,
Hebrew,
!)3K,
O^DSD
and
similar forms*.
240.
The poets
also use the uncontracted forms of
nouns derived
i.
from radicals third j and

%
^,
instead of the contracted (see Vol.

not past, for
167,
b,
/?)
e.g.
^Û j-ji
Û
^l/J ^J>-
a~>\jj
*
is
silts'
[J'jjJtJ
s *l 1 s .... for .Jjju in a tradition (Faik ii. 130, Lisdn vi. 232)
said to be unique in prose.

s s
Its
Abu
1
s
'Obeida suspects that

D. G.]
it is
a clerical
error (iJLiJI
obj*J)
for iJjjju.
241]
*
Poetic Licenses.
-
379
-
"
fo'.s
jbj ^>j
ÛJI and
'ibn
head we cut off

St
(in retaliation)
for the head of

*
-
*
;
en-Nabi
Ziyad, for ^^jLJt
9.^
it*
wr>*J'
^LX^ ^y*
J'>*
;
'
freedmen as (fat as) rams of the breed called

*
'us, for
^jU
*$
*a*
^jlîit
6 jja*-tfJI
^ may God ^ i>**k L&ls

*JJl
1
It
* *
not bless the icemen! for ^y\jk)\

'
î
*1
^*
^"e
fl
7 r ^s
sporting in the mead.
Rem.
jJlxi
Ul^-e
is
It sometimes happens that the usual accusative form

incorrectly transferred to the genitive
;
e.g.
t,e '' e
juc (jl^ ^Jj

'Abdu'lldJi
.J> oJJI X* 0&3 auâi > L5^>* a^' freedman, I would lampoon him, but 'Abdu'Udh
* * * a *
is
merely a freed-
man's freedman, for ^)\y* l^J-*-
(d)
Suppression of the letter
&
in certain
Nominal and
Verbal Forms.
241.
but
it
a license of which the poets rarely avail themselves, occasionally occurs in the dual and plural of nouns, and in the
This
is
jussive
and energetic of verbs
e.g. j>
Ul^ iUj
jLl
Ul UJa*. 1*a
these are alternatives,
either captivity
J_>JLJI
and
quarter, or bloodshed, for
pl:U;
_y
^Û^l UXjj
't
Û5
1JJU1
oi
w^=
\a&
uj*
2&Mit Kuleib,
was my two uncles who slew kings and burst

for yjtJtUl
:
asunder the yokes (of captives),
^J IJJJI
^j^)'
U-fc
UjejJ
for
ftase are the
two pillars of the earth, which, if they were shaken,

??~^*J
ÎJJJI
Â^lo
wJl- (^JJ! oi
^'^
,jl
whose blood was

1
sô? unavenged at Felg, for
^
;
JJI
05^k
^^yJ
-ike ->>-
for
arm? auwj/ *w? thoughts from

(compare Vol.
for
i.
thee, if they
come by night,
.ib
,
CHj-*'
,
20,
rem.
c)
and more frequently
>iXJ
^Xj
0&i, 0&-J,
Hem.
as
a.
\j~J, jussive of
O^9
The same
elision of yj occurs in the particle yj^J" 6?^ ;
^<^ give i5îl ^*i)*
me
to
drink.
580
Part Fourth.Prosody.
Rem.
b.
242
On
the energetic ^j
the contrary, some poets have even dared to add to the perfect and participle of the verb; as
jJ^xa-j
U-w C-^-j
^jl
O-*'^
may
//
ôotZ fortune last, if thou

love), for
As compassion
upon one enslaved (by

Bring in
>ob j-n
;
-*
jjJblSt
b^y^JI wi/Z
/te s*/,
the witnesses ? for ^JjISI.
242.
Other
letters,
and even whole
syllables,
are
sometimes
dropped under the pressure of metrical necessity*.
For example,
(a) at the beginning of a
word
jj*j)
for
,j*})l
(compare
234,
b),
as in
the half- verse

&?*
JU
C-Jl
^*x)b
l^-U <J*$
-Ji &w
ow
*n)
disclose
what
mayest disclose of
it ;
e*$ for aAJ, as

is !
^J
C-JLait
*JU* ^>jI
^
in
j^^jit
w*~. wAat a man thy cousin
thou dost not surpass

;
me
noble qualities (compare
53,
/
b,
rein, e)
JJtS
for Jo-^-Ut, as <j[
Jo^^
>*
(-m Z s**-
wA*S oî=
rare pausal
6W
/*
Thou hast accepted my pilgrimage

'
;
*-'
form for â.-*.)

,
J>J,
Ui-j for JUI, lîJI
'',.''
tyjl
imperat. VIII. of ^3j, as
UJ
<dJI
JJJ />
I
6rW
m ww cas,
>a-j
jjLaJI fear Him,

cUx-t
JO/
J
young men
imperf.
J o
< ,
(b)
In the middle of a word:

,
(X.
s
of
*"
>k),
s i s
g- Ja.,....j
Cits-
for
cUa-Xwl,
a.-jJal....;
as
ss
0* '
/*
^^j *Jkwl ,-Ot Jj
a/io?
had I been
[cf.
able,
on the
AiV cfe^,
(c)
5*
/ would
have fought in his defence

of a word
j/ 0^/
:
Vol.
i.
118,
rem. b\
.
At the end
o
j^c for Sj^, in the half- verse
j ^ ^
o>o
Ijj^cj ^*xJ' j-**jM <^ c ^3aX.Ij ac# /^?/ have failed to
perform for
thee
for
the thing
which they promised

(see Vol.
i.
JUo
c),
(also
written
JU
c-aj!
JL)
JUJI ^>
358, rem.
as
JU-U ^t^t
Ui
*
?
[We
>
find in a tradition
i -
(Faik
j * a
ii.
229) Olb^JUJ ^>c ^jyj for

i.
ole*
it*
OUÂt*})l, as j-o*J
is
said for j***-*$\ (comp. Ar ol.
345, rem.
a).
D. G.]
242]
the
Poetic Licenses.
381
Ojuft ifyfc os &>/

6
(lit.
days hate
left)
no wealth in our possession
ijU
(or
J*),
for
gUlf
Û
^T
:
for ^Jl^, 'an-nebi,

for
J^df
Jjjjr ,>, mir-rizki, for Jjjjl S-?
J3 O*
rem.
c,
O*^ O^
(owing to
the vocative form

yj*y\^.*\.t,
Ji
'b,
38,
a,
3).
Similarly,
>~i*k,
,
OâJb,
for j~JJt)\
yo,
J*y\st*a}\ y*>
OjaJI ô
etc.*
i.
Likewise, in (piadriliteral and quinqueliteral plurales fracti (Vol.
305), as jbLi, &\j\,
Jbu, jyj;
awe/
for
ciU-i, v^b'i
in
its
wJ^*l Jô^J
e.g.
JmUj <w- âULiJj
M<? frogs
**
pond are (always)
croaking: jf$*SJS
*-u LjX-w j/*'
the
seams of which skilful

- -
* * o io
* - a
o -
apprentices have joined firmly together (jj*-l

Further,
^<?
for }j*\ **3. 234, b).
JU.
jLv, for <Ju,

is
îLv
as tîL
^>j'j ^r-oU.
;
dl^ji
j-
/%
husband
fifth
and
thy father sixth

this
tjukj
jUy;
jJ
^jJUJI
w days are already passed and

also liable
c),
is
the third.
Proper
names are
to
be abbreviated, especially in the vocative
(see 38, a, rem.

a s *
but also in other cases, as ^31 ^-i*3 ^2i}\ ^xii
a&*
a& s,2,
j.
a-.\\$ c>aJI ibJ Jl*
*-*ij^
j^ s>^
excellent
is
the
man, the
light of whose fire thou makest for
{from a distance) on a night of
hunger and
cold,
(namely) Tarif
'ibn
Malik (JU,
of
or
JU,
still
for
ÛU)f.
Rem.
The following are specimens

:
even
more violent
abbreviations
U^Jt for JjUoJI, as in the half-verse of Lebid.

the dwellings are desolate at Mutctfi'
ô
J)
yjbb
/Jl-io->
^-oJl
and
'Abo.n,
[In later times we find even jaJa+Xj D. G.] 'Oseibi'a, ii. 108).
f
x *
ja*o
j e
,s
for^k)l
(_jjl;
Ul (Ibn abl
[Very rare
L;
is
an abbreviation
Zeid,
like that in ,*>> */ Cjli Jit
"^1
for itjli^l
(Abu
Nawddir,
30, 58).
D. G.]
382
Part Fourth. Prosodtj.

also for LU^JI (plur. of
243
and
aIO'), as
in
jlr^\ ^hjjJj U^jl oJi

;
ivill let thee see
death at the points of the spears
CZS\ for
y!
(plur.
J j > -
of
Si
2~++~>),
*0s
used by 'Alkama in the half-verse CLj jsjJuo

its
v6>tLo ^jL&l having
mouth covered and enwrajjped with

as in
strips
of
linen;
LaJI
lyj
for
ws.L*aJI,
the
words of
'Ibn
Dureid,
;
LaJI jU
{)$\ he strikes out of them small sparks of fire

in the half-verse
^âJt, used by Sl-'Aggag forôlâJt

i
aSU Ublî
i
'
o.
a>
Jfj j
(J>
*'
//te
slate-coloured doves
which inhabit Mekka

c
>
*'
^ 9
.-
ii
Lx)\
for ,JU*JI, in
the words LxJt
OsiUsl
C~*fil
131
^
St
iW,
when I
teas exhausted,
*-*l-
let
go the reins
la-^ for -l^., in the
words j~fr-&
even
torn.
*\j
ii.
l***-*-
ij
*
on
the bone
of a slender eyebrow ; and

i.
for^.j
p. v, *
1.
the
womb
s>
(see el-Makkari, torn.

i , o ,
p. ire,
1.
11,
and
8),
and
j-o for L.j-,

j , j o j
according to one rendering

* o
Si
z a * ^
z o
i-
* *
of the line
^j
'%r~>j
*^.Al
aJ
0*13
,jt
jljj^j
*n)I
âj ^Ji
to
fot^
/<e
slopped only for
the space
is
of time that I coidd say
him, Welcome
(others think that j*$
here nothing more than the usual pausal
form of jj*$ and passed on). Such abbreviations are not, however, more violent than the Homeric yeAw, I8pu>, tyw, 8w, for yekwra, I8p(2ra,
l^wpa,
Soifxa,
and the
like.
243.
Under the second
of the two heads mentioned in
232,
namely, poetic licenses in regard to the vowels of a word, we include (b) the (a) the lengthening of a short vowel in the middle of a word
;
the suppression of a short vowel (<) shortening of a long vowel of a final vowel to certain verbal and pronominal (d) the addition
;
forms,
and
to
some
particles
and
(e)
the irregular use of the tenwin
and other case-endings
in the noun.
(a)
The lengthening of a short vowel in

This
is
tlie
middle of a word.
244.
and
is
technically called cLi^l, filling full or saturation, not uncommon with the vowels a and i, rarer in regard to u.
245]
Poetic Licenses.
383
Examples:
5^-*.
cL^, for %~->, in the half- verse of 'Antara. o-* fW-2

iSf*$ flows
w>3^
from behind
the
ears of a fierce, bulky
she-camel: JUCJUOl, for JXJUCJt, in the words

JUJbCJI
^Xc
C^
;
jJj C-A3
-ljJUo,
saiei,
after she
had fallen upon her
breast
for
9-jZ**, in the hemistich <*-\jlî JU-jJl
>o
,j-ej ??cZ (>? thou)

?
far
removed
(i.e.
<7*te y*r>)
from
the
blame of men
o-* ***
?; ?
>>^,
for iô*. in
the half-verse j^-oU
Jj^^\
w*a.>JI
^ ^m=
*V
pillar of
in the
purest gold
wjjL-fiJt andô-JbljjJI, for
^L-aJt andÂljjJt,
hemistich oLjL-aJI >li3^Jk1jjJI ^ÂJ as
money-changers scatter
:
dirhams, whilst selecting (those that are of full ireight)
j^kjl,
to
for jJsul, in the
words jîxili ôt
iyCX
U~- O-*
-^
draw near
whatever place they go and look (at them).
(b)
The shortening of a long rowel.

take place either in the middle or at the end of a
in the middle of a
245.
word,
(a)
This
may
Examples
word
^3,
for
Û3,
as in the
words 4*i$
in
^*
iw tfs r/.^ or ife
darkness;
r?
j^^,
or
plur. of jt^c
wiofe
the eye, j-eUL,
plnr.
of
IJuk
Sjôio
c*//
chamber, for ^j^l^x,

(
^j-oli*,
and the
like;
(^-), instead
1
of tjob
),
as
in
the
half- verse
iU
J> ^j
(JLh*-^
JJ=> ^J\
how long
(
shall this
estrangement last every night?

hemistich J-y~
aJJI
n)
(-^^),
jy
for aJJI
v^),
as in the
!
^
for
aJJI
J,U
for
nJI
GW
/>&>.
Suheil
and,
with double license,

v
0-^>
O -^1
in the
words
^-oj^j^JI ^-u
>^Jl partly
:
silk
and partly
linen,
(b)
Examples at the end of

hemistich Ji-tj
9-'_>^>
a word
-|y)l,
(Î^Jjl, as
in
the
Û
like the tips
of the feathers of a dove of
Negd
juÎ,
384

words
246
for ^Ju*})!, as in the
J^l
^-î with their fore-feet bleeding ;
Ûl,
for
^-rflJI,
as in
the words \i\\$ bjjj'

"
ÛJI
^j-
from 'a
one
for
who forgets
^Jb
Vol.
*j)
robes
and garments.
*j)
[Examples in prose are

for jjjpt
*j)
Jb
*9
o falling slwrt and j^l

6,
/ ow
plur.
wo.
Comp.
i.
footnote.
is
Uj:3 (^
elif
D. G.]
The
1st
pers.
of the Perfect,
w),
),
also
sometimes shortened into jj-US (w j a , , a
but the
may
be retained in writing, in order to distinguish it from the

Z'
o - a
j,
B 3d
pers. plur. fem.
e.g.
out y~su
^L~Zm.j and many

<*j
a one on
the
point of surrender have we relieved ;

if
l*J
^J~aZ) upl jij and
we had overtaken him, we would
surely have slaughtered him.
(c)
The suppression of a short vowel.

is
246.
(a)
In the middle of a word this license
of most frequent
C occurrence
in
the case of the very few nouns of the form J-*i
(becoming J*$), and of verbs of the forms Jji and Ja3 (becoming
, a ,
'
i.
J*i, see Vol.

*$*>*$
\
183, rem.
b),
and J*s (becoming J**); as U
.'**
' '
lylJo J-ji. CM<aiyU>l as horses scatter camels by their charge

s
0*
;
s -
'
& s &s
to*
(for
^^1)
UJU3 OjJJ Jj^ll
^ Jjb
*
' *
>-.''
>*>**
,'
>
_/
U^
<U*Jkl (j'^
aJlAlibj awe? /
/ lampoon
him, he cries out, like a nine-year-old camel

(for
j)
whose sides and, withers are galled *3^>3

(for
j**-**,
J^^, and
0>j,>)
03**
;
^SJ*" ^*
c^*** j'
or as
Aaron and David were recompensed

when
it is
\j**-)
Jl**- ^j>J
>*
(^5^-* 'î
drawn,
it
twangs
with the curved bow (makes the curved bow twang).

are
Rarer instances
exemplified by J*j, for J>-j, as in the half-verse

>0ju^j
O^ ^^
9 ; j-)l,
*j)l-
*^j
./'<'
/'"
was a man, and ye are men
for
jJS\
(plur.
of iJ>*M), in the words ^J$\ j*i\ v~su*$\
â
these
are
247]
Poetic Licenses.
385
Vol.
the great souls which
Otîj, for Ol/ij (plur. of
Sjij,
i.
301,
its
rem.
sighs.
'
6), as lyj'jij
This
B B
O-* u~*^' ?*&**** and the soul finds rest from

..
license has resulted in the production of such forms as

y
B * s ,
By
s B *
tt/
j^jt for jwwj

jussive of jJj)
(jtffc^j,
jussive of J^j), and jJLj or jJb for jJj (j>Xj,
as
ju j^SL^ >j* j^.\ î
^^j
but
have not been
able to avoid cursing you;

tJ'>?'
jJj jîj [w>t aJ j^-Jj
^y Vj
^']
ojoj [vm/?/, there
is
scarcely (w>j used JujiiiU) one generated

is there
without having a father,] and scarcely one who has offspring whom two parents have not begotten (except Adam).
Rem.
The poets
9 B
also take the contrary liberty of adding a
supplementary vowel in the nominal form Jjti, using, for example,

9
$ a
JJ! for JJI, flank, and jJa., for

(b)
jJL>, skin.
The same
Bis
license at the
*'
.
end of a word
is
jBsslitoZisBisBf*
v
exemplified by
j-6^
such a form as
JjL, for JUj, in the half- verse **** aJJI ,jli JUj
and
ivhoso fears
(God), verily
God
is
with him*.
[The pronouns
yk and
â
are often shortened into
yk and
^j*.]
Compare
Bsl
also
the suppression of the final vowel in the pronominal suffixes of the

1st pers. sing.
^j and ^y,
wo care.]
228, rem.
b,
[and the use of Jul
By
for
JU
^1
efoV/
(d)
7%# addition of a final short vowel to certain verbal forms and to some particles.
247.
pers.
sing.
The vowel
fern,
kesr
is
of the
Perfect,
frequently added in rhyme to the 3d the 2d pers. sing. masc. of the
*
the
[This happens especially
if
the last consonant of the word and
first of
the following are identical, as
JpjâJ
1.
w. jSJuj Tabarl
for
i.
853,
1.
ult.
iov'J&y,
1427,
1.
o~J
1 (iii.
o^j' *.
1.
1119,
O^j'; Vj-*'
Jjf olLJ
w.
ii.
ib.
2414,
14) for L>j\.
D. G.]
49
386
248
Imperative, and those persons of the Jussive which end in a con-
sonant; as
C-J^j
C~LI j bUaoJI t^.UI they

o
Ii
made
the camels lie
*
;
tit
it
6***
a
it*
down, which were tired and weary

jclaJfj #Aiy say,
Zto
??o
(for
C*A)
^.wt -iUyU
like
^ oVj*i
man
(for
dfo
q/* </H^/,
but bear
??(#
j*AJ)
Xy-t
jcy&Jlj iljo^l
iXjL>
(jl^
if the foe come upon

o ,
thee with all their might,
will do
my
very best (for
J^v*-')-
Rem.
The vowel preceding the

but
it is,
final
consonant
may have been
originally long,
syllable,
and only shortened because
of its being in a shut nevertheless, not restored after the addition of

:
this kesra.
For example
i.
Oj. (for Ojj*, 3d pers. sing.
fern. Perf.
of \j, Vol.
166, a,
rem.) becomes
Oj, not Oljx

i.
jJo (for j*jo,
2d
pers.
sing.
masc. Imperat. of jU, Vol.
152) becomes ^J,

i.
not jj>*^
;^fj\ (forôUl, 1st pers. sing.
Jussive of j\j, Vol.
151)
becomes ^1, notv&Ut.
248.
which end
j>5
The same
license
is
allowable in
the case of particles

;
in a consonant, particularly
such as are monosyllabic
e.g.
(J^J UHyj
Jjj
l*J they (the
camels) have not yet moved off tvith

O
* *
6 ,
our saddles, but
it is
as good as done (namely, cJlj

;
j>$
O^J
but
it is
as if they had already moved off)

beloved of our souls,
y>$
{^
'3
j*
l**Ai1
w<WJ
how long
will this absence continue?
how long!
Rem.
The reader may here be reminded

^^231, ^Jb,
that, instead of the
ordinary pronominal forms

)-/
and >0^, and the verbal form

j
jtl
j *
j j
^Xsti, the poets constantly
make
is
use of the archaic ^Zj I, j^b, ^s,

in these cases
and j^y*.
than short*.
be used.
The
final
vowel
is
When
more usually long
changed into^Jb, either Â
orÂ may
* The quantity of the singular suffix
also varies.
249]
Poetic Licenses.
387
(e)
The irregular use of
the ten win
and
other case-endings
in the noun.
249.
The poets constantly use the
triptote inflection of a noun,
when the
diptote inflection alone is admissible in prose.
Tins remark
applies equally to the singular
and the broken

*4
plural.
Examples of
the singular
SyJ
v-^j
is
C *t ^1
,jLojL>
^>tu
IL
Pj-aJ
it
Oj^kft the vale of Na'md-n
scented with musk, if Zeineb walks in

(for v**ij)
;
amid
they
(her)
perfumed attendants
visits thee
^jlPj **' ^jj>? 'y^>

J - a i
j
9 -
sat/,
Ahmed
^3
(/
and thou
visitest
him
(for
j>
fwl) ;^y ..._
j^.t
^-flL*
S^
smart black-eyed {page) hands them
trine (for j^l)
U*i 5ju&
^ftli J13 j*i the poet of (the tribe of)

*
*o
;
* a
, o -
Kinda has ji/M , j t,

(J-1
said in olden time (for

thou sayest,
*j>tufc.
Sju^)
j^\
^jj
ls**""'*
^Ji/**"
J>*^
Ask
largesse of
Yahya
'ibn
*Ektem
(for _l) to
C-vHj
%ijJ
bb^JLc
a/i^
/ warned 'Othman
:
repel
aJJt
the dangers
jj'
s "^ :
'
which threatened him (for Û-JLc)
bol
*-j--\
b C
;
and
thou forgettest
^)j-
that
God turned Adam
out of
it
(for j*\)
ULo*.1
jA^Jt t>cjy
*ib neror ê/j entrust thy secret to

:
a fool
*\
(for JE*-t)-
Examples of the broken plural
îto
?\=>j-L
^*j
;
but they are companions in (shedding) their blood (for 2l>ji)
dJLi
>-H>^
j-*frl
ly*Xc
(horses)
with shaggy manes, on which ride

;
warriors who stir up the fire of their battle (for^ftC-*)

!"
JjLo l>5l-c
* L5^^' ^
women,
like
vipers, five
in
number
(for
>5U-c)
OL*jj*j ^)jtu w>gs /
visited dwellings at 'Oreitindt (for

:
Jjtu).
Other instances of the irregular tenwln are

ly-Ic jia*
ic
in
the vocative, as
be
' fl
b
;
*JJI
r
^^
*
i
^<? peace
8
of God,
Matar,
'
upon her
(tor
J
8
îx b)
J
'\'\'\
i'[Ja^3 J^ftJIj L^^J

f
'At'
" *i- dM-sw i^> Ob^j ^ O a..o

-'
'
Jj-**
Muhammad,
since
thou
art the offspring of a highborn
388

i
St
[250
s
it
;]
lady in
^5lj*j)l
her tribe,
*Ajl3j
and
thy father
was a
noble
(for
ju.o..ol)
jJJ
thee
Ujcc
'Adl,
every circumstance has com-
bined
to
protect
;
(where
a writer in
( 39),
prose would
as tjli.
have said
ijjs. C)
is there
after
*$,
used
^JUJT îi
aLT UjL 4^j

/
$
;
no
man (may God reward him
ivith good)
c
;
(for sj*rj *}M)
iu
words of the form
JUi
(Vol.
i.
98,
rein,
309,
c,
6),
as
" J*jh u^ls^ O-* j'^**

(for
to
_;'*
beware, beware of the horsemen of
Darim
j\S- j'J^)
(i.e.
?-'%
î^* j-J** W
^%o)
;
Hfo* Matar, come hither
Salah
0/*
Mekka,
for
and
in proper
names before
^>j
sow
(Vol.
i.
21, 0), as <juAaj ^jj\ ^-^3 ^> ajjW-
young woman
us*)-
(of the tribe) of
Kais
'ibn
Ta'laba (pron. Kaisini

is
'bni, for ^>j
250.
On
it
the contrary, the ten win
sometimes suppressed in
;
cases where
could not be dispensed with in prose
as
O^
WtO
^**
*-a~ ^-i
^bj-* 0^>*^
c^-
*^J
O-***" neither
Z
Hisn nor Habis

>0
s
;
&
s s *
surpassed Mirdas in any assembly (for

ducfi) 'Amr,
Llj>j-)
j*jj3\
^,Lk
ij;j}\ jj+t-
who broke up (bread

but there
;
to
make) soup for his people

3j~o-
tlie
(for
^JJI
14
jj-o*,
is
another reading, ^^Jk ^^JjÎ

aJJI
noble
mr
&roe wp)
"ibJ.5
"n)I
j^lj ^j wJju.~*
* J
Ml
--
j-ji
4L>AJli
a/w?
found him
not seeking (the Lord's) favour,

S 5
;
and seldom thinking upon

V
6W (for^^li)
overmatched
l
s>
bt
6*0
UjJ
JUa->*>)l w>jla*_ ^5^-3

5"*-
and
the tribe
of Mohdrib,
g^ Jifo a
heroes of old (for

cat,
w^
w-^'
^^ J>^
w>U-o
j^;,.
which springs at the dog
(for
;....
> )
^^.
^^^Xc
_^JUI ^^Jl ^> ji-a^ ?(po yellow body, smoother than gold (for >,
in
and t^JUl
rhyme
for j^-J-l, instead of y-Xol, 249).
251.
into sLH-
The
( see
genitive plural in ,>jVol.

i.
is
sometimes changed in rhyme
p.
236, note); as
0*OÎ
*"
J^^
***J
252]
Poetic Licenses.
389
since
Ml
1 have already passed

^
the limit
of forty
(for
0**0^')
^jW
*>}
U~~>3 %a>
^>*wj)
;
^
-'
kit
*?
<*JJI
may God
not bless sixty

?/^
and odd years!
(for
O-J/
otilcj
Li/î'^ awe?
ignore the riffraff of other
tribes (for ,>/*')
252.
In verbs aud nouns derived from radicals of which the

is
third consonant
or
^,
the poets not unfrequently use the
Indicative form of the Imperfect instead of the Subjunctive or Jussive,
and the nominative case instead of the accusative.

c
Examples of B
Wt ê<^ inat
**
_ i
j i i
o i
lit
00
,i
the verb:
w>l
^j
>b
ô--'
u' *^'
L5^'
^r '^ nas
mt
should be of noble descent either on the mothers or the fathers side

(for
*
\
^lf\)
j
a <
j^skÂ o?
^jte ^Ji. ^JlL o^ S>j &&> O-f / swear, I will not show her pity for
*
V
* i
u$|l
^
j a -
^^
* a
weariness or foot,
;
soreness,
* ,
(
until she encounters

' j a i
J
Muhammad
made
at
a
z,
(for
^^3)
-
JLJLi ^Lli*
^j'^
*
ta
r*^-~
;
O'
a *
^.V soul has

at
-
thee wish to vie with

i
1
Darim
to
(for
* j
,a*
Â^J)
laiu
3I
<sui
^^*J'
it,
^5->
j^
'>i
wfow
spend an
(for ji.
I3I
evening or a forenoon in
fills
a man with vain delight
c&Z
^
jt}$
not bring
thee
wordfor news
Benu
travels fast
a
of
;
what has
befallen the milch-camel of the
Ziycid
(for
iJULn
,jbj
O^Jk
pj3
>*-yJ
^J
O^J y^*
^j-9 ljU*-6 o^tfc.
thou didst lampoon
Zabbdn, and then thou earnest making excuses for having lampooned Zabbdn, ($0 that) thou didst neither lampoon him nor let it alone
(for
-y-jj)
w>Lft
tj>j1
iV! a>..
.*
U-U
'
i^sT**
turn as la^ to
lls >
(<-ind)
'lbn 'Anndb will salute thee,

i.1
i.e.
receive thee with honour (for
sl
^
a
dl-Jl
*sj
^t U
whatever
' dc
I forget, I
shall not forget

,
him
, *
si
to the
<eL>*-a.-o
end
oj
my
life (for
a~J1).
Examples of the noun:
jljl
j^^j
(.j-*^'
;
<*^ whoever seeks for consolation in his misfortune

"^-dl
(for
ÛJI)
(^g^J
iiJU- Ojwh.j
I found
thy noble qualities
300
253
a subject for
/iat'e
my
poetry (for
îbJlat*)
^>JI yJJic
Of^L* l>%H
^.'/
&/ their shepherd like an old (useless) ivaterskin (for O-vs^'j)
>
JjjiJI
cUJI
^
;
O-vi*^'
O^ ^
if their forefeet were on level ground
(for
jj^jul)
U5U*. UoteJI i^jUa

(for
O^ Vj <m d if he had been hungry

230)
u
wait
sight
and famished
^yj).
253.
The poets
occasionally use pausal forms (see

-
223
Hz
out of pause.
* sOtOy
For example
^-^>j
J J J
for
^^j,
ifi#/i
in the verse ^J^*-* j3j-~4
j-cuJIj
Or' â^-jj
'
d-oj^.l ^j-i; (j|
joy,
ivith
*
my
my
J
lord, will
upon him, if he be contented with me, and

J
hearing
C
and
(i.e.
most willingly and cheerfully)

'
^jj
for
*
{Jjj=
ijjj, in the
words
^0}
C-s5j
i
'
J i ' o -
Ct
io
' i
10
Oi
l<i=
a^JLjjj
^LJI
,-i jk.l i^$jj
^* ^ one a?nong men,

;
whom
we know, was
afflicted as
thou art afflicted

*^*
>fc for yb, in the half-
verse
iwu
^-*-^
W-^' O- >*
^^
so he does not lose his share
of
world. (the pleasures of) this
[Rem.
At
the end of
word the tenwln

*
0*>
I
is
sometimes used
10'
\J>j^), as
ii.
instead of the letter of prolongation (JÛs^)

*
some read
401,
1.
in the Kor'an lxxxix. 3

vis
Zi
jj
*
for \^j~** (see
Beidawi
13).
*o
This )
is
called >0jj)\ \^>>y3 the trilling or quavering prolongation

o
- 1!>
o-o**
and modulation of
the voice (y_^jjJxJJ), as in

i.
I^ZjI
ws^sJt
C* JL
.>
^cCaji\
rem.).
(see Fleischer, Kl. Schr.
323
it
seq.
and
i.
cornp. supra 225,
* oil j0
In
like
manner the
ajjuJI <J&\ (Vol.
368, rem. b)
is
sometimes lengthened to ^1, as in a tradition given by ZamaMarl

(Faik
o
- o
ii.
>
95) Fatima
,0*
J
is
heard crying for her two sous

of
Û
(
.....
,jtu-..
called
The addition
Oii ,
_
the
^j
to a fettered
rhyme
193),
.JUUI O-if^^
la
condemned by many grammarians.
D. G.J
INDEXES.
I.
TECHNICAL TERMS, MNEMONIC WORDS, PARADIGMS, ETC.
page.
The Roman numerals indicate the volume, the Arabic numerals the The letters a b c d refer to divisions of the page.
1
î.
* at
l,
;
* j
bjjLJI
i.
|>t,
i.
269
a.
J*a.'l.
j j
:I
28
C.
<S -'
j*>
iJUjUl 3 5U.UJI
b,
131,
i.
284 a:
j*L)S ja^\,
::
ii.
; .
359
i.
361
c.
*5
ii.
157 D 345 c
,
J
ii-
4iJUJI
4*^1,
ii-
136
d.
j>-j',
351
b.
cCi^t,
191b.
r'-i^l,
o^-oJI
i-
220
d,
222
d.
JeUM,
J*i3t,
jLi.N)l,
1.
40 c.
38
c.
o-
b.
cL^-vJI
V UI,
d.
i.
i.
245
ii.
i.
274 b;
i.
73
d.
c.
lL^-^1,
ii.
335
4 Alt C^.1,
jjUl
a *?*>
10
J-fo-JI
>>^'
j
...
ii-
336
...
a.
, a ja.
IjlSiS
Jsi^t
ii.
,342d.
c,
Ûul^t,
^1 Olî.1,
, ,
76
d,
77
c,
93
a.
JljJ^l^',
Jl***-t.
- - a - a
i.
ii-
235
b.
d,
334
335
b.
ii.
80
b.
116
0^
*
- -
ii-
15
c,
16
a,
101
d,
JmUI,
*<'
,
i-
44a.
103d, 258c.
s ^
i.
-*"^ -
-*
*,
,
,
'
C*lpl, bl,
278
c.
ii.
336
392
21
Indexes.
f
Oo
J
i.
JUUw^l,
Jfy,
i.
ii.
b.
Sj-oJ
O
1^1,
--0
109
i.
b,
123
a.
b.
104
a
i.
<sui
Si
juj-oô-J,
J
107
SjL^t J^l,
aJ^T
J,t
...
,
105
a,
264
d.
i.
i.
109c, 130b.
j
Si
I,
117d
i.
ii.
59
d.
'
joa
j o *>
...
ii.
80b, 260b.
>
*..gi. .n
^w^t,
JO
,
110
a,
166
b.
S
i.
O ^
J*A*IM
-
140
106
181
c,
141b.
.--La* v0- 't

J
107
b.
-o>
...
,
4
i.
ju^La. ^-1,
D.
Jy
O^j't
224
d,
i.
109
109
i.
a,
b,
131c.
-.
i-
124
b.
d.
Ûjf^t,
,
i-
a,
234
224
a.
'
i.
107
b,
180
d,
d,
,JI jrS$\ JO ^0J

...
,
166 109
234
* ,
jjUJt
i.
d,
149
ii.
c.
a.
0o
,
Add. et Corrigenda
(Vol.
i.
J^^Jt
SJJCJ
...
i.
105b;
c,
317c.
110
a).
^1,
ii.
98
123
a.
i.
109
b,
124
d.
c^jT^ll,
i.
109 109
b,
123
d.
^JjjT
jJjjT
...
i.
109
c,
125b.
Sj^.yf
...
,
...
i.
c,
147 bd.
a.
L105a.
6
Uyf
...
i.
109 d, 149
b.
Jii JIl, orÛ^ll,

O
i.
107
b.
JO
ilLÎ,
i.
ii.
250
^>_5_fi.
^1,
...
,
107
b.
ctli^l,
i.
249 d;
ii.
354
89
c,
382
d.
JÎAJI
i.
109
a,
131b.
J\+^\,
J*AJI
,
i.
71a, 84
i-
b,
b.
i.
109a, 110a, 296b
&%(,
,
294
125
b.
ii.
100
109
a.
IIUNt,
i.
ii. J
b,
198
c.
d,
148
165
b.
-'O-*'
ZJlJL}\
i.
110
98
137
a,
b.
b.
ii.
199
b,
205
a,
ii.
234
a.
c.
1
** s
ii.
Al^juibT &l*Nt,
A...i.:)f
199
a.
JO*
,
aaJUoJI
Odt
i.
b.
JiUl,
ii.
234
'
5*
1, i.
107
a.
JO/O
O <o *
^-^r^l j^-IllfiiUI,
234
a.
ii.
205 a,
I.
Technical Terms,
Mnemonic Words, Paradigms,

198
c,
etc.
393
46
a.
aJlJUJ! Si&Nt,
233
L5
a.
ii.
64
d,
i>ju^Jt JUi^l,
lie-
i.
51a;
-j;.v
ii.
jd-e
^t
,->
j^
i.
^1
o-*Jt AiUI,
ii.
202d.
<ULi^jf jli iiUs^l,

& j&* J 4*\a.JI j*i. diUi^l.
64 b, 198 c.
198
c.
+&*e
ii.
alteiln i*u>*$i,
J
..
h.
i98c.
0*0*
3 <Mfc
03 b ji du Jtî I
0+0*
AA-aJI
>
lO
^Jl 03^>^JI
d.
iit-l,
ii.
232
ii.
l>\jj*<j\,
335
d.
b.
l\j**$\,
ii.
74
jifil,
ii.
351
b.
J*l*t, plur.
fr.,
i.
226
fr.,
c,
227 d;
d.
secondary
j
pi.
i.
231
;
A.
Jêlil, plur.
fr.,
228 A
D.
second-
ary
pi. fr.,
231
i.
jli?l, plur.
00
fr.,
i
169
a,
211
a.
600
LAJÎ JU*I,
ii.
394
fem. ,Jlii,
^
Indexes.
i.
184
a,
c.
b,
240 d;
d.
J%*it,
iTll^J,
i.
116
b.
fem. l%*i,
i
to
j - e
i.
185
240
ii.
357 a
357
b.
JôAJI
JjJl,
i.
JasI,
i.
140
d.
2U>*3'l,
ii.
b.
227
i.
d,
240
c.
AjJ\ L533JL1 >

fliî,
ii. 0-0
ii.
294c.
du JjJl,
98
345
)
d.
Jjtil,
plur.
fr.,
i.
169
d,
209
d,
i.
JUJÎ
UoUJt
oUt,
i.
152
i.
b,
157
a,
179c.
Add.
210
JjJl,
i.
et
Corrigenda (Vol.
tJUÎ,
i.
11 a.
d).
43
a,
91
b.
ftLiff obi,
21
a,
269
c.
HjS\,
plur.
fr.,
i.
219
c,
240
i.
a.
Sj^âLoJl oU^M,
b.
i.
11 b, 25
b.
C/ilail, secondary
pi. fr.,
232
0)jJkhJ\
s
J&Jt,
J**il,
i.
116 B
117
d.
Udf
Jbl,
i.
294
b.
i.
aj jjjf JS\,
i.
i.
295 d
21
A.
ii.
390
d.
Halt,
plur.
fr.,
170
a.
212
b,
i.
J^yi
Aj\3î\
...
,i.
Add.
210
JJbJl,
JJbJt,
Sliail,
i.
et Corrigenda (Vol.
...
i.
11 A.
d).
43 48
c,
63
d.
Jf&fj Ji%,
i.
269
a.
i.
c.
,.^1^ >ouT j
c.
oU%
,
il
243 c 243
b.
i.
116
j^JU
ii.
d.
J$Lt,L
JjU*il,
^jjUiil,
i.
116 46
47
d,
b,
117
c.
d.
fe.lyj
^Jl
ii.
145
b,
147
48
J-oGJT
iLjfc^JJ
^îJ
^Jt,
ii.
63
b.
i.
a.
^1 A^.La-oA)
j\,
ii.
^1,
b.
ii.
145
b.
JljaJI,
* * e - o
i.
116
b.
i*ifti^JI
-
308
J^ytsl,
J^kil,
i.
i.
46
c.
ij'UÎ,
i.
10
c.
46
i.
d.
sJpaJ\
<j*o
cUIc'nJI,
i.
245
b.
JbLxIl,
116
k.
j**)\.
i.
61
i>.
I.
Technical Terms,
<>
etc.
395
j*\,
St
ii.
31
3 *
d.
*
J~U2U
jtto
*Uf,
...
ii.
164
a.
ta
(rtLitM ,>) iAAai^JI o'j "
26b
>
jÛ^X^J
81c.
AjjjuxaJt
t
uj*3t lU,
,jt,
ii.
ii.
162
b.
26
c,
221
A,
252 a
C^T
al~Jl) 2LM,
^LJjJkJU
...
,
,164a.
ii.
^1,
i.
292
26
tc
c.
164
a,
324
a.
i*oU)7 ^1,
ii.
c.
ii.
163
164
d.
^ ^
^-JLU
14
(aJUttl
b,
...
ii.
a.
301
d.
Z.
l -
>e
>)
rtAfta.
M o,
i.
283
jUjflCJ,
b,
ii-
160
ii.
a.
284 d;
llsCdT rj\,
ii.
81c.
ilÛ^Jb lUt,
301
c.
164
...
a.
ii.
105
i-
a,
aJbuiij
...
iûJyf gi.
lyj^fclj
"
292
D.
'W)
...,
...
^1
ii.
ii.
80
b.
.,i. 4a.
lUJÎ,
73
c.
JXJU
...
ii.
164
a.
Jliill, L 116
b.
jîLojT ^ jûjT J,C,

â*j,
ii.
i.
50
b.
Jiiil,
i.
40 56
358
c.
c.
it, i.
b.
JJLjf,
ii.
9.0 a,
230
c,
231
d,
2^3 a,
284
ii.
d.
ii.
I aUb\,
351
A.
JUiw^l Jju,
361
c.
285
d,
b.
287
b.
i ,i wOi.it.ZlH
li ^1,
ii.
>->\r'f
c.
6
...,ii.
286
lUaj^t,
ii.
357
UJI
ii-
uoia^jJ
L^t,
ii.
93
a.
jJt jj^ c>**^' Jj^>

A~o
^-aaammoJI
285
c.
w>
^^
a
âw..)l iJju,
ii.
iiu&)
JjUJ^J
ajjucJU
lUf,
...
ii.
164
336
a.
c.
ii.
163d, 324
44b, 164
gCljT i <W& f
a.
JJu,
...
,
ii.
286
c.
JJjT
...
,
,h)
jiJT
ii.
284
d,
ii.
a.
2871
396
ibta
3 *
Indexes.
,b*
*^*>
Jj^JJ
286
b.
0/>5
ChW'
4 ^0 J
J.A-JI,
n.
jjjaizi),
ii.
74
D.
aJULjf sJujaJi,
ii-
ii.
378
d.
JaaM o-f jJô-M J-m,

J
74
a.
,0,
ii.
j|,
i.
166
4
ii.
b.
JauJI,
*U>,
ii.
365
b.
c.
XJt,
ii.
b.
78
^L-ollJI,
Jyta^Jl j JxUJI lUj,
i.
198
i.
d,
199
a,
261
d.
50
b.
Sj-o^t
uÂ^J,
i-
18
d,
73
a.
b.
jZ,
^,
ii.
229
351
b,
230
c.
Jri^jZii,
b.
174 d;
i.
ii.
88
ii.
w^Jjjt,
aaJU^J!
245
b.
j*>U
SUM,
...
i.
139
147
4
b.
a.
^jUwl
fu.s*.,~~Z
j
a
w<s*p,
M,
ii.
i.
160
b.
\jdj îa. Li
lylî
i.
d.
368
a,
d.
^> SU^J
ii.
i.
j^JLcuJI,
a
i.
110
a
^
166 174
b.
Ltf,
272
ii.
d.
âA.jJj) j->fccJ,
j
a
i.
d.
^^m-wIj,
353
t
b.
a -
jujuUJI,
j
ii.
a
i.
14
A.
j*>3l 3
i*&U)i,
,..
282
b.
jgauH,
i.
ii.
358
b.
a.
^J&JLJUt
ii.
282
c.
AjjuCJI,
34
AiJUJI j^ti,
i.
139
ii.
a.
JujIiJI,
b.
i.
247 c;
166 d;
ii.
198
d,
199
a.
a.
JÎ*4j| juBf
tL~>Jl
282
b.
^Jsi5f,
4~J&bi,
i.
ii.
54
c,
268
juU,
i.
164
i.
i.
190
d.
a.
Jj^Jm v~jUJI,
0J)t,
jj+JzS),
'
245
b.
JÛj,
JÛ.3,
i.
38
ii.
123
a.
i.
116
b.
ii.
358
b.
a.
JÛi,
>
plur.
i.
fr.,
i.
226
c.
>
- *
"
ji
ju&^lJI
i.
52
JÛ3,
i.
116
b.
^y^ i-î
ii.
62
d.
JwjtU3, plur.
J.A....A3),
ii.
fr.,
i.
228
A.
I,
195
d.
123
a.
I.
Technical Terms,

^~3t,
i.
etc.
397
Jbuu,
...
,
i.
115
b,
116
d,
i.
117
b.
D.
166
b.
intens. adj.,
i.
138
117
j-^Jt,
d,
i.
i.
31a;
ii.
74 b, 216 c, 268 a.
ii.
JUib,
...
,
115
c,
116
b.
!
intens. adj.,
i.
138
D.
\
JjjXJt j! JijSi,
j
74
b,
282
c.
as
*
ii.
JU*3,
...
,
116
a,
117
a.
i.
Jts^\,
^
^ #-o
122 d.
ii.
3a*
124
b.
...
,
intens. adj.,
,
138
D.
>ju*Jf J**J,
JjUiS,
i.
139d.
jZ&S
..
ii.
124c, 125
a.
UUaj,
JjUU,
JIi3,
Jjiaj. ** a , Ju.
i.
i.
HO a.
* *a*>
Ao-UoJ!
*a
a>c
...
116
36
D.
u-Li*!)
.-
...
---
i.
c.
OiV
j4*>)
,125
a.
i.
116
a.
^
i.
i.
ojU^jf,
ii.
327
d.
L 115
i.
b,
116 cd, 122 116

d.
c.
jjdSl,
>,
247 c.
12
a.
115
b,
CHyZtt,
iJbuu, intens. adj.,
, , a
i.
138
d.
"
i.
J>j2\ o-yi,
48
c.
ii.
390
ii.
c.
JJjuu,
JlaUi,
w-jj-kuJJ ^j**)!,
i.
390
-
o.
117
c.
*.*
a j a-
* a j a*
,
(jjjuu, for yîjuu

s
i a i
i.
i.
56
D.
b.
,>**3I cnyî as * j ^
j-X^'l CH>*^
*
l-
235 B
c.
o
235
JÂJ,
*
115
D,
116
as
e^
i.
J-**Ju,
...
115b, 116 cd.

'
ii.
235
o-o
b.
i
pi. J-jftl*3,
358
a*
i-
c.
t^jxJt OO*-*?
235
c.
i.
123
a.
ÛUt
i.
,>>>">
j
^
i-
390
235
d.
J,
intens. adj.,
i.
139
**
d.
, i a-o
a*
b.
iblioJI
CH>^)
ii.
^j-jjuu,
*
.
246
b.
*^l^jj,
272
d,
c.
282
b,
283
a.
'
..
..JaJu,
ii.
358
c.
ou.y3j,
ii.
ii.
354
J~u3t,
i.
286 c;
ii-
216 c.
d.
>i,s,
*.wj3l, ii. 191 as *
>
b.
j
is
5JUU! J*JUL>,
276
ju^pl.
See jl.>U)1.
398
Indexes.
c Ob*
*x-t 4juj
j-Xt ^-.J
j e ^ o,
?.&.,
i.
245 c.
4^1
^<A
JUJj,
invisible
~*
*tf)|, i.
j e<o
t
b.
>r^âl
ii.
s.aJI,
i.
191
D.
O^BTjI
i.
01*31,
29
a.
195
d.
Si
* joio
Ji\L,
Od
x>
ii.
115
J
c,
250
251
b.
4*4^1 Ua.,
i.
ii.
A.
235
b.
U^^
251
a,
^-o-wl A>oa,
ii.
175
d.
j^î j jU.,
337
j.aJ\,
^ ^ i.
ii.
253c, 269
d,
<LiÎ*)t
^>sk-
b.
4djl>
^-W>
ii-
a.
253
B.
*
tore ui
235
i
I
&JU. iCl,
*
ii.
ii.
68
d,
333
a.
Sjj Isfc^J
^1
jlâJt j^-,
c.
234
b.
a,
a ^
o, a j
ii.
O-sv*^ Oti aXo*.,

Ilijip
256
261
b.
|J4,
ii.
358
IU4-,
...
,
ii.
253
251
b,
a.
l?îJI ilj^,,
'0
s
ii.
15
a.
4JU5
i.
ii.
b.
A.0J.0., j>js..
13
b.
a.
<LUJt
>.
...
.
See aXaJI
*..*..
c WJI,
i.
52
SjiJCJI
SeeSji&l *..
c.
a^Clji,
j
i.
180
b.
d.
o - *
i.
s&J!,
52
tj!
i.
52
*âfcJI,
w;l^., omitted,
...
ii.
ii.
17
a.
j*~JI
*.*>,
i.
192
a.
Z>j
216c.
15
1
^J|
ôJLJI
...
i.
231c.
Jsj-uJI
...
,
ii.
a.
i.
**Jt,
191
D.
^-~iJ J
'
...
ii.
75
d.
^J
j
omitted,
d.
ii.
c.
/ 0/
i.
-.,,=
qM
*.*Jt,
191
D.
j\iii),
i-
278
alijT
iî.,
D,
i.
169
b.
i>,
234 b;
ii.
234
235
i.
C
1 ,
si*
ii.
iLwUJI,
371 d.
d.
SpCM
170
b.
a,
234 b;
ii.
i.
>.,
v,
234
235
^WJ),
51
I.
Technical Terms, Mnemonic Words, Paradigms,

51 d
5 b
etc.
399
JUJI
i.
ii.
c,
19
d,
20
b.
j^t.
*
>Jj-a*,
ii.
46
b.
21b, 38c, 50c, 104a,
112c
j
..
120
,
a,
196
c.
,
ii-
+ i
i a ,
j=>yo j*z Jl,
115
D.
400
o
Indexes.
ipjJii]
*is>,
i-
290
c.
t
j^LSs,
ii.
251
ii.
c,
255
b.
Ji
<*,..
>.>
J '
i.
^.u.M
t^jjj^Jt,
15
c.
jdjJlc jli.,
jjl
j-**.,
253
80
B.
a,
257
c.
ii.
^l^
a*ji
...
,
...
ii.
100b.
98b.
a.
i.
B.
<)
...
,ii.
2uj~o)\
^3j*J\,
...
,
i.
15
4
c.
ijJAif,
Û*A-,
,JJLj1,
wi-AaJI.
ii-
353
86
c.
i^JJI
,>JJ|
i.
c.
ii.
<Jjj^.,
i-
b.
i.
235
a,
D.
279
a.
iuJUl ^JjâJI,
juoJI
i.
B.
ii.
367
Jj/,
i-
9 c.
JaaJU
a^-û^J! ^JjâJI,
ii.
li.
80
b.
Je*. JJI,
iiUjj'l,
ii.
353
259
b.
ii.
c.
Ajjjua^Jl ^JjjaJI,
252
b.
a.
,,,}*>
111
i.
iftjlo-oJt ^Jjj-*",
56
JUJT
4
...
,
ji,
ii.
117
b.
1.
lA.
J
rtâi,l>oM
Jt<D
05>aJ!,
J J J
ii-
1.
A.
iuip't,
ii.
256 312
29
b.
SbUJt
-*S/*">
^
85
_
a.
jit* aJl^^JI kJjj^JI,

6
1
J//UK
iojjjl,
i.
ii.
a,
319 bd, 322

b.
a.
4
a.
a.
^bj,
f\3j,
ii.
i.
i.
a,
47
juJI îs/-,
ii-
85
351
a.
a**LJI
jt
A**kuM o^>aJI,
i-
5 a.
j^.jj|,
ii.
362 353
a.
tUÎ J^,
a.
Jj|,
J)l,
a.
iijjl,
ii.
n.
A-SU^Jt *Jjja*)\,
>l&Jt,
ii.
1.
1 A.
ii.
355
a.
a.
313 ab, 314

fyft.,
ii.
i.
8 a, 235
i.
4*pU JU.
30
c.
^ja^JI ^jJI,
28
d.
I.
Technical Terms,

jki,
JjLj^,
ii.
etc.
401
J^JI,
Jj)1,
ii.
366
d.
351
c.
i.
276
ii.
c.
ii.
350
8
b.
a.
ijjji\,
352
a.
J&,
J
21
b.
i.
j-etajf
Oî
i.
ii.
JUjT^t^,
jjuJI,
ii.
ii.
117
b,
119
a.
238
c,
351c.
cl.,
ii.
0^C,
J
13 b;
ii.
355 bd.
rtJbg,
indef.
b,
relat.
c.
38
c,
^1)1,
m,
ii.
283
b.
216
317
ii.
358
D.
iLlii '
358
d.
i.
105 a;
b.
ii.
114
c,
277
b,
<
t
ii.
283 a
iL>U
aao.
J~Ju w%w,
i.
187
a.
liiU-
...
,i.
187c.
SJuî\,
ii.
-~JI,
Ljlfi,
Jjuu>,
ii.
351b, 368 362

a.
c.
d.
jjLJfs
ii.
'}J&M
276
a.
^JJI
i.
_3
46
i.
j^
.'
11
^yC-Jt,
13 a;
ii.
355
j.'-ro
d.
3a*cJI,
ii.
274b.
Ay-ôJ' OUL^JI
JjLJt,
i.
36 a.
ii.
J^'iJI
i"
UW
i.
&JULJI,
iuljf,
"
ii.
233
c.
JjAaJT,
d.
133
c.
iSJjl,
i.
19
a.
356
...
def. relat.
c.
cl.,
i.
105b;
ii.
ii.
250 c.
317
dJLflJt,
in metre,
ii.
352
c.
o * 9<
j a
Jt
a
<sui,
i.
179
a.
a,
181
a,
190
d,
JyiiJI ^ JÛJI a*-mo,
i.
50b.
224
o&
j
d.
234
ii.
JjuJI A-i,
Sjlw,
i.
284
b.
1
^rjl*;!)
ÛaJt,
Add.
i.
et
Corri-
14
ii.
c.
genda (Vol.
a.
c).
hjLi\, w.
15
w*^JI,
ii.
358
c.
II.
51
402
236 d 374
Indexes.
jiibt 6j3j~e,
5i
/
i.
ii.
a.
i-
*"* j9*e,
7 D.
j~ira}\,
i.
53
b,
105
bd;
ii.
251c.
See
JsuljJI, tjjt,
and JJUM.
jusUI
I.
Technical Terms,
etc.
403
fts.,
i.
30 a.
234
d.
O**^
' '
...
i.
U>aJ7
lli,
ii.
262
c.
wa-'
404
<UUi, intens. adj.,
Indexes.
i.
139
c,
c.
J*5,
d.
adj.,
i.
133
d,
136 a.
adj.,
;
JJUi,
plur.
fr.,
i.
226
239
Jjti,
inf.,
i.
110;
i.
i.
133 d;
i.
l)Ui, plur.
^J\jJ, plur.
fr.,
i.
230
221
a.
subst.,
158 c
numerals,
ii.
264 b
fr.,
i.
for
J*9,
ii.
384
c.
b,
240
a.
JÛI,
^Jlxi, plur.
fr.,
i.
i.
29 a;
251c.
81c. 68b.
a.
222
i.
b.
^5^*.^! J*aJ1,
i.
^JUi,
intens.
adj.,
i.
165 b; nuc.
meral
adj.,
i.
263
ioM
...
,
i.
4JU3,
inf.,
Ill
i.
d.
w-^.*:i J*i,
a,
ii.
124
JJlii, plur.
fr.,
228
plur.
239
i.
d.
JôU. J*9,
d.
ii.
15 D.
^Jl**, secondary
Jjii,
i.
fr.,
231
JjC
C"
...
i.
53
...
a.
30
a,
49
d.
mg^
'
...
* s J
IBs
5 _
ii.
sjjj]^
J*$,
i.
JlJjT Ji*,
i.
43 d, 58 b.
^JjâLc jê. Jj,

l
124
30
a.
* * J
,
31 a.
i.
kA-A-JwO
i.
A.
Jli, for JjU,

*i
97 c
c,
ii.
384
c.
JfcUlf J*,
i.
50
b.
9 '
J*j,
i.
inf.,
i.
110
112 d;
i.
adj.,
JJ*\tl*JV**J9 dAcli^^^ U Jj*3,
i.
50
b.
158c, 133c, 136a; 192 c; plur. fr.,i. 224 c; used

subst.,
i.
J^
, 8
,,,
,,,
,,
y*J\
instead of Jcl,
superl.
132 d;
ii.
JftUUI
^
lkJ
ii.
^j^JI J**!*
50b.
jl,i.
with genitive,
218 b,
J B yBtO r *
it-
226 JjJ,
c.
inf.,
i.
110
adj.,
c,
i.
112
d,
113
a,
sj
Jû^JI
- - t
kc
ji,
i.
50
b.
121 b;
fr.,
i.
133 c;
o e
plur.
224
\J>j*aU J*j,
124
i.
a.
b.
ji/
Jji5,
* > *
proper names,
i.
i.
243
A.
UÛx^Jt
Jiiil,
i.
68b.
Jj&,
30
b,
49 c d.
JZju> Jjti,
i.
53
i.
a.
Jji, inf.,
i.
110c;
ii.
adj.,
i.
133
c,
^5UT
Ji, '
fr.,
Ji*ff,
i.
88
d,
a.
136 a; subst.,
accus. or
^J,
159 c; with
B.
inf.,
i.
110
B.
121 b;
plur.
70
202
I.
Technical Terms,

iJUi, intens. adj.,
*
fr.,
i.
i.
etc.
405
JjU, plur.
fr.,
i.
207
B.
139b;
plur.
208
i.
B.
J*i, subst., i. 159 c; "ii. 385 b.
for
J*i,
aJU*, inf.,
111a.
i.
JJJ, for Ji,
i.
97 c
ii.
384
i.
c.
2^jLi,
inf.,
185 a
b,
i.
111b; fem. 240 n.

111b.
fr.,
i.
adj.,
i.
Jxi,
inf.,
i.
1
i.
10 D
adj.,
;
133 d
fr.,
subst.,
158 c
*3&$,
plur.
i.
i.
inf.,
200 a
J*3,
j ^ j
numeral,
263
d.
i.
*3Ui
plur.
a.
218
d,
225
b.
inf.,
i.
110
plur.
d,
121 b;
i.
240
adj.,
b.
133d;
fr.,
199
0*}iL*i, for >*,

;
i.
192
a.
c,
sqq.
J*i, proper names, vocative, i. 244

i
J
i.
243 d
as
b.
Jî*i,
0,
, i
i.
117 cd, 118
Jjtj, intens. adj.,

fr., i.
9
J
i.
i.
137 d; plur.
U'Ûi,
i.
123
a.
206
c.
d.
ij'iilai,
inf.,
i.
i.
Ill b;
adj.,
c,
fem.
b.
J*9,
Jjti,
159
I&ii,
proper names,
adj.,
i.
i.
133
d,
184
241
133
243
a.
(j'iUi, adj., fem.
^â*,
;
i-
D,
J*,
133 d;
numeral,
plur.
i.
fr.,
i.
136 a, 184 b, 241 b

i.
fem.
&,
adj.,
200 d
3JUi, inf.,
263
i.
d.
* ' ' '
185
b.
i.
110 d
subst.,
123 a,
158
J
..
^jk*i,
c.
i.
inf.,
i.
111b, 113 c;
241
c.
A -
dJl*j.
names
inf.,
fr.,
i.
i.
of
men,
d,
i.
193
a.
(j'iJL**,
inf.,
i.
111c;
plur.
i.
fr.,
i.
iLU,
110
c.
121 c; plur.
*
216 a; proper names,

' '
242 D.
tern.
207
i.
aLJ,
inf.,
Ill a; subst.,
...
i.
159c.
jjÛi,
inf.,
i-
i.
111c;
d,
adj.,
c,
Jb'SU*,
4JLsi, inf.,
;
133
i.
184
c.
241 b;
subst.,
i.
123d,
fr.,
plur.
fr.,
217
c,
'l58c, 175 c, 192 c; plur. i. 169d, 209 b.

ilxi, plur. dSxs, inf.,
fr.,
i.
Jj&,
iUUi,
Jjlii
*
i.
47
b,
48
120
d.
i.
208
a.
117 cd.
ii.
D.
i.
Ill
...
= UUi,
inf.,
i.
384
a.
- -
6/tJ
iUi,
inf.,
subst.,
i.
158
OjJLxi,
c,
111c.
...
175
c,
192
c.
J>3&9,
inf.,
406
120
i.
Indexes.
*U>i*9,
' * '
i.
a.
J**I,
fern, adj.,
fr., i.
i.
i.
166
i.
c,
170
a,
c.
.J**,
inf.,
111a;
J**i,
inf.,
i.
112
113 cd, 122a;
184b, 241b; plur.
220a,
adj.,
133
c,
136 a-d, 146 ad,

accus. or
^J,
ii.
240
a.
186a; with
i.
j^Jlij, inf.,
111a.
70 b; with passive sense, ii. 196 b; subst., i. 154 c, 159 b,

plur.
fr.,
i.
^JUi,
inf.,
c.
i.
111b;
176 d;
numeral,
plur.
i.
fr.,
i.
223 c;
220
' J
263
167
136
i.
D.
^-Jijts,
inf.,
i.
111b;
d.
fern, adj.,
i.
J-j*j
= J**i,
i.
a.
184 CD, 240

^JUs,
inf.,
i.
J*ai = J-oJ,
i.
d.
111b.
J*ji, intens. adj.,
137
D.
l*i,
i.
154
i.
b.
jJd,
112 a; 146
^J,
i.
138
a.
Jyis, inf., 136 c,
adj.,
i.
133
d,
d,
ii.
185 b;
with
JI**,
i.
154c, 159b, 166

i.
b,
174c.
accus. or
70
b.
iJL*i, inf.,
'
i.
112b;
subst.,
i.
intens. adj.,
ij$*i,
intens. adj.,
i.
i.
137
D.
139b;
154b, 159b.
c.
Jjjii, inf.,
112 ad, 113
A,
121 d;
<ULi, intens. adj.,

dJLxi,
i.
i.
139
plur. fr., i. 205 B. ij Jâi, intens. adj., i. 137 d.

5
x J >
154 115
b,
159
116
b.
*%,
B.
i.
d,
c.
0*^ji, secondary
ijyj,
i.
pi.,
i.
232
JJti/x.
inf.,
i.
115
c,
116
i.
c,
117
c,
b.
112 a; intens.
fern,
i.
adj.,
J*by,
139 b;
;
plur.
fr.,
213
239
d.
of
J>*i,
d.
i-
185 c
subst.,
155
139
Jîy,
alijJikXi
plur.
fr.,
i.
228
c.
a.
U^*5, intens. adj.,
i.
c.
l5,
ii.
156
117
JUyU,
inf.,
i.
112 ad, 113 a, 121 d;

i.
JU*9,
i.
116
a,
a.
plur.
fr.,
223
a.
D.
J,
iJjij,
aJytf,
inf.,
i.
Jli, adj. (for JL*i),
i.
146
a,
112
...
155
b.
inf.,
Jaîi,
i.
166
b,
167
d,
174
c.
4-J15,
ii.
351
c.
I.
Technical Terms,
is , 3*315,

j
etc.
407
9 s Z i J
^ '
e<
ii.
ii.
354
a.
Sj^siJIô^.
ijUXJl,
i.
125
ii.
c.
105c;
d.
125
c.
L1L,
,
i.
107
ii.
352
a.
o*
s
S * *
at
* *
..
, ,
ii.
JpUUI >oUU^51S,
269 b
d.
ii.
104
a.
5,
i.
8
i
a.
a5^jf^',
ii.
ii.
98
ii.
b.
j3,
b.
<bila>^JI
*$,
105a.
s
ii.
B.
ii.
98
-
a.
JJU&J
^...)t,
i.
Jj,
i.
286
d.
c.
.-
--
i_<y-J'
ii.
*^>
"
36
B.
175
D.
JjS),
^-a5,
s '
i.
30
a.
24
ii.
...
Sjuâi,
%iaii\,
A*Jft5.
351
J>*$S\ (the article),

a.
...
i.
269
i.
a.
(the
ii.
276
351
in jj&),
i.
30
b.
a.
a.
ii.
a.
i&j&'lji'j (J),
283
(J),
y^lûlÛ JÛt
rt,..;.fu
ii.
149
...
c.
^JtfJi (J),
ii.
ii.
178
a.
JliLl^J
a3iklvj
...
(J),
J^tfj'l,
362
d.
...
(J),
ii.
152b.
jp$\J><) (J),
illjjT oli>,
ii.
i.
291 b;
ii.
ii.
35
a.
b.
100 a, 104 a, 302 a.
TÛ^1
... ...
(J),
148
151
IcJuT
L^tî.!
,302
a.
0&J
j
...
,
(J),
ii.
d.
ii.
15c, 16
a,
101
d,
103
d,
258
i.
c,
328
d.
w-a.îI)
(J),
ii.
152
d.
5j^~=5. j~*,
I
7 c.
ii.
ijjJLJLu
...
(J),
ii.
148c.
i.
<U*Iv*JL* ,n) ^9,
125
c.
Uujj&\ j>*$ (the
article),
269 a.
408
Indexes.
J
vt
,âJ
'i.
<J.jjj)
ve^t
318
(the article),
d.
^LL-oJU >Ût
(J),
ii.
149
c.
269
b';
ii.
~*LuT
yj,
ii.
...
(J),
i.
291c.
jâi\ UujJCi
i.
J>*&)'\
(the article),
339
i.
a.
269
c.'
J~jJLljU
'l51
A.
J>4S\ (J),
i.
291 c;
ii.
^JsJu,
246
b.
ZJl,
i.
108
a.
jûjT
aj^lij
J^l
(J),
ii.
61
d,
AAAa^JI
,jjCJ,
ii.
81
n.
287' d'
^jbu
'
jA)'\ (J),
ii.
H8 c.
iloL^^f U,
276
b.
i.
277 d
ii.
43
c,
283
b.
^JjTJS)
...
(J),
(J),
ii.
29
a.
ii.
104
a.
i.
ii.
148c.
iâ*juJt
Lo,
98
c.
t^JLajf J^' (the
article),
i.
269
b.
ji
ox?
Ajjla^wJI
..., ii.
105
a.
282 d. ^JU\ y. ^^ (J), *$ J yl^-^ (J), 283 a.

i.
3-JUpl jt a^^jjJI L,
i.
277
a.
c,
i-
294 a;
5
ii.
17
c,
41b, 102
ÛUjT
4^ >$M
(J),
ii.
(J)<
148c
jljjJT
ii.
jf
S juSlpr
U, 224
ii.
i.
278 A
aL
>SUI
151
a.
193
a,
215
b,
c.
J^T j^
aJLoUJt 3
283
Oo
J
(the article),
\
i.
269
c.
a^Jil
i.
U,
ii.
i.
277 b;
18
a.
a.5,UJt >^)1 (J),
libClT U,
JsîJt
81a, 215 bc.

**t==>\^
'
b.
^-x-4
a
J*AJI
j*),
i.
30a.
ii.
i
y
* ,
^
^Jii
iilljJT
j^LJU
a.
/ ,'
,
U,
81
ii.
43
D.
Sjuj- U, *
ii.
d.
(J),
28
J-liJU
(J),
i.
ii.
82a.
;
2&i$'\J'S\
i.
283
a.
iJ, Jua^jT U,
215
c,
i.
277 b
ii.
29
a.
a,
>&!
(J),
285
b.
219
a,
221a, 252
ii.
UJL)j ajjjlûo L),
18
17
a.
aiLÛ,
ii.
95
c.
Sj
ii.
d.
I.
Technical Tei-ms,

iL
etc.
409
ii^^JT U, 319 R
i.
273
c,
277 a:
,i)jUU,
ii.
355 bd.
J*jSZj\,
ii
Vpi
iiiil U,
U,
i.
i.
273c;
c.
ii.
320c.
j^
..
^
355
a.
365
b.
98
4^>U^ ^
5
356 A
iLb^jJ
jcoU.
-
U,
ii.
i.
50c;
b.
1 a.
ii.
269c.
J%
oU,
i-
346
ii.
j^
*
-
.
ng ^
123d
J-ai,
51 c;
i.
o3c.
it
,-e>C)t, '
,/
a ,,.,,
<cu w*.J|,
b.
152
d.
jj*)t, iL 282 -
"^
a
j*i*, L 30
c.
j
j^^JI.
ii.
287
'->'
ii.
,.*^
iiji\i.
a
.
VJ UUJI,
52c, 177c.
,
363
d.
*~ ^v*T~ wjJl.
JuiaJl
i.
177c.
i.
O-^- 3 ^ B
..
,'
3d6 a
"
,,,*,
c.
(
A^H, ^Jl ^
îit
L^*-*^'
^XSî\,
177
iJ^JI,
...
i.
179
a.
^^^
i.
52c.
234 d
/}
L 235 A
355 b c.
Ûjf
*jO,
1
l
i-
,L177d.
^f^^:,L235A.
jstÎ*, iL
c,
31
43
b,
116
139
a.
50
C.
tju-*J1,
ii.
123
b,
251
a,
c,
25o
c,
b.
^1^^ÛL74b. ^
'
tffi i. 52 a ; j;o ,
;-j:-
^f,?,,,,
Ijuô, ii
i..
Uj
l, ii.
368
a.
253
b.
257
258 a.
i^jjL-o) I,
ii.
354
D.
b.
J jliX
j
j
ii.
286
ii.
- : j !.
J>jj*}\,i. 60
4-u Jju^JI,
- L5
i
286
b,
287
c.
^
>
i,
i-
234
54
D.
*^
ÛH.L52a '* _ J^^LLSOc.

i
rt
iL
c.
J
t
i
'
U~Jt,
J
f:
i.
-t o2
c.
.>~..M, iL
*-r^
'
123a.
272 d
uu>a>^,
i 5
'
?fr
i.
81 c. 14 n. fi , c;
lif
t. ^ J|
i,
ii.
s'
ii.
355
b.
*.jjL., ii.
351
a.
w.
ii.
52
410
juj^JI,
j.b>JLoJ|,
Indexes.
s 2<>
J *
*0*
ii.
ii.
367
52
d.
B.
^JIAM jj^*JI,
j
122
a.
j o>o
i.
c,
177
c.
j<=>y<tl\
...
ii.
74
a.
Sji
i.
122
i.
J^-JT
c.
<,
...
i.
119
c,
126
d.
c,
JiJj^,
d,Jj,
ii.
108
351
a.
127 ac, 128 bd, 129 * 0*0 ii. 351 B. c.\jaa, cj*a#.
Ji^,
ii.
363
i.
b,
365
b.
cjUL2l, 364
3
i.
60 c;
* 3 3*
ii.
64
b,
199
a,
d.
3
cyj-oJI,
60
108
d.
^jWI
3
*0>
ii.
22
1>.
,UxM,
...
,
^Jbji
,jpUl]
i.
b.
30 * J
ii.
cjij-oJI
18b.
^Jbî
L i 8b
>
160b
,
w>3~u.JI
ii.
22
c,
26
c.
^J-a
161
c,
160
244
C,
oLcloJI,
i.
191
ii.
b, a.
196
b,
b,
0*
198
3
b,
*
108 c; ii. 66 200 a, 201b.

3
b,
119
c,
245b;
89
b.
0*
i.
aJI
ol-a-oJI,
j
108
c,
etc.
(see
J^j],
*t>* o
l
ii.
283
* 30*
j/
ii.
cXlZ~.+}\,
JO
.
336a.
j-^^j't,
ii.
i.
S , J J
9/
53b, 105 bd;

35
d,
ii.
251
D.
d,
a~o
j
.-JUZw^Jt,
- - o
336
a.
je^
II,
cjUJ,
41
93
ii.
i.
36
d,
38
d,
40
ii.
152b.
*
c.
* * o j a,
do
Ûi-^Jt,
i
152
b.
i]a.o,
i.
24
i-
C.
3*
dd&J
3 , S
.-
^v^,
3 is
I,
_j!
dJ
3 ''0 30* CAiloJI.
ii.
152
c.
jîOX
*
105
*
b.
o<o
^ *
*
oi
i.
51 d;
b.
ii.
21
b.
ii.
164
i-
b.
I,
ii.
250
ii.
5 -
0*
3*0 30*
aJI ja-~oJt, a>j IL<j-\,

ijui.-e,
3 *
ii.
i. i.
250
d,
wjjjuo,
b.
234
i.
d.
32
39
^jjtoJt,
a.
247
c.
ii^jLji,
i.
235
i.
c,
247 c;
ii.
117
b.
13 d.
3
3
0*0*
jjiouL*,
3 *
362
a.
^jjtoJI,
ii.
50
c.
'0*
i.
jjk-UoJt,
It
110b;
t
54
c.
aIu J^ki^M,
*0*
ii.
287
c.
Oi
3*0
Jjiiift,
i.
50
H.
c.
* a ,
54
c.
^J ^*ô,
b.
I.
Technical Terms,

5 - -
etc.
411
ijZj\ ^jix*,
ii.
Ub,
Ill
i.
116
d.
AJbuU,
iladJo,
i.
130b, 149
b.
JjU
JcUi,
iUU-e.
...
ii.
a.
i.
148 149
i.
c.
plur.
i.
fr.,
226
a.
c,
227
b.
hJ&,
i.
b.
116
a,
117
i.
ddXxJL*.
a.
148
d.
J-sUU,
ijljf,
i.
plur.
fr.,
228
J>**-- particip.,
...
,
i.
131
i.
c.
52
b.
= Jii,
(
etc.,
132
c.
]>U,
j
i.
-
108 b;
123
ii.
357
d.
J****
3'
the obJ ect )> " 123 A
.-
II, ii.
a.
Jy^' J*****',
i.
50
'
JU_Lo,
adi.,
subst.,
i.
129
a,
130 b;
intens.
'
^
<î
'
UJI
ii-
104a
numeral,
i.
263 d;
or
269
d.
138 b; com. gen., s

with
ace.
i.
a
,
,f
186c;
70
b.
A,
ii.
p-i^-^' <4 <-"'
J^JtA^Jl,
,,>
?'m
ii.
n co 2b9
d.
^j-*
adj., J '
i.
11
j** ** J******',
J
" - 69
5JUi*, intens.
* ^ -
139
D.
j ?"ft u3 JlyuUeJt, n. 112 ' '
c.
J
JjuU, inf., *^
i.
112b; subst.,
d,
i.
124
d.
f'ff i *\ "1, \ dJUj.1 ,> ^1 *tU.*i) Jyui^JI. ' '

, ,
ii.
J*L,
i.
241
i.
262
d.
122
i.
a'
J*iU,inf.,
Jji,
* ^
i.
112b;
b.
subst.,
124d.
Jj
:
JyO^M,
- i
J."
ii.
122
a.
.--.-,
ii.
112
J-Ua-oJI
J^**Jt,
d,
54
c,
72 d,
193
subst.,
adj.,
i.
270
a.
JjLiL,
130
i.
b,
149 b;
intens.
gen.,
* ,
1
i. i.
138b; com.
juUJU JJLk^JI Jyw^J'

vffi,inT.;)t, ii.
186
a.
c.
54
c.
iJjul,
131
...
J*i-
AXaJU,
5 ,
*
149
b.
ii.'56B.'
112b; subst., i. 128c, 118b; plur. fr., i. 225 a.

inf.,
i.
jljj&J Jik^jT J1J1

*
}
ii.
56
A.
>*>
>
>a,>
ii.
ajxJ-^.
inf.,
i.
112b;
fr.,
i.
subst.,
a.
i.
fy^-* JWa-oJ' S
s -
J yta^JI,
84
c.
56
a.
si*
ii.
128 c; plur.
rt
225
<X3u>
Jyii^JI.
a a *
5 3'
JLJU,
inf.,
i.
112 b; subst.,
fr.,
i.
i.
l*$yuL*,
fr.,
- A*9, etc.,
i.
i.
132 d: plur.
128 c; plur.
225
a.
225
a.
412 =
132
d.
Indexes.
'9a
Ote
J i
ZiytJLc,
9
Jji, etc.,
i.
ii.
174
j j
c.
yJ^JtLc,
intens. adj.,
i.
i.
138b; com.
'?
gen.,
J
-
186
c.
Û Ju*,
ii.
174
c.
10iO
J s*
lyMOJA^Jt,
o a }
ii.
ii.
366
D.
b.
5^1
ii.
WC
J i
>
***aJ
jl Sj>^JI Jj'n) jOrf,
â*JLc,
9 *
a -
90
174 cd.
1,
%\xLc,
ii.
359
ii.
A.
~.j**J>+i
ii.
366
90
a.
OlxkJLo,
ii
- ja,
i.
351
c.
A.
Jj
^wU+M,
ii.
b.
jHoJI,
j^hjJI,
i -
52
'Hi ^j*eJ*t,
9
i.
234
i.
d.
ii.
122
d.
-
w^-CU^JI,
j j a * a*
60
D.
J .a
' 0x>
I
aj^gôJ
ii.
^>o,
b.
i.
273
c,
277 a;
C>yUJI,
o
* a 3
i.
104 d;
53
c.
ii.
287
c.
319
JucdU*,
J
-
i.
ijj-^JT
*
,
o->
"
i-
273 c;
-
ii.
320c.
JîU,
J
i.
108c.
/Jrf
a*
stjO^J ^>>
131 A
ÛJJT,
<jLJL) j>,
ii.
131
a.
ii.
138
O"*'
ii.
a.
u***^-"
OW?^
ii'
138
a.
a.
ijiuxjllJ ^j*o,
137
ÂAAAiU
I.
Technical Terms,
etc.
413
lljuJI,
ii.
86
c.
jLfcl^l,
1,
i.
52
b.
i.
109
d,
149
b.
c.
'js\^\,
ii.
363
b.
J.~ftH
i.
8 a, 235
sTjLl.'ffi jlj.
ii.
333
a.
ii.
33 A; with ace, 84
b.
^j-jT ^ ^jf,
pJuH,
3UJI,
ikij.
Ji-JI,
IjjCJ,
i.
ii.
77
a,
c,
276
a.
ii.
105a;
354
4
a. b.
ii.
283
JUJ1
w
J
ii.
262
b,
332
d.
ii.
ii.
216
175
84
d.
b.
i.
ii.
ii.
372
b.
i.
235
b,
c,
247 c;
d.
ii.
116
c,
117
260
w
II
ii.
b.
ii.
33 A; with ace,
ii.
84
B.
jCjT
J s
*t
oA
}
101
i.
g
61
b.
ii.
33 a; with ace,
84
b,
i tiga
&* A.
*j>yo)\
ijtS^Jl
^\,
i.
ii.
325
d.
j3y
<jjJ,
ii.
358
D.
101
Jjjj** jJj, 9 Jt/

iyl XI
ii.
358
d.
~,
i.
Olj**
7 a.
5
*JlDI |l*,
0/
ii.
o
J
yjjj,
..., ii.
351
>
-
B.
372
d.
J**N Oj>
d.
i-
245
a.
c.
oi5>31
...
ii.
371c, 372
oi-yt,
u.iupfrJI,
i.
105
?Vjb,
*>J^JI,
ii.
351
a.
i.
245
*
i.
b.
ii.
363
i.
c.
* 9 *
*/
J-ej, SJLoj,
16
i.
19
A.
>*,
S>8Jk,
ago
d.
)*
JLa-J^l
189
a.
S>--A,
152
b,
157
a,
lyIa*J
,> SU^JI lUt,

ii.
i.
4b.
ajjuJU U,
Sj-aJk.
ii.
94
a.
a.
ij^Jt
307
c.
O^-^H'
i.
i.
16
AJx&Jt Sj^Jb,
21 a, 74
b.
J-fiU'i,
* j *
,
i.
228
a
.
a.
wW
269
b.
J**j, J**j, from
JjtJ,
i.
59
d.
414
Indexes.
II.
ARABIC WORDS, TERMINATIONS,

I
j
ETC.
ji.T,
j*ll,
i.
240
227
a.
for
or
c.
^
9
d.
in the vocative,
ii.
a
a.
ii.
87
,
1 for
JsA,
i.
ii.
102
I*, o\l,
i.
295 d;
ii.
93c.
Jl,
i.
181a.
J'jT,
i.
\ for \L
in pause,
,
ii.
369 b, 370c.
JijT,
259
c.
\1 for fjl
t_l
iC\, interj.,
ii.
85a
ii
for j^_, '
in
the vocative,
ii.
1a,
i.
249a, 251 d;
,i
203a;
ii S i
^J\
i.
87
c.
for
bt,
ii.
95 d; bt =
i.
w>t,
\1 for ^jL
*
i.
61
i.
D.
249 c; (j^St
for
I,
196a;
d,
C-jI,
I,
y
i.
^,
17
c.
*J|, Lj'|,
I,
ii.
87
ii.
88
c.
a.
elided,
19
c.
i-Ljt,
I,
i.
240 b;
i-
279
omitted in writing,
fori,
i.
i.
23
A.
18
d.
ObjHl,
i.
190
c.
for initial^,
interj.,
i.
214
d.
i^Jt,
i.
240 b
JbJ,
ii.
279
c.
c.
1,
294 b;
i.
ii.
85
a.
Jjf
ii.
for
ii-
385
b,
I,
interrog.,
24
a,
282 b;
96
a,
J*t, '
2
i.
20
d,
a,
23
b,
a.
249 b;
a,
ii.
91
c,
306
d.
93
'it
203
163
a,
204
314
a.
J3\
t
i.
284
c;
i.
ii.
307
a.
b.
jj^jUvl,
'>\
i.
i.
for initial j,
119
i.
20
250 a;
239
b.
ii.
91 d, 203
b.
= ^1,
interj.,
285
a,
c.
J^S,
I
i.
20 93
a,
for initial
i.
80
119
d.
a,
172
b.
1,
interrog.,
ii.
376
96
^t,
'
i.
b.
ObiI$f,
a.
i.
190
d.
c.
C>!_ for Ol_,

f,
ii.
interj.,
i.
294 b;
185
a,
a.
ii.
85
a.
Jl,
i.
76
lC,l 157
Jtj\, Ji\,
a,
240
b.
it
n.
53
II.
Arabic Words, Terminations,

,
etc.
415
240
a.
I
i.
^JjA-\,
184
ii
d,
199
d,
d,
jU.t,
107
i.
108
d.
it
i.
^yl,
229
d.
it,
adverb,
283
^1,
i.
74
b.
c,
93 a;
ii.
46
D,
53
a.
SI, conj.,
131. conj.,
i 291 D.
103
OL1j,
ii.
OL^'.
236
i.
20a 255 cd
>
ii.
b.
with the Perl, ; with the Imperf., ii 9c; 10 a; with the Jussive, ii.
12 b;
ISI
i 292 a
or
.-.Uijl,
153
ISI
with two
b.
correlat. clauses, ii 9 D.
i.
tj^.*ft
Ji-1,
e
i.
190
c.
c.
IS],
adverb, i 283 d;
ISI,
ii.
345
c.
283
i-
w>
a,
ii
157
D.
*44-'
< *
195
a.
240 b;
ii
278
d,
U U
'SJ,
ISI,
i 292 a;
ii.
9 d.
b.
282
-U.l.
JIS|,
ii.
JIS
i 284
SJ,
ii.
46 35
a.
SI,
i 291 d;
14
c.
ji^mA,
j^.t.
ii.
i.
d.
OSI. i 284b, 292 a: with the

Subjunct.,
ii.
236
i.
a.
33
c.
c.
^jkfc.1,
184
196
d.
&i*
wJkSl,
ii.
143
^jaJ\,
i.
B.
C^jf
IJl
iT^Sl,
i 266
a.
JÛ-t,
i-
163
i.
a.
for
ii.
Sdjl, i 121 a.
O'j-U-fft
1\,
i.
190
a,
c.
>ljl,
107
c.
249
251 d;
i-
ii.
203
b,
Îji
i 221
i-
b.
204 b; C)***y
1\, li,
i.
19 6a.
sjy*>jl>
^j\,
ii
195
d.
c.
295
a.
48
20
OlXyC
9
a I
i.
190
i.
c.
A, i
a.
* * ?
w*.t, OlÂ.1,
194 c.
ii.
clwl,
*
* a
i.
68
a,
87
d.
JuU,
ji.f,
i.
76
199
c 77 a;
d,
108
d.
Uwl,
i.
233
b.
i.
240
a.
JoJLwl. i 77 b.
41G
304
a.
Indexes.
O^w-t,
jilt,
ii.
ii.
d.
w*>1,
J
i.
35
d.
280
i.
g>\,
a,
i.
195
a,
240 b;
i.
ii.
279
c,
c.
^jjj~i\,
47
b.
Jl, the article,
15
c,
19
23
d,
269
cdll, elk^t, clkll
ii.
i.
a.
68
a,
87 d:
380
c.
Jl = ^JJt, Jl
*\,
i.
269
a.
d.
jjlwl,
ii.
102
a.
A.
Ji,
i.
288
i.
J\,
i.
20
interj.,
294
i.
c.
t>^l%
36
Ill],
i.
i.
190
c.
*$\,
interrog.,
284 b
ii.
24
b,
309
i.
d,
311b.
ii.
jJwl, Add. et Corrigenda (Vol.

a).
Jit
$,
i.
284 b;
310
a.
211
ii.
D,
240
C
b.
<)\, ii.
310
b.
11^1,
S
-
15
o
c,
102 153
c.
a.
*\
= 4*,i. 284c, 288a.

interrog.,
N?
ii.
'
*^t,
i.
310
a,
c.
^gjjjAJft-et,
d.
$ =
J],
i.
16
292 c; with
ii.
0>i-oî yiylfa,
^^.Lit,
j - j j ii.
i-
190
the Subjunct.,
22
c,
25
a,
i 191
102
i.
a.
Jl,
304
i.
d.
ii.
16 a, 292 d;
b,
32
b,
a,
39
c,
a.
104
a
172
d,
254
289
*3|
d,
re-
b>-1,
62
d.
291a, 335
peated
J]
d,
341a;
ii.
jUj-nJI,
o I
i.
190
c.
c.
ju^liJ,
JJjll,
ii.
338 d
el
cl,
i.
cl
295
339 d; $\ with pronom. suffixes, ii. 340 a.

aJjT
j&\,
sJ\,
i.
140d.
295
i.
0\$\
a.
od,
i-
293 d;
ii.
340
c.
lit, etc., i.
^kit for
<jil,
i.
^t,
b.
12
d.
O^t, 0*5y,
i.
265
d.
291
i.
^\,
jj\,
i.
271
a.
i.
oiyi,
s
233
25 d;
i.
ii.
146
ii.
b.
b.
JU'SI for lolSI,
i.
121a.
^Jjf,
..
270 d;
j at
i-
318
d,
320
c.
at
Jjfl,
ii.
108
d.
ai-JI,
o-^'.
210 bd.
II.

238
etc.
417
oUI,
Lifi,
i.
259 a;
ii.
d,
244
b.
j>\,
i.
284 c; 203
a.
ii.
310
b.
i.
62
77
n.
V j\.
Ul,
ii.
M.
aX)\
i.
c.
i.
284 c:
i.
ii.
310
ii.
b.
(v.)
for
aIm
;
(-),
ii.
383
d.
J[
Ut,
284 c:
310
i.
c.
.**JJI,
ii.
89 D
d,
c.
before ^1 and
a.
Ul. followed
by
i-
^
b.
292
b.
ii.
89
107
i
i.
340
UI =
U ol
ibid
16
^M,
*
ii. ,
U,i. 292n:Jl Ul.orUl

195
c.
I Ul,
43 a: 43 n.
jJI,j)jt,
d,
265
d.
oy
t.
i.
259
Ll
=-
L ^1,
i.
16 a;
ii.
^M
J\,
or
i.
Û
^Jjf.
i.
271c.
followed by a Jussive,
ii.
280b, 281 a;
ii-
ii.
63
b,
144
b.
^'U
jUl,
or
i.
LJiUl,
i.
284
187
c.
* = .**.,
78 A i
=~^-J,
ii.
281c:
ii.
ii.
b.
146b;
^k
ii.
^JUI, ibid.
iUUt,
I,
75
d,
187
ii.
c.
^XJI =
Ujui..
ii.
77
a.
n.
- -
<ul. olil,
*t- 9
i.
87
d,
88
a.
>.T ^Jl,
146
3^*1. 51^*1,
S
20 239
a.
Cl J],
i.
285
.-
d.
6 J O
j*l.
^*l,
i.
i.
b.
Osi
tji-
"
190
c.
^t,
'
290
15
a.
*|, ii.
c,
102
a.
&.* ^1,
J>i
j^JI,
ii.
ii.
146
a.
Oly-ot,
i.
233
217
b.
190 c.
0*y*l
\\y\,
i.
i-
c.
233
b.
%* Jl
Jl, ft{
Jit,
i.
,jt, for Ul,

o
i.
i.
54
d.
265
b.
O'j
;
i-
16
A,
292 b
ii. ii.
with
the
284 308
c, b,
292 b
ii.
306
c,
307
Subjunct.,
b,
22 c, 25 a; with 25 d
:
309
a.
the Perl,
Perf.
with the
ii.
or
:
Imperf.,
26
a,
Jl = jl,
w.
i.
270
a.
27 a
omitted
before
the
ii.
53
418
Subjunct.,
Jussive,
ii. ii.
Indexes.
26 D: with the
27 b;
= lest,
J&\,
..
i.
233 65 54
55
c.
ii.
it
i.
27 b; after prepositions, etc., 192 b, 220 c; prepositions ii.
j-bUI,
-
d.
ai
i.
OJI,
j J si
a.
omitted before
q\, for
^jl,
ii.
^>l,
ii.
193
b.
^>\,
i.
a.
81
ii.
c.
ISs,
347 c; with the
i.
201
i.
b.
Oj,
i.
292 d;
ii.
Perf.,
14 B; in two correlat. clauses, ii. 15 a; with the

ii.
f*jj\,
41
A.
d.
a
i-
,-*UI,
lijt,
ii.
Ût,
108
i.
i*~~>\,
228
d.
Jussive,
23 c
in
two
d.
D.
correlat. clauses,
ii.
36
Jl, for
,jl,
>!,
i.
284 d;
ii.
81c.
ii.
*.a...A>l,
, , a
41
D.
negat.,
i.
284 c;
d.
104
b,
JJ0x3l
105
a,
300
Jj6\,
ii.
102
a,
103
ii.
c.
UJt,
i-
285 b;
i.
254
b,
335
b.
^tl
^l_,
^j\,
for ll (aJjkJ? <J)I), for ^>j_,

i.
ii.
390
d.
u~+J\,
a*i
<Ol,
i.
65
d.
d.
236
c.
54
i.
i.
293a; with Imperf. Indie. =

with Subjunct.,
ii.
Ji\,
285 b;
ii.
14
c.
<jl
ii.
25 n
;
,<j|
rel. adj.,
i.
164
i.
b.
after JU>, etc.,
47 b
D,
with
S, H, ol
c,
ii.
the
accus.,
;
ii.
78
259
IaT, etc.,
294
94
,
c.
263 b
after prepositions,
l_, see 1_; el_, n.
c.
192 b; prepositions omitted

l_, in pause for
Ol
ii.
370
B.
before
,jl,
i-
ii.
193
b.
1,
= J*3,
i.
Jlit,
i.
221
B.
290
b.
,jt,
284 d; after J13, 47 a; with the accus.,

259 175
c,
Jit,
etc.,
ii.
i.
181a;
ii.
203
a.
ii.
78d,
j
J*'
309c
i.
263 b;
in
oaths,
ii.
'.JLil
195 c
a,
D.
y,
Ul,
i.
i.
22
25
d.
307
d,
293 b; ii. 14d, 306 c, 309 a; with the

ii.
Ul,
i.
54 a cd.
Subjunct.,
33
a.
II.

c.
i.
etc.
419
92
ji, jf, etc.,
i.
294
ly;t.
295 c;
295
96
b.
ii.
85
a,
c.
-u>l,
- ii
i.
iiijl,
ii.
106
b,
107
a.
Umj\,
ii.
i.
c.
jy,
i.
240
d.
a,
260 a;
219
b,
JlT|,
i.
276
c.
227
^jtjt jy,i260cD.
Cjl,
Jjl,
^jl,
i.
i.
292 293
b,
293
a.
240
291
a.
C,
i.
i-
a.
B.
y^l,
i.
195
d,
i.
265 265
U,t, interrog.,
i.
270
c, c,
276
C
ii. ii.
d.
...,
relative,
i.
270
274 a;
jj\,
;<)J,
!
b.
14c; expressing
294
c.
surprise,
$' '^'
*ls'i
etc -> *
i.
316
.ii
d.
d suprascript,
^1,
interj.,
ii.
lie.
A.
c.
ii.
(j^jl, interrog.,
i.
270
c.
85
^>^1, relative, L
270
c,
274 A;
ii.
^\, that
...
,
is, i.
i.
285
14
;
c.
interj.,
294 b
85
i.
a.
?\,
c.
i.
20
b,
24
ii.
b,
279
c.
d.
*
...
,
'<
for
i.
^1
with
suffixes,
276
J^l,
i.
285 d;
14
^1.
l\ ^1,
285
c.
u*t,
i.
interrog.,
270
c,
275 d;
ii.
4->1,
ajI,
i.
295
a.
a.
220
^j\,
a,
315
i.
b.
relative,
270
c,
273 d
n.
t^t,
i.
295
14
c,
318
D.
\A,
316
c.
i.
294 c;
I 229
ii.
85
a,
92
c.
n. ^l, expressing surprise,
\y_l
,ii , ii
, 6.
c.
LI,
i.
294 b;
ii.
85
a.
* - ti
i i.
oy>\, t>}j\, \yj\, 0^j\, 6yi\,

s
-
285
c.
C\,
i.
l>efore
103 b; ii. 69 d, 326 a, 329 a; a subst., ii. 76 b.

75
a.
J^t,
i.
276 d;
ii.
317
b.
ilbl,
ii.
^jbl, 6
U
14
c.
jjW',
OW>
i-
285 d;
ii.
i.
279 bc;
ii.
ii.
156 c: redundant,
ii.
161 d; in oaths,
175 d;
281
c.
l*Ij>t,
expressing surprise,
ii.
316d.
with ^miu and i^-c,
ii.
420
162
c,s. Iudexet
*"**'
i^W>
i.
ii-
a.
>
i.
281 cd;
i.
ii.
186
d.
10'
yj*e,
u~5*>,
-o
58
,
d.
jju, jju
,t,
i-
288
a,
b.
u~Zj (u-^> u*b, u-^)>

ii.
- o
97
ab;
o
o j
ii.
207
267
c,
280
b,
290a.
*
- a
,
295
i.
c.
U
- *
j^j, l.Jb
ii.
97
b.
sjoju
o*o = ^bbt
ii.
ii.
59
d.
C>b,
*
15
c,
102a.
i.
163
a.
* * oi-
j^b
Jb
- juul,
34
a.
Ub
for
,Jb, Add.
i.
et Corrigenda
= iJbt,
aJJb,
i.
i.
34
a.
(Vol.
91 a).
a.
iULc
ii.
172
c.
âj,
ojSJ,
ii.
102
Ill
ii.
a.
wo,
J,
68
d.
i.
200
i.
b,
240
a.
b.
Jj,
,
i.
15d, 285d; ii. 308b, 334c; with the genit., ii. 217 a.
0*3
} , ii.
i-j, etc.,
295
OS
ii
J^ = Jt >o,
381a; = J\
163
y>\,
^yU^j,
i.
OUj, ^biJ,
d.
^5^,
iu,
i
ii.
381
d.
ii.
228
ii.
i.
279 b;
i.
a,
303
d.
o*
jjjju,
jj'jju,
163
159
D.
a,
185
b.
w^rAj,
jjb,
s i.
24
d.
d.
i.
b.
178
i.
^jj,
Ijj,
S\jj,
i.
58
j~*Xj,
24
d.
ii.
102
a,
103
c.
lb,
^Jb,
ii.
78b.
i.
208
c
d.
i.
285
iJ -
d.
Jjj,
i.
200
i.
C*~ w
ii.
160
d,
193
a.
ajblôj,
23 a;
b,
163
c.
^JLt *Uj,
ii.
170
c.
d.
%JJ, 0* x -a. j,
i.
200
%*aj
240
b.
ObJ,
i.
i.
194
0-0
,
4-ju-clj,
ii.
255
c.
b,
for ^>j|,
i.
23 b;
ii.
ii.
91c.
256 ad, 258 a;
237
%,i.
250 a;
203
b,
204
et
a.
îu,
* A J
i.
22G
*-
h.
for
b.
c~~j.
i.
Add.
91
a).
Corri-
- J
i.
98
genda (Vol.
II.
etc.
421
yj,
ii.
290
i.
c,
296
c.
c.
^$*J,
olaL*,
i.
i.
195
d.
(jyi-i,
195
281
i
I
D.
^,
'
i.
253
'
a.
..
),
1.
A.
ou for [yj in pause,

3
**
i-
ii.
372
c.
J-ULj,
i.
40
b.
U?W'
j
,
157
c.
cJl-1 Osl^l
i a y
)
i-
281 d;
i.
ii.
182 a
b.
a -
^^j
w,
S
i.
202
b.
Ua*J ^>,
J,
288
b.
0>*y>
i.
* 195
D.
i.
279
a.
d.
226
a.
,>,
i.
77
i.
iJj,
J
i.
289
c.
Jail*J,
ju,
i.
40
c.
b.
(^jJLfrJt
C~J,
ii.
233 342
180
a.
c.
25
i.
i,
v>lJ,
i.
289 a;
ii.
c.
^JpUJ,
^'Ui,
...
,
39
d.
c.
i.
39
i.
281c;
i.
ii.
b.
î
and similar perfects after
^>J,
290
the
name
49
a.
of God,
ii.
b.
J\0*,
ii-
181
b.
JIi5,
ii.
Jp =
Uli,
i.
J2I,
i-
ii.
380
d.
d.
b.
286 a;
ii.
181
1>.
J&,
tliJb,
279
281
i.
itib,
5, s i.
i.
267 bc.
a.
7 a.
^
183
*u,
i.
93
d, 184 a; as a plur. 5_, i. 232 d. term.,

i.
^jyJ, A3, aj,

^lyj.
i.
i.
265
a.
O for
O,
>,
i.
i.
5,
in rhyme,
ii.
ii.
369 c
d.
154
i.
a.
279 b;
93
a.
175
c.
<bjy,
^0^33,
2 a.
D.
ii.
48
13,
i.
265
i.
a.
^tj
-
i.
265
78
a.
a*
ii.
J)\J,
266
i.
d.
jk*3,
B.
ijjLJ,
39 c;
iL 3 b.
i.
266
n.
422
Indexes.
Jtf for ^JU,

>,
i.
261
a.
-,
i.
25
i.
d.
i.
264
a.
U.,
295
b.
^^j,
i.
33 A
ii.
293 b; with Subjunct., ii. with ^J and Jussive,

;
îjJus.
^pU.,
i.
262
a.
36
J&L,
JU-,
\iiL,
ii.
B.
Û.,
a.
ii.
342
d.
i.
293
d.
272 69
a.
b.
&,
i.
25
i.
Z^.,
i
J
i.
if
i.
jUb,
253
d,
254
c.
y*>, ytfc,
98A.
ii.
w^-^l**.!,
*U,
ii.
59
b.
103
b.
i if
ii.
236
j
d.
j
if
ii.
JU,
if
f
i.
145
c.
Uv^LaJI,
34 55
a.
382
a.
if o i
i.
Ul. = U.t,
IJu^.,
i.
98
b.
oJmw
Jl>,
ii.
b.
Î*., prep.,
c.
...
,
i.
280 b;
J f
ii.
146
147
b.
JL,
ii.
207
d,
i.
279
190
b.
as oilaP
conj.,
i.
>-i/4>..
ii.
b.
ijljuj^Jl,
b.
...
293c; with the

ii.
Olj^., If
i.
193
d,
d,
Subjunct.,
Perf.
22
c,
29 b; with
Indie,
ii.
or
Imperf.
jjj^,
i.
185
48
215
108
c.
29
lit
D.
J^L,
SU^
i^L,
Lî.,
U***.,
ii.
d.
Ji,
ii.
ii.
12
d.
c,
13 cd.
JiL,
i.
ii.
3 b.
ii.
U^.,
278
d.
f
48
200b, 240 a;
ii.
382
b.
Of
ii.
206b, 278b, 282a, 296a.
SL>jl%*>,
f
J
i.
ii.
74
b.
B.
ii.
206
d.
b.
^,
J
f
201
/)L,l
'
213
j 5x>-
i.
186
281
~
f
a.
'.,
i.
295
b.
b.
tlj^,
^
i.
u.
i.
286
_jjufc..
for ilj^*.,
i.
12d.
II.
-

'
etc.
423
,
i-
0)j*"i
196
b.
*>*>
i-
289
i.
a.
O.V--,
i.
196 107
a.
J^,
108
c.
292
a.
JjL,
-
ii.
d,
Ji^-. *&*-,
78
etc.,
i.
294 d;
.,
i.
58 c;
ii.
48
d.
with accus.
b.
= Uy^
sat
J^.
ii
w*jI>
.,
i.
288 c.
j
<
*-.,
b.
112
i.
a,
d.
121
c.
^>~., t>~fc, L 98 a
O'l^-,
i-
218d.
196
a.
L5*.,
94
0>^-,
'
i-
C
(N,
L 26
ii.
A.
'., ii.
342
d.
d.
i.
58
i.
JU,
j>\.
48
d.
= ^~eU.
i.
i.
261
a.
^j-o., '
s
162
d,
a.
Jt^,
ii.
76 cd.
A J
.,
J.!,
207
i.
279
c.
A'
ii.
143
d.
c.
W--5-U-
185
a,
d.
ii.
J^.,
lU-,
i.
249
252
^J*.,
a.
103
^,
.
Û.,
i.
ii.
341c.
i.
284
c.
îS^fc., lUJU.,
219 bc.
187
d.
^<^S\=j\^Lj\,
^JLJU*.
j *
i-
ii.
382
a.
ii.
74
"L,
a.
i.
281 d;
ii.
.,
i.
264
a.
w>>v
295
b.
J^.,
i.
281 d;
ii.
188
b.
^,
i.
294
c.
^ o ^
-
J*-i = J*ot,
vlj,
ii-
i.
34
a.
101
D.
,i .288 b.
iib.fop^lii.
18
d.
&.,ii.Uc.
x,
^,ii.48D.
t,
A
.
the Energetic,
"
^9^
Uj,
ii.
45
c.
43
^ A
c.
<**>,
i.
>>t,
ii.
i.
59
b.
b.
-.,
290
a.
^J'^3,
74
424
Indexes.
OP, 0*i>>
^voUt,
28lD
il
;-
182 d;
^-J,
ii.
A 1249
=
a,
252
i.
a,
265c;
b.
ii.
203 a:
ii.
186 c;
^JJt,
3a,
ii.
272
b.
163
a,
185 b;
=^,
ii.
ii.
184c;
;
^ju
jji,
i.
110
meaning beyond,
opposed to
i\jj,
above, ibid.
196
c.
186
78
a,
c.
^3,
i.
265
a.
&>$y
iUji,
Ill,*,
i.
Juk. or ^6jJI,
ii.
83
B.
C-3j
w*jj
etc.,
i.
268
d.
iUU,
229
d.
ii.
183
c.
J
j,
used instead of
for
c, d.
i.
6 d.
Jîy chW>>
JLLj,
i.
i-
229 D
c.
\),
^
77
j
ii.
374
175
b,
229
'li
o'*>
lj,
foi
'^.j,
c,
*
ii.
382b.
ii.
^tj,
.-
i.
93 b;
i.
48
d,
50
b.
|>,
i.
265 a
after
s
after
Q,
c.
ii.
93 A
^_Jzjb
llj,
ii.
jijIj,
262
a.
j*
d.
and U,
89
ii.
312 B;
102
a.
after C,
ii.
vj?ib'
153d
J&h,
OlS, Ol*,
i.
266 272
J\j3\jl\A. 190
ii.
d.
a.
i.
265 d; =
ii.
^j,
ii.
214
b.
JM,
b.
i.
272
d.
^j,
i.
289 b;
j
ii.
216
"'
a.
^jju Ot3,
110
4>J,
w> Vj>
*!->
215A
^^T
*#.
Jli,
i.
/l
JU*L)T Oli,
ii.
ii.
Ill
c.
,i
cJj, cJj,
110
b.
ii.
215
a.
Sj* Olj,
UJj,
289 a; ii. 215 bc, 216 c; i. with the Energetic, ii. 42 c.

ii.
266
c,
267
c.
Zj, >j,
214
c,
215
a.
ibi,
i.
267 ac.
1^,1^1,1.12
i.
a.
Oi,
i.
284
b.
gjj,
i.
263
d.
î,
oi, oi,
265
a.
iJ.J,
i.
57 n;
ii.
102
a.
II.

384
d.
etc.
425
* J
J*?-j,
for
J^-j,
ii.
426
183
d.
Indexes.
SjU-*,
i.
II.
etc.
427
,,
i.
ÛUio,
157
a.
c.
J*
*i
uj
i.
295
i.
JJ,
D.
x x a x
i.
ii.
15
c, D.
102
A.
sax O^c,
181
A
,j-t, ii.
48
51
x xa x
1
',
^y^ju-o, ^yiUju-o,
164
D.
jj-b, n.
d.
t
w>j*o,
x x
i.
185
Ill
d.
jU,
ii.
102
i-
a.
x
ii.
^0,
I
A.
O^Jtei
54 A
D.
195
c.
ju jlw aZ>j*6,
S
J x
i.
ii.
J=j,L
IIU,
x
ii.
34
a.
iî-o,
jj x
x
185
*
ii.
d.
206
231
i.
c,
278
b,
282
a.
x,
i.
ai'%a
J-9,
55
b.
U>L^,
s e
c.
^jjuc,
i.
162 162
a.
^l-b,
cU>,
i.
155
b.
x >'
i.
ÂhS,
145 295
145
b.
b.
xix
JU,
x
i.
c.
Îc,
i.
i.
280
i.
b.
(jU,
c.
olaLft,
204
d.
D.
JJ,
^jjtk,
ii.
108 D.
jlc,
ii.
48
i.
57
i.
d.
jtft,
for ojs-,
ii.
ii.
380
c.
J,Ui>,
118
a.
Ijlc,
341
i.
c.
J&,
<j&,
ii.
108
c.
d.
a x x
^j^ft,
295
i.
b.
i.
295
...
5 W
l^jjkC,
x a x
151
c.
ja,
sJJ?,
i.
jUj*,
57
i.
i.
62c.
d.
Oli^c,
<LuJLoJ9,
i.
243
1
b.
117
d.
9 H<X J
\j-ij
i.
1 b.
&,
-i~Js>
i.
213
i-
d.
J>c,
?~J9,
i.
207
ii.
b.
295
c.
^jp,
15 u, 107
d.
428
204
d.
Indexes.
jle,
J * J
i.
139b;
142 a;
in
comparisons,
jk it j,
ii.
ii.
jtlc,
<>
i.
263
255
ii.
143 a;
ii.
b.
a *
i.
originally
a.
o
,
a substantive,
jJiS;
143
* o
d.
" ' * '
^jj^s5
248
i.
a.
^>c =
,j|,
i.
292
b.
c.
^JjjtLc;
153
i.
B.
O*,
D.
Usj'l
i.
290
JjUt wsAAC,
62
*"
= >lJ\,
i.
ii.
382
b.
t> = J
U5^'
i.
281
""
381 A
juc,
281 d;
ii.
166
a,
178
a,
d.
J^, Jaj,
Je,
t^Xc,
i.
68 d.
ii.
Jjjs- = iic.
orôjjl,
c.
ii.
78
179
d.
290 b;
45 48
d,
d.
82
d.
UjOfr,
j '
'
i.
293 288
281
ii.
108
ua^z,
UO^S;
i.
B.
J^,
Cfc,
ii.
i.
D.
ii.
82
d.
kbji,
i.
i.
120
b.
c.
j^,
 AJs. = Sm.,
172
ii.
95a.
&* ^jLJ (JLp,

lint
172
d. c,
e
replaced by j,
i.
jjjJU,
i.
195
d.
i.
6 D.
d.
Jk,
i.
25 78
Jjli,
295
b.
>,
^,
i.
c.
^,
'
ii.
187
a.
C^,i. 284
ii.
c.
w*,
a,
i-
264 206
b.
6 =ii,
US
j-U,
143
16
a,
193
b.
a.
jS,
iji,
* *
ii.
a.
>^>
i.
i-
281
ii.
3
102
a.
12
c.
Sjjî,
ii.
Ill
A.
Sjjî, pi.
Ujci,
is
i-
222 d; connected
165
d.
^,
i.
16
a,
280
c,
281 b;
ii.
with ,jjJ,
ii.
II.

Jaii,
'
i.
etc.
429
*<tf,
i.
i.
154
b.
d.
286
b.
J>, y.,
290
,Ji,
with the Jussive,

ii.
i.
291b;
35
c.
i.
288 c
of j+, j-*JI. instead

ii
ii.
208 c; Jli,
ii.
208 a, 296a;
Ji, iU,
ii.
89
d.
b,
381a.
jLk,
ii.
303
d,
340 c;
jU,
Oî,
is ,J
i.
207
208
c.
i.
278
a.
c
ii it
Ît =oXJ,
i.
293 d;
ii.
340c.
AJî,
i.
241 d, 278
c,
i-
a.
%,
i5,
i.
239
249
274
b,
252
a.
with
as
^Jk, ..A,
i.
54c.
ouoi
i-
= Ui,
C-oi,
d.
iJ,
w~op
*-*/>
290 D;
ii.
^,
i.
293
93
b.
288 ad, 325a, 330a.

si, after Ut,
4i, for sJ,
i.
B.
i.
291
291
A.
y,
yj, after
i.
249
b,
252
a.
0,
i-
D.
(.J,
marking the apodosis of ^j\, ii. 3 B, 15 c, 40 B, 345 a sqq.

omitted,
ii.
^y, ^j-î,
jy, Jjy,
Jt/
J i.
etc.,
ii.
i.
120
c.
281 d;
182
-
b.
346
a.
<3V'
ii.
jy
i.
C^>
288 B
ii.
O,
with the Subjunctive, 32 B.

with the Genitive,
i.
30
c,
^y,
a.
280c, 281b;
d,
61a, 111c,
,
0^
153
O,
ii.
217
199 d;
or ^>*j,
ii.
154 c.
ii-
J6,
291
a.
O*} We*,
U*s,
ii.
180
d.
ly-i, ii.
162
b.
Ill
A.
^,
J
ii.
^
102
a,
103
c.
Jf,
i.
93
b,
94 c;
ii.
48
c.
^
cj$,
*j, L 288 c.
ii.
J*ti, ii 206 a.
Jli,
j>\3,
ii.
46
A.
47
a,
48
d,
50
d.
VfS,
i.
200
i.
d.
d.
ii.
108
295
d.
J-o,
58
JJ,
141 d.
jli,
i.
c.
^>t !>Lii,
ii-
JIJ,
i.
281 d;
ii.
186
d.
430
Jt/
JO.
i-
Indexes.
cM, J* 5
Jls,
jj,
i.
i>?>
ii.
288 B
180
i.
^l, with the Imperf., 16 c, 21b.

...
,
ii.
B,
281 d;
a.
with the Perf.,

3J,
ii. ii.
ii.
5c, 15c,
with the Perf.,

5 a,
286 B;
ii.
3 c,
...
16 a; after
,
c, 7 D.
b, 346 d; in correlative clauses, ii. 7 c; with the
79
omitted,
100
ii.
D.
A.
...
redundant,
101
Imperf.,
,
.. -
i.
286
c;
ii.
21
ii.
r>.
...
after verbal
nouns = he
ii.
(it)
,jl j3, with the Perl,
o.
was, wan formerly,

...
,
101
D.
JtjU,
jjj,
J>S$,
j{$j-$,
i.
282 a;
211
a.
ii.
187
b.
imperative
of,
with name of
ii.
person in accus.,
-
44
c.
ii
i-
178
62
D.
l
i.
c.
v 3l^.lj
oL4,
c.
ii.
101
d,
266
a,
298
i.
j-m.5,
205
i.
d.
,(,
i.
292 c;
ii.
81c, 82
b.
h3, Li,
286
d.
qU>,L
ii.
293 b;
ii-
ii.
78
a.
d.
&
Ski,
*,
i.
a'fj c
57 D;
*
103
B.
w> ^->^=>,
158
,j\d,i. 276 d;
ii.
127
b.
Îj.5,
^3.5,
i.
i.
171
b.
295
229
b.
b Hit +
ch}>
Lt^5,
i.
c.
JOt
J -
JO'
ii.
jfi\
for jg}\,
,
384
d.
yj
J,
i.
?-*
280 a;
i.
ii.
176
ii.
c.
with genitive in negative sentences, ii. 219 d.

i.
<\>,
276 d;
127
b.
il>,
200
b,
240
ii.
b.
U=>
j&
...
= lj&,
383
d.
jm
>&,
ii.
J*i,
b.
i.
with genitive in negative sentences, ii. 219 d.
106
Jl>, for JUJc&,
268
a,
d.
\SL,
258
b,
^JA,
ii.
i.
266
a,
269
a,
287 a;
jj=,,
ii.
99
a.
a,
196
197
127 d; \'j> IJ^> or

D,
li4
d,
266
IJ^j,ii. 127
128
a.
II.

a.
etc.
431
A1J&,
i.
268
a,
287
LJ=>' 'Ojs. 3
j~=>
i.
268
d.
yj^>, i 228
d.
>l>,
i.
83
d.
d.
^JJ=>, ii 106 b, 107 b.
^Js*,
'L>,
i.
i.
220
JzUJ$\,
{Jjl^s.
s
i.
i 190
c.
289 c;
ii.
14
b.
c,
24
b.
230
d.
lX^>,
ii-
He;
;
24
ii
J&,
^j*>,
i 178 d.
%,
ii.
i.
293 d
29 a
;
22
c,
28
a.
used impersonally,
271
d.
C?<S
ii.
,jl
i.
Cl4,
d.
ii.
29
b.
J4,
j>,
i.
76
c.
d^j=> = Lo-^>.
274
ii.
204
c.
c,
262 a; 278
b,
282
a,
J
J, for Jl,
i.
297
"*>,
i.
23
d.
287
a.
U' ôr
ii.
tJ>
i.
291 b
ii.
35
c.
*U*, UX>,
212
b.
d,
280
b,
2S2
a.
J,
oi^>,
ii.
i.
214
14 c.
Cl4,
24 a, 282 d; ii. 19 b, 51c, 79 ab, 81 d, 175 d, 260 a, 261c, 265 c, 348 d; with the
Energetic,
ii.
ii.
41 d,
i.
42 cd;
J&,
j&,
i.
Jjl,ii 214b.
274 bc;
ii.
with yk j-A
,
54 c.
ii.
125 b c.
b,
J,
for
J,
prep.,
i.
279c;
152b.
JJs, ior^L, i 22
L
101
d. a.
as soon
ii.
as,
ii.
178
193
J, prep., i. 23d, 279 bc; ii. 147 d, 199 d; expressing the com-
C^> = J,
wJI U&,
plement in the genitive,

177
177
c, d. a.
ii.
ii.
61 A; after nomina actionis, ii 61 D; after nomina agentis,

ii.
68
c,
96 d; instead of the
with the
after
ii.
accus.,
finite
verb,
Sj&,
i.
186
a.
ii.
69 c;
verbal
ad-
jectives,
^>,
O -
i.
293 d
70a,
ii.
22
0,
c,
28
71abd;
the
;
a.
inserted
ii.
to
strengthen
ii.
it,
-
9 "^jr
j
L3*^' 0*r&> 127 b.

j
i-
i-
276 d
annexation,
ii.
95 c
= .JU,
148
d.
tj,
C-l^>i <^J=>,
268
d.
with the Subjunct., i 291 c; ii. 22 c, 28 a.
432
^J,
Indexes.
with the Jussive,
i.
291 b;
d.
ii.
j-si
n), ii.
208
i.
d,
340
c.
b.
35 b
<),
i.
omitted,
ii.
35
aJuL^
287 a; ii. 300 a, 333 a, 347 a; with the Perf. retaining its
original
S),
289
)yj
*$,
as
an exceptive,
ii.
ii.
343 c.
meaning,
ii.
$),
i.
292 c;
292
d.
28
a.
with the Perf., as optative, ii. 3 a, 304 c; in oaths, asseverations, etc.,

ii.
Â
^9,
i.
2 a,
ii.
304 b
20 D
36
i.
292 c;
i-
ii.
28
c.
a.
with the
Imperf.,
Jussive,
with
the
;
ii.
B,
<) = $3,
290
ii.
43 D
ii.
with
A,
the
Energetic,
prohibitive,
42
44 a;
;
&
C>SJ,
i.
293
b;
78
d.
ii.
306 a
ii.
accus.,
governing the 94 c ; inserted begenitive,

ii.
i.
96 d;
ii.
105
a.
c^,
i.
145
c.
tween prep, and

224 D
302
*^,
;
prefixed
to
,j1
ii.
<), for V>J,
ii.
379
d.
a.
ii.
&*y, 0**<),
a,
ii.
ii.
333
d.
after a previous negative,

2 b,
303
327
b.
OS), for J$l, " 323 d, 380

6 <),
b.
N),
after j*c,
209 a; after
ii.
j-ji,
for Jj,
ii.
380
ii.
B.
^j and
,
,jî,
303
D.
Jik^, forJ$f,
*JU1
380
-
b.
<),
iorjlk,
ii.
209
b.
O-rt^
20b
59
b.
OP
,jl,
^, redundant with
of
ii.
after verbs
etc.,
C~J, wJI,
JLJ,
ii.
i.
forbidding,
fearing,
74 45
a.
304
i.
c.
Jj
*,
289
c.
JaJ,
ii.
d.
JJ
Jî. J^t-
%
i
ii.
335
289
a.
j^J,
for j-U-^f,
ii.
380
b.
d.
<), i.
d.
OLaJ,
l51>,
i.
i.
193
S>,
j*-
i-
289 n
Jj, jj,
i.
280
c.
2d. Jlj iii.
ijj,
i.
280c, 281 a;
i.
ii.
165
b.
l^L
<J,
W~ii.
<),
289
b.
^jj,
280c, 281b;
ii.
165b, 179d.
iUU
*j,
98
c,
172
c.
179 d. ^jj,i. 280c, 281a;u. 165b,
II.
Arabic Words, Terminations, two
etc.
433
ii.
Ji),
290 b; ii. 108 c; with accus., ii. 82 c; with genitive, ii. 83 a.

i. ii.
correlative clauses,
6b;
optative, ii
347
a.
c.
O'
>J,
ii-
b,
348
c,
U&J,
aJUJ,
82
b.
d.
^J,
i.
287
294 a
ii.
6 b d,
i.
26
262 c;
interrog.,
ii.
ii.
310 c.
JA
OJ6,
i.
290
b.
Jjp,
- o*
i.
294 a; 287
b.
jlsi, ii
i.
190 c.
Uy,
i.
c,
294 a;
interrog.,
ii.
290 c.
for
a.
310 a
290
221
c.
OU^JUJ,
jJU,
ii.
C*&ji*&
ii.
380
d.
OP,
i.
176
JU,
ii.
i.
b.
*t
&,
L 287 b;
81 d, 82
ii.
b,
L 290b
ii.
'
^
d.
ii.
the accus "
82
c,
83
333 d; with
accus.,
ii.
78
c,
d.
%, J^,
4-U.
U^J,
i.
ii.
82
d.
293 d;
22
28
a.
expressing
admiration,
ii.
^-J, verb, 103 c,

ticle,
i.
96 b;
15 d, 102
b,
'150 a.
302 a; negative par302 b, 346 d; exii.

ii.
*p *U,
150
ôJ,
expressing admiration,
a.
ii.
ceptive,
343 c
nominal
i
ii.
suffixes,
b.
ii.
with pro343 d.
287 b ;
15
d,
with the Jussive, 22 d, 41b, 347 a.

i.
Sfl
J,
j^J,
JO*
ii.
340
^li.
il
ii.
208
20
...
d,
340
b.
UoJ,
not
yet,
Jussive,
ii.
287 b c; with the 22 d, 41 b.

i.
oJUl
It
j^,
j
i.
b.
&
Q,
after,
with the Perf.,

s
294 a;
aJUI
^^
i.
j a*
synonymous with ^t, i 294 a; ii. 340 A.
J
jj,
*
25
*
d.
ili,
ii.
190
c.
j> iorj, in pause,
ii.
371
c;
c.
&,
i.
287 c
d.
ii.
22
c,
25
a,
300
c,
j ov j
= U,
ii.
i.
274 b
b.
ii.
371
c.
346
O-^j for
Ai.
aJUIô,
176
^^,
a,
II.
285
b.
U,
ii
interrog.,
i.
270
d.
c,
275 c
ii.
y,
i.
22
w.
294 a;
347b; with
298
d,
311
55
434
U,
i.
Indexes.
relative,
273 b; ii. 267 d, 319 a; relative, with conditional sense, ii. 14 c, 270
c,
JÛ,
JyfcU,
i.
i.
164 a
He, i5U,
238
d,
258
a,
abd;
244
b.
ii.
235a,
239
b.
23 cd.
U,
indefinite,
i.
277 a;
ii.
137 d;
ii.
Jj*,L
6
153
b.
with
intensifying
force,
U,
i.
295 gU,
i.
276
b.
U,
negative,
i.
287 c
ii.
;
266
b,
j
^f
OU,
JyU,
ii.
273
d.
346 d
20
ii.
D,
with the Imperf., ii. 300 d; with the Perf.,

;
86
a.
i.
154
i.
a.
300 d; with the accus., 104 a; neg. interrog., ii. ii. 311 A.
U, U,
L5
a,
i.
145bc.
287 c
ii.
;
<*
c.
>,
LoULo,
i.
U, as long as, with the ii. 17 c. i. 294 a;
Perf.,
294 b;
14
U,
inserted before a clause, after
a preposition,
etc.,
ii.
192
B,
jJL,
ii.
210
a.
220
c.
ii.
j>sL>
i-
125c
i.
U,
redundant, after w>j,
215 b;
jLq,sw,,
6after ,>, <>, w>,

5
-
,*), ii.
->
126
i.
b.
193a;
between the sJLaa and the

aJ\
,1
OjjJl*,
^tjJjLo,
146 188
a.
i.
c.
JU,
284 d;
ii.
ii.
224
c.
U,
i.
ii.
301b.
a.
ij,
i.
22
b,
11 -
280 d;
ii.
173
c.
^j U,
180
d,
243 343
oJj
ji
jj,
Xi
190c
ii.
=
i.
ll. to, etc.,
ii.
b.
L^,
76
c.
382
b.
%. U,
ii.
341
c.
1^1,51^1,1.
20
b.
% U, with
the Jussive, as neg. of
Jiô,
i.
125
c.
a^^-^jjji
u,
ii.
17 d.
144 (Â) ^b U,ii.

\
d,
c.
276
c.
jka....^,
i.
125
c.
-sjlyb
U,
ii.
340
jUa.-,
for
jUa~,
L 68
A.
II.

U-9, 0-8-*'
etc.
435
JbuuLo,
i.
125
c.
16
a,
281
c,
b.
^X
*
6
J ii.
C = O*, ii
251
d.
ij-o,
131
i.
133
c,
c,
193
a.
,,
)jZL,
interrog.,
270
275 A;
ii.
298
JlJJL,
9
i.
d,
311
d.
129 125
12
b. ...,
0,
i.
relative,
<$j~*,
d.
267
D,
dition,
i.
i. 270c, 273b; ii 319 a; implying a conwith the Perf., ii. 14 c,
Sj&Lo,
j-cl,
S
3
i.
a.
and
with
the
b.
Jussive,
ii.
178
i.
d.
...
,
23 cd, 262
indefinite,
,
i.
277
163
a.
j_jsa^.
146
a.
, s
IJJo
jLiuo, for cLiuo.
^â-o-)l.
ii.
i.
6 d.
^Ji
^>,
ii.
c.
251
d.
U*&
D.
O-f (^ v>>
i.
139a
22
b,
xXLo,
i.
125
jj-*,
15 d,
16 a,
ii.
280
d,
c,
281
SjJiS, I 128 d.
bc;
b,
61 a,
123 b
125
126
b,
129 bc, 199
d,
237
**, **,
i.
a,
280 d;
ii.
164b;
pro-
tive
242 a; after comparaii. 132 d, 133; adjj.,

a negat. or interrog., d, 289 b ; preceded by
ii.
perly the accus. of a noun,

ii.
after
ii.
165
26
b.
A.
35
\ac,
i.
an indefinite noun,
251
ii.
136b;
j^xJt,
,+ *
ii.
D.
expressing the agent of the

Passive,
ii.
139
a,
Ljco
= UjUc,
125
131
ii
* o
270 d; used
164
c.
J-ôJjJ,
D.
ii.
138 b; originally a
j j
ii.
w>>**> L
subst.,
ii.
135 d;
Jj*e,
JpJ>,
i.
a.
175 A;
d,
= Jju or
;
jui-e,
ii.
^tJUfi,
9
x
i.
251
d.
268
130 B D
c.
with an indefinite
forming the subject
ii.
genitive,
<ji/i*.
125
of a sentence,
135c; dU-o
jljJLa,
j -
ii.
211
a.
iUU,
ii.
139
131
A.
ijîo,
i.
146
a.
J>-c*.\
>^c,
...
ii.
d.
J-o
= JT o-,
i.
281 c;
ii.
380
d.
jut
ii.
136 A
B.
436
Indexes.
O-i'
O-*
II.

i.
etc.
437
283
d.
O,
i-
26
a.
>
^*->. >li,
i.
i.
287
d.
^j, of
rejected,
the 2nd Energetic of verbs, i. 22 D.

^yi,
ii.
U*j,
97
b.
for
371
d.
JL\Ju,
i.
204
d.
ij, for t_, in rhyme,
ii.
369
i.
c.
JLi5,
ii.
272
i.
a,
280
d,
282
b.
Q,
,
U,
for U, in 1st p. pi. Perf,,

ii.
55 d;
,-JUju,
164c.
384
a.
J3,
for
i.
69 a.
i.
^,
d.
i.
101
d.
Jjjj,
200
d.
i.
25
i.
j^y,
for for
^j,
i.
21 c D, 101 d.
._>,
JjJ,
233
287
c.
Lo,
..J,
in
rhyme,
ii.
JaU,
<
t>
i.
d.
,
ii.
371 cd.
âJ,
178
b.
c.
Lj,
i.
258
a.
Xj,
i.
295
J, for
i.
^y, ^j,
in rhyme,
i.
101 d;
57
d.
ii.
371
c.
ji,
fll),
i.
203
b,
233
i.
b.
oj,
<)\
J1j,
209
ii.
c,
217
d.
c,
233 b.
*_,
in
the Imperative,
a.
i.
90
D,
dJLM
Jti jLij,
i.
339
93
-
^jUu,
JaS,
i.
223
a.
c.
_, in pause,
J
ii.
369 c
b.
d.
264
_=
ii.
final o,
i.
10
JUj,
i 264 a;
280
b,
282
o
b.
I,
i.
i.
282 b; in the form 36 b.

,
i.
Jjtil,
i, i.
264
D.
a.
6,
for
101
c,
253
b,
279
c,
5,
i.
58 c
281a.
,
i.
97 a
d;
ii.
U = j.,
IJuU,
i.
i.
296
d.
c.
290
a.
54
a,
U Jju,
i.
97
b.
U,
i.
268
294
c.
438
Ia
Indexes.
= S*.,
i.
296
i.
c.
ilÂ,
c.
i.
36
b.
sIa, g
U=
S&.,
i.
296
c.
Ja
...
67
d.
JgTi = XL,
IJueU,
i.
296
UÂ,
a j
i.
295
i.
b.
54
o j
D.
*A
b.
I
*a,
i.
295
d,
c.
OU,
i.
36
c,
296
i.
X&,
268
i.
287
d.
i)UU iUU,
IllSlA,
i.
268
c.
Ja = J1,
ijjb,
270 a.
i.
268
i.
c.
interrog.,
15 d, 288 a;
Jl
ii.
jU, jIa,
c'n)
145 bc.
i.
308 c;
ii.
J\
d.
J.
&
Ja,
cU,
145
i.
b.
309 294
JU = XL,
oU,
i.
296 c
ii.
77
d.
%k,
&A,
i.
c,
295
ii.
b.
294
c.
i.
288 a; 294
ii.
310
b.
c.
LaU, LaIa,
wjA,
ii.
i.
288
a.
JJ<a,
i.
d,
296
c.
49
a.
J^jU,
Jâ,
ii.
107
d.
w*A,
ii.
108
d.
107
i.
bjlk,
i.
186
i.
a.
J,*,
Ua,
282
i.
c,
284
d,
c.
-La, IsLa,
295
74
ii.
b.
Ji*,
forÂ,
22 22
101
101
c.
iuLuJk,
\jl,
t
ii.
b.
Jr&,
d.
forÂ,
...
i.
d,
d,
279
c.
i.
268 b;
I
89
J,A
,i.
22b, 55
i.
a,
101
c.
d.
ii
JJk
(^), for
Xk
(-),
c.
ii.
383
c.
Ua,
for
Ua,
101
c,
279
iSl
i.
282
74
b.
J>A, for o\,
i-
292
d.
^JLjjilJjk,
ii.
,ja,
iJljJb,
a jjb,
i.
i.
249
a,
252 a;
2jX,
O.*^-*'
i.
268
i.
c.
196 a;
b.
fern.
278 b;
j^JJk,
268
ijjb,
fern.
<UA,
ii.
C~iA, in the
c.
jjb,
i.
69
i.
a.
vocative,
89 b
b.
L\j*,
36
b.
J>*, f r 0'>
285
II.

c.
etc.
439
^>A, for
IjJk,
i.
279
La, La,
i.
288
c.
a.
for _, in vulgar pronunciation,

i.
JLa,
i.
36
213
d.
JLa,
iULA,
i)LA,
i.
i.
288
3
a.
for e|_
and ^_,
i.
12
d.
J,
i.
17
c.
288
a.
j,
for
j medial,
d,
i.
i.
119
c,
145
c,
\Lj* Lua,
LyA, L>a,
ii.
74
d.
205
j, for J,
206
18
ii.
b,
210 ac.
c.
i.
288
a.
j,
i.
290 d;
97
b,
i.
325
54
a 333 a;
c.
c,
i)Lyk, L 288 a.
with yb, yA,

c,
â, for Ja,

Â,
i.
ii.
385
390 b.
3,
j,
with the accus.,

with the
genit.,
ii.
83
325
d.
54 a;
jA,
ii.
258Dseq.
c. c.
ii.
216
D.
i.
yb
ii.
276
i.
^
Â,
JjA,
for for
^t,
285 385
^, with the genit., in swearing, 279 c; ii. 175b.

j,
with the
subjunct.,
ii.
32
b,
Â,
ii.
c.
84 BD.
ij,
i.
i.
54 a.
294 b;
i.
294
c,
295 d;
i.
ii.
85
a,
93
c.
La,
i.
ii.
85
a.
Ij_, for |_,
12
a.
a.
JjA, La,
294
i.
d,
296
a.
b.
i.tj, ii
236
La, for
i
U,
294 295
104
Ojj,
i-
292 d;
ii.
ii.
40 a; = never-
theless,
i.
17
i.
b.
C~a,
~A,
d.
olj,
Utj, >lj,
,
294
d.
i.
b.
Oj
i.
i.
166
S|_,
b.
a.
juA, juA,
295
c,
b.
3j for
,
i.
12
a.
O^lk,
OLÎa,
^*A,
i.
36
67
d.
Jmj,
a.j,
s ^
i.
78
i.
294
d.
ii.
48
d,
a.
50 b; j^j,
ii.
104
a.
Add. et Corrigenda (Vol. 30 c).
i.
Axfcj,
ii.
272
>*>
Hod.
440
*
Indexes.
Q s
i.
jc.j,
289
c.
II.
etc.
441
words,
license,
__,
i.
IOab; by
383 c
ii.
384
ii.
poetic
a.
^
a)
jj
152 a
etc.,
ii.
dropped in pause,
17
c.
i.
370
c.
i, iU G,
or ^-o,
with the accus.

a.
153
#,i
(
j,
for for
g,
18
c.
b,
i.
ii.
92
b.
b.
^
V_
fjT or j^-,
i.
252
c.
Jj,
i.
92
l_ final,
11b, 295
ii.
d.
u~rt> * 80
c.
c.
t^_, for
^_,
in pause,
370
i.
<u_, for 31_, Juj, for Jj,

Jka>,j
,
i.
12
a.
^_, pronounced nearly as e,
1 1 D.
ii.
385
ii.
b.
^_,
fem. term.,
rejected,
i.
i.
184
d.
b,
240 c;
for
Jka,j
385
d.
A.
151
^_ = ai,
^_, ^_,
for
i.
lie.
ii.
JJt/ iJ/ jjju, for jju,
ii.
378
for _, in pause,
370
ii.
c.
* * J 0* Jit* ^Jjub and ,Jjub, from JjJ,
i.
59
D.
in pause,
370
d.
,iL, etc., for ^jSu, etc.,
i.
82 d;
ii.
{, dropped in pause,
[
ii.
371 bd.
i.
379
d.
J-, '
for
^_,
'
pron. suffix,
21
c,
Oî
or ** 0>A>> witn the Perf ->
101
d.
ii
22
a.
y^, for ^ ' ' 87 cd.

5
in the vocative,
ii.
jJb for
,
jJL
ii.
385
a.
jjloj,
relat.
adj.,
i.
i.
154
b.
^_,
b_,
b_,
U,
i.
149cseqq.;
ii.
225
a.
(jj-, for j>j_,
i.
235
d.
for {, in
rhyme,
...
,
ii.
370
371
a,
D.
(J- , for
i.
^>j in the genit. plural,

,
for
^_,
ii.
c.
236 d;
i.
ii.
388
d.
294b, 295 cd;

92
ii.
85
94a;
ii.
JJU^S,
292
a.
before a verb or a clause,

a,
310
b.
*jLJI>o^j,
*'
'
ii.
233
b.
2f\ C,
..
'Jl\
C,
ii.
89c.
aj_, for
^_ and ^,
ii.
371
c.
t
vj
C,
i.
294 c; 216
a.
ii.
85
a,
92
c.
si
,
^jî, shortened to ^j
Add.
d).
et
U,
w.
ii.
Corrigenda (Vol.
i.
195
II.
56
442
Indexes.
III.
ENGLISH AND LATIN TECHNICAL TERMS (INCLUDING SOME ARABIC, EXPRESSED IN ROMAN
LETTERS),
ETC.
GRAMMATICAL FORMS, CONSTRUCTIONS,

25
c.
Abbreviation,
mark
i.
of,
b.
i.
after
Abged, Abuged, Accent, i. 27 a.

Accusative,
ii.
28
^Jcii
ii.
94 c
after
;
and
after
45 a
single, after
transitive
after
verb,
double,
45 c; causatives, the
ii.
5jjlaâJI
<Z>*$,
ii.
U,
ii.
104a;
105a;
49
after C~J,
ii.
ii.
wjîijT jUlf,
triple,
ii.
etc.,
ii.
47 c
82 c
;
after numerals,
i.
237
b.
51a, 53 b ; cognate, after transitive and intransitive

verbs,
ii. 53 c; depending on a verb understood, ii. 72 d; with the passive voice, ii. 52 b ;
Active voice,
Adjectives,
c.
ii.
i.
105 a;
273
A,
283 a;
in
ii.
connexion with a
91 d; comparative
vocative,
and superlative,
ii.
132
i.
instead
a preposition and the genitive, ii. 191 b; as voof

cative,
ii.
d,
218
sive,
i.
133 d
a,
140c 143a; 226 c; intena, 140 b; numeral,

i.
105
253
85 c
c,
;
seqq.
distribu-
adverbial,
i.
288
ii.
c,
ii.
109 c; of comparison,
of limitation or deii.
tive,
i.
i.
262 D
;
multiplicative,
i.
263 b
partitive,
i.
263 c
128b;
termination,
122a;
of the
relative,
motive, object, cause or reason, ii. 121 a; of place, ii. Ill b; of
131 b seqq.
tive, or
ii.
109 d; verbal, i. with the accusa^J of
with
the object,
the state
ii.
or
condition (hal),
ii.
70 a 71
d;
of
the form
112c;
t*
of time,
Sua
ii.
109 c
ii.
of
;
^Jjiil,
ii.
wish, salutation, etc.,

after A*3UI jjl,
a a
g
74 B
with of the subject, ^J| 71 d, 72 a; with the geniii.
a
;
if-
105 a; after fit
tive,
218
A,
221 b
relative,
ol
ii.
ii.
ot>
cA^> o^> and o*?>

after after
ii.
with a genitive in apposition, ii. 225 A.
78 D
82 c
J*
and J*J,
and
its
Adverbs, i. 282 a; numeral, i. 262 bcd; inseparable, i. 282 b;

separable,
i.
"sisters,"
99 a 109 a; after
ii.
^\=>
283
c.
i.
Adverbial accusative,
288 c
ii.
Jfe, /*!&, and lii>,
125 B;
98 d 128 c.
III.
English and Latin Technical Terms,

ii.
etc.
443
ii.
Adversative sentences,
333
A.
Collectives, concord of,
273
b,
Agent,
ii.
250
i.
d.
291
a,
296
d.
Alphabet,
1.
Common
and
indei.
gender,
d,
words of
the,
Annexation,
finite,
ii.
definite
180
185
b.
225
c.
Comparative Adjectives, with
^>-,
Apodosis of conditional
thetical clauses,
ii.
and hypo6 b
ii.
17 c;
;
ii.
132
d 134 d.
sentences,
ii.
23
c,
36
d,
345 a seqq.
ii.
Compound
256
d.
255 a
of
î,
,jt,
omitted,
ii.
ii.
17 A; of
omitted,
c.
Concord in gender and number, ii. 288 D seqq.

Conditional and hypothetical sen17 c, 23 c, 36 d, tences, ii. 6 b
271 c; instead of Apposition, the construction with the genitive,

ii.
229 b
of
verbs,
ii.
345 A seqq.
287
d.
ii.
Appositives,
Article,
i.
15
c,
272 D seqq. 19 c, 23 d, 269a.

i.
290c; inseparable, 290 d; separable, i. 291 d. Conjunctive pronouns, i. 270 b.

Conjunctions,
i.
i.
Assimilation of letters,
final
15 b; of
Consonants,
the wad,
final,
i.
how
a.
affected
by
hemza
18
b,
c,
to preceding
$ and
22
^,
i.
i.
16
64
144 d; in the verb, 67 c; in d, 65 d
Construct
state
of
ii.
a
198
C.
noun,
a.
i.
248
c 252 a;
ii.
VIII. of
verbs having
i.
as
Co-ordination,
271
first radical,
76 d; in VIII.
Copulative
seqq.
sentences,
ii.
325 A
of
verbs having j and

i.
as
first radical,
i.
60
b,
80 d; of vowels, 84 c, 136 d, 167 a,

c.
i.
Correlative conditional clauses,
ii.
36
d,
38
b.
i.
205 c
d,
206 a
Damm,
253 c seqq.
;
clamma,
ii.
7 D.
Cardinal numbers,
Dates,
248
a.
ii.
234 c seqq. Cases, i. 234 c.

ii.
Day
ii.
of the
month,
of
248
C.
i.
Circumstantial clause,
196 b
Declension of undefined nouns,
234 c
defined
i.
nouns,
c,
i.
198
a,
330
b.
ii.
Clause, circumstantial,
196 b
247
b; diptote,
234
i.
238
234
a,
c,
a, 330 b; conditional and 17 c, 23 c, hypothetical, ii. 6 b
198
239 d; 236 a.
triptote,
Defective verb,
i.
88
A.
ii.
36
D,
345 a seqq.
ii.
descriptive
Definite annexation,
225
i.
c.
or qualificative,
relative,
i.
283 a, 317c; 105 b; ii. 317 B.
Degrees of comparison, 143 a.
140 c
444
Demonstrative pronouns, 264Dseqq.; ii. 277 A.
Descriptive clause,
Diacritical points,
ii.
i. i.
Indexes.
105
A,
Energetic,
i.
61 a, 62 c; energetic
ii.
imperfect,
A,
24
c,
41 d; after
ii.
283
4 A.
317
c.
wol,
ii.
43 a; after J,
ii.
41 D,
after
Diminutive,
ii.
i.
110
261 c;
166Bseqq.; formed from the

a,
42 c
'**
l^J
ii.
ii.
after ljj,
42 c
'
L a. and
43 c
;
similar compounds,
pronouns and prepositions, i. 167 c; from verbs of surprise,

i.
energetic imperative,
44
A.
ii.
100 c, 167c; from diptotes, i. 242 b; from distributive nume-
Enunciative,
251
c.
ii.
Exceptive sentences,
335 D seqq.
i.
form JUi, i. 242 b. i. 7 B Diphthongs, ; pronunciation

rals of the
Feminine nouns, by form,
179 a;
by
signification,
i.
of them,
i.
10 d;
i.
how
d.
affected
usage merely,
of adjectives
177 d; by 179 D 180 c;

i.
by the
Doubling
v;a$l,
21
Diptote nouns,
of
i.
i.
234 c
246
91
d.
and substantives,
i.
b.
how
Feth,
formed,
i.
183 c
;
185
in
D.
b.
b.
a
13
consonant,
d.
i.
how
fetha,
7 c
passes
into
marked,
52
I
damma,
before
i.
_j,
vulgar
Doubly weak
Dual,
i.
verbs,
pronunciation,
213
i.
b,
187 d; from oCi]

plurals,
Figures, arithmetical,
28
..a> J
i.
and broken
Forms
29 b
of
the triliteral
used as a substantive,
of
190 d; dual of an adjective i. 190 c;

place-names,, in
poetry,
i.
47 b; of the quadriliteral 48 c 49 verb,

i.
verb,
i.
c.
Fourth form
of the verb, used as

first,
i.
190 D; with an adjective in the fern, sing., ii. 275 d; dual

subject with a preceding sin-
the pjUxo of the

Fractions,
i.
35
D.
263
d.
gular verb,
ii.
293
b.
i.
Future, in the sense of a polite order or request, ii. 19 B.

Future-perfect,
*Elif omitted in writing,
20
b,
how
expressed,
ii.
23 a; 20 D,
elif
conjunctionis, i. 16 D, 21 a; elif productionis

i.
22
a.
i.
Gender, in the verb,

the noun,
i.
i.
52 b; in
omitted in writing,
elif
10 A;
elif
177 c; common,
feminine,
i.
separationis,
i.
21 A;
180
d,
185b;
maksura and memduda, i. 11b, 25b; elif otiosum, i. 11a; how

affected in poetry,
ii.
177 D; formation of the femi185 B. nine, i. 183 c
374
23 a
b.
B.
;
Genitive,
ii.
198 a
202 b; supply-
Elision
of
I,
i.
19
ii.
c,
by
ing the place of an adjective,

ii.
poetic license,
374
202
b,
229 a; of limitation,
III.

60 b
etc.
445
i.
with adjectives or participles,

ii.
61 a;
how
jussive,
60b
221b;
in apposition to reii
lative
adjectives,
ii.
225 a
i.
61a; energetic, i. 61a; passive, 63 a; subjunctive or potenexpressed,

ii.
after K)*9\, etc.,

wj,
ii.
226 c; after
tial,
6 b
214 b; after sJ^s, yjaxi,

etc.,
ii.
jl,
after
after
^J,
204
c 212
ii.
imperfect indicative, significations of, ii. 18 b; as a hal. may

or
d;
**,
lH^,
ii.
212 d;
j,
be translated by our infinitive 20 c; participle, ii. 19 D
j^,
ii.
126 a; after
preceded by ^li = Latin or
JJ,
216
d 218 a;
ii.
after
Greek imperfect,
ii.
21 b; pre-
$ suppressed,
217 b; geniii.
tive plural after numerals,
future-perfect,
ceded by \JjSu or jj> \ji ii. 22 a.

ii.
234 c; genitive singular after
i5U and oUI,

Gezm, gezma,
Henvz, hemza,
i.
Impersonal active, sive, ii. 268 a.

Inchoative,
ii.
271 a; pas-
ii.
238
D.
251
ii.
c;
when
d.
it
may
c.
13
a.
i.
16d
i.
18d; hemza
B,
be indefinite,
260
Indefinite annexation,
Infinitive,
i.
ii.
225
a,
conjunctionis,
11
c.
21
A.
52
b,
109
110 a
Hollow verbs,
i.
81
seqq.
ii.
as objective complement,
c.
i.
Hypothetical sentences,
seqq.
345 A
ii.
53
Intensive adjectives,
136 c, 137 a.
'Imala,
i.
10
C.
i.
Imperative,
61
I
62
Interjections,
i.
294
i.
b;
b.
having a
d;
of
verbal force,
296
verbs having
i.
as
first radical,
Interposition of a
word between
d.
ii.
74
a,
verbs,
76 cd; of doubly weak i. 93 a; in two corii.
the status constructus and the

genitive,
ii.
222
relative clauses,
24
a,
37 c;
Interrogative sentences,
seqq.
306 b
negative, expressed
by
^
;
with
the
jussive,
ilj, ii.
ii.
43 d
with
Inversion of subject and predicate,

ii.
253 d
i.
<bjji\
44 b; imperative
Jussive,
255 60 b 61 a;
a.
in
two
cor-
of ij\* with
name
of a person
relative clauses, after ^jt, ,j*,

etc.,
ii.
in the accusative,
ii.
44
c.
23
c,
36 d
after
Imperfect,
teristic
i.
51 b;
J,
ii.
its
characfirst
ii.
vowels
57 b
in
;
the
35 b; after î,
d,
CjJ,
etc.,
form,
i.
i.
59 B
60 b
61a;
indicative,
i.
22
41 b;
as
negative im-
subjunctive,
perative, after
*j, ii.
36
b,
43
d.
446
Kesr, kesra,
i.
Indexes.
7 c; for feth, in the
preformatives of the imperfect,

i.
60
a.
i.
130 b; nomen loci et temporis, i. 109 b, 124 d seqq.; formed from the derived coni.
109
c,
Kunya,
244
i.
d.
jugations,
rentis,
i. i.
Lam-elif,
3 a.
129 b; nomen pa109 A, 131 b; used as

i. i.
Letters of the alphabet,

their order in
1a;
i.
nomen
actionis,
132c; con194 c seqq.;
N. Africa,
3 a
strued with one or two accu;
unpointed,
i.
how
of,
i.
distinguished,
i.
satives,
ii.
69
d,
i.
4 a
classes of,
i.
4 c; proof
nunciation
longation,
lunar,
of,
i.
i.
5 b;
pro-
solar
and
nomen qualitatis, 110a, 165b; nomen relativum, i. 109 D; nomen speciei, i. 109 b, 123d;
as objective complement, ii. 53 c; nomen unitatis, i. 109 c, 147 b; nomen vasis (loci et
i.
15 c; numerical values
i.
28 b; weak,
ii.
53
a,
71 d.
Licenses, poetic,
373 cseqq.
i.
Ligatures of letters,
b.
temporis),
109
i.
b, 1
24 d seqq.
D,
Local sentences,
ii.
252
D.
list
Masculine or feminine nouns,

of,
i.
nomen nomen
109
a,
vasis,
109
or
149 a;
i.
verbi
actionis,
181
D.
c.
Matta,
i.
24
Medd, medda, i. 24 c. Metres, ii. 358 cseqq.

Moods,
Nebra,
i.
110 a; list of nomina 112 c; most actionis, i. 110 c usual forms, i. 1 1 2 d nomina
actionis of forms II.
XV.,
i.
51 16
d,
d.
52
a.
i.
115 b; of quadriliteral verbs, i. 117 c; of solid verbs, i. 118 a;

ii.
Negative sentences,
299 c seqq.
of verba hemzata,
i.
Neuter of the personal and demonstrative pronouns, how expressed in Arabic, ii. 299 A.
weak verbs, nomen verbi,
i.
118 c
118 b; of 122 d;
ii.
jective complement,
193d; as obii. 53 c; its
Neuter verb,
i.
50
construction with subject and

object,
ii.
d.
i.
Nomen
57 b; construed with
abundantiae,
109
D,
nomen actionis, see nomen verbi nomen agentis,

148 b; 109
;
J,
ii.
ii.
61 d; with a preposition,
as
hal,
i.
61 b;
ii.
i.
a,
131
b 133 b,
143
b
ii.
nomen
as
vicis,
109
b,
114 c; 122 d;
ii.
147 a; used for nomen actionis,

i.
objective
c.
complement,
53
See Noun.
ii.
132b;
construction
D, 194 cseqq.; nomen deminutivum, i. 110 a (see Di-
63 c
69
of,
Nominal sentence,
250
D.
Nominative as vocative,
ii.
85
b.
minutive);
nomen
instrumenti,
Noun,
i.
104 D
primitive
and
III.

i.
etc.
447
objective
106 A; substantive and adjective, i. 106 A ;

derivative,
with two
I
or
more
in
how
i.
defined,
239 d;
247 b; diptote, triptote, i. 234 c;

i.
complements and accusative,

the genitive,
ii.
the
ii.
genitive
67 d; with
b.
221
declinable
and
indeclinable,
i.
j
Particles,
L 278 c; negative,
ii
234 D
243 d
244
i. i.
wholly indeclinable, See Nomen. d.
i.
299 c seqq.
Passive voice,
i.
Numbers,
Numerals,
bers,
28
b,
52
b,
187
d.
63 a
b,
64 A
ii.
c
ii.
49 c
;
50
;
D, 51 a,
with an accu-
i.
105 A; cardinal num253 c seqq.; 10, i.
sative,
52 A
with
B.
two
accusatives,
53
1119,
i. i.
256 a;
257 B; 21 99 (compounded), 257 d; 100900, i. 258 a;
20 90 (tens),
j
Past tense of verbs of surprise, i. 100 b.

Pause, forms of words
seqq.;
in,
ii.
368 c
of
1000 and upwards, i. 259 a; compounded, i. 259 d; ordinals,

i.
pausal
forms
ii.
out
a.
260 a
i.
verbs,
262 A numeral ad262b D; construction

;
pause, in verse,
\
390
Perfect,
i.
51 b;
in
its
characteristic
first
vowels
the
of the numerals,
ii.
234 c seqq.
30 B
31 a;
;
form,
i.
L
a,
i.
passive,
63
arrangement in composition, ii. 239 A i agreement of, i. 254 d; ii. 240 a; ordinals with the
genitive,
ii.
64 a b
97 c;
ii.
contracted
forms,
ii.
384 c;
its significations,
ii.
245 d
247
b.
a; as optative,
2 d; with
,?,
d.
lit
or
til,
ii.
9 c; with
ii.
Nunation,
Object.
i.
12 a, 235
ii.
See Accusative.
25 d; with
ii.
)\,
14 b; with
ii.
Ordinal numbers with the genitive,

ii.
jj>,
3 c, 5 a; with ^Js,
o ,
245
d 247 D.
i.
5c; with
109
a,
jj>
Participles,
52
b,
131 b
jj^9
or
,j\
O^
^,
a ,
>**>
ii
5 c; with ^,
ii.
*9jJ,
133b;
tions,
i.
of the derived conjugai.
143b;
of
of solid verbs,
jjî
ii.
6 b; with <Loô>;jJI L,
144b;
of
verba hemzata,
i.
17 c; expressed by the jus-
i.
144 c; of weak verbs,

;
144d
verbs,
sive after ^J
and
i.
l*J, ii
b.
22
D.
seqq.
i.
quadriliteral
Periodical times,
264
143 d; passive participle as

loci et temporis,
nomen
and as
129 B
masdar or
infinitive,
i.
Permutation of verbs, ii. 287 a. Permutative, ii. 283 a, 284 d.

Personal pronouns, i. 105 b; the pronouns, i. 53 D seqq., 100 D,
130a;
participles
with
ii.
the
accusative or genitive,
63 c;
252
b.
448
Persons,
i.
Indexes.
52
b.
ii.
gative,
i.
274 A seqq.
indefinite,
i.
Pluperfect Indicative,
4c;
ii.
sub-
i.
277 a; personal,
ii.
105 b;
relative,
junctive or potential,
Plural,
i.
6 b.
reflexive,
i.
271 D;
b.
i.
191 D; sound or entire,
105
b,
270
i.
191 d; masculine, i. 192 a, 194 d; feminine, i. 192 A, 197 b ; broken, i. 192 A ; forms
of the broken plural,
i.
Proper names, 242 c.

Proposition.
tence.
107 c; diptote,
i.
199 A
See Clause and Sen-
233 c; secondary broken plurals, 231 c; anomalous broken i.

plurals,
i.
Prose, rhymed,
ii.
351
b,
368
c.
i.
Prosthetic
I,
in the imperative,
i.
233 b
plurals
i.
of
19
c,
61 d; omitted,
24 c
in
abundance and paucity,

Points, diacritical,
i.
234 b.
A.
the derived conjugations of the verb, i. 19 d, 40 c, 41 d, 43 a,
Predicate,
ii.
250 b seqq.
99 a 109
i.
of
^^3
44
a,
46
b.
i.
and
its
"
ii.
sisters," in the accub.

ii.
Quadriliteral verb,
47 B
49
c,
sative,
67
d.
ii.
Prepositions,
separable, separable,
278 D 280 b
i.
282 A
129 A;
;
Qualificative clause,
283 A
seqq.,
in-
317
c.
i.
129 b 129
b,
279b; simple, ii. 188c; compound, ii. 188c; with a propoi.
Quasi-plurals,
224
d.
ii.
Reflexive pronouns,
271
D.
Relative adjectives,
seqq.
;
i.
109
d,
149 c
sition as a genitive,
ii.
192b;
ii. ii.
ii.
225
a.
i.
separated from the genitive,
Relative clauses,
seqq.
105 b
ii.
317 b
191a, 193a; ellipsis of, 190 d; ^J after a nomen

tionis
acii.
Relative pronouns,
i.
105
ii.
b,
270
b.
b.
and a nomen
68
c.
agentis,
Restrictive sentences,
335
61
d,
Rhyme,
words
ii.
Pronominal
tive,
i.
suffixes in the accusai.
350 A seqq. forms of in, ii. 368 c seqq.

;
100 d; double,
i.
103 a;
Roots, secondary, from verbs of
in the genitive,
101
b,
i.
252b;
251 b;
which the
i.
first radical is
weak,
attached to a noun,
to a verb,
i.
77
a,
81
a.
102
a 103 b.
Scriptio defectiva of long a

i.
and
I,
Pronouns, separate personal, i. 54 a; suffixed, in the accusative,

i.
9d 10 b.
as first radical,
i.
Secondary roots from verbs having

I
100 d; in the genitive, 101b, 252 b; demonstrative,

i.
77 a; from
verbs having j and

radical,
i.
as first
i.
105
A,
264 D seqq.
interro-
81 A.
III.

in poetry,
ii.
etc.
449
Sedda,
i.
13
d.
387 a
Sentence,
ii.
ii.
333 A
;
250 a; adversative, compound, ii. 255 A

ii.
in poetry, ii
388 B
suppressed used at ;
the end of a word instead of
256 D
conditional,
ii.
345 A
;
the letter of prolongation,
ii.
copulative,
ceptive,
ii. ii. ii.
325 A seqq.
;
ex-
390 c.
Tesdid,
335 D
;
hypothetical,
interrogative,
13 D;
necessary,
i.
i.
347 b seqq.
;
306 B seqq. negative and

299 c seqq.
;
local,
ii.
252 D
15 a; euphonic, long vowels and diphthongs,
15 b; after
i.
prohibitive,
ii.
ii.
nominal,
251 a;
restric-
15 b; irregularly suppressed in poetry, ii. 377 c ; irregularly
relative, ii. 317 b seqq. tive, ii. 335 B ; verbal,

Sila,
i.
used in poetry,
the
ii.
377
d.
ii.
251
b.
Third form of the verb, used in

sense
a.
i.
19
a.
of
the
fourth,
i.
Solid verb, L 68 b seqq.
34
i.
States (or Tenses) of the verb,
Trebly weak verbs,

Tribes,
95
b.
51b.
Status
constructus,
ii.
248 c
names
of the Arab,
ii.
how
c.
construed,
198 A seqq. Strong verbs, i. 52 d seqq. Subject, ii. 250 b seqq. ; not
252 A;
TriHteral verb,
i.
292a, 296 29 A seqq.

234
c.
Trip tote noun,

speci-
i.
Triptotes for diptotes in poetry,

ii.
fied,
ii.
266
i.
d.
387
a.
i.
Subjunctive,
60 B
ii.
22
c,
24
d.
Verb,
i.
triliteral,
29 a; forms
of,
Substantive, used adjectivally, ii. 274 a; in apposition to a pro-
nominal
hal,
ii.
suffix,
ii.
285 a
as
29 B seqq. ; quadriliteral, i. 29 a; formation of, i. 47 b; forms of, i. 48 c seqq. the

strong verb,
i.
115
A.
ii.
52 D
53 A
71c
the
Substantive verb,
negative,
Suffixes,
i.
99
ii.
a,
258 b
a.
solid
verb,
i.
i.
96 B
302
tracted,
68 b; uncon69 a; ii. 378 b; the

i. i.
pronominal,
double,
accusative,
i.
weak
verb,
52
b,
72 A;
;
100 d;
i.
103 A;
;
genitive,
101
b,
252 b
at-
verba hemzata, i. 72 B seqq. ; verbs having $ and as first
^
as
;
tached to a noun, i. 251 b; to a verb, i. 102 103 b.
radical,
i.
78 A seqq.
verbs
having ^ and
radical,
i.
middle
Sukun,
i.
13 a;
ii.
355
d.
ii.
81 c seqq.
inflected
Superlative, with the genitive, 218 a, 226 c.

Syllable,
i.
as strong verbs, L 86 d
87 d
verbs having
radical,
i.
^ and ^
;
as third
26 c
a,
D.
88 a
i.
their
c,
IX. and
;
Tenwin, L 12
w.
II.
235 b; irregular,
XI. forms,
43
91 b
doubly
57
450
Indexes.
verbs,
i.
i.
weak
weak,
fixes
95 A
96 b
;
;
91 d seqq.
;
trebly
sufi.
with the accusative or J,
ii.
with
70
a.
B.
in
the
102 A
ii. ii.
a,
accusative,
1 03
substantive verb,
negative,
i.
Verbal sentence, ii. 251 Vocative, ii. 85 a.

Voices,
i.
99
258 b
;
96 b;
ii. ii.
49 c
51
i.
a.
;
302 A
;
aplastic
verbs,
Vowels, short,
tion
of,
i.
7 c
pronunciai.
15 D
verbs of the heart,
8b;
of,
i.
long,
i.
48 D
7b;
verbs
i.
of
ii.
praise
and
pronunciation
defectively, 9
9 c
;
written
blame,
surprise
97 A;
or
wonder,
290 a; of i. 98 b
;
final,
i.
affected by the
wad,
A.
21 A
A.
how
d.
impersonal form of expression,

ii.
266
d 271c.
i.
Wasl, wasla, "Weak verbs,
i.
19
i.
52
d,
71 c
72
Verbal adjectives,
131 B seqq.
CAMBRIDGE
PRINTED BY
J.
&
C. F.
CLAY, AT
THE UNIVER8ITY PREBB.
'1
PJ

Arabic Grammar Vol.2

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Arabic Grammar Vol.2

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

A

THE MACMILLAN COMPANY. Bombaji: E. SEYMOUR HALE.

FROM THE GERMAN OF CASPAR!

WITH NUMEROUS ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS

LATE PROFESSOR OF ARABIC IN THE CNTVEBSrTY OF CAMBRIDGE.

LATE PROFESSOR OF ARABIC IN THE UNIVERSITY OF CAMBBIDGE

PROFESSOR OF ARABIC IN THE UNTVEBSITY OF LEYDEX.

AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS.

[All Rights reserved.]

AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS.

19, last line, read .Jl.

3 from below, read ih&Ti.

Hence the use

excellent is he in his judging, *}, %*Jo, *c.

unci clown the valley.

The third form construed with the preposition

y^+j has not unfrequently the signification of

Comp. j+, and j-^t.

give attention to a complaint,

as ^ict, ^ii>t, etc. (Nbldeke, Z. Gr. p. 28).

narrow; add J^Jtil.

Fleischer, Kl. Schr.

368 considers the root as a con-

Vollers, Zeitschr. f. Assyriologie,

134 footnote quotes

tribe of Taiyi' said

and comp. De Saey,

and 3 from below has

such forms as *j, jjz, ya$, see above, note to

delete the remark in square brackets.

108 A read: jlis

182 read: j\<Ly

The ending Oyi~

^jj/Jtw^l for ^j^*w'

Other instances are

belongs to *iot, comp. Aram. tffiflX (Seybold). t

suffix of the 1st p. sing.

38, a, rem. b.]

Likewise ,>j JJ1 instead of ,>jJJUI Kor'an

poet allows himself to say

be followed by a jussive in the apodosis,

for instance Gahiz, Ifahdsin, p. 18,

14 .Jt i*5j t^-o (J~>J

Prince of Believers, written

thy debtor for two benefits.

example of the use of the simple imperfect instead of

j3j+i ^tf.^^)\ iJlc

'Abu Bakr did not employ

in the verse (Sibaweih \Jj-\ O-*

explained by the 3 13, as in Lk^juoJ *$

38, second footnote.

often used by poets in the apodosis of

</iOM ar ^>- j/&~ ?y

then thou art a hard stone of the dry

whores if ye suffer yourselves

sometimes find a nominative where we should expect an

where we must supply ^Aj.

Also the ordinal numbers,

L^i they were only passing clouds (Tab.

has just published "

THE SEVERAL COMPONENT PARTS OF A

as the Pluperf. Indie as the Pluperf. Subjunct., in

hypothetical clauses, after ^i, etc

excellent is he in his judging, }, %Jo, *c.